Title 42—Public Health--Volume 5

§ 411.361 Reporting requirements.

(a) Basic rule. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all entities furnishing services for which payment may be made under Medicare must submit information to CMS or to the Office of Inspector General (OIG) concerning their reportable financial relationships (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section), in the form, manner, and at the times that CMS or OIG specifies.

(b) Exception. The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to entities that furnish 20 or fewer Part A and Part B services during a calendar year, or to any Medicare covered services furnished outside the United States.

(c) Required information. The information requested by CMS or OIG can include the following:

(1) The name and unique physician identification number (UPIN) or the national provider identifier (NPI) of each physician who has a reportable financial relationship with the entity.

(2) The name and UPIN or NPI of each physician who has an immediate family member (as defined at § 411.351) who has a reportable financial relationship with the entity.

(3) The covered services furnished by the entity.

(4) With respect to each physician identified under paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, the nature of the financial relationship (including the extent or value of the ownership or investment interest or the compensation arrangement) as evidenced in records that the entity knows or should know about in the course of prudently conducting business, including, but not limited to, records that the entity is already required to retain to comply with the rules of the Internal Revenue Service and the Securities and Exchange Commission and other rules of the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

(d) Reportable financial relationships. For purposes of this section, a reportable financial relationship is any ownership or investment interest, as defined at § 411.354(b) or any compensation arrangement, as defined at § 411.354(c), except for ownership or investment interests that satisfy the exceptions set forth in § 411.356(a) or § 411.356(b) regarding publicly traded securities and mutual funds.

(e) Form and timing of reports. Entities that are subject to the requirements of this section must submit the required information, upon request, within the time period specified by the request. Entities are given at least 30 days from the date of the request to provide the information. Entities must retain the information, and documentation sufficient to verify the information, for the length of time specified by the applicable regulatory requirements for the information, and, upon request, must make that information and documentation available to CMS or OIG.

(f) Consequences of failure to report. Any person who is required, but fails, to submit information concerning his or her financial relationships in accordance with this section is subject to a civil money penalty of up to $10,000 as adjusted annually under 45 CFR part 102 for each day following the deadline established under paragraph (e) of this section until the information is submitted. Assessment of these penalties will comply with the applicable provisions of part 1003 of this title.

(g) Public disclosure. Information furnished to CMS or OIG under this section is subject to public disclosure in accordance with the provisions of part 401 of this chapter.

[72 FR 51098, Sept. 5, 2007, as amended at 80 FR 71378, Nov. 16, 2015; 81 FR 61561, Sept. 6, 2016]

§ 411.362 Additional requirements concerning physician ownership and investment in hospitals.

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this section—

Ownership or investment interest means for purposes of this section, a direct or indirect ownership or investment interest in a hospital.

(1) A direct ownership or investment interest in a hospital exists if the ownership or investment interest in the hospital is held without any intervening persons or entities between the hospital and the owner or investor.

(2) An indirect ownership or investment interest in a hospital exists if—

(i) Between the owner or investor and the hospital there exists an unbroken chain of any number (but no fewer than one) of persons or entities having ownership or investment interests; and

(ii) The hospital has actual knowledge of, or acts in reckless disregard or deliberate ignorance of, the fact that the owner or investor has some ownership or investment interest (through any number of intermediary ownership or investment interests) in the hospital.

(3) An indirect ownership or investment interest in a hospital exists even though the hospital does not know, or acts in reckless disregard or deliberate ignorance of, the precise composition of the unbroken chain or the specific terms of the ownership or investment interests that form the links in the chain.

Physician owner or investor means a physician (or immediate family member of the physician) with a direct or an indirect ownership or investment interest in the hospital.

Procedure room means a room in which catheterizations, angiographies, angiograms, and endoscopies are performed, except such term shall not include an emergency room or department (exclusive of rooms in which catheterizations, angiographies, angiograms, and endoscopies are performed).

Public advertising for the hospital means any public communication paid for by the hospital that is primarily intended to persuade individuals to seek care at the hospital.

(b) General requirements. (1) Physician ownership and provider agreement. The hospital had physician ownership or investment on December 31, 2010; and a provider agreement under section 1866 of the Act in effect on that date.

(2) Prohibition on facility expansion. The hospital may not increase the number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds beyond that for which the hospital is licensed on March 23, 2010 (or, in the case of a hospital that did not have a provider agreement in effect as of this date, but does have a provider agreement in effect on December 31, 2010, the effective date of such agreement), unless an exception is approved under § 411.363.

(3) Disclosure of conflicts of interest. (i) At such time and in such manner as specified by CMS, the hospital must submit an annual report to CMS containing a detailed description of the identity of each owner or investor in the hospital and the nature and extent of all ownership and investment interests in the hospital.

(ii) The hospital must—

(A) Require each referring physician owner or investor who is a member of the hospital's medical staff to agree, as a condition of continued medical staff membership or admitting privileges, to provide written disclosure of his or her ownership or investment interest in the hospital (and, if applicable, the ownership or investment interest of any treating physician) to all patients whom the physician refers to the hospital. Disclosure must be required by a time that permits the patient to make a meaningful decision regarding the receipt of care.

(B) Not condition any physician ownership or investment interests either directly or indirectly on the physician owner or investor making or influencing referrals to the hospital or otherwise generating business for the hospital.

(C) Disclose on any public Web site for the hospital and in any public advertising for the hospital that the hospital is owned or invested in by physicians. Any language that would put a reasonable person on notice that the hospital may be physician-owned would be deemed a sufficient statement of physician ownership or investment. For purposes of this section, a public Web site for the hospital does not include, by way of example: social media Web sites; electronic patient payment portals; electronic patient care portals; and electronic health information exchanges.

(4) Ensuring bona fide investment. The hospital satisfies the following criteria:

(i) The percentage of the total value of the ownership or investment interests held in the hospital, or in an entity whose assets include the hospital, by physician owners or investors in the aggregate does not exceed such percentage as of March 23, 2010.

(ii) Any ownership or investment interests that the hospital offers to a physician owner or investor are not offered on more favorable terms than the terms offered to a person who is not a physician owner or investor.

(iii) The hospital (or any owner or investor in the hospital) does not directly or indirectly provide loans or financing for any investment in the hospital by a physician owner or investor.

(iv) The hospital (or any owner or investor in the hospital) does not directly or indirectly guarantee a loan, make a payment toward a loan, or otherwise subsidize a loan, for any individual physician owner or investor or group of physician owners or investors that is related to acquiring any ownership or investment interest in the hospital.

(v) Ownership or investment returns are distributed to each owner or investor in the hospital in an amount that is directly proportional to the ownership or investment interest of such owner or investor in the hospital.

(vi) Physician owners and investors do not receive, directly or indirectly, any guaranteed receipt of or right to purchase other business interests related to the hospital, including the purchase or lease of any property under the control of other owners or investors in the hospital or located near the premises of the hospital.

(vii) The hospital does not offer a physician owner or investor the opportunity to purchase or lease any property under the control of the hospital or any other owner or investor in the hospital on more favorable terms than the terms offered to an individual who is not a physician owner or investor.

(5) Patient safety. The hospital satisfies the following criteria:

(i) If the hospital does not have a physician available on the premises to provide services during all hours in which the hospital is providing services to the patient, the hospital must disclose this information to the patient. Before providing services to the patient, the hospital must receive a signed acknowledgment from the patient stating that the patient understands that a physician may not be present during all hours services are furnished to the patient.

(ii) The hospital must have the capacity to provide assessment and initial treatment for all patients, and the ability to refer and transfer patients to hospitals with the capability to treat the needs of the patient that the hospital is unable to address. For purposes of this paragraph, the hospital inpatient stay or outpatient visit begins with the provision of a package of information regarding scheduled preadmission testing and registration for a planned hospital admission for inpatient care or an outpatient service.

(6) Prohibition on conversion from an ambulatory surgery center. The hospital must not have been converted from an ambulatory surgical center to a hospital on or after March 23, 2010.

[75 FR 72260, Nov. 24, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 74581, Nov. 30, 2011; 79 FR 67029, Nov. 10, 2014; 80 FR 71378, Nov. 16, 2015; 85 FR 86299, Dec. 29, 2020; 88 FR 59328, Aug. 28, 2023]

§ 411.363 Process for requesting an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion.

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this section—

Baseline number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds means the number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds for which the applicable hospital or high Medicaid facility is licensed as of March 23, 2010 (or, in the case of a hospital that did not have a provider agreement in effect as of March 23, 2010, but does have a provider agreement in effect on December 31, 2010, the date of effect of such agreement). For purposes of determining the number of beds in a hospital's baseline number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds, a bed is included if the bed is considered licensed for purposes of State licensure, regardless of the specific number of beds identified on the physical license issued to the hospital by the State.

External data source means a data source that—

(i) Is generated, maintained, or under the control of a State Medicaid agency;

(ii) Is reliable and transparent;

(iii) Maintains data that, for purposes of the process described in this section, are readily available and accessible to the requesting hospital, comparison hospitals, and CMS; and

(iv) Maintains or generates data that, for purposes of the process described in this section, are accurate, complete, and objectively verifiable.

Main campus of the hospital means “campus” as defined at § 413.65(a)(2) of this chapter.

Procedure room has the meaning set forth at § 411.362(a).

(b) CMS consideration of requests for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion. (1) CMS will not consider a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion from a hospital that is not eligible to request the exception.

(2) A hospital that meets the criteria for an applicable hospital or a high Medicaid facility is eligible to request an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion for consideration by CMS, provided that—

(i) CMS has not previously approved a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion that would allow the hospital's number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds for which the hospital is licensed to reach 200 percent of the hospital's baseline number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds if the full expansion is utilized; and

(ii) It has been at least 2 calendar years from the date of the most recent decision by CMS approving or denying the hospital's most recent request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion.

(c) Criteria for an applicable hospital. An applicable hospital is a hospital that meets the following criteria:

(1) Population increase. The hospital is located in a county that has a percentage increase in population that is at least 150 percent of the percentage increase in population of the State in which the hospital is located during the most recent 5-year period for which data are available as of the date that the hospital submits its request. To calculate State and county population growth, a hospital must use Bureau of the Census estimates.

(2) Medicaid inpatient admissions. The hospital has an annual percent of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid that is equal to or greater than the average percent with respect to such admissions for all hospitals (including the requesting hospital) that have Medicare participation agreements with CMS and are located in the county in which the hospital is located during the most recent 12-month period for which data are available as of the date that the hospital submits its request. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(2), the most recent 12-month period for which data are available means the most recent 12-month period for which the data source used contains all data from the requesting hospital and each other hospital that has a Medicare participation agreement with CMS and is located in the county in which the requesting hospital is located.

(i) With respect to requests submitted before October 1, 2023, a hospital may use filed Medicare hospital cost report data from the Healthcare Cost Report Information System (HCRIS) or data from an external data source (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section) to estimate its annual percent of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid and the average percent with respect to such admissions for all hospitals (including the requesting hospital) that have Medicare participation agreements with CMS and are located in the county in which the hospital is located.

(ii) With respect to requests submitted on or after October 1, 2023, a hospital may use only filed Medicare hospital cost report data from HCRIS to estimate its annual percent of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid and the average percent with respect to such admissions for all hospitals (including the requesting hospital) that have Medicare participation agreements with CMS and are located in the county in which the hospital is located.

(3) Nondiscrimination. The hospital does not discriminate against beneficiaries of Federal health care programs and does not permit physicians practicing at the hospital to discriminate against such beneficiaries.

(4) Average bed capacity. The hospital is located in a State in which the average bed capacity in the State is less than the national average bed capacity during the most recent fiscal year for which HCRIS, as of the date that the hospital submits its request, contains data from a sufficient number of hospitals to determine a State's average bed capacity and the national average bed capacity.

(i) CMS will provide on its website State average bed capacities and the national average bed capacity.

(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (c)(4), sufficient number means the number of hospitals, as determined by CMS that would ensure that the determination under this paragraph (c)(4) would not materially change after additional hospital data are reported.

(5) Average bed occupancy. The hospital has an average bed occupancy rate that is greater than the average bed occupancy rate in the State in which the hospital is located during the most recent fiscal year for which HCRIS, as of the date that the hospital submits its request, contains data from a sufficient number of hospitals to determine the requesting hospital's average bed occupancy rate and the relevant State's average bed occupancy rate.

(i) A hospital must use filed hospital cost report data from HCRIS to determine its average bed occupancy rate.

(ii) CMS will provide on its website State average bed occupancy rates. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(5), sufficient number means the number of hospitals, as determined by CMS that would ensure that the determination under this paragraph (c)(5) would not materially change after additional hospital data are reported.

(6) Hospital location. For purposes of this paragraph (c), a hospital is located in the county and State in which the main campus of the hospital is located.

(d) Criteria for a high Medicaid facility. A high Medicaid facility is a hospital that meets all of the following criteria:

(1) Sole hospital. The hospital is not the sole hospital in the county in which the hospital is located.

(2) Medicaid inpatient admissions. With respect to each of the three most recent 12-month periods for which data are available as of the date the hospital submits its request, the hospital has an annual percent of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid that is estimated to be greater than such percent with respect to such admissions for each other hospital that has a Medicare participation agreement with CMS and is located in the county in which the hospital is located. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(2), the most recent 12-month period for which data are available means the most recent 12-month period for which the data source used contains all data from the requesting hospital and each other hospital that has a Medicare participation agreement with CMS and is located in the county in which the requesting hospital is located.

(i) With respect to requests submitted before October 1, 2023, a hospital may use filed Medicare hospital cost report data from HCRIS or data from an external data source (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section) to estimate its annual percentage of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid and the annual percentages of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid for each other hospital that has a Medicare participation agreement with CMS and is located in the county in which the hospital is located.

(ii) With respect to requests submitted on or after October 1, 2023, a hospital may use only filed Medicare hospital cost report data from HCRIS to estimate its annual percentage of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid and the annual percentages of total inpatient admissions under Medicaid for each other hospital that has a Medicare participation agreement with CMS and is located in the county in which the hospital is located.

(3) Nondiscrimination. The hospital does not discriminate against beneficiaries of Federal health care programs and does not permit physicians practicing at the hospital to discriminate against such beneficiaries.

(4) Hospital location. For purposes of this paragraph (d), a hospital is located in the county in which the main campus of the hospital is located.

(e) Procedure for submitting a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion. (1) A hospital must submit the request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion and the signed certification set forth in paragraph (e)(3) of this section electronically to CMS according to the instructions specified on the CMS website.

(2) For a hospital's request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion to be considered by CMS, the request must include all of the following information:

(i) The name, address, national provider identification number(s) (NPI), tax identification number (TIN), and CMS certification number (CCN) for the hospital.

(ii)(A) The name of the county in which the main campus is located; and

(B) The names of any counties in which the hospital provides inpatient or outpatient hospital services.

(iii) The name, title, daytime telephone number, electronic mail address, and hard copy mail address for the contact person who will be available to discuss the request with CMS on behalf of the hospital.

(iv)(A) A statement identifying the hospital as an applicable hospital or high Medicaid facility; and

(B) A detailed explanation with supporting documentation regarding whether and how the hospital meets each of the criteria for an applicable hospital or high Medicaid facility.

(v) A statement and supporting documentation, if available, explaining how the hospital satisfies the criterion in paragraph (c)(3) or (d)(3) of this section that it does not discriminate against beneficiaries of Federal health care programs and does not permit physicians practicing at the hospital to discriminate against such beneficiaries.

(vi) Documentation supporting—

(A) The hospital's calculations of its baseline number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds;

(B) The number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds for which the hospital is licensed as of the date that the hospital submits a request for an exception;

(C) Whether and how the hospital has used any expansion facility capacity approved in a prior request; and

(D) The additional number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds by which the hospital requests to expand.

(3) A hospital may submit other information with respect to the request, including but not limited to information regarding—

(i) Whether the hospital plans to use expansion facility capacity to provide specialty services (for example, maternity, psychiatric services, or substance use disorder care) if the request is approved; and

(ii) The current or future need, if any, for additional operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds—

(A) For the hospital to serve Medicaid, uninsured, and underserved populations;

(B) In the county in which the main campus of the hospital is located; and

(C) In any county in which the hospital provides inpatient or outpatient hospital services as of the date the hospital submits the request.

(4) A request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion must include the following certification signed by an authorized representative of the hospital: “With knowledge of the penalties for false statements provided by 18 U.S.C. 1001, I certify that all of the information provided in the request and all of the documentation provided with the request is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.” An authorized representative is the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or other individual who is authorized by the hospital to make the request.

(f) Community input. (1) Upon submitting a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion and until the hospital receives a CMS decision on the request, the hospital must disclose on any public website for the hospital that it is requesting an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion.

(2) A hospital submitting a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion must provide actual notification that it is requesting an exception, in either electronic or hard copy form, directly to hospitals whose data are part of the comparisons in paragraphs (c)(2) and (d)(2) of this section.

(3)(i) Individuals and entities in the hospital's community may provide input with respect to the hospital's request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion, including, but not limited to, input regarding whether the hospital meets the criteria for an applicable hospital or a high Medicaid facility and the factors listed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section that CMS will consider in deciding whether to approve or deny a hospital's request.

(ii) The hospital's community includes the geographic area served by the hospital (as defined at § 411.357(e)(2)) and all of the following:

(A) The county in which the hospital's main campus is located.

(B) The counties in which the hospital provides inpatient or outpatient hospital services as of the date the hospital submits the request.

(iii) Community input must be—

(A) In the form of written comments;

(B) Submitted according to the instructions in the Federal Register notice of the hospital's request; and

(C) Received no later than 60 days after CMS publishes notice of the hospital's request in the Federal Register.

(iv) If CMS receives written comments from the community, the hospital has 60 days after CMS notifies the hospital of the written comments to submit a rebuttal statement.

(g) Timing of complete request. (1) If only filed Medicare hospital cost report data from HCRIS are used in the hospital's request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion, the written comments, and the hospital's rebuttal statement, a request will be deemed complete no later than 90 days after the end of—

(i) The 60-day comment period if CMS does not receive written comments from the community.

(ii) The 60-day rebuttal period, regardless of whether the hospital submits a rebuttal statement, if CMS receives written comments from the community.

(2) If data from an external data source are used in the hospital's request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion, the written comments, or the hospital's rebuttal statement, a request will be deemed complete no later than 180 days after the end of—

(i) The 60-day comment period if CMS does not receive written comments from the community.

(ii) The 60-day rebuttal period, regardless of whether the hospital submits a rebuttal statement, if CMS receives written comments from the community.

(h) Determination that the hospital is an applicable hospital or a high Medicaid facility. Based on the information described in paragraph (e) of this section and the community input described in paragraph (f) of this section, if any, CMS will first determine whether the hospital meets the criteria for an applicable hospital or a high Medicaid facility.

(i) CMS decision to approve or deny a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion—(1) Data and information for consideration by CMS. In reviewing a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion, CMS—

(i) Will consider data and information provided by the hospital in its request, included in the community input, if any, and provided by the hospital in its rebuttal statement, if any; and

(ii) May also consider any other data and information relevant to its decision.

(2) Factors considered by CMS. Factors that CMS will consider in deciding whether to approve or deny a hospital's request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion include but are not limited to the following:

(i) The specialty (for example, maternity, psychiatric, or substance use disorder care) of the hospital or the services furnished by or to be furnished by the hospital if CMS approves the request.

(ii) Program integrity or quality of care concerns related to the hospital.

(iii) Whether the hospital has a need for additional operating rooms, procedure rooms, or beds.

(iv) Whether there is a need for additional operating rooms, procedure rooms, or beds in the county in which the main campus of the hospital is located or in any county in which the hospital provides inpatient or outpatient hospital services as of the date the hospital submits the request.

(j) Permitted increase in facility capacity. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(2) of this section, a permitted increase under this section—

(i) May not result in the number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds for which the hospital is licensed exceeding 200 percent of the hospital's baseline number of operating rooms, procedure rooms, and beds; and

(ii) May occur only in facilities on the hospital's main campus.

(2) The limitations of paragraph (j)(1) of this section do not apply to an increase in facility capacity approved by CMS with respect to a request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion submitted by a high Medicaid facility between January 1, 2021, and September 30, 2023.

(k) Publication of final determination and decision. Not later than 60 days after receiving a complete request—

(1) If CMS determines that the hospital does not meet the criteria for an applicable hospital or a high Medicaid facility, CMS will publish in the Federal Register notice of such determination; or

(2) If CMS determines that the hospital meets the criteria for an applicable hospital or a high Medicaid facility, CMS will publish in the Federal Register notice of such determination and its decision regarding the hospital's request for an exception from the prohibition on facility expansion.

(l) Limitation on review. There shall be no administrative or judicial review under section 1869 of the Act, section 1878 of the Act, or otherwise of the process under this section (including the establishment of such process and any CMS determination or decision under such process).

[88 FR 59328, Aug. 28, 2023]

§ 411.370 Advisory opinions relating to physician referrals.

(a) Period during which CMS accepts requests. The provisions of § 411.370 through § 411.389 apply to requests for advisory opinions that are submitted to CMS during any time period in which CMS is required by law to issue the advisory opinions described in this subpart.

(b) Matters that qualify for advisory opinions and who may request one. Any individual or entity may request a written advisory opinion from CMS concerning whether a physician's referral relating to designated health services (other than clinical laboratory services) is prohibited under section 1877 of the Act. In the advisory opinion, CMS will determine whether a business arrangement described by the parties to that arrangement appears to constitute a “financial relationship” (as defined in section 1877(a)(2) of the Act) that could potentially restrict a physician's referrals, and whether the arrangement or the designated health services at issue appear to qualify for any of the exceptions to the referral prohibition described in section 1877 of the Act.

(1) The request must relate to an existing arrangement or one into which the requestor, in good faith, specifically plans to enter. The planned arrangement may be contingent upon the party or parties receiving a favorable advisory opinion. CMS does not consider, for purposes of an advisory opinion, requests that involve the activities of third parties.

(2) The requestor must be a party to the existing or proposed arrangement.

(c) Matters not subject to advisory opinions. CMS will not address through an advisory opinion—

(1) Whether the fair market value was, or will be, paid or received for any goods, services, or property; and

(2) Whether an individual is a bona fide employee within the requirements of section 3121(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

(d) Facts subject to advisory opinions. The requestor must include in the advisory opinion request a complete description of the arrangement that the requestor is undertaking, or plans to undertake, as described in § 411.372.

(e) Acceptance of requests. (1) CMS does not accept an advisory opinion request or issue an advisory opinion if—

(i) The request is not related to a named individual or entity;

(ii) The request does not describe the arrangement at issue with a level of detail sufficient for CMS to issue an opinion, and the requestor does not timely respond to CMS requests for additional information;

(iii) CMS is aware, after consultation with OIG and DOJ, that the same course of action is under investigation, or is or has been the subject of a proceeding involving the Department of Health and Human Services or another governmental agency;

(iv) CMS believes that it cannot make an informed opinion or could only make an informed opinion after extensive investigation, clinical study, testing, or collateral inquiry; or

(v) CMS determines that the arrangement or course of conduct at issue is or would be in violation of applicable State or Federal law or regulation.

(2) CMS may elect not to accept an advisory opinion request if it determines, after consultation with OIG and DOJ:

(i) The course of action described is substantially similar to a course of conduct that is under investigation or the subject of a proceeding involving the Department or other law enforcement agencies; and

(ii) Issuing an advisory opinion could interfere with the investigation or proceeding.

(f) Effects of an advisory opinion on other Governmental authority. Nothing in this part limits the investigatory or prosecutorial authority of the OIG, the Department of Justice, or any other agency of the Government. In addition, in connection with any request for an advisory opinion, CMS, the OIG, or the Department of Justice may conduct whatever independent investigation it believes appropriate.

[69 FR 57227, Sept. 24, 2004, as amended at 72 FR 51098, Sept. 5, 2007; 84 FR 63191, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.372 Procedure for submitting a request.

(a) Format for a request. A party or parties must submit a request for an advisory opinion to CMS according to the instructions specified on the CMS Web site.

(b) Information CMS requires with all submissions. The request must include the following:

(1) The name, address, telephone number, and Taxpayer Identification Number of the requestor.

(2) The names and addresses, to the extent known, of all other actual and potential parties to the arrangement that is the subject of the request.

(3) The name, title, address, and daytime telephone number of a contact person who will be available to discuss the request with CMS on behalf of the requestor.

(4) A complete and specific description of all relevant information bearing on the arrangement, including—

(i) A complete description of the arrangement that the requestor is undertaking, or plans to undertake, including:

(A) The purpose of the arrangement; the nature of each party's (including each entity's) contribution to the arrangement; the direct or indirect relationships between the parties, with an emphasis on the relationships between physicians involved in the arrangement (or their immediate family members who are involved); and

(B) Any entities that provide designated health services; the types of services for which a physician wishes to refer, and whether the referrals will involve Medicare or Medicaid patients;

(ii) Complete copies of all relevant documents or relevant portions of documents that affect or could affect the arrangement, such as personal service or employment contracts, leases, deeds, pension or insurance plans, or financial statements (or, if these relevant documents do not yet exist, a complete description, to the best of the requestor's knowledge, of what these documents are likely to contain);

(iii) Detailed statements of all collateral or oral understandings, if any; and

(iv) Descriptions of any other arrangements or relationships that could affect CMS's analysis.

(5) The identity of all entities involved either directly or indirectly in the arrangement, including their names, addresses, legal form, ownership structure, nature of the business (products and services) and, if relevant, their Medicare and Medicaid provider numbers. The requestor must also include a brief description of any other entities that could affect the outcome of the opinion, including those with which the requestor, the other parties, or the immediate family members of involved physicians, have any financial relationships (either direct or indirect, and as defined in section 1877(a)(2) of the Act and § 411.354), or in which any of the parties holds an ownership or control interest as defined in section 1124(a)(3) of the Act.

(6) At the option of the requestor, a discussion of the specific issues or questions to be addressed by CMS including, if possible, a discussion of why the requestor believes the referral prohibition in section 1877 of the Act might or might not be triggered by the arrangement and which, if any, exceptions the requestor believes might apply. The requestor should attempt to designate which facts are relevant to each issue or question raised in the request and should cite the provisions of law under which each issue or question arises.

(7) An indication of whether the parties involved in the request have also asked for or are planning to ask for an advisory opinion on the arrangement in question from the OIG under section 1128D(b) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a-7d(b)) and whether the arrangement is or is not, to the best of the requestor's knowledge, the subject of an investigation.

(8) The certification(s) described in § 411.373. The certification(s) must be signed by—

(i) The requestor, if the requestor is an individual;

(ii) The chief executive officer, or other authorized officer, of the requestor, if the requestor is a corporation;

(iii) The managing partner of the requestor, if the requestor is a partnership; or

(iv) A managing member, if the requestor is a limited liability company.

(c) Additional information CMS might require. If the request does not contain all of the information required by paragraph (b) of this section, or, if either before or after accepting the request, CMS believes it needs more information in order to render an advisory opinion, it may request whatever additional information or documents it deems necessary. Additional information must be provided in writing, signed by the same person who signed the initial request (or by an individual in a comparable position), and be certified as described in § 411.373.

(d) Requests for expedited review. Parties may seek expedited review of arrangements under § 411.380(c)(1)(i) for a determination as to whether the arrangement or course of conduct is indistinguishable in all material aspects from an arrangement or course of conduct that was the subject of a prior advisory opinion. Parties seeking such expedited review must identify the relevant advisory opinion and provide an explanation of why the subject arrangement is indistinguishable from the arrangement that was the subject of the prior relevant advisory opinion. Requestors should clearly and prominently indicate in their submission to CMS that they are seeking expedited review.

[69 FR 57227, Sept. 24, 2004, as amended at 81 FR 80553, Nov. 15, 2016; 84 FR 63191, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.373 Certification.

(a) Every request must include the following signed certification: “With knowledge of the penalties for false statements provided by 18 U.S.C. 1001 and with knowledge that this request for an advisory opinion is being submitted to the Department of Health and Human Services, I certify that all of the information provided is true and correct, and constitutes a complete description of the facts regarding which an advisory opinion is sought, to the best of my knowledge and belief.”

(b) If the advisory opinion relates to a proposed arrangement, in addition to the certification required by paragraph (a) of this section, the following certification must be included and signed by the requestor: “The arrangement described in this request for an advisory opinion is one into which [the requestor], in good faith, plans to enter.” This statement may be made contingent on a favorable advisory opinion, in which case the requestor should add one of the following phrases to the certification:

(1) “if CMS issues a favorable advisory opinion.”

(2) “if CMS and the OIG issue favorable advisory opinions.”

[69 FR 57227, Sept. 24, 2004]

§ 411.375 Fees for the cost of advisory opinions.

(a) Hourly rate. CMS will charge an hourly rate of $220. Parties may request an estimate from CMS after submitting a complete request. Before issuing the advisory opinion, CMS will calculate the final fee for responding to the request.

(b) Agreement to pay all costs. (1) By submitting the request for an advisory opinion, the requestor agrees, except as indicated in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, to pay all costs the Department incurs in responding to the request for an advisory opinion.

(2) In its request for an advisory opinion, the requestor may designate a triggering dollar amount. If CMS estimates that the costs of processing the advisory opinion request have reached or are likely to exceed the designated triggering dollar amount, CMS notifies the requestor.

(3) If CMS notifies the requestor that the actual or estimated cost of processing the request has reached or is likely to exceed the triggering dollar amount, CMS stops processing the request until the requestor makes a written request for CMS to continue. If CMS is delayed in processing the request for an advisory opinion because of this procedure, the time within which CMS must issue an advisory opinion is suspended until the requestor asks CMS to continue working on the request.

(4) If the requestor chooses not to pay for CMS to complete an advisory opinion, or withdraws the request, the requestor is still obligated to pay for all costs CMS has identified as costs it incurred in processing the request for an advisory opinion, up to that point.

(5) If the costs CMS has incurred in responding to the request are greater than the amount the requestor has paid, CMS, before issuing the advisory opinion, notifies the requestor of any additional amount that is due. CMS does not issue an advisory opinion until the requestor has paid the full amount that is owed. Once the requestor has paid CMS the total amount due for the costs of processing the request, CMS issues the advisory opinion. The time period CMS has for issuing advisory opinions is suspended from the time CMS notifies the requestor of the amount owed until the time CMS receives full payment.

(c) Fees for outside experts. (1) In addition to the fees identified in this section, the requestor also must pay any required fees for expert opinions, if any, from outside sources, as described in § 411.377.

(2) The time period for issuing an advisory opinion is suspended from the time that CMS notifies the requestor that it needs an outside expert opinion until the time CMS receives that opinion.

[69 FR 57228, Sept. 24, 2004, as amended at 84 FR 63192, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.377 Expert opinions from outside sources.

(a) CMS may request expert advice from qualified sources if CMS believes that the advice is necessary to respond to a request for an advisory opinion. For example, CMS may require the use of accountants or business experts to assess the structure of a complex business arrangement or to ascertain a physician's or immediate family member's financial relationship with entities that provide designated health services.

(b) If CMS determines that it needs to obtain expert advice in order to issue a requested advisory opinion, CMS notifies the requestor of that fact and provides the identity of the appropriate expert and an estimate of the costs of the expert advice. As indicated in § 411.375(d), the requestor must pay the estimated cost of the expert advice.

(c) Once CMS has received payment for the estimated cost of the expert advice, CMS arranges for the expert to provide a prompt review of the issue or issues in question. CMS considers any additional expenses for the expert advice, beyond the estimated amount, as part of the costs CMS has incurred in responding to the request, and the responsibility of the requestor, as described in § 411.375(c).

[69 FR 57229, Sept. 24, 2004]

§ 411.378 Withdrawing a request.

The party requesting an advisory opinion may withdraw the request before CMS issues a formal advisory opinion. This party must submit the withdrawal in writing to the same address as the request, as indicated in § 411.372(a). Even if the party withdraws the request, the party must pay the costs the Department has expended in processing the request, as discussed in § 411.375. CMS reserves the right to keep any request for an advisory opinion and any accompanying documents and information, and to use them for any governmental purposes permitted by law.

[69 FR 57229, Sept. 24, 2004]

§ 411.379 When CMS accepts a request.

(a) Upon receiving a request for an advisory opinion, CMS promptly makes an initial determination of whether the request contains a level of detail sufficient for CMS to process the request.

(b) If CMS determines that the request submitted lacks details necessary for CMS to process the request, CMS will provide notification to the requestor within 15 working days of receiving the request.

(c) If the requestor provides the additional information CMS has requested, or otherwise resubmits the request, CMS processes the resubmission in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section as if it were an initial request for an advisory opinion.

(d) CMS formally accepts a request when CMS determines that the request (inclusive of any supplemental submissions) describes the arrangement at issue with sufficient detail and that the grounds for rejection of a request listed at § 411.370(e) do not apply. Upon accepting the request, CMS notifies the requestor by regular U.S. mail of the date that CMS formally accepts the request.

(e) The applicable time period that CMS has to issue an advisory opinion set forth in § 411.380(c) does not begin until CMS formally accepts the request for an advisory opinion.

[69 FR 57229, Sept. 24, 2004, as amended at 84 FR 63192, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.380 When CMS issues a formal advisory opinion.

(a) CMS considers an advisory opinion to be issued once it has received payment and once the opinion has been dated, numbered, and signed by an authorized CMS official.

(b) An advisory opinion contains a description of the material facts known to CMS that relate to the arrangement that is the subject of the advisory opinion, and states CMS's opinion about the subject matter of the request based on those facts. If necessary, CMS includes in the advisory opinion material facts that could be considered confidential information or trade secrets within the meaning of 18 U.S.C. 1095.

(c)(1) Except as set forth in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, CMS issues an advisory opinion in accordance with the provisions of this part within 60 working days after the date on which it formally accepts the advisory opinion request.

(i) In the case of a request for a determination that an arrangement or course of conduct is indistinguishable in all material aspects from another arrangement or course of conduct that was the subject of a prior opinion, CMS issues an advisory opinion within 30 working days after the date on which it formally accepts the advisory opinion request.

(ii) In the case of a request that CMS determines, in its discretion, involves complex legal issues or highly complicated fact patterns, CMS issues an advisory opinion within a reasonable time period after the date on which it formally accepts the advisory opinion request.

(iii) If the last day of the 60-working day or 30-working day time period falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, CMS may issue the advisory opinion at the close of business on the first business day following the weekend or holiday.

(2) The applicable time period for issuing an advisory opinion is suspended from the time CMS;

(i) Notifies the requestor that the costs have reached or are likely to exceed the triggering amount as described in § 411.375(c)(2) until CMS receives written notice from the requestor to continue processing the request;

(ii) Requests additional information from the requestor until CMS receives the additional information;

(iii) Notifies the requestor of the full amount due until CMS receives payment of this amount; and

(iv) Notifies the requestor of the need for expert advice until CMS receives the expert advice.

(d) After CMS has notified the requestor of the full amount owed and has received full payment of that amount, CMS issues the advisory opinion and promptly mails it to the requestor by regular first class U.S. mail.

[69 FR 57229, Sept. 24, 2004, as amended at 84 FR 63192, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.382 CMS' right to rescind advisory opinions.

(a)(1) Any advice CMS gives in an advisory opinion does not prejudice its right to reconsider the questions involved in the opinion, and CMS may rescind or revoke the opinion if it determines that there is good cause to rescind or revoke the opinion.

(2) Good cause shall exist where—

(i) There is a material change in the law that affects the conclusions reached in an opinion; or

(ii) A party that has received a negative advisory opinion seeks reconsideration based on new facts or law.

(b) CMS provides advance notice to the requestor and to the public of its decision to rescind or revoke the opinion so that the requestor and other parties may discontinue any course of action they have taken in accordance with, or in good faith reliance on, the advisory opinion.

(c) CMS does not proceed against the requestor with respect to any action the requestor and the involved parties have taken in good faith reliance upon CMS' advice under this part, provided—

(1) The requestor presented to CMS a full, complete and accurate description of all the relevant facts; and

(2) The parties promptly discontinue the action upon receiving notice that CMS had rescinded or revoked its approval, or discontinue the action within a reasonable “wind down” period, as determined by CMS.

[84 FR 63193, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.384 Disclosing advisory opinions and supporting information.

(a) Advisory opinions that CMS issues and releases in accordance with the procedures set forth in this subpart are available to the public.

(b) Promptly after CMS issues an advisory opinion and releases it to the requestor, CMS makes available a copy of the advisory opinion on the CMS Web site.

(c) Any predecisional document, or part of such predecisional document, that is prepared by CMS, the Department of Justice, or any other Department or agency of the United States in connection with an advisory opinion request under the procedures set forth in this part is exempt from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552, and will not be made publicly available.

(d) Documents submitted by the requestor to CMS in connection with a request for an advisory opinion are available to the public to the extent they are required to be made available by 5 U.S.C. 552, through procedures set forth in 45 CFR part 5.

(e) Nothing in this section limits CMS's obligation, under applicable laws, to publicly disclose the identity of the requesting party or parties, and the nature of the action CMS has taken in response to the request.

[69 FR 57230, Sept. 24, 2004, as amended at 80 FR 71379, Nov. 16, 2015; 84 FR 63193, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.386 CMS's advisory opinions as exclusive.

The procedures described in this subpart constitute the only method by which any individuals or entities can obtain a binding advisory opinion on the subject of a physician's referrals, as described in § 411.370. CMS has not and does not issue a binding advisory opinion on the subject matter in § 411.370, in either oral or written form, except through written opinions it issues in accordance with this subpart.

[69 FR 57230, Sept. 24, 2004]

§ 411.387 Effect of an advisory opinion.

(a) An advisory opinion is binding on the Secretary, and a favorable advisory opinion shall preclude imposition of sanctions under section 1877(g) of the Act with respect to:

(1) The individuals or entities requesting the opinion; and

(2) Individuals or entities that are parties to the specific arrangement with respect to which such advisory opinion has been issued.

(b) The Secretary will not pursue sanctions under section 1877(g) of the Act against any party to an arrangement that CMS determines is indistinguishable in all its material aspects from an arrangement with respect to which CMS issued a favorable advisory opinion.

(c) Individuals and entities may rely on an advisory opinion as non-binding guidance that illustrates the application of the physician self-referral law and regulations to the specific facts and circumstances described in the advisory opinion.

[84 FR 63193, Nov. 15, 2019]

§ 411.388 When advisory opinions are not admissible evidence.

The failure of a party to seek or to receive an advisory opinion may not be introduced into evidence to prove that the party either intended or did not intend to violate the provisions of sections 1128, 1128A or 1128B of the Act.

[69 FR 57230, Sept. 24, 2004]

§ 411.389 Range of the advisory opinion.

(a) An advisory opinion states only CMS's opinion regarding the subject matter of the request. If the subject of an advisory opinion is an arrangement that must be approved by or is regulated by any other agency, CMS's advisory opinion cannot be read to indicate CMS's views on the legal or factual issues that may be raised before that agency.

(b) An advisory opinion that CMS issues under this part does not bind or obligate any agency other than the Department. It does not affect the requestor's, or anyone else's, obligations to any other agency, or under any statutory or regulatory provision other than that which is the specific subject matter of the advisory opinion.

[69 FR 57230, Sept. 24, 2004]

Subpart K Payment for Certain Excluded Services
§ 411.400 Payment for custodial care and services not reasonable and necessary.

(a) Conditions for payment. Notwithstanding the exclusions set forth in § 411.15 (g) and (k). Medicare pays for “custodial care” and “services not reasonable and necessary” if the following conditions are met:

(1) The services were funished by a provider or by a practitioner or supplier that had accepted assignment of benefits for those services.

(2) Neither the beneficiary nor the provider, practitioner, or supplier knew, or could reasonably have been expected to know, that the services were excluded from coverage under § 411.15 (g) or (k).

(b) Time limits on payment—(1) Basic rule. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, payment may not be made for inpatient hospital care, posthospital SNF care, or home health services furnished after the earlier of the following:

(i) The day on which the beneficiary has been determined, under § 411.404, to have knowledge, actual or imputed, that the services were excluded from coverage by reason of § 411.15(g) or § 411.15(k).

(ii) The day on which the provider has been determined, under § 411.406 to have knowledge, actual or imputed, that the services are excluded from coverage by reason of § 411.15(g) or § 411.15(k).

(2) Exception. Payment may be made for services furnished during the first day after the limit established in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, if the QIO or the intermediary determines that the additional period of one day is necessary for planning post-discharge care. It the QIO or the intermediary determines that yet another day is necessary for planning post-discharge care, payment may be made for services furnished during the second day after the limit established in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

§ 411.402 Indemnification of beneficiary.

(a) Conditions for indemnification. If Medicare payment is precluded because the conditions of § 411.400(a)(2) are not met. Medicare indemnifies the beneficiary (and recovers from the provider, practitioner, or supplier), if the following conditions are met:

(1) The beneficiary paid the provider, practitioner, or supplier some or all of the charges for the excluded services.

(2) The beneficiary did not know and could not reasonably have been expected to know that the services were not covered.

(3) The provider, practitioner, or supplier knew, or could reasonably have been expected to know that the services were not covered.

(4) The beneficiary files a proper request for indemnification before the end of the sixth month after whichever of the following is later:

(i) The month is which the beneficiary paid the provider, practitioner, or supplier.

(ii) The month in which the intermediary or carrier notified the beneficiary (or someone on his or her behalf) that the beneficiary would not be liable for the services.

For good cause shown by the beneficiary, the 6-month period may be extended.

(b) Amount of indemnification. 1 The amount of indemnification is the total that the beneficiary paid the provider, practitioner, or supplier.

1 For services furnished before 1988, the indemnification amount was reduced by any deductible or coinsurance amounts that would have been applied if the services had been covered.

(c) Effect of indemnification. The amount of indemnification is considered an overpayment to the provider, practitioner, or supplier, and as such is recoverable under this part or in accordance with other applicable provisions of law.

§ 411.404 Criteria for determining that a beneficiary knew that services were excluded from coverage as custodial care or as not reasonable and necessary.

(a) Basic rule. A beneficiary who receives services that constitute custodial care under § 411.15(g) or that are not reasonable and necessary under § 411.15(k), is considered to have known that the services were not covered if the criteria of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section are met.

(b) Written notice. (1) Written notice is given to the beneficiary, or to someone acting on his or her behalf, that the services were not covered because they did not meet Medicare coverage guidelines.

(2) A notice concerning similar or reasonably comparable services furnished on a previous occasion also meets this criterion.

(3) After a beneficiary is notified that there is no Medicare payment for a service that is not covered by Medicare, he or she is presumed to know that there is no Medicare payment for any form of subsequent treatment for the non-covered condition.

(c) Source of notice. The notice was given by one of the following:

(1) The QIO, intermediary, or carrier.

(2) The group or committee responsible for utilization review for the provider that furnished the services.

(3) The provider, practitioner, or supplier that furnished the service.

[54 FR 41734, Oct. 11, 1989, as amended at 69 FR 66423, Nov. 15, 2004]

§ 411.406 Criteria for determining that a provider, practitioner, or supplier knew that services were excluded from coverage as custodial care or as not reasonable and necessary.

(a) Basic rule. A provider, practitioner, or supplier that furnished services which constitute custodial care under § 411.15(g) or that are not reasonable and necessary under § 411.15(k) is considered to have known that the services were not covered if any one of the conditions specified in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section is met.

(b) Notice from the QIO, intermediary or carrier. The QIO, intermediary, or carrier had informed the provider, practitioner, or supplier that the services furnished were not covered, or that similar or reasonably comparable services were not covered.

(c) Notice from the utilization review committee or the beneficiary's attending phyician. The utilization review group or committee for the provider or the beneficiary's attending physician had informed the provider that these services were not covered.

(d) Notice from the provider, practitioner, or supplier to the beneficiary. Before the services were furnished, the provider, practitioner or supplier informed the beneficiary that—

(1) The services were not covered; or

(2) The beneficiary no longer needed covered services.

(e) Knowledge based on experience, actual notice, or constructive notice. It is clear that the provider, practitioner, or supplier could have been expected to have known that the services were excluded from coverage on the basis of the following:

(1) Its receipt of CMS notices, including manual issuances, bulletins, or other written guides or directives from intermediaries, carriers, or QIOs, including notification of QIO screening criteria specific to the condition of the beneficiary for whom the furnished services are at issue and of medical procedures subject to preadmission review by a QIO.

(2) Federal Register publications containing notice of national coverage decisions or of other specifications regarding noncoverage of an item or service.

(3) Its knowledge of what are considered acceptable standards of practice by the local medical community.

[54 FR 41734, Oct. 11, 1989, as amended at 60 FR 48425, Sept. 19, 1995]

§ 411.408 Refunds of amounts collected for physician services not reasonable and necessary, payment not accepted on an assignment-related basis.

(a) Basic rule. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, a physician who furnishes a beneficiary services for which the physician does not undertake to claim payment on an assignment-related basis must refund any amounts collected from the beneficiary for services otherwise covered if Medicare payment is denied because the services are found to be not reasonable and necessary under § 411.15(k).

(b) Time limits for making refunds. A timely refund of any incorrectly collected amounts of money must be made to the beneficiary to whom the services were furnished. A refund is timely if—

(1) A physician who does not request a review within 30 days after receipt of the denial notice makes the refund within that time period; or

(2) A physician who files a request for review within 30 days after receipt of the denial notice makes the refund within 15 days after receiving notice of an initial adverse review determination, whether or not the physician further appeals the initial adverse review determination.

(c) Notices and appeals. If payment is denied for nonassignment-related claims because the services are found to be not reasonable and necessary, a notice of denial will be sent to both the physician and the beneficiary. The physician who does not accept assignment will have the same rights as a physician who submits claims on an assignment-related basis, as detailed in subpart H of part 405 and subpart B of part 473, to appeal the determination, and will be subject to the same time limitations.

(d) When a refund is not required. A refund of any amounts collected for services not reasonable and necessary is not required if—

(1) The physician did not know, and could not reasonably have been expected to know, that Medicare would not pay for the service; or

(2) Before the service was provided—

(i) The physician informed the beneficiary, or someone acting on the beneficiary's behalf, in writing that the physician believed Medicare was likely to deny payment for the specific service; and

(ii) The beneficiary (or someone eligible to sign for the beneficiary under § 424.36(b) of this chapter) signed a statement agreeing to pay for that service.

(e) Criteria for determining that a physician knew that services were excluded as not reasonable and necessary. A physician will be determined to have known that furnished services were excluded from coverage as not reasonable and necessary if one or more of the conditions in § 411.406 of this subpart are met.

(f) Acceptable evidence of prior notice to a beneficiary that Medicare was likely to deny payment for a particular service. To qualify for waiver of the refund requirement under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the physician must inform the beneficiary (or person acting on his or her behalf) that the physician believes Medicare is likely to deny payment.

(1) The notice must—

(i) Be in writing, using approved notice language;

(ii) Cite the particular service or services for which payment is likely to be denied; and

(iii) Cite the physician's reasons for believing Medicare payment will be denied.

(2) The notice is not acceptable evidence if—

(i) The physician routinely gives this notice to all beneficiaries for whom he or she furnishes services; or

(ii) The notice is no more than a statement to the effect that there is a possibility that Medicare may not pay for the service.

(g) Applicability of sanctions to physicians who fail to make refunds under this section. A physician who knowingly and willfully fails to make refunds as required by this section may be subject to sanctions as provided for in chapter V, parts 1001, 1002, and 1003 of this title.

[55 FR 24568, June 18, 1990; 55 FR 35142, 35143, Aug. 28, 1990]

PART 412 PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT SYSTEMS FOR INPATIENT HOSPITAL SERVICES

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302 and 1395hh.

Source: 50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart A General Provisions
§ 412.1 Scope of part.

(a) Purpose. (1) This part implements sections 1886(d) and (g) of the Act by establishing a prospective payment system for the operating costs of inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983, and a prospective payment system for the capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(i) Under these prospective payment systems, payment for the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services furnished by hospitals subject to the systems (generally, short-term, acute-care hospitals) is made on the basis of prospectively determined rates and applied on a per discharge basis.

(ii) Payment for other costs related to inpatient hospital services is made on a reasonable cost basis as follows:

(A) Organ acquisition costs incurred by hospitals with approved organ transplant programs.

(B) The costs of qualified nonphysician anesthetist's services, as described in § 412.113(c).

(C) Direct costs of approved nursing and allied health educational programs.

(D) Costs related to hematopoietic stem cell acquisition for the purpose of an allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant as described in § 412.113(e).

(iii) Payment for the direct costs of graduate medical education is made on a per resident amount basis in accordance with §§ 413.75 through 413.83 of this chapter.

(iv) Additional payments are made for outlier cases, bad debts, indirect medical education costs, for serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients, for the additional resource costs of domestic National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health approved surgical N95 respirators, and for the additional resource costs for small, independent hospitals to establish and maintain access to buffer stocks of essential medicines.

(v) Under either prospective payment system, a hospital may keep the difference between its prospective payment rate and its operating or capital-related costs incurred in furnishing inpatient services, and the hospital is at risk for inpatient operating or inpatient capital-related costs that exceed its payment rate.

(2) This part implements section 124 of Public Law 106-113 by establishing a per diem prospective payment system for the inpatient operating and capital costs of hospital inpatient services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries by a psychiatric facility that meets the conditions of subpart N of this part.

(3) This part implements section 1886(j) of the Act by establishing a prospective payment system for the inpatient operating and capital costs of inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries by a rehabilitation hospital or rehabilitation unit that meets the conditions of § 412.604.

(4) This part implements the following regarding long-term care hospitals—

(i) Section 123 of Public Law 106-113, which provides for the establishment of a prospective payment system for the costs of inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries by long-term care hospitals described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002.

(ii) The provisions of section 307(b) of Public Law 106-554, which state that the Secretary shall examine and may provide for appropriate adjustments to the long-term care hospital prospective payment system, including adjustments to diagnosis-related group (DRG) weights, area wage adjustments, geographic reclassification, outlier adjustments, updates, and disproportionate share adjustments consistent with section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act.

(iii) Section 114 of Public Law 110-173, which contains several provisions regarding long-term care hospitals, including the—

(A) Amendment of section 1886 of the Act to add a new subsection (m) that references section 123 of Public Law 106-113 and section 307(b) of Public Law 106-554 for the establishment and implementation of a prospective payment system for payments under title XVIII for inpatient hospital services furnished by a long-term care hospital described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act.

(B) Revision of the standard Federal rate for RY 2008.

(5) This part implements section 1886(q) of the Act, which provides that, effective for discharges from an “applicable hospital” beginning on or after October 1, 2012, payments to those hospitals under section 1886(d) of the Act will be reduced to account for certain excess readmissions, under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. This reduction will be made through an adjustment to the hospital's base operating DRG payment amounts under the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs.

(6) This part implements section 1886(o)(1)(B) of the Act, which directs the Secretary to begin to make value-based incentive payments under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program to hospitals for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012, through an adjustment to the base operating DRG payment amounts under the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs.

(7) This part implements section 1866(k) of the Act, which directs hospitals described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act to submit data on quality measures to the Secretary.

(b) Summary of content. (1) This subpart describes the basis of payment for inpatient hospital services under the prospective payment systems specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and sets forth the general basis of these systems.

(2) Subpart B of this part sets forth all of the following:

(i)(A) The classifications of hospitals that are included in and excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(B) Requirements governing the inclusion or exclusion of hospitals in the systems as a result of changes in their classification.

(ii) Requirements for the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program.

(3) Subpart C sets forth certain conditions that must be met for a hospital to receive payment under the prospective payment systems specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(4) Subpart D sets forth the basic methodology by which prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs are determined under the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(5) Subpart E describes the transition ratesetting methods that are used to determine transition payment rates for inpatient operating costs during the first 4 years of the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(6) Subpart F sets forth the methodology for determining payments for outlier cases under the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(7) Subpart G sets forth rules for special treatment of certain facilities under the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for inpatient operating costs.

(8) Subpart H describes the types, amounts, and methods of payment to hospitals under the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for inpatient operating costs.

(9) Subpart K describes how the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for inpatient operating costs is implemented for hospitals located in Puerto Rico.

(10) Subpart L sets forth the procedures and criteria concerning applications from hospitals to the Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board for geographic redesignation under the prospective payment systems specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(11) Subpart M describes how the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for inpatient capital-related costs is implemented effective with reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(12) Subpart N describes the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section for inpatient psychiatric facilities and sets forth the general methodology for paying the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services furnished by inpatient psychiatric facilities effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005.

(13) Subpart O of this part describes the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section for long-term care hospitals and sets forth the general methodology for paying for the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services furnished by long-term care hospitals, effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002.

(14) Subpart P describes the prospective payment system specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section for rehabilitation hospitals and rehabilitation units and sets forth the general methodology for paying for the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services furnished by rehabilitation hospitals and rehabilitation units effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002.

[66 FR 41385, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 56048, Aug. 30, 2002; 69 FR 66976, Nov. 15, 2004; 70 FR 47484, Aug. 12, 2005; 73 FR 24879, May 6, 2008; 77 FR 53673, Aug. 31, 2012; 85 FR 59020, Sept. 18, 2020; 86 FR 45518, Aug. 13, 2021; 86 FR 73510, Dec. 27, 2021; 87 FR 72286, Nov. 23, 2022; 89 FR 69909, Aug. 28, 2024]

§ 412.2 Basis of payment.

(a) Payment on a per discharge basis. Under both the inpatient operating and inpatient capital-related prospective payment systems, hospitals are paid a predetermined amount per discharge for inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. The prospective payment rate for each discharge (as defined in § 412.4) is determined according to the methodology described in subpart D, E, or G of this part, as appropriate, for operating costs, and according to the methodology described in subpart M of this part for capital-related costs. An additional payment is made for both inpatient operating and inpatient capital-related costs, in accordance with subpart F of this part, for cases that are extraordinarily costly to treat.

(b) Payment in full. (1) The prospective payment amount paid for inpatient hospital services is the total Medicare payment for the inpatient operating costs (as described in paragraph (c) of this section) and the inpatient capital-related costs (as described in paragraph (d) of this section) incurred in furnishing services covered by the Medicare program.

(2) The full prospective payment amount, as determined under subpart D, E, or G and under subpart M of this part, is made for each stay during which there is at least one Medicare payable day of care. Payable days of care, for purposes of this paragraph include the following:

(i) Limitation of liability days payable under the payment procedures for custodial care and services that are not reasonable and necessary as specified in § 411.400 of this chapter.

(ii) Guarantee of payment days, as authorized under § 409.68 of this chapter, for inpatient hospital services furnished to an individual whom the hospital has reason to believe is entitled to Medicare benefits at the time of admission.

(3) If a patient is admitted to an acute care hospital and then the acute care hospital meets the criteria at § 412.23(e) to be paid as a LTCH, during the course of the patient's hospitalization, Medicare considers all the days of the patient stay in the facility (days prior to and after the designation of LTCH status) to be a single episode of LTCH care. Medicare will not make payment under subpart H for any part of the hospitalization. Payment for the entire patient stay (days prior to and after the designation of LTCH status) will be made in accordance with the requirements specified in § 412.521. The requirements of this paragraph (b)(3) apply only to a patient stay in which a patient is in an acute care hospital and that hospital is designated as a LTCH on or after October 1, 2004.

(c) Inpatient operating costs. The prospective payment system provides a payment amount for inpatient operating costs, including—

(1) Operating costs for routine services (as described in § 413.53(b) of this chapter), such as the costs of room, board, and routine nursing services;

(2) Operating costs for ancillary services, such as radiology and laboratory services furnished to hospital inpatients;

(3) Special care unit operating costs (intensive care type unit services, as described in § 413.53(b) of this chapter);

(4) Malpractice insurance costs related to services furnished to inpatients; and

(5) Preadmission services otherwise payable under Medicare Part B furnished to a beneficiary on the date of the beneficiary's admission to the hospital and during the 3 calendar days immediately preceding the date of the beneficiary's admission to the hospital that meet the condition specified in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section and at least one of the conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(5)(ii) through (c)(5)(iv).

(i) The services are furnished by the hospital or by an entity wholly owned or operated by the hospital. An entity is wholly owned by the hospital if the hospital is the sole owner of the entity. An entity is wholly operated by a hospital if the hospital has exclusive responsibility for conducting and overseeing the entity's routine operations, regardless of whether the hospital also has policymaking authority over the entity.

(ii) For services furnished after January 1, 1991, the services are diagnostic (including clinical diagnostic laboratory tests).

(iii) For services furnished on or after October 1, 1991, through June 24, 2010, the services are furnished in connection with the principal diagnosis that requires the beneficiary to be admitted as an inpatient and are not the following:

(A) Ambulance services.

(B) Maintenance renal dialysis.

(iv) Nondiagnostic services furnished on or after June 25, 2010, other than ambulance services and maintenance renal dialysis services, that are furnished on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission or on the first, second, or third calendar day immediately preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission and the hospital does not attest that such services are unrelated to the beneficiary's inpatient admission.

(d) Inpatient capital-related costs. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, the capital prospective payment system provides a payment amount for inpatient hospital capital-related costs as described in part 413, subpart G of this chapter.

(e) Excluded costs. The following inpatient hospital costs are excluded from the prospective payment amounts and are paid for on a reasonable cost basis:

(1) Capital-related costs for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1991, and an allowance for return on equity, as described in §§ 413.130 and 413.157, respectively, of this chapter.

(2) Direct medical education costs for approved nursing and allied health education programs as described in § 413.85 of this chapter.

(3) Costs for direct medical and surgical services of physicians in teaching hospitals exercising the election in § 405.521 of this chapter.

(4) The acquisition costs of hearts, kidneys, livers, lungs, pancreas, and intestines (or multivisceral organs) incurred by approved transplant programs.

(5) The costs of qualified nonphysician anesthetists' services, as described in § 412.113(c).

(6) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2020, the costs of allogenic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition, as described in § 412.113(e), for the purpose of an allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant.

(f) Additional payments to hospitals. In addition to payments based on the prospective payment system rates for inpatient operating and inpatient capital-related costs, hospitals receive payments for the following:

(1) Outlier cases, as described in subpart F of this part.

(2) The indirect costs of graduate medical education, as specified in subparts F and G of this part and in § 412.105 for inpatient operating costs and in § 412.322 for inpatient capital-related costs.

(3) Costs excluded from the prospective payment rates under paragraph (e) of this section, as provided in § 412.115.

(4) Bad debts of Medicare beneficiaries, as provided in § 412.115(a).

(5) ESRD beneficiary discharges if such discharges are ten percent or more of the hospital's total Medicare discharges, as provided in § 412.104.

(6) Serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients, as provided in § 412.106 for inpatient operating costs and § 412.320 for inpatient capital-related costs.

(7) The direct graduate medical education costs for approved residency programs in medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and podiatry as described in §§ 413.75-413.83 of this chapter.

(8) For discharges on or after June 19, 1990, and before October 1, 1994, and for discharges on or after October 1, 1997, a payment amount per unit for blood clotting factor provided to Medicare inpatients who have hemophilia. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, the additional payment is made based on the average sales price methodology specified in subpart K, part 414 of this subchapter and the furnishing fee specified in § 410.63 of this subchapter.

(9) Special additional payment for certain new technology as specified in §§ 412.87 and 412.88 of subpart F.

(10) A payment adjustment for the additional resource costs of domestic National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health approved surgical N95 respirators as specified in § 412.113.

(11) A payment adjustment for small, independent hospitals for the additional resource costs of establishing and maintaining access to buffer stocks of essential medicines as specified in § 412.113.

(g) Payment adjustment for certain replaced devices. CMS makes a payment adjustment for certain replaced devices, as provided under § 412.89.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.3 Admissions.

(a) For purposes of payment under Medicare Part A, an individual is considered an inpatient of a hospital, including a critical access hospital, if formally admitted as an inpatient pursuant to an order for inpatient admission by a physician or other qualified practitioner in accordance with this section and §§ 482.24(c), 482.12(c), and 485.638(a)(4)(iii) of this chapter for a critical access hospital. In addition, inpatient rehabilitation facilities also must adhere to the admission requirements specified in § 412.622.

(b) The order must be furnished by a qualified and licensed practitioner who has admitting privileges at the hospital as permitted by State law, and who is knowledgeable about the patient's hospital course, medical plan of care, and current condition. The practitioner may not delegate the decision (order) to another individual who is not authorized by the State to admit patients, or has not been granted admitting privileges applicable to that patient by the hospital's medical staff.

(c) The physician order must be furnished at or before the time of the inpatient admission.

(d)(1) Except as specified in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section, an inpatient admission is generally appropriate for payment under Medicare Part A when the admitting physician expects the patient to require hospital care that crosses two midnights.

(i) The expectation of the physician should be based on such complex medical factors as patient history and comorbidities, the severity of signs and symptoms, current medical needs, and the risk of an adverse event. The factors that lead to a particular clinical expectation must be documented in the medical record in order to be granted consideration.

(ii) If an unforeseen circumstance, such as a beneficiary's death or transfer, results in a shorter beneficiary stay than the physician's expectation of at least 2 midnights, the patient may be considered to be appropriately treated on an inpatient basis, and payment for an inpatient hospital stay may be made under Medicare Part A.

(2) An inpatient admission for a surgical procedure specified by Medicare as inpatient only under § 419.22(n) of this chapter is generally appropriate for payment under Medicare Part A regardless of the expected duration of care. Procedures no longer specified as inpatient only under § 419.22(n) of this chapter are appropriate for payment under Medicare Part A in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) or (3) of this section. Claims for services and procedures removed from the inpatient only list under § 419.22 of this chapter on or after January 1, 2021 are exempt from certain medical review activities until the Secretary determines that the service or procedure is more commonly performed in the outpatient setting than the inpatient setting.

(3) Where the admitting physician expects a patient to require hospital care for only a limited period of time that does not cross 2 midnights, an inpatient admission may be appropriate for payment under Medicare Part A based on the clinical judgment of the admitting physician and medical record support for that determination. The physician's decision should be based on such complex medical factors as patient history and comorbidities, the severity of signs and symptoms, current medical needs, and the risk of an adverse event. In these cases, the factors that lead to the decision to admit the patient as an inpatient must be supported by the medical record in order to be granted consideration.

[78 FR 50965, Aug. 19, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 67030, Nov. 10, 2014; 80 FR 70602, Nov. 13, 2015; 83 FR 41700, Aug. 17, 2018; 85 FR 86300, Dec. 29, 2020; 86 FR 63992, Nov. 16, 2021; 90 FR 54082, Nov. 25, 2025]

§ 412.4 Discharges and transfers.

(a) Discharges. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a hospital inpatient is considered discharged from a hospital paid under the prospective payment system when—

(1) The patient is formally released from the hospital; or

(2) The patient dies in the hospital.

(b) Acute care transfers. A discharge of a hospital inpatient is considered to be a transfer for purposes of payment under this part if the patient is readmitted the same day (unless the readmission is unrelated to the initial discharge) to another hospital that is—

(1) Paid under the prospective payment system described in subparts A through M of this part;

(2) Excluded from being paid under the prospective payment system described in subparts A through M of this part because of participation in an approved statewide cost control program as described in subpart C of part 403 of this chapter;

(3) An acute care hospital that would otherwise be eligible to be paid under the IPPS, but does not have an agreement to participate in the Medicare program; or

(4) A critical access hospital.

(c) Postacute care transfers. A discharge of a hospital inpatient is considered to be a transfer for purposes of this part when the patient's discharge is assigned, as described in § 412.60(c), to one of the qualifying diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) listed in paragraph (d) of this section and the discharge is made under any of the following circumstances:

(1) To a hospital or distinct part hospital unit excluded from the prospective payment system described in subparts A through M of this part under subpart B of this part.

(2) To a skilled nursing facility.

(3) To home under a written plan of care for the provision of home health services from a home health agency and those services begin within 3 days after the date of discharge.

(4) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2018, to hospice care provided by a hospice program.

(d) Qualifying DRGs. (1) For a fiscal year prior to FY 2006, for purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the qualifying DRGs must meet the following criteria for both of the 2 most recent years for which data are available:

(i) The DRG must have a geometric mean length of stay of at least 3 days.

(ii) The DRG must have at least 14,000 cases identified as postacute care transfer cases.

(iii) The DRG must have at least 10 percent of the postacute care transfers occurring before the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG.

(iv) If the DRG is one of a paired DRG based on the presence or absence of a comorbidity or complication, one of the DRGs meets the criteria specified under paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iii) of this section.

(v) To initially qualify, the DRG must meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iv) of this section and must have a decline in the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG during the most recent 5 years of at least 7 percent. Once a DRG initially qualifies, the DRG is subject to the criteria specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iv) of this section for each subsequent fiscal year.

(2) For purposes of paragraph (c), a discharge is also considered to be a transfer if it meets the following conditions:

(i) The discharge is assigned to a DRG that contains only cases that were assigned to a DRG that qualified under this paragraph within the previous 2 years; and

(ii) The latter DRG was split or otherwise modified within the previous 2 fiscal years.

(3) For fiscal years beginning with FY 2006, for purposes of paragraph (c) of this section—

(i) The qualifying DRGs must meet the following criteria using data from the March 2005 update of the FY 2004 MedPAR file and Version 23.0 of the DRG Definitions Manual (FY 2006):

(A) The DRG has at least 2,050 total postacute care transfer cases;

(B) At least 5.5 percent of the cases in the DRG are discharged to postacute care prior to the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG;

(C) The DRG must have a geometric mean length of stay greater than 3 days;

(D) The DRG is paired with a DRG based on the presence or absence of a comorbidity or complication or major cardiovascular condition that, it meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A) and (d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.

(ii) If a DRG did not exist in Version 23.0 of the DRG Definitions Manual or a DRG included in Version 23.0 of the DRG Definitions Manual is revised, the DRG will be a qualifying DRG if it meets the following criteria based on the version of the DRG Definitions Manual in use when the new or revised DRG first becomes effective, using the most recent complete year of MedPAR data:

(A) The total number of discharges to postacute care in the DRG must equal or exceed the 55th percentile for all DRGs;

(B) The proportion of short-stay discharges to postacute care to total discharges in the DRG exceeds the 55th percentile for all DRGs;

(C) The DRG is paired with a DRG based on the presence or absence of a comorbidity or a complication or major cardiovascular condition that meets the criteria specified under paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(A) and (d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section; and

(D) In the case of MS-DRGs that share the same base MS-DRG, if one MS-DRG meets the criteria specified under paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, every MS-DRG that shares the same base MS-DRG is a qualifying DRG.

(e) Payment for discharges. The hospital discharging an inpatient (under paragraph (a) of this section) is paid in full, in accordance with § 412.2(b).

(f) Payment for transfers—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) or (f)(3) of this section, a hospital that transfers an inpatient under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, is paid a graduated per diem rate for each day of the patient's stay in that hospital, not to exceed the amount that would have been paid under subparts D and M of this part if the patient had been discharged to another setting. The per diem rate is determined by dividing the appropriate prospective payment rate (as determined under subparts D and M of this part) by the geometric mean length of stay for the specific DRG to which the case is assigned. Payment is graduated by paying twice the per diem amount for the first day of the stay, and the per diem amount for each subsequent day, up to the full DRG payment.

(2) Special rule for DRGs 209, 210, and 211 for fiscal years prior to FY 2006. For fiscal years prior to FY 2006, a hospital that transfers an inpatient under the circumstances described in paragraph (c) of this section and the transfer is assigned to DRGs 209, 210, or 211 is paid as follows:

(i) 50 percent of the appropriate prospective payment rate (as determined under subparts D and M of this part) for the first day of the stay; and

(ii) 50 percent of the amount calculated under paragraph (f)(1) of this section for each day of the stay, up to the full DRG payment.

(3) Transfer assigned to DRG for newborns that die or are transferred to another hospital. If a transfer is classified into CMS DRG 385 (Neonates, Died or Transferred) prior to October 1, 2007, or into MS-DRG 789 (Neonates, Died or Transferred to Another Acute Care Facility) on or after October 1, 2007, the transferring hospital is paid in accordance with § 412.2(b).

(4) Outliers. Effective with discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1984, a transferring hospital may qualify for an additional payment for extraordinarily high-cost cases that meet the criteria for cost outliers as described in subpart F of this part.

(5) Special rule for DRGs meeting specific criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, and prior to October 1, 2007, a hospital that transfers an inpatient under the circumstances described in paragraph (c) of this section is paid using the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section if the transfer case is assigned to one of the DRGs meeting the following criteria:

(i) The DRG meets the criteria specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) or (d)(3)(ii) of this section.

(ii) The average charges of the 1-day discharge cases in the DRG must be at least 50 percent of the average charges for all cases in the DRG; and

(iii) The geometric mean length of stay for the DRG is greater than 4 days; and

(iv) If a DRG is paired with a DRG based on the presence or absence of a comorbidity or complication or a major cardiovascular complication that meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (f)(5)(i) through (f)(5)(iii) of this section, that DRG will also be paid under the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section.

(6) Special rule for DRGs meeting specific criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, a hospital that transfers an inpatient under the circumstances described in paragraph (c) of this section is paid using the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section if the transfer case is assigned to one of the DRGs meeting the following criteria:

(i) The DRG meets the criteria specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) or (d)(3)(ii) of this section;

(ii) The average charges of the 1-day discharge cases in the DRG must be at least 50 percent of the average charges for all cases in the DRG; and

(iii) The geometric mean length of stay for the DRG is greater than 4 days.

(iv) If a DRG is part of an MS-DRG group that meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (f)(6)(i) through (f)(6)(iii) of this section, that DRG will also be paid under the provisions of paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section.

[63 FR 41003, July 31, 1998, as amended at 65 FR 47106, Aug. 1, 2000; 67 FR 50111, Aug. 1, 2002; 68 FR 45469, Aug. 1, 2003; 69 FR 49240, Aug. 11, 2004; 70 FR 47484, Aug. 12, 2005; 72 FR 47410, Aug. 22, 2007; 75 FR 50413, Aug. 16, 2010; 83 FR 41700, Aug. 17, 2018]

§ 412.6 Cost reporting periods subject to the prospective payment systems.

(a) Initial cost reporting period for each prospective payment system. (1) Each subject hospital is paid under the prospective payment system for operating costs for inpatient hospital services effective with the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1983 and for inpatient capital-related costs effective with the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(2) The hospital is paid the applicable prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs and capital-related costs for each discharge occurring on or after the first day of its first cost reporting period subject to the applicable prospective payment system.

(3) If a discharged beneficiary was admitted to the hospital before the first day of the hospital's first cost reporting period subject to the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs, the reasonable costs of services furnished before that day are paid under the cost reimbursement provisions of part 413 of this chapter. For such discharges, the amount otherwise payable under the applicable prospective payment rate is reduced by the amount paid on a reasonable cost basis for inpatient hospital services furnished to that beneficiary during the hospital stay. If the amount paid under reasonable cost exceeds the inpatient operating prospective payment amount, the reduction is limited to the inpatient operating prospective payment amount.

(b) Changes in cost reporting periods. CMS recognizes a change in a hospital's cost reporting period made after November 30, 1982 only if the change has been requested in writing by the hospital and approved by the intermediary in accordance with § 413.24(f)(3) of this chapter.

[57 FR 39819, Sept. 1, 1992]

§ 412.8 Publication of schedules for determining prospective payment rates.

(a) Initial prospective payment rates—(1) For inpatient operating costs. Initial prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs (for the period October 1, 1983 through September 30, 1984) were determined in accordance with documents published in the Federal Register on September 1, 1983 (48 FR 39838), and January 3, 1984 (49 FR 324).

(2) For inpatient capital-related costs. Initial prospective payment rates for inpatient capital-related costs (for the period October 1, 1991 through September 30, 1992) were determined in accordance with the final rule published in the Federal Register on August 30, 1991 (56 FR 43196).

(b) Annual publication of schedule for determining prospective payment rates. (1) CMS proposes changes in the methods, amounts, and factors used to determine inpatient prospective payment rates in a Federal Register document published for public comment not later than the April 1 before the beginning of the Federal fiscal year in which the proposed changes would apply.

(2) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, CMS publishes a Federal Register document setting forth final methods, amounts, and factors for determining inpatient prospective payment rates not later than the August 1 before the Federal fiscal year in which the rates would apply.

(c) Publication schedule for FY 2007. For FY 2007, not later than August 1, 2006, CMS publishes a Federal Register document setting forth a description of the methodology and data used in computing the inpatient prospective payment rates for that year.

[57 FR 39820, Sept. 1, 1992, as amended at 62 FR 46025, Aug. 29, 1997; 71 FR 48136, Aug. 18, 2006]

§ 412.10 Changes in the DRG classification system.

(a) General rule. CMS issues changes in the DRG classification system in a Federal Register notice at least annually. Except as specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the DRG changes are effective prospectively with discharges occurring on or after the same date the payment rates are effective.

(b) Basis for changes in the DRG classification system. All changes in the DRG classification system are made using the principles established for the DRG system. This means that cases are classified so each DRG is—

(1) Clinically coherent; and

(2) Embraces an acceptable range of resource consumption.

(c) Interim coverage changes—(1) Criteria. CMS makes interim changes to the DRG classification system during the Federal fiscal year to incorporate items and services newly covered under Medicare.

(2) Implementation and effective date. CMS issues interim coverage changes through its administrative issuance system and makes the change effective as soon as is administratively feasible.

(3) Publication for comment. CMS publishes any change made under paragraph (c)(1) of this section in the next annual notice of changes to the DRG classification system published in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.

(d) Interim changes to correct omissions and inequities—(1) Criteria. CMS makes interim changes to the DRG classification system to correct a serious omission or inequity in the system only if failure to make the changes would have—

(i) A potentially substantial adverse impact on the health and safety of beneficiaries; or

(ii) A significant and unwarranted fiscal impact on hospitals or the Medicare program.

(2) Publication and effective date. CMS publishes these changes in the Federal Register in a final notice with comment period with a prospective effective date. The change is also published for public information in the next annual notice of changes to the DRG classification system published in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.

(e) Review by ProPAC. Changes published annually in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section are subject to review and comment by ProPAC upon publication. Interim changes to the DRG classification system that are made in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section are subject to review by ProPAC before implementation.

[50 FR 35688, Sept. 3, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 31496, Sept. 3, 1986; 57 FR 39820, Sept. 1, 1992]

Subpart B Hospital Services Subject to and Excluded From the Prospective Payment Systems for Inpatient Operating Costs and Inpatient Capital-Related Costs
§ 412.20 Hospital services subject to the prospective payment systems.

(a) Except for services described in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section, all covered hospital inpatient services furnished to beneficiaries during the subject cost reporting periods are paid under the prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(b) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, covered inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries by an inpatient psychiatric facility that meets the conditions of § 412.404 are paid under the prospective payment system described in subpart N of this part.

(c)(1) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, covered inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries by a rehabilitation hospital or rehabilitation unit that meet the conditions of § 412.604 are paid under the prospective payment system described in subpart P of this part.

(2) CMS will not pay for services under subpart P of this part if the services are paid for by a health maintenance organization (HMO) or competitive medical plan (CMP) that elects not to have CMS make payments to an inpatient rehabilitation facility for services, which are inpatient hospital services, furnished to the HMO's or CMP's Medicare enrollees, as provided under part 417 of this chapter.

(d) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, covered inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries by a long-term care hospital that meets the conditions for payment of §§ 412.505 through 412.511 are paid under the prospective payment system described in subpart O of this part.

(e) Inpatient hospital services will not be paid under the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) under any of the following circumstances:

(1) The services are furnished by a hospital (or hospital unit) explicitly excluded from the prospective payment systems under §§ 412.23, 412.25, 412.27, and 412.29.

(2) The services are emergency services furnished by a nonparticipating hospital in accordance with § 424.103 of this chapter.

(3) The services are paid for by an HMO or competitive medical plan (CMP) that elects not to have CMS make payments directly to a hospital for inpatient hospital services furnished to the HMO's or CMP's Medicare enrollees, as provided in §§ 417.240(d) and 417.586 of this chapter.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 6648, Mar. 2, 1988; 57 FR 39820, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 45400, Sept. 1, 1994; 66 FR 41386, Aug. 7, 2001; 67 FR 56048, Aug. 30, 2002; 68 FR 45698, Aug. 1, 2003; 69 FR 66976, Nov. 15, 2004]

§ 412.22 Excluded hospitals and hospital units: General rules.

(a) Criteria. Subject to the criteria set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, a hospital is excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) of this part if it meets the criteria for one or more of the excluded classifications described in § 412.23. For purposes of this subpart, the term “hospital” includes a critical access hospital (CAH).

(b) Cost reimbursement. Except for those hospitals specified in paragraph (c) of this section, and § 412.20(b), (c), and (d), all excluded hospitals (and excluded hospital units, as described in § 412.23 through § 412.29) are reimbursed under the cost reimbursement rules set forth in part 413 of this chapter, and are subject to the ceiling on the rate of hospital cost increases as specified in § 413.40 of this chapter.

(c) Special payment provisions. The following classifications of hospitals are paid under special provisions and therefore are not generally subject to the cost reimbursement or prospective payment rules of this chapter.

(1) Veterans Administration hospitals.

(2) Hospitals reimbursed under State cost control systems approved under part 403 of this chapter.

(3) Hospitals reimbursed in accordance with demonstration projects authorized under section 402(a) of Public Law 90-248 (42 U.S.C. 1395b-1) or section 222(a) of Public Law 92-603 (42 U.S.C. 1395b-1 (note)).

(4) Nonparticipating hospitals furnishing emergency services to Medicare beneficiaries.

(d) Changes in hospitals' status. For purposes of exclusion from the prospective payment systems under this subpart, the status of each currently participating hospital (excluded or not excluded) is determined at the beginning of each cost reporting period and is effective for the entire cost reporting period. Any changes in the status of the hospital are made only at the start of a cost reporting period.

(e) Hospitals-within-hospitals. A hospital-within-a-hospital is a hospital that occupies space in a building also used by another hospital, or in one or more separate buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital. Prior to October 1, 2017, except as provided in paragraphs (e)(1)(vi) and (f) of this section, a hospital-within-a-hospital must meet the following criteria in order to be excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1). On or after October 1, 2017, except as provided in paragraphs (e)(1)(vi) and (f) of this section, a hospital-within-hospital that is excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) that occupies space in a building also used by a hospital which is not excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1), or in one or more separate buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by a hospital not excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) must meet the following criteria in order to be excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(1) Except as specified in paragraph (f) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997—

(i) Separate governing body. The hospital has a governing body that is separate from the governing body of the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus. The hospital's governing body is not under the control of the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus, or of any third entity that controls both hospitals.

(ii) Separate chief medical officer. The hospital has a single chief medical officer who reports directly to the governing body and who is responsible for all medical staff activities of the hospital. The chief medical officer of the hospital is not employed by or under contract with either the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus or any third entity that controls both hospitals.

(iii) Separate medical staff. The hospital has a medical staff that is separate from the medical staff of the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus. The hospital's medical staff is directly accountable to the governing body for the quality of medical care provided in the hospital, and adopts and enforces by-laws governing medical staff activities, including criteria and procedures for recommending to the governing body the privileges to be granted to individual practitioners.

(iv) Chief executive officer. The hospital has a single chief executive officer through whom all administration authority flows, and who exercises control and surveillance over all administrative activities of the hospital. The chief executive officer is not employed by, or under contract with, either the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus or any third entity that controls both hospitals.

(v) Performance of basic hospital functions. Prior to October 1, 2017, the hospital meets one of the following criteria:

(A) The hospital performs the basic functions specified in §§ 482.21 through 482.27, 482.30, 482.42, 482.43, and 482.45 of this chapter through the use of employees or under contracts or other agreements with entities other than the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus, or a third entity that controls both hospitals. Food and dietetic services and housekeeping, maintenance, and other services necessary to maintain a clean and safe physical environment could be obtained under contracts or other agreements with the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus, or with a third entity that controls both hospitals.

(B) For the same period of at least 6 months used to determine compliance with the criterion regarding the age of patients in § 412.23(d)(2) or the length-of-stay criterion in § 412.23(e)(2), or for hospitals other than children's or long-term care hospitals, for a period of at least 6 months immediately preceding the first cost reporting period for which exclusion is sought, the cost of the services that the hospital obtains under contracts or other agreements with the hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus, or with a third entity that controls both hospitals, is no more than 15 percent of the hospital's total inpatient operating costs, as defined in § 412.2(c). For purposes of this paragraph (e)(1)(v)(B), however, the costs of preadmission services are those specified under § 413.40(c)(2) rather than those specified under § 412.2(c)(5).

(C) For the same period of at least 6 months used to determine compliance with the criterion regarding the age of inpatients in § 412.23(d)(2) or the length-of-stay criterion in § 412.23(e)(2), or for hospitals other than children's or long-term care hospitals, for the period of at least 6 months immediately preceding the first cost reporting period for which exclusion is sought, the hospital has an inpatient population of whom at least 75 percent were referred to the hospital from a source other than another hospital occupying space in the same building or on the same campus.

(vi) Effective October 1, 2008, if a State hospital that is occupying space in the same building or on the same campus as another State hospital cannot meet the criterion under paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section solely because its governing body is under the control of the State hospital with which it shares a building or a campus, or is under the control of a third entity that also controls the State hospital with which it shares a building or a campus, the State hospital can nevertheless qualify for an exclusion if it meets the other applicable criteria in this section and—

(A) Both State hospitals occupy space in the same building or on the same campus and have been continuously owned and operated by the State since October 1, 1995;

(B) Is required by State law to be subject to the governing authority of the State hospital with which it shares space or the governing authority of a third entity that controls both hospitals; and

(C) Was excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system before October 1, 1995, and continues to be excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system through September 30, 2008.

(2) Effective for long-term care hospitals-within-hospitals for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004, the hospital must meet the governance and control requirements at paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iv) of this section.

(3) Notification of co-located status. A long-term care hospital that occupies space in a building used by another hospital, or in one or more entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital and that meets the criteria of paragraphs (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this section must notify its fiscal intermediary and CMS in writing of its co-location and identify by name, address, and Medicare provider number those hospital(s) with which it is co-located.

(f) Application for certain hospitals. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, if a hospital was excluded from the prospective payment systems under the provisions of this section on or before September 30, 1995, and at that time occupied space in a building also used by another hospital, or in one or more buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital, the criteria in paragraph (e) of this section do not apply to the hospital as long as the hospital—

(1) Continues to operate under the same terms and conditions, including the number of beds, unless the hospital is a children's hospital as defined at § 412.23(d), and square footage considered to be part of the hospital for purposes of Medicare participation and payment in effect on September 30, 1995; or

(2) In the case of a hospital that changes the terms and conditions under which it operates after September 30, 1995, but before October 1, 2003, continues to operate under the same terms and conditions, including the number of beds, unless the hospital is a children's hospital as defined at § 412.23(d), and square footage considered to be part of the hospital for purposes of Medicare participation and payment in effect on September 30, 2003.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, in applying the provisions of paragraph (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section, any hospital that was excluded from the prospective payment systems under the provisions of this section on or before September 30, 1995, and at that time occupied space in a building also used by another hospital, or in one or more buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital may increase or decrease the square footage or decrease the number of beds considered to be part of the hospital at any time without affecting the provisions of paragraph (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section.

(i) If a hospital to which the provisions of paragraph (f)(1) of this section applies decreases its number of beds below the number of beds considered to be part of the hospital on September 30, 1995, it may subsequently increase the number of beds at any time as long as the resulting total number of beds considered to be part of the hospital does not exceed the number of beds at the hospital on September 30, 1995.

(ii) If a hospital to which the provisions of paragraph (f)(2) of this section applies decreases its number of beds below the number of beds considered to be part of the hospital on September 30, 2003, it may subsequently increase the number of beds at any time as long as the resulting total number of beds considered to be part of the hospital does not exceed the number of beds at the hospital on September 30, 2003.

(g) Definition of control. For purposes of this section, control exists if an individual or an organization has the power, directly or indirectly, significantly to influence or direct the actions or policies of an organization or institution.

(h) Satellite facilities. (1) For purposes of paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(5) of this section, a satellite facility is a part of a hospital that provides inpatient services in a building also used by another hospital, or in one or more entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital.

(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (h)(3), (h)(4), (h)(5), (h)(7) and (h)(8) of this section, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1999, a hospital that has a satellite facility must meet the following criteria in order to be excluded from the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment systems for any period:

(i) In the case of a hospital (other than a children's hospital) that was excluded from the prospective payment systems for the most recent cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997, the hospital's number of State-licensed and Medicare-certified beds, including those at the satellite facilities, does not exceed the hospital's number of State-licensed and Medicare-certified beds on the last day of the hospital's last cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997.

(ii) The satellite facility independently complies with—

(A) For psychiatric hospitals, the requirements under § 412.23(a);

(B) For rehabilitation hospitals, the requirements under § 412.23(b)(2);

(C) For the children's hospitals, the requirements under § 412.23(d)(2); or

(D) For long-term care hospitals, the requirements under §§ 412.23(e)(1) through (e)(3)(i).

(iii) The satellite facility meets all of the following requirements:

(A) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, it is not under the control of the governing body or chief executive officer of the hospital in which it is located, and it furnishes inpatient care through the use of medical personnel who are not under the control of the medical staff or chief medical officer of the hospital in which it is located.

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(2) of this section, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2009, the governing body of the hospital of which the satellite facility is a part is not under the control of any third entity that controls both the hospital of which the satellite facility is a part and the hospital with which the satellite facility is co-located.

(2) If a hospital and its satellite facility were excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system under the provisions of this section for the most recent cost reporting period beginning prior to October 1, 2009, the hospital does not have to meet the requirements of paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(1) of this section, with respect to that satellite facility, in order to retain its IPPS-excluded status.

(3) A hospital described in paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(2) of this section that establishes an additional satellite facility in a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2009, must meet the criteria in this section, including the provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(1) of this section with respect to the additional satellite facility, in order to be excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system.

(B) It maintains admission and discharge records that are separately identified from those of the hospital in which it is located and are readily available.

(C) It has beds that are physically separate from (that is, not commingled with) the beds of the hospital in which it is located.

(D) It is serviced by the same fiscal intermediary as the hospital of which it is a part.

(E) It is treated as a separate cost center of the hospital of which it is a part.

(F) For cost reporting and apportionment purposes, it uses an accounting system that properly allocates costs and maintains adequate statistical data to support the basis of allocation.

(G) It reports its costs on the cost report of the hospital of which it is a part, covering the same fiscal period and using the same method of apportionment as the hospital of which it is a part.

(4) On or after October 1, 2018, a satellite facility that is part of a hospital excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) that provides inpatient services in a building also used by another hospital that is excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1), or in one or more entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital that is excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1), is not required to meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (h)(2)(iii)(A)(1) through (3) of this section in order to be excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system. A satellite facility that is part of a hospital excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) which is located in a building also used by another hospital that is not excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1), or in one or more entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital that is not excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1), is required to meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (h)(2)(iii)(A)(1) through (3) of this section in order to be excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(3) Except as provided in paragraphs (h)(4) and (h)(5) of this section, the provisions of paragraph (h)(2) of this section do not apply to—

(i) Any hospital structured as a satellite facility on September 30, 1999, and excluded from the prospective payment systems on that date, to the extent the hospital continues operating under the same terms and conditions, including the number of beds and square footage considered, for the purposes of Medicare participation and payment, to be part of the hospital, in effect on September 30, 1999; or

(ii) Any hospital excluded from the prospective payment systems under § 412.23(e)(2)(ii).

(4) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2006, in applying the provisions of paragraph (h)(3) of this section, any hospital structured as a satellite facility on September 30, 1999, may increase or decrease the square footage of the satellite facility or may decrease the number of beds in the satellite facility if these changes are made necessary by relocation of a facility—

(i) To permit construction or renovation necessary for compliance with changes in Federal, State, or local law; or

(ii) Because of catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, or tornadoes.

(5) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, in applying the provisions of paragraph (h)(3) of this section—

(i) Any hospital structured as a satellite facility on September 30, 1999, may increase or decrease the square footage or decrease the number of beds considered to be part of the satellite facility at any time without affecting the provisions of paragraph (h)(3) of this section; and

(ii) If the satellite facility decreases its number of beds below the number of beds considered to be part of the satellite facility on September 30, 1999, it may subsequently increase the number of beds at any time as long as the resulting total number of beds considered to be part of the satellite facility does not exceed the number of beds at the satellite facility on September 30, 1999.

(6) Notification of co-located status. A satellite of a long-term care hospital that occupies space in a building used by another hospital, or in one or more entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital and that meets the criteria of paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(5) of this section must notify its fiscal intermediary and CMS in writing of its co-location and identify by name, address, and Medicare provider number, those hospital(s) with which it is co-located.

(7) The provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section do not apply to any long-term care hospital that is subject to the long-term care hospital prospective payment system under Subpart O of this subpart, effective for cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 2002, and that elects to be paid based on 100 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate as specified in § 412.533(c), beginning with the first cost reporting period following that election, or when the LTCH is fully transitioned to 100 percent of the Federal prospective rate, or to a new long-term care hospital, as defined in § 412.23(e)(4).

(8) The provisions of paragraph (h)(2)(i) of this section do not apply to any inpatient rehabilitation facility that is subject to the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system under subpart P of this part, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003.

(i)(1) Requirements for extended neoplastic disease care hospitals. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015, an extended neoplastic disease care hospital is a hospital that was first excluded from the prospective payment system under this section in 1986 which has an average inpatient length of stay for all patients, including both Medicare and non-Medicare inpatients, of greater than 20 days and demonstrates that at least 80 percent of its annual Medicare inpatient discharges in the 12-month cost reporting period ending in fiscal year 1997 have a principal diagnosis that reflects a finding of neoplastic disease as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section.

(2) Payment to extended neoplastic disease care hospitals. Payment for inpatient operating costs for hospitals classified under paragraph (i)(1) of this section is made as set forth in § 412.526(c)(3). Payment for capital costs for hospitals classified under paragraph (i)(1) of this section is made as set forth in § 412.526(c)(4).

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.22, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.23 Excluded hospitals: Classifications.

Hospitals that meet the requirements for the classifications set forth in this section are not reimbursed under the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1):

(a) Psychiatric hospitals. A psychiatric hospital must—

(1) Meet the following requirements to be excluded from the prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(1) and to be paid under the prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(2) and in subpart N of this part;

(2) Be primarily engaged in providing, by or under the supervision of a psychiatrist, psychiatric services for the diagnosis and treatment of mentally ill persons; and

(3) Meet the conditions of participation for hospitals and special conditions of participation for psychiatric hospitals set forth in part 482 of this chapter.

(b) Rehabilitation hospitals. A rehabilitation hospital or unit must meet the requirements specified in § 412.29 of this subpart to be excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) of this subpart and to be paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3) of this subpart and in subpart P of this part.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Children's hospitals. A children's hospital must—

(1) Have a provider agreement under part 489 of this chapter to participate as a hospital; and

(2) Be engaged in furnishing services to inpatients who are predominantly individuals under the age of 18.

(e) Long-term care hospitals. A long-term care hospital must meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section and, when applicable, the additional requirement of § 412.22(e), to be excluded from the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(1) and to be paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(4) and in Subpart O of this part.

(1) Provider agreements. The hospital must have a provider agreement under Part 489 of this chapter to participate as a hospital; and

(2) Average length of stay. (i) The hospital must have an average Medicare inpatient length of stay of greater than 25 days (which includes all covered and noncovered days of stay of Medicare patients) as calculated under paragraph (e)(3) of this section; or

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after August 5, 1997 and on or before December 31, 2014, a hospital that was first excluded from the prospective payment system under this section in 1986 meets the length-of-stay criterion if it has an average inpatient length of stay for all patients, including both Medicare and non-Medicare inpatients, of greater than 20 days and demonstrates that at least 80 percent of its annual Medicare inpatient discharges in the 12-month cost reporting period ending in fiscal year 1997 have a principal diagnosis that reflects a finding of neoplastic disease as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section.

(3) Calculation of average length of stay. (i) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) through (vii) of this section and paragraphs (e)(4)(iv) and (v) of this section as applicable, the average Medicare inpatient length of stay specified under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section is calculated by dividing the total number of covered and noncovered days of stay of Medicare inpatients (less leave or pass days) by the number of total Medicare discharges for the hospital's most recent complete cost reporting period. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) through (vii) of this section, the average inpatient length of stay specified under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section is calculated by dividing the total number of days for all patients, including both Medicare and non-Medicare inpatients (less leave or pass days) by the number of total discharges for the hospital's most recent complete cost reporting period.

(ii) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2004, in calculating the hospital's average length of stay, if the days of a stay of an inpatient involves days of care furnished during two or more separate consecutive cost reporting periods, that is, an admission during one cost reporting period and a discharge during a future consecutive cost reporting period, the total number of days of the stay are considered to have occurred in the cost reporting period during which the inpatient was discharged. However, if after application of this provision, a hospital fails to meet the average length of stay specified under paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, Medicare will determine the hospital's average inpatient length of stay for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2004, but before July 1, 2005, by dividing the applicable total days for Medicare inpatients under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section or the total days for all inpatients under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, during the cost reporting period when they occur, by the number of discharges occurring during the same cost reporting period.

(iii) If a change in a hospital's average length of stay specified under paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (e)(2)(ii) of this section would result in the hospital not maintaining an average Medicare inpatient length of stay of greater than 25 days, the calculation is made by the same method for the period of at least 5 consecutive months of the immediately preceding 6-month period.

(iv) [Reserved]

(v) For periods beginning on or after October 1, 2011, a hospital that is excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system as a long-term care hospital that plans to undergo a change of ownership (as described in § 489.18 of this chapter) must notify its fiscal intermediary or MAC within 30 days of the effective date of such change of ownership, as specified in § 424.516(e) of this subchapter. The hospital will continue to be excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system as a long-term care hospital for the cost reporting period following the change of ownership only if, for the period of at least 5 months of the 6 months immediately preceding the change of ownership, the hospital meets the required average length of stay (calculated in accordance with paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section).

(vi) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2015, the Medicare inpatient days and discharges that are paid at the site neutral payment rate specified at § 412.522(c)(1) or paid under a Medicare Advantage plan (Medicare Part C) will not be included in the calculation of the Medicare inpatient average length of stay specified under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section.

(vii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2019, the Medicare inpatient days and discharges that are associated with patients discharged from a unit of the hospital will not be included in the calculation of the Medicare inpatient average length of stay specified under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section.

(4) For the purpose of calculating the average length of stay for hospitals seeking to become long-term care hospitals, with the exception of paragraphs (e)(3)(iii) and (v) of this section, the provisions of paragraph (e)(3) of this section apply.

(i) Definition. For the purpose of payment under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system under subpart O of this part, a new long-term care hospital is a provider of inpatient hospital services that meets the qualifying criteria in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section; meets the applicable requirements of paragraphs (e)(4)(ii) through (v) of this section; and, under present or previous ownership (or both), its first cost reporting period as a LTCH begins on or after October 1, 2002.

(ii) Satellite facilities and remote locations of hospitals seeking to become new long-term care hospitals. Except as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section, a satellite facility (as defined in § 412.22(h)) or a remote location of a hospital (as defined in § 413.65(a)(2) of this chapter) that voluntarily reorganizes as a separate Medicare participating hospital, with or without a concurrent change in ownership, and that seeks to qualify as a new long-term care hospital for Medicare payment purposes must demonstrate through documentation that it meets the average length of stay requirement as specified under paragraphs (e)(2)(i) or (e)(2)(ii) of this section based on discharges that occur on or after the effective date of its participation under Medicare as a separate hospital.

(iii) Provider-based facility or organization identified as a satellite facility and remote location of a hospital prior to July 1, 2003. Satellite facilities and remote locations of hospitals that became subject to the provider-based status rules under § 413.65 as of July 1, 2003, that become separately participating hospitals, and that seek to qualify as long-term care hospitals for Medicare payment purposes may submit to the fiscal intermediary discharge data gathered during the period of at least 5 consecutive months of the immediate 6 months preceding the facility's separation from the main hospital for calculation of the average length of stay specified under paragraph (e)(2)(i) or paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.

(iv) Qualifying period for hospitals seeking to become long-term care hospitals. A hospital may be classified as a long-term care hospital after a 6-month qualifying period, provided that the average length of stay during the period of at least 5 consecutive months of that 6-month qualifying period, calculated under paragraph (e)(2) of this section, is greater than 25 days. The 6-month qualifying period for a hospital is the 6 months immediately preceding the date of long-term care hospital classification.

(v) Special rule for hospitals seeking to become long-term care hospitals that experience a change in ownership. If a hospital seeks exclusion from the inpatient prospective payment system as a long-term care hospital and a change of ownership (as described in § 489.18 of this chapter) occurs within the period of at least 5 consecutive months of the 6-month period preceding its petition for long-term care hospital status, the hospital may be excluded from the inpatient prospective payment system as a long-term care hospital for the next cost reporting period if, for the period of at least 5 consecutive months of the 6 months immediately preceding the start of the cost reporting period for which the hospital is seeking exclusion from the inpatient prospective payment system as a long-term care hospital (including time before the change of ownership), the hospital has met the required average length of stay, has continuously operated as a hospital, and has continuously participated as a hospital in Medicare.

(5) Freestanding long-term care hospital. For purposes of this paragraph, a freestanding long-term care hospital means a hospital that meets the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) and (2) of this section and all of the following:

(i) Does not occupy space in a building also used by another hospital.

(ii) Does not occupy space in one or more separate or entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital.

(iii) Is not part of a hospital that provides inpatient services in a building also used by another hospital.

(6) Moratorium on the establishment of new long-term care hospitals and long-term care hospital satellite facilities—(i) General rule. Except as specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(ii) and (e)(6)(iii) of this section for the period beginning December 29, 2007 and ending December 28, 2012, and the period beginning April 1, 2014 and ending September 30, 2017, a moratorium applies to the establishment and classification of a long-term care hospital as described in paragraphs (e) and (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section or a long-term care hospital satellite facility as described in § 412.22(h).

(ii) Exception. The moratorium specified in paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section is not applicable to the establishment and classification of a long-term care hospital that meets the requirements of paragraphs (e) introductory text and (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section, or a long-term care hospital satellite facility that meets the requirements of § 412.22(h), if the long-term care hospital or long-term care satellite facility meets one or more of the following criteria on or before December 27, 2007, or prior to April 1, 2014, as applicable:

(A) Began its qualifying period for payment in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.

(B)(1) Has a binding written agreement with an outside, unrelated party for the actual construction, renovation, lease or demolition for a long-term care hospital; and

(2)(i) Has expended prior to December 29, 2007, at least 10 percent (or, if less, $2.5 million) of the estimated cost of the project specified in paragraph (e)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of his section; or

(ii) Has expended, before April 1, 2014, at least 10 percent (or, if less, $2.5 million) of the estimated cost of the project specified in paragraph (e)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of this section.

(C) Had obtained an approved certificate of need from the State, when required by State law.

(7) Moratorium on increasing the number of beds in existing long-term care hospitals and existing long-term care hospital satellite facilities. (i) For purposes of this paragraph, an existing long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility means a long-term care hospital that meets the requirements of paragraph(e) of this section or a long-term care hospital satellite facility that meets the requirements of § 412.22(h) that received payment under the provisions of subpart O of this part prior to the dates noted in the following moratorium clauses.

(ii) December 29, 2007, through December 28, 2007—

(A) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section, the number of Medicare-certified beds in an existing long-term care hospital or an existing long-term care hospital satellite facility as defined in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section must not be increased beyond the number of Medicare-certified beds on December 29, 2007.

(B) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(C) of this section, the moratorium specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(A) of this section is not applicable to—

(1) An existing long-term care hospital or existing long-term care hospital satellite facility as defined in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section that meets both of the following requirements:

(i) Is located in a State where there is only one other long-term care hospital that meets the criteria specified in § 412.23(e) of this subpart.

(ii) Requests an increase in the number of Medicare-certified beds after the closure or decrease in the number of Medicare-certified beds of another long-term care hospital in the State; or

(2) An existing long-term care hospital or existing long-term care hospital satellite facility as defined in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section that obtained a certificate of need for an increase in beds and that meets both of the following requirements:

(i) Is in a State for which such certificate of need is required, and

(ii) Such certificate was issued on or after April 1, 2005, and before December 29, 2007.

(C) The exceptions specified in paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(B) of this section do not affect the limitation on increasing beds under § 412.22(f) and § 412.22(h)(3) of subpart.

(iii) April 1, 2014 through September 30, 2017—The number of Medicare-certified beds in an existing long-term care hospital or an existing long-term care hospital satellite facility must not be increased beyond the number of Medicare-certified beds prior to April 1, 2014, unless one of the exceptions specified in paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section is met.

(8) Application of LTCH moratorium on the increase in beds at section 114(d)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-173 to LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities established or classified as such under section 114(d)(2) of Public Law 110-173. Effective for the period beginning October 1, 2011, and ending December 28, 2012, for long-term care hospitals and long-term care hospital satellite facilities established under paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section for the period beginning December 29, 2007, and ending September 30, 2011, the moratorium under paragraph (e)(7) of this section applies and the number of Medicare-certified beds must not be increased beyond the number of beds that were certified by Medicare at the long-term care hospital or the long-term care hospital satellite facility as of October 1, 2011.

(f) Cancer hospitals—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, if a hospital meets the following criteria, it is classified as a cancer hospital and is excluded from the prospective payment systems beginning with its first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1989. A hospital classified after December 19, 1989, is excluded beginning with its first cost reporting period beginning after the date of its classification.

(i) It was recognized as a comprehensive cancer center or clinical cancer research center by the National Cancer Institute of the National Institutes of Health as of April 20, 1983.

(ii) It is classified on or before December 31, 1990, or, if on December 19, 1989, the hospital was located in a State operating a demonstration project under section 1814(b) of the Act, the classification is made on or before December 31, 1991.

(iii) It demonstrates that the entire facility is organized primarily for treatment of and research on cancer (that is, the facility is not a subunit of an acute general hospital or university-based medical center).

(iv) It shows that at least 50 percent of its total discharges have a principal diagnosis that reflects a finding of neoplastic disease. (The principal diagnosis for this purpose is defined as the condition established after study to be chiefly responsible for occasioning the admission of the patient to the hospital. For the purposes of meeting this definition, only discharges with ICD-9-CM principal diagnosis codes of 140 through 239, V58.0, V58.1, V66.1, V66.2, or 990 will be considered to reflect neoplastic disease.)

(2) Alternative. A hospital that applied for and was denied, on or before December 31, 1990, classification as a cancer hospital under the criteria set forth in paragraph (f)(1) of this section is classified as a cancer hospital and is excluded from the prospective payment systems beginning with its first cost reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 1991, if it meets the criterion set forth in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section and the hospital is—

(i) Licensed for fewer than 50 acute care beds as of August 5, 1997;

(ii) Is located in a State that as of December 19, 1989, was not operating a demonstration project under section 1814(b) of the Act; and

(iii) Demonstrates that, for the 4-year period ending on December 31, 1996, at least 50 percent of its total discharges have a principal diagnosis that reflects a finding of neoplastic disease as defined in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section.

(3) PCHQR Program. All hospitals classified as cancer hospitals under this paragraph must comply with the requirements of the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting Program, as described in § 412.24.

(g) Hospitals outside the 50 States, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico. A hospital is excluded from the prospective payment systems if it is not located in one of the fifty States, the District of Columbia, or Puerto Rico.

(h) Hospitals reimbursed under special arrangements. A hospital must be excluded from prospective payment for inpatient hospital services if it is reimbursed under special arrangement as provided in § 412.22(c).

(i) Changes in classification of hospitals. For purposes of exclusions from the prospective payment system, the classification of a hospital is effective for the hospital's entire cost reporting period. Any changes in the classification of a hospital are made only at the start of a cost reporting period.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.23, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.24 Requirements under the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program.

(a) Applicability. The PCHQR Program applies to hospitals that are classified as cancer hospitals (PCHs) under the criteria described in § 412.23(f)(1) or (2).

(b) Participation in the PCHQR Program. In order to participate in the PCHQR Program, a PCH must do both of the following:

(1) Register with QualityNet (http://qualitynet.cms.gov) prior to reporting, including designating a QualityNet security official who completes all steps of the PCHQR Program registration process as described on the QualityNet website.

(2) Enroll in CDC's National Healthcare Safety Network (https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/enrollment/index.html).

(c) Submission of PCHQR Program data. Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, PCHs that participate in the PCHQR Program must submit to CMS data on quality measures specified under section 1833(k)(3) of the Act in a form and manner, and at a time, specified by CMS. PCHs that participate in the PCHQR Program must also submit an annual online Data Accuracy and Completeness Acknowledgement via the Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR) system that attests to the accuracy and completeness of these data by the deadline specified by CMS on the QualityNet website (http://qualitynet.cms.gov).

(d) Quality measure updates, retention, and removal—(1) Updating of measure specifications. CMS uses rulemaking to make substantive updates to the specifications of measures used in the PCHQR Program. CMS announces technical measure specification updates through the QualityNet website (http://qualitynet.cms.gov) and listserv announcements.

(2) Measure retention. All quality measures specified under section 1866(k)(3) for the PCHQR Program measure set remain in the measure set unless CMS, through rulemaking, removes or replaces them.

(3) Measure removal factors—(i) General rule. CMS may remove or replace a quality measure based on one or more of the following factors:

(A) Factor 1. Measure performance among PCHs is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions and improvements in performance can no longer be made.

(B) Factor 2. A measure does not align with current clinical guidelines or practice.

(C) Factor 3. The availability of a more broadly applicable measure (across settings or populations) or the availability of a measure that is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(D) Factor 4. Performance or improvement on a measure does not result in better patient outcomes.

(E) Factor 5. The availability of a measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(F) Factor 6. The collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative unintended consequences other than patient harm.

(G) Factor 7. It is not feasible to implement the measure specifications.

(H) Factor 8. The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(ii) Exception. CMS may retain a quality measure that meets one or more of the measure removal factors described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section if the continued collection of data on the quality measure would align with a stated CMS or HHS policy objective, including, but not limited to, an objective to increase the number of quality measures that a PCH can report electronically, or an objective to collect data on the measure in one or more other CMS quality reporting programs.

(iii) Patient safety exception. Upon a determination by CMS that the continued requirement for PCHs to submit data on a measure raises specific patient safety concerns, CMS may elect to immediately remove the measure from the PCHQR measure set. CMS will, upon removal of the measure—

(A) Provide notice to PCHs and the public at the time CMS removes the measure, along with a statement of the specific patient safety concerns that would be raised if PCHs continued to submit data on the measure; and

(B) Provide notice of the removal in the Federal Register.

(e) Extraordinary circumstances exceptions (ECEs)—(1) General rule. CMS may grant an ECE with respect to the reporting requirements under this section in the event of extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the PCH. For purposes of this paragraph (e), an extraordinary circumstance is an event beyond the control of a PCH (for example, a natural or man-made disaster such as a hurricane, tornado, earthquake, terrorist attack, or bombing) that affected the ability of the PCH to comply with one or more applicable reporting requirements with respect to a fiscal year.

(2) Process for requesting an ECE. (i) A PCH may request an ECE within 60 calendar days of the date that the extraordinary circumstance occurred by submitting the information specified by CMS at QualityNet or a successor website.

(ii) CMS notifies the PCH of its decision on the request, in writing, via email. In the event that CMS grants an ECE to the PCH, the written decision specifies whether the PCH is exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the PCH an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(3) Authority to grant an ECE. (i) CMS may grant an ECE to one or more PCHs that have not requested an ECE if CMS determines that—

(A) A systemic problem with a CMS data collection system directly impacted the ability of the PCH to comply with a quality data reporting requirement; or

(B) An extraordinary circumstance has affected an entire region or locale.

(ii) Any ECE granted under this paragraph (e)(3) specifies whether the affected PCHs are exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the PCHs an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(f) Public reporting of PCHQR Program data. CMS makes data submitted by PCHs under the PCHQR Program available to the public on CMS websites. Prior to making any such data submitted by a PCH available to the public, CMS gives the PCH an opportunity to review the data via the Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR) system and announces the timeline for review on the QualityNet website and applicable listservs.

(g) Requirements for submission of electronic clinical quality measures (eCQMs) under the PCHQR Program. When reporting eCQMs under the PCHQR Program, PCHs must use all of the following:

(1) Health information technology (IT) certified to the ONC Health IT Certification Program certification criteria necessary for eCQM reporting, as adopted and updated at 45 CFR 170.315(c).

(2) Certified health IT described in paragraph (g)(1) to calculate, export, and submit results for the eCQMs available to report under the PCHQR Program.

(3) The eCQM electronic measure specifications for the applicable reporting period available on the Electronic Clinical Quality Improvement Resource Center website at https://ecqi.healthit.gov/ or another website as designated by CMS.

[86 FR 45518, Aug. 13, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 49403, Aug. 10, 2022; 90 FR 37200, Aug. 4, 2025; 91 FR 50340, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 412.25 Excluded hospital units: Common requirements.

(a) Basis for exclusion. In order to be excluded from the prospective payment systems as specified in § 412.1(a)(1) and be paid under the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(2) or the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(3), a psychiatric or rehabilitation unit must meet the following requirements.

(1) Be part of an institution that—

(i) Has in effect an agreement under part 489 of this chapter to participate as a hospital;

(ii) Prior to October 1, 2019, is not excluded in its entirety from the prospective payment systems; and

(iii) Unless it is a unit in a critical access hospital, the hospital of which an IRF is a unit must have at least 10 staffed and maintained hospital beds that are paid under the applicable payment system under which the hospital is paid, or at least 1 staffed and maintained hospital bed for every 10 certified inpatient rehabilitation facility beds, whichever number is greater. Otherwise, the IRF will be classified as an IRF hospital, rather than an IRF unit. In the case of an inpatient psychiatric facility unit, the hospital must have enough beds that are paid under the applicable payment system under which the hospital is paid to permit the provision of adequate cost information, as required by § 413.24(c) of this chapter.

(2) Have written admission criteria that are applied uniformly to both Medicare and non-Medicare patients.

(3) Have admission and discharge records that are separately identified from those of the hospital in which it is located and are readily available.

(4) Have policies specifying that necessary clinical information is transferred to the unit when a patient of the hospital is transferred to the unit.

(5) Meet applicable State licensure laws.

(6) Have utilization review standards applicable for the type of care offered in the unit.

(7) Have beds physically separate from (that is, not commingled with) the hospital's other beds.

(8) Be serviced by the same fiscal intermediary as the hospital.

(9) Be treated as a separate cost center for cost finding and apportionment purposes.

(10) Use an accounting system that properly allocates costs.

(11) Maintain adequate statistical data to support the basis of allocation.

(12) Report its costs in the hospital's cost report covering the same fiscal period and using the same method of apportionment as the hospital.

(13) As of the first day of the first cost reporting period for which all other exclusion requirements are met, the unit is fully equipped and staffed and is capable of providing hospital inpatient psychiatric or rehabilitation care regardless of whether there are any inpatients in the unit on that date.

(b) Changes in the size of excluded units. Except in the special cases noted at the end of this paragraph, changes in the number of beds or square footage considered to be part of an excluded unit under this section are allowed one time during a cost reporting period if the hospital notifies its Medicare contractor and the CMS RO in writing of the planned change at least 30 days before the date of the change. The hospital must maintain the information needed to accurately determine costs that are attributable to the excluded unit. A change in bed size or a change in square footage may occur at any time during a cost reporting period and must remain in effect for the rest of that cost reporting period. Changes in bed size or square footage may be made at any time if these changes are made necessary by relocation of a unit to permit construction or renovation necessary for compliance with changes in Federal, State, or local law affecting the physical facility or because of catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, or tornadoes.

(c) The status of a hospital unit may be changed from not excluded to excluded or excluded to not excluded at any time during a cost reporting period, but only if the hospital notifies the fiscal intermediary and the CMS Regional Office in writing of the change at least 30 days before the date of the change, and maintains the information needed to accurately determine costs that are or are not attributable to the hospital unit. A change in the status of a hospital unit from not excluded to excluded or excluded to not excluded that is made during a cost reporting period must remain in effect for the rest of that cost reporting period.

(d) Number of excluded units. Each hospital may have only one unit of each type (psychiatric or rehabilitation) excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1). A hospital excluded from the prospective payment systems as specified in § 412.1(a)(1) may not have an excluded unit (psychiatric or rehabilitation) that is excluded on the same basis as the hospital.

(e) Satellite facilities. (1) For purposes of paragraphs (e)(2) through (e)(5) of this section, a satellite facility is a part of a hospital unit that provides inpatient services in a building also used by another hospital, or in one or more entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital.

(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(3) and (e)(6) of this section, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1999, a hospital that has a satellite facility must meet the following criteria in order to be excluded from the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment systems for any period:

(i) In the case of a unit excluded from the prospective payment systems for the most recent cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997, the unit's number of State-licensed and Medicare-certified beds, including those at the satellite facility, does not exceed the unit's number of State-licensed and Medicare-certified beds on the last day of the unit's last cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997.

(ii) The satellite facility independently complies with—

(A) For a rehabilitation unit, the requirements under § 412.29 of this subpart; or

(B) For a psychiatric unit, the requirements under § 412.27(a).

(iii) The satellite facility meets all of the following requirements:

(A) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(iv) of this section, it is not under the control of the governing body or chief executive officer of the hospital in which it is located, and it furnishes inpatient care through the use of medical personnel who are not under the control of the medical staff or chief medical officer of the hospital in which it is located.

(B) It maintains admission and discharge records that are separately identified from those of the hospital in which it is located and are readily available.

(C) It has beds that are physically separate from (that is, not commingled with) the beds of the hospital in which it is located.

(D) It is serviced by the same fiscal intermediary as the hospital unit of which it is a part.

(E) It is treated as a separate cost center of the hospital unit of which it is a part.

(F) For cost reporting and apportionment purposes, it uses an accounting system that properly allocates costs and maintains adequate statistical data to support the basis of allocation.

(G) It reports its costs on the cost report of the hospital of which it is a part, covering the same fiscal period and using the same method of apportionment as the hospital of which it is a part.

(iv) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2019, the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii)(A) of this section do not apply to a satellite facility of a unit that is part of a hospital excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) that does not furnish services in a building also used by another hospital that is not excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1), or in one or more entire buildings located on the same campus as buildings used by another hospital that is not excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(3) Except as specified in paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of this section, the provisions of paragraph (e)(2) of this section do not apply to any unit structured as a satellite facility on September 30, 1999, and excluded from the prospective payment systems on that date, to the extent the unit continues operating under the same terms and conditions, including the number of beds and square footage considered to be part of the unit at the satellite facility on September 30, 1999.

(4) In applying the provisions of paragraph (e)(3) of this section, any unit structured as a satellite facility on September 30, 1999, may increase or decrease the square footage of the satellite facility or may decrease the number of beds in the satellite facility considered to be part of the satellite facility at any time, if these changes are made by the relocation of a facility—

(i) To permit construction or renovation necessary for compliance with changes in Federal, State, or local law affecting the physical facility; or

(ii) Because of catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, or tornadoes.

(5) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, in applying the provisions of paragraph (e)(3) of this section—

(i) Any unit structured as a satellite facility on September 30, 1999, may increase the square footage of the unit only at the beginning of a cost reporting period or decrease the square footage or number of beds considered to be part of the satellite facility subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, without affecting the provisions of paragraph (e)(3) of this section; and

(ii) If the unit structured as a satellite facility decreases its number of beds below the number of beds considered to be part of the satellite facility on September 30, 1999, subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, it may subsequently increase the number of beds at the beginning or a cost reporting period as long as the resulting total number of beds considered to be part of the satellite facility does not exceed the number of beds at the satellite facility on September 30, 1999.

(6) The provisions of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section do not apply to any inpatient rehabilitation facility that is subject to the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system under subpart P of this part, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003.

(f) Changes in classification of hospital units. For purposes of exclusions from the prospective payment system under this section, the classification of a hospital unit is effective for the unit's entire cost reporting period. Any changes in the classification of a hospital unit is made only at the start of a cost reporting period.

(g) CAH units not meeting applicable requirements. If a psychiatric or rehabilitation unit of a CAH does not meet the requirements of § 485.647 with respect to a cost reporting period, no payment may be made to the CAH for services furnished in that unit for that period. Payment to the CAH for services in the unit may resume only after the start of the first cost reporting period beginning after the unit has demonstrated to CMS that the unit meets the requirements of § 485.647.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.25, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.27 Excluded psychiatric units: Additional requirements.

In order to be excluded from the prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(1), and paid under the prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(2), a psychiatric unit must meet the following requirements:

(a) Admit only patients whose admission to the unit is required for active treatment, of an intensity that can be provided appropriately only in an inpatient hospital setting, of a psychiatric principal diagnosis that is listed in the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision, Clinical Modification.

(b) Furnish, through the use of qualified personnel, psychological services, social work services, psychiatric nursing, and therapeutic activities.

(c) Maintain medical records that permit determination of the degree and intensity of the treatment provided to individuals who are furnished services in the unit, and that meet the following requirements:

(1) Development of assessment/diagnostic data. Medical records must stress the psychiatric components of the record, including history of findings and treatment provided for the psychiatric condition for which the inpatient is treated in the unit.

(i) The identification data must include the inpatient's legal status.

(ii) A provisional or admitting diagnosis must be made on every inpatient at the time of admission, and must include the diagnoses of intercurrent diseases as well as the psychiatric diagnoses.

(iii) The reasons for admission must be clearly documented as stated by the inpatient or others significantly involved, or both.

(iv) The social service records, including reports of interviews with inpatients, family members, and others must provide an assessment of home plans and family attitudes, and community resource contacts as well as a social history.

(v) When indicated, a complete neurological examination must be recorded at the time of the admission physical examination.

(2) Psychiatric evaluation. Each inpatient must receive a psychiatric evaluation that must—

(i) Be completed within 60 hours of admission;

(ii) Include a medical history;

(iii) Contain a record of mental status;

(iv) Note the onset of illness and the circumstances leading to admission;

(v) Describe attitudes and behavior;

(vi) Estimate intellectual functioning, memory functioning, and orientation; and

(vii) Include an inventory of the inpatient's assets in descriptive, not interpretative fashion.

(3) Treatment plan. (i) Each inpatient must have an individual comprehensive treatment plan that must be based on an inventory of the inpatient's strengths and disabilities. The written plan must include a substantiated diagnosis; short-term and long-term goals; the specific treatment modalities utilized; the responsibilities of each member of the treatment team; and adequate documentation to justify the diagnosis and the treatment and rehabilitation activities carried out; and

(ii) The treatment received by the inpatient must be documented in such a way as to assure that all active therapeutic efforts are included.

(4) Recording progress. Progress notes must be recorded by the doctor of medicine or osteopathy responsible for the care of the inpatient, a nurse, social worker and, when appropriate, others significantly involved in active treatment modalities. The frequency of progress notes is determined by the condition of the inpatient but must be recorded at least weekly for the first two months and at least once a month thereafter and must contain recommendations for revisions in the treatment plan as indicated as well as precise assessment of the inpatient's progress in accordance with the original or revised treatment plan.

(5) Discharge planning and discharge summary. The record of each patient who has been discharged must have a discharge summary that includes a recapitulation of the inpatient's hospitalization in the unit and recommendations from appropriate services concerning follow-up or aftercare as well as a brief summary of the patient's condition on discharge.

(d) Meet special staff requirements in that the unit must have adequate numbers of qualified professional and supportive staff to evaluate inpatients, formulate written, individualized, comprehensive treatment plans, provide active treatment measures and engage in discharge planning, as follows:

(1) Personnel. The unit must employ or undertake to provide adequate numbers of qualified professional, technical, and consultative personnel to—

(i) Evaluate inpatients;

(ii) Formulate written, individualized, comprehensive treatment plans;

(iii) Provide active treatment measures; and

(iv) Engage in discharge planning.

(2) Director of inpatient psychiatric services: Medical staff. Inpatient psychiatric services must be under the supervision of a clinical director, service chief, or equivalent who is qualified to provide the leadership required for an intensive treatment program. The number and qualifications of doctors of medicine and osteopathy must be adequate to provide essential psychiatric services.

(i) The clinical director, service chief, or equivalent must meet the training and experience requirements for examination by the American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology or the American Osteopathic Board of Neurology and Psychiatry.

(ii) The director must monitor and evaluate the quality and appropriateness of services and treatment provided by the medical staff.

(3) Nursing services. The unit must have a qualified director of psychiatric nursing services. In addition to the director of nursing, there must be adequate numbers of registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, and mental health workers to provide nursing care necessary under each inpatient's active treatment program and to maintain progress notes on each inpatient.

(i) The director of psychiatric nursing services must be a registered nurse who has a master's degree in psychiatric or mental health nursing, or its equivalent, from a school of nursing accredited by the National League for Nursing, or be qualified by education and experience in the care of the mentally ill. The director must demonstrate competence to participate in interdisciplinary formulation of individual treatment plans; to give skilled nursing care and therapy; and to direct, monitor, and evaluate the nursing care furnished.

(ii) The staffing pattern must ensure the availability of a registered nurse 24 hours each day. There must be adequate numbers of registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, and mental health workers to provide the nursing care necessary under each inpatient's active treatment program.

(4) Psychological services. The unit must provide or have available psychological services to meet the needs of the inpatients. The services must be furnished in accordance with acceptable standards of practice, service objectives, and established policies and procedures.

(5) Social services. There must be a director of social services who monitors and evaluates the quality and appropriateness of social services furnished. The services must be furnished in accordance with accepted standards of practice and established policies and procedures. Social service staff responsibilities must include, but are not limited to, participating in discharge planning, arranging for follow-up care, and developing mechanisms for exchange of appropriate information with sources outside the hospital.

(6) Therapeutic activities. The unit must provide a therapeutic activities program.

(i) The program must be appropriate to the needs and interests of inpatients and be directed toward restoring and maintaining optimal levels of physical and psychosocial functioning.

(ii) The number of qualified therapists, support personnel, and consultants must be adequate to provide comprehensive therapeutic activities consistent with each inpatient's active treatment program.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 57 FR 39820, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 45397, 45400, Sept. 1, 1994; 69 FR 66976, Nov. 15, 2004; 71 FR 27086, May 9, 2006; 83 FR 38619, Aug. 6, 2018]

§ 412.29 Classification criteria for payment under the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system.

To be excluded from the prospective payment systems described in § 412.1(a)(1) and to be paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3), an inpatient rehabilitation hospital or an inpatient rehabilitation unit of a hospital (otherwise referred to as an IRF) must meet the following requirements:

(a) Have (or be part of a hospital that has) a provider agreement under part 489 of this chapter to participate as a hospital.

(b) Except in the case of a “new” IRF or “new” IRF beds, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section, an IRF must show that, during its most recent, consecutive, and appropriate 12-month time period (as defined by CMS or the Medicare contractor), it served an inpatient population that meets the following criteria:

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2004, and before July 1, 2005, the IRF served an inpatient population of whom at least 50 percent, and for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2005, the IRF served an inpatient population of whom at least 60 percent required intensive rehabilitation services for treatment of one or more of the conditions specified at paragraph (b)(2) of this section. A patient with a comorbidity, as defined at § 412.602 of this part, may be included in the inpatient population that counts toward the required applicable percentage if—

(i) The patient is admitted for inpatient rehabilitation for a condition that is not one of the conditions specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section;

(ii) The patient has a comorbidity that falls in one of the conditions specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and

(iii) The comorbidity has caused significant decline in functional ability in the individual that, even in the absence of the admitting condition, the individual would require the intensive rehabilitation treatment that is unique to inpatient rehabilitation facilities paid under subpart P of this part and that cannot be appropriately performed in another care setting covered under this title.

(2) List of conditions.

(i) Stroke.

(ii) Spinal cord injury.

(iii) Congenital deformity.

(iv) Amputation.

(v) Major multiple trauma.

(vi) Fracture of femur (hip fracture).

(vii) Brain injury.

(viii) Neurological disorders, including multiple sclerosis, motor neuron diseases, polyneuropathy, muscular dystrophy, and Parkinson's disease.

(ix) Burns.

(x) Active, polyarticular rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, and seronegative arthropathies resulting in significant functional impairment of ambulation and other activities of daily living that have not improved after an appropriate, aggressive, and sustained course of outpatient therapy services or services in other less intensive rehabilitation settings immediately preceding the inpatient rehabilitation admission or that result from a systemic disease activation immediately before admission, but have the potential to improve with more intensive rehabilitation.

(xi) Systemic vasculidities with joint inflammation, resulting in significant functional impairment of ambulation and other activities of daily living that have not improved after an appropriate, aggressive, and sustained course of outpatient therapy services or services in other less intensive rehabilitation settings immediately preceding the inpatient rehabilitation admission or that result from a systemic disease activation immediately before admission, but have the potential to improve with more intensive rehabilitation.

(xii) Severe or advanced osteoarthritis (osteoarthrosis or degenerative joint disease) involving two or more major weight bearing joints (elbow, shoulders, hips, or knees, but not counting a joint with a prosthesis) with joint deformity and substantial loss of range of motion, atrophy of muscles surrounding the joint, significant functional impairment of ambulation and other activities of daily living that have not improved after the patient has participated in an appropriate, aggressive, and sustained course of outpatient therapy services or services in other less intensive rehabilitation settings immediately preceding the inpatient rehabilitation admission but have the potential to improve with more intensive rehabilitation. (A joint replaced by a prosthesis no longer is considered to have osteoarthritis, or other arthritis, even though this condition was the reason for the joint replacement.)

(xiii) Knee or hip joint replacement, or both, during an acute hospitalization immediately preceding the inpatient rehabilitation stay and also meet one or more of the following specific criteria:

(A) The patient underwent bilateral knee or bilateral hip joint replacement surgery during the acute hospital admission immediately preceding the IRF admission.

(B) The patient is extremely obese with a Body Mass Index of at least 50 at the time of admission to the IRF.

(C) The patient is age 85 or older at the time of admission to the IRF.

(c) In the case of new IRFs (as defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) or new IRF beds (as defined in paragraph (c)(2)of this section), the IRF must provide a written certification that the inpatient population it intends to serve meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. This written certification will apply until the end of the IRF's first full 12-month cost reporting period or, in the case of new IRF beds, until the end of the cost reporting period during which the new beds are added to the IRF.

(1) New IRFs. An IRF hospital or IRF unit is considered new if it has not been paid under the IRF PPS in subpart P of this part for at least 5 calendar years. A new IRF will be considered new from the point that it first participates in Medicare as an IRF until the end of its first full 12-month cost reporting period.

(2) New IRF beds. Any IRF beds that are added to an existing IRF must meet all applicable State Certificate of Need and State licensure laws. New IRF beds may be added one time at any point during a cost reporting period and will be considered new for the rest of that cost reporting period. A full 12-month cost reporting period must elapse between the delicensing or decertification of IRF beds in an IRF hospital or IRF unit and the addition of new IRF beds to that IRF hospital or IRF unit. Before an IRF can add new beds, it must receive written approval from the appropriate CMS RO, so that the CMS RO can verify that a full 12-month cost reporting period has elapsed since the IRF has had beds delicensed or decertified. New IRF beds are included in the compliance review calculations under paragraph (b) of this section from the time that they are added to the IRF.

(3) Change of ownership or leasing. An IRF hospital or IRF unit that undergoes a change of ownership or leasing, as defined in § 489.18 of this chapter, retains its excluded status and will continue to be paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3) before and after the change of ownership or leasing if the new owner(s) of the IRF accept assignment of the previous owners' Medicare provider agreement and the IRF continues to meet all of the requirements for payment under the IRF prospective payment system. If the new owner(s) do not accept assignment of the previous owners' Medicare provider agreement, the IRF is considered to be voluntarily terminated and the new owner(s) may re-apply to participate in the Medicare program. If the IRF does not continue to meet all of the requirements for payment under the IRF prospective payment system, then the IRF loses its excluded status and is paid according to the prospective payment systems described in § 412.1(a)(1).

(4) Mergers. If an IRF hospital (or a hospital with an IRF unit) merges with another hospital and the owner(s) of the merged hospital accept assignment of the IRF hospital's provider agreement (or the provider agreement of the hospital with the IRF unit), then the IRF hospital or IRF unit retains its excluded status and will continue to be paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3) before and after the merger, as long as the IRF hospital or IRF unit continues to meet all of the requirements for payment under the IRF prospective payment system. If the owner(s) of the merged hospital do not accept assignment of the IRF hospital's provider agreement (or the provider agreement of the hospital with the IRF unit), then the IRF hospital or IRF unit is considered voluntarily terminated and the owner(s) of the merged hospital may reapply to the Medicare program to operate a new IRF.

(d) Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge, as defined in § 412.622 of this chapter, during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, have in effect a preadmission screening procedure under which each prospective patient's condition and medical history are reviewed to determine whether the patient is likely to benefit significantly from an intensive inpatient hospital program. This procedure must ensure that the preadmission screening for each Medicare Part A fee-for-Service patient is reviewed and approved by a rehabilitation physician prior to the patient's admission to the IRF.

(e) Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge, as defined in § 412.622, during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, have in effect a procedure to ensure that patients receive close medical supervision, as evidenced by at least 3 face-to-face visits per week by a licensed physician with specialized training and experience in inpatient rehabilitation to assess the patient both medically and functionally, as well as to modify the course of treatment as needed to maximize the patient's capacity to benefit from the rehabilitation process except that during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, for the COVID-19 pandemic such visits may be conducted using telehealth services (as defined in section 1834(m)(4)(F) of the Act). Beginning with the second week, as defined in § 412.622, of admission to the IRF, a non-physician practitioner who is determined by the IRF to have specialized training and experience in inpatient rehabilitation may conduct 1 of the 3 required face-to-face visits with the patient per week, provided that such duties are within the non-physician practitioner's scope of practice under applicable state law.

(f) Furnish, through the use of qualified personnel, rehabilitation nursing, physical therapy, and occupational therapy, plus, as needed, speech-language pathology, social services, psychological services (including neuropsychological services), and orthotic and prosthetic services.

(g) Have a director of rehabilitation who—

(1) Provides services to the IRF hospital and its inpatients on a full-time basis or, in the case of a rehabilitation unit, at least 20 hours per week;

(2) Is a doctor of medicine or osteopathy;

(3) Is licensed under State law to practice medicine or surgery; and

(4) Has had, after completing a one-year hospital internship, at least 2 years of training or experience in the medical-management of inpatients requiring rehabilitation services.

(h) Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge, as defined in § 412.622 of this chapter, during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, have a plan of treatment for each inpatient that is established, reviewed, and revised as needed by a physician in consultation with other professional personnel who provide services to the patient.

(i) Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge, as defined in § 412.622 of this chapter, during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, use a coordinated interdisciplinary team approach in the rehabilitation of each inpatient, as documented by the periodic clinical entries made in the patient's medical record to note the patient's status in relationship to goal attainment and discharge plans, and that team conferences are held at least once per week to determine the appropriateness of treatment.

(j) Retroactive adjustments. If a new IRF (or new beds that are added to an existing IRF) are excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) and paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3) for a cost reporting period under paragraph (c) of this section, but the inpatient population actually treated during that period does not meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, we adjust payments to the IRF retroactively in accordance with the provisions in § 412.130.

[76 FR 47891, Aug. 5, 2011, as amended at 78 FR 47934, Aug. 6, 2013; 85 FR 19287, Apr. 6, 2020; 85 FR 27621, May 8, 2020; 85 FR 48462, Aug. 10, 2020]

§ 412.30 [Reserved]
Subpart C Conditions for Payment Under the Prospective Payment Systems for Inpatient Operating Costs and Inpatient Capital-Related Costs
§ 412.40 General requirements.

(a) A hospital must meet the conditions of this subpart to receive payment under the prospective payment systems for inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries.

(b) If a hospital fails to comply fully with these conditions with respect to inpatient hospital services furnished to one or more Medicare beneficiaries, CMS may, as appropriate—

(1) Withhold Medicare payment (in full or in part) to the hospital until the hospital provides adequate assurances of compliance; or

(2) Terminate the hospital's provider agreement.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 57 FR 39821, Sept. 1, 1992]

§ 412.42 Limitations on charges to beneficiaries.

(a) Prohibited charges. A hospital may not charge a beneficiary for any services for which payment is made by Medicare, even if the hospital's costs of furnishing services to that beneficiary are greater than the amount the hospital is paid under the prospective payment systems.

(b) Permitted charges—Stay covered. A hospital receiving payment under the prospective payment systems for a covered hospital stay (that is, a stay that includes at least one covered day) may charge the Medicare beneficiary or other person only for the following:

(1) The applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts under §§ 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87 of this chapter.

(2) Noncovered items and services, furnished at any time during a covered stay, unless they are excluded from coverage only on the basis of the following:

(i) The exclusion of custodial care under § 411.15(g) of this chapter (see paragraph (c) of this section for when charges may be made for custodial care).

(ii) The exclusion of medically unnecessary items and services under § 411.15(k) of this chapter (see paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section for when charges may be made for medically unnecessary items and services).

(iii) The exclusion under § 411.15(m) of this chapter of nonphysician services furnished to hospital inpatients by other than the hospital or a provider or supplier under arrangements made by the hospital.

(iv) The exclusion of items and services furnished when the patient is not entitled to Medicare Part A benefits under subpart A of part 406 of this chapter (see paragraph (e) of this section for when charges may be made for items and services furnished when the patient is not entitled to benefits).

(v) The exclusion of items and services furnished after Medicare Part A benefits are exhausted under § 409.61 of this chapter (see paragraph (e) of this section for when charges may be made for items and services furnished after benefits are exhausted).

(c) Custodial care and medically unnecessary inpatient hospital care. A hospital may charge a beneficiary for services excluded from coverage on the basis of § 411.15(g) of this chapter (custodial care) or § 411.15(k) of this chapter (medically unnecessary services) and furnished by the hospital after all of the following conditions have been met:

(1) The hospital (acting directly or through its utilization review committee) determines that the beneficiary no longer requires inpatient hospital care. (The phrase “inpatient hospital care” includes cases where a beneficiary needs a SNF level of care, but, under Medicare criteria, a SNF-level bed is not available. This also means that a hospital may find that a patient awaiting SNF placement no longer requires inpatient hospital care because either a SNF-level bed has become available or the patient no longer requires SNF-level care.)

(2) The attending physician agrees with the hospital's determination in writing (for example, by issuing a written discharge order). If the hospital believes that the beneficiary does not require inpatient hospital care but is unable to obtain the agreement of the physician, it may request an immediate review of the case by the QIO as described in § 405.1208 of this chapter. Concurrence by the QIO in the hospital's determination will serve in lieu of the physician's agreement.

(3) The hospital (acting directly or through its utilization review committee) notifies the beneficiary (or his or her representative) of his or her discharge rights in writing consistent with § 405.1205 and notifies the beneficiary, in accordance with § 405.1206 of this chapter (if applicable) that in the hospital's opinion, and with the attending physician's concurrence or that of the QIO, the beneficiary no longer requires inpatient hospital care.

(4) If the beneficiary remains in the hospital after the appropriate notification, and the hospital, the physician who concurred in the hospital determination on which the notice was based, or QIO subsequently finds that the beneficiary requires an acute level of inpatient hospital care, the hospital may not charge the beneficiary for continued care until the hospital once again determines that the beneficiary no longer requires inpatient care, secures concurrence, and notifies the beneficiary, as required in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), and (c)(3) of this section.

(d) Medically unnecessary diagnostic and therapeutic services. A hospital may charge a beneficiary for diagnostic procedures and studies, and therapeutic procedures and courses of treatment (for example, experimental procedures) that are excluded from coverage under § 411.15(k) of this chapter (medically unnecessary items and services), even though the beneficiary requires continued inpatient hospital care, if those services are furnished after the beneficiary (or the person acting on his or her behalf) has acknowledged in writing that the hospital (acting directly or through its utilization review committee and with the concurrence of the intermediary) has informed him or her as follows:

(1) In the hospital's opinion, which has been agreed to by the intermediary, the services to be furnished are not considered reasonable and necessary under Medicare.

(2) Customary charges will be made if he or she receives the services.

(3) If the beneficiary receives the services, a formal determination on the validity of the hospital's finding is made by the intermediary and, to the extent that the decision requires the exercise of medical judgment, the QIO.

(4) The determination is appealable by the hospital, the attending physician, or the beneficiary under the appeals procedure that applies to determinations affecting Medicare Part A payment.

(5) The charges for the services will be invalid and, to the extent collected, will be refunded by the hospital if the services are found to be covered by Medicare.

(e) Services furnished on days when the individual is not entitled to Medicare Part A benefits or has exhausted the available benefits. The hospital may charge the beneficiary its customary charges for noncovered items and services furnished on outlier days (as described in Subpart F of this part) for which payment is denied because the beneficiary is not entitled to Medicare Part A or his or her Medicare Part A benefits are exhausted. (1) If payment is considered for outlier days, the entire stay is reviewed and days up to the number of days in excess of the outlier threshold may be denied on the basis of nonentitlement to Part A or exhaustion of benefits. (2) In applying this rule, the latest days will be denied first.

(f) Differential for private room or other luxury services. The hospital may charge the beneficiary the customary charge differential for a private room or other luxury service that is more expensive than is medically required and is furnished for the personal comfort of the beneficiary at his or her request (or the request of the person acting on his or her behalf).

(g) Review. (1) The QIO or intermediary may review any cases in which the hospital advises the beneficiary (or the person acting on his or her behalf) of the noncoverage of the services in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) or (d) of this section.

(2) The hospital must identify such cases to the QIO or intermediary in accordance with CMS instructions.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 35688, Sept. 3, 1985; 54 FR 41747, Oct. 11, 1989; 57 FR 39821, Sept. 1, 1992; 71 FR 48137, Aug. 18, 2006; 71 FR 68722, Nov. 27, 2006; 85 FR 72909, Nov. 16, 2020]

§ 412.44 Medical review requirements: Admissions and quality review.

Beginning on November 15, 1984, a hospital must have an agreement with a QIO to have the QIO review, on an ongoing basis, the following:

(a) The medical necessity, reasonableness and appropriateness of hospital admissions and discharges.

(b) The medical necessity, reasonableness and appropriateness of inpatient hospital care for which additional payment is sought under the outlier provisions of §§ 412.82 and 412.84 of this chapter.

(c) The validity of the hospital's diagnostic and procedural information.

(d) The completeness, adequacy, and quality of the services furnished in the hospital.

(e) Other medical or other practices with respect to beneficiaries or billing for services furnished to beneficiaries.

[50 FR 15326, Apr. 17, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 35689, Sept. 3, 1985; 50 FR 41886, Oct. 16, 1985]

§ 412.46 Medical review requirements.

(a) Physician acknowledgement. (1) Basis. Because payment under the prospective payment system is based in part on each patient's principal and secondary diagnoses and major procedures performed, as evidenced by the physician's entries in the patient's medical record, physicians must complete an acknowledgement statement to this effect.

(2) Content of physician acknowledgement statement. When a claim is submitted, the hospital must have on file a signed and dated acknowledgement from the attending physician that the physician has received the following notice:

Notice to Physicians: Medicare payment to hospitals is based in part on each patient's principal and secondary diagnoses and the major procedures performed on the patient, as attested to by the patient's attending physician by virtue of his or her signature in the medical record. Anyone who misrepresents, falsifies, or conceals essential information required for payment of Federal funds, may be subject to fine, imprisonment, or civil penalty under applicable Federal laws.

(3) Completion of acknowledgement. The acknowledgement must be completed by the physician at the time that the physician is granted admitting privileges at the hospital, or before or at the time the physician admits his or her first patient. Existing acknowledgements signed by physicians already on staff remain in effect as long as the physician has admitting privileges at the hospital.

(b) Physician's order and certification regarding medical necessity. No presumptive weight shall be assigned to the physician's order under § 412.3 or the physician's certification under Subpart B of Part 424 of the chapter in determining the medical necessity of inpatient hospital services under section 1862(a)(1) of the Act. A physician's order or certification will be evaluated in the context of the evidence in the medical record.

[78 FR 50965, Aug. 19, 2013]

§ 412.48 Denial of payment as a result of admissions and quality review.

(a) If CMS determines, on the basis of information supplied by a QIO that a hospital has misrepresented admissions, discharges, or billing information, or has taken an action that results in the unnecessary admission of an individual entitled to benefits under Part A, unnecessary multiple admissions of an individual, or other inappropriate medical or other practices with respect to beneficiaries or billing for services furnished to beneficiaries, CMS may as appropriate—

(1) Deny payment (in whole or in part) under Part A with respect to inpatient hospital services provided with respect to such an unnecessary admission or subsequent readmission of an individual; or

(2) Require the hospital to take other corrective action necessary to prevent or correct the inappropriate practice.

(b) When payment with respect to admission of an individual patient is denied by a QIO under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and liability is not waived in accordance with §§ 411.400 through 411.402 of this chapter, notice and appeals are provided under procedures established by CMS to implement the provisions of section 1155 of the Act, Right to Hearing and Judicial Review.

(c) A determination under paragraph (a) of this section, if it is related to a pattern of inappropriate admissions and billing practices that has the effect of circumventing the prospective payment systems, is referred to the Department's Office of Inspector General, for handling in accordance with § 1001.301 of this title.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 35688, 35689, Sept. 3, 1985; 51 FR 34787, Sept. 30, 1986; 57 FR 39821, Sept. 1, 1992; 71 FR 48137, Aug. 18, 2006]

§ 412.50 Furnishing of inpatient hospital services directly or under arrangements.

(a) The applicable payments made under the prospective payment systems, as described in subparts H and M of this part, are payment in full for all inpatient hospital services, as defined in § 409.10 of this chapter. Inpatient hospital services do not include the following types of services:

(1) Physician services that meet the requirements of § 415.102(a) of this chapter for payment on a fee schedule basis.

(2) Physician assistant services, as defined in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(i) of the Act.

(3) Nurse practitioner and clinical nurse specialist services, as defined in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(ii) of the Act.

(4) Certified nurse mid-wife services, as defined in section 1861(gg) of the Act.

(5) Qualified psychologist services, as defined in section 1861(ii) of the Act.

(6) Services of an anesthetist, as defined in § 410.69 of this chapter.

(b) CMS does not pay any provider or supplier other than the hospital for services furnished to a beneficiary who is an inpatient, except for the services described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section.

(c) The hospital must furnish all necessary covered services to the beneficiary either directly or under arrangements (as defined in § 409.3 of this chapter).

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 53 FR 38527, Sept. 30, 1988; 57 FR 39821, Sept. 1, 1992; 60 FR 63188, Dec. 8, 1995; 65 FR 18537, Apr. 7, 2000]

§ 412.52 Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

All hospitals participating in the prospective payment systems must meet the recordkeeping and cost reporting requirements of §§ 413.20 and 413.24 of this chapter.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986; 57 FR 39821, Sept. 1, 1992]

Subpart D Basic Methodology for Determining Prospective Payment Federal Rates for Inpatient Operating Costs
§ 412.60 DRG classification and weighting factors.

(a) Diagnosis-related groups. CMS establishs a classification of inpatient hospital discharges by Diagnosis-Related Groups (DRGs).

(b) DRG weighting factors. CMS assigns, for each DRG, an appropriate weighting factor that reflects the estimated relative cost of hospital resources used with respect to discharges classified within that group compared to discharges classified within other groups, subject to a maximum ten percent reduction to the weighting factor for a DRG as compared to the weighting factor for the same DRG for the prior fiscal year.

(c) Assignment of discharges to DRGs. CMS establishs a methodology for classifying specific hospital discharges within DRGs which ensures that each hospital discharge is appropriately assigned to a single DRG based on essential data abstracted from the inpatient bill for that discharge.

(1) The classification of a particular discharge is based, as appropriate, on the patient's age, sex, principal diagnosis (that is, the diagnosis established after study to be chiefly responsible for causing the patient's admission to the hospital), secondary diagnoses, procedures performed, and discharge status.

(2) Each discharge is assigned to only one DRG (related, except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, to the patient's principal diagnosis) regardless of the number of conditions treated or services furnished during the patient's stay.

(3) When the discharge data submitted by a hospital show a surgical procedure unrelated to a patient's principal diagnosis, the bill is returned to the hospital for validation and reverification. CMS's DRG classification system provides a DRG, and an appropriate weighting factor, for the group of cases for which the unrelated diagnosis and procedure are confirmed.

(d) Review of DRG assignment. (1) A hospital has 60 days after the date of the notice of the initial assignment of a discharge to a DRG to request a review of that assignment. The hospital may submit additional information as a part of its request.

(2) The intermediary reviews the hospital's request and any additional information and decides whether a change in the DRG assignment is appropriate. If the intermediary decides that a higher-weighted DRG should be assigned, the case will be reviewed by the appropriate QIO as specified in § 466.71(c)(2) of this chapter.

(3) Following the 60-day period described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the hospital may not submit additional information with respect to the DRG assignment or otherwise revise its claim.

(e) Revision of DRG classification and weighting factors. Beginning with discharges in fiscal year 1988, CMS adjusts the classifications and weighting factors established under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section at least annually to reflect changes in treatment patterns, technology, and other factors that may change the relative use of hospital resources.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 33057, Sept. 1, 1987; 57 FR 39821, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 45397, Sept. 1, 1994; 87 FR 49403, Aug. 10, 2022]

§ 412.62 Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for fiscal year 1984.

(a) General rule. CMS determines national adjusted DRG prospective payment rates for operating costs, for each inpatient hospital discharge in fiscal year 1984 involving inpatient hospital services of a hospital in the United States subject to the prospective payment system under subpart B of this part, and determines regional adjusted DRG prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs for such discharges in each region, for which payment may be made under Medicare Part A. Such rates are determined for hospitals located in urban or rural areas within the United States and within each such region, respectively, as described in paragraphs (b) through (k) of this section.

(b) Determining allowable individual hospital inpatient operating costs. CMS determines the Medicare allowable operating costs per discharge of inpatient hospital services for each hospital in the data base for the most recent cost reporting period for which data are available.

(c) Updating for fiscal year 1984. CMS updates each amount determined under paragraph (b) of this section for fiscal year 1984 by—

(1) Updating for fiscal year 1983 by the estimated average rate of change of hospital costs industry-wide between the cost reporting period used under paragraph (b) of this section and fiscal year 1983; and

(2) Projecting for fiscal year 1984 by the applicable percentage increase in the hospital market basket for fiscal year 1984.

(d) Standardizing amounts. CMS standardizes the amount updated under paragraph (c) of this section for each hospital by—

(1) Adjusting for area variations in case mix among hospitals;

(2) Excluding an estimate of indirect medical education costs;

(3) Adjusting for area variations in hospital wage levels; and

(4) Adjusting for the effects of a higher cost of living for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii.

(e) Computing urban and rural averages. CMS computes an average of the standardized amounts determined under paragraph (d) of this section for urban and rural hospitals in the United States and for urban and rural hospitals in each region.

(f) Geographic classifications. (1) For purposes of paragraph (e) of this section, the following definitions apply:

(i) The term region means one of the nine census divisions, comprising the fifty States and the District of Columbia, established by the Bureau of the Census for statistical and reporting purposes.

(ii) The term urban area means—

(A) A Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) or New England County Metropolitan Area (NECMA), as defined by the Executive Office of Management and Budget; or

(B) The following New England counties, which are deemed to be parts of urban areas under section 601(g) of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Pub. L. 98-21, 42 U.S.C. 1395ww (note)): Litchfield County, Connecticut; York County, Maine; Sagadahoc County, Maine; Merrimack County, New Hampshire; and Newport County, Rhode Island.

(iii) The term rural area means any area outside an urban area.

(iv) The phrase hospital reclassified as rural means a hospital located in a county that was part of an MSA or NECMA, as defined by the Executive Office of Management and Budget, but is not part of an MSA or NECMA as a result of an Executive Office of Management and Budget redesignation occurring after April 20, 1983.

(2) For hospitals within an MSA or NECMA that crosses census division boundaries, the following provisions apply:

(i) The MSA or NECMA is deemed to belong to the census division in which most of the hospitals within the MSA or NECMA are located.

(ii) If a hospital would receive a lower Federal rate because most of the hospitals are located in a census division with a lower Federal rate than the rate applicable to the census division in which the hospital is located, the payment rate will not be reduced for the hospital's cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1984.

(iii) If an equal number of hospitals within the MSA or NECMA are located in each census division, such hospitals are deemed to be in the census division with the higher Federal rate.

(g) Adjusting the average standardized amounts. CMS adjusts each of the average standardized amounts determined under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section by factors representing CMS's estimates of the following:

(1) The amount of payment that would have been made under Medicare Part B for nonphysician services to hospital inpatients during the first cost reporting period subject to prospective payment were it not for the fact that such services must be furnished either directly by hospitals or under arrangements in order for any Medicare payment to be made after September 30, 1983 (the effective date of § 405.310(m) of this chapter).

(2) The amount of FICA taxes that would be incurred during the first cost reporting period subject to the prospective payment system, by hospitals that had not incurred such taxes for any or all of their employees during the base period described in paragraph (c) of this section.

(h) Reducing for value of outlier payments. CMS reduces each of the adjusted average standardized amounts determined under paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section by a proportion equal to the proportion (estimated by CMS) of the total amount of payments based on DRG prospective payment rates that are additional payments for outlier cases under subpart F of this part.

(i) Maintaining budget neutrality. (1) CMS adjusts each of the reduced standardized amounts determined under paragraphs (c) through (h) of this section as required for fiscal year 1984 so that the estimated amount of aggregate payments made, excluding the hospital-specific portion (that is, the total of the Federal portion of transition payments, plus any adjustments and special treatment of certain classes of hospitals for Federal fiscal year 1984) is not greater or less than 25 percent of the payment amounts that would have been payable for the inpatient operating costs for those same hospitals for fiscal year 1984 under the Social Security Act as in effect on April 19, 1983.

(2) The aggregate payments considered under this paragraph exclude payments for per case review by a utilization and quality control quality improvement organization, as allowed under section 1866(a)(1)(F) of the Act.

(j) Computing Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for urban and rural hospitals in the United States and in each region. For each discharge classified within a DRG, CMS establishes a national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs and a regional prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs for each region, as follows:

(1) For hospitals located in an urban area in the United States or in that region respectively, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The adjusted average standardized amount (computed under paragraphs (c) through (i) of this section) for hospitals located in an urban area in the United States or in that region; and

(ii) The weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(2) For hospitals located in a rural area in the United States or in that region respectively, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The adjusted average standardized amount (computed under paragraphs (c) through (i) of this section) for hospitals located in a rural area in the United States or that region; and

(ii) The weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(k) Adjusting for different area wage levels. CMS adjusts the proportion (as estimated by CMS from time to time) of Federal rates computed under paragraph (j) of this section that are attributable to wages and labor-related costs, for area differences in hospital wage levels by a factor (established by CMS) reflecting the relative hospital wage level in the geographic area (that is, urban or rural area as determined under the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section) of the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage level.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986; 53 FR 38527, Sept. 30, 1988; 57 FR 39821, Sept. 1, 1992; 58 FR 46337, Sept. 1, 1993]

§ 412.63 Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for Federal fiscal years 1984 through 2004.

(a) General rule. (1) CMS determines a national adjusted prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs for each inpatient hospital discharge in Federal fiscal years 1985 through 2004 involving inpatient hospital service of a hospital in the United States, subject to the PPS, and determines a regional adjusted PPS rate for operating costs for such discharges in each region for which payment may be made under Medicare Part A.

(2) Each such rate is determined for hospitals located in urban or rural areas within the United States and within each such region, respectively, as described under paragraphs (b) through (u) of this section.

(b) Geographic classifications. Effective for fiscal years 1985 through 2004, the following rules apply.

(1) For purposes of this section, the definitions set forth in § 412.62(f) apply, except that, effective January 1, 2000, a hospital reclassified as rural may mean a reclassification that results from a geographic redesignation as set forth in § 412.62(f)(1)(iv) or a reclassification that results from an urban hospital applying for reclassification as rural as set forth in § 412.103.

(2) For hospitals within an MSA or NECMA that crosses census division boundaries, the following provisions apply:

(i) The MSA or NECMA is deemed to belong to the census division in which most of the hospitals within the MSA or NECMA are located.

(ii) A hospital that met the conditions specified in § 412.62(f)(2)(ii) and therefore did not receive a lower Federal rate that would have applied for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1984, receives the lower Federal rate applicable to all hospitals in the MSA or NECMA in which it is located effective with the hospital's cost reporting period that begins on or after October 1, 1984.

(iii) The higher Federal rate is payable to all hospitals in the MSA or NECMA if an equal number of hospitals within the MSA or NECMA are located in each census division.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1988, a hospital located in a rural county adjacent to one or more urban areas is deemed to be located in an urban area and receives the Federal payment amount for the urban area to which the greater number of workers in the county commute if the rural county would otherwise be considered part of an urban area, under the standards for designating MSAs or NECMAs if the commuting rates used in determining outlying counties were determined on the basis of the aggregate number of resident workers who commute to (and, if applicable under the standards, from) the central county or central counties of all adjacent MSAs or NECMAs. These EOMB standards are set forth in the notice of final standards for classification of MSAs published in the Federal Register on January 3, 1980 (45 FR 956), and available from CMS, East High Rise Building, room 132, 6325 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21207.

(4) For purposes of this section, any change in an MSA or NECMA designation is recognized on the October 1 following the effective date of the change.

(5) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1988, for hospitals that consist of two or more separately located inpatient hospital facilities the national adjusted prospective payment rate is based on the geographic location of the hospital facility at which the discharge occurs.

(c) Updating previous standardized amounts. (1) For discharges occurring in fiscal year 1985 through fiscal year 2003, CMS computes average standardized amounts for hospitals in urban areas and rural areas within the United States, and in urban areas and rural areas within each region. For discharges occurring in fiscal year 2004, CMS computes an average standardized amount for hospitals located in all areas.

(2) Each of those amounts is equal to the respective adjusted average standardized amount computed for fiscal year 1984 under § 412.62(g)—

(i) Increased for fiscal year 1985 by the applicable percentage increase in the hospital market basket;

(ii) Adjusted by the estimated amount of Medicare payment for nonphysician services furnished to hospital inpatients that would have been paid under Part B were it not for the fact that such services must be furnished either directly by hospitals or under arrangements;

(iii) Reduced by a proportion equal to the proportion (estimated by CMS) of the total amount of prospective payments that are additional payment amounts attributable to outlier cases under subpart F of this part; and

(iv) Adjusted for budget neutrality under paragraph (h) of this section.

(3) For fiscal year 1986 and thereafter. CMS computes, for urban and rural hospitals in the United States and for urban and rural hospitals in each region, average standardized amount equal to the respective adjusted average standardized amounts computed for the previous fiscal year—

(i) Increased by the applicable percentage increase determined under paragraphs (d) through (g) of this section;

(ii) Adjusted by the estimated amount of Medicare payment for nonphysician services furnished to hospital inpatients that would have been paid under Part B were it not for the fact that such services must be furnished either directly by hospitals or under arrangements; and

(iii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1985 and before October 1, 1986, reduced by a proportion (estimated by CMS) of the amount of payments based on the total amount of prospective payments that are additional payment amounts attributable to outlier cases under subpart F of this part, and for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1986, reduced by a proportion (estimated by CMS) of the amount of payments that, based on the total amount of prospective payments for urban hospitals and the total amount of prospective payments for rural hospitals, are additional payments attributable to outlier cases in such hospitals under subpart F of this part.

(4) For fiscal years 1987 through 1990 CMS standardizes the average standardized amounts by excluding an estimate of the payments for hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(5) For fiscal years 1987 through 2004, CMS standardizes the average standardized amounts by excluding an estimate of indirect medical education payments.

(6) For fiscal years 1988 through 2003, CMS computes average standardized amounts for hospitals located in large urban areas, other urban areas, and rural areas. The term large urban area means an MSA with a population of more than 1,000,000 or an NECMA, with a population of more than 970,000 based on the most recent available population data published by the Census Bureau. For fiscal year 2004, CMS computes an average standardized amount for hospitals located in all areas.

(d) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1986. (1) The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1986 is—

(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1985 and before May 1. 1986, zero percent; and

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after May 1, 1986, one-half of one percent.

(2) For purposes of determining the standardized amounts for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1986, the applicable percentage increase for fiscal year 1986 is deemed to have been one-half of one percent.

(e) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1987. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1987 is 1.15 percent.

(f) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1988. (1) The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1988 is—

(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1987 and before November 21, 1987, zero percent;

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after November 21, 1987 and before April 1, 1988, 2.7 percent; and

(iii) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1988 and before October 1, 1988—

(A) 3.0 percent for hospitals located in rural areas;

(B) 1.5 percent for hospitals located in large urban areas; and

(C) 1.0 percent for hospitals located in other urban areas.

(2) For purposes of determining the standardized amounts for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1988 (for Federal fiscal year 1989), the applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1988 is deemed to have been—

(i) 3.0 percent for hospitals located in rural areas;

(ii) 1.5 percent for hospitals located in large urban areas; and

(iii) 1.0 percent for hospitals located in other urban areas.

(g) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1989. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1989 is the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter)—

(1) Minus 1.5 percentage points for hospitals located in rural areas;

(2) Minus 2.0 percentage points for hospitals in large urban areas; and

(3) Minus 2.5 percentage points for hospitals in other urban areas.

(h) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1990. (1) The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1990 is—

(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1989 and before January 1, 1990, 5.5 percent; and

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after January 1, 1990 and before October 1, 1990—

(A) 9.72 percent for hospitals located in rural areas;

(B) 5.62 percent for hospitals located in large urban areas; and

(C) 4.97 percent for hospitals located in other urban areas.

(2) For purposes of determining the standardized amounts for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1990, the applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1990 is deemed to have been the percentage change provided for in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section.

(i) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1991. (1) The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1991 is—

(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1990 and before October 21, 1990, 5.2 percent;

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 21, 1990 and before January 1, 1991, 0.0 percent; and

(iii) For discharges occurring on or after January 1, 1991 and before October 1, 1991—

(A) 4.5 percent for hospitals located in rural areas; and

(B) 3.2 percent for hospitals located in large urban areas and other urban areas.

(2) For purposes of determining the standardized amounts for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1991, the applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1991 is deemed to have been the percentage change provided for in paragraph (i)(1)(iii) of this section.

(j) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1992. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1992 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter)—

(1) Minus 0.6 percentage points for hospitals located in rural areas.

(2) Minus 1.6 percentage points for hospitals located in large urban areas and other urban areas.

(k) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1993. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1993 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter)—

(1) Minus 0.55 percentage points for hospitals located in rural areas.

(2) Minus 1.55 percentage points for hospitals located in large urban areas and other urban areas.

(l) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1994. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1994 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter)—

(1) Minus 1.0 percentage point for hospitals located in rural areas.

(2) Minus 2.5 percentage points for hospitals located in large urban areas and other urban areas.

(m) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1995. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1995 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter)—

(1) Plus, for hospitals located in rural areas, the percentage increase necessary so that the average standardized amounts computed under paragraph (c) through (i) of this section are equal to the average standardized amounts for hospitals located in an urban area other than a large urban area.

(2) Minus 2.5 percentage points for hospitals located in large urban areas and other urban areas.

(n) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1996. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1996 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter) minus 2.0 percentage points for all areas.

(o) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1997. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1997 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter) minus 0.5 percentage point for all areas.

(p) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1998. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1998 is 0 percent for hospitals in all areas.

(q) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1999. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 1999 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this subchapter) minus 1.9 percentage points for hospitals in all areas.

(r) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 2000. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 2000 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter) minus 1.8 percentage points for hospitals in all areas.

(s) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 2001. The applicable percentage change for discharges occurring in fiscal year 2001 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this subchapter) for hospitals in all areas as follows:

(1) For discharges occurring on October 1, 2000 or before April 1, 2001 the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 41340(a) of this subchapter) for sole community hospitals and the increase in the market basket index minus 1.1 percentage points for other hospitals in all areas; and

(2) For discharges occurring on April 1, 2001 or before October 1, 2001 the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this subchapter) for sole community hospitals and the increase in the market basket index plus 1.1 percentage points for other hospitals in all areas.

(t) Applicable percentage change for fiscal years 2002 and 2003. The applicable percentage change for fiscal years 2002 and 2003 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this subchapter) minus 0.55 percentage points for hospitals in all areas.

(u) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 2004. The applicable percentage change for fiscal year 2004 is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this subchapter) for hospitals in all areas.

(v) Maintaining budget neutrality for fiscal year 1985. (1) For fiscal year 1985, CMS will adjust each of the reduced standardized amounts determined under paragraph (c) of this section as required for fiscal year 1985 to ensure that the estimated amount of aggregate payments made, excluding the hospital-specific portion (that is, the total of the Federal portion of transition payments, plus any adjustments and special treatment of certain classes of hospitals for fiscal year 1985) is not greater or less than 50 percent of the payment amounts that would have been payable for the inpatient operating costs for those same hospitals for fiscal year 1985 under the law as in effect on April 19, 1983.

(2) The aggregate payments considered under this paragraph exclude payments for per case review by a utilization and quality control quality improvement organization, as allowed under section 1866(a)(1)(F) of the Act.

(w) Computing Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for hospitals located in large urban and other areas. For each discharge classified within a DRG, CMS establishes for the fiscal year a national prospective payment rate and a regional prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, for each region, as follows:

(1) For hospitals located in a large urban area in the United States or that region respectively, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The adjusted average standardized amount (computed under paragraph (c) of this section) for the fiscal year for hospitals located in a large urban area in the United States or in that region; and

(ii) The weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(2) For hospitals located in an other area in the United States or that region respectively, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The adjusted average standardized amount (computed under paragraph (c) of this section) for the fiscal year for hospitals located in an other area in the United States or that region; and

(ii) The weighting factor (determined under § 412.60(b)) for that DRG.

(x) Adjusting for different area wage levels. (1) CMS adjusts the proportion (as estimated by CMS from time to time) of Federal rates for inpatient operating costs computed under paragraph (j) of this section that are attributable to wages and labor-related costs for area differences in hospital wage levels by a factor (established by CMS based on survey data) reflecting the relative level of hospital wages and wage-related costs in the geographic area (that is, urban or rural area as determined under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section) of the hospital compared to the national average level of hospital wages and wage-related costs. The wage index is updated annually.

(2)(i) CMS makes a midyear correction to the wage index for an area only if a hospital can show that—

(A) The intermediary or CMS made an error in tabulating its data; and

(B) The hospital could not have known about the error, or did not have the opportunity to correct the error, before the beginning of the Federal fiscal year.

(ii) A midyear correction to the wage index is effective prospectively from the date the change is made to the wage index.

(3) If a judicial decision reverses a CMS denial of a hospital's wage data revision request, CMS pays the hospital by applying a revised wage index that reflects the revised wage data as if CMS's decision had been favorable rather than unfavorable.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.63, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.64 Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for Federal fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years.

(a) General rule. CMS determines a national adjusted prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs for each inpatient hospital discharge in Federal fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years involving inpatient hospital services of a hospital in the United States subject to the prospective payment system for which payment may be made under Medicare Part A.

(b) Geographic classifications. (1) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(i) The term region means one of the 9 metropolitan divisions comprising the 50 States and the District of Columbia, established by the Executive Office of Management and Budget for statistical and reporting purposes.

(ii) The term urban area means—

(A) A Metropolitan Statistical Area or a Metropolitan division (in the case where a Metropolitan Statistical Area is divided into Metropolitan Divisions), as defined by the Executive Office of Management and Budget; or

(B) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1983, and before October 1, 2007, the following New England counties are deemed to be parts of urban areas under section 601(g) of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Pub. L. 98-21, 42 U.S.C. 1395ww (note); Litchfield County, Connecticut; York County, Maine; Sagadahoc County, Maine; Merrimack County, New Hampshire; and Newport County, Rhode Island.

(C) The term rural area means any area outside an urban area.

(2) For hospitals within an MSA that crosses census division boundaries, the MSA is deemed to belong to the census division in which most of the hospitals within the MSA are located.

(3)(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, a hospital that is located in a rural county adjacent to one or more urban areas is deemed to be located in an urban area and receives the Federal payment amount for the urban area to which the greater number of workers in the county commute if the rural county would otherwise be considered part of an urban area, under the standards for designating MSAs if the commuting rates used in determining outlying counties were determined on the basis of the aggregate number of resident workers who commute to (and, if applicable under the standards, from) the central county or central counties of all adjacent MSAs. Qualifying counties are determined based upon OMB standards, using the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, hospitals in the following New England counties, if not already located in an urban area, are deemed to be located in urban areas under section 601(g) of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Pub. L. 98-21, 42 U.S.C. 1395ww (note): Litchfield County, Connecticut; York County, Maine; Sagadahoc County, Maine; Merrimack County, New Hampshire; and Newport County, Rhode Island.

(4) For purposes of this section, any change in an MSA designation is recognized on October 1 following the effective date of the change. Such a change in MSA designation may occur as a result of redesignation of an MSA by the Executive Office of Management and Budget.

(5) For hospitals that consist of two or more separately located inpatient hospital facilities, the national adjusted prospective payment rate is based on the geographic location of the hospital facility at which the discharge occurred.

(c) Computing the standardized amount. CMS computes an average standardized amount that is applicable to all hospitals located in all areas, updated by the applicable percentage increase specified in paragraph (d) of this section. CMS standardizes the average standardized amount by excluding an estimate of indirect medical education payments.

(d) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 2005 and for subsequent fiscal years. (1) The applicable percentage change for updating the standardized amount for all hospitals in all areas is—

(i) For fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year 2009, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(ii) For fiscal year 2010, for discharges—

(A) On or after October 1, 2009 and before April 1, 2010, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section; and

(B) On or after April 1, 2010 and before October 1, 2010, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, less 0.25 percentage point.

(iii) For fiscal year 2011, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this subchapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, less 0.25 percentage point.

(iv) For fiscal years 2012 and 2013, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, less a multifactor productivity adjustment (as determined by CMS) and less 0.1 percentage point.

(v) For fiscal year 2014, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, less a multifactor productivity adjustment (as determined by CMS) and less 0.3 percentage point.

(vi) For fiscal years 2015 and 2016, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section, less a multifactor productivity adjustment (as determined by CMS) and less 0.2 percentage point.

(vii) For fiscal years 2017, 2018, and 2019, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section, less a multifactor productivity adjustment (as determined by CMS) and less 0.75 percentage point.

(viii) For fiscal year 2020 and subsequent fiscal years, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section, less a multifactor productivity adjustment (as determined by CMS).

(2)(i) In the case of a “subsection (d) hospital,” as defined under section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, that does not submit quality data on a quarterly basis to CMS, in the form and manner specified by CMS, the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals is reduced—

(A) For fiscal years 2005 and 2006, by 0.4 percentage points; and

(B) For fiscal year 2007 through 2014, by 2 percentage points.

(C) For fiscal year 2015 and subsequent fiscal years, by one-fourth.

(ii) Any reduction pursuant to this paragraph (d)(2) will apply only to the fiscal year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the applicable percentage change for a subsequent fiscal year.

(3)(i) Beginning fiscal year 2015, in the case of a “subsection (d) hospital,” as defined under section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, that is not a meaningful electronic health record (EHR) user as defined in part 495 of this chapter for the applicable EHR reporting period and does not receive an exception, three-fourths of the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals is reduced—

(A) For fiscal year 2015, by 33 1/3 percent;

(B) For fiscal year 2016, by 66 2/3 percent; and

(C) For fiscal year 2017 and subsequent fiscal years, by 100 percent.

(ii) Beginning fiscal year 2022, in the case of a “subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital,” as defined under section 1886(d)(9)(A) of the Act, that is not a meaningful EHR user as defined in part 495 of this chapter for the applicable EHR reporting period and does not receive an exception, three-fourths of the percentage increase in the market basket index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for prospective payment hospitals is reduced—

(A) For fiscal year 2022, by 33 1/3 percent;

(B) For fiscal year 2023, by 66 2/3 percent; and

(C) For fiscal year 2024 and subsequent fiscal years, by 100 percent.

(4) Exception—(i) General rules. The Secretary may, on a case-by-case basis, exempt an eligible hospital that is not a qualifying eligible hospital from the application of the reduction under paragraph (d)(3) of this section if the Secretary determines that compliance with the requirement for being a meaningful EHR user would result in a significant hardship for the eligible hospital.

(ii) To be considered for an exception, a hospital must submit an application, in the manner specified by CMS, demonstrating that it meets one or more than one of the criteria specified in this paragraph (d)(4) of this section. These types of exceptions are subject to annual renewal, but in no case may a hospital be granted this type of exception for more than 5 years. (See § 495.4 for definitions of payment adjustment year, EHR reporting period, and meaningful EHR user.)

(A) During any 90-day period from the beginning of the fiscal year that is 2 years before the payment adjustment year to July 1 of the year before the payment adjustment year, or a later date specified by CMS, the hospital was located in an area without sufficient Internet access to comply with the meaningful use objectives requiring internet connectivity, and faced insurmountable barriers to obtaining such internet connectivity. Applications requesting this exception must be submitted by July 1 of the year before the applicable payment adjustment year, or a later date specified by CMS.

(B)(1) During the fiscal year that is 2 fiscal years before the payment adjustment year, the hospital that has previously demonstrated meaningful use faces extreme and uncontrollable circumstances that prevent it from becoming a meaningful EHR user. Applications requesting this exception must be submitted by July 1 of the year before the applicable payment adjustment year, or a later date specified by CMS.

(2) During the fiscal year preceding the payment adjustment year, the hospital that has not previously demonstrated meaningful use faces extreme and uncontrollable circumstances that prevent it from becoming a meaningful EHR user. Applications requesting this exception must be submitted by July 1 of the year before the applicable payment adjustment year, or a later date specified by CMS.

(C) The hospital is new in the payment adjustment year, and has not previously operated (under previous or present ownership). This exception expires beginning with the first Federal fiscal year that begins on or after the hospital has had at least one 12-month (or longer) cost reporting period after they accept their first Medicare covered patient. For purposes of this exception, the following hospitals are not considered new hospitals:

(1) A hospital that builds new or replacement facilities at the same or another location even if coincidental with a change of ownership, a change in management, or a lease arrangement.

(2) A hospital that closes and subsequently reopens.

(3) A hospital that changes its status from a CAH to a hospital that is subject to the Medicare hospital inpatient prospective payment systems.

(iii) Exception for decertified EHR technology. Beginning with the fiscal year 2019 payment adjustment year, the Secretary shall exempt an eligible hospital that is not a qualifying eligible hospital from the application of the reduction under paragraph (d)(3) of this section if the Secretary determines that compliance with the requirement for being a meaningful EHR user is not possible because the certified EHR technology used by the eligible hospital has been decertified under ONC's Health IT Certification Program. To be considered for an exception, an eligible hospital must submit an application, in the manner specified by CMS, demonstrating that the certified EHR technology was decertified during the 12-month period preceding the applicable EHR reporting period for the payment adjustment year, or during the applicable EHR reporting period for the payment adjustment year, and that the eligible hospital made a good faith effort to obtain another certified EHR technology for that EHR reporting period. (See § 495.4 of this chapter for definitions of payment adjustment year, EHR reporting period, and meaningful EHR user.) Applications requesting this exception must be submitted by July 1 of the year before the applicable payment adjustment year, or a later date specified by CMS. This exception is subject to annual renewal, but in no case may an eligible hospital be granted an exception under paragraph (d)(4) of this section for more than 5 years.

(5) A State in which hospitals are paid for services under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act must—

(i) Adjust the payments to each eligible hospital in the State that is not a meaningful EHR user in a manner that is designed to result in an aggregate reduction in payments to hospitals in the State that is equivalent to the aggregate reduction that would have occurred if payments had been reduced to each eligible hospital in the State in a manner comparable to the reduction under paragraph (d)(3) of this section; and

(ii) Provide to the Secretary, by January 1, 2013, a report on the method that it proposes to employ in order to make the requisite payment adjustment described in paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this section.

(e) Maintaining budget neutrality. (1) CMS makes an adjustment to the standardized amount to ensure that—

(i) Changes to the DRG classifications and recalibrations of the DRG relative weights are made in a manner so that aggregate payments to hospitals are not affected; and

(ii) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(4) and (h)(4)(vii) of this section, the annual updates and adjustments to the wage index under paragraph (h) of this section are made in a manner that ensures that aggregate payments are not affected; and

(2) CMS also makes an adjustment to the rates to ensure that aggregate payments after implementation of reclassifications under subpart L of this part are equal to the aggregate prospective payments that would have been made in the absence of these provisions.

(3) To the extent CMS determines that changes to the DRG classification and recalibrations of the DRG relative weights for a previous year (or estimates that such adjustments for a future fiscal year) did (or are likely to) result in a change in aggregate payments under this subsection during the fiscal year that are a result of changes in coding or classification of discharges that do not reflect real changes in case mix, CMS may adjust the standardized amount for subsequent fiscal years so as to eliminate the effect of such coding and classification changes.

(4) CMS makes an adjustment to the wage index to ensure that aggregate payments after implementation of the rural floor under section 4410 of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (Pub. L. 105-33) and, for discharges on or after October 1, 2004, and before October 1, 2018, the imputed floor under paragraph (h)(4) of this section are equal to the aggregate prospective payments that would have been made in the absence of such provisions as follows :

(i) Beginning October 1, 2008, such adjustment is transitioned from a nationwide to a statewide adjustment as follows:

(A) From October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009, the wage index is a blend of 20 percent of a wage index with a statewide adjustment and 80 percent of a wage index with a nationwide adjustment.

(B) From October 1, 2009 through September 30, 2010, the wage index is a blend of 50 percent of a wage index with a statewide adjustment and 50 percent of a wage index with a nationwide adjustment.

(ii) Beginning October 1, 2010, such adjustment is a full nationwide adjustment.

(5) CMS makes an adjustment to the standardized amount to ensure that the reasonable cost based payments for allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition costs are made in a manner so that aggregate payments to hospitals are not affected.

(f) Adjustment for outlier payments. CMS reduces the adjusted average standardized amount determined under paragraph (c) through (e) of this section by a proportion equal to the proportion (estimated by CMS) to the total amount of payments based on DRG prospective payment rates that are additional payments for outlier cases under subpart F of this part.

(g) Computing Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for hospitals located in all areas. For each discharge classified within a DRG, CMS establishes for the fiscal year a national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs based on the standardized amount for the fiscal year and the weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(h) Adjusting for different area wage levels. CMS adjusts the proportion of the Federal rate for inpatient operating costs that are attributable to wages and labor-related costs for area differences in hospital wage levels by a factor (established by CMS based on survey data) reflecting the relative level of hospital wages and wage-related costs in the geographic area (that is, urban or rural area as determined under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section) of the hospital compared to the national average level of hospital wages and wage-related costs. The adjustment described in this paragraph (h) also takes into account the earnings and paid hours of employment by occupational category.

(1) The wage index is updated annually.

(2) CMS determines the proportion of the Federal rate that is attributable to wages and labor-related costs from time to time, employing a methodology that is described in the annual regulation updating the system of payment for inpatient hospital operating costs.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, CMS employs 62 percent as the proportion of the rate that is adjusted for the relative level of hospital wages and wage-related costs, unless employing that percentage would result in lower payments for the hospital than employing the proportion determined under the methodology described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(4) For discharges on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2018, and for discharges on or after October 1, 2021, CMS establishes a minimum wage index for each all-urban State, as defined in paragraph (h)(5) of this section. This minimum wage index value is computed using the following methodology:

(i) CMS computes the ratio of the lowest-to-highest wage index for each all-urban State;

(ii) CMS computes the average of the ratios of the lowest-to-highest wage indexes of all the all-urban States;

(iii) For each all-urban State, CMS determines the higher of the State's own lowest-to-highest rate (as determined under paragraph (h)(4)(i) of this section) or the average lowest-to-highest rate (as determined under paragraph (h)(4)(ii) of this section);

(iv) For each State, CMS multiplies the rate determined under paragraph (h)(4)(iii) of this section by the highest wage index value in the State;

(v) The product determined under paragraph (h)(4)(iv) of this section is the minimum wage index value for the State, except as provided under paragraph (h)(4)(vi) of this section;

(vi) For discharges on or after October 1, 2012 and before October 1, 2018, and for discharges on or after October 1, 2021, the minimum wage index value for the State is the higher of the value determined under paragraph (h)(4)(iv) of this section or the value computed using the following alternative methodology:

(A) CMS estimates a percentage representing the average percentage increase in wage index for hospitals receiving the rural floor due to such floor.

(B) For each all-urban State, CMS makes a onetime determination of the lowest hospital wage index in the State (including all adjustments to the hospital's wage index, except for the rural floor, the rural floor budget neutrality, and the outmigration adjustment) and increases this wage index by the percentage determined under paragraph (h)(4)(vi)(A) of this section, the result of which establishes the alternative minimum wage index value for the State.

(vii) For discharges on or after October 1, 2021, the minimum wage index computed under this paragraph must not be applied in a budget neutral manner.

(5)(i) For purposes of paragraph (h)(4) of this section, for discharges on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2018, an all-urban State is a State with no rural areas, as defined in this section, or a State in which there are no hospitals classified as rural. For purposes of this definition, a State with rural areas and with hospitals reclassified as rural under § 412.103 is not an all-urban State.

(ii) For purposes of paragraph (h)(4) of this section, for discharges on or after October 1, 2021, an all-urban State is a State with no rural areas, as defined in this section, or a State in which there are no hospitals classified as rural under section 1886 of the Act. For purposes of this definition, a hospital is classified as rural under section 1886 of the Act if it is assigned the State's rural area wage index value.

(6) If a new rural hospital that is subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system opens in a State that has an imputed rural floor and has rural areas, CMS uses the imputed floor as the hospital's wage index until the hospital's first cost report as an inpatient prospective payment system provider is contemporaneous with the cost reporting period being used to develop a given fiscal year's wage index.

(7) Beginning with fiscal year 2023, if CMS determines that a hospital's wage index value for a fiscal year would decrease by more than 5 percent as compared to the hospital's wage index value for the prior fiscal year, CMS limits the decrease to 5 percent for the fiscal year.

(i) Adjusting the wage index to account for commuting patterns of hospital workers—(1) General criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, CMS adjusts the hospital wage index for hospitals located in qualifying counties to recognize the commuting patterns of hospital employees. A qualifying county is a county that meets all of the following criteria:

(i) Hospital employees in the county commute to work in an MSA (or MSAs) with a wage index (or wage indices) higher than the wage index of the MSA or rural statewide area in which the county is located.

(ii) At least 10 percent of the county's hospital employees commute to an MSA (or MSAs) with a higher wage index (or wage indices).

(iii) The 3-year average hourly wage of the hospital(s) in the county equals or exceeds the 3-year average hourly wage of all hospitals in the MSA or rural statewide area in which the county is located.

(2) Amount of adjustment. A hospital located in a county that meets the criteria under paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iii) of this section will receive an increase in its wage index that is equal to a weighted average of the difference between the postreclassified wage index of the MSA (or MSAs) with the higher wage index (or wage indices) and the postreclassified wage index of the MSA or rural statewide area in which the qualifying county is located, weighted by the overall percentage of the hospital employees residing in the qualifying county who are employed in any MSA with a higher wage index.

(3) Process for determining the adjustment. (i) CMS will use the most accurate data available, as determined by CMS, to determine the out-migration percentage for each county.

(ii) CMS will include, in its annual proposed and final notices of updates to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, a listing of qualifying counties and the hospitals that are eligible to receive the adjustment to their wage indexes for commuting hospital employees, and the wage index increase applicable to each qualifying county.

(iii) Any wage index adjustment made under this paragraph (i) is effective for a period of 3 fiscal years, except that hospitals in a qualifying county may elect to waive the application of the wage index adjustment. A hospital may waive the application of the wage index adjustment by notifying CMS in writing within 45 days of the date of public display of the annual notice of proposed rulemaking for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system at the Office of the Federal Register.

(iv) A hospital in a qualifying county that receives a wage index adjustment under this paragraph (i) is not eligible for reclassification under subpart L of this part or section 1886(d)(8) of the Act.

(j) Wage index assignment for rural referral centers for FY 2005. (1) CMS makes an exception to the wage index assignment of a rural referral center for FY 2005 if the rural referral center meets the following conditions:

(i) The rural referral center was reclassified for FY 2004 by the MGCRB to another MSA, but, upon applying to the MGCRB for FY 2005, was found to be ineligible for reclassification because its average hourly wage was less than 84 percent (but greater than 82 percent) of the average hourly wage of the hospitals geographically located in the MSA to which the rural referral center applied for reclassification for FY 2005.

(ii) The hospital may not qualify for any geographic reclassification under subpart L of this part, effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004.

(2) CMS will assign a rural referral center that meets the conditions of paragraph (j)(1) of this section the wage index value of the MSA to which it was reclassified by the MGCRB in FY 2004. The wage index assignment is applicable for discharges occurring during the 3-year period beginning October 1, 2004 and ending September 30, 2007.

(k) Midyear corrections to the wage index. (1) CMS makes a midyear correction to the wage index for an area only if a hospital can show that—

(i) The intermediary or CMS made an error in tabulating its data; and

(ii) The hospital could not have known about the error, or did not have the opportunity to correct the error, before the beginning of the Federal fiscal year.

(2)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (k)(2)(ii) of this section, a midyear correction to the wage index is effective prospectively from the date the change is made to the wage index.

(ii) Effective October 1, 2005, a change to the wage index may be made retroactively to the beginning of the Federal fiscal year, if, for the fiscal year in question, CMS determines all of the following—

(A) The fiscal intermediary or CMS made an error in tabulating data used for the wage index calculation;

(B) The hospital knew about the error in its wage data and requested the fiscal intermediary and CMS to correct the error both within the established schedule for requesting corrections to the wage data (which is at least before the beginning of the fiscal year for the applicable update to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system) and using the established process; and

(C) CMS agreed before October 1 that the fiscal intermediary or CMS made an error in tabulating the hospital's wage data and the wage index should be corrected.

(l) Judicial decision. If a judicial decision reverses a CMS denial of a hospital's wage data revision request, CMS pays the hospital by applying a revised wage index that reflects the revised wage data as if CMS's decision had been favorable rather than unfavorable.

(m) Adjusting the wage index to account for the Frontier State floor—(1) General criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2010, CMS adjusts the hospital wage index for hospitals located in qualifying States to recognize the wage index floor established for frontier States. A qualifying frontier State meets both of the following criteria:

(i) At least 50 percent of counties located within the State have a reported population density less than 6 persons per square mile.

(ii) The State does not receive a nonlabor-related share adjustment determined by the Secretary to take into account the unique circumstances of hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii.

(2) Amount of wage index adjustment. A hospital located in a qualifying State will receive a wage index value not less than 1.00.

(3) Process for determining and posting wage index adjustments. (i) CMS uses the most recent Population Estimate data published by the U.S. Census Bureau to determine county definitions and population density. This analysis will be periodically revised, such as for updates to the decennial census data.

(ii) CMS will include a listing of qualifying frontier States and denote the hospitals receiving a wage index increase attributable to this provision in its annual updates to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system published in the Federal Register.

[69 FR 49242, Aug. 11, 2004]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.64, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

Subpart E Determination of Transition Period Payment Rates for the Prospective Payment System for Inpatient Operating Costs
§ 412.70 General description.

For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1988, and before October 1, 1996, payments to a hospital are based on the greater of the national average standardized amount or the sum of 85 percent of the national average standardized amount and 15 percent of the average standardized amount for the region in which the hospital is located.

[57 FR 39822, Sept. 1, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 46338, Sept. 1, 1993]

§ 412.71 Determination of base-year inpatient operating costs.

(a) Base-year costs. (1) For each hospital, the intermediary will estimate the hospital's Medicare Part A allowable inpatient operating costs, as described in § 412.2(c), for the 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 1982 and before September 30, 1983.

(2) If the hospital's last cost reporting period ending before September 30, 1983 is for less than 12 months, the base period will be the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending before such short reporting period, with an appropriate adjustment for inflation. (The rules applicable to new hospitals are set forth in § 412.74.)

(b) Modifications to base-year costs. Prior to determining the hospital-specific rate, the intermediary will adjust the hospital's estimated base-year inpatient operating costs, as necessary, to include malpractice insurance costs in accordance with § 413.53(a)(1)(i) of this chapter, and exclude the following:

(1) Medical education costs as described in § 413.85 of this chapter.

(2) Capital-related costs as described in § 413.130 of this chapter.

(3) Kidney acquisition costs incurred by hospitals with approved kidney transplant programs as described in § 412.100. Kidney acquisition costs in the base year are determined by multiplying the hospital's average kidney acquisition cost per kidney times the number of kidney transplants covered by Medicare Part A during the base period.

(4) Higher costs that were incurred for purposes of increasing base-year costs.

(5) One-time nonrecurring higher costs or revenue offsets that have the effect of distorting base-year costs as an appropriate basis for computing the hospital-specific rate.

(6) Higher costs that result from changes in hospital accounting principles initiated in the base year.

(7) The costs of qualified nonphysician anesthetists' services, as described in § 412.113(c).

(c) Hospital's request for adjustment of base-year inpatient operating costs. (1) Before the date it becomes subject to the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs, a hospital may request the intermediary to further adjust its estimated base-period costs to take into account the following:

(i) Services paid for under Medicare Part B during the hospital's base year that will be paid for under prospective payments. The base-year costs may be increased to include estimated payments for certain services previously billed as physicians' services before the effective date of § 415.102(a) of this chapter, and estimated payments for nonphysicians' services that were not furnished either directly or under arrangements before October 1, 1983 (the effective date of § 405.310(m) of this chapter), but may not include the costs of anesthetists' services for which a physician employer continues to bill under § 405.553(b)(4) of this chapter.

(ii) The payment of FICA taxes during cost reporting periods subject to the prospective payment system, if the hospital had not paid such taxes for all its employees during its base period and will be required to participate effective January 1, 1984.

(2) If a hospital requests that its base-period costs be adjusted under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, it must timely provide the intermediary with sufficient documentation to justify the adjustment, and adequate data to compute the adjusted costs. The intermediary decides whether to use part or all of the data on the basis of audit, survey and other information available.

(d) Intermediary's determination. The intermediary uses the best data available at the time in estimating each hospital's base-year costs and the modifications to those costs authorized by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. The intermediary's estimate of base-year costs and modifications thereto is final and may not be changed after the first day of the first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1983, except as provided in § 412.72.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 33057, Sept. 1, 1987; 57 FR 33897, July 31, 1992; 57 FR 39822, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 45398, Sept. 1, 1994; 60 FR 63188, Dec. 8, 1995; 86 FR 73510, Dec. 27, 2021]

§ 412.72 Modification of base-year costs.

(a) Bases for modification of base-year costs. Base-year costs as determined under § 412.71(d) may be modified under the following circumstances:

(1) Inadvertent omissions. (i) A hospital that becomes subject to the prospective payment system beginning on or after October 1, 1983 and before November 16, 1983 has until November 15, 1983 to request its intermediary to reestimate its base-period costs to take into account inadvertent omissions in its previous submissions to the intermediary related to changes made by the prospective payment legislation for purposes of estimating the base-period costs.

(ii) The intermediary may also initiate changes to the estimation—

(A) For any reason before the date the hospital becomes subject to prospective payment; and

(B) Before November 16, 1983, for corrections to take into account inadvertent omissions in the hospital's previous submissions related to changes made by the prospective payment legislation for purposes of estimating the base-period costs.

(iii) Such omissions pertain to adjustments to exclude capital-related costs and the direct medical education costs of approved educational activities and to adjustments specified in § 412.71(c).

(iv) The intermediary must notify the provider of any change to the hospital-specific amount as a result of the provider's request within 30 days of receipt of the additional data.

(v) Any change to base-period costs made under this paragraph (a)(1) will be made effective retroactively, beginning with the first day of the affected hospital's fiscal year.

(2) Correction of mathematical errors of calculations. (i) The hospital must report mathematical errors of calculations to the intermediary within 90 days of the intermediary's notification to the hospital of the hospital's payments rates.

(ii) The intermediary may also identify such errors and initiate their correction during this period.

(iii) The intermediary will either make an appropriate adjustment or notify the hospital that no adjustment is warranted within 30 days of receipt of the hospital's report of an error.

(iv) Corrections of errors of calculation will be effective with the first day of the hospital's first cost reporting period subject to the prospective payment system.

(3) Recognition of additional costs. (i) The intermediary may adjust base-period costs to take into account additional costs recognized as allowable costs for the hospital's base year as the result of any of the following:

(A) A reopening and revision of the hospital's base-year notice of amount of program reimbursement under §§ 405.1885 through 405.1889 of this chapter.

(B) A prehearing order or finding issued during the provider payment appeals process by the appropriate reviewing authority under § 405.1821 or § 405.1853 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-year notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(C) An affirmation, modification, or reversal of a Provider Reimbursement Review Board decision by the Administrator of CMS under § 405.1875 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-year notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(D) An administrative or judicial review decision under § 405.1831, § 405.1871, or § 405.1877 of this chapter that is final and no longer subject to review under applicable law or regulations by a higher reviewing authority, and that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-year notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(ii) The intermediary will recalculate the hospital's base-year costs, incorporating the additional costs recognized as allowable for the hospital's base year. Adjustments to base-year costs to take into account these additional costs—

(A) Will be effective with the first day of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after the date of the revision, order or finding, or review decision; and

(B) Will not be used to recalculate the hospital-specific portion as determined for fiscal years beginning before the date of the revision, order or finding, or review decision.

(4) Successful appeal. The intermediary may modify base-year costs to take into account a successful appeal relating to modifications to base-year costs that were made under § 412.71(b). If a hospital successfully contests a modification to base-year costs—

(i) The intermediary will recalculate the hospital's base-year costs to reflect the modification determined appropriate as a result of the appeal; and

(ii) Such adjustments will be effective retroactively to the time of the intermediary's initial estimation of base-year costs.

(5) Unlawfully claimed costs. The intermediary may modify base-year costs to exclude costs that were unlawfully claimed as determined as a result of criminal conviction, imposition of a civil judgment under the False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. 3729-3731), or a proceeding for exclusion from the Medicare program. In addition to adjusting base-year costs, CMS will recover both the excess costs reimbursed for the base period and the additional amounts paid due to the inappropriate increase of the hospital-specific portion of the hospital's transition payment rates. The amount to be recovered will be computed on the basis of the final resolution of the amount of the inappropriate base-year costs.

(b) Right to administrative and judicial review. (1) An intermediary's estimation of a hospital's base-year costs, and modifications, made for purposes of determining the hospital-specific rate, are subject to administrative and judicial review. Review will be available to a hospital upon receipt of its notice of amount of program reimbursement following the close of its cost reporting period, but only with respect to whether the intermediary followed the provisions of §§ 412.71 and 412.72. (Sections 405.1803 and 405.1807 of this chapter set forth the rules for intermediary determinations and notice of amount of program reimbursement and the effect of those determinations.)

(2) In any administrative or judicial review of whether the intermediary used the best data available at the time, as required by § 412.71(d), an intermediary's estimation will be revised on the basis of this review only if the estimation was unreasonable and clearly erroneous in light of the data available at the time the estimation was made.

(3) Specifically excluded from administrative or judicial review are any issues based on data, information, or arguments not presented to the intermediary at the time of the estimation.

§ 412.73 Determination of the hospital-specific rate based on a Federal fiscal year 1982 base period.

(a) Costs on a per discharge basis. The intermediary will determine the hospital's estimated adjusted base-year operating cost per discharge by dividing the total adjusted operating costs by the number of discharges in the base period.

(b) Case-mix adjustment. The intermediary will divide the adjusted base-year costs by the hospital's 1981 case-mix index. If the hospital's case-mix index is statistically unreliable (as determined by CMS), the hospital's base-year costs will be divided by the lower of the following:

(1) The hospital's estimated case-mix index.

(2) The average case-mix index for the appropriate classifications of all hospitals subject to cost limits established under § 413.30 of this chapter for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1982 and before October 1, 1983.

(c) Updating base-year costs—(1) For Federal fiscal year 1984. The case-mix adjusted base-year cost per discharge will be updated by the applicable updating factor, that is, the rate-of-increase percentage determined under § 413.40(c)(3) of this chapter, as adjusted for budget neutrality.

(2) For Federal fiscal year 1985. The amount determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section will be updated by the applicable updating factor, as adjusted for budget neutrality.

(3) For Federal fiscal year 1986. (i) The amount determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section is updated by—

(A) Zero percent for the first seven months of the hospital's cost reporting period; and

(B) One-half of one percent for the remaining five months of the hospital's cost reporting period.

(ii) For purposes of determining the updated base-year costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1987 (that is, on or after October 1, 1986 and before October 1, 1987), the update factor for the previous cost reporting period is deemed to have been one-half of one percent.

(4) For Federal fiscal year 1987. The amount determined under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section is updated by 1.15 percent.

(5) For Federal fiscal year 1988. (i) For purposes of determining the prospective payment rates for sole community hospitals under § 412.92(d) for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1988 (that is, on or after October 1, 1987 and before October 1, 1988), the base-year cost per discharge is updated as follows:

(A) For the first 51 days of the hospital's cost reporting period, by zero percent.

(B) For the next 132 days of the hospital's cost reporting period, by 2.7 percent.

(C) For the remainder of the hospital's cost reporting period, by—

(1) 3.0 percent for hospitals located in rural areas;

(2) 1.5 percent for hospitals located in large urban areas; and

(3) 1.0 percent for hospitals located in other urban areas.

(ii) For purposes of determining the updated base-year costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1989 (that is, beginning on or after October 1, 1988 and before October 1, 1989), the update factor for the cost reporting period beginning during federal Fiscal year 1988 is deemed to have been—

(A) 3.0 percent for hospitals located in rural areas;

(B) 1.5 percent for hospitals located in large urban areas; and

(C) 1.0 percent for hospitals located in other urban areas.

(6) For Federal fiscal year 1989. For cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1989, the update factor is determined using the methodology set forth in § 412.63(g).

(7) For Federal fiscal year 1990. (i) Except as described in paragraph (c)(7)(ii) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1990, the base-period cost per discharge is updated as follows:

(A) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1989 and before January 1, 1990, by 5.5 percent for discharges occurring before January 1, 1990 and by the factors set forth in paragraph (c)(7)(i)(B) of this section for discharges occurring on or after January 1, 1990.

(B) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1990 and before October 1, 1990, by—

(1) 9.72 percent for hospitals located in rural areas;

(2) 5.62 percent for hospitals located in large urban areas; and

(3) 4.97 percent for hospitals located in other urban areas.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 21, 1990 and before January 1, 1991, the base-period cost per discharge, updated as set forth in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section, is reduced by 5.5 percent.

(iii) For purposes of determining the updated base-period costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1991 (that is, beginning on or after October 1, 1990 and before October 1, 1991), the update factor for the cost reporting period beginning during Federal fiscal year 1990 is deemed to have been the percentage change provided for in paragraph (c)(7)(i)(B) of this section.

(8) For Federal fiscal year 1991. (i) Except as described in paragraph (c)(8)(ii) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1991, the base-period cost per discharge is updated by 5.2 percent.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 21, 1990 and before January 1, 1991, the base-period cost per discharge is updated by 0.0 percent.

(iii) For purposes of determining the updated base period costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1992, the update factor for the cost reporting period beginning during Federal fiscal year 1991 is deemed to have been the percentage change provided for in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section.

(9) For Federal fiscal years 1992 and 1993. For Federal fiscal years 1992 and 1993, the update factor is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter).

(10) For Federal fiscal year 1994. For Federal fiscal year 1994, the update factor is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of the chapter) minus 2.3 percentage points. For purposes of determining the hospital-specific rate for Federal fiscal year 1994 and subsequent years, this update factor is adjusted to take into account the portion of the 12-month cost reporting period beginning during Federal fiscal year 1993 that occurs in Federal fiscal year 1994.

(11) For Federal fiscal year 1995. For Federal fiscal year 1995, the update factor is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter) minus 2.2 percentage points.

(12) For Federal fiscal years 1996 through 2000. For Federal fiscal years 1996 through 2000, the update factor is the applicable percentage change for other prospective payment hospitals in each respective year as set forth in §§ 412.63(n) through (r).

(13) For Federal fiscal year 2001. For Federal fiscal year 2001, the update factor is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter).

(14) For Federal fiscal year 2002. For Federal fiscal year 2002, the update factor is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter) minus 1.1 percentage points.

(15) For Federal fiscal year 2003 through Federal fiscal year 2009. For Federal fiscal year 2003 through Federal fiscal year 2009, the update factor is the percentage increase in the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this chapter).

(16) For Federal fiscal year 2010 and subsequent years. For Federal fiscal year 2010 and subsequent years, the update factor is the percentage increase specified in § 412.64(d).

(d) Budget neutrality—(1) Federal fiscal year 1984. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983 and before October 1, 1984, CMS adjusts the target rate percentage used under paragraph (c)(1) of this section. This adjustment is based on a factor actuarially estimated to ensure that the estimated amount of aggregate Medicare payments based on the hospital-specific portion of the transition payment rates is neither greater nor less than 75 percent of the amounts that would have been payable for the inpatient operating costs for those same hospitals for fiscal year 1984 under the law in effect before April 20, 1983.

(2) Federal fiscal year 1985. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1984 and before October 1, 1985, CMS adjusts the target rate percentage used under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. This adjustment is based on a factor actuarially estimated to ensure that the estimated amount of aggregate Medicare payment based on the hospital-specific portion of the transition payment rates is neither greater nor less than 50 percent of the amounts that would have been payable for the inpatient operating costs for those same hospitals for fiscal year 1985 under the Social Security Act as in effect on April 19, 1983.

(e) DRG adjustment. The applicable hospital-specific cost per discharge is multiplied by the appropriate DRG weighting factor to determine the hospital-specific base payment amount (target amount) for a particular covered discharge.

(f) Maintaining budget neutrality. CMS makes an adjustment to the hospital-specific rate to ensure that changes to the DRG classifications and recalibrations of the DRG relative weights are made in a manner so that aggregate payments to section 1886(d) hospitals are not affected.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 16787, May 6, 1986; 51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986; 51 FR 42234, Nov. 24, 1986; 52 FR 33057, Sept. 1, 1987; 53 FR 38528, Sept. 30, 1988; 55 FR 15173, Apr. 20, 1990; 56 FR 573, Jan. 7, 1991; 57 FR 39822, Sept. 1, 1992; 58 FR 46338, Sept. 1, 1993; 59 FR 1658, Jan. 12, 1994; 59 FR 32383, June 23, 1994; 65 FR 47106, Aug. 1, 2000; 70 FR 47485, Aug. 12, 2005; 75 FR 50413, Aug. 16, 2010]

§ 412.75 Determination of the hospital-specific rate for inpatient operating costs based on a Federal fiscal year 1987 base period.

(a) Base-period costs—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, for each hospital, the intermediary determines the hospital's Medicare part A allowable inpatient operating costs, as described in § 412.2(c), for the 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 1987 and before September 30, 1988.

(2) Exceptions. (i) If the hospital's last cost reporting period ending before September 30, 1988 is for less than 12 months, the base period is the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending before the short period report.

(ii) If the hospital does not have a cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 1987 and before September 30, 1988 and does have a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1986 and before October 1, 1987, that cost reporting period is the base period unless the cost reporting period is for less than 12 months. In that case, the base period is the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending before the short cost reporting period.

(b) Costs on a per discharge basis. The intermediary determines the hospital's average base-period operating cost per discharge by dividing the total operating costs by the number of discharges in the base period. For purposes of this section, a transfer as defined in § 412.4(b) is considered to be a discharge.

(c) Case-mix adjustment. The intermediary divides the average base-period cost per discharge by the hospital's case-mix index for the base period.

(d) Updating base-period costs. For purposes of determining the updated base-period costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1988, the update factor is determined using the methodology set forth in §§ 412.73(c)(15) and 412.73(c)(16).

(e) DRG adjustment. The applicable hospital-specific cost per discharge is multiplied by the appropriate DRG weighting factor to determine the hospital-specific base payment amount (target amount) for a particular covered discharge.

(f) Notice of hospital-specific rate. The intermediary furnishes the hospital a notice of its hospital-specific rate, which contains a statment of the hospital's Medicare part A allowable inpatient operating costs, number of Medicare discharges, and case-mix index adjustment factor used to determine the hospital's cost per discharge for the Federal fiscal year 1987 base period.

(g) Right to administrative and judicial review. An intermediary's determination of the hospital-specific rate for a hospital is subject to administrative and judicial review. Review is available to a hospital upon receipt of the notice of the hospital-specific rate. This notice is treated as a final intermediary determination of the amount of program reimbursement for purposes of subpart R of part 405 of this chapter, governing provider reimbursement determinations and appeals.

(h) Modification of hospital-specific rate. (1) The intermediary recalculates the hospital-specific rate to reflect the following:

(i) Any modifications that are determined as a result of administrative or judicial review of the hospital-specific rate determinations; or

(ii) Any additional costs that are recognized as allowable costs for the hospital's base period as a result of administrative or judicial review of the base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(2) With respect to either the hospital-specific rate determination or the amount of program reimbursement determination, the actions taken on administrative or judicial review that provide a basis for recalculations of the hospital-specific rate include the following:

(i) A reopening and revision of the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement under §§ 405.1885 through 405.1889 of this chapter.

(ii) A prehearing order or finding issued during the provider payment appeals process by the appropriate reviewing authority under § 405.1821 or § 405.1853 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(iii) An affirmation, modification, or reversal of a Provider Reimbursement Review Board decision by the Administrator of CMS under § 405.1875 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(iv) An administrative or judicial review decision under §§ 405.1831, 405.1871, or 405.1877 of this chapter that is final and no longer subject to review under applicable law or regulations by a higher reviewing authority, and that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(v) A final, nonappealable court judgment relating to the base-period costs.

(3) The adjustments to the hospital-specific rate made under paragraphs (h) (1) and (2) of this section are effective retroactively to the time of the intermediary's initial determination of the rate.

(i) Maintaining budget neutrality. CMS makes an adjustment to the hospital-specific rate to ensure that changes to the DRG classifications and recalibrations of the DRG relative weights are made in a manner so that aggregate payments to section 1886(d) hospitals are not affected.

[55 FR 15173, Apr. 20, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 36069, Sept. 4, 1990; 55 FR 39775, Sept. 2, 1990; 56 FR 573, Jan. 7, 1991; 55 FR 46887, Nov. 7, 1990; 57 FR 39822, Sept. 1, 1992; 58 FR 46338, Sept. 1, 1993; 65 FR 47106, Aug. 1, 2000; 70 FR 47485, Aug. 12, 2005; 75 FR 50414, Aug. 16, 2010]

§ 412.76 Recovery of excess transition period payment amounts resulting from unlawful claims.

If a hospital's base-year costs, as estimated for purposes of determining the hospital-specific portion, are determined, by criminal conviction or imposition of a civil money penalty or assessment, to include costs that were unlawfully claimed, the hospital's base-period costs are adjusted to remove the effect of the excess costs, and CMS recovers both the excess costs reimbursed for the base period and the additional amounts paid due to the inappropriate increase of the hospital-specific portion of the hospital's transition payment rates.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 57 FR 39822, Sept. 1, 1992. Redesignated at 65 FR 47106, Aug. 1, 2000, and further redesignated at 73 FR 48754, Aug. 19, 2008]

§ 412.77 Determination of the hospital-specific rate for inpatient operating costs for sole community hospitals based on a Federal fiscal year 1996 base period.

(a) Applicability. (1) This section applies to a hospital that has been designated as a sole community hospital, as described in § 412.92. If the 1996 hospital-specific rate exceeds the rate that would otherwise apply, that is, either the Federal rate under § 412.64 (or under § 412.63 for periods prior to FY 2005) or the hospital-specific rates for either FY 1982 under § 412.73 or FY 1987 under § 412.75, this 1996 rate will be used in the payment formula set forth in § 412.92(d)(1).

(2) This section applies only to cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000.

(3) The formula for determining the hospital-specific costs for hospitals described under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is set forth in paragraph (f) of this section.

(b) Based costs for hospitals subject to fiscal year 1996 rebasing—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, for each hospital eligible under paragraph (a) of this section, the intermediary determines the hospital's Medicare Part A allowable inpatient operating costs, as described in § 412.2(c), for the 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 1996 and before September 30, 1997, and computes the hospital-specific rate for purposes of determining prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs as determined under § 412.92(d).

(2) Exceptions. (i) If the hospital's last cost reporting period ending before September 30, 1997 is for less than 12 months, the base period is the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending before the short period report.

(ii) If the hospital does not have a cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 1996 and before September 30, 1997, and does have a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1995 and before October 1, 1996, that cost reporting period is the base period unless the cost reporting period is for less than 12 months. If that cost reporting period is for less than 12 months, the base period is the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending before the short cost reporting period. If a hospital has no cost reporting period beginning in fiscal year 1996, the hospital will not have a hospital-specific rate based on fiscal year 1996.

(c) Costs on a per discharge basis. The intermediary determines the hospital's average base-period operating cost per discharge by dividing the total operating costs by the number of discharges in the base period. For purposes of this section, a transfer as defined in § 412.4(b) is considered to be a discharge.

(d) Case-mix adjustment. The intermediary divides the average base-period cost per discharge by the hospital's case-mix index for the base period.

(e) Updating base-period costs. For purposes of determining the updated base-period costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 1996, the update factor is determined using the methodology set forth in § 412.73(c)(12) through (c)(16).

(f) DRG adjustment. The applicable hospital-specific cost per discharge is multiplied by the appropriate DRG weighting factor to determine the hospital-specific base payment amount (target amount) for a particular covered discharge.

(g) Notice of hospital-specific rates. The intermediary furnishes a hospital eligible for rebasing a notice of the hospital-specific rate as computed in accordance with this section. The notice will contain a statement of the hospital's Medicare Part A allowable inpatient operating costs, the number of Medicare discharges, and the case-mix index adjustment factor used to determine the hospital's cost per discharge for the Federal fiscal year 1996 base period.

(h) Right to administrative and judicial review. An intermediary's determination of the hospital-specific rate for a hospital is subject to administrative and judicial review. Review is available to a hospital upon receipt of the notice of the hospital-specific rate. This notice is treated as a final intermediary determination of the amount of program reimbursement for purposes of subpart R of part 405 of this chapter.

(i) Modification of hospital-specific rate. (1) The intermediary recalculates the hospital-specific rate to reflect the following:

(i) Any modifications that are determined as a result of administrative or judicial review of the hospital-specific rate determinations; or

(ii) Any additional costs that are recognized as allowable costs for the hospital's base period as a result of administrative or judicial review of the base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(2) With respect to either the hospital-specific rate determination or the amount of program reimbursement determination, the actions taken on administrative or judicial review that provide a basis for the recalculations of the hospital-specific rate include the following:

(i) A reopening and revision of the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement under §§ 405.1885 through 405.1889 of this chapter.

(ii) A prehearing order or finding issued during the provider payment appeals process by the appropriate reviewing authority under § 405.1821 or § 405.1853 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(iii) An affirmation, modification, or reversal of a Provider Reimbursement Review Board decision by the Administrator of CMS under § 405.1875 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(iv) An administrative or judicial review decision under § 405.1831, § 405.1871, or § 405.1877 of this chapter that is final and no longer subject to review under applicable law or regulations by a higher reviewing authority, and that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(v) A final, nonappealable court judgment relating to the base-period costs.

(3) The adjustments to the hospital-specific rate made under paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this section are effective retroactively to the time of the intermediary's initial determination of the rate.

(j) Maintaining budget neutrality. CMS makes an adjustment to the hospital-specific rate to ensure that changes to the DRG classifications and recalibrations of the DRG relative weights are made in a manner so that aggregate payments to section 1886(d) hospitals are not affected.

[65 FR 47106, Aug. 1, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 32192, June 13, 2001; 70 FR 47485, Aug. 12, 2005; 75 FR 50414, Aug. 16, 2010]

§ 412.78 Determination of the hospital-specific rate for inpatient operating costs for sole community hospitals based on a Federal fiscal year 2006 base period.

(a) Applicability. (1) This section applies to a hospital that has been designated as a sole community hospital, as described in § 412.92. If the 2006 hospital-specific rate exceeds the rate that would otherwise apply, that is, either the Federal rate under § 412.64 or the hospital-specific rates for either FY 1982 under § 412.73, FY 1987 under § 412.75 or FY 1996 under § 412.77, this 2006 rate will be used in the payment formula set forth in § 412.92(d)(1).

(2) This section applies only to cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2009.

(3) The formula for determining the hospital-specific costs for hospitals described under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is set forth in paragraph (f) of this section.

(b) Based costs for hospitals subject to fiscal year 2006 rebasing—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, for each hospital eligible under paragraph (a) of this section, the intermediary determines the hospital's Medicare Part A allowable inpatient operating costs, as described in § 412.2(c), for the 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 2006, and before September 30, 2007, and computes the hospital-specific rate for purposes of determining prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs as determined under § 412.92(d).

(2) Exceptions. (i) If the hospital's last cost reporting period ending before September 30, 2007 is for less than 12 months, the base period is the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending before the short period report.

(ii) If the hospital does not have a cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 2006 and before September 30, 2007, and does have a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2005 and before October 1, 2006, that cost reporting period is the base period unless the cost reporting period is for less than 12 months. If that cost reporting period is for less than 12 months, the base period is the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending before the short cost reporting period. If a hospital has no cost reporting period beginning in fiscal year 2006, the hospital will not have a hospital-specific rate based on fiscal year 2006.

(c) Costs on a per discharge basis. The intermediary determines the hospital's average base-period operating cost per discharge by dividing the total operating costs by the number of discharges in the base period. For purposes of this section, a transfer as defined in § 412.4(b) is considered to be a discharge.

(d) Case-mix adjustment. The intermediary divides the average base-period cost per discharge by the hospital's case-mix index for the base period.

(e) Updating base-period costs. For purposes of determining the updated base-period costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 2006, the update factor is determined using the methodology set forth in§§ 412.73(c)(15) and 412.73(c)(16).

(f) DRG adjustment. The applicable hospital-specific cost per discharge is multiplied by the appropriate DRG weighting factor to determine the hospital-specific base payment amount (target amount) for a particular covered discharge.

(g) Notice of hospital-specific rates. The intermediary furnishes a hospital eligible for rebasing a notice of the hospital-specific rate as computed in accordance with this section. The notice will contain a statement of the hospital's Medicare Part A allowable inpatient operating costs, the number of Medicare discharges, and the case-mix index adjustment factor used to determine the hospital's cost per discharge for the Federal fiscal year 2006 base period.

(h) Right to administrative and judicial review. An intermediary's determination under this section of the hospital-specific rate for a hospital is subject to administrative and judicial review in accordance with § 412.77(h).

(i) Modification of hospital-specific rate. The intermediary recalculates the hospital-specific rate determined under this section in the manner set forth in § 412.77(i).

(j) Maintaining budget neutrality. CMS makes an adjustment to the hospital-specific rate determined under this section in the manner set forth in § 412.77(j).

[73 FR 48754, Aug. 19, 2008, as amended at 75 FR 50414, Aug. 16, 2010]

§ 412.79 Determination of the hospital-specific rate for inpatient operating costs for Medicare-dependent, small rural hospitals based on a Federal fiscal year 2002 base period.

(a) Base-period costs—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, for each MDH, the intermediary determines the MDH's Medicare Part A allowable inpatient operating costs, as described in § 412.2(c), for the 12-month or longer cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2001, and before October 1, 2002.

(2) Exceptions. (i) If the MDH's last cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 2002, is for less than 12 months, the base period is the MDH's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period beginning before that short cost reporting period.

(ii) If the MDH does not have a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2001, and before October 1, 2002, and does have a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2001, that cost reporting period is the base period unless the cost reporting is for less than 12 months. In that case, the base period is the MDH's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period beginning before that short cost reporting period.

(b) Costs on a per discharge basis. The intermediary determines the MDH's average base-period operating cost per discharge by dividing the total operating costs by the number of discharges in the base period. For purposes of this section, a transfer as described in § 412.4(b) is considered to be a discharge.

(c) Case-mix adjustment. The intermediary divides the average base-period cost per discharge by the MDH's case-mix index for the base period.

(d) Updating base period costs. For purposes of determining the updated base-period costs for cost reporting periods beginning in Federal fiscal year 2002, the update factor is determined using the methodology set forth in § 412.73(c)(14) through (c)(16).

(e) DRG adjustment. The applicable hospital-specific cost per discharge is multiplied by the appropriate DRG weighting factor to determine the hospital-specific base payment amount (target amount) for a particular covered discharge.

(f) Notice of hospital-specific rate. The intermediary furnishes the MDH a notice of its hospital-specific rate which contains a statement of the hospital's Medicare Part A allowable inpatient operating costs, number of Medicare discharges, and case-mix index adjustment factor used to determine the hospital's cost per discharge for the Federal fiscal year 2002 base period.

(g) Right to administrative and judicial review. An intermediary's determination of the hospital-specific rate for a hospital is subject to administrative and judicial review. Review is available to an MDH upon receipt of the notice of the hospital-specific rate. The notice is treated as a final intermediary determination of the amount of program reimbursement for purposes of subpart R of part 405 of this chapter, governing provider reimbursement determinations and appeals.

(h) Modification of hospital-specific rate. (1) The intermediary recalculates the hospital-specific rate to reflect the following:

(i) Any modifications that are determined as a result of administrative or judicial review of the hospital-specific rate determinations; or

(ii) Any additional costs that are recognized as allowable costs for the MDH's base period as a result of administrative or judicial review of the base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(2) With respect to either the hospital-specific rate determination or the amount of program reimbursement determination, the actions taken on administrative or judicial review that provide a basis for recalculations of the hospital-specific rate include the following:

(i) A reopening and revision of the MDH's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement under §§ 405.1885 through 405.1889 of this chapter.

(ii) A prehearing order or finding issued during the provider payment appeals process by the appropriate reviewing authority under § 405.1821 or § 405.1853 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the MDH's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(iii) An affirmation, modification, or reversal of a Provider Reimbursement Review Board decision by the Administrator of CMS under § 405.1875 of this chapter that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(iv) An administrative or judicial review decision under § 405.1831, § 405.1871, or § 405.1877 of this chapter that is final and no longer subject to review under applicable law or regulations by a higher reviewing authority, and that resolved a matter at issue in the hospital's base-period notice of amount of program reimbursement.

(v) A final, nonappealable court judgment relating to the base-period costs.

(3) The adjustments to the hospital-specific rate made under paragraphs (h)(1) and (2) of this section are effective retroactively to the time of the intermediary's initial determination of the rate.

(i) Maintaining budget neutrality. CMS makes an adjustment to the hospital-specific rate to ensure that changes to the DRG classifications and recalibrations of the DRG relative weights are made in a manner so that aggregate payments to section 1886(d) hospitals are not affected.

[71 FR 48137, Aug. 18, 2006, as amended at 75 FR 50414, Aug. 16, 2010]

Subpart F Payments for Outlier Cases, Special Treatment Payment for New Technology, and Payment Adjustment for Certain Replaced Devices
50 Payment for Outlier Cases
§ 412.80 Outlier cases: General provisions.

(a) Basic rule—(1) Discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1994 and before October 1, 1997. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1994, and before October 1, 1997, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section concerning transferring hospitals, CMS provides for additional payment, beyond standard DRG payments, to a hospital for covered inpatient hospital services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary if either of the following conditions is met:

(i) The beneficiary's length-of-stay (including days at the SNF level of care if a SNF bed is not available in the area) exceeds the mean length-of-stay for the applicable DRG by the lesser of the following:

(A) A fixed number of days, as specified by CMS; or

(B) A fixed number of standard deviations, as specified by CMS.

(ii) The beneficiary's length-of-stay does not exceed criteria established under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, but the hospital's charges for covered services furnished to the beneficiary, adjusted to operating costs and capital costs by applying cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h), exceed the DRG payment for the case plus a fixed dollar amount (adjusted for geographic variation in costs) as specified by CMS.

(2) Discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 and before October 1, 2001. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 and before October 1, 2001, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section concerning transfers, CMS provides for additional payment, beyond standard DRG payments, to a hospital for covered inpatient hospital services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary if the hospital's charges for covered services, adjusted to operating costs and capital costs by applying cost-to-charge ratios, as described in § 412.84(h), exceed the DRG payment for the case, payments for indirect costs of graduate medical education (§ 412.105), and payments for serving disproportionate share of low-income patients (§ 412.106), plus a fixed dollar amount (adjusted for geographic variation in costs) as specified by CMS.

(3) Discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2001. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2001, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section concerning transfers, CMS provides for additional payment, beyond standard DRG payments and beyond additional payments for new medical services or technology specified in §§ 412.87 and 412.88, to a hospital for covered inpatient hospital services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary if the hospital's charges for covered services, adjusted to operating costs and capital costs by applying cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h), exceed the DRG payment for the case (plus payments for indirect costs of graduate medical education (§ 412.105), payments for serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients (§ 412.106), and additional payments for new medical services or technologies) plus a fixed dollar amount (adjusted for geographic variation in costs) as specified by CMS.

(b) Outlier cases in transferring hospitals. CMS provides cost outlier payments to a transferring hospital for cases paid in accordance with § 412.4(f), if the hospital's charges for covered services furnished to the beneficiary, adjusted to costs by applying cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h), exceed the DRG payment for the case plus a fixed dollar amount (adjusted for geographic variation in costs) as specified by CMS, divided by the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG, and multiplied by an applicable factor determined as follows:

(1) For transfer cases paid in accordance with § 412.4(f)(1), the applicable factor is equal to the length of stay plus 1 day.

(2) For transfer cases paid in accordance with § 412.4(f)(2), the applicable factor is equal to 0.5 plus the product of the length of stay plus 1 day multiplied by 0.5.

(c) Publication and revision of outlier criteria. CMS will issue threshold criteria for determining outlier payment in the annual notice of the prospective payment rates published in accordance with § 412.8(b).

[62 FR 46028, Aug. 29, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 41003, July 31, 1998; 66 FR 46924, Sept. 7, 2001; 67 FR 50111, Aug. 1, 2002]

§ 412.82 Payment for extended length-of-stay cases (day outliers).

(a) For discharges occurring before October 1, 1997, if the hospital stay reflected by a discharge includes covered days of care beyond the applicable threshold criterion, the intermediary will make an additional payment, on a per diem basis, to the discharging hospital for those days. A special request or submission by the hospital is not necessary to initiate this payment. However, a hospital may request payment for day outliers before the medical review required in paragraph (b) of this section.

(b) The QIO must review and approve to the extent required by CMS—

(1) The medical necessity and appropriateness of the admission and outlier services in the context of the entire stay;

(2) The validity of the diagnostic and procedural coding; and

(3) The granting of grace days.

(c) Except as provided in § 412.83, the per diem payment made under paragraph (a) of this section is derived by taking a percentage of the average per diem payment for the applicable DRG, as calculated by dividing the Federal prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs and inpatient capital-related costs determined under subpart D of this part, by the arithmetic mean length of stay for that DRG. CMS issues the applicable percentage of the average per diem payment in the annual publication of the prospective payment rates in accordance with § 412.8(b).

(d) Any days in a covered stay identified as noncovered reduce the number of days reimbursed at the day outlier rate but not to exceed the number of days that occur after the day outlier threshold.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 15326, Apr. 17, 1985; 50 FR 35689, Sept. 3, 1985; 53 FR 38529, Sept. 30, 1988; 57 FR 39822, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 45398, Sept. 1, 1994; 62 FR 46028, Aug. 29, 1997; 85 FR 59020, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 412.84 Payment for extraordinarily high-cost cases (cost outliers).

(a) A hospital may request its intermediary to make an additional payment for inpatient hospital services that meet the criteria established in accordance with § 412.80(a).

(b) The hospital must request additional payment—

(1) With initial submission of the bill; or

(2) Within 60 days of receipt of the intermediary's initial determination.

(c) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section, an additional payment for a cost outlier case is made prior to medical review.

(d) As described in paragraph (f) of this section, the QIO reviews a sample of cost outlier cases after payment. The charges for any services identified as noncovered through this review are denied and any outlier payment made for these services are recovered, as appropriate, after a determination as to the provider's liability has been made.

(e) If the QIO finds a pattern of inappropriate utilization by a hospital, all cost outlier cases from that hospital are subject to medical review, and this review may be conducted prior to payment until the QIO determines that appropriate corrective actions have been taken.

(f) The QIO reviews the cost outlier cases, using the medical records and itemized charges, to verify the following:

(1) The admission was medically necessary and appropriate.

(2) Services were medically necessary and delivered in the most appropriate setting.

(3) Services were ordered by the physician, actually furnished, and not duplicatively billed.

(4) The diagnostic and procedural codings are correct.

(g) The intermediary bases the operating and capital costs of the discharge on the billed charges for covered inpatient services adjusted by the cost to charge ratios applicable to operating and capital costs, respectively, as described in paragraph (h) of this section.

(h) For discharges occurring before October 1, 2003, the operating and capital cost-to-charge ratios used to adjust covered charges are computed annually by the intermediary for each hospital based on the latest available settled cost report for that hospital and charge data for the same time period as that covered by the cost report. For discharges occurring before August 8, 2003, statewide cost-to-charge ratios are used in those instances in which a hospital's operating or capital cost-to-charge ratios fall outside reasonable parameters. CMS sets forth the reasonable parameters and the statewide cost-to-charge ratios in each year's annual notice of prospective payment rates published in the Federal Register in accordance with § 412.8(b).

(i)(1) For discharges occurring on or after August 8, 2003, CMS may specify an alternative to the ratios otherwise applicable under paragraphs (h) or (i)(2) of this section. A hospital may also request that its fiscal intermediary use a different (higher or lower) cost-to-charge ratio based on substantial evidence presented by the hospital. Such a request must be approved by the CMS Regional Office.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2003, the operating and capital cost-to-charge ratios applied at the time a claim is processed are based on either the most recent settled cost report or the most recent tentative settled cost report, whichever is from the latest cost reporting period.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after August 8, 2003, the fiscal intermediary may use a statewide average cost-to-charge ratio if it is unable to determine an accurate operating or capital cost-to-charge ratio for a hospital in one of the following circumstances:

(i) New hospitals that have not yet submitted their first Medicare cost report. (For this purpose, a new hospital is defined as an entity that has not accepted assignment of an existing hospital's provider agreement in accordance with § 489.18 of this chapter.)

(ii) Hospitals whose operating or capital cost-to-charge ratio is in excess of 3 standard deviations above the corresponding national geometric mean. This mean is recalculated annually by CMS and published in the annual notice of prospective payment rates issued in accordance with § 412.8(b).

(iii) Other hospitals for whom the fiscal intermediary obtains accurate data with which to calculate either an operating or capital cost-to-charge ratio (or both) are not available.

(4) For discharges occurring on or after August 8, 2003, any reconciliation of outlier payments will be based on operating and capital cost-to-charge ratios calculated based on a ratio of costs to charges computed from the relevant cost report and charge data determined at the time the cost report coinciding with the discharge is settled.

(j) If any of the services are determined to be noncovered, the charges for these services will be deducted from the requested amount of reimbursement but not to exceed the amount claimed above the cost outlier threshold.

(k) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, the additional amount is derived by first taking 80 percent of the difference between the hospital's adjusted operating cost for the discharge (as determined under paragraph (g) of this section) and the operating threshold criteria established under § 412.80(a)(1)(ii); 80 percent is also taken of the difference between the hospital's adjusted capital cost for the discharge (as determined under paragraph (g) of this section) and the capital threshold criteria established under § 412.80(a)(1)(ii). The resulting capital amount is then multiplied by the applicable Federal portion of the payment as determined in § 412.340(a) or § 412.344(a).

(l) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1988, the additional payment amount for the DRGs related to burn cases, which are identified in the most recent annual notice of prospective payment rates published in accordance with § 412.8(b), is computed under the provisions of paragraph (k) of this section except that the payment is made using 90 percent of the difference between the hospital's adjusted cost for the discharge and the threshold criteria.

(m) Effective for discharges occurring on or after August 8, 2003, at the time of any reconciliation under paragraph (i)(4) of this section, outlier payments may be adjusted to account for the time value of any underpayments or overpayments. Any adjustment will be based upon a widely available index to be established in advance by the Secretary, and will be applied from the midpoint of the cost reporting period to the date of reconciliation.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 35689, Sept. 3, 1985; 51 FR 31496, Sept. 3, 1986; 53 FR 38529, Sept. 30, 1988; 54 FR 36494, Sept. 1, 1989; 55 FR 15174, Apr. 20, 1990; 56 FR 43448, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 39823, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 45398, Sept. 1, 1994; 62 FR 46028, Aug. 29, 1997; 68 FR 34515, June 9, 2003; 71 FR 48138, Aug. 18, 2006]

51 Payment Adjustment for Certain Clinical Trial Cases and Expanded Access Use Immunotherapy
§ 412.85 Payment adjustment for certain immunotherapy cases.

(a) General rule. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2020, the amount of payment for a discharge described in paragraph (b) of this section is adjusted as described in paragraph (c) of this section.

(b) Discharges subject to payment adjustment. Payment is adjusted in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section for discharges assigned to MS-DRG 018 involving expanded access use of immunotherapy or that are part of an applicable clinical trial as determined by CMS based on the reporting of a diagnosis code indicating the encounter is part of a clinical research program on the claim for the discharge or, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2025, other cases where the immunotherapy product is not purchased in the usual manner, such as provided at no cost.

(c) Adjustment. The DRG weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) is adjusted by a factor that reflects the average cost for cases assigned to MS-DRG 018 that involve expanded access use of immunotherapy, are part of an applicable clinical trial, or where the immunotherapy product is not purchased in the usual manner, such as provided at no cost, to the average cost for all other cases assigned to MS-DRG 018.

[85 FR 59020, Sept. 18, 2020, as amended at 90 FR 37200, Aug. 4, 2025]

§ 412.83 Payment for extraordinarily high-cost day outliers.

For discharges occurring before October 1, 1997, if a discharge that qualifies for an additional payment under the provisions of § 412.82 has charges adjusted to costs that exceed the cost outlier threshold criteria for an extraordinarily high-cost case as set forth in § 412.80(a)(1)(ii), the additional payment made for the discharge is the greater of—

(a) The applicable per diem payment computed under § 412.82 (c) or (d); or

(b) The payment that would be made under § 412.84 (i) or (j) if the case had not met the day outlier criteria threshold set forth in § 412.80(a)(1)(i).

[53 FR 38529, Sept. 30, 1988, as amended at 62 FR 46028, Aug. 29, 1997. Redesignated at 85 FR 59020, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 412.86 412.86 [Reserved]
52 Additional Special Payment for Certain New Technology
§ 412.87 Additional payment for new medical services and technologies: General provisions.

(a) Basis. Sections 412.87 and 412.88 implement sections 1886(d)(5)(K) and 1886(d)(5)(L) of the Act, which authorize the Secretary to establish a mechanism to recognize the costs of new medical services and technologies under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system.

(b) Eligibility criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2001, CMS provides for additional payments (as specified in § 412.88) beyond the standard DRG payments and outlier payments to a hospital for discharges involving covered inpatient hospital services that are new medical services and technologies, if the following conditions are met:

(1) A new medical service or technology represents an advance that substantially improves, relative to technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries.

(i) The totality of the circumstances is considered when making a determination that a new medical service or technology represents an advance that substantially improves, relative to services or technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries.

(ii) A determination that a new medical service or technology represents an advance that substantially improves, relative to services or technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries means one of the following:

(A) The new medical service or technology offers a treatment option for a patient population unresponsive to, or ineligible for, currently available treatments.

(B) The new medical service or technology offers the ability to diagnose a medical condition in a patient population where that medical condition is currently undetectable, or offers the ability to diagnose a medical condition earlier in a patient population than allowed by currently available methods and there must also be evidence that use of the new medical service or technology to make a diagnosis affects the management of the patient.

(C) The use of the new medical service or technology significantly improves clinical outcomes relative to services or technologies previously available as demonstrated by one or more of the outcomes described in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(C(1) through (7) of this section.

(1) A reduction in at least one clinically significant adverse event, including a reduction in mortality or a clinically significant complication.

(2) A decreased rate of at least one subsequent diagnostic or therapeutic intervention.

(3) A decreased number of future hospitalizations or physician visits.

(4) A more rapid beneficial resolution of the disease process treatment including, but not limited to, a reduced length of stay or recovery time

(5) An improvement in one or more activities of daily living

(6) An improved quality of life

(7) A demonstrated greater medication adherence or compliance.

(D) The totality of the information otherwise demonstrates that the new medical service or technology substantially improves, relative to technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries.

(iii) Evidence from published or unpublished information sources from within the United States or elsewhere may be sufficient to establish that a new medical service or technology represents an advance that substantially improves, relative to services or technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. Information source may include the following:

(A) Clinical trials;

(B) Peer reviewed journal articles;

(C) Study results;

(D) Meta-analyses;

(E) Consensus statements;

(F) White papers;

(G) Patient surveys;

(H) Case studies;

(I) Reports;

(J) Systematic literature reviews;

(K) Letters from major healthcare associations;

(L) Editorials and letters to the editor; and,

(M) Public comments.

(N) Other appropriate information sources may be considered.

(iv) The medical condition diagnosed or treated by the new medical service or technology may have a low prevalence among Medicare beneficiaries.

(v) The new medical service or technology may represent an advance that substantially improves, relative to services or technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of a subpopulation of patients with the medical condition diagnosed or treated by the new medical service or technology.

(2) A medical service or technology may be considered new within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become available reflecting the inpatient hospital code (as defined in section 1886(d)(5)(K)(iii) of the Social Security Act) assigned to the new service or technology (depending on when a new code is assigned and data on the new service or technology become available for DRG recalibration). After CMS has recalibrated the DRGs, based on available data, to reflect the costs of an otherwise new medical service or technology, the medical service or technology will no longer be considered “new” under the criterion of this section.

(3) The DRG prospective payment rate otherwise applicable to discharges involving the medical service or technology is determined to be inadequate, based on application of a threshold amount to estimated charges incurred with respect to such discharges. To determine whether the payment would be adequate, CMS will determine whether the charges of the cases involving a new medical service or technology will exceed a threshold amount that is the lesser of 75 percent of the standardized amount (increased to reflect the difference between cost and charges) or 75 percent of one standard deviation beyond the geometric mean standardized charge for all cases in the DRG to which the new medical service or technology is assigned (or the case-weighted average of all relevant DRGs if the new medical service or technology occurs in many different DRGs). Standardized charges reflect the actual charges of a case adjusted by the prospective payment system payment factors applicable to an individual hospital, such as the wage index, the indirect medical education adjustment factor, and the disproportionate share adjustment factor.

(c) Eligibility criteria for alternative pathway for certain transformative new devices. For applications submitted for new technology add-on payments for FYs 2021 through 2029, inclusive, CMS provides for additional payments (as specified in § 412.88) beyond the standard DRG payments and outlier payments to a hospital for discharges involving covered inpatient hospital services that are new medical devices, if the following conditions are met:

(1) A new medical device is part of the Food and Drug Administration's (FDA) Breakthrough Devices Program and has received Breakthrough Device designation as of September 30, 2026, and has received marketing authorization as a Breakthrough Device for the indication covered by the Breakthrough Device designation by May 1, 2028.

(2) A medical device that meets the condition in paragraph (c)(1) of this section will be considered new for not less than 2 years and not more than 3 years after the point at which data begin to become available reflecting the inpatient hospital code (as defined in section 1886(d)(5)(K)(iii) of the Social Security Act) assigned to the new technology (depending on when a new code is assigned and data on the new technology become available for DRG recalibration). After CMS has recalibrated the DRGs, based on available data, to reflect the costs of an otherwise new medical technology, the medical technology will no longer be considered “new” under the criterion of this section.

(3) The new medical device meets the conditions described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(d) Eligibility criteria for alternative pathway for certain antimicrobial products. For applications submitted for new technology add-on payments for FYs 2021 through 2029, inclusive, CMS provides for additional payments (as specified in § 412.88) beyond the standard DRG payments and outlier payments to a hospital for discharges involving covered inpatient hospital services that are new medical products, if the following conditions are met:

(1)(i) For applications submitted for new technology add-on payments for FYs 2021 through 2029, inclusive, a new medical product is designated by FDA as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product as of September 30, 2026, and has received marketing authorization for the indication covered by the Qualified Infectious Disease Product designation by May 1, 2028; or

(ii) For applications submitted for new technology add-on payments for FYs 2022 through 2029, inclusive, a new medical product is approved under FDA's Limited Population Pathway for Antibacterial and Antifungal Drugs (LPAD) and used for the indication approved under the LPAD pathway by May 1, 2028.

(2) A medical product that meets the condition in paragraph (d)(1) of this section will be considered new for not less than 2 years and not more than 3 years after the point at which data begin to become available reflecting the inpatient hospital code (as defined in section 1886(d)(5)(K)(iii) of the Social Security Act) assigned to the new technology (depending on when a new code is assigned and data on the new technology become available for DRG recalibration). After CMS has recalibrated the DRGs, based on available data, to reflect the costs of an otherwise new medical technology, the medical technology will no longer be considered “new” under the criterion of this section.

(3) The new medical product meets the conditions described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(e) FDA status requirement. CMS only considers, for add-on payments for a particular fiscal year, an application for which one of the following conditions are met at the time of new technology add-on payment application submission:

(1) The new medical service or technology is FDA market authorized for the indication that is the subject of the new technology add-on payment application.

(2) The new medical service or technology is the subject of a complete and active FDA marketing authorization request and documentation of FDA acceptance or filing of the request is provided to CMS.

(f) Announcement of determinations and deadline for consideration of new medical service or technology applications. (1) CMS will consider whether a new medical service or technology meets the eligibility criteria specified in paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section and announce the results in the Federal Register as part of its annual updates and changes to the IPPS. CMS will only consider any particular new medical service or technology for add-on payments under paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section.

(2) CMS only considers, for add-on payments for a particular fiscal year, an application for which the new medical service or technology has received FDA marketing authorization by May 1 prior to the particular fiscal year.

[66 FR 46924, Sept. 7, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 45469, Aug. 1, 2003; 69 FR 49243, Aug. 11, 2004; 73 FR 48755, Aug. 19, 2008; 74 FR 43997, Aug. 27, 2009; 82 FR 38511, Aug. 14, 2017; 84 FR 42611, Aug. 16, 2019; 85 FR 59020, Sept. 18, 2020; 88 FR 59331, Aug. 28, 2023; 91 FR 50340, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 412.88 Additional payment for new medical service or technology.

(a) For discharges involving new medical services or technologies that meet the criteria specified in § 412.87, Medicare payment will be:

(1) One of the following:

(i) The full DRG payment (including adjustments for indirect medical education and disproportionate share but excluding outlier payments);

(ii) The payment determined under § 412.4(f) for transfer cases;

(iii) The payment determined under § 412.92(d) for sole community hospitals; or

(iv) The payment determined under § 412.108(c) for Medicare-dependent hospitals; plus

(2)(i) For discharges occurring before October 1, 2019. If the costs of the discharge (determined by applying the operating cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h)) exceed the full DRG payment, an additional amount equal to the lesser of—

(A) 50 percent of the costs of the new medical service or technology; or

(B) 50 percent of the amount by which the costs of the case exceed the standard DRG payment.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2019. (A) Except as provided under paragraphs (a)(2)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section, if the costs of the discharge (determined by applying the operating cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h)) exceed the full DRG payment, an additional amount equal to the lesser of—

(1) 65 percent of the costs of the new medical service or technology; or

(2) 65 percent of the amount by which the costs of the case exceed the standard DRG payment.

(B) For a medical product designated by FDA as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product or, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2020, for a product approved under FDA's Limited Population Pathway for Antibacterial and Antifungal Drugs, if the costs of the discharge (determined by applying the operating cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h)) exceed the full DRG payment, an additional amount equal to the lesser of—

(1) 75 percent of the costs of the new medical service or technology; or

(2) 75 percent of the amount by which the costs of the case exceed the standard DRG payment.

(C) For a medical product that is a gene therapy that is indicated and used specifically for the treatment of sickle cell disease and approved for new technology add-on payments in the FY 2025 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2024, if the costs of the discharge (determined by applying the operating cost-to-charge ratios as described in § 412.84(h)) exceed the full DRG payment, an additional amount equal to the lesser of—

(1) 75 percent of the costs of the new medical service or technology; or

(2) 75 percent of the amount by which the costs of the case exceed the standard DRG payment.

(b)(1) For discharges occurring before October 1, 2019. Unless a discharge case qualifies for outlier payment under § 412.84, Medicare will not pay any additional amount beyond the DRG payment plus 50 percent of the estimated costs of the new medical service or technology.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2019. Unless a discharge case qualifies for outlier payment under § 412.84, Medicare will not pay any additional amount beyond the DRG payment plus—

(i) 65 percent of the estimated costs of the new medical service or technology;

(ii) For a medical product designated by FDA as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product, 75 percent of the estimated costs of the new medical service or technology; or

(iii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2020, for a product approved under FDA's Limited Population Pathway for Antibacterial and Antifungal Drugs, 75 percent of the estimated costs of the new medical service or technology.

(iv) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2024, for a medical product that is a gene therapy that is indicated and used specifically for the treatment of sickle cell disease and approved for new technology add-on payments in the FY 2025 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, 75 percent of the estimated costs of the new medical service or technology.

[66 FR 46924, Sept. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 50111, Aug. 1, 2002; 69 FR 49244, Aug. 11, 2004; 72 FR 47411, Aug. 22, 2007; 84 FR 42612, Aug. 16, 2019; 85 FR 59021, Sept. 18, 2020; 89 FR 69910, Aug. 28, 2024; 91 FR 50341, Aug. 4, 2026]

53 Payment Adjustment for Certain Replaced Devices
§ 412.89 Payment adjustment for certain replaced devices.

(a) General rule. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, the amount of payment for a discharge described in paragraph (b) of this section is reduced when—

(1) A device is replaced without cost to the hospital;

(2) The provider received full credit for the cost of a device; or

(3) The provider receives a credit equal to 50 percent or more of the cost of the device.

(b) Discharges subject to payment adjustment. (1) Payment is reduced in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section only if the implantation of the device determines the DRG assignment.

(2) CMS lists the DRGs that qualify under paragraph (b)(1) of this section in the annual final rule for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system.

(c) Amount of reduction. (1) For a device provided to the hospital without cost, the cost of the device is subtracted from the DRG payment.

[72 FR 47411, Aug. 22, 2007]

Subpart G Special Treatment of Certain Facilities Under the Prospective Payment System for Inpatient Operating Costs
§ 412.90 General rules.

(a) Sole community hospitals. CMS may adjust the prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs determined under subpart D or E of this part if a hospital, by reason of factors such as isolated location, weather conditions, travel conditions, or absence of other hosptials, is the sole source of inpatient hospital services reasonably available in a geographic area to Medicare beneficiaries. If a hospital meets the criteria for such an exception under § 412.92(a), its prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs are determined under § 412.92(d).

(b) Referral center. CMS may adjust the prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs determined under subpart D or E of this part if a hospital acts as a referral center for patients transferred from other hospitals. Criteria for identifying such referral centers are set forth in § 412.96.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) Kidney acquisition costs incurred by hospitals with approved kidney transplant programs. CMS pays for kidney acquisition costs incurred by kidney transplant programs on a reasonable cost basis. The criteria for this special payment provision are set forth in § 412.100.

(e) Hospitals located in areas that are reclassified from urban to rural. (1) CMS adjusts the rural Federal payment amounts for inpatient operating costs for hospitals located in geographic areas that are reclassified from urban to rural as defined in subpart D of this part. This adjustment is set forth in § 412.102.

(2) CMS establishes a procedure by which certain individual hospitals located in urban areas may apply for reclassification as rural. The criteria for reclassification are set forth in § 412.103.

(f) Hospitals that have a high percentage of ESRD beneficiary discharges. CMS makes an additional payment to a hospital if ten percent or more of its total Medicare discharges in a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1984 are ESRD beneficiary discharges. In determining ESRD discharges, discharges in DRG Nos. 302, 316, and 317 are excluded. The criteria for this additional payment are set forth in § 412.104.

(g) Hosptials that incur indirect costs for graduate medical education programs. CMS makes an additional payment for inpatient operating costs to a hospital for indirect medical education costs attributable to an approved graduate medical education program. The criteria for this additional payment are set forth in § 412.105.

(h) Hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients. For discharges occurring on or after May 1, 1986, CMS makes an additional payment for inpatient operating costs to hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients. The criteria for this additional payment are set forth in § 412.106.

(i) Hospitals that receive an additional update for FYs 1998 and 1999. For FYs 1998 and 1999, CMS makes an upward adjustment to the standardized amounts for certain hospitals that do not receive indirect medical education or disproportionate share payments and are not Medicare- dependent, small rural hospitals. The criteria for identifying these hospitals are set forth in § 412.107.

(j) Medicare-dependent, small rural hospitals. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 1990, and before October 1, 1994, and for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 and before January 1, 2027, CMS adjusts the prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs determined under subparts D and E of this part if a hospital is classified as a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital.

(k) Essential access community hospitals (EACHs). If a hospital was designated as an EACH by CMS as described in § 412.109(a) and is located in a rural area as defined in § 412.109(b), CMS determines the prospective payment rate for that hospital, as it does for sole community hospitals, under § 412.92(d).

[57 FR 39823, Sept. 1, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 30669, May 26, 1993; 62 FR 46028, Aug. 29, 1997; 64 FR 67051, Nov. 30, 1999; 65 FR 47047, Aug. 1, 2000; 70 FR 47485, Aug. 12, 2005; 71 FR 48138, Aug. 18, 2006; 82 FR 38511, Aug. 14, 2017; 83 FR 41701, Aug. 17, 2018; 86 FR 73511, Dec. 27, 2021; 88 FR 59331, Aug. 28, 2023; 89 FR 69910, Aug. 28, 2024; 90 FR 37200, Aug. 4, 2025; 91 FR 50341, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 412.92 Special treatment: Sole community hospitals.

(a) Criteria for classification as a sole community hospital. CMS classifies a hospital as a sole community hospital if it is located more than 35 miles from other like hospitals, or it is located in a rural area (as defined in § 412.64) and meets one of the following conditions:

(1) The hospital is located between 25 and 35 miles from other like hospitals and meets one of the following criteria:

(i) No more than 25 percent of residents who become hospital inpatients or no more than 25 percent of the Medicare beneficiaries who become hospital inpatients in the hospital's service area are admitted to other like hospitals located within a 35-mile radius of the hospital, or, if larger, within its service area;

(ii) The hospital has fewer than 50 beds and the MAC certifies that the hospital would have met the criteria in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section were it not for the fact that some beneficiaries or residents were forced to seek care outside the service area due to the unavailability of necessary specialty services at the community hospital; or

(iii) Because of local topography or periods of prolonged severe weather conditions, the other like hospitals are inaccessible for at least 30 days in each 2 out of 3 years.

(2) The hospital is located between 15 and 25 miles from other like hospitals but because of local topography or periods of prolonged severe weather conditions, the other like hospitals are inaccessible for at least 30 days in each 2 out of 3 years.

(3) Because of distance, posted speed limits, and predictable weather conditions, the travel time between the hospital and the nearest like hospital is at least 45 minutes.

(4) For a hospital with a main campus and one or more remote locations under a single provider agreement where services are provided and billed under the inpatient hospital prospective payment system and that meets the provider-based criteria at § 413.65 of this chapter as a main campus and a remote location of a hospital, combined data from the main campus and its remote location(s) are required to demonstrate that the criteria specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section are met. For the mileage and rural location criteria in paragraph (a) of this section and the mileage, accessibility, and travel time criteria specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section, the hospital must demonstrate that the main campus and its remote location(s) each independently satisfy those requirements.

(b) Classification procedures—(1) Request for classification as sole community hospital. (i) The hospital must make its request to its MAC.

(ii) If a hospital is seeking sole community hospital classification under paragraph (a)(1)(i) or (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the hospital must include the following information with its request:

(A) The hospital must provide patient origin data (for example, the number of patients from each zip code from which the hospital draws inpatients) for all inpatient discharges to document the boundaries of its service area.

(B) The hospital must provide patient origin data from all other hospitals located within a 35 mile radius of it or, if larger, within its service area, to document that no more than 25 percent of either all of the population or the Medicare beneficiaries residing in the hospital's service area and hospitalized for inpatient care were admitted to other like hospitals for care.

(iii)(A) If the hospital is unable to obtain the information required under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section concerning the residences of Medicare beneficiaries who were inpatients in other hospitals located within a 35 mile radius of the hospital or, if larger, within the hospital's service area, the hospital may request that CMS provide this information.

(B) If a hospital obtains the information as requested under paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, that information is used by both the MAC and CMS in making the determination of the residences of Medicare beneficiaries under paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and (b)(1)(iv) of this section, regardless of any other information concerning the residences of Medicare beneficiaries submitted by the hospital.

(iv) The MAC reviews the request and send the request, with its recommendation, to CMS.

(v) CMS reviews the request and the MAC's recommendation and forwards its approval or disapproval to the MAC.

(2) Effective dates of classification.(i) For applications received on or before September 30, 2018, sole community hospital status is effective 30 days after the date of CMS' written notification of approval, except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section. For applications received on or after October 1, 2018, sole community hospital status is effective as of the date the MAC receives the complete application, except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2)(v) and (vi) of this section.

(ii) When a court order or a determination by the Provider Reimbursement Review Board (PRRB) reverses a CMS denial of sole community hospital status and no further appeal is made, the sole community hospital status is effective as follows:

(A) If the hospital's application was submitted prior to October 1, 1983, its status as a sole community hospital is effective at the start of the cost reporting period for which it sought exemption from the cost limits.

(B) If the hospital's application for sole community hospital status was received on or after October 1, 1983 and on or before September 30, 2018, the effective date is 30 days after the date of CMS' original written notification of denial.

(C) If the hospital's application for sole community hospital status was received on or after October 1, 2018, the effective date is as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) When a hospital is granted retroactive approval of sole community hospital status by a court order or a PRRB decision and the hospital wishes its sole community hospital status terminated before the date of the court order or PRRB determination, it must submit written notice to the CMS regional office within 90 days of the court order or PRRB decision. A written request received after the 90-day period is effective no later than 30 days after the request is submitted.

(iv) For applications received on or before September 30, 2018, a hospital classified as a sole community hospital receives a payment adjustment, as described in paragraph (d) of this section, effective with discharges occurring on or after 30 days after the date of CMS' approval of the classification. For applications received on or after October 1, 2018, a hospital classified as a sole community hospital receives a payment adjustment, as described in paragraph (d) of this section, effective with discharges occurring on or after the effective date as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.

(v) If a hospital that is classified as an MDH under § 412.108 applies for classification as a sole community hospital because its status under the MDH program expires with the expiration of the MDH program, and that hospital's sole community hospital status is approved, the effective date of approval of sole community hospital status is the day following the expiration date of the MDH program if the hospital—

(A) Applies for classification as a sole community hospital prior to 30 days before the expiration of the MDH program; and

(B) Requests that sole community hospital status be effective with the expiration of the MDH program.

(vi) For applications received on or after October 1, 2023, where eligibility for sole community hospital classification is dependent on the hospital's merger with another hospital, sole community hospital status is effective as of the effective date of the approved merger if, and only if, the date that the Medicare administrative contractor (MAC) receives the complete application is within 90 days of CMS' written notification to the hospital of the approval of the merger.

(3) Duration of classification. (i) An approved classification as a sole community hospital remains in effect without need for reapproval unless there is a change in the circumstances under which the classification was approved. An approved sole community hospital must notify the MAC if any change that is specified in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section occurs. If CMS determines that a sole community hospital failed to comply with this requirement, CMS will cancel the hospital's classification as a sole community hospital effective with the date that the hospital no longer met the criteria for such classification, consistent with the provisions of § 405.1885 of this chapter.

(ii) A sole community hospital must report the following to the MAC within 30 days of the event:

(A) The opening of a new hospital in its service area.

(B) The opening of a new road between itself and a like provider within 35 miles.

(C) An increase in the number of beds to more than 50 if the hospital qualifies as a sole community hospital under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.

(D) Its geographic classification changes.

(E) Any changes to the driving conditions that result in a decrease in the amount of travel time between itself and a like provider if the hospital qualifies as a sole community hospital under paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

(iii) A sole community hospital must report to the MAC if it becomes aware of any change that would affect its classification as a sole community hospital beyond the events listed in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section within 30 days of the event. If CMS determines that a sole community hospital has failed to comply with this requirement, CMS will cancel the hospital's classification as a sole community hospital effective with the date the hospital became aware of the event that resulted in the sole community hospital no longer meeting the criteria for such classification, consistent with the provisions of § 405.1885 of this chapter.

(iv) A sole community hospital must report to the MAC any factor or information that could have affected its initial classification as a sole community hospital.

(A) If CMS determines that a sole community hospital has failed to comply with the requirement of paragraph ((b)(3)(iv) of this section, CMS may cancel the hospital's classification as a sole community hospital effective with the date the hospital failed to meet the criteria for such classification, consistent with the provisions of § 405.1885 of this chapter.

(B) Effective on or after October 1, 2012, if a hospital reports to CMS any factor or information that could have affected its initial determination and CMS determines that the hospital should not have qualified for sole community hospital status, CMS will cancel the sole community hospital status effective 30 days from the date of the determination.

(4) Cancellation of classification. (i) A hospital may at any time request cancellation of its classification as a sole community hospital, and be paid at rates determined under subparts D and E of this part, as appropriate.

(ii) The cancellation becomes effective no later than 30 days after the date the hospital submits its request.

(iii) If a hospital requests that its sole community hospital classification be cancelled, it may not be reclassified as a sole community hospital unless it meets the following conditions:

(A) At least one full year has passed since the effective date of its cancellation.

(B) The hospital meets the qualifying criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section in effect at the time it reapplies.

(5) Automatic classification as a sole community hospital. A hospital that has been granted an exemption from the hospital cost limits before October 1, 1983, or whose request for the exemption was received by the appropriate intermediary before October 1, 1983, and was subsequently approved, is automatically classified as a sole community hospital unless that classification has been cancelled under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, or there is a change in the circumstances under which the classification was approved.

(c) Terminology. As used in this section—

(1) The term miles means the shortest distance in miles measured over improved roads. An improved road for this purpose is any road that is maintained by a local, State, or Federal government entity and is available for use by the general public. An improved road includes the paved surface up to the front entrance of the hospital.

(2) The term like hospital means a hospital furnishing short-term, acute care. Effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, for purposes of a hospital seeking sole community hospital designation, CMS will not consider the nearby hospital to be a like hospital if the total inpatient days attributable to units of the nearby hospital that provides a level of care characteristic of the level of care payable under the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment system are less than or equal to 8 percent of the similarly calculated total inpatient days of the hospital seeking sole community hospital designation.

(3) The term service area means the area from which a hospital draws at least 75 percent of its inpatients during the most recent 12-month cost reporting period ending before it applies for classification as a sole community hospital. If the most recent cost reporting period ending before the hospital applies for classification as a sole community hospital is for less than 12 months, the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period before the short period is used.

(d) Determining prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs for sole community hospitals—(1) General rule. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 1990, a sole community hospital is paid based on whichever of the following amounts yields the greatest aggregate payment for the cost reporting period:

(i) The Federal payment rate applicable to the hospitals as determined under subpart D of this part.

(ii) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.73.

(iii) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.75.

(iv) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000, the hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.77 (calculated under the transition schedule set forth in paragraph (d)(2) of this section).

(v) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2009, the hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.78.

(2) Transition of FY 1996 hospital-specific rate. The MAC calculates the hospital-specific rate determined on the basis of the fiscal year 1996 base period rate as follows:

(i) For Federal fiscal year 2001, the hospital-specific rate is the sum of 75 percent of the greater of the amounts specified in paragraph (d)(1)(i), (d)(1)(ii), or (d)(1)(iii) of this section, plus 25 percent of the hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.77.

(ii) For Federal fiscal year 2002, the hospital-specific rate is the sum of 50 percent of the greater of the amounts specified in paragraph (d)(1)(i), (d)(1)(ii), or (d)(1)(iii) of this section, plus 50 percent of the hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.77.

(iii) For Federal fiscal year 2003, the hospital-specific rate is the sum of 25 percent of the greater of the amounts specified in paragraph (d)(1)(i), (d)(1)(ii), or (d)(1)(iii) of this section, plus 75 percent of the hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.77.

(iv) For Federal fiscal year 2004 and any subsequent fiscal years, the hospital-specific rate is 100 percent of the hospital-specific rate specified in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section.

(3) Adjustment to payments. A sole community hospital may receive an adjustment to its payments to take into account a significant decrease in the number of discharges, as described in paragraph (e) of this section.

(e) Additional payments to sole community hospitals experiencing a significant volume decrease. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983, the MAC provides for a payment adjustment for a sole community hospital for any cost reporting period during which the hospital experiences, due to circumstances as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section a more than five percent decrease in its total discharges of inpatients as compared to its immediately preceding cost reporting period. If either the cost reporting period in question or the immediately preceding cost reporting period is other than a 12-month cost reporting period, the MAC must convert the discharges to a monthly figure and multiply this figure by 12 to estimate the total number of discharges for a 12-month cost reporting period.

(2) To qualify for a payment adjustment on the basis of a decrease in discharges, a sole community hospital must submit its request no later than 180 days after the date on the MAC's Notice of Amount of Program Reimbursement—

(i) Submit to the MAC documentation demonstrating the size of the decrease in discharges, and the resulting effect on per discharge costs; and

(ii) Show that the decrease is due to circumstances beyond the hospital's control.

(3) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2017, the MAC determines a lump sum adjustment amount not to exceed the difference between the hospital's Medicare inpatient operating costs and the hospital's total DRG revenue for inpatient operating costs based on DRG-adjusted prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs (including outlier payments for inpatient operating costs determined under subpart F of this part and additional payments made for inpatient operating costs for hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients as determined under § 412.106 and for indirect medical education costs as determined under § 412.105). Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2017, the MAC determines a lump sum adjustment amount equal to the difference between the hospital's fixed Medicare inpatient operating costs and the hospital's total MS-DRG revenue based on MS-DRG-adjusted prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs (including outlier payments for inpatient operating costs determined under subpart F of this part and additional payments made for inpatient operating costs for hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients as determined under § 412.106 and for indirect medical education costs as determined under § 412.105) multiplied by the ratio of the hospital's fixed inpatient operating costs to its total inpatient operating costs.

(i) In determining the adjustment amount, the MAC considers—

(A) The individual hospital's needs and circumstances, including the reasonable cost of maintaining necessary core staff and services in view of minimum staffing requirements imposed by State agencies;

(B) The hospital's fixed (and semi-fixed) costs, other than those costs paid on a reasonable cost basis under part 413 of this chapter; and

(C) The length of time the hospital has experienced a decrease in utilization.

(ii) The MAC makes its determination within 180 days from the date it receives the hospital's request and all other necessary information.

(iii) The MAC determination is subject to review under subpart R of part 405 of this chapter.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.92, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.96 Special treatment: Referral centers.

(a) Criteria for classification as a referral center: Basic rule. CMS classifies a hospital as a referral center only if the hospital is a Medicare participating acute care hospital and meets the applicable criteria of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.

(b) Criteria for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983. The hospital meets either of the following criteria:

(1) The hospital is located in a rural area (as defined in subpart D of this part) and has the following number of beds, as determined under the provisions of § 412.105(b) available for use:

(i) Effective for discharges occurring before April 1, 1988, the hospital has 500 or more beds.

(ii) Effective for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1988, the hospital has 275 or more beds during its most recently completed cost reporting period unless the hospital submits written documentation with its application that its bed count has changed since the close of its most recently completed cost reporting period for one or more of the following reasons:

(A) Merger of two or more hospitals.

(B) Reopening of acute care beds previously closed for renovation.

(C) Transfer to the prospective payment system of acute care beds previously classified as part of an excluded unit.

(D) Expansion of acute care beds available for use and permanently maintained for lodging inpatients, excluding beds in corridors and other temporary beds.

(2) The hospital shows that—(i) At least 50 percent of its Medicare patients are referred from other hospitals or from physicians not on the staff of the hospital; and

(ii) At least 60 percent of the hospital's Medicare patients live more than 25 miles from the hospital, and at least 60 percent of all the services that the hospital furnishes to Medicare beneficiaries are furnished to beneficiaries who live more than 25 miles from the hospital.

(c) Alternative criteria. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985, a hospital that does not meet the criteria of paragraph (b) of this section is classified as a referral center if it is located in a rural area (as defined in subpart D of this part) and meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section and at least one of the three criteria specified in paragraphs (c)(3), (c)(4), and (c)(5) of this section.

(1) Case-mix index. CMS sets forth national and regional case-mix index values in each year's annual notice of prospective payment rates published under § 412.8(b). The methodology CMS uses to calculate these criteria is described in paragraph (h) of this section. The case-mix index value to be used for an individual hospital in the determination of whether it meets the case-mix index criteria is that calculated by CMS from the hospital's own billing records for Medicare discharges as processed by the fiscal intermediary and submitted to CMS. The hospital's case-mix index for discharges (not including discharges from units excluded from the prospective payment system under subpart B of this part) during the same Federal fiscal year used to compute the case mix index values under paragraph (h) of this section must be at least equal to—

(i) For hospitals applying for rural referral center status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985 and before October 1, 1986, the national or regional case-mix index value; or

(ii) For hospitals applying for rural referral center status for cost—reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1986, the national case-mix index value as established by CMS or the median case-mix index value for urban hospitals located in each region. In calculating the median case-mix index for each region, CMS excludes the case-mix indexes of hospitals receiving indirect medical education payments as provided in § 412.105.

(2) Number of discharges. (i) CMS sets forth the national and regional number of discharges in each year's annual notice of prospective payment rates published under § 412.8(b). The methodology CMS uses to calculate these criteria is described in paragraph (i) of this section. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section for an osteopathic hospital, for the hospital's cost reporting period that began during the same fiscal year as the cost reporting periods used to compute the regional median discharges under paragraph (i) of this section, its number of discharges (not including discharges from units excluded from the prospective payments system under subpart B of this part or from newborn units) is at least equal to—

(A) For hospitals applying for rural referral center status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985 and before October 1, 1986, the number of discharges under either the national or regional criterion; or

(B) For hospitals applying for rural referral center status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1986, 5,000 discharges or, if less, the median number of discharges for urban hospitals located in each region.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1986, an osteopathic hospital, recognized by the American Osteopathic Healthcare Association (or any successor organization), that is located in a rural area must have at least 3,000 discharges during its cost reporting period that began during the same fiscal year as the cost reporting periods used to compute the regional median discharges under paragraph (i) of this section to meet the number of discharges criterion. A hospital applying for rural referral center status under the number of discharges criterion in this paragraph must demonstrate its status as an osteopathic hospital.

(iii) If the hospital's cost reporting period that began during the same fiscal year as the cost reporting periods used to compute the regional median discharges under paragraph (i) of this section is for less than 12 months or longer than 12 months, the hospital's number of discharges for that cost reporting period will be annualized to estimate the total number of discharges for a 12-month cost reporting period.

(3) Medical staff. More than 50 percent of the hospital's active medical staff are specialists who meet one of the following conditions:

(i) Are certified as specialists by one of the Member Boards of the American Board of Medical Specialties or the Advisory Board of Osteopathic Specialists.

(ii) Have completed the current training requirements for admission to the certification examination of one of the Member Boards of the American Board of Medical Specialties or the Advisory Board of Osteopathic Specialists.

(iii) Have successfully completed a residency program in a medical specialty accredited by the Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical Education or the American Osteopathic Association.

(4) Source of inpatients. At least 60 percent of all its discharges are for inpatients who reside more than 25 miles from the hospital.

(5) Volume of referrals. At least 40 percent of all inpatients treated at the hospital are referred from other hospitals or from physicians not on the hospital's staff.

(d) Criteria for hospitals that have remote location(s). For a hospital with a main campus and one or more remote locations under a single provider agreement where services are provided and billed under the inpatient hospital prospective payment system and that meets the provider-based criteria at § 413.65 of this chapter as a main campus and a remote location of a hospital, combined data from the main campus and its remote location(s) are required to demonstrate that the criteria specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) and (c)(1) through (5) of this section are met. For the rural location criteria specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (c) of this section and the mileage criteria specified in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (c)(4) of this section, the hospital must demonstrate that the main campus and its remote locations each independently satisfy those requirements.

(e) Payment to rural referral centers. Effective for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1988, and before October 1, 1994, a hospital that is located in a rural area and meets the criteria of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) or (c) of this section is paid prospective payments for inpatient operating costs per discharge based on the applicable other urban payment rates as determined in accordance with § 412.63, as adjusted by the hospital's area wage index.

(f) [Reserved]

(g) Hospital cancellation of referral center status. (1) A hospital may at any time request cancellation of its status as a referral center and be paid prospective payments per discharge based on the applicable rural rate, as determined in accordance with subpart D of this part.

(2) The cancellation becomes effective no later than 30 days after the date the hospital submits its request.

(3) If a hospital requests that its referral center status be canceled, it may not be reclassified as a referral center unless it meets the qualifying criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section in effect at the time it reapplies.

(4) A hospital that submits a written request on or after October 1, 2007, to cancel its reclassification under § 412.103(g) is deemed to have cancelled its status as a rural referral center effective on the same date the cancellation under § 412.103(g) takes effect. The provision of this paragraph (g)(4) applies to hospitals that qualify as rural referral centers under § 412.96 based on rural status acquired under § 412.103.

(h) Methodology for calculating case-mix index criteria. CMS calculates the national and regional case-mix index value criteria as described in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(4) of this section.

(1) Updating process. CMS updates the national and regional case-mix index standards using the best available data from hospitals subject to the prospective payment system for the Federal fiscal year.

(2) Source of data. In making the calculations described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, CMS uses all inpatient hospital bills received for discharges subject to prospective payment during the Federal fiscal year being monitored.

(3) Effective date. CMS sets forth the national and regional criteria in the annual notice of prospective payment rates published under § 412.8(b). These criteria are used to determine if a hospital qualifies for referral center status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1 of the Federal fiscal year to which the notice applies.

(i) Methodology for calculating number of discharges criteria. For purposes of determining compliance with the national or regional number of discharges criterion under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, CMS calculates the criteria as follows:

(1) Updating process. CMS updates the national and regional number of discharges using the best available data for levels of admissions or discharges or both.

(2) Source of data. In making the calculations described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, CMS uses the best available hospital admissions or discharge data.

(3) Annual notice. CMS sets forth the national and regional criteria in the annual notice of prospective payment rates published under § 412.8(b). These criteria are compared to an applying hospital's number of discharges for the same cost reporting period used to develop the regional criteria in this section in determining if the hospital qualifies for referral center status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1 of the Federal fiscal year to which the notice applies.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.96, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.98 [Reserved]
§ 412.100 Special treatment: Kidney transplant programs.

(a) Adjustments for kidney transplant programs. (1) CMS adjusts the inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS) rates for inpatient operating costs determined under subparts D and E of this part for hospitals with approved kidney transplant programs (discussed at § 482.104 of this chapter) to remove the net costs associated with kidney acquisition.

(2)(i) Payment for Medicare kidney acquisition costs, as set forth in subpart L of part 413 of this chapter, is made on a reasonable cost basis apart from the prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs.

(ii) IPPS payment to the hospital is adjusted in each cost reporting period to reflect an amount necessary to compensate the hospital for reasonable costs of Medicare kidney acquisition.

(b) Costs of kidney acquisition. Kidney acquisition costs include allowable costs incurred in the acquisition of a kidney from a living or a deceased donor by the hospital, or from a deceased donor by an organ procurement organization. These costs are listed in § 413.402(b) of this chapter.

[ 86 FR 73511, Dec. 27, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 72286, Nov. 23, 2022]

§ 412.101 Special treatment: Inpatient hospital payment adjustment for low-volume hospitals.

(a) Definitions. Beginning in FY 2011, the terms used in this section are defined as follows:

Medicare discharges means discharge of inpatients entitled to Medicare Part A, including discharges associated with individuals whose inpatient benefits are exhausted or whose stay was not covered by Medicare and also discharges of individuals enrolled in a MA organization under Medicare Part C.

Road miles means “miles” as defined in § 412.92(c)(1).

(b) General considerations. (1) CMS provides an additional payment to a qualifying hospital for the higher incremental costs associated with a low volume of discharges. The amount of any additional payment for a qualifying hospital is calculated in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) In order to qualify for this adjustment, a hospital must meet the following criteria, subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section:

(i) For FY 2005 through FY 2010 and the portion of FY 2027 beginning January 1, 2027, and subsequent fiscal years, a hospital must have fewer than 200 total discharges, which includes Medicare and non-Medicare discharges, during the fiscal year, based on the hospital's most recently submitted cost report, and be located more than 25 road miles (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section) from the nearest “subsection (d)” (section 1886(d) of the Act) hospital.

(ii) For FY 2011 through FY 2018, a hospital must have fewer than 1,600 Medicare discharges, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, during the fiscal year, based on the hospital's Medicare discharges from the most recently available MedPAR data as determined by CMS, and be located more than 15 road miles, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, from the nearest “subsection (d)” (section 1886(d) of the Act) hospital.

(iii) For FY 2019 through the portion of FY 2027 ending December 31, 2026, a hospital must have fewer than 3,800 total discharges, which includes Medicare and non-Medicare discharges, during the fiscal year, based on the hospital's most recently submitted cost report, and be located more than 15 road miles (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section) from the nearest “subsection (d)” (section 1886(d) of the Act) hospital.

(3) In order to qualify for the adjustment, a hospital must provide its fiscal intermediary or Medicare administrative contractor with sufficient evidence that it meets the distance requirement specified under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The fiscal intermediary or Medicare administrative contractor will base its determination of whether the distance requirement is satisfied upon the evidence presented by the hospital and other relevant evidence, such as maps, mapping software, and inquiries to State and local police, transportation officials, or other government officials.

(c) Determination of the adjustment amount. The low-volume adjustment for hospitals that qualify under paragraph (b) of this section is as follows for the applicable fiscal year:

(1) For FY 2005 through FY 2010 and the portion of FY 2027 beginning January 1, 2027, and subsequent fiscal years, the adjustment is an additional 25 percent for each Medicare discharge.

(2) For FY 2011 through FY 2018, the adjustment is as follows:

(i) For low-volume hospitals with 200 or fewer Medicare discharges (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section), the adjustment is an additional 25 percent for each Medicare discharge.

(ii) For low-volume hospitals with Medicare discharges (as defined in paragraph (a) of this section) of more than 200 and fewer than 1,600, the adjustment for each Medicare discharge is an additional percent calculated using the formula [(4/14)—(number of Medicare discharges/5600)]. The “number of Medicare discharges” is determined as described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.

(3) For FY 2019 through the portion of FY 2027 ending December 31, 2026, the adjustment is as follows:

(i) For low-volume hospitals with 500 or fewer total discharges, which includes Medicare and non-Medicare discharges, during the fiscal year, based on the hospital's most recently submitted cost report, the adjustment is an additional 25 percent for each Medicare discharge.

(ii) For low-volume hospitals with more than 500 and fewer than 3,800 total discharges, which includes Medicare and non-Medicare discharges, during the fiscal year, based on the hospital's most recently submitted cost report, the adjustment for each Medicare discharge is an additional percent calculated using the formula [(95/330)−(number of total discharges/13,200)]. “Total discharges” is determined as described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.

(d) Eligibility of new hospitals for the adjustment. For FYs 2005 through 2010 and FY 2019 and subsequent fiscal years, a new hospital will be eligible for a low-volume adjustment under this section once it has submitted a cost report for a cost reporting period that indicates that it meets discharge requirements during the applicable fiscal year and has provided its Medicare administrative contractor with sufficient evidence that it meets the distance requirement, as specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(e) Special treatment regarding hospitals operated by the Indian Health Service (IHS) or a Tribe. (1) For discharges occurring in FY 2018 and subsequent fiscal years—

(i) A hospital operated by the IHS or a Tribe will be considered to meet the applicable mileage criterion specified under paragraph (b)(2) of this section if it is located more than the specified number of road miles from the nearest subsection (d) hospital operated by the IHS or a Tribe.

(ii) A hospital, other than a hospital operated by the IHS or a Tribe, will be considered to meet the applicable mileage criterion specified under paragraph (b)(2) of this section if it is located more than the specified number of road miles from the nearest subsection (d) hospital other than a subsection (d) hospital operated by the IHS or a Tribe.

(2) Subject to the requirements set forth in § 405.1885 of this chapter, a hospital may request the application of the policy described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section for discharges occurring in FY 2011 through FY 2017.

[75 FR 50414, Aug. 16, 2010, as amended at 78 FR 50965, Aug. 19, 2013; 49 FR 15030, Mar. 18, 2014; 79 FR 50352, Aug. 22, 2014; 80 FR 49767, Aug. 17, 2015; 82 FR 38511, Aug. 14, 2017; 83 FR 41702, Aug. 17, 2018; 84 FR 42613, Aug. 16, 2019; 88 FR 59332, Aug. 28, 2023; 89 FR 69911, Aug. 28, 2024; 90 FR 37201, Aug. 4, 2025; 91 FR 50341, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 412.102 Special treatment: Hospitals located in areas that are changing from urban to rural as a result of a geographic redesignation.

An urban hospital that was part of an MSA, but was redesignated as rural as a result of the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS, may receive an adjustment to its rural Federal payment amount for operating costs for 2 successive fiscal years as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.

(a) First year adjustment. (1) Effective on or after October 1, 1983 and before October 1, 2014, the hospital's rural average standardized amount and disproportionate share payments as described in § 412.106 are adjusted on the basis of an additional amount that equals two-thirds of the difference between the urban standardized amount and disproportionate share payments applicable to the hospital before its geographic redesignation and the rural standardized amount and disproportionate share payments otherwise applicable to the Federal fiscal year for which the adjustment is made.

(2) Effective on or after October 1, 2014, the hospital's rural disproportionate share payments as described in § 412.106 are adjusted on the basis of an additional amount that equals two-thirds of the difference between the disproportionate share payments as an urban hospital applicable to the hospital before its geographic redesignation to a rural area as a result of implementation of the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the rural disproportionate share payment otherwise applicable to the Federal fiscal year for which the adjustment is made.

(b) Second year adjustment. (1) Effective on or after October 1, 1983 and before October 1, 2014, if a hospital's status continues to be rural as a result of geographic redesignation, its rural average standardized amount and disproportionate share payments are adjusted on the basis of an additional amount that equals one-third of the difference between the urban standardized amount and disproportionate share payments applicable to the hospital before its redesignation and the rural standardized amounts and disproportionate share payments otherwise applicable to the Federal fiscal year for which the adjustment is made.

(2) Effective on or after October 1, 2014, if a hospital's status continues to be rural as a result of geographic redesignation, its disproportionate share payments are adjusted on the basis of an additional amount that equals one-third of the difference between the disproportionate share payments applicable to the hospital before its geographic redesignation to a rural area as a result of implementation of the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the rural disproportionate share payments otherwise applicable to the Federal fiscal year for which the adjustment is made.

[79 FR 50353, Aug. 22, 2014]

§ 412.103 Special treatment: Hospitals located in urban areas and that apply for reclassification as rural.

(a) General criteria. A prospective payment hospital that is located in an urban area (as defined in subpart D of this part) may be reclassified as a rural hospital if it submits an application in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section and meets any of the following conditions:

(1) The hospital is located in a rural census tract of a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) as determined under the most recent version of the Goldsmith Modification, using the Rural-Urban Commuting Area codes and additional criteria, as determined by the Federal Office of Rural Health Policy (FORHP) of the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), which is available at the web link provided in the most recent Federal Register notice issued by HRSA defining rural areas.

(2) The hospital is located in an area designated by any law or regulation of the State in which it is located as a rural area, or the hospital is designated as a rural hospital by State law or regulation.

(3) The hospital would qualify as a rural referral center as set forth in § 412.96, or as a sole community hospital as set forth in § 412.92, if the hospital were located in a rural area.

(4) For any period after September 30, 2004 and before October 1, 2006, a CAH in a county that, in FY 2004, was not part of a MSA as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, but as of FY 2005 was included as part of an MSA as a result of the most recent census data and implementation of the new MSA definitions announced by OMB on June 6, 2003, may be reclassified as being located in a rural area for purposes of meeting the rural location requirement in § 485.610(b) of this chapter if it meets any of the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section.

(5) For any period after September 30, 2009, and before October 1, 2011, a CAH in a county that, in FY 2009, was not part of an MSA as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, but, as of FY 2010, was included as part of an MSA as a result of the most recent census data and implementation of the new MSA definitions announced by OMB on November 20, 2008, may be reclassified as being located in a rural area for purposes of meeting the rural location requirement in § 485.610(b) of this chapter if it meets any of the requirements under paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section.

(6) For any period on or after October 1, 2014, a CAH in a county that was not in an urban area as defined by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), but was included in an urban area as a result of the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the most recent Census Bureau data, may be reclassified as being located in a rural area for purposes of meeting the rural location requirement at § 485.610(b) of this chapter for a period of 2 years, beginning with the date of the implementation of the new labor market area delineations, if it meets any of the requirements under paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section.

(7) For a hospital with a main campus and one or more remote locations under a single provider agreement where services are provided and billed under the inpatient hospital prospective payment system and that meets the provider-based criteria at § 413.65 of this chapter as a main campus and a remote location of a hospital, the hospital is required to demonstrate that the main campus and its remote location(s) each independently satisfy the location conditions specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.

(8) For a hospital with a main campus and one or more remote locations under a single provider agreement where services are provided and billed under the inpatient hospital prospective payment system and that meets the provider-based criteria at § 413.65 of this chapter as a main campus and a remote location of a hospital, approved rural reclassification status applies to the main campus and any remote location located in an urban area (as defined in § 412.64(b) and including a main campus or any remote location deemed urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act).

(b) Application requirements—(1) Written application. A hospital seeking reclassification under this section must submit a complete application in writing to CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section.

(2) Contents of application. An application is complete if it contains an explanation of how the hospital meets the condition that constitutes the basis of the request for reclassification set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, including data and documentation necessary to support the request.

(3) Submission of application. An application may be submitted to the CMS Regional Office by the requesting hospital by mail or by facsimile or other electronic means.

(4) Notification by CMS. Within 5 business days after receiving the hospital's application, the CMS Regional Office will send the hospital a letter acknowledging receipt, with a copy to the CMS Central Office.

(5) Filing date. The filing date of the application is the date CMS receives the application.

(6) Lock-in date for the wage index calculation and budget neutrality. In order for a hospital to be treated as rural in the wage index and budget neutrality calculations under § 412.64(e)(1)(ii), (e)(2) and (4), and (h) for the payment rates for the next Federal fiscal year, the hospital's application must be approved by the CMS Regional Office in accordance with the requirements of this section no later than 60 days after the public display date at the Office of the Federal Register of the inpatient prospective payment system proposed rule for the next Federal fiscal year.

(c) CMS review. The CMS Regional Office will review the application and notify the hospital of its approval or disapproval of the request within 60 days of the filing date.

(d) Effective dates of reclassification. (1) Except as specified in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section, CMS will consider a hospital that satisfies any of the criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section as being located in the rural area of the State in which the hospital is located as of that filing date.

(2) If a hospital's complete application is received in CMS by September 1, 2000, and satisfies any of the criteria set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, CMS will consider the filing date to be January 1, 2000.

(3) CMS will consider a hospital that satisfies the criteria set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and which qualifies for sole community hospital status in accordance with the requirements of § 412.92(b)(2)(vi) as being located in the rural area of the State in which the hospital is located as of the effective date set forth in § 412.92(b)(2)(vi).

(e) Withdrawal of application. A hospital may withdraw an application at any time prior to the date of CMS's decision as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.

(f) Duration of classification. An approved reclassification under this section remains in effect without need for reapproval unless there is a change in the circumstances under which the classification was approved.

(g) Cancellation of classification—(1) Hospitals other than rural referral centers. Except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of this section—

(i) A hospital may cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional Office not less than 120 days prior to the end of its current cost reporting period.

(ii) The hospital's cancellation of the classification is effective beginning with the next full cost reporting period.

(iii) The provisions of paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section are effective for all written requests submitted by hospitals before October 1, 2019 to cancel rural reclassifications.

(2) Hospitals classified as rural referral centers. For a hospital that was classified as a rural referral center under § 412.96 based on rural reclassification under this section—

(i) A hospital may cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional Office not less than 120 days prior to the end of a Federal fiscal year and after being paid as rural for at least one 12-month cost reporting period.

(ii) The hospital's cancellation of the classification is not effective until it has been paid as rural for at least one 12-month cost reporting period, and not until the beginning of the Federal fiscal year following such 12-month cost reporting period.

(iii) The provisions of paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section are effective for all written requests submitted by hospitals on or after October 1, 2007 and before October 1, 2019, to cancel rural reclassifications.

(3) Cancellation of rural reclassification on or after October 1, 2019, and before October 1, 2021. For all written requests submitted by hospitals on or after October, 1, 2019, and before October 1, 2021, to cancel rural reclassifications, a hospital may cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional Office not less than 120 days prior to the end of a Federal fiscal year. The hospital's cancellation of the classification is effective beginning with the next Federal fiscal year.

(4) Cancellation of rural reclassification on or after October 1, 2021. For all written requests submitted by hospitals on or after October 1, 2021, to cancel rural reclassifications, a hospital may cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional Office not less than 1 calendar year after the effective date of the rural reclassification and not less than 120 days prior to the end of a Federal fiscal year. The hospital's cancellation of the classification is effective beginning with the next Federal fiscal year.

(5) Special rule for hospitals that opt to receive county out-migration adjustment. A rural reclassification will be considered canceled effective for the next Federal fiscal year when a hospital, by submitting a request to CMS within 45 days of the date of public display of the proposed rule for the next Federal fiscal year at the Office of the Federal Register, opts to accept and receives its county out-migration wage index adjustment determined under section 1886(d)(13) of the Act in lieu of its geographic reclassification described under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act.

[65 FR 47048, Aug. 1, 2000, as amended at 69 FR 49244, Aug. 11, 2004; 69 FR 60252, Oct. 7, 2004; 70 FR 47486, Aug. 12, 2005; 72 FR 47411, Aug. 22, 2007; 74 FR 43997, Aug. 27, 2009; 79 FR 50353, Aug. 22, 2014; 81 FR 57267, Aug. 22, 2016; 83 FR 41703, Aug. 17, 2018; 84 FR 42613, Aug. 16, 2019; 86 FR 45519, Aug. 13, 2021; 87 FR 49403, Aug. 10, 2022; 88 FR 59332, Aug. 28, 2023; 89 FR 69911, Aug. 28, 2024]

§ 412.104 Special treatment: Hospitals with high percentage of ESRD discharges.

(a) Criteria for classification. CMS provides an additional payment to a hospital for inpatient services provided to ESRD beneficiaries who receive a dialysis treatment during a hospital stay, if the hospital has established that ESRD beneficiary discharges, excluding discharges classified into any of the following MS-DRGs, where the beneficiary received dialysis services during the inpatient stay, constitute 10 percent or more of its total Medicare discharges:

(1) MS-DRG 019 (Simultaneous Pancreas/Kidney Transplant with Hemodialysis).

(2) MS-DRGs 650 and 651 (Kidney Transplant with Hemodialysis with MCC, without MCC, respectively).

(3) MS-DRGs 682, 683, and 684 (Renal Failure with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC, respectively).

(b) Additional payment. A hospital that meets the criteria of paragraph (a) of this section is paid an additional payment for each ESRD beneficiary discharge except those excluded under paragraph (a) of this section.

(1) The payment is based on the estimated weekly cost of dialysis and the average length of stay of ESRD beneficiaries for the hospital.

(2)(i) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2024, the estimated weekly cost of dialysis is the average number of dialysis sessions furnished per week during the 12-month period that ended June 30, 1983, multiplied by the average cost of dialysis for the same period.

(ii) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2024, the estimated weekly cost of dialysis is calculated as 3 dialysis sessions per week multiplied by the applicable ESRD prospective payment system (PPS) base rate (as defined in 42 CFR 413.171) that corresponds with the fiscal year in which the cost reporting period begins.

(3) The average cost of dialysis used for purposes of determining the estimated weekly cost of dialysis for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2024, includes only those costs determined to be directly related to the renal dialysis services. (These costs include salary, employee health and welfare, drugs, supplies, and laboratory services.)

(4) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2024, the average cost of dialysis is reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at the time the composite rate reimbursement for outpatient dialysis is reviewed.

(5) The payment to a hospital equals the average length of stay of ESRD beneficiaries in the hospital, expressed as a ratio to one week, times the estimated weekly cost of dialysis multiplied by the number of ESRD beneficiary discharges except for those excluded under paragraph (a) of this section. This payment is made only on the Federal portion of the payment rate.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 57 FR 39824, Sept. 1, 1992; 69 FR 49244, Aug. 11, 2004; 73 FR 48755, Aug. 19, 2008; 85 FR 59021, Sept. 18, 2020; 89 FR 69911, Aug. 28, 2024]

§ 412.105 Special treatment: Hospitals that incur indirect costs for graduate medical education programs.

CMS makes an additional payment to hospitals for indirect medical education costs using the following procedures:

(a) Basic data. CMS determines the following for each hospital:

(1) The hospital's ratio of full-time equivalent residents (except as limited under paragraph (f) of this section) to the number of beds (as determined under paragraph (b) of this section).

(i) Except for the special circumstances for Medicare GME affiliated groups, emergency Medicare GME affiliated groups, and new programs described in paragraphs (f)(1)(vi) and (f)(1)(vii) of this section for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and for the special circumstances for closed hospitals or closed programs described in paragraph (f)(1)(ix) of this section for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, and for Rural Track Programs within their 5-year cap building period described in paragraph (f)(1)(x)(B) in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, this ratio may not exceed the ratio for the hospital's most recent prior cost reporting period after accounting for the cap on the number of allopathic and osteopathic full-time equivalent residents as described in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section, and adding to the capped numerator any dental and podiatric full-time equivalent residents.

(ii)(A) For new programs started prior to October 1, 2012, the exception for new programs described in paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of this section applies to each new program individually for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted based on the period of years equal to the minimum accredited length of each new program.

(B) For new programs started on or after October 1, 2012, the exception for new programs described in paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of this section applies to each new program individually during the cost reporting periods prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the first new program started, for hospitals for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(1) of this chapter, and prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the each individual new program started, for hospitals for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(3) of this chapter.

(iii) The exception for closed hospitals and closed programs described in paragraph (f)(1)(ix) of this section applies only through the end of the first 12-month cost reporting period in which the receiving hospital trains the displaced full-time equivalent residents.

(iv) In the cost reporting period following the last year the receiving hospital's full-time equivalent cap is adjusted for the displaced resident(s), the resident-to-bed ratio cap in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is calculated as if the displaced full-time equivalent residents had not trained at the receiving hospital in the prior year.

(2) The hospital's DRG revenue for inpatient operating costs based on DRG-adjusted prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs, excluding outlier payments for inpatient operating costs determined under subpart F of this part and additional payments made under the provisions of § 412.106.

(b) Determination of the number of beds. For purposes of this section, the number of beds in a hospital is determined by counting the number of available bed days during the cost reporting period and dividing that number by the number of days in the cost reporting period. This count of available bed days excludes bed days associated with—

(1) Beds in a unit or ward that is not occupied to provide a level of care that would be payable under the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment system at any time during the 3 preceding months (the beds in the unit or ward are to be excluded from the determination of available bed days during the current month);

(2) Beds in a unit or ward that is otherwise occupied (to provide a level of care that would be payable under the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment system) that could not be made available for inpatient occupancy within 24 hours for 30 consecutive days;

(3) Beds in excluded distinct part hospital units;

(4) Beds otherwise countable under this section used for outpatient observation services, skilled nursing swing-bed services, or inpatient hospice services.

(5) Beds or bassinets in the healthy newborn nursery; and

(6) Custodial care beds.

(c) Measurement for teaching activity. The factor representing the effect of teaching activity on inpatient operating costs equals .405 for discharges occurring on or after May 1, 1986.

(d) Determination of education adjustment factor. Each hospital's education adjustment factor is calculated as follows:

(1) Step one. A factor representing the sum of 1.00 plus the hospital's ratio of full-time equivalent residents to beds, as determined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, excluding beds temporarily added during the time frame that the Public Health Emergency as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter is in effect, is raised to an exponential power equal to the factor set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) Step two. The factor derived from step one is reduced by 1.00.

(3) Step three. The factor derived from completing steps one and two is multiplied by “c”, and where “c” is equal to the following:

(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1988, and before October 1, 1997, 1.89.

(ii) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 1998, 1.72.

(iii) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 1999, 1.6.

(iv) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 2000, 1.47.

(A) Each hospital receives an amount that is equal in the aggregate to the difference between the amount of payments made to the hospital if “c” equaled 1.6, rather than 1.47.

(B) The payment of this amount will not affect any other payments, determinations, or budget neutrality adjustments.

(v) For fiscal year 2001—

(A) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2000 and before April 1, 2001, 1.54.

(B) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001 and before October 1, 2001, the adjustment factor is determined as if “c” equaled 1.66, rather than 1.54. This payment increase will not apply to discharges occurring after fiscal year 2001 and will not be taken into account in calculating the payment amounts applicable for discharges occurring after fiscal year 2001.

(vi) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 2002, 1.6.

(vii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2002 and before April 1, 2004, 1.35.

(viii) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2004, 1.47.

(ix) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 2005, 1.42.

(x) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 2006, 1.37.

(xi) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 2007, 1.32.

(xii) For discharges occurring during fiscal year 2008 and thereafter, 1.35.

(4) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2005, with respect to FTE residents added as a result of increases in the FTE resident cap under paragraph (f)(1)(iv)(C) of this section, the factor derived from completing steps one and two is multiplied by ‘c’, where ‘c’ is equal to 0.66.

(e)(1) Determination of payment amount. Each hospital's indirect medical education payment under the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs is determined by multiplying the total DRG revenue for inpatient operating costs, as determined under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, by the applicable education adjustment factor derived in paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2005, a hospital that counts additional residents as a result of an increase in its FTE resident cap under paragraph (f)(1)(iv)(C) of this section will receive indirect medical education payments based on the sum of the following two indirect medical education adjustment factors:

(i) An adjustment factor that is calculated using the schedule of formula multipliers in paragraph (d)(3) of this section and the hospital's FTE resident count, not including residents attributable to an increase in its FTE cap under paragraph (f)(1)(iv)(C) under this section; and

(ii) An adjustment factor that is calculated using the applicable formula multiplier under paragraph (d)(4) of this section, and the additional number of FTE residents that are attributable to the increase in the hospital's FTE resident cap under paragraph (f)(1)(iv)(C) in this section.

(f) Determining the total number of full-time equivalent residents for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1991. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1991, the count of full-time equivalent residents for the purpose of determining the indirect medical education adjustment is determined as follows:

(i) The resident must be enrolled in an approved teaching program. An approved teaching program is one that meets one of the following requirements, subject to the requirements in § 413.84 of this chapter:

(A) Is approved by one of the national organizations listed in § 415.152 of this chapter.

(B) May count towards certification of the participant in a specialty or subspecialty listed in the current edition of either of the following publications:

(1) The Directory of Graduate Medical Education Programs published by the American Medical Association.

(2) The Annual Report and Reference Handbook published by the American Board of Medical Specialties.

(C) Is approved by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), or other organization designated by the Secretary, as a fellowship program in geriatric medicine.

(ii) In order to be counted, the resident must be assigned to one of the following areas:

(A) The portion of the hospital subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system.

(B) The outpatient department of a hospital that meets provider-based status as defined at § 413.65(a)(2) of this subchapter.

(C) The portions of a hospital located in Puerto Rico that are subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, including off-campus outpatient departments that meet provider-based status as defined at § 413.65(a)(2) of this subchapter.

(D) The portions of a hospital that are reimbursed under a reimbursement system authorized under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act.

(E) Effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997, the time spent by a resident in a nonprovider setting in patient care activities, as defined in § 413.75(b) of this subchapter, under an approved medical residency training program is counted towards the determination of full-time equivalency if the criteria set forth in § 413.78(c), (d), (e), (f), or (g) of this subchapter, as applicable, are met.

(iii)(A) Full-time equivalent status is based on the total time necessary to fill a residency slot. No individual may be counted as more than one full-time equivalent. If a resident is assigned to more than one hospital, the resident counts as a partial full-time equivalent based on the proportion of time worked in any areas of the hospital listed in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section to the total time worked by the resident. A hospital cannot claim the time spent by residents training at another hospital, unless the exception provided at § 413.78(i) of this chapter applies. A part-time resident or one working in an area of the hospital other than those listed under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section (such as a freestanding family practice center or an excluded hospital unit) would be counted as a partial full-time equivalent based on the proportion of time assigned to an area of the hospital listed in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section, compared to the total time necessary to fill a full-time residency slot.

(B) The time spent by a resident in research that is not associated with the treatment or diagnosis of a particular patient is not countable.

(C) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1983, except for research activities described in paragraph (f)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, the time a resident is training in an approved medical residency program in a hospital setting, as described in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii)(A) through (f)(1)(ii)(D) of this section, must be spent in either patient care activities, as defined in § 413.75(b) of this subchapter, or in nonpatient care activities, such as didactic conferences and seminars, to be counted. This provision may not be applied in a manner that would require the reopening of settled cost reports, except those cost reports on which, as of March 23, 2010, there is a jurisdictionally proper appeal pending on direct GME or IME payments.

(D) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1983, the time spent by a resident in an approved medical residency program on vacation, sick leave, or other approved leave that does not prolong the total time the resident is participating in the approved program beyond the normal duration of the program is countable. This provision may not be applied in a manner that would require the reopening of settled cost reports, except those cost reports on which, as of March 23, 2010, there is a jurisdictionally proper appeal pending on direct GME or IME payments.

(iv)(A) Effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997, the total number of FTE residents in the fields of allopathic and osteopathic medicine in either a hospital or a nonhospital setting that meets the criteria listed in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section may not exceed the number of such FTE residents in the hospital (or, in the case of a hospital located in a rural area, effective for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2000, 130 percent of that number) with respect to the hospital's most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996.

(B)(1) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2005, a hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap may be reduced if its reference resident level, as determined under § 413.79(c)(1)(ii)(A) of this subchapter, is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap in a reference cost reporting period, in accordance with the provisions of § 413.79(c)(3) of this subchapter. The reduction is 75 percent of the difference between the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the reference resident level.

(2) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011, a hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap may be reduced if its reference resident level, as determined under § 413.79(c)(1)(ii)(B) of this subchapter, is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap in a reference cost reporting period, in accordance with the provisions of § 413.79(m) of this subchapter. The reduction shall take into account the hospital's FTE resident cap as reduced under paragraph (f)(1)(iv)(B)(1). The reduction is 65 percent of the difference between the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the reference resident level.

(C)(1) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2005, a hospital may qualify to receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (up to 25 additional FTEs) if the criteria specified in § 413.79(c)(4) of this subchapter are met.

(2) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011, a hospital may qualify to receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (up to 75 additional FTEs) if the criteria specified in § 413.79(n) of this subchapter are met.

(3) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2023, a hospital may qualify to receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap if the criteria specified in § 413.79(p) of this subchapter are met.

(4) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2026, a hospital may qualify to receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap if the criteria specified in § 413.79(q) of this subchapter are met.

(D) A rural hospital redesignated as urban after September 30, 2004, as a result of the most recent census data and implementation of the new labor market area definitions announced by OMB on June 6, 2003, may retain the increases to its full-time equivalent resident cap that it received under paragraphs (f)(1)(iv)(A) and (f)(1)(vii) of this section while it was located in a rural area. Effective October 1, 2014, if a rural hospital is redesignated as urban due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS, the redesignated urban hospital may retain any existing increases to its FTE resident cap that it had received prior to when the redesignation became effective. Effective October 1, 2014, if a rural hospital is redesignated as urban due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS, the redesignated urban hospital may receive an increase to its FTE resident cap for a new program, in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, if it received a letter of accreditation for the new program and/or started training residents in the new program prior to the redesignation becoming effective.

(v)(A) For a hospital's cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and before October 1, 1998, the total number of full-time equivalent residents for payment purposes is equal to the average of the actual full-time equivalent resident counts (subject to the requirements listed in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii)(C) and (f)(1)(iv) of this section) for that cost reporting period and the preceding cost reporting period.

(B) For a hospital's cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1998, the total number of full-time equivalent residents for payment purposes is equal to the average of the actual full-time equivalent resident count (subject to the requirements set forth in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii)(C) and (f)(1)(iv) of this section) for that cost reporting period and the preceding two cost reporting periods.

(C) For new programs started prior to October 1, 2012, if a hospital qualified for an adjustment to the limit established under paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section for new medical residency programs created under paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of this section, the count of residents participating in new medical residency training programs above the number included in the hospital's full-time equivalent count for the cost reporting period ending during calendar year 1996 is added after applying the averaging rules in paragraph (f)(1)(v)(B) of this section for a period of years. Residents participating in new medical residency training programs are included in the hospital's full-time equivalent count before applying the averaging rules after the period of years has expired. For purposes of this paragraph, for each new program started, the period of years equals the minimum accredited length for each new program. The period of years for each new program begins when the first resident begins training in each new program.

(D) For new programs started on or after October 1, 2012, for hospitals for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e) of this chapter, full-time equivalent residents participating in new medical residency training programs are excluded from the hospital's full-time equivalent count before applying the averaging rules during the cost reporting periods prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the first new program started, for hospitals for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(1) of this chapter, and prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the each individual new program started, for hospitals for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(3) of this chapter. Beginning with the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the first new program started for hospitals for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(1) of this chapter, and beginning with the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of each individual new program started for hospitals for which the full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(3) of this chapter, full-time equivalent residents participating in new medical residency training programs are included in the hospital's full-time equivalent count before applying the averaging rules in paragraph (f)(1)(v)(B) of this section.

(E) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(ix) of this section, full-time equivalent residents that are displaced by the closure of either another hospital or another hospital's program are added to the full-time equivalent count after applying the averaging rules in paragraph (f)(1)(v)(B) of this section for the receiving hospital for the duration of time that the displaced residents are training at the receiving hospital.

(F) (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(x) of this section, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and beginning before October 1, 2022, full-time equivalent residents at an urban hospital in a rural track program are included in the urban hospital's rolling average calculation described in paragraph (f)(1)(v)(B) of this section.

(2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(x) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, full-time equivalent residents at an urban hospital or rural hospital in a Rural Track Program are excluded from the rolling average calculation described in paragraph (f)(1)(v)(B) of this section during the cost reporting periods prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of each rural track.

(vi) Hospitals that are part of the same Medicare GME affiliated group or emergency Medicare GME affiliated group (as defined in § 413.75(b) of this subchapter) may elect to apply the limit specified in paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section on an aggregate basis, as specified in § 413.79(f) of this subchapter. Effective beginning on or after October 1, 2008, home and host hospitals with valid emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements are exempt from the application of the ratio cap specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.

(vii) (A) If a hospital establishes a new medical residency training program, as defined in § 413.79(l) of this subchapter, the hospital's full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of § 413.79(e) of this subchapter.

(B)(1) A hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a full-time equivalent cap of less than 1.0 FTE based on a cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997, that begins training residents in a new medical residency training program, as defined at § 413.79(l) of this subchapter, in a cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, and before December 26, 2025, may receive an adjustment to its full-time equivalent cap when it trains at least 1.0 FTE in such new medical residency training program(s), to be calculated in accordance with § 413.79(e) of this subchapter.

(2) A hospital that has a full-time equivalent cap of no more than 3.0 FTEs based on a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and before December 27, 2020, that begins training residents in a new medical residency training program, as defined at § 413.79(l) of this subchapter, in a cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and before December 26, 2025, may receive an adjustment to its full-time equivalent cap when it trains more than 3.0 FTE in such new medical residency training program(s), to be calculated in accordance with the provisions of § 413.79(e) of this subchapter.

(viii) A hospital that began construction of its facility prior to August 5, 1997, and sponsored new medical residency training programs on or after January 1, 1995 and on or before August 5, 1997, that either received initial accreditation by the appropriate accrediting body or temporarily trained residents at another hospital(s) until the facility was completed, may receive an adjustment to its full-time equivalent cap in accordance with the provisions of § 413.79(g) of this subchapter.

(ix)(A) A hospital may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE resident cap to reflect displaced residents added because of another hospital's closure if the hospital meets the criteria specified in § 413.79(h)(1) and (2) of this subchapter. If a hospital that closes its residency training program agrees to temporarily reduce its FTE resident cap according to the criteria specified in § 413.79(h)(1) and (h)(3)(ii)of this subchapter, another hospital(s) may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE resident cap to reflect displaced residents added because of the closure of the residency training program if the criteria specified in § 413.79(h)(1) and (h)(3)(i) of this subchapter are met.

(B) A hospital may receive a permanent adjustment to its FTE resident cap as a result of slots that were redistributed from a closed hospital, as defined at § 413.79(h)(1)(i) of this subchapter, if the hospital meets the requirements at § 413.79(o) of this subchapter.

(x) (A) For rural track programs started in a cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 2022, an urban hospital that establishes a new residency program (as defined in § 413.79(l) of this subchapter), or has an existing residency program, with a rural track (or an integrated rural track) may include in its FTE count residents in those rural tracks in accordance with the applicable provisions of § 413.79(k) of this subchapter.

(B) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, an urban hospital or rural hospital that establishes a new residency program (as defined in § 413.79(l) of this subchapter) that is a Rural Track Program (as defined at § 413.75(b) of this subchapter), or adds an additional site to a Rural Track Program, may include in its FTE count residents in the Rural Track Program in accordance with the applicable provisions of § 413.79(k) of this subchapter.

(xi) Effective for discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after November 29, 1999, a hospital may receive an adjustment to its FTE cap of up to three additional FTEs to the extent that the additional residents would have been counted as primary care residents for purposes of the hospital's FTE cap but for the fact that the additional residents were on maternity or disability leave or a similar approved leave of absence, in accordance with the provisions of § 413.79(i) of this subchapter.

(xii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997, a non-Veterans Affairs (VA) hospital may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect residents who had been previously trained at a VA hospital and were subsequently transferred to the non-VA hospital, if the hospital meets the criteria and other provisions of § 413.79(j) of this subchapter.

(xiii) For a hospital that was paid under part 413 of this chapter as a hospital excluded from the hospital inpatient prospective payment system and that subsequently becomes subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, the limit on the total number of FTE residents for payment purposes is determined based on the data from the hospital's most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996.

(xiv) In the case of a merger of a hospital that is excluded from the hospital inpatient prospective payment system and an acute care hospital subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, if the surviving hospital is a hospital subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system and no hospital unit that is excluded from the hospital inpatient prospective payment system is created as a result of the merger, the surviving hospital's number of FTE residents for payment purposes is equal to the sum of the FTE resident count of the hospital that is subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system as determined under paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B) of this section and the limit on the total number of FTE residents for the excluded hospital as determined under paragraph (f)(1)(xiii) of this section.

(xv) Effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, an urban hospital that reclassifies to a rural area under § 412.103 for fewer than 10 continuous years and then subsequently elects to revert back to urban classification will not be allowed to retain the adjustment to its IME FTE resident cap that it received as a result of being reclassified as rural.

(2) To include a resident in the full-time equivalent count for a particular cost reporting period, the hospital must furnish the following information. The information must be certified by an official of the hospital and, if different, an official responsible for administering the residency program.

(i) A listing, by specialty, of all residents assigned to the hospital and providing services to the hospital during the cost reporting period.

(ii) The name and social security number of each resident.

(iii) The dates the resident is assigned to the hospital.

(iv) The dates the resident is assigned to other hospitals or other freestanding providers and any nonprovider setting during the cost reporting period.

(v) The proportion of the total time necessary to fill a residency slot that the resident is assigned to an area of the hospital listed under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section.

(3) Fiscal intermediaries must verify the correct count of residents.

(g) Indirect medical education payment for managed care enrollees. For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 1998, a payment is made to a hospital for indirect medical education costs, as determined under paragraph (e) of this section, for discharges associated with individuals who are enrolled under a risk-sharing contract with an eligible organization under section 1876 of the Act or with a Medicare + Choice organization under title XVIII, Part C of the Act during the period, according to the applicable payment percentages described in §§ 413.76(c)(1) through (c)(5) of this subchapter.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985. Redesignated at 56 FR 43241, Aug. 30, 1991]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.105, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.106 Special treatment: Hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(a) General considerations. (1) The factors considered in determining whether a hospital qualifies for a payment adjustment include the number of beds, the number of patient days, and the hospital's location.

(i) The number of beds in a hospital is determined in accordance with § 412.105(b).

(ii) For purposes of this section, the number of patient days in a hospital includes only those days attributable to units or wards of the hospital providing acute care services generally payable under the prospective payment system and excludes patient days associated with—

(A) Beds in excluded distinct part hospital units;

(B) Beds otherwise countable under this section used for outpatient observation services, skilled nursing swing-bed services, or inpatient hospice services;

(C) Beds in a unit or ward that is not occupied to provide a level of care that would be payable under the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment system at any time during the 3 preceding months (the beds in the unit or ward are to be excluded from the determination of available bed days during the current month); and

(D) Beds in a unit or ward that is otherwise occupied (to provide a level of care that would be payable under the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment system) that could not be made available for inpatient occupancy within 24 hours for 30 consecutive days.

(iii) The hospital's location, in an urban or rural area, is determined in accordance with the definitions in § 412.64, except that a reclassification that results from an urban hospital reclassified as rural as set forth in § 412.103 is classified as rural.

(2) The payment adjustment is applied to the hospital's DRG revenue for inpatient operating costs based on DRG-adjusted prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs, excluding outlier payments for inpatient operating costs under subpart F of this part and additional payments made under the provisions of § 412.105.

(b) Determination of a hospital's disproportionate patient percentage—(1) General rule. A hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is determined by adding the results of two computations and expressing that sum as a percentage.

(2) First computation: Federal fiscal year. For each month of the Federal fiscal year in which the hospital's cost reporting period begins, CMS—

(i) Determines the number of patient days that—

(A) Are associated with discharges occurring during each month; and

(B) Are furnished to patients who during that month were entitled to both Medicare Part A (including Medicare Advantage (Part C)) and SSI, excluding those patients who received only State supplementation;

(ii) Adds the results for the whole period; and

(iii) Divides the number determined under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section by the total number of days that—

(A) Are associated with discharges that occur during that period; and

(B) Are furnished to patients entitled to Medicare Part A (including Medicare Advantage (Part C)).

(3) First computation: Cost reporting period. If a hospital prefers that CMS use its cost reporting period instead of the Federal fiscal year, it must furnish to CMS, through its intermediary, a written request including the hospital's name, provider number, and cost reporting period end date. This exception will be performed once per hospital per cost reporting period, and the resulting percentage becomes the hospital's official Medicare Part A/SSI percentage for that period.

(4) Second computation. The fiscal intermediary determines, for the same cost reporting period used for the first computation, the number of the hospital's patient days of service for patients who were not entitled to Medicare Part A, and who were either eligible for Medicaid on such days as described in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section or who were regarded as eligible for Medicaid on such days and the Secretary has determined to include those days in this computation as described in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section. The fiscal intermediary then divides that number by the total number of patient days in the same period. For purposes of this second computation, the following requirements apply:

(i) For purposes of this computation, a patient is eligible for Medicaid on a given day if the patient is eligible on that day for inpatient hospital services under a State Medicaid plan approved under title XIX of the Act, regardless of whether particular items or services were covered or paid for on that day under the State plan.

(ii) For purposes of this computation, a patient is regarded as eligible for Medicaid on a given day if the patient receives health insurance authorized by a demonstration approved by the Secretary under section 1115(a)(2) of the Act for that day, where the cost of such health insurance may be counted as expenditures under section 1903 of the Act, or the patient has health insurance for that day purchased using premium assistance received through a demonstration approved by the Secretary under section 1115(a)(2) of the Act, where the cost of the premium assistance may be counted as expenditures under section 1903 of the Act, and in either case regardless of whether particular items or services were covered or paid for on that day by the health insurance. Of these patients regarded as eligible for Medicaid on a given day, only the days of patients meeting the following criteria on that day may be counted in this second computation:

(A) Patients who are provided by a demonstration authorized under section 1115(a)(2) of the Act health insurance that covers inpatient hospital services; or

(B) Patients who purchase health insurance that covers inpatient hospital services using premium assistance provided by a demonstration authorized under section 1115(a)(2) of the Act and the premium assistance accounts for 100 percent of the premium cost to the patient.

(iii) Patients whose health care costs, including inpatient hospital services costs, for a given day are claimed for payment by a provider from an uncompensated, undercompensated, or other type of funding pool authorized under section 1115(a) of the Act to fund providers' uncompensated care costs are not regarded as eligible for Medicaid for purposes of paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section on that day and the days of such patients may not be included in this second computation.

(iv) The hospital has the burden of furnishing data adequate to prove eligibility for each Medicaid patient day claimed under this paragraph, and of verifying with the State that a patient was eligible for Medicaid during each claimed patient hospital day.

(v) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2009, the hospital must report the days in the numerator of the fraction in the second computation in a cost reporting period based on the date of discharge, the date of admission, or the dates of service. If a hospital seeks to change its methodology for reporting days in the numerator of the fraction in the second computation, the hospital must notify CMS, through its fiscal intermediary or MAC, in writing at least 30 days before the beginning of the cost reporting period in which the change would apply. The written notification must specify the methodology the hospital will use, the cost reporting period to which the requested change would apply, and the current methodology being used. Such a change will be effective only on the first day of a cost reporting period. If a hospital changes its methodology for reporting such days, CMS or the fiscal intermediary or MAC may adjust the number of days reported for a cost reporting period if it determines that any of those days have been counted in a prior cost reporting period.

(5) Disproportionate patient percentage. The intermediary adds the results of the first computation made under either paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section and the second computation made under paragraph (b)(4) of this section and expresses that sum as a percentage. This is the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage, and is used in paragraph (c) of this section.

(c) Criteria for classification. A hospital is classified as a “disproportionate share” hospital under any of the following circumstances:

(1) The hospital's disproportionate patient percentage, as determined under paragraph (b)(5) of this section, is at least equal to one of the following:

(i) 15 percent, if the hospital is located in an urban area, and has 100 or more beds, or is located in a rural area and has 500 or more beds.

(ii) 30 percent for discharges occurring before April 1, 2001, and 15 percent for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001, if the hospital is located in a rural area and either has more than 100 beds and fewer than 500 beds or is classified as a sole community hospital under § 412.92.

(iii) 40 percent for discharges before April 1, 2001, and 15 percent for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001, if the hospital is located in an urban area and has fewer than 100 beds.

(iv) 45 percent for discharges before April 1, 2001, and 15 percent for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001, if the hospital is located in a rural area and has 100 or fewer beds.

(2) The hospital is located in an urban area, has 100 or more beds, and can demonstrate that, during its cost reporting period, more than 30 percent of its net inpatient care revenues are derived from State and local government payments for care furnished to indigent patients.

(d) Payment adjustment factor—(1) Method of adjustment. Subject to the reduction factor set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, if a hospital serves a disproportionate number of low-income patients, its DRG revenues for inpatient operating costs are increased by an adjustment factor as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(2) Payment adjustment factors. (i) If the hospital meets the criteria of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the payment adjustment factor is equal to one of the following:

(A) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is as follows:

(1) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1990, and before January 1, 1991, 5.62 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after January 1, 1991, and before October 1, 1993, 5.62 percent plus 70 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1993, and before October 1, 1994, 5.88 percent plus 80 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(4) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1994, 5.88 percent plus 82.5 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(B) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is as follows:

(1) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1990, and before October 1, 1993, 2.5 percent plus 60 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1993, 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(ii) If the hospital meets the criteria of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the payment adjustment factor is equal to one of the following:

(A) If the hospital is classified as a rural referral center—

(1) For discharges occurring before April 1, 2001, the payment adjustment factor is 4 percent plus 60 percent of the difference between the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage and 30 percent.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001, and before April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(i) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(ii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 19.3 percent and less than 30 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.25 percent.

(iii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than or equal to 30 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.25 percent plus 60 percent of the difference between 30 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(i) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than or equal to 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(ii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.88 percent plus 82.5 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(B) If the hospital is classified as a sole community hospital—

(1) For discharges occurring before April 1, 2001, the payment adjustment factor is 10 percent.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001 and before April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(i) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(ii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is equal to or greater than 19.3 percent and less than 30 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.25 percent.

(iii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is equal to or greater than 30 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 10 percent.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(i) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than or equal to 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(ii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.88 percent plus 82.5 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(iii) The maximum payment adjustment factor is 12 percent.

(C) If the hospital is classified as both a rural referral center and a sole community hospital, the payment adjustment is—

(1) For discharges occurring before April 1, 2001, the greater of—

(i) 10 percent; or

(ii) 4 percent plus 60 percent of the difference between the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage and 30 percent.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001 and before April 1, 2004, the greater of the adjustments determined under paragraphs (d)(2)(ii)(A) or (d)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(i) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(ii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.88 percent plus 82.5 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(D) If the hospital is classified as a rural hospital and is not classified as either a sole community hospital or a rural referral center, and has 100 or more beds—

(1) For discharges occurring before April 1, 2001, the payment adjustment factor is 4 percent.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001 and before April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(i) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage and 15 percent.

(ii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is equal to or greater than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.25 percent.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(i) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than or equal to 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(ii) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.88 percent plus 82.5 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(iii) The maximum payment adjustment factor is 12 percent.

(iii) If the hospital meets the criteria of paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section—

(A) For discharges occurring before April 1, 2001, the payment adjustment factor is 5 percent.

(B) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001 and before April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(1) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage and 15 percent.

(2) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is equal to or greater than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.25 percent.

(C) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(1) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than or equal to 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(2) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.88 percent plus 82.5 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(3) The maximum payment adjustment factor is 12 percent.

(iv) If the hospital meets the criteria of paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section—

(A) For discharges occurring before April 1, 2001, the payment adjustment factor is 4 percent.

(B) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001 and before April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(1) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage and 15 percent.

(2) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is equal to or greater than 19.3 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.25 percent.

(C) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004, the following applies:

(1) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is less than or equal to 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 2.5 percent plus 65 percent of the difference between 15 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(2) If the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage is greater than 20.2 percent, the applicable payment adjustment factor is 5.88 percent plus 82.5 percent of the difference between 20.2 percent and the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage.

(3) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(D) of this section, the maximum payment adjustment factor is 12 percent.

(D) Effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, for a hospital that is classified as a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital under § 412.108, the payment adjustment factor limitation specified in paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(C)(3) does not apply.

(v) If the hospital meets the criteria of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the payment adjustment factor is as follows:

(A) 30 percent for discharges occurring on or after April 1, 1990, and before October 1, 1991.

(B) 35 percent for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1991.

(e) Reduction in payments beginning FY 1998. The amounts otherwise payable to a hospital under paragraph (d) of this section are reduced by the following:

(1) For FY 1998, 1 percent.

(2) For FY 1999, 2 percent.

(3) For FY 2000, 3 percent.

(4) For FY 2001:

(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2000 and before April 1, 2001, 3 percent.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2001 and before October 1, 2001, 1 percent.

(5) For FY 2002, 3 percent.

(6) For FYs 2003 and thereafter, 0 percent.

(f) Empirically justified Medicare DSH payments. Effective for discharges on or after October 1, 2013, the amounts otherwise payable to a hospital under paragraph (d) of this section are reduced by 75 percent.

(g) Additional payment for uncompensated care. (1) Payment rules. Hospitals that qualify for payments under this section for fiscal year 2014 and each subsequent year, will receive an additional amount equal to the product of the following three factors:

(i) Factor 1. For FY 2014 and each subsequent fiscal year, a factor equal to the difference between:

(A) The most recently available estimates, as calculated by CMS' Office of the Actuary, of the aggregate amount of payments that would be made to such hospitals under paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section if paragraph (f) of this section did not apply for the fiscal year; and

(B) The most recently available estimates, as calculated by CMS' Office of the Actuary, of the aggregate amount of payments that are made to such hospitals pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section for the fiscal year.

(ii) Factor 2. (A) For each of fiscal years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, a factor equal to 1 minus the percent change in the percent of individuals under the age of 65 who are uninsured (and subtracting from the factor 0.1 percentage point for fiscal year 2014 and 0.2 percentage point for each of fiscal years 2015, 2016, and 2017), as determined by comparing—

(1) 18 percent, the percent of such individuals who are uninsured in 2013, based on the March 20, 2010, estimate of the “Insured Share of the Nonelderly Population Including All Residents” by the Congressional Budget Office.

(2) The percent of such individuals who are uninsured in the applicable fiscal year, based on the most recent estimate of the “Insured Share of the Nonelderly Population Including All Residents” by the Congressional Budget Office available at the time of development of the annual final rule for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system.

(B) For FY 2018 and subsequent fiscal years, a factor equal to 1 minus the percent change in the percent of individuals who are uninsured (and subtracting from the factor 0.2 percentage point for each of fiscal years 2018 and 2019), as determined by comparing the percent of individuals who are uninsured in—

(1) 2013 (as estimated by the Secretary, based on data from the Census Bureau or other sources the Secretary determines appropriate, and certified by the Chief Actuary of the CMS); and

(2) The most recent period for which data is available (as so estimated and certified).

(iii) Factor 3. A factor equal to the percent, for each inpatient prospective payment system hospital, that represents the quotient of:

(A) The amount of uncompensated care for such hospital as estimated by CMS.

(B) The aggregate amount of uncompensated care as estimated by CMS for all hospitals that are estimated to receive a payment under this section.

(C)(1) For fiscal years 2014 and 2015, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on the most recent available data on utilization for Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (4) of this section.

(2) For fiscal year 2016, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (4) of this section, using data on Medicaid utilization from 2012 or 2011 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract, the 2012 cost report data submitted to CMS by IHS hospitals, and the most recent available data on Medicare SSI utilization.

(3) For fiscal year 2017, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (4) of this section, using data on Medicaid utilization from 2011, 2012, and 2013 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract, the 2011 and 2012 cost report data submitted to CMS by IHS hospitals, and the most recent available 3 years of data on Medicare SSI utilization (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization data).

(4) For fiscal year 2018, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(4) of this section, using data on Medicaid utilization from 2012 and 2013 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract and 2012 cost report data submitted to CMS by IHS or Tribal hospitals and the most recent available 2 years of data on Medicare SSI utilization (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization data), and for hospitals other than Puerto Rico hospitals, IHS or Tribal hospitals, and all-inclusive rate providers, data on uncompensated care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare bad debt costs from 2014 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract.

(5) For fiscal year 2019, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (4) of this section, using data on Medicaid utilization from 2013 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract and the most recent available year of data on Medicare SSI utilization (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization data), and for hospitals other than Puerto Rico hospitals, IHS or Tribal hospitals, and all-inclusive rate providers, data on uncompensated care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare and nonreimbursable Medicare bad debt costs from 2014 and 2015 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract.

(6) For fiscal year 2020, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on data on uncompensated care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare and non-reimbursable Medicare bad debt costs from 2015 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract, except that, for Puerto Rico hospitals and Indian Health Service or Tribal hospitals, CMS will base its estimates on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(4) of this section, using data on Medicaid utilization from 2013 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract and the most recent available year of data on Medicare SSI utilization (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization data).

(7) For fiscal year 2021, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on data on uncompensated care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare and non-reimbursable Medicare bad debt costs from 2017 cost reports from the most recent Hospital Cost Report Information System (HCRIS) database extract, except that, for Puerto Rico hospitals and Indian Health Service or Tribal hospitals, CMS will base its estimates on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare Supplemental Security Income (SSI) patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(4) of this section, using data on Medicaid utilization from 2013 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract and the most recent available year of data on Medicare SSI utilization (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization data).

(8) For fiscal year 2022, for all eligible hospitals, except Indian Health Service and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals that have a cost report for 2013, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on data on uncompensated care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare and non-reimbursable Medicare bad debt costs from cost reports from the most recent cost reporting year for which audits have been conducted.

(9) For fiscal year 2022, for Indian Health Service and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals that have a cost report for 2013, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare Supplemental Security Income (SSI) patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(4) of this section, using data on Medicaid utilization from 2013 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database extract and the most recent available year of data on Medicare SSI utilization (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization data).

(10) For fiscal year 2023, for all eligible hospitals, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on data on uncompensated care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare and non-reimbursable Medicare bad debt costs from cost reports from the two most recent cost reporting years for which audits have been conducted. If a hospital is a new hospital (that is, a hospital that began participation in the Medicare program after the two most recent cost reporting years for which audits have been conducted) or if the hospital is treated as a new hospital for purposes of Factor 3, the Medicare administrative contractor (MAC) will determine Factor 3 as the ratio of the hospital's uncompensated care costs from its FY 2023 cost report to the sum of uncompensated care costs for all DSH-eligible hospitals as estimated by CMS from the most recent cost reporting year for which audits have been conducted.

(11) For fiscal year 2024 and subsequent fiscal years, for all eligible hospitals, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on data on uncompensated care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare and non-reimbursable Medicare bad debt costs from cost reports from the three most recent cost reporting years for which audits have been conducted. If a hospital is a new hospital (that is, a hospital that began participation in the Medicare program after the three most recent cost reporting years for which audits have been conducted) or if the hospital is treated as a new hospital for purposes of Factor 3, the Medicare administrative contractor (MAC) will determine Factor 3 as the ratio of the hospital's uncompensated care costs from its cost report for the applicable fiscal year to the sum of uncompensated care costs for all disproportionate share hospital (DSH)-eligible hospitals as estimated by CMS from the most recent cost reporting year for which audits have been conducted.

(2) Preclusion of administrative and judicial review. There is no administrative or judicial review under sections 1869 or 1878 of the Act, or otherwise, of the following:

(i) Any estimate of the Secretary for the purpose of determining the factors in paragraph (g)(1) of this section; and

(ii) Any period selected by the Secretary for such purposes.

(h) Supplemental payment for Indian Health Service and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals. (1) For fiscal year 2023 and each subsequent fiscal year, Indian Health Service and Tribal Hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals that qualify for an additional payment for uncompensated care under paragraph (g) of this section for the applicable fiscal year may also qualify to receive a supplemental payment.

(2) Indian Health Service and Tribal Hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals that do not have a Factor 3 amount for fiscal year 2022 determined under paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(C)(9) of this section are not eligible to receive a supplemental payment under this paragraph (h).

(3) The amount of the supplemental payment for a fiscal year is determined as the difference between the following:

(i) A base year amount defined as the FY 2022 uncompensated care payment determined for the hospital, in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section, adjusted by 1 plus the percent change in the aggregate amount of uncompensated care payments as estimated by CMS in accordance with paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section between fiscal year 2022 and the applicable fiscal year. If the hospital did not qualify for an additional payment for uncompensated care under paragraph (g) of this section for fiscal year 2022, CMS uses the Factor 3 determined for the hospital under paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(C)(9) of this section to estimate the amount of the additional payment for uncompensated care that the hospital would have received in fiscal year 2022 if the hospital had qualified for an additional payment for uncompensated care under paragraph (g)(1) of this section for that fiscal year.

(ii) The additional payment for uncompensated care determined for the hospital for the applicable fiscal year, in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(4) If the base year amount under paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section is equal to or lower than the additional payment for uncompensated care determined for the hospital for the applicable fiscal year in accordance with paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the hospital will not receive a supplemental payment under paragraph (h) of this section for that fiscal year.

(i) Manner and timing of payments. (1) Interim payments are made during the payment year to each hospital that is estimated to be eligible for payments under this section at the time of the annual final rule for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, subject to the final determination of eligibility at the time of cost report settlement for each hospital. For FY 2025, interim uncompensated care payments are calculated based on an average of the most recent 2 years of available historical discharge data. For FY 2026 and subsequent years, interim uncompensated care payments are calculated based on an average of the most recent 3 years of available historical discharge data.

(2) Final payment determinations are made at the time of cost report settlement, based on the final determination of each hospital's eligibility for payment under this section.

[54 FR 36494, Sept. 1, 1989]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.106, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.107 Special treatment: Hospitals that receive an additional update for FYs 1998 and 1999.

(a) Additional payment update. A hospital that meets the criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this section receives the following increase to its applicable percentage amount set forth in § 412.63 (p) and (q):

(1) For FY 1998, 0.5 percent.

(2) For FY 1999, 0.3 percent.

(b) Criteria for classification. A hospital is eligible for the additional payment update set forth in paragraph (a) of this section if it meets all of the following criteria:

(1) Definition. The hospital is not a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital as defined in § 412.108(a) and does not receive any additional payment under the following provisions:

(i) The indirect medical education adjustment made under § 412.105.

(ii) The disproportionate share adjustment made under § 412.106.

(2) State criteria. The hospital is located in a State in which the aggregate payment made under § 412.112 (a) and (c) for hospitals described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section for their cost reporting periods beginning in FY 1995 is less than the allowable operating costs described in § 412.2(c) for those hospitals.

(3) Hospital criteria. The aggregate payment made to the hospital under § 412.112 (a) and (c) for the hospital's cost reporting period beginning in the fiscal year in which the additional payment update described in paragraph (a) of this section is made is less than the allowable operating cost described in § 412.2(c) for that hospital.

[62 FR 46030, Aug. 29, 1997]

§ 412.108 Special treatment: Medicare-dependent, small rural hospitals.

(a) Criteria for classification as a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital—

(1) General considerations. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 1990, and ending before October 1, 1994, or for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997, and before January 1, 2027, a hospital is classified as a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital if it meets all of the following conditions:

(i) It is located in a rural area (as defined in subpart D of this part) or it is located in a State with no rural area and satisfies any of the criteria under § 412.103(a)(1) or (3) or under § 412.103(a)(2) as of January 1, 2018.

(ii) The hospital has 100 or fewer beds as defined in § 412.105(b) during the cost reporting period.

(iii) The hospital is not also classified as a sole community hospital under § 412.92.

(iv) At least 60 percent of the hospital's inpatient days or discharges were attributable to individuals entitled to Medicare Part A benefits during the hospital's cost reporting period or periods as follows, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(v) of this section:

(A) The hospital's cost reporting period ending on or after September 30, 1987 and before September 30, 1988.

(B) If the hospital does not have a cost reporting period that meets the criterion set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(iv)(A) of this section, the hospital's cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1986, and before October 1, 1987.

(C) At least two of the last three most recent audited cost reporting periods for which the Secretary has a settled cost report.

(v) If the cost reporting period determined under paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section is for less than 12 months, the hospital's most recent 12-month or longer cost reporting period before the short period is used.

(2) Counting days and discharges. In counting inpatient days and discharges for purposes of meeting the criteria in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, only days and discharges from acute care inpatient hospital stays are counted (including days and discharges from swing beds when used for acute care inpatient hospital services), but not including days and discharges from units excluded from the prospective payment system under §§ 412.25 through 412.30 or from newborn nursery units. For purposes of this section, a transfer as defined in § 412.4(b) is considered to be a discharge.

(3) Criteria for hospitals that have remote location(s). For a hospital with a main campus and one or more remote locations under a single provider agreement where services are provided and billed under the inpatient hospital prospective payment system and that meets the provider-based criteria at § 413.65 of this chapter as a main campus and a remote location of a hospital, combined data from the main campus and its remote location (s) are required to demonstrate that the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section are met. For the location requirement specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the hospital must demonstrate that the main campus and its remote locations each independently satisfy this requirement.

(b) Classification procedures. (1) The MAC determines whether a hospital meets the criteria specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

(2) A hospital must submit a written request along with qualifying documentation to its fiscal intermediary to be considered for MDH status based on the criterion under paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(C) of this section.

(3) The MAC will make its determination and notify the hospital within 90 days from the date that it receives the hospital's request and all of the required documentation.

(4) For applications received on or before September 30, 2018, a determination of MDH status made by the MAC is effective 30 days after the date the MAC provides written notification to the hospital. For applications received on or after October 1, 2018, a determination of MDH status made by the MAC is effective as of the date the MAC receives the complete application. An approved MDH status determination remains in effect unless there is a change in the circumstances under which the status was approved.

(i) An approved MDH must notify the MAC if any change occurs that is specified in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section occurs. If CMS determines that an MDH failed to comply with this requirement, CMS will cancel the hospital's classification as an MDH effective with the date that the hospital no longer met the criteria for such status, consistent with the provisions of § 405.1885 of this chapter.

(ii) An MDH must report the following to the MAC within 30 days of the event:

(A) The number of beds increases to more than 100.

(B) Its geographic classification changes.

(iii) An MDH must report to the MAC if it becomes aware of any change that would affect its classification as an MDH beyond the events listed in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section within 30 days of the event. If CMS determines that an MDH has failed to comply with this requirement, CMS will cancel the hospital's classification as an MDH effective with the date the hospital became aware of the event that resulted in the MDH no longer meeting the criteria for such classification, consistent with the provisions of § 405.1885 of this chapter.

(5) The MAC will evaluate on an ongoing basis, whether or not a hospital continues to qualify for MDH status. This evaluation includes an ongoing review to ensure that the hospital continues to meet all of the criteria specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

(6) If the MAC determines that a hospital no longer qualifies for MDH status, the change in status will become effective 30 days after the date the MAC provides written notification to the hospital.

(7) A hospital may reapply for MDH status following its disqualification only after it has completed another cost reporting period that has been audited and settled. The hospital must reapply for MDH status in writing to its MAC and submit the required documentation.

(8) If a hospital disagrees with an MAC's determination regarding the hospital's initial or ongoing MDH status, the hospital may notify its MAC and submit other documentable evidence to support its claim that it meets the MDH qualifying criteria.

(9) The MAC's initial and ongoing determination is subject to review under subpart R of Part 405 of this chapter. The time required by the MAC to review the request is considered good cause for granting an extension of the time limit for the hospital to apply for that review.

(c) Payment methodology. A hospital that meets the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section is paid for its inpatient operating costs the sum of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.

(1) The Federal payment rate applicable to the hospital, as determined under subpart D of this part, subject to the regional floor defined in § 412.70(c)(6).

(2) The amount, if any, determined as follows:

(i) For discharges occurring during the first three 12-month cost reporting periods that begin on or after April 1, 1990, 100 percent of the amount that the Federal rate determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section is exceeded by the higher of the following:

(A) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.73.

(B) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.75.

(ii) For discharges occurring during any subsequent cost reporting period (or portion thereof) and before October 1, 1994, and for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 and before October 1, 2006, 50 percent of the amount that the Federal rate determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section is exceeded by the higher of the following:

(A) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.73.

(B) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.75.

(iii) For discharges occurring during cost reporting periods (or portions thereof) beginning on or after October 1, 2006, and before January 1, 2027, 75 percent of the amount that the Federal rate determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section is exceeded by the highest of the following:

(A) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.73.

(B) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.75.

(C) The hospital-specific rate as determined under § 412.79.

(d) Additional payments to hospitals experiencing a significant volume decrease. (1) CMS provides for a payment adjustment for a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital for any cost reporting period during which the hospital experiences, due to circumstances as described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a more than 5 percent decrease in its total inpatient discharges as compared to its immediately preceding cost reporting period. If either the cost reporting period in question or the immediately preceding cost reporting period is other than a 12-month cost reporting period, the MAC must convert the discharges to a monthly figure and multiply this figure by 12 to estimate the total number of discharges for a 12-month cost reporting period.

(2) To qualify for a payment adjustment on the basis of a decrease in discharges, a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital must submit its request no later than 180 days after the date on the MAC's Notice of Amount of Program Reimbursement and it must—

(i) Submit to the MAC documentation demonstrating the size of the decrease in discharges and the resulting effect on per discharge costs; and

(ii) Show that the decrease is due to circumstances beyond the hospital's control.

(3) The MAC determines a lump sum adjustment amount in accordance with the methodology set forth in § 412.92(e)(3).

(i) In determining the adjustment amount, the MAC considers—

(A) The individual hospital's needs and circumstances, including the reasonable cost of maintaining necessary core staff and services in view of minimum staffing requirements imposed by State agencies;

(B) The hospital's fixed (and semi-fixed) costs, other than those costs paid on a reasonable cost basis under part 413 of this chapter; and

(C) The length of time the hospital has experienced a decrease in utilization.

(ii) The MAC makes its determination within 180 days from the date it receives the hospital's request and all other necessary information.

(iii) The MAC determination is subject to review under subpart R of part 405 of this chapter. The time required by the MAC to review the request is considered good cause for granting an extension of the time limit for the hospital to apply for that review.

[55 FR 15175, Apr. 20, 1990; 55 FR 32088, Aug. 7, 1990]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.108, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.109 Special treatment: Essential access community hospitals (EACHs).

(a) General rule. For payment purposes, CMS treats as a sole community hospital any hospital that is located in a rural area as described in paragraph (b) of this section and that CMS designated as an EACH under section 1820(i)(1) of the Act as in effect on September 30, 1997, for as long as the hospital continues to comply with the terms, conditions, and limitations that were applicable at the time CMS designated the hospital as an EACH. The payment methodology for sole community hospitals is set forth at § 412.92(d).

(b) Location in a rural area. For purposes of this section, a hospital is located in a rural area if it—

(1) Is located outside any area that is a Metropolitan Statistical Area as defined by the Office of Management and Budget or that has been recognized as urban under § 412.62;

(2) Is not deemed to be located in an urban area under subpart D of this part.

(3) Is not classified as an urban hospital for purposes of the standardized payment amount by CMS or the Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board; or

(4) Is not located in a rural county that has been redesignated to an adjacent urban area under § 412.232.

(c) Adjustment to the hospital-specific rate for rural EACH's experiencing increased costs—(1) General rule. CMS increases the applicable hospital-specific rate of an EACH that it treats as a sole community hospital if, during a cost reporting period, the hospital experiences an increase in its Medicare inpatient operating costs per discharge that is directly attributable to activities related to its membership in a rural health network.

(2) Request and documentation. In order for a hospital to qualify for an increase in its hospital-specific rate, it must meet the following criteria:

(i) The hospital must submit its request to its intermediary no later than 180 days after the date on the intermediary's notice of program reimbursement.

(ii) The request must include documentation specifically identifying the increased costs resulting from the hospital's participation in a rural health network and show that the increased costs during the cost reporting period will result in increased costs in subsequent cost reporting periods that are not already accounted for under the prospective payment system payment.

(iii) The hospital must show that the cost increases are incremental costs that would not have been incurred in the absence of the hospital's membership in a rural health network.

(iv) The hospital must show that the cost increases do not include amounts for start-up and one-time, nonrecurring costs attributable to its membership in a rural health network.

(3) Intermediary recommendation. The intermediary forwards the following material to CMS within 60 days of receipt from the hospital:

(i) The hospital's documentation and the intermediary's verification of that documentation.

(ii) The intermediary's analysis and recommendation of the request.

(iii) The hospital's Medicare cost report for the year in which the increase in costs occurred and the prior year.

(4) CMS determination. CMS determines, within 120 days of receiving all necessary information from the intermediary, whether an increase in the hospital-specific rate is warranted and, if it is, the amount of the increase. CMS grants an adjustment only if a hospital's Medicare inpatient operating costs per discharge exceed the hospital's hospital-specific rate. The adjusted hospital-specific rate cannot exceed the hospital's Medicare inpatient operating costs per discharge for the cost reporting period.

(d) Termination of EACH designation. If CMS determines that a hospital no longer complies with the terms, conditions, and limitations that were applicable at the time CMS designated the hospital as an EACH, CMS will terminate the EACH designation of the hospital, effective with discharges occurring on or after 30 days after the date of the determination.

(e) Review of CMS determination. A determination by CMS that a hospital's EACH designation should be terminated, is subject to review under part 405, subpart R of this chapter, including the time limits for filing requests for hearings as specified in §§ 405.1811(a) and 405.1841(a)(1) and (b) of this chapter.

[58 FR 30669, May 26, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 45398, Sept. 1, 1994; 60 FR 45848, Sept. 1, 1995; 61 FR 21972, May 13, 1996; 62 FR 46030, Aug. 29, 1997; 70 FR 47486, Aug. 12, 2005]

Subpart H Payments to Hospitals Under the Prospective Payment Systems
§ 412.110 Total Medicare payment.

Under the prospective payment systems, Medicare's total payment for inpatient hospital services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary by a hospital will equal the sum of the payments listed in §§ 412.112 through 412.115, reduced by the amounts specified in § 412.120.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 57 FR 39824, Sept. 1, 1992]

§ 412.112 Payments determined on a per case basis.

A hospital is paid the following amounts on a per case basis:

(a) The appropriate prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs for each discharge as determined in accordance with subparts D, E, and G of this part.

(b) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, the appropriate prospective payment rate for capital-related costs for each discharge as determined in accordance with subpart M of this part.

(c) The appropriate outlier payment amounts determined under subpart F of this part.

(d) Additional payments for new medical services and technologies determined under subpart F of this part.

[56 FR 43448, Aug. 30, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 39824, Sept. 1, 1992; 68 FR 45470, Aug. 1, 2003]

§ 412.113 Other payments.

(a) Capital-related costs—(1) Payment. Subject to the reductions described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, payment for capital-related costs (as described in § 413.130 of this chapter) for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1991 is determined on a reasonable cost basis.

(2) Reduction to capital-related payments. (i) Except for sole community hospitals as defined in § 412.92, the amount of capital-related payments for cost-reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1991 (including a return on equity capital as provided under § 413.157 of this chapter) is reduced by—

(A) Three and one-half percent for payments attributable to portions of cost reporting periods occurring during Federal FY 1987;

(B) Seven percent for payments attributable to portions of cost reporting periods or discharges (as the case may be) occurring during fiscal year 1988 and before January 1, 1988;

(C) Twelve percent for payments attributable to portions of cost reporting periods or discharges (as the case may be) in fiscal year 1988 occurring on or after January 1, 1988;

(D) Fifteen percent for payments attributable to portions of cost reporting periods or discharges (as the case may be) occurring during fiscal year 1989 and beginning on or after January 1, 1990 and ending on or before September 30, 1991; and

(E) Ten percent for payments attributable to portions of cost-reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 1991 and before the beginning of the hospital's first cost-reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(ii) If a hospital's cost reporting period encompasses more than one Federal fiscal year, the reductions to capital-related payments are determined on a prorated monthly basis.

(3) For cost-reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, a hospital with a hospital-specific rate above the Federal capital rate is paid a hold-harmless payment for old capital determined in accordance with subpart M of this part.

(b) Direct medical education costs. (1) Payment for the direct medical education costs of interns and residents in approved programs for cost reporting periods beginning prior to July 1, 1985, and for approved education activities of nurses and paramedical health professionals is made as described in § 413.85 of this chapter.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1985, payment for the direct medical education costs of interns and residents in approved programs is made as described in §§ 413.75 through 413.83 of this subchapter.

(3) Except as provided in § 413.75(c) of this subchapter, for cost reporting periods during the prospective payment transition period, the costs of medical education must be determined in a manner that is consistent with the treatment of these costs for purposes of determining the hospital-specific portion of the payment rate as provided in subpart E of this part.

(c) Anesthesia services furnished by hospital or CAH employed nonphysician anesthetists or obtained under arrangements. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1984 through any part of a cost reporting period occurring before January 1, 1989, payment is determined on a reasonable cost basis for anesthesia services provided in the hospital or CAH by qualified nonphysician anesthetists (certified registered nurse anesthetists and anesthesiologist's assistants) employed by the hospital or CAH or obtained under arrangements.

(2)(i) For cost reporting periods, or any part of a cost reporting period, beginning on or after January 1, 1989, through any part of a cost reporting period occurring before January 1, 1990, payment is determined on a reasonable cost basis for anesthesia services provided in a hospital or CAH by qualified nonphysician anesthetists employed by the hospital or CAH or obtained under arrangement, if the hospital or CAH demonstrates to its intermediary prior to April 1, 1989 that it meets the following criteria:

(A) The hospital or CAH is located in a rural area as defined in § 412.62(f) and is not deemed to be located in an urban area under the provisions of § 412.64(b)(3). Effective December 2, 2010, the hospital or CAH is either located in a rural area as defined at § 412.62(f) and is not deemed to be located in an urban area under the provisions of § 412.64(b)(3) or the hospital or CAH has reclassified as rural under the provisions at § 412.103.

(B) The hospital or CAH must have employed or contracted with a qualified nonphysician anesthetist, as defined in § 410.69 of this chapter, as of January 1, 1988 to perform anesthesia services in that hospital or CAH. The hospital or CAH may employ or contract with more than one anesthetist; however, the total number of hours of service furnished by the anesthetists may not exceed 2,080 hours per year.

(C) The hospital or CAH must provide data for its entire patient population to demonstrate that, during calendar year 1987, its volume of surgical procedures (inpatient and outpatient) requiring anesthesia services did not exceed 250 procedures. For purposes of this section, a surgical procedure requiring anesthesia services means a surgical procedure in which the anesthesia is administered and monitored by a qualified nonphysician anesthetist, a physician other than the primary surgeon, or an intern or resident.

(D) Each qualified nonphysician anesthetist employed by or under contract with the hospital or CAH has agreed in writing not to bill on a reasonable charge basis for his or her patient care to Medicare beneficiaries in that hospital or CAH.

(ii) To maintain its eligibility for reasonable cost payment under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section in calendar years after 1989, a qualified hospital or CAH must demonstrate prior to January 1 of each respective year that for the prior year its volume of surgical procedures requiring anesthesia service did not exceed 500 procedures; or, effective October 1, 2002, did not exceed 800 procedures.

(iii) A hospital or CAH that did not qualify for reasonable cost payment for nonphysician anesthetist services furnished in calendar year 1989 can qualify in subsequent years if it meets the criteria in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(A), (B), and (D) of this section, and demonstrates to its intermediary prior to the start of the calendar year that it met these criteria. The hospital or CAH must provide data for its entire patient population to demonstrate that, during calendar year 1987 and the year immediately preceding its election of reasonable cost payment, its volume of surgical procedures (inpatient and outpatient) requiring anesthesia services did not exceed 500 procedures, or, effective October 1, 2002, did not exceed 800 procedures.

(iv) For administrative purposes for the calendar years after 1990, the volume of surgical procedures for the immediately preceding year is the sum of the surgical procedures for the nine month period ending September 30, annualized for the twelve month period.

(d) Organ acquisition. Payment for organ acquisition costs as specified in part 413, subpart L, incurred by hospitals with approved transplant programs is made on a reasonable cost basis.

(e) Allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2020, in the case of a subsection (d) hospital that furnishes an allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant to an individual, payment to such hospital for hematopoietic stem cell acquisition costs is made on a reasonable cost basis.

(1) An allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant is the intravenous infusion of hematopoietic cells derived from bone marrow, peripheral blood stem cells, or cord blood, but not including embryonic stem cells, of a donor to an individual that are or may be used to restore hematopoietic function in such individual having an inherited or acquired deficiency or defect.

(2) Allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition costs recognized under this paragraph (e) are costs of acquiring hematopoietic stem cells from a donor. These costs are as follows:

(i) Registry fees from a national donor registry described in 42 U.S.C. 274k, if applicable, for stem cells from an unrelated donor.

(ii) Tissue typing of donor and recipient.

(iii) Donor evaluation.

(iv) Physician pre-admission/pre-procedure donor evaluation services.

(v) Costs associated with the collection procedure (for example, general routine and special care services, procedure/operating room and other ancillary services, apheresis services), and transportation costs of stem cells if the recipient hospital incurred or paid such costs.

(vi) Post-operative/post-procedure evaluation of donor.

(vii) Preparation and processing of stem cells derived from bone marrow, peripheral blood stem cells, or cord blood (but not including embryonic stem cells).

(3) A subsection (d) hospital that furnishes inpatient allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplants is required to hold all allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition charges and bill them to Medicare using the appropriate revenue code, when the transplant occurs.

(4) A subsection (d) hospital must maintain an itemized statement that identifies, for all costs defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the services furnished in collecting hematopoietic stem cells including all invoices or statements for purchased services for all donors and their service charges. Records must be for the person receiving the services (donor or recipient; for all donor sources, the hospital must identify the prospective recipient), and the recipient's Medicare beneficiary identification number.

(f) Additional resource costs of domestic National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health approved surgical N95 respirators. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, a payment adjustment to a hospital for the additional resource costs of domestic National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health approved surgical N95 respirators is made as described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(2) The payment adjustment is based on the estimated difference in the reasonable cost incurred by the hospital for domestic National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health approved surgical N95 respirators purchased during the cost reporting period as compared to other National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health approved surgical N95 respirators purchased during the cost reporting period.

(g) Additional resource costs of establishing and maintaining access to buffer stocks of essential medicines. (1) Essential medicines are the 86 medicines prioritized in the report Essential Medicines Supply Chain and Manufacturing Resilience Assessment developed by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response and published in May of 2022, and any subsequent revisions to that list of medicines. A buffer stock of essential medicines for a hospital is a supply, for no less than a 6-month period of one or more essential medicines.

(2) The additional resource costs of establishing and maintaining access to a buffer stock of essential medicines for a hospital are the additional resource costs incurred by the hospital to directly hold a buffer stock of essential medicines for its patients or arrange contractually for such a buffer stock to be held by another entity for use by the hospital for its patients. The additional resource costs of establishing and maintaining access to a buffer stock of essential medicines does not include the resource costs of the essential medicines themselves.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2024, a payment adjustment to a small, independent hospital for the additional resource costs of establishing and maintaining access to buffer stocks of essential medicines is made as described in paragraph (g)(4) of this section. For purposes of this section, a small, independent hospital is a hospital with 100 or fewer beds as defined in § 412.105(b) during the cost reporting period that is not part of a chain organization, defined as a group of two or more health care facilities which are owned, leased, or through any other device, controlled by one organization.

(4) The payment adjustment is based on the estimated reasonable cost incurred by the hospital for establishing and maintaining access to buffer stocks of essential medicines during the cost reporting period.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.113, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.115 Additional payments.

(a) Bad debts. An additional payment is made to each hospital in accordance with § 413.89 of this chapter for bad debts attributable to deductible and coinsurance amounts related to covered services received by beneficiaries.

(b) Administration of blood clotting factor. For discharges occurring on or after June 19, 1990, and before October 1, 1994, and for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997, an additional payment is made to a hospital for each unit of blood clotting factor furnished to a Medicare inpatient who is a hemophiliac. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, the additional payment is made based on the average sales price methodology specified in subpart K, part 414 of this chapter and the furnishing fee specified in § 410.63 of this subchapter.

(c) QIO reimbursement for cost of sending requested patient records to the QIO. An additional payment is made to a hospital in accordance with § 476.78 of this chapter for the costs of sending requested patient records to the QIO in electronic format, by facsimile, or by photocopying and mailing.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986; 55 FR 15175, Apr. 20, 1990; 56 FR 43448, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 39825, Sept. 1, 1992; 57 FR 47787, Oct. 20, 1992; 58 FR 46339, Sept. 1, 1993; 62 FR 46030, Aug. 29, 1997; 68 FR 67960, Dec. 5, 2003; 70 FR 47486, Aug. 12, 2005; 85 FR 59022, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 412.116 Method of payment.

(a) General rules. (1) Unless the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section apply, hospitals are paid for hospital inpatient operating costs and capital-related costs for each discharge based on the submission of a discharge bill.

(2) Payments for inpatient hospital services furnished by an excluded psychiatric unit of a hospital (or by an excluded rehabilitation unit of a hospital for cost reporting periods beginning before January 1, 2002) are made as described in §§ 413.64(a), (c), (d), and (e) of this chapter.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, payments for inpatient hospital services furnished by an inpatient psychiatric facility that meets the conditions of § 412.404 are made as described in § 412.432.

(4) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, payments for inpatient hospital services furnished by a rehabilitation hospital or a rehabilitation unit that meets the conditions of § 412.604 are made as described in § 412.632.

(5) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, payments for inpatient hospital services furnished by a long-term care hospital that meets the conditions for payment of §§ 412.505 through 412.511 are made as described in § 412.521.

(b) Periodic interim payments—(1) Criteria for receiving periodic interim payments. Effective with claims received on or after July 1, 1987, a hospital that meets the criteria in § 413.64(h) of this chapter may request in writing to receive periodic interim payments as described in this paragraph. A hospital that is receiving periodic interim payments also receives payment on this basis for inpatient hospital services furnished by its excluded psychiatric or rehabilitation unit.

(i) Failure of intermediary to make prompt payment. Beginning with claims received in April 1987, the hospital's fiscal intermediary does not meet the requirements of section 1816(c)(2) of the Act, which provides for prompt payment of claims under Medicare Part A, for three consecutive calendar months. The hospital may continue to receive periodic interim payments until the intermediary meets the requirements of section 1816 (c)(2) of the Act for three consecutive calendar months. For purposes of this paragraph, a hospital that is receiving periodic interim payments as of June 30, 1987 and meets the requirements of § 413.64(h) of this chapter may continue to receive payment on this basis until the hospital's intermediary meets the requirements of section 1816(c)(2) of the Act for three consecutive calendar months beginning with April 1987.

(ii) Hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients. The hospital is receiving periodic interim payments as of June 30, 1987 and has a disproportionate share payment adjustment factor of at least 5.1 percent as determined under § 412.106(c) for purposes of establishing the average standardized amounts for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1986 and before October 1, 1987. The hospital's request must be made by a date prior to July 1, 1987, specified by the intermediary.

(iii) Small rural hospitals. The hospital is receiving periodic interim payments as of June 30, 1987, makes its request by a date prior to July 1, 1987, specified by the intermediary, and, on July 1, 1987, the hospital—

(A) Is located in a rural area as defined in § 412.62(f); and

(B) Has 100 or fewer beds available for use.

(2) Frequency of payment. The intermediary estimates a hospital's prospective payments as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount of payment for the year. Each payment is made two weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service, as described in § 413.64(h)(5) of this chapter. These payments are subject to final settlement.

(3) Amount of payment. (i) The biweekly interim payment amount is based on the total estimated Medicare discharges for the reporting period multiplied by the hospital's estimated average prospective payment amount as described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this paragraph. These interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if a hospital receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period.

(ii) For purposes of determining periodic interim payments under this paragraph, a hospital's estimated average prospective payment amount is computed as follows:

(A) If a hospital has no payment experience under the prospective payment system for operating costs, the intermediary computes the hospital's estimated average prospective payment amount for operating costs by multiplying its payment rates as determined under § 412.70(c), but without adjustment by a DRG weighting factor, by the hospital's case-mix index, and subtracting from this amount estimated deductibles and coinsurance.

(B) Effective for cost-reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, the intermediary computes a hospital's estimated average prospective payment amount for capital-related costs by multiplying its prospective payment rate as determined under § 412.340 or § 412.344(a), as applicable, and under § 412.308 for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001 but without adjustment by a DRG weighting factor, by the hospital's case-mix index. The intermediary may take into account estimated additional payments per discharge under § 412.348. If the hospital is paid under § 412.344(a)(1), the intermediary includes an estimated payment for old capital costs per discharge.

(C) If a hospital has payment experience under the prospective payment system for operating costs, and, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, for inpatient capital-related costs, the intermediary computes a hospital's estimated average prospective payment amount for operating costs and capital-related costs based on that payment experience, adjusted for projected changes, and subtracts from this amount estimated deductibles and coinsurance.

(4) Termination of periodic interim payments—(i) Request by the hospital. A hospital receiving periodic interim payments may convert to payments on a per discharge basis at any time.

(ii) Removal by the intermediary. An intermediary terminates periodic interim payments if—

(A) A hospital no longer meets the requirements of § 413.64(h);

(B) A hospital is receiving payment under the criterion in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section and the intemediary meets the prompt payment requirements of section 1816(c)(2) of the Act for three consecutive calendar months; or

(C) A hospital that is receiving payment under the criterion set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section no longer meets the criterion.

(iii) Limitation on reelection. If a hospital that is receiving periodic interim payments under the criterion set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) or (b)(1)(iii) of this section is removed from that method of payment at its own request, it may reelect to receive periodic interim payments only under the criterion set forth in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section. However, if the hospital is removed from that method of payment by its intermediary because it no longer meets the requirements of § 413.64(h) of this chapter, that hospital may subsequently reelect to receive periodic interim payments if it qualifies under the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) or (b)(1)(iii) of this section, subject to the requirements in § 413.64(h) of this chapter.

(c) Special interim payments for certain costs. For capital-related costs for cost-reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1991, and the direct costs of medical education, which are not included in prospective payments but are reimbursed as specified in §§ 413.130 and 413.85 of this chapter, respectively, interim payments are made subject to final cost settlement. Interim payments for capital-related items for cost-reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1991, and the estimated cost of approved medical education programs (applicable to inpatient costs payable under Medicare Part A and for organ acquisition costs in hospitals with approved organ transplant programs) are determined by estimating the reimbursable amount for the year based on the previous year's experience and on substantiated information for the current year and divided into 26 equal biweekly payments. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of services, as described in § 413.64(h)(5) of this subchapter. The interim payments are reviewed by the intermediary at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary.

(d) Special interim payment for unusually long lengths of stay—(1) First interim payment. A hospital that is not receiving periodic interim payments under paragraph (b) of this section may request an interim payment after a Medicare beneficiary has been in the hospital at least 60 days. Payment for the interim bill is determined as if the bill were a final discharge bill and includes any outlier payment determined as of the last day for which services have been billed.

(2) Additional interim payments. A hospital may request additional interim payments at intervals of at least 60 days after the date of the first interim bill submitted under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Payment for these additional interim bills, as well as the final bill, is determined as if the bill were the final bill with appropriate adjustments made to the payment amount to reflect any previous interim payment made under the provisions of this paragraph (d).

(e) Outlier payment and additional payments for new medical services and technologies. Payments for outlier cases and additional payments for new medical services and technologies (described in subpart F of this part) are not made on an interim basis.

(f) Accelerated payments—(1) General rule. Upon request, an accelerated payment may be made to a hospital that is not receiving periodic interim payments under paragraph (b) of this section if the hospital is experiencing financial difficulties because of the following:

(i) There is a delay by the intermediary in making payment to the hospital.

(ii) Due to an exceptional situation, there is a temporary delay in the hospital's preparation and submittal of bills to the intermediary beyond its normal billing cycle.

(2) Approval of payment. A hospital's request for an accelerated payment must be approved by the intermediary and CMS.

(3) Amount of payment. The amount of the accelerated payment is computed as a percentage of the net payment for unbilled or unpaid covered services.

(4) Recovery of payment. Recovery of the accelerated payment is made by recoupment as hospital bills are processed or by direct payment by the hospital.

[53 FR 1627, Jan. 21, 1988, as amended at 53 FR 38532, Sept. 30, 1988; 54 FR 36495, Sept. 1, 1989; 56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3016, Jan. 27, 1992; 59 FR 36712, July 19, 1994; 59 FR 45400, Sept. 1, 1994; 66 FR 41387, Aug. 7, 2001; 67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002; 68 FR 45470, Aug. 1, 2003; 69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004; 71 FR 48140, Aug. 18, 2006; 86 FR 73512, Dec. 27, 2021; 91 FR 50341, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 412.120 Reductions to total payments.

(a) Deductible and coinsurance. Subject to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the total Medicare payments otherwise payable to a hospital are reduced by the applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts related to inpatient hospital services as determined in accordance with §§ 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87 of this chapter.

(b) Payment by workers' compensation, automobile medical, no-fault or liability insurance or an employer group health plan primary to Medicare. If workers' compensation, automobile medical, no-fault, or liability insurance or an employer group health plan which is primary to Medicare pays in full or in part, the Medicare payment is determined in accordance with the following guidelines:

(1) If workers' compensation pays, in accordance with the applicable provisions of §§ 405.316 through 405.321 of this chapter.

(2) If automobile medical, no-fault, or liability insurance pays, in accordance with the applicable provisions of §§ 405.322 through 405.325 of this chapter.

(3) If an employer group health plan which is primary to Medicare pays for services to ESRD beneficiaries, in accordance with the applicable provisions of §§ 405.326 through 405.329 of this chapter.

(4) If an employer group health plan which is primary to Medicare pays for services to employees age 65-69 and their spouses age 65-69, in accordance with the applicable provisions of §§ 405.340 through 405.344 of this chapter.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 55 FR 36071, Sept. 4, 1990; 56 FR 573, Jan. 7, 1991; 57 FR 39825, Sept. 1, 1992]

§ 412.125 Effect of change of ownership on payments under the prospective payment systems.

When a hospital's ownership changes, as described in § 489.18 of this chapter, the following rules apply:

(a) Payment for the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services for each patient, including outlier payments, as provided in § 412.112, and payments for hemophilia clotting factor costs under § 412.115(b), are made to the entity that is the legal owner on the date of discharge. Payments are not prorated between the buyer and seller.

(1) The owner on the date of discharge is entitled to submit a bill for all inpatient hospital services furnished to a beneficiary regardless of when the beneficiary's coverage began or ended during a stay, or of how long the stay lasted.

(2) Each bill submitted must include all information necessary for the intermediary to compute the payment amount, whether or not some of that information is attributable to a period during which a different party legally owned the hospital.

(b) Other payments under § 412.113 and payments for bad debts as described in § 412.115(a), are made to each owner or operator of the hospital (buyer and seller) in accordance with the principles of reasonable cost reimbursement.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991]

§ 412.130 Retroactive adjustments for incorrectly excluded hospitals and units.

(a) Hospitals for which adjustment is made. The intermediary makes the payment adjustment described in paragraph (b) of this section for the following hospitals:

(1) A hospital that was excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) or paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3), as a new rehabilitation hospital for a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991 based on a certification under § 412.29(c) regarding the inpatient population the hospital planned to treat during that cost reporting period, if the inpatient population actually treated in the hospital during that cost reporting period did not meet the requirements of § 412.29(b).

(2) A hospital that has a unit excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) or paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3), as a new rehabilitation unit for a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991, based on a certification under § 412.29(c) regarding the inpatient population the hospital planned to treat in that unit during the period, if the inpatient population actually treated in the unit during that cost reporting period did not meet the requirements of § 412.29(b).

(3) A hospital that added new beds to its existing rehabilitation unit for a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991 based on a certification under § 412.29(c) regarding the inpatient population the hospital planned to treat in these new beds during that cost reporting period, if the inpatient population actually treated in the new beds during that cost reporting period did not meet the requirements of § 412.29(b).

(b) Adjustment of payment. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning before January 1, 2002, the intermediary adjusts the payment to the hospitals described in paragraph (a) of this section as follows:

(i) The intermediary calculates the difference between the amounts actually paid during the cost reporting period for which the hospital, unit, or beds were first excluded as a new hospital, new unit, or newly added beds under subpart B of this part, and the amount that would have been paid under the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) for services furnished during that period.

(ii) The intermediary makes a retroactive adjustment for the difference between the amount paid to the hospital based on the exclusion and the amount that would have been paid under the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the intermediary adjusts the payment to the hospitals described in paragraph (a) of this section as follows:

(i) The intermediary calculates the difference between the amounts actually paid under subpart P of this part during the cost reporting period for which the hospital, unit, or beds were first classified as a new hospital, new unit, or newly added beds under subpart B of this part, and the amount that would have been paid under the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1) for services furnished during that period.

(ii) The intermediary makes a retroactive adjustment for the difference between the amount paid to the hospital under subpart P of this part and the amount that would have been paid under the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

[56 FR 43241, Aug. 30, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 39825, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 45400, Sept. 1, 1994; 60 FR 45848, Sept. 1, 1995; 66 FR 41387, Aug. 7, 2001; 70 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2005; 78 FR 47934, Aug. 6, 2013]

§ 412.140 Participation, data submission, and validation requirements under the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program.

(a) Participation in the Hospital IQR Program. In order to participate in the Hospital IQR Program, a section 1886(d) of the hospital must-

(1) Register on QualityNet website, before it begins to report data;

(2) Identify and register a QualityNet security official as part of the registration process under paragraph (a)(1) of this section; and

(3) Submit a completed Notice of Participation Form to CMS if the hospital is participating in the program for the first time, has previously withdrawn from the program and would like to participate again, or has received a new CMS Certification Number (CCN).

(i) A hospital that would like to participate in the program for the first time (and to which paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section does not apply), or that previously withdrew from the program and would now like to participate again, must submit to CMS a completed Notice of Participation Form by December 31 of the calendar year preceding the first quarter of the calendar year in which data submission is required for any given fiscal year.

(ii) A hospital that has received a new CCN and would like to participate in the program must submit a completed Notice of Participation Form to CMS no later than 180 days from the date identified as the open date on the approved CMS Quality Improvement Evaluation System (QIES).

(b) Withdrawal from the Hospital IQR Program. CMS will accept Hospital IQR Program withdrawal forms from hospitals on or before—

(1) Prior to the FY 2016 payment determination, August 15 of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which a Hospital IQR determination will be made.

(2) Beginning with the FY 2016 payment determination, May 15 of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which a Hospital IQR payment determination will be made.

(c) Submission and validation of Hospital IQR Program data—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, subsection (d) hospitals that participate in the Hospital IQR Program must submit to CMS data on measures selected under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act in a form and manner, and at a time, specified by CMS. A hospital must begin submitting data on the first day of the quarter following the date that the hospital submits a completed Notice of Participation form under paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

(2) Extraordinary circumstance exception (ECE)—(i) General rule. CMS may grant an ECE with respect to the reporting requirements under this section in the event of extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the hospital. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(2), an extraordinary circumstance is an event beyond the control of a hospital (for example, a natural or man-made disaster such as a hurricane, tornado, earthquake, terrorist attack, or bombing) that affected the ability of the hospital to comply with one or more applicable reporting requirements with respect to a fiscal year.

(ii) Process for requesting an ECE. (A) A hospital may request an ECE within 60 calendar days of the date that the extraordinary circumstance occurred by submitting the information specified by CMS at QualityNet or a successor website.

(B) CMS notifies the hospital of its decision on the request, in writing, via email. In the event that CMS grants an ECE to the hospital, the written decision specifies whether the hospital is exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospital an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(iii) Authority to grant an ECE. CMS may grant an ECE to one or more hospitals that have not requested an ECE if CMS determines that—

(A) A systemic problem with a CMS data collection system directly impacted the ability of the hospital to comply with a quality data reporting requirement; or

(B) An extraordinary circumstance has affected an entire region or locale. Any ECE granted under this paragraph (c)(2)(iii) specifies whether the affected hospitals are exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospitals an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(d) Validation of Hospital IQR Program data. CMS may validate one or more measures selected under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act by reviewing patient charts submitted by selected participating hospitals.

(1) Upon written request by CMS or its contractor, a hospital must submit to CMS a sample of patient charts that the hospital used for purposes of data submission under the program. The specific sample that a hospital must submit will be identified in the written request. A hospital must submit the patient charts to CMS or its contractor within 30 days of the date identified on the written request.

(2)(i) A hospital meets the chart-abstracted validation requirement with respect to a fiscal year if it achieves a 75-percent score, as determined by CMS.

(ii)(A) Prior to the FY 2028 payment determination, a hospital meets the eCQM validation requirement with respect to a fiscal year if it submits 100 percent of sampled eCQM measure medical records in a timely and complete manner, as determined by CMS.

(B) For the FY 2028 payment determination and later years, a hospital meets the eCQM validation requirement with respect to a fiscal year if it achieves a 75-percent score, as determined by CMS.

(e) Reconsiderations and appeals of Hospital IQR Program decisions. (1) A hospital may request reconsideration of a decision by CMS that the hospital has not met the requirements of the Hospital IQR Program for a particular fiscal year. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a hospital must submit a reconsideration request to CMS no later than 30 days from the date identified on the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting Program Annual Payment Update Notification Letter provided to the hospital.

(2) A reconsideration request must contain the following information:

(i) The hospital's CMS Certification Number (CCN);

(ii) The name of the hospital;

(iii) Contact information for the hospital's chief executive officer and QualityNet security official, including each individual's name, e-mail address, telephone number, and physical mailing address;

(iv) A summary of the reason(s), as set forth in the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting Program Annual Payment Update Notification Letter, that CMS concluded the hospital did not meet the requirements of the Hospital IQR Program;

(v) A detailed explanation of why the hospital believes that it complied with the requirements of the Hospital IQR Program for the applicable fiscal year;

(vi) Any evidence that supports the hospital's reconsideration request, including copies of patient charts, e-mails and other documents; and

(vii) If the hospital has requested reconsideration on the basis that CMS concluded it did not meet the validation requirement set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, the reconsideration request must contain a detailed explanation identifying which data the hospital believes was improperly validated by CMS and why the hospital believes that such data are correct.

(A) A copy of each patient chart that the hospital timely submitted to CMS or its contractor in response to a request made under paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and

(B) A detailed explanation identifying which data the hospital believes was improperly validated by CMS and why the hospital believes that such data are correct.

(3) A hospital that is dissatisfied with a decision made by CMS on its reconsideration request may file an appeal with the Provider Reimbursement Review Board under part 405, subpart R of this chapter.

(f) Patient experience of care data (HCAHPS survey). HCAHPS is the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems survey that measures patient experience of care after a recent hospital stay.

(1) Approved HCAHPS survey vendors and self-administering hospitals must fully comply with all HCAHPS oversight activities, including allowing CMS and its HCAHPS Project Team to perform site visits at the hospitals' and survey vendors' company locations.

(2) CMS approves an application for an entity to administer the HCAHPS survey as an approved HCAHPS survey vendor on behalf of one or more hospitals when an applicant has met the Minimum Survey Requirements and Rules of Participation that can be found on the official HCAHPS On-Line Web site, and agree to comply with the current survey administration protocols that can be found on the official HCAHPS On-Line Web site. An entity must be an approved HCAHPS survey vendor in order to administer and submit HCAHPS data to CMS on behalf of one or more hospitals.

(g) Retention and removal of quality measures under the Hospital IQR Program—(1) General rule for the retention of quality measures. Quality measures adopted for the Hospital IQR Program measure set for a previous payment determination year are retained for use in subsequent payment determination years, except when they are removed, suspended, or replaced as set forth in paragraphs (g)(2) and (3) of this section.

(2) Immediate measure removal. For cases in which CMS believes that the continued use of a measure raises specific patient safety concerns, CMS will immediately remove a quality measure from the Hospital IQR Program and will promptly notify hospitals and the public of the removal of the measure and the reasons for its removal through the Hospital IQR Program ListServ and the QualityNet website, as applicable.

(3) Measure removal, suspension, or replacement through the rulemaking process. Unless a measure raises specific safety concerns as set forth in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, CMS will use the regular rulemaking process to remove, suspend, or replace quality measures in the Hospital IQR Program to allow for public comment.

(i) Factors for consideration of removal of quality measures. CMS will weigh whether to remove a measure based on the following factors:

(A) Factor 1. Measure performance among hospitals is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions and improvements in performance can no longer be made (“topped out” measure).

(B) Factor 2. A measure does not align with current clinical guidelines or practice.

(C) Factor 3. The availability of a more broadly applicable measure (across settings or populations), or the availability of a measure that is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(D) Factor 4. Performance or improvement on a measure does not result in better patient outcomes.

(E) Factor 5. The availability of a measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(F) Factor 6. Collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative unintended consequences other than patient harm.

(G) Factor 7. It is not feasible to implement the measure specifications.

(H) Factor 8. The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(ii) Criteria to determine topped-out measures. For the purposes of the Hospital IQR Program, a measure is considered to be topped-out under paragraph (g)(3)(i)(A) of this section when it meets both of the following criteria:

(A) Statistically indistinguishable performance at the 75th and 90th percentiles (defined as when the difference between the 75th and 90th percentiles for a hospital's measure is within 2 times the standard error of the full data set).

(B) A truncated coefficient of variation less than or equal to 0.10.

(iii) Application of measure removal factors. The benefits of removing a measure from the Hospital IQR Program will be assessed on a case-by-case basis.

[76 FR 51782, Aug. 18, 2011, as amended at 77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012; 78 FR 50966, Aug. 19, 2013; 79 FR 50354, Aug. 22, 2014; 81 FR 57267, Aug. 22, 2016; 82 FR 38511, Aug. 14, 2017; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021; 87 FR 49404, Aug. 10, 2022; 88 FR 59332, Aug. 28, 2023; 89 FR 69912, Aug. 28, 2024; 90 FR 37201, Aug. 4, 2025]

Subpart I Adjustments to the Base Operating DRG Payment Amounts Under the Prospective Payment Systems for Inpatient Operating Costs

Source: 77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012, unless otherwise noted.

§ 412.150 Basis and scope of subpart.

(a) Section 1886(q) of the Act requires the Secretary to establish a Hospital Readmissions Reduction program, under which payments to applicable hospitals are reduced in order to account for certain excess readmissions, effective for discharges beginning on October 1, 2012. The rules for determining the payment adjustment under the Hospital Readmission Reductions Program are specified in §§ 412.152 and 412.154.

(b) Section 1886(o) of the Act requires the Secretary to establish a Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program for inpatient hospitals (Hospital VBP Program), which requires CMS to make value-based incentive payments to hospitals that meet performance standards for applicable performance periods, effective for discharges beginning on October 1, 2012. The rules for determining the payment adjustment under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program are specified in §§ 412.160 through 412.167.

(c) Section 1886(p) of the Act requires the Secretary to establish an adjustment to hospital payments for hospital-acquired conditions, or a Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program, under which payments to applicable hospitals are adjusted to provide an incentive to reduce hospital-acquired conditions, effective for discharges beginning on October 1, 2014. The rules for determining the payment adjustment under the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program are specified in §§ 412.170 and 412.172.

[77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 50966, Aug. 19, 2013]

54 Payment Adjustments Under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
§ 412.152 Definitions for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.

As used in this section and in § 412.154, the following definitions apply:

Aggregate payments for all discharges is, for a hospital for the applicable period, the sum of the base operating DRG payment amounts for all discharges for all conditions from such hospital for such applicable period.

Aggregate payments for excess readmissions is, for a hospital for the applicable period, the sum, for the applicable conditions, of the product for each applicable condition of:

(1) The base operating DRG payment amount for the hospital for the applicable period for such condition or procedure;

(2) The number of admissions for such condition or procedure for the hospital for the applicable period;

(3) The excess readmission ratio for the hospital for the applicable period minus the peer-group median excess readmission ratio (ERR); and

(4) The neutrality modifier, a multiplicative factor that equates total Medicare savings under the current stratified methodology to the previous non-stratified methodology.

Applicable condition is a condition or procedure selected by the Secretary—

(1) Among the conditions and procedures for which—

(i) Readmissions represent conditions or procedures that are high volume or high expenditures; and

(ii) Measures of such readmissions have been endorsed by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Act and such endorsed measures have exclusions for readmissions that are unrelated to the prior discharge (such as a planned readmission or transfer to another applicable hospital); or

(2) Among other conditions and procedures as determined appropriate by the Secretary. In expanding the applicable conditions, the Secretary will seek endorsement of the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Act, but may apply such measures without such an endorsement in the case of a specified area or medical topic determined appropriate by the Secretary for which a feasible and practical measure has not been endorsed by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Act as long as due consideration is given to measures that have been endorsed or adopted by a consensus organization identified by the Secretary.

Applicable period is, with respect to a fiscal year, the 2-year or 3-year period (specified by the Secretary) from which data are collected in order to calculate excess readmission ratios and adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.

(1) The applicable period for FY 2022 is the 3-year period from July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2020;

(2) Beginning with the FY 2023 program year, the applicable period is the 3-year period advanced by 1-year from the prior year's period from which data are collected in order to calculate excess readmission rations and adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, unless otherwise specified by the Secretary; and

(3) Beginning with the FY 2027 program year, the applicable period is the 2-year period advanced by 1-year from the prior year's period from which data are collected in order to calculate excess readmission ratios and adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, unless otherwise specified by the Secretary.

Applicable period for dual eligibility is the 2-year or 3-year data period corresponding to the applicable period for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, unless otherwise established by the Secretary.

Base operating DRG payment amount is the wage-adjusted DRG operating payment plus any applicable new technology add-on payments under subpart F of this part. This amount is determined without regard to any payment adjustments under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program, as specified under § 412.162. This amount does not include any additional payments for indirect medical education under § 412.105, the treatment of a disproportionate share of low-income patients under § 412.106, outliers under subpart F of this part, and a low volume of discharges under § 412.101. With respect to a sole community hospital that receives payments under § 412.92(d) this amount also does not include the difference between the hospital-specific payment rate and the Federal payment rate determined under subpart D of this part. With respect to a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital that receives payments under § 412.108(c), this amount includes the difference between the hospital-specific payment rate and the Federal payment rate determined under subpart D of this part. With respect to a hospital that is paid under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act, this amount is an amount equal to the wage-adjusted DRG payment amount plus new technology payments that would be paid to such hospitals, absent the provisions of section 1814(b)(3) of the Act.

Dual-eligible—(1) For payment adjustment factor calculations prior to the FY 2021 program year, is a patient beneficiary who has been identified as having full benefit status in both the Medicare and Medicaid programs in the State Medicare Authorization Act (MMA) files for the month the beneficiary was discharged from the hospital; and

(2) For payment adjustment factor calculations beginning in the FY 2021 program year, is a patient beneficiary who has been identified as having full benefit status in both the Medicare and Medicaid programs in data sourced from the State MMA files for the month the beneficiary was discharged from the hospital, except for those patient beneficiaries who die in the month of discharge, which will be identified using the previous month's data as sourced from the State MMA files.

Excess readmissions ratio is a hospital-specific ratio for each applicable condition for an applicable period, which is the ratio (but not less than 1.0) of risk-adjusted readmissions based on actual readmissions for an applicable hospital for each applicable condition to the risk-adjusted expected readmissions for the applicable hospital for the applicable condition.

Floor adjustment factor is the value that the readmissions adjustment factor cannot be less than for a given fiscal year. The floor adjustment factor is set at 0.99 for FY 2013, 0.98 for FY 2014, and 0.97 for FY 2015 and subsequent fiscal years.

Proportion of dual-eligibles is the number of dual-eligible patients among all Medicare Fee-for-Service and Medicare Advantage stays during the applicable period.

Readmission is the case of an individual who is discharged from an applicable hospital, the admission of the individual to the same or another applicable hospital within a time period of 30 days from the date of such discharge.

Readmissions adjustment factor is equal to the greater of:

(1) 1 minus the ratio of the aggregate payments for excess readmissions to aggregate payments for all discharges; or

(2) The floor adjustment factor.

Wage-adjusted DRG operating payment is the applicable average standardized amount adjusted for resource utilization by the applicable MS-DRG relative weight and adjusted for differences in geographic costs by the applicable area wage index (and by the applicable cost-of-living adjustment for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii). This amount includes an applicable payment adjustment for transfers under § 412.4(f).

[77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 50967, Aug. 19, 2013; 83 FR 41704, Aug. 17, 2018; 84 FR 42613, Aug. 16, 2019l 85 FR 59022, Sept. 18, 2020; 90 FR 37201, Aug. 4, 2025]

§ 412.154 Payment adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.

(a) Scope. This section sets forth the requirements for determining the payment adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program for applicable hospitals to account for excess readmissions in the hospital.

(b) Payment adjustment. (1) General. To account for excess readmissions, except as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section, an applicable hospital's base operating DRG payment amount is adjusted for each discharge occurring during the fiscal year. The payment adjustment for each discharge is determined by subtracting the product of the base operating DRG payment amount (as defined in § 412.152) for such discharge by the hospital's readmission payment adjustment factor for the fiscal year (determined under paragraph (c) of this section) from the base operating DRG payment amount for such discharge.

(2) Special treatment for sole community hospitals. In the case of a sole community hospital that receives payments under § 412.92(d) based on the hospital-specific rate, the difference between the hospital-specific rate payment and the Federal rate payment determined under subpart D of this part is not affected by this payment adjustment.

(c) Methodology to calculate the readmissions payment adjustment factor. A hospital's readmissions payment adjustment factor is the higher of the ratio described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or the floor adjustment factor set forth in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(1) Ratio. The ratio is equal to 1 minus the ratio of the aggregate payments for excess readmissions as defined in § 412.152 and the aggregate payments for all discharges as defined in § 412.152.

(2) Floor adjustment factor. The floor adjustment factor is:

(i) For FY 2013, 0.99;

(ii) For FY 2014, 0.98; and

(iii) For FY 2015 and subsequent fiscal years, 0.97.

(d) Extraordinary circumstance exception (ECE)—(1) General rule. CMS may grant an ECE with respect to the reporting requirements under this section in the event of extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the hospital. For purposes of this paragraph (d), an extraordinary circumstance is an event beyond the control of a hospital (for example, a natural or man-made disaster such as a hurricane, tornado, earthquake, terrorist attack, or bombing) that affected the ability of the hospital to comply with one or more applicable reporting requirements with respect to a fiscal year.

(2) Process for requesting an ECE. (i) A hospital may request an ECE within 60 calendar days of the date that the extraordinary circumstance occurred by submitting the information specified by CMS at QualityNet or a successor website.

(ii) CMS notifies the hospital of its decision on the request, in writing, via email. In the event that CMS grants an ECE to the hospital, the written decision specifies whether the hospital is exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospital an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(3) Authority to grant an ECE. CMS may grant an ECE to one or more hospitals that have not requested an ECE if CMS determines that a systemic problem with a CMS data collection system directly impacted the ability of the hospital to comply with a quality data reporting requirement, or that an extraordinary circumstance has affected an entire region or locale. Any ECE granted under this paragraph (d)(3) specifies whether the affected hospitals are exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospitals an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(e) Limitations on review. There is no administrative or judicial review under this subpart of the following:

(1) The determination of base operating DRG payment amounts.

(2) The methodology for determining the adjustment factor under paragraph (c) of this section, including the excess readmissions ratio, aggregate payments for excess readmissions, and aggregate payments for all discharges.

(3) The applicable period.

(4) The neutrality modifier.

(5) The proportion of dual-eligibles.

(6) The applicable conditions.

(f) Reporting of hospital-specific information. CMS will make information available to the public regarding readmissions rates of each applicable hospital (as defined in § 412.152) under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.

(1) To ensure that an applicable hospital has the opportunity to review and submit corrections for its excess readmission ratios for the applicable conditions for a fiscal year that are used to determine its readmissions payment adjustment factor under paragraph (c) of this section, CMS will provide each applicable hospital with confidential hospital-specific reports and discharge level information used in the calculation of its excess readmission ratios.

(2) Applicable hospitals will have a period of 30 days after receipt of the information provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section to review and submit corrections for the excess readmission ratios for each applicable condition that are used to calculate the readmissions payment adjustment factor under paragraph (c) of this section for the fiscal year.

(3) The administrative claims data used to calculate an applicable hospital's excess readmission ratios for the applicable conditions for a fiscal year are not subject to review and correction under paragraph (f)(1) of this section.

(4) CMS posts the excess readmission ratios for the applicable conditions for a fiscal year for each applicable hospital on the Hospital Compare website or successor website(s).

[77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 50967, Aug. 19, 2013; 79 FR 50354, Aug. 22, 2014; 84 FR 42614, Aug. 16, 2019; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021; 90 FR 37201, Aug. 4, 2025]

§§ 412.155-412.159 [Reserved]
55 Incentive Payments Under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program
§ 412.160 Definitions for the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program.

As used in this section and in §§ 412.161 through 412.168:

Achievement threshold (or achievement performance standard) means the median (50th percentile) of hospital performance on a measure during a baseline period with respect to a fiscal year, for Hospital VBP Program measures other than the measures in the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain, and the median (50th percentile) of hospital performance on a measure during the performance period with respect to a fiscal year, for the measures in the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain.

Applicable percent means the following:

(1) For FY 2013, 1.0 percent;

(2) For FY 2014, 1.25 percent;

(3) For FY 2015, 1.50 percent;

(4) For FY 2016, 1.75 percent; and

(5) For FY 2017 and subsequent fiscal years, 2.0 percent.

Base operating DRG payment amount means the following:

(1) With respect to a subsection (d) hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act), the wage-adjusted DRG operating payment plus any applicable new technology add-on payments under subpart F of this part. This amount is determined without regard to any payment adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, as specified under § 412.154. This amount does not include any additional payments for indirect medical education under § 412.105, the treatment of a disproportionate share of low-income patients under § 412.106, outliers under subpart F of this part, or a low volume of discharges under § 412.101.

(2) With respect to a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital that receives payments under § 412.108(c) or a sole community hospital that receives payments under § 412.92(d), the wage-adjusted DRG operating payment plus any applicable new technology add-on payments under subpart F of this part. This amount does not include any additional payments for indirect medical education under § 412.105, the treatment of a disproportionate share of low-income patients under § 412.106, outliers under subpart F of this part, or a low volume of discharges under § 412.101. With respect to a Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital that receives payments under § 412.108(c) (for discharges occurring in FY 2013) or a sole community hospital that receives payments under § 412.92(d), this amount also does not include the difference between the hospital-specific payment rate and the Federal payment rate determined under subpart D of this part.

Benchmark means the arithmetic mean of the top decile of hospital performance on a measure during the baseline period with respect to a fiscal year, for Hospital VBP Program measures other than the measures in the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain, and the arithmetic mean of the top decile of hospital performance on a measure during the performance period with respect to a fiscal year, for the measures in the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain.

Cited for deficiencies that pose immediate jeopardy means that, during the applicable performance period, the Secretary cited the hospital for immediate jeopardy on at least three surveys using the Form CMS-2567, Statement of Deficiencies and Plan of Correction. CMS assigns an immediate jeopardy citation to a performance period as follows:

(1) If the Form CMS-2567 only contains one or more EMTALA-related immediate jeopardy citations, CMS uses the date that the Form CMS-2567 is issued to the hospital;

(2) If the Form CMS-2567 only contains one or more Medicare conditions of participation immediate jeopardy citations, CMS uses the survey end date generated in ASPEN; and

(3) If the Form CMS-2567 contains both one or more EMTALA-related immediate jeopardy citations and one or more Medicare conditions of participation immediate jeopardy citations, CMS uses the survey end date generated in ASPEN.

Domain means a grouping of measures used for purposes of calculating the Total Performance Score for each hospital with respect to a fiscal year.

Domain score means the total number of points awarded to a hospital for a domain.

Hospital means a hospital described in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, but does not include a hospital, with respect to a fiscal year, for which one or more of the following applies:

(1) The hospital is subject to the payment reduction under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(I) of the Act for the fiscal year;

(2) The Secretary cited the hospital for deficiencies that pose immediate jeopardy to the health or safety of patients during the performance period that applies with respect to the fiscal year;

(3) There are not a minimum number of measures that apply to the hospital for the performance period for the fiscal year; or

(4) There are not a minimum number of cases for the measures that apply to the hospital for the performance period for the fiscal year.

Immediate jeopardy has the same meaning as that term is defined in § 489.3 of this chapter.

Improvement threshold (or improvement performance standard) means an individual hospital's performance level on a measure during the baseline period with respect to a fiscal year.

Linear Exchange Function is the means to translate a hospital's total performance score into a value-based incentive payment percentage such that:

(1) Each eligible hospital's value-based incentive payment percentage is based on its total performance score; and

(2) The total amount of value-based incentive payments to all hospitals in a fiscal year is equal to the total amount available for value-based incentive payments in such fiscal year.

Measure performance scaler means the sum of the points awarded to a hospital for each domain for the fiscal year based on the hospital's performance on the measures in those domains.

Performance period means the time period during which data are collected for the purpose of calculating hospital performance on measures with respect to a fiscal year.

Performance standards are the levels of performance that hospitals must meet or exceed in order to earn points under the Hospital VBP Program, and are calculated with respect to a measure for a fiscal year no later than 60 days prior to the start of the performance period for that measure for that fiscal year. The performance standards for a measure may be updated as follows:

(1) To make a single correction to correct a calculation error, data issue, or other problem that would significantly change the performance standards; or

(2) To incorporate nonsubstantive technical updates made to the measure between the time that CMS first displays the performance standards for that measure for a fiscal year and the time that CMS calculates hospital performance on that measure at the conclusion of the performance period for that measure for a fiscal year.

Total Performance Score means the numeric score awarded to each hospital based on its performance under the Hospital VBP Program with respect to a fiscal year.

Underserved multiplier means the mathematical result of applying a logistic function to the number of hospital inpatient stays for patients in the underserved population out of the hospital's total Medicare inpatient population during the calendar year that is 2 years prior to the applicable fiscal year.

Underserved population, as used in this section, means hospital inpatients who are Medicare beneficiaries and also dually eligible for full Medicaid benefits during the month of discharge or, if a patient died during that month, during the previous month.

Value-based incentive payment adjustment factor is the number that will be multiplied by the base operating DRG payment amount for each discharge from a hospital, during a fiscal year, in order to adjust the hospital's payment as a result of its performance under the Hospital VBP Program.

Value-based incentive payment percentage means the percentage of the base operating DRG payment amount for each discharge that a hospital has earned with respect to a fiscal year, based on its Total Performance Score for that fiscal year.

Wage-adjusted DRG operating payment is the applicable average standardized amount adjusted for—

(1) Resource utilization by the applicable MS-DRG relative weight;

(2) Differences in geographic costs by the applicable area wage index (and by the applicable cost-of-living adjustment for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii); and

(3) Any applicable payment adjustment for transfers under § 412.4(f).

[77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012, as amended at 78 FR 50967, Aug. 19, 2013; 79 FR 50354, Aug. 22, 2014; 81 FR 57268, Aug. 22, 2016; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021; 88 FR 59333, Aug. 28, 2023; 90 FR 37202, Aug. 4, 2025]

§ 412.161 Applicability of the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program.

The Hospital VBP Program applies to hospitals, as that term is defined in § 412.160.

[79 FR 50355, Aug. 22, 2014]

§ 412.162 Process for reducing the base operating DRG payment amount and applying the value-based incentive payment amount adjustment under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program.

(a) General. If a hospital meets or exceeds the performance standards that apply to the Hospital VBP Program for a fiscal year, CMS will make value-based incentive payments to the hospital under the requirements and conditions specified in this section.

(b) Value-based incentive payment amount. (1) Available amount. The value-based incentive payment amount for a discharge is the portion of the payment amount that is attributable to the Hospital VBP Program. The total amount available for value based incentive payments to all hospitals for a fiscal year is equal to the total amount of base-operating DRG payment reductions for that fiscal year, as estimated by the Secretary.

(2) Calculation of the value-based incentive payment amount. The value-based incentive payment amount is calculated by multiplying the base operating DRG payment amount by the value-based incentive payment percentage.

(3) Calculation of the value-based incentive payment percentage. The value-based incentive payment percentage is calculated as the product of all of the following:

(i) The applicable percent as defined in § 412.160.

(ii)(A) For fiscal years before FY 2026, the hospital's Total Performance Score divided by 100; or

(B) Beginning with FY 2026, the hospital's Total Performance Score divided by 110; and

(iii) The linear exchange function slope.

(c) Methodology to calculate the value-based incentive payment adjustment factor. The value-based incentive payment adjustment factor for each discharge is determined by subtracting the applicable percent as specified in § 412.160 from the value-based incentive payment percentage and then adding that difference to one.

[77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012, as amended at 88 FR 59333, Aug. 28, 2023]

§ 412.163 Process for making hospital-specific performance information under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program available to the public.

(a) CMS will make information available to the public regarding the performance of each hospital under the Hospital VBP Program.

(b) To ensure that a hospital has the opportunity to review and submit corrections for the information to be made public under this section, CMS will provide each hospital with confidential hospital-specific reports and discharge level information used in the calculation of its performance with respect to each measure, condition, and domain, and the calculation of its Total Performance Score.

(c) Hospitals will have a period of 30 days after CMS provides the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section to review and submit corrections for the information.

(d) CMS will post the information specified in paragraph (b) for each hospital on the the Hospital Compare website, which can be accessed via the Care Compare website at https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare/.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021]

§ 412.164 Measure selection under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program.

(a) CMS will select measures, other than measures of readmissions, for purposes of the Hospital VBP Program. The measures will be selected from the measures specified under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act (the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting Program).

(b) CMS will post data on each measure on the Hospital Compare website, which can be accessed via the Care Compare website at https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare/, for at least 1 year prior to the beginning of a performance period for the measure under the Hospital VBP Program.

(c)(1) Updating of measure specifications. CMS uses rulemaking to make substantive updates to the specifications of measures used in the Hospital VBP Program. CMS announces technical measure specification updates through the QualityNet website (https://qualitynet.cms.gov) and listserv announcements.

(2) Measure retention. All measures selected under paragraph (a) of this section remain in the measure set unless CMS, through rulemaking, removes or replaces them.

(3) Measure removal factors—(i) General rule. CMS may remove or replace a measure based on one of the following factors:

(A) Factor 1. Measure performance among hospitals is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions and improvements in performance can no longer be made (“topped out” measures), defined as: statistically indistinguishable performance at the 75th and 90th percentiles; and truncated coefficient of variation ≤0.10.

(B) Factor 2. A measure does not align with current clinical guidelines or practice.

(C) Factor 3. The availability of a more broadly applicable measure (across settings or populations) or the availability of a measure that is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(D) Factor 4. Performance or improvement on a measure does not result in better patient outcomes.

(E) Factor 5. The availability of a measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(F) Factor 6. Collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative unintended consequences other than patient harm.

(G) Factor 7. It is not feasible to implement the measure specifications.

(H) Factor 8. The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(ii) Application of measure removal factors. CMS assesses the benefits of removing a measure from the Hospital VBP Program on a case-by-case basis.

(iii) Patient safety exception. Upon a determination by CMS that the continued requirement for hospitals to submit data on a measure raises specific patient safety concerns, CMS may elect to immediately remove the measure from the Hospital VBP measure set. CMS will, upon removal of the measure—

(A) Provide notice to hospitals and the public at the time CMS removes the measure, along with a statement of the specific patient safety concerns that would be raised if hospitals continued to submit data on the measure; and

(B) Provide notice of the removal in the Federal Register.

[77 FR 53674, Aug. 31, 2012, as amended at 83 FR 41704, Aug. 17, 2018; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021; 88 FR 59333, Aug. 28, 2023]

§ 412.165 Performance scoring under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program.

(a) Points awarded based on hospital performance. (1) CMS will award points to hospitals for performance on each measure for which the hospital reports the applicable minimum number of cases during the applicable performance period. The applicable minimum number of cases are set forth as follows:

Table 1 to Paragraph (a)(1)—Minimum Case Number Requirements for Hospital VBP Program

Measure short name | Minimum number of cases

Person and Community Engagement Domain

HCAHPS | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 100 completed Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare providers and Systems (HCAHPS) surveys.

Clinical Outcomes Domain

MORT-30-AMI | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

MORT-30-HF | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

MORT-30-PN (updated cohort) | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

MORT-30-COPD | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

MORT-30-CABG | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

COMP-HIP-KNEE | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

Safety Domain

CAUTI | Hospitals have a minimum of 1.000 predicted infections as calculated by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

CLABSI | Hospitals have a minimum of 1.000 predicted infections as calculated by the CDC.

Colon and Abdominal Hysterectomy SSI | Hospitals have a minimum of 1.000 predicted infections as calculated by the CDC.

MRSA Bacteremia | Hospitals have a minimum of 1.000 predicted infections as calculated by the CDC.

CDI | Hospitals have a minimum of 1.000 predicted infections as calculated by the CDC.

SEP-1 | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

Efficiency and Cost Reduction Domain

MSPB | Hospitals must report a minimum number of 25 cases.

(2) CMS will award from 1 to 9 points for achievement to each hospital whose performance on a measure during the applicable performance period meets or exceeds the achievement threshold but is less than the benchmark for that measure.

(3) CMS will award from 0 to 9 points for improvement to each hospital whose performance on a measure during the applicable performance period exceeds the improvement threshold but is less than the benchmark for that measure.

(4) CMS will award 10 points to a hospital whose performance on a measure during the applicable performance period meets or exceeds the benchmark for that measure.

(b) Calculation of the Total Performance Score. The hospital's Total Performance Score for a program year is calculated as follows:

(1) CMS will calculate a domain score for a hospital when it reports the minimum number of measures in the domain.

(2) CMS will sum all points awarded for each measure in a domain to calculate an unweighted domain score.

(3) CMS will normalize each domain score to ensure that it is expressed as a percentage of points earned out of 100.

(4) CMS will weight the domain scores with the finalized domain weights for each fiscal year.

(5) The hospital's Total Performance Score for the fiscal year is the sum of the weighted domain scores up to a maximum score of 100.

(c) Extraordinary circumstance exception (ECE)—(1) General rule. CMS may grant an ECE with respect to the reporting requirements under this section in the event of extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the hospital. For purposes of this paragraph (c), an extraordinary circumstance is an event beyond the control of a hospital (for example, a natural or man-made disaster such as a hurricane, tornado, earthquake, terrorist attack, or bombing) that affected the ability of the hospital to comply with one or more applicable reporting requirements with respect to a fiscal year.

(2) Process for requesting an ECE. (i) A hospital may request an ECE within 60 calendar days of the date that the extraordinary circumstance occurred by submitting the information specified by CMS at QualityNet or a successor website.

(ii) CMS notifies the hospital of its decision on the request, in writing, via email. In the event that CMS grants an ECE to the hospital, the written decision will specify whether the hospital is exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospital an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(3) Authority to grant an ECE. CMS may grant an ECE to one or more hospitals that have not requested an ECE if CMS determines that a systemic problem with a CMS data collection system directly impacted the ability of the hospital to comply with a quality data reporting requirement or that an extraordinary circumstance has affected an entire region or locale. Any ECE granted under this paragraph (c)(3) specifies whether the affected hospitals are exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospitals an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 85 FR 27621, May, 8, 2020; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021; 88 FR 59333, Aug. 28, 2023; 90 FR 37202, Aug. 4, 2025]

§ 412.167 Appeal under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program.

(a) A hospital may appeal the following issues:

(1) CMS' decision to deny a hospital's correction request that the hospital submitted under the review and corrections process;

(2) Whether the achievement/improvement points were calculated correctly;

(3) Whether CMS properly used the higher of the achievement/improvement points in calculating the hospital's measure/dimension score;

(4) Whether CMS correctly calculated the domain scores, including the normalization calculation;

(5) Whether CMS used the proper lowest dimension score in calculating the hospital's HCAHPS consistency points;

(6) Whether CMS calculated the HCAHPS consistency points correctly;

(7) Whether the correct domain scores were used to calculate the Total Performance Score;

(8) Whether each domain was weighted properly;

(9) Whether the weighted domain scores were properly summed to arrive at the Total Performance Score; and,

(10) Whether the hospital's open/closed status (including mergers and acquisitions) is properly specified in CMS' systems.

(b) Appeals must be submitted within 30 days of CMS' decision to deny a corrections request under § 412.163 or within 30 days of the conclusion of the review and corrections period, as applicable, and must contain the following information:

(1) Hospital's CMS Certification Number (CCN).

(2) Hospital name.

(3) Hospital's basis for requesting an appeal. This must identify the hospital's specific reason(s) for appealing the hospital's Total Performance Score or performance assessment with respect to the performance standards.

(4) CEO contact information, including name, email address, telephone number, and mailing address (must include the physical address, not just the post office box).

(5) QualityNet security official contact information, including name, email address, telephone number, and mailing address (must include the physical address, not just the post office box).

(c) If a hospital is dissatisfied with CMS' decision on an appeal request submitted under paragraph (b) of this section, the hospital may request an independent CMS review of that decision.

(d) Limitations on review. There is no administrative or judicial review of the following:

(1) The methodology used to determine the amount of the value-based incentive payment under section 1886(o)(6) of the Act and the determination of such amount.

(2) The determination of the amount of funding available for value-based incentive payments under section 1886(o)(7)(A) of the Act and the payment reduction under section 1886(o)(7)(B)(i) of the Act.

(3) The establishment of the performance standards under section 1886(o)(3) of the Act and the performance period under section 1886(o)(4) of the Act.

(4) The measures specified under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and the measures selected under section 1886(o)(2) of the Act.

(5) The methodology developed under section 1886(o)(5) of the Act that is used to calculate hospital performance scores and the calculation of such scores.

(6) The validation methodology that is specified under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(XI) of the Act.

[50 FR 12741, Mar. 29, 1985, as amended at 78 FR 75196, Dec. 10, 2013; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021]

§ 412.168 Special rules for FY 2022 and FY 2023.

(a) This section sets forth the scoring and payment methodology for each of fiscal years 2022 and 2023Hospital VBP Program.

(b) CMS calculates a measure rate for all measures selected under § 412.164(a) for fiscal year 2022 but only applies § 412.165(a) to the measures included in the Clinical Outcomes Domain for that fiscal year, which are the following:

(1) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Hospitalization (MORT-30-AMI).

(2) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Heart Failure (HF) Hospitalization (MORT-30-HF).

(3) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Pneumonia Hospitalization (MORT-30-PN (updated cohort)).

(4) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization (MORT-30-COPD).

(5) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery (MORT-30-CABG).

(6) Hospital-Level Risk-Standardized Complication Rate Following Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) (COMP-HIP-KNEE).

(c) CMS calculates a domain score for the measures described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section for hospitals that report the minimum number of measures in the Clinical Outcomes Domain.

(d) CMS does not award a Total Performance Score to any hospital.

(e) The total amount available for value-based incentive payments for fiscal year 2022 is equal to the total amount of base-operating DRG payment reductions for that fiscal year, as estimated by the Secretary.

(f) CMS awards value-based incentive payment percentages (as defined in § 412.160) for all hospitals to ensure that each hospital receives an incentive payment amount equal to the amount of the reduction made to its base-operating DRG payment amounts.

(g) CMS calculates a measure rate for all measures selected under § 412.164(a) for fiscal year 2023 but only applies § 412.165(a) to the measures included in the Clinical Outcomes Domain and the Efficiency and Cost Reduction Domain for that fiscal year, which are the following:

(1) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Hospitalization (MORT-30-AMI).

(2) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Heart Failure (HF) Hospitalization (MORT-30-HF).

(3) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Pneumonia Hospitalization (MORT-30-PN (updated cohort)).

(4) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization (MORT-30-COPD).

(5) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery (MORT-30-CABG).

(6) Hospital-Level Risk-Standardized Complication Rate Following Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) (COMP-HIP-KNEE).

(7) Medicare Spending Per Beneficiary (MSPB)—Hospital.

(h) CMS calculates—

(1) A Clinical Outcomes Domain score for fiscal year 2023 for hospitals that report the minimum number of cases and measures with respect to the measures described in paragraphs (g)(1) through (6) of this section; and

(2) An Efficiency and Cost Reduction Domain score for fiscal year 2023 for hospitals that report the minimum number of cases with respect to the measure described in paragraph (g)(7) of this section.

(i) CMS does not award a Total Performance Score to any hospital for fiscal year 2023.

(j) The total amount available for value-based incentive payments for fiscal year 2023 is equal to the total amount of base-operating DRG payment reductions for that fiscal year, as estimated by the Secretary.

(k) CMS awards a value-based incentive payment percentage (as defined in § 412.160) for fiscal year 2023 to all hospitals to ensure that each hospital receives a value-based incentive payment amount equal to the amount of the reduction made to its base-operating DRG payment amounts.

[86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 49404, Aug. 10, 2022]

§ 412.169 [Reserved]
56 Payment Adjustments Under the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program
§ 412.170 Definitions for the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program.

As used in this section and § 412.172, the following definitions apply:

Applicable hospital is a hospital described in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act (including a hospital in Maryland that is paid under the waiver under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act and that, absent the waiver specified by section 1814(b)(3) of the Act, would have been paid under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system) as long as the hospital meets the criteria specified under § 412.172(e).

Applicable period is, unless otherwise specified by the Secretary, with respect to a fiscal year, the 2-year period (specified by the Secretary) from which data are collected in order to calculate the total hospital-acquired condition score under the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program.

(1) The applicable period for FY 2022—

(i) For the CMS PSI 90 measure, is the 24-month period from July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2020; and

(ii) For the CDC NHSN HAI measures, is the 24-month period from January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2020.

(2) Beginning with the FY 2023 program year, the applicable period is the 24-month period advanced by 1-year from the prior fiscal year's period from which data are collected in order to calculate the total hospital-acquired condition score under the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program, unless otherwise specified by the Secretary.

CDC NHSN HAI stands for Centers for Disease Control and Prevention National Healthcare Safety Network healthcare-associated infection measures.

CMS PSI 90 stands for Patient Safety and Adverse Events Composite for Selected Indicators (modified version of PSI 90).

Hospital-acquired condition is a condition as described in section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv) of the Act and any other condition determined appropriate by the Secretary that an individual acquires during a stay in an applicable hospital, as determined by the Secretary.

[78 FR 50967, Aug. 19, 2013, as amended at 81 FR 57268, Aug. 22, 2016; 85 FR 59022, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 412.172 Payment adjustments under the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program.

(a) Scope. This section sets forth the requirements for determining the payment adjustments under the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program for hospitals that meet the criteria described under paragraph (e) of this section.

(b) Payment adjustment. With respect to all discharges from an applicable hospital occurring during FY 2015 or a subsequent year, the amount of payment under this section, or section 1814(b)(3) of the Act as applicable, for such discharges during the fiscal year will be equal to 99 percent of the amount of payment that would otherwise apply to these discharges under this section or section 1814(b)(3) of the Act (determined after the application of the payment adjustment under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program under § 412.154 and the adjustment made under the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program under § 412.162 and section 1814(l)(4) of the Act but without regard to section 1886(p) of the Act).

(c) Extraordinary circumstance exception (ECE)—(1) General rule. CMS may grant an ECE with respect to the reporting requirements under this section in the event of extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the hospital. For purposes of this paragraph (c), an extraordinary circumstance is an event beyond the control of a hospital (for example, a natural or man-made disaster such as a hurricane, tornado, earthquake, terrorist attack, or bombing) that affected the ability of the hospital to comply with one or more applicable reporting requirements with respect to a fiscal year.

(2) Process for requesting an ECE. (i) A hospital may request an ECE within 60 calendar days of the date that the extraordinary circumstance occurred by submitting the information specified by CMS at QualityNet or a successor website.

(ii) CMS notifies the hospital of its decision on the request, in writing, via email. In the event that CMS grants an ECE to the hospital, the written decision specifies whether the hospital is exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospital an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(3) Authority to grant an ECE. CMS may grant an ECE to one or more hospitals that have not requested an ECE if CMS determines that a systemic problem with a CMS data collection system directly impacted the ability of the hospital to comply with a quality data reporting requirement, or that an extraordinary circumstance has affected an entire region or locale. Any ECE granted under this paragraph (c)(3) will specify whether the affected hospitals are exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the hospitals an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(d) Risk adjustment. In carrying out the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section, CMS will establish and apply an appropriate risk-adjustment methodology.

(e) Criteria for applicable hospitals. (1) General. With respect to a subsection (d) hospital, CMS will identify the top quartile of all subsection (d) hospitals with respect to hospital-acquired conditions as measured during the applicable period.

(2) Use of total hospital-acquired condition scores. CMS will use total hospital-acquired condition scores to identify applicable hospitals. CMS will identify the 25 percent of hospitals with the highest total scores.

(3) Methodology for calculating total hospital-acquired condition scores. CMS will calculate the total hospital-acquired condition scores by weighing the selected measures according to the established methodology.

(f) Reporting of hospital-specific information. CMS will make information available to the public regarding hospital-acquired condition rates of all hospitals under the Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program.

(1) CMS will provide each hospital with confidential hospital-specific reports and discharge level information used in the calculation of its total hospital-acquired condition score.

(2) Hospitals will have a period of 30 days after the receipt of the information provided under paragraph (f)(1) of this section to review and submit corrections for the hospital-acquired condition program scores for each condition that is used to calculate the total hospital-acquired condition score for the fiscal year.

(3) The administrative claims data used to calculate a hospital's total hospital-acquired condition score for a condition for a fiscal year are not subject to review and correction under paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(4) CMS posts the total hospital-acquired condition score, the domain score, and the score on each measure for each hospital on the Hospital Compare website or successor website.

(g) Limitations on review. There is no administrative or judicial review under § 412.170 and this section for the following:

(1) The criteria describing applicable hospitals.

(2) The applicable period.

(3) The specification of hospital-acquired conditions.

(4) The provision of reports to hospitals and the information made available to the public.

[78 FR 50967, Aug. 19, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 50355, Aug. 22, 2014; 84 FR 42614, Aug. 16, 2019; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021; 90 FR 37202, Aug. 4, 2025]

§ 412.190 Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating.

(a) Purpose. (1) The Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating (Overall Star Rating) is a summary of certain publicly reported hospital measure data for the benefit of stakeholders, such as patients, consumers, and hospitals.

(2) To update the methodology that will be used to calculate the Overall Hospital Quality Star Ratings to emphasize the contribution of the Safety of Care measure group to the Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating. This change aims to address the issue of hospitals receiving a high Star Rating despite performance in the lowest quartile of the Safety of Care measure group.

(3) The guiding principles of the Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating are as follows. In developing and maintaining the Overall Hospital Quality Star Ratings, we strive to:

(i) Use scientifically valid methods that are inclusive of hospitals and measure information and able to accommodate underlying measure changes;

(ii) Align with Care Compare on Medicare.gov and CMS programs;

(iii) Provide transparency of the methods for calculating the Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating; and

(iv) Be responsive to stakeholder input.

(b) Data included in Overall Star Rating—(1) Sources of Data. Measures are selected from those publicly reported on Care Compare on Medicare.gov through certain CMS hospital inpatient and outpatient quality programs:

(i) Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program—section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(VII) of the Act.

(ii) Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program—section 1886(p)(6)(A) of the Act.

(iii) Hospital Value-based Purchasing Program—section 1886(o)(10)(A) of the Act.

(iv) Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program—section 1886(q)(6)(A) of the Act.

(v) Hospital Outpatient Quality Reporting (OQR) Program—section 1833(t)(17)(e) of the Act.

(2) Hospitals included in Overall Star Rating. Subsection (d) hospitals subject to the CMS quality programs specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that also have their data publicly reported on one of CMS' websites are included in the Overall Star Rating.

(3) Critical Access Hospitals. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs) that wish to be voluntarily included in the Overall Star Rating must have elected to—

(i) Voluntarily submit quality measures included in and as specified under CMS hospital programs; and

(ii) Publicly report their quality measure data on Hospital Compare or its successor site.

(c) Frequency of publication and data used. The Overall Star Rating are published once annually using data publicly reported on Hospital Compare or its successor website from a quarter within the previous 12 months.

(d) Methodology—(1) Selection of measures. Measures are selected from those publicly reported on Hospital Compare or its successor website through certain CMS quality programs under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(i) From this group of measures, measures falling into one or more of the exclusions in paragraphs (d)(1)(i)(A) through (E) of this section will be removed from consideration:

(A) Measures that 100 hospitals or less publicly report. These measures would not produce reliable measure group scores based on too few hospitals;

(B) Measures that cannot be standardized to a single, common scale and otherwise not amenable to inclusion in a summary score calculation alongside process and outcome measures or measures that cannot be combined in a meaningful way. This includes measures that cannot be as easily combined with other measures captured on a continuous scale with more granular data;

(C) Non-directional measures for which it is unclear whether a higher or lower score is better. These measures cannot be standardized to be combined with other measures and form an aggregate measure group score;

(D) Measures not required for reporting on Hospital Compare or its successor websites through CMS programs; or

(E) Measures that overlap with another measure in terms of cohort or outcome, including component measures that are part of an already-included composite measure.

(ii) [Reserved]

(2) Measure score standardization. All measure scores are standardized by calculating Z-scores so that all measures are on a single, common scale to be consistent in terms of direction (that is, higher scores are better) and numerical magnitude. This is calculated by subtracting the national mean measure score from each hospital's measure score and dividing the difference by the measure standard deviation in order to standardize measures.

(3) Grouping measures. Measures are grouped into one of the five clinical groups as follows:

(i) Mortality.

(ii) Safety of Care.

(iii) Readmission.

(iv) Patient Experience.

(v) Timely and Effective Care.

(4) Calculate measure group scores. A score is calculated for each measure group for which a hospital has measure data using a simple average of measure scores, as follows:

(i) Each measure group score is standardized by calculating Z-scores for each measure group so that all measure group scores are centered near zero with a standard deviation of one.

(ii) We take 100 percent divided by the number of measures reported in a measure group to determine the percentage of each measure's weight.

(iii) The measure weight is then multiplied by the standardized measure score to calculate the measure's weighted score.

(iv) Then, all of the individual measure weighted scores within a measure group are added together to calculate the measure group score.

(5) Hospital summary score. A summary score is calculated by multiplying the standardized measure group scores by the assigned measure group weights and then summing the weighted measure group scores.

(i) Standard measure group weighting. (A) Each of the Mortality, Safety of Care, Readmission, and Patient Experience groups are weighted 22 percent; and

(B) The Timely and Effective Care group is weighted 12 percent.

(ii) Reweighting. (A) Hospitals may have too few cases to report particular measures and, in those cases, may not report enough measures in one or more measure groups.

(B) When a hospital does not have enough measures in one or more measure groups due to too few cases CMS may re-distribute one or more of the missing measure group's weight proportionally across the remaining measure groups by subtracting the standard weight percentage of the group or groups with insufficient measures from 100 percent; and then dividing the resulting percentage across the remaining measure groups, giving new re-proportioned weights.

(6) Reporting thresholds. In order to receive an Overall Star Rating, a hospital must report at least three measures within at least three measure groups, one of which must specifically be the Mortality or Safety of Care outcome group.

(7) Peer grouping. Hospitals are assigned to one of three peer groups based on the number of measure groups for which they report at least three measures: three, four, or five measure groups.

(8) Star ratings assignment. Hospitals in each peer group are then assigned between one and five stars where one star is the lowest and five stars is the highest using k-means clustering to complete convergence.

(9) Emphasize Safety of Care. (i) Apply a 4-star cap for hospitals in the lowest quartile of the Safety of Care measure group performance in Calendar Year 2026. Any hospital that is assigned 5 stars in step eight but has a lowest quartile Safety of Care score (based on at least three Safety of Care measures) would be reassigned to 4 stars.

(ii) Apply a blanket 1-Star reduction for hospitals in the lowest quartile of Safety of Care measure group performance beginning in Calendar Year 2027 and later years. Any hospital assigned a 2, 3, 4, or 5-star rating in step eight, but with a lowest quartile Safety of Care score (based on at least three Safety of Care measures) would be reduced to 1, 2, 3, or 4 stars, respectively.

(e) Preview period prior to publication. CMS provides hospitals the opportunity to preview their Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating prior to publication. Hospitals have at least 30 days to preview their results, and if necessary, can reach out to CMS with questions.

(f) Suppression of Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating—(1) Subsection (d) hospitals. CMS may consider suppressing Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating for subsection (d) hospitals only under extenuating circumstances that affect numerous hospitals (as in, not an individualized or localized issue) as determined by CMS, or when CMS is at fault, including but not limited to when:

(i) There is an Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating calculation error by CMS;

(ii) There is a systemic error at the CMS quality program level that substantively affects the Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating calculation; or;

(iii) If a Public Health Emergency substantially affects the underlying measure data.

(2) CAHs. (i) CAHs may request to withhold their Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating from publication on Care Compare on Medicare.gov so long as the request for withholding is made, at the latest, during the Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating preview period.

(ii) CAHs may request to have their Overall Hospital Quality Star Rating withheld from publication on Care Compare on Medicare.gov, as well as their data from the public input file, so long as the request is made during the CMS quality program-level 30-day confidential preview period for the Care Compare refresh data used to calculate the Overall Hospital Quality Star Ratings.

[85 FR 86300, Dec. 29, 2020, as amended at 87 FR 72287, Nov. 23, 2022; 90 FR 54082, Nov. 25, 2025]

J Subpart J [Reserved]
Subpart K Prospective Payment System for Inpatient Operating Costs for Hospitals Located in Puerto Rico

Source: 52 FR 33058, Sept. 1, 1987, unless otherwise noted.

§ 412.200 General provisions.

Beginning with discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1987, hospitals located in Puerto Rico are subject to the rules governing the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs. Except as provided in this subpart, the provisions of subparts A, B, C, F, G, and H of this part apply to hospitals located in Puerto Rico. Except for § 412.60, which deals with DRG classification and weighting factors, or as otherwise specified, the provisions of subparts D and E, which describe the methodology used to determine prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs for hospitals, do not apply to hospitals located in Puerto Rico. Instead, the methodology for determining prospective payment rates for inpatient operating costs for these hospitals is set forth in §§ 412.204 through 412.212.

[83 FR 41704, Aug. 17 2018]

§ 412.204 Payment to hospitals located in Puerto Rico.

(a) FY 1988 through FY 1997. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1987 and before October 1, 1997, payments for inpatient operating costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are equal to the sum of—

(1) 75 percent of the Puerto Rico prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.208 or § 412.210; and

(2) 25 percent of a national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.212.

(b) FY 1998 through March 31, 2004. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 and before April 1, 2004, payments for inpatient operating costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are equal to the sum of—

(1) 50 percent of the Puerto Rico prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.208 or § 412.210; and

(2) 50 percent of a national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.212.

(c) Period of April 1, 2004 through September 31, 2004. For discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2004, payment for inpatient operating costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are equal to the sum of—

(1) 37.5 percent of the Puerto Rico prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.208 or § 412.210; and

(2) 62.5 percent of the national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.212.

(d) FY 2005 through December 31, 2015. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004 and before January 1, 2016, payments for inpatient operating costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are equal to the sum of—

(1) 25 percent of the Puerto Rico prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.208 or § 412.211; and

(2) 75 percent of a national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.212.

(e) January 1, 2016 and thereafter. For discharges occurring on or after January 1, 2016, payments for inpatient operating costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are equal to 100 percent of a national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs, as determined under § 412.212.

[62 FR 46030, Aug. 29, 1997, as amended at 69 FR 49247, Aug. 11, 2004; 81 FR 57268, Aug. 22, 2016]

§ 412.208 Puerto Rico rates for Federal fiscal year 1988.

(a) General rule. CMS determines the Puerto Rico adjusted DRG prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs for each inpatient hospital discharge occurring in Federal fiscal year 1988 for a prospective payment hospital. These rates are determined as described in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section.

(b) Determining target amounts. For each hospital subject to the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs, CMS determines the Medicare target amount, as described in § 413.40(c) of this chapter, for the hospital's cost reporting period beginning in fiscal year 1987. Revisions in the target amounts made subsequent to establishment of the standardized amounts under paragraph (d) of this section do not affect the standardized amounts.

(c) Updating the target amounts for fiscal year 1988. CMS updates each target amount determined under paragraph (b) of this section for fiscal year 1988 by prorating the applicable percentage increase (as defined in § 412.63(f) of this chapter) for fiscal year 1988 to the midpoint of fiscal year 1988 (April 1, 1988).

(d) Standardizing amounts. CMS standardizes the amount updated under paragraph (c) of this section for each hospital by—

(1) Adjusting for variations in case mix among hospitals;

(2) Excluding an estimate of indirect medical education costs;

(3) Adjusting for area variations in hospital wage levels; and

(4) Excluding an estimate of the payments for hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(e) Computing urban and rural averages. CMS computes separate discharge-weighted averages of the standardized amounts determined under paragraph (d) of this section for urban and rural hospitals in Puerto Rico.

(f) Geographic classification. (1) For purposes of this paragraph (e) of this section, the following definitions apply:

(i) The term urban area means a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA), as defined by the Executive Office of Management and Budget.

(ii) The term large urban area means an MSA with a population of more than 1,000,000.

(iii) The term rural area means any area outside an urban area.

(2) A hospital classified as rural is deemed to be urban and receives the urban Puerto Rico payment amount if the county in which it is located meets the following criteria:

(i) At least 95 percent of the perimeter of the rural county is contiguous with urban counties.

(ii) The county was reclassified from an urban area to a rural area after April 20, 1983, as described in § 412.62(f)(1)(iv).

(iii) At least 15 percent of employed workers in the county commute to the central county of one of the adjacent MSAs.

(g) Reducing for value of outlier payments. CMS reduces each of the average standardized amounts determined under paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section by a proportion equal to the proportion (estimated by CMS) of the total amount of payments based on DRG prospective payment rates that are additional payments to hospitals located in Puerto Rico for outlier cases under subpart F of this part.

(h) Computing Puerto Rico rates established under the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs for urban and rural hospitals. For each discharge classified within a DRG, CMS establishes a Puerto Rico prospective payment rate, as follows:

(1) For hospitals located in an urban area, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The average standardized amount (computed under paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section) for hospitals located in an urban area; and

(ii) The weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(2) For hospitals located in a rural area, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The average standardized amount (computed under paragraphs (c) through (g) of this section) for hospitals located in a rural area; and

(ii) The weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(i) Adjusting for different area wage levels. CMS adjusts the proportion (as estimated by CMS from time to time) of Puerto Rico rates computed under paragraph (h) of this section that are attributable to wages and labor-related costs, for area differences in hospital wage levels, by a factor (established by CMS) reflecting the relative hospital wage level in the geographic area (that is, urban or rural area as determined under the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section) of the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage level.

[52 FR 33058, Sept. 1, 1987; 52 FR 35350, Sept. 18, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 38533, Sept. 30, 1988; 57 FR 39825, Sept. 1, 1992]

§ 412.210 Puerto Rico rates for Federal fiscal years 1989 through 2003.

(a) General rule. (1) CMS determines the Puerto Rico adjusted prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs for each inpatient hospital discharge occurring in Federal fiscal years 1989 through 2003 that involves inpatient hospital services of a hospital in Puerto Rico subject to the prospective payment system for which payment may be made under Medicare Part A.

(2) The rate is determined for hospitals located in large urban, other urban, or rural areas within Puerto Rico, as described in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.

(b) Geographic classifications. (1) For purposes of this section, the definitions set forth in § 412.208(f)(1) apply.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1988, a hospital located in a rural county adjacent to one or more urban areas is deemed to be located in an urban area and receives the Federal payment amount for the urban area to which the greatest number of workers in the county commute if the rural county would otherwise be considered part of an urban area, under the standards for designating MSAs if the commuting rates used in determining outlying counties were determined on the basis of the aggregate number of resident workers who commute to (and, if applicable under the standards, from) the central county or central counties of all adjacent MSAs.

These EOMB standards are set forth in the notice of final standards for classification of MSAs published in the Federal Register on January 3, 1980 (45 FR 956), and available from CMS, East High Rise Building, Room 132, 6325 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21207.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1988, for hospitals that consist of two or more separately located inpatient hospital facilities, the national adjusted prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs is based on the geographic location of the hospital at which the discharge occurs.

(c) Updating previous standardized amounts. CMS computes separate average standardized amounts for hospitals in large urban, other urban, and rural areas within Puerto Rico equal to the respective average standardized amount computed for fiscal year 1988 under § 412.208(e)—

(1) Increased by the applicable percentage changes determined under § 412.63 (g) and (h); and

(2) Reduced by a proportion equal to the proportion (estimated by CMS) of the total amount of prospective payments that are additional payment amounts to hospitals located in Puerto Rico attributable to outlier cases under subpart F of this part.

(d) Computing Puerto Rico rates for large urban, other urban, and rural hospitals. For each discharge classified within a DRG, CMS establishes for the fiscal year a Puerto Rico prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs as follows:

(1) For hospitals located in a large urban or other urban area in Puerto Rico, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The average standardized amount (computed under paragraph (c) of this section) for the fiscal year for hospitals located in a large urban or other urban area; and

(ii) The weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(2) For hospitals located in a rural area in Puerto Rico, the rate equals the product of—

(i) The average standardized amount (computed under paragraph (c) of this section) for the fiscal year for hospitals located in a rural area; and

(ii) The weighting factor (determined under § 412.60(b)) for that DRG.

(e) Adjusting for different area wage levels. CMS adjusts the proportion (as estimated by CMS from time to time) of Puerto Rico rates computed under paragraph (d) of this section that is attributable to wages and labor-related costs for area differences in hospital wage levels by a factor (established by CMS) reflecting the relative hospital wage level in the geographic area (that is, urban or rural area as determined under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section) of the hospital compared to the Peurto Rico average hospital wage level.

[52 FR 33058, Sept. 1, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 38533, Sept. 30, 1988; 57 FR 39825, Sept. 1, 1992; 62 FR 46030, Aug. 29, 1997; 69 FR 49247, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 412.211 Puerto Rico rates for Federal fiscal year 2004 and subsequent fiscal years.

(a) General rule. CMS determines the Puerto Rico adjusted prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs for each inpatient hospital discharge occurring in Federal fiscal year 2004 and subsequent fiscal years that involves inpatient hospital services of a hospital in Puerto Rico subject to the prospective payment system for which payment may be made under Medicare Part A.

(b) Geographic classifications. (1) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

(i) The term urban area means a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) as defined by the Executive Office of Management and Budget.

(ii) The term rural area means any area outside of an urban area.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, a hospital located in a rural county adjacent to one or more urban areas is deemed to be located in an urban area and receives the Federal payment amount for the urban area to which the greater number of workers in the county commute if the rural county would otherwise be considered part of an urban area, under the standards for designating MSAs if the commuting rates used in determining outlying counties were determined on the basis of the aggregate number of resident workers who commute to (and, if applicable under the standards, from) the central county or central counties of all adjacent MSAs. These EOMB standards are set forth in the notice of final revised standards for classification of MSAs published in the Federal Register on December 27, 2000 (65 FR 82228), announced by EOMB on June 6, 2003, and available from CMS, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244.

(c) Computing the standardized amount. CMS computes a Puerto Rico standardized amount that is applicable to all hospitals located in all areas. The applicable percentage change for updating the Puerto Rico specific standardized amount is as follows:

(1) For fiscal year 2004 through fiscal year 2009, increased by the applicable percentage change specified in § 412.64(d)(1)(ii)(A).

(2) For fiscal year 2010, increased by the market basket index for prospective payment hospitals (as defined in § 413.40(a) of this subchapter) for hospitals in all areas.

(3) For fiscal year 2011, increased by the applicable percentage change specified in § 412.64(d)(1)(iii).

(4) For fiscal year 2012 and subsequent fiscal years, the applicable percentage increase specified in § 412.64(d).

(d) Computing Puerto Rico Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for hospitals located in all areas. For each discharge classified within a DRG, CMS establishes for the fiscal year a Puerto Rico prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs equal to the product of—

(1) The average standardized amount for the fiscal year for hospitals located in all areas; and

(2) The weighting factor determined under § 412.60(b) for that DRG.

(e) Adjusting for different area wage levels. CMS adjusts the proportion of the Puerto Rico rate for inpatient operating costs that are attributable to wages and labor-related costs for area differences in hospital wage levels by a factor (established by CMS based on survey data) reflecting the relative level of hospital wages and wage-related costs in the geographic area (that is, urban or rural area as determined under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section) of the hospital compared to the Puerto Rico average level of hospital wages and wage-related costs. The adjustment specified in this paragraph (e) also takes into account the earnings and paid hours of employment by occupational category.

(1) The wage index is updated annually.

(2) CMS determines the proportion of the Puerto Rico rate that is attributable to wages and labor-related costs from time to time, employing a methodology that is described in the annual update of the prospective payment system for payment of inpatient hospital operating costs published in the Federal Register.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, CMS employs 62 percent as the proportion of the rate that is adjusted for the relative level of hospital wages and wage-related costs, unless employing that percentage would result in lower payments for the hospital than employing the proportion determined under the methodology described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

(f) Adjusting the wage index to account for commuting patterns of hospital workers—(1) General criteria. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, CMS adjusts the hospital wage index for hospitals located in qualifying areas to recognize the commuting patterns of hospital employees. A qualifying area is an area that meets all of the following criteria:

(i) Hospital employees in the area commute to work in an MSA (or MSAs) with a wage index (or wage indices) higher than the wage index of the area.

(ii) At least 10 percent of the county's hospital employees commute to an MSA (or MSAs) with a higher wage index (or wage indices).

(iii) The 3-year average hourly wage of the hospital(s) in the area equals or exceeds the 3-year average hourly wage of all hospitals in the MSA or rural area in which the county is located.

(2) Amount of adjustment. A hospital located in an area that meets the criteria under paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iii) of this section will receive an increase in its wage index that is equal to a weighted average of the difference between the prereclassified wage index of the MSA (or MSAs) with the higher wage index (or wage indices) and the prereclasssified wage index of the qualifying area, weighted by the overall percentage of the hospital employees residing in the qualifying area who are employed in any MSA with a higher wage index.

(3) Process for determining the adjustment. (i) CMS will use the most accurate data available, as determined by CMS, to determine the out-migration percentage for each area.

(ii) CMS will include, in its annual proposed and final notices of updates to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, a listing of qualifying areas and the hospitals that are eligible to receive the adjustment to their wage indexes for commuting hospital employees, and the wage index increase applicable to each qualifying area.

(iii) Any wage index adjustment made under this paragraph (f) is effective for a period of 3 fiscal years, except that hospitals in a qualifying county may elect to waive the application of the wage index adjustment. A hospital may waive the application of the wage index adjustment by notifying CMS in writing within 45 days of the date of public display of the annual notice of proposed rulemaking for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system at the Office of the Federal Register.

(iv) A hospital in a qualifying area that receives a wage index adjustment under this paragraph (f) is not eligible for reclassification under Subpart L of this part.

[69 FR 49248, Aug. 11, 2004, as amended at 75 FR 50414, Aug. 16, 2010; 76 FR 51783, Aug. 18, 2011; 82 FR 38512, Aug. 14, 2017]

§ 412.212 National rate.

(a) General rule. For purposes of payment to hospitals located in Puerto Rico, the national prospective payment rate for inpatient operating costs is determined as described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section.

(b) Computing Puerto Rico standardized amounts. (1) For Federal fiscal years before FY 2004, CMS computes a discharge-weighted average of the—

(i) National urban adjusted standardized amount determined under § 412.63(j)(1); and

(ii) National rural adjusted average standardized amount determined under § 412.63(j)(2)(i).

(2) For fiscal years 2004 and subsequent fiscal years, CMS computes a discharge-weighted average of the national adjusted standardized amount determined under § 412.64(e).

(c) Computing a national rate. For each discharge classified within a DRG, the national rate equals the product of—

(1) The national average standardized amount computed under paragraph (b) of this section; and

(2) The weighting factor (determined under § 412.60(b)) for that DRG.

(d) Adjusting for different area wage levels. CMS adjusts the proportion (as estimated by CMS from time to time) of the national rate computed under paragraph (c) of this section that is attributable to wages and labor-related costs for area differences in hospital wage levels by a factor (established by CMS) reflecting the relative hospital wage level in the geographic area of the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage level.

[52 FR 33058, Sept. 1, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 38533, Sept. 30, 1988; 57 FR 39825, Sept. 1, 1992; 69 FR 49248, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 412.220 Special treatment of certain hospitals located in Puerto Rico.

Subpart G of this part sets forth rules for special treament of certain facilities under the prospective payment system for inpatient operating costs. The following sections in subpart G of this part do not apply to hospitals located in Puerto Rico:

(a) Section 412.92, sole community hospitals.

(b) Section 412.96, referral centers.

[52 FR 33058, Sept. 1, 1987, as amended at 57 FR 39825, Sept. 1, 1992]

Subpart L The Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board

Source: 55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, unless otherwise noted.

57 Criteria and Conditions for Redesignation
§ 412.230 Criteria for an individual hospital seeking redesignation to another rural area or an urban area.

(a) General—(1) Purposes. Except as specified in paragraph (a)(5)—

(i) For fiscal years prior to fiscal year 2005, an individual hospital may be redesignated from a rural area to an urban area, from a rural area to another rural area, or from an urban area to another urban area for the purposes of using the other area's standardized amount for inpatient operating costs, the wage index value, or both.

(ii) Effective for fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years, an individual hospital may be redesignated from an urban area to another urban area, from a rural area to another rural area, or from a rural area to another urban area for the purposes of using the other area's wage index value.

(iii) An urban hospital that has been granted redesignation as rural under § 412.103 is considered to be located in the rural area of the state for the purposes of this section.

(2) Proximity. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, to be redesignated to another rural area or an urban area, a hospital must demonstrate a close proximity to the area to which it seeks redesignation by meeting the criteria in paragraph (b) of this section, and submitting data requested under paragraph (c) of this section.

(3) Special rules for sole community hospitals and rural referral centers. To be redesignated under the special rules in this paragraph, a hospital must be approved as a sole community hospital or a rural referral center as of the date of the MGCRB's review.

(i) A hospital that is approved as a rural referral center or a sole community hospital, or both, does not have to demonstrate a close proximity to the area to which it seeks redesignation.

(ii) If a hospital that is approved as a rural referral center or a sole community hospital, or both, qualifies for urban redesignation, it is redesignated to the urban area that is closest to the hospital or to the hospital's geographic home area. If the hospital is closer to another rural area than to any urban area, it may seek redesignation to either the closest rural area or the closest urban area.

(iii) If a sole community hospital or rural referral center loses its special status as a result of redesignation, the hospital is considered to retain its special status for the purpose of applicability of the special rules in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

(iv) A hospital that is redesignated under paragraph (a)(3) of this section may not be redesignated in the same fiscal year under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(4) Application of criteria. In applying the numeric criteria contained in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) and (d)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section, rounding of numbers to meet the mileage or qualifying percentage standards is not permitted.

(5) Limitations on redesignation. The following limitations apply to redesignation:

(i) An individual hospital may not be redesignated to another area for purposes of the wage index if, using data described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the pre-reclassified average hourly wage for that area is lower than the pre-reclassified average hourly wage for the area in which the hospital is located. An urban hospital that has been granted redesignation as rural under § 412.103 is considered to be located either in its geographic area or in the rural area of the State for the purposes of this paragraph (a)(5)(i).

(ii) A hospital may not be redesignated to more than one area, except for an urban hospital that has been granted redesignation as rural under § 412.103 and receives an additional reclassification by the MGCRB.

(iii) Beginning with wage index reclassification applications for FY 2003, if a hospital is already reclassified to a given geographic area for wage index purposes for a 3-year period, and submits an application for reclassification to the same area for either the second or third year of the 3-year period, that application will not be approved.

(b) Proximity criteria. A hospital demonstrates a close proximity with the area to which it seeks redesignation if one of the following conditions applies:

(1) The distance from the hospital to the area is no more than 15 miles for an urban hospital and no more than 35 miles for a rural hospital.

(2) At least 50 percent of the hospital's employees reside in the area.

(c) Appropriate proximity data. For redesignation to an area, the hospital must submit appropriate data relating to its proximity to that area.

(1) To demonstrate proximity to the area, the hospital must submit evidence from a nationally recognized electronic mapping service of the shortest route from the front entrance of the hospital over improved roads or waterways traveled by ferry boats to the county line of the requested area and the distance of that route.

(2) For employee address data, the hospital must submit current payroll records that include information that establishes the home addresses by zip code of its employees.

(d) Use of urban or other rural area's wage index—(1) Criteria for use of area's wage index. Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(3) and (d)(4) of this section, to use an area's wage index, a hospital must demonstrate the following:

(i) The hospital's incurred wage costs are comparable to hospital wage costs in an urban or other rural area;

(ii) The hospital has the necessary geographic relationship as specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section;

(iii) One of the following conditions apply:

(A) With respect to redesignations for Federal fiscal years 1994 through 2001, the hospital's average hourly wage is at least 108 percent of the average hourly wage of hospitals in the area in which the hospital is located;

(B) With respect to redesignations for Federal fiscal years 2002 through 2005, the hospital's average hourly wage is, in the case of a hospital located in a rural area, at least 106 percent and in the case of a hospital located in an urban area, at least 108 percent of the average hourly wage of hospitals in the area in which the hospital is located; or

(C) With respect to redesignations for Federal fiscal year 2006 and subsequent years, the hospital's average hourly wage is, in the case of a hospital located in a rural area, at least 106 percent and in the case of a hospital located in an urban area, at least 108 percent of the average hourly wage of all other hospitals in the area in which the hospital is located;

(iv) One of the following conditions apply:

(A) For redesignations effective before fiscal year 1999, the hospital's average hourly wage weighted for occupational categories is at least 90 percent of the average hourly wages of hospitals in the area to which it seeks redesignation.

(B) With respect to redesignations for fiscal year 1994 through 2001, the hospital's average hourly wage is equal to at least 84 percent of the average hourly wage of hospitals in the area to which it seeks redesignation.

(C) With respect to redesignations for fiscal years 2002 through 2009, the hospital's average hourly wage is equal to, in the case of a hospital located in a rural area, at least 82 percent, and in the case of a hospital located in an urban area, at least 84 percent of the average hourly wage of hospitals in the area to which it seeks redesignation.

(D) With respect to redesignations for fiscal year 2010, the hospital's average hourly wage is equal to, in the case of a hospital located in a rural area, at least 84 percent, and in the case of a hospital located in an urban area, at least 86 percent of the average hourly wage of hospitals in the area to which it seeks redesignation.

(E) With respect to redesignations for fiscal year 2011 and later fiscal years, the hospital's average hourly wage is equal to, in the case of a hospital located in a rural area, at least 82 percent, and in the case of a hospital located in an urban area, at least 84 percent of the average hourly wage of hospitals in the area to which it seeks redesignation.

(2) Appropriate wage data. For a wage index change, the hospital must submit appropriate wage data as follows:

(i) For redesignations effective through FY 2002:

(A) For hospital-specific data, the hospital must provide data from the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes during the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for which the hospital requests reclassification.

(B) For data for other hospitals, the hospital must provide data concerning the average hourly wage in the area in which the hospital is located and the average hourly wage in the area to which the hospital seeks reclassification. The wage data are taken from the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes during the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for which the hospital requests reclassification.

(ii) For redesignations effective beginning FY 2003:

(A) For hospital-specific data, the hospital must provide a weighted 3-year average of its average hourly wages using data from the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes.

(1) For the limited purpose of qualifying for geographic reclassification based on wage data from cost reporting periods beginning prior to FY 2000, a hospital may request that its wage data be revised if the hospital is in an urban area that was subject to the rural floor for the period during which the wage data the hospital wishes to revise were used to calculate its wage index.

(2) Once a hospital has accumulated at least 1 year of wage data in the applicable 3-year average hourly wage period used by the MGCRB, the hospital is eligible to apply for reclassification based on those data.

(B) For data for other hospitals, the hospital must provide a weighted 3-year average of the average hourly wage in the area in which the hospital is located and a weighted 3-year average of the average hourly wage in the area to which the hospital seeks reclassification. The wage data are taken from the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes.

(iii) For applications submitted for reclassifications effective in FYs 2006 through 2008, a campus of a multicampus hospital may seek reclassification only to a CBSA in which another campus(es) is located. If the campus is seeking reclassification to a CBSA in which another campus(es) is located, as part of its reclassification request, the requesting entity must submit the composite wage data for the entire multicampus hospital as its hospital-specific data.

(iv) For purposes of this paragraph (d)(2), if a new owner does not accept assignment of the existing hospital's provider agreement in accordance with § 489.18 of this chapter, the hospital will be treated as a new provider with a new provider number. In this case, the wage data associated with the previous hospital's provider number cannot be used in calculating the new hospital's 3-year average hourly wage. Once a new hospital has accumulated at least 1 year of wage data, it is eligible to apply for reclassification on the basis of those data.

(v) For applications submitted for reclassification effective in FY 2009 and thereafter, a campus of a multicampus hospital that is located in a geographic area different from the area associated with the provider number of the entire multicampus hospital may seek reclassification to another CBSA using the composite wage data of the entire multicampus hospital as its hospital-specific data.

(3) Rural referral center exceptions. (i) If a hospital was ever approved as a rural referral center, it does not have to demonstrate that it meets the average hourly wage criterion set forth in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section.

(ii) If a hospital was ever approved as a rural referral center, it is required to meet only the criterion that applies to rural hospitals under paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, regardless of its actual location in an urban or rural area.

(4) Special dominating hospital exception. The requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(i) and (d)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply if a hospital meets the following criteria:

(i) Its average hourly wage is at least 108 percent of the average hourly wage of all other hospitals in the area in which the hospital is located.

(ii) It pays at least 40 percent of the adjusted uninflated wages in the MSA.

(iii) It was approved for redesignation under this paragraph (d) for each year from fiscal year 1992 through fiscal year 1997.

(5) Single hospital MSA exception. The requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply if a hospital is the single hospital in its MSA with published 3-year average hourly wage data included in the current fiscal year inpatient prospective payment system final rule.

(6) Home area reclassification exception. The requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section do not apply to a hospital that has been granted redesignation as rural under § 412.103 and seeks redesignation under this section to its geographic urban area.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.230, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.232 Criteria for all hospitals in a rural county seeking urban redesignation.

(a) Criteria. For all hospitals in a rural county to be redesignated to an urban area, the following conditions must be met:

(1) The county in which the hospitals are located—

(i) For fiscal years prior to fiscal year 2006, must be adjacent to the MSA or NECMA to which they seek redesignation.

(ii) For fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2006, must be adjacent to the MSA to which they seek redesignation.

(2) All hospitals in a rural county must apply for redesignation as a group.

(3) The hospitals must demonstrate that the rural county in which they are located currently meets the criteria for metropolitan character under paragraph (b) of this section and the wage criteria under paragraph (c) of this section.

(4) The hospital may be redesignated only if one of the following conditions is met:

(i) The prereclassified average hourly wage for the area to which they seek redesignation is higher than the prereclassified average hourly wage for the area in which they are currently located.

(ii) For fiscal years prior to fiscal year 2006, the standardized amount for the area to which they seek redesignation is higher than the standardized amount for the area in which they are located.

(b) Metropolitan character. (1) For fiscal years prior to FY 2005, the group of hospitals must demonstrate that the county in which the hospitals are located meets the standards for redesignation to an MSA or an NECMA as an outlying county that were published in the Federal Register on March 30, 1990 (55 FR 12154) using Bureau of the Census data or Bureau of Census estimates made after 1990.

(2) For fiscal years beginning with FY 2005, the group of hospitals must demonstrate that the county in which the hospitals are located meets the standards for redesignation to an MSA as an outlying county using the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the most recent Census Bureau data.

(c) Wage criteria. In applying the following numeric criteria, rounding of numbers to meet the qualifying percentages is not permitted.

(1) Aggregate hourly wage for fiscal years before fiscal year 2010—(i) Aggregate hourly wage. With respect to redesignations effective beginning fiscal year 1999 and before fiscal year 2010, the aggregate average hourly wage for all hospitals in the rural county must be equal to at least 85 percent of the average hourly wage in the adjacent urban area.

(ii) Aggregate hourly wage weighted for occupational mix. For redesignations effective before fiscal year 1999, the aggregate hourly wage for all hospitals in the rural county, weighed for occupational categories, is at least 90 percent of the average hourly wage in the adjacent urban area.

(2) Aggregate hourly wage for fiscal year 2010. With respect to redesignations effective for fiscal year 2010, the aggregate average hourly wage for all hospitals in the rural county must be equal to at least 86 percent of the average hourly wage in the adjacent urban area.

(3) Aggregate hourly wage for fiscal year 2011 and later fiscal years. With respect to redesignations effective for fiscal year 2011 and later fiscal years, the aggregate average hourly wage for all hospitals in the rural county must be equal to at least 85 percent of the average hourly wage in the adjacent urban area.

(d) Appropriate data—(1) Metropolitan character. (i) To meet the criteria in paragraph (b) of this section, the hospitals may submit data, estimates, or projections, made by the Bureau of the Census concerning population density or growth, or changes in designation of urban areas.

(ii) The MGCRB only considers data developed by the Bureau of the Census.

(2) Appropriate wage data. The hospitals must submit appropriate data as follows:

(i) For redesignations effective through FY 2002:

(A) For hospital-specific data, the hospitals must provide data from the CMS wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes during the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for which the hospitals request reclassification.

(B) For data for other hospitals, the hospitals must provide the following:

(1) The average hourly wage in the adjacent area, which is taken from the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes during the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for which the hospitals request reclassification.

(2) Occupational-mix data to demonstrate the average occupational mix for each employment category in the adjacent area. Occupational-mix data can be obtained from surveys conducted by the American Hospital Association.

(ii) For redesignations effective beginning FY 2003:

(A) For hospital-specific data, the hospital must provide a weighted 3-year average of its average hourly wages using data from the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes.

(B) For data for other hospitals, the hospital must provide a weighted 3-year average of the average hourly wage in the area in which the hospital is located and a weighted 3-year average of the average hourly wage in the area to which the hospital seeks reclassification. The wage data are taken from the CMS hospital wage survey used to construct the wage index in effect for prospective payment purposes.

(iii) For redesignations effective beginning FY 2009, the wage data of an individual campus of a multicampus hospital will be determined by allocating, on the basis of full-time equivalent staff or discharges, the wage data of the entire multicampus hospital between or among the individual campuses of the multicampus hospital. The provision of this paragraph (d)(2)(iii) applies only in the case where an individual campus is located in a geographic area different from the area associated with the provider number of the entire multicampus hospital.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 57 FR 39826, Sept. 1, 1992; 58 FR 46339, Sept. 1, 1993; 59 FR 45399, Sept. 1, 1994; 60 FR 45849, Sept. 1, 1995; 62 FR 46031, Aug. 29, 1997; 66 FR 39934, Aug. 1, 2001; 69 FR 49249, Aug. 11, 2004; 69 FR 60252, Oct. 7, 2004; 72 FR 47412, Aug. 22, 2007; 73 FR 48756, Aug. 19, 2008; 75 FR 50415, Aug. 16, 2010; 79 FR 50355, Aug. 22, 2014]

§ 412.234 Criteria for all hospitals in an urban county seeking redesignation to another urban area.

(a) General criteria. For all prospective payment hospitals in an .urban county to be redesignated to another urban area, the following conditions must be met:

(1) All hospitals in an urban county must apply for redesignation as a group.

(2) The county in which the hospitals are located must be adjacent to the urban area to which they seek redesignation.

(3)(i) For Federal fiscal years before fiscal year 2006, the counties in which the hospitals are located must be part of the Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area (CMSA) that includes the urban area to which they seek redesignation.

(ii) For Federal fiscal year 2006, hospitals located in counties that are in the same Combined Statistical Area (CSA) (under the MSA definitions announced by the OMB on June 6, 2003) as the urban area to which they seek redesignation; or in the same Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area (CMSA) (under the standards published by the OMB on March 30, 1990) as the urban area to which they seek designation qualify as meeting the proximity requirements for reclassification to the urban area to which they seek redesignation.

(iii) For Federal fiscal year 2007, hospitals located in counties that are in the same Combined Statistical Area (CSA) (under the MSA definitions announced by the OMB on June 6, 2003) as the urban area to which they seek redesignation qualify as meeting the proximity requirement for reclassification to the urban area to which they seek redesignation.

(iv) For Federal fiscal year 2008 and thereafter, hospitals located in counties that are in the same Combined Statistical Area (CSA) or Core-Based Statistical Area (CBSA) (under the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the most recent Census Bureau data) as the urban area to which they seek redesignation qualify as meeting the proximity requirement for reclassification to the urban area to which they seek redesignation.

(4) The hospital may be redesignated only if one of the following conditions is met:

(i) The prereclassified average hourly wage for the area to which they seek redesignation is higher than the prereclassified average hourly wage for the area in which they are currently located.

(ii) For fiscal years prior to fiscal year 2005, the standardized amount for the area to which they seek redesignation is higher than the standardized amount for the area in which they are located.

(b) Wage criteria. In applying the following numeric criteria, rounding of numbers to meet the qualifying percentages is not permitted.

(1) Aggregate hourly wage for fiscal years before fiscal year 2010—(i) Aggregate hourly wage. With respect to redesignations effective beginning fiscal year 1999 and before fiscal year 2010, the aggregate average hourly wage for all hospitals in the urban county must be at least 85 percent of the average hourly wage in the urban area to which the hospitals in the county seek reclassification.

(ii) Aggregate hourly wage weighted for occupational mix. For redesignations effective before fiscal year 1999, the aggregate hourly wage for all hospitals in the county, weighed for occupational categories, is at least 90 percent of the average hourly wage in the adjacent urban area.

(2) Aggregate hourly wage for fiscal year 2010. With respect to redesignations effective for fiscal year 2010, the aggregate average hourly wage for all hospitals in the urban county must be at least 86 percent of the average hourly wage in the urban area to which the hospitals in the county seek reclassification.

(3) Aggregate hourly wage for fiscal year 2011 and later fiscal years. With respect to redesignations effective for fiscal year 2011 and later fiscal years, the aggregate average hourly wage for all hospitals in the urban county must be at least 85 percent of the average hourly wage in the urban area to which the hospitals in the county seek reclassification.

(c) Appropriate wage data. (1) The hospitals must submit appropriate wage data as provided for in § 412.230(d)(2).

(2) For redesignations effective beginning FY 2009, the appropriate wage data of an individual campus located in a geographic area different from the area associated with the provider number of the entire multicampus hospital are the wage data described in § 412.232(d)(2)(iii).

[56 FR 25488, June 4, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 39826, Sept. 1, 1992; 58 FR 46339, Sept. 1, 1993; 60 FR 45849, Sept. 1, 1995; 62 FR 46031, Aug. 29, 1997; 69 FR 49249, Aug. 11, 2004; 70 FR 47487, Aug. 12, 2005; 71 FR 48140, Aug. 18, 2006; 72 FR 47412, Aug. 22, 2007; 73 FR 48756, Aug. 19, 2008; 75 FR 50415, Aug. 16, 2010; 79 FR 50355, Aug. 22, 2014]

§ 412.235 Criteria for all hospitals in a State seeking a statewide wage index redesignation.

(a) General criteria. For all prospective payment system hospitals in a State to be redesignated to a statewide wage index, the following conditions must be met:

(1) All prospective payment system hospitals in the State must apply as a group for reclassification to a statewide wage index through a signed single application.

(2) All prospective payment system hospitals in the State must agree to the reclassification to a statewide wage index through a signed affidavit on the application.

(3) All prospective payment system hospitals in the State must agree, through an affidavit, to withdrawal of an application or to termination of an approved statewide wage index reclassification.

(4) All hospitals in the State must waive their rights to any wage index classification that they would otherwise receive absent the statewide wage index classification, including a wage index that any of the hospitals might have received through individual geographic reclassification.

(5) New hospitals that open within the State prior to the deadline for submitting an application for a statewide wage index reclassification (September 1), regardless of whether a group application has already been filed, must agree to the use of the statewide wage index as part of the group application. New hospitals that open within the State after the deadline for submitting a statewide wage index reclassification application or during the approved reclassification period will be considered a party to the statewide wage index application and reclassification.

(b) Effect on payments. (1) An individual hospital within the State may receive a wage index that could be higher or lower under the statewide wage index reclassification in comparison to its otherwise redesignated wage index.

(2) Any new prospective payment system hospital that opens in the State during the effective period of an approved statewide wage index reclassification will be designated to receive the statewide wage index for the duration of that period.

(c) Terms of the decision. (1) A decision by the MGCRB on an application for a statewide wage index reclassification will be effective for 3 years beginning with discharges occurring on the first day (October 1) of the second Federal fiscal year following the Federal fiscal year in which the hospitals filed a complete application.

(2) The procedures and timeframes specified in § 412.273 apply to withdrawals of applications for redesignation to a statewide wage index and terminations of approved statewide wage index reclassifications, including the requirement that, to withdraw an application or terminate an approved reclassification, the request must be made in writing by all hospitals that are party to the application, except hospitals reclassified into the State for purposes of receiving the statewide wage index.

[66 FR 39935, Aug. 1, 2001]

58 Composition and Procedures
§ 412.246 MGCRB members.

(a) Composition. The Medicare Geographical Classification Review Board (MGCRB) consists of five members, including a Chairman, all of whom are appointed by the Secretary. The members include two members who are representative of prospective payment system hospitals located in rural areas, and at least one individual who is knowledgeable in analyzing the costs of inpatient hospital services.

(b) Term of office. The term of office for an MGCRB member may not exceed 3 years. A member may serve more than one term. The Secretary may terminate a member's tenure prior to its full term.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 61 FR 46224, Aug. 30, 1996; 61 FR 51217, Oct. 1, 1996]

§ 412.248 Number of members needed for a decision or a hearing.

(a) A quorum. A quorum, consisting of at least a majority of the MGCRB members, one of whom is representative of rural hospitals if possible, is required for making MGCRB decisions.

(b) Number of members for a hearing. If less than a quorum is present for an oral hearing, the chairman with the consent of the hospital may allow those members present to conduct the hearing and to prepare a recommended decision, which is then submitted to a quorum.

§ 412.250 Sources of MGCRB's authority.

(a) Compliance. The MGCRB, in issuing decisions under section 1886(d)(10)(C) of the Act, complies with all the provisions of title XVIII and related provisions of the Act and implementing regulations, including the criteria and conditions located at § 412.230 through § 412.236, issued by the Secretary under the authority of section 1886(d)(10)(D) of the Act; and CMS Rulings issued under the authority of the Administrator.

(b) Affords great weight. The MGCRB affords great weight to other interpretive rules, general statements of policy and rules of agency organization, procedure, and practice established by CMS.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 25488, June 4, 1991]

§ 412.252 Applications.

(a) By one hospital. An individual prospective payment system hospital seeking redesignation to a different rural or urban area has the right to submit an application to the MGCRB.

(b) By a group of hospitals. A group of hospitals has the right to submit an application to the MGCRB requesting redesignation of all prospective payment hospitals in a county if all prospective payment hospitals located in a county agree to the request.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 69 FR 49250, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 412.254 Proceedings before MGCRB.

(a) On-the-record decision. The MGCRB will ordinarily issue an on-the-record decision without conducting an oral hearing. The MGCRB will issue a decision based upon all documents, data, and other written evidence and comments submitted timely to the MGCRB by the parties.

(b) Oral hearing. The MGCRB may hold an oral hearing on its own motion or if a party demonstrates to the MGCRB's satisfaction that an oral hearing is necessary.

§ 412.256 Application requirements.

(a) Written application. A request for reclassification must be in writing and must constitute a complete application in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.

(1) An application must be submitted to the MGCRB according to the method prescribed by the MGCRB.

(2) A complete application must be received not later than the first day of the 13-month period preceding the Federal fiscal year for which reclassification is requested.

(3) The filing date of an application is the date the application is received by the MGCRB.

(b) Criteria for a complete application. An application is complete if the application from an individual hospital or from all hospitals in a county includes the following information:

(1) The Federal fiscal year for which the hospital is applying for redesignation.

(2) Which criteria constitute the basis of the request for reclassification.

(3) An explanation of how the hospital or hospitals meet the relevant criteria in §§ 412.230 through 412.236, including any necessary data to support the application.

(c) Opportunity to complete a submitted application. (1) The MGCRB will review an application within 15 days of receipt to determine if the application is complete. If the MGCRB determines that an application is incomplete, the MGCRB will notify the hospital, with a copy to CMS, within the 15 day period, that it has determined that the application is incomplete and may dismiss the application if a complete application is not filed by September 1.

(2) At the request of the hospital, the MGCRB may, for good cause, grant a hospital that has submitted an application by September 1, an extension beyond September 1 to complete its application.

(d) Appeal of MGCRB dismissal. (1) The hospital may appeal the MGCRB dismissal to the Administrator within 15 days of the date of the notice of dismissal.

(2) Within 20 days of receipt of the hospital's request for appeal, the Administrator will affirm the dismissal or reverse the dismissal and remand the case to the MGCRB to determine whether reclassification is appropriate.

(e) Notification of complete application. When the MGCRB determines that the hospital's application contains all the necessary elements for a complete application, it notifies the hospital in writing, with a copy to CMS, that the application is complete and that the case may proceed to an MGCRB decision.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 25488, June 4, 1991; 62 FR 46031, Aug. 29, 1997; 63 FR 26357, May 12, 1998; 64 FR 41541, July 30, 1999; 81 FR 57268, Aug. 22, 2016; 84 FR 42614, Aug. 16, 2019]

§ 412.258 Parties to MGCRB proceeding.

(a) The party or parties to an MGCRB proceeding are the hospital or group of hospitals requesting a change in geographic designation.

(b) CMS has 30 days from the date of receipt of notice of a complete application to submit written comments and recommendations (with a copy to the hospital) for consideration by the MGCRB.

(c) The hospital has 15 days from the date of receipt of CMS's comments to submit written comments to the MGCRB, with a copy to CMS, for the purpose of responding to CMS's comments.

§ 412.260 Time and place of the oral hearing.

If the MGCRB decides that an oral hearing is necessary, it sets the time and place for the hearing and notifies the parties in writing, with a copy to CMS, not less than 10 days before the time scheduled for the hearing. The MGCRB may reschedule, adjourn, postpone, or reconvene the hearing provided that reasonable written notice is given to the parties, with a copy to CMS.

§ 412.262 Disqualification of an MGCRB member.

(a) Grounds for disqualification. An MGCRB member may not participate in any decision in a case in which he or she may be prejudiced or partial with respect to a party or has any other interest in the case.

(b) Request for disqualification. If a party believes that an MGCRB member should not participate in a decision, the party submits the objection in writing to the MGCRB at its earliest opportunity, explaining the grounds for the request. CMS may also submit such a suggestion to the MGCRB.

(c) Consideration by the MGCRB member. The MGCRB member will consider the objection and, at his or her discretion, either will proceed or withdraw.

(d) Consideration by the MGCRB If the member does not withdraw, a party may petition the MGCRB for withdrawal and the MGCRB will consider the objection and rule on whether the member may participate in the decision before it decides the case.

§ 412.264 Evidence and comments in MGCRB proceeding.

(a) Submission by the parties. Before a decision is issued and during an oral hearing, the parties may present evidence or comments to the MGCRB regarding the matters at issue in the case.

(b) Content of evidence and comments. The MGCRB may receive evidence and comments without regard for the rules of evidence applicable to court procedures.

(c) Ex parte communications. (1) The members of the MGCRB and its staff may not consult or be consulted by an individual representing the interests of an applicant hospital or by any other individual on any matter in issue before the MGCRB without notice to the hospital or CMS. If such communication occurs, the MGCRB will disclose it to the hospital or CMS, as appropriate, and make it part of the record after the hospital or CMS has had an opportunity to comment. MGCRB members and staff may not consider any information outside the record about matters concerning a hospital's application for reclassification.

(2) The provisions in paragraph (c)(1) of this section do not apply to the following:

(i) Communications among MGCRB members and staff.

(ii) Communications concerning the MGCRB's administrative functions or procedures.

(iii) Requests from the MGCRB to a party or CMS for a document.

(iv) Material that the MGCRB includes in the record after notice and an opportunity to comment.

(d) MGCRB rulings on evidence and comments. The MGCRB rules upon the admissibility of evidence and comments and excludes irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence and comments.

§ 412.266 Availability of wage data.

A hospital may obtain the average hourly wage data necessary to prepare its application to the MGCRB from Federal Register documents published in accordance with the provisions of § 412.8(b).

[60 FR 45849, Sept. 1, 1995]

§ 412.268 Subpoenas.

(a) In general. When reasonably necessary for the full presentation of a case, and only after a pre-decision request for information or data has failed to produce the necessary evidence, either upon its own motion or upon the request of a party, the MGCRB may issue subpoenas for the attendance and testimony of witnesses, for an oral hearing or the production of books, records, correspondence, papers, or other documents that are relevant and material to any matter at issue.

(b) Content of request. The request must designate which witnesses or documents are to be produced, and describe addresses or locations with sufficient particularly to permit these witnesses or documents to be found. The request for a subpoena must state the pertinent facts that the party expects to establish by the requested witnesses or documents and whether these facts could be established by other evidence without the use of a subpoena.

(c) Issuance. Subpoenas are issued as provided in section 205(d) of the Act.

(d) Payment for subpoena cost. CMS pays for the cost of issuing subpoenas and the fees and mileage of any witness who is subpoenaed, as provided in section 205(d) of the Act.

§ 412.270 Witnesses.

Witnesses at an oral hearing testify under oath or affirmation, unless excused by the MGCRB for cause. The MGCRB may examine the witnesses and may allow the parties or their representatives to also examine any witnesses called.

§ 412.272 Record of proceedings before the MGCRB.

A complete record of the proceedings before the MGCRB is made in all cases. The record will not be closed until a decision has been issued by the MGCRB. A transcription of an oral hearing will be made at a party's request, at the expense of the requesting party.

§ 412.273 Withdrawing an application, terminating an approved 3-year reclassification, or reinstating a previous termination.

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply.

Termination refers to the termination of an approved 3-year MGCRB reclassification. A termination is effective only for the full fiscal year(s) remaining in the 3-year period at the time the request is received. Requests for terminations for part of a fiscal year are not considered.

Withdrawal refers to the withdrawal of a 3-year MGCRB reclassification where the MGCRB has not yet issued a decision on the application.

(b) General rule. The MGCRB allows a hospital, or group of hospitals, to withdraw its application or to terminate an already existing 3-year reclassification, in accordance with this section.

(c) Timing. (1) A request for withdrawal must be received by the MGCRB at any time before the MGCRB issues a decision on the application.

(2) A request for termination must be received by the MGCRB within 45 days of the date of filing for public inspection of the proposed rule at the website of the Office of the Federal Register, or within 7 calendar days of receiving a decision of the Administrator's in accordance with § 412.278, whichever is later concerning changes to the inpatient hospital prospective payment system and proposed payment rates for the fiscal year for which the termination is to apply.

(d) Reapplication within the approved 3-year period, reinstatement of terminations, and prohibition on overlapping reclassification approvals—(1) Reinstatement of terminations. Subject to the provisions of this section, a hospital (or group of hospitals) may cancel a termination, effective for the subsequent year, and request the MGCRB to reinstate the wage index reclassification for the remaining fiscal year(s) of the 3-year period.

(2) Timing and process of reinstatement request. Reinstatement requests must be submitted in writing to the MGCRB according to the method prescribed by the MGCRB no later than the deadline for submitting reclassification applications for the following fiscal year, as specified in § 412.256(a)(2).

(3) Reapplications. A hospital may apply for reclassification to a different area (that is, an area different from the one to which it was originally reclassified for the 3-year period). If the application is approved, the reclassification will be effective for 3 years. Once a 3-year reclassification becomes effective, a hospital may no longer reinstate a termination of another 3-year reclassification, regardless of whether the termination request is made within 3 years from the date of the withdrawal or termination.

(4) Termination of existing 3-year reclassification. In a case in which a hospital with an existing 3-year wage index reclassification applies to be reclassified to another area, its existing 3-year reclassification will be terminated when a second 3-year wage index reclassification goes into effect for payments for discharges on or after the following October 1. The terminated reclassification in such a case is not eligible for reinstatement.

(e) Written request only. (1) A request to withdraw an application must be submitted in writing to the MGCRB according to the method prescribed by the MGCRB by all hospitals that are party to the application.

(2) A request to terminate or reinstate an approved individual reclassification must be submitted in writing to the MGCRB according to the method prescribed by the MGCRB.

(3) A request to terminate or reinstate an approved group reclassification must be submitted in writing to the MGCRB according to the method prescribed by the MGCRB.

(i) A request to terminate or reinstate an approved group reclassification that has not yet gone into effect must include all hospitals party to the reclassification.

(ii) Termination requests for group reclassification for the second or third year of the 3-year wage index reclassification and reinstatement requests for a group reclassification effective for the third year of the 3-year wage index reclassification may be submitted by an individual hospital that is party to the reclassification.

(f) Appeal of the MGCRB's denial of a hospital's request for withdrawal or termination, or for cancellation of a withdrawal or termination. (1) A hospital may file an appeal of the MGCRB's denial of its request for withdrawal or termination, or of the MGCRB's denial of its request for a cancellation of such withdrawal or termination, to the Administrator. The appeal must be received within 15 days of the date of the notice of the denial.

(2) Within 20 days of receipt of the hospital's request for appeal, the Administrator affirms or reverses the denial.

[75 FR 50415, Aug. 16, 2010, as amended at 82 FR 38512, Aug. 14, 2017; 87 FR 49404, Aug. 10, 2022; 89 FR 69912, Aug. 28, 2024; 90 FR 37202, Aug. 4, 2025]

§ 412.274 Scope and effect of an MGCRB decision.

(a) Scope of decision. The MGCRB may affirm or change a hospital's geographic designation. The MGCRB's decision is based upon the evidence of record, including the hospital's application and other evidence obtained or received by the MGCRB.

(b) Effective date and term of the decision. (1) For reclassifications prior to fiscal year 2005, a standardized amount classification change is effective for 1 year beginning with discharges occurring on the first day (October 1) of the second Federal fiscal year following the Federal fiscal year in which the complete application is filed and ending effective at the end of that Federal fiscal year (the end of the next September 30).

(2) A wage index classification change is effective for 3 years beginning with discharges occurring on the first day (October 1) of the second Federal fiscal year in which the complete application is filed.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 62 FR 46031, Aug. 29, 1997; 66 FR 39935, Aug. 1, 2001; 69 FR 49250, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 412.276 Timing of MGCRB decision and its appeal.

(a) Timing. The MGCRB notifies the parties in writing, with a copy to CMS, and issues a decision within 180 days after the first day of the 13-month period preceding the Federal fiscal year for which a hospital has filed a complete application. The hospital has 15 days from the date of the decision to request Administrator review.

(b) Appeal. The decision of the MGCRB is final and binding upon the parties unless it is reviewed by the Administrator and the decision is changed by the Administrator in accordance with § 412.278.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 64 FR 41541, July 30, 1999]

§ 412.278 Administrator's review.

(a) Hospitals requests for review. A hospital or group of hospitals dissatisfied with the MGCRB's decision regarding its geographic designation may request the Administrator to review the MGCRB decision. (A hospital or group of hospitals may also request that the Administrator review the MGCRB's dismissal of an application as untimely filed or incomplete, as provided in § 412.256(d).)

(b) Procedures for hospital's request for review.(1) The hospital's request for review must be in writing and sent to the Administrator, in care of the Office of the Attorney Advisor, in the manner directed by the Office of the Attorney Advisor. The request must be received by the Administrator within 15 days after the date the MGCRB issues its decision. The hospital must also submit an electronic copy of its request for review to CMS's Hospital and Ambulatory Policy Group.

(2) The request for review may contain proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law, exceptions to the MGCRB's decision, and supporting reasons therefor.

(3) Within 15 days of receipt of the hospital's request for review, CMS may submit to the Administrator, in writing, with a copy to the party, comments and recommendations concerning the hospital's submission.

(4) Within 10 days of receipt of CMS's submission, the hospital may submit in writing, with a copy to CMS, a response to the Administrator.

(c) Discretionary review by the Administrator. (1) The Administrator may, at his or her discretion, review any final decision of the MGCRB.

(2) The Administrator promptly notifies the hospital that he or she has decided to review a decision of the MGCRB. The notice of review indicates the particular issues to be considered and includes copies of any comments submitted to the Administrator by CMS staff concerning the MGCRB decision.

(3) Within 15 days of the receipt of the Administrator's notice of review, the hospital may submit a response in writing to the Administrator, with a copy of CMS.

(d) Criteria for discretionary review. In deciding whether to review an MGCRB decision, the Administrator normally considers whether it appears that any of the following situations apply:

(1) The MGCRB made an erroneous interpretation of law, regulation, or CMS Ruling.

(2) The MGCRB's decision is not supported by substantial evidence.

(3) The case presents a significant policy issue having a basis in law and regulations, and review is likely to lead to issuance of a CMS Ruling or other directive needed to clarify a provision in the law or regulations.

(4) The decision of the MGCRB requires clarification, amplication, or an alternative legal basis.

(5) The MGCRB has incorrectly extended its authority to a degree not provided for by law, regulation, or CMS Ruling.

(e) Communication procedures. All communications between CMS staff and the Administrator concerning the Administrator's review of an MGCRB decision must be in writing. As specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, copies of comments by CMS staff are sent to applicant hospitals within 15 days of receipt of a hospital's request for review, or, in cases in which the Administrator decides to review a case at his or her discretion, are included with the Administrator's notice of review. In the event there are additional communications between CMS staff and the Administrator concerning MGCRB decisions reviewed by the Administrator under paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section, CMS furnishes copies of the communications to the hospital or group of hospitals.

(f) Administrator's decision. (1) The Administrator may not receive or consider any new evidence and must issue a decision based only upon the record as it appeared before the MGCRB and comments submitted under paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), (b)(4), (c)(2), and (c)(3) of this section.

(2) The Administrator issues a decision in writing to the party with a copy to CMS—

(i) Not later than 90 days following receipt of the party's request for review, except the Administrator may, at his or her discretion, for good cause shown, toll such 90 days; or

(ii) Not later than 105 days following issuance of the MGCRB decision in the case of review at the discretion of the Administrator, except the Administrator may, at his or her discretion, for good cause shown, toll such 105 days.

(3) The Administrator's decision issued under § 412.278 (a) or (c) is the final Departmental decision, unless it is amended under § 412.278(g). The final Departmental decision is not subject to judicial review.

(4) The Administrator's decision is not subject to judicial review.

(g) Amendment of Administrator decision—(1) Hospital's request for amendment. The hospital may request the Administrator to amend the decision for the limited purpose of correcting mathematical or computational errors, or to correct the decision if the evidence that was considered in making the decision clearly shows on its face that an error was made. The following procedure is followed:

(i) The hospital's request for amendment must be received by the Administrator within 10 days after the date the Administrator issues a decision. The request for amendment must be in writing, with a copy to CMS.

(ii) The Administrator promptly reviews the hospital's request and amends the decision, if necessary, within 5 days following receipt of the hospital's request for amendment.

(2) Discretionary review by the Administrator. Within 15 days following the issuance of the Administrator's decision, the Administrator, at his or her discretion, may amend the decision to correct mathematical or computational errors, or to correct the decision if the evidence that was considered in making the decision clearly shows on its face that an error was made. The Administrator's amended decision is final and is not subject to judicial review.

[55 FR 36766, Sept. 6, 1990, as amended at 56 FR 25489, June 4, 1991; 57 FR 39826, Sept. 1, 1992; 68 FR 45471, Aug. 1, 2003; 70 FR 47487, Aug. 12, 2005; 85 FR 59023, Sept. 18, 2020; 86 FR 45520, Aug. 13, 2021]

§ 412.280 Representation.

(a) General. A party may be represented by legal counsel or by any other person appointed to act as its representative at any proceeding before the MGCRB or the Administrator.

(b) Rights of a representative. A representative appointed by a party may accept or give on behalf of the party any request or notice connected with any proceeding before the MGCRB or the Administrator. A representative is entitled to present evidence and argument as to facts and law in any MGCRB proceeding affecting the party represented and to obtain information to the same extent as the party represented. Notice of any action or decision sent to the representative of a party has the same effect as if it had been sent to the party itself.

Subpart M Prospective Payment System for Inpatient Hospital Capital Costs

Source: 56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991, unless otherwise noted.

59 General Provisions
§ 412.300 Scope of subpart and definition.

(a) Purpose. This subpart implements section 1886(g)(1)(A) of the Act by establishing a prospective payment system for inpatient hospital capital-related costs. Under this system, payment is made on the basis described in § 412.304 through § 412.374 for inpatient hospital capital-related costs furnished by hospitals subject to the prospective payment system under subpart B of this part.

(b) Definition. For purposes of this subpart, a new hospital means a hospital that has operated (under previous or present ownership) for less than 2 years. The following hospitals are not new hospitals:

(1) A hospital that builds new or replacement facilities at the same or another location even if coincidental with a change of ownership, a change in management, or a lease arrangement.

(2) A hospital that closes and subsequently reopens.

(3) A hospital that has been in operation for more than 2 years but has participated in the Medicare program for less than 2 years.

(4) A hospital that changes its status from a hospital that is excluded from the prospective payment systems to a hospital that is subject to the capital prospective payment systems.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 39827, Sept. 1, 1992]

§ 412.302 Introduction to capital costs.

(a) New capital costs. New capital costs are allowable Medicare inpatient hospital capital-related costs under subpart G of part 413 of this chapter that are related to assets that were first put in use for patient care after December 31, 1990 (except for such costs deemed to be old capital costs based on prior obligations as described in paragraph (c) of this section) and those allowable capital-related costs related to assets in use prior to December 31, 1990 that are excluded from the definition of old capital costs described in paragraphs (b) (2) through (5) of this section, or are betterment or improvement costs related to those old capital assets.

(b) Old capital costs. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section with respect to capital obligations that qualify for recognition as old capital, old capital costs are allowable capital-related costs for land and depreciable assets that were put in use for patient care on or before December 31, 1990. However, for a new hospital as defined in § 412.300(b), old capital costs are defined as those allowable capital-related costs for land and depreciable assets that were put in use for patient care on or before the later of December 31, 1990 or the last day of the hospital's base year cost reporting period under § 412.328(a)(2). Old capital costs include the following:

(1) Allowable depreciation on assets based on the useful life guidelines used to determine depreciation expense in the hospital's base period.

(2) Allowable capital-related interest expense. Except as provided below, the amount of allowable capital-related interest expense that will be recognized as old capital is limited to the amount the hospital was legally obligated to pay as of December 31, 1990. Any allowable interest expense in excess of this limitation will be recognized as new capital.

(i) An increase in interest expense is recognized if the increase is due to periodic fluctuations of rates in variable interest rate loans or at the time of conversion from a variable rate loan to a fixed rate loan when no other changes in the terms of the loan are made.

(ii) If the terms of a debt instrument are revised after December 31, 1990, the amount of interest that will be recognized as old capital during the transition cannot exceed the amount that would have been recognized during the same period prior to the revision of the debt instrument.

(iii) If short-term financing was used to acquire old capital assets and the debt is extended or “rolled-over”, a portion of the extended debt will be recognized as old capital. The portion will equal the ratio of the net book value as of the beginning of the applicable cost reporting period for depreciable assets that were in use in the base year, to the net book value as of the beginning of the base year cost reporting period for those assets. The net book value for the base year will not be adjusted to exclude assets that have been fully depreciated or removed from service since the base year. If the debt is related to specific assets, the ratio will be determined based on the values for those assets. The ratio will exclude assets that were acquired with other identifiable debt instruments. For purposes of this paragraph, short term financing is a debt that becomes due in no later than the earlier of 5 years or half of the average useful life of the assets to which the debt is related.

(iv) If old capital indebtedness is commingled with new capital debt, the allowable interest expense will be apportioned to old capital costs based on the ratio of the portion of the loan principal related to old capital indebtedness to the total loan principal.

(v) Investment income, excluding income from funded depreciation accounts, is used to reduce old capital interest expense based on the ratio of total old capital interest expense to total allowable interest expense in each cost reporting period.

(3) Allowable capital-related lease and rental costs for land and depreciable assets that were obligated as of December 31, 1990.

(i) Lease renewals up to the annual lease payment level obligated as of December 31, 1990 are recognized provided the same asset remains in use, the asset has a useful life of at least 3 years, and the annual lease payment is $1,000 or more for each item or service.

(ii) If a hospital-owned asset is sold or given to another party and that same asset is then leased back by the hospital, the amount of allowable capital-related costs recognized as old capital costs is limited to the amount allowed for that asset in the last cost reporting period that it was owned by the hospital.

(iii) If an entire hospital is leased without assumption of the hospital's asset costs after December 31, 1990, the amount of allowable capital-related costs recognized as old capital costs is limited to the amount allowed for old capital costs in the base year or the last cost reporting period these costs were recognized under this subpart, whichever is later.

(4) The portion of allowable costs for other capital-related expenses (including but not limited to, taxes, insurance, license and royalty fees on depreciable assets) resulting from applying the ratio of the hospital's gross old asset value to total asset value in each cost reporting period.

(5) The appropriate portion of the capital-related costs of related organizations under § 413.17 that would be recognized as old capital costs if these costs had been incurred directly by the hospital.

(6) Obligated capital costs that are recognized as old capital costs in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.

(7) If a hospital had nonreimbursable costs applicable to an old capital asset as of December 31, 1990 that subsequently become allowable inpatient capital-related costs, the allowable costs for such an asset that are attributable to inpatient hospital services are recognized as old capital costs if a portion of the asset was in use for inpatient hospital care on December 31, 1990 and the costs meet all other provisions for recognition of old capital costs contained in this section.

(c) Obligated capital costs—(1) General rule. Under the conditions described below, capital-related costs attributable to assets that are put in use after December 31, 1990 may be recognized as old capital costs. Any allowable capital-related costs for these assets that are not recognized as old capital costs are recognized as new capital costs.

(i) Fixed assets. The costs of capital-related items and services defined in subpart G of part 413 for which there was a contractual obligation entered into by a hospital or related party with an outside, unrelated party for the construction, reconstruction, lease, rental, or financing of a fixed asset may be recognized as old capital costs if all the following conditions are met:

(A) The obligation must arise from a binding written agreement that was executed on or before December 31, 1990 and that obligates the hospital on or before December 31, 1990.

(B) The capital asset must be put in use for patient care before October 1, 1994 except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section.

(C) The hospital notifies the intermediary of the existence of obligated capital costs as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section.

(D) The amount that is recognized as old capital cost is limited to the lesser of the actual allowable costs when the asset is put in use or the estimated costs of the capital expenditure at the time it was obligated as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(vi) of this section.

(ii) Moveable equipment. Moveable equipment is recognized as old capital only if all of the conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) (B) through (D) of this section are met and one of the following conditions is met:

(A) There was a binding contractual agreement that was executed on or before December 31, 1990 and obligates the hospital on or before December 31, 1990 for the lease or purchase of the item of equipment on or before December 31, 1990.

(B) There was a binding contractual agreement that was executed on or before December 31, 1990 and obligates the hospital on or before December 31, 1990 for financing the acquisition of the equipment; the item of equipment costs at least $100,000; and the item was specifically listed in an equipment purchase plan approved by the Board of Directors on or before December 31, 1990.

(iii) Agreements not recognized. Agreements for planning, design or feasibility that do not commit the hospital to undertake a project are not recognized as obligating capital expenditures for purposes of this subsection.

(iv) Extension of deadline. CMS may extend the deadline in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(B) of this section, under which an asset must be put in use for patient care before October 1, 1994, to no later than September 30, 1996 for extraordinary circumstances beyond the hospital's control. Extraordinary circumstances include, but are not limited to, a construction strike or atypically severe weather that significantly delayed completion of a construction project. Normal construction delays do not constitute extraordinary circumstances.

(A) The hospital must submit its request for an extended deadline with documentation of the extraordinary circumstances by the later of January 1, 1993 or 180 days after the extraordinary circumstance.

(B) The intermediary reviews the request and verifies the hospital's documentation, and forwards the request to CMS within 60 days. Within 90 days, CMS notifies the intermediary of its decision and, if an extension is granted, of the revised deadline for putting the asset in use for patient care service.

(v) The hospital must submit to its intermediary the binding agreement and supporting documents that relate to the obligated capital expenditure by the later of October 1, 1992, or within 90 days after the start of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991. This documentation must include a project description (including details of any phased construction or financing) and an estimate of costs that were prepared no later than December 31, 1990.

(vi) Cost limitation—(A) Leases, rentals or purchases. The amount of obligated capital costs recognized as old capital costs cannot exceed the amount specified in the lease, rental, or purchase agreement. If moveable equipment is recognized as old capital under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, the amount recognized as old capital costs cannot exceed the estimated cost identified in the equipment purchase plan approved by the hospital's Board of Directors.

(B) Construction contracts. The amount of obligated capital costs recognized as old capital costs cannot exceed the estimated construction costs for the project as of December 31, 1990. Additional costs will be recognized as old capital costs only if the additional costs are directly attributable to changes in life safety codes or other building requirements established by government ordinance that occurred after the project was obligated.

(C) Financing costs. The amount of obligated interest expense that will be recognized as old capital costs cannot exceed the amount for which the hospital was legally obligated as of December 31, 1990 or, in the case of financing that is arranged after December 31, 1990 for a capital acquisition that was legally obligated as of December 31, 1990, the amount specified in a detailed financing plan approved by the hospital's Board of Directors prior to January 1, 1991.

(vii) Determining old capital costs. (A) The intermediary determines whether the applicable criteria are met for recognition of obligated capital costs as old capital costs and the maximum allowable cost that will be recognized as old capital costs.

(B) The intermediary advises the hospital of its determination by the later of the end of the hospital's first cost reporting period subject to the capital prospective payment system or 9 months after the receipt of the hospital's notification under paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section.

(C) The actual amount that will be recognized as old capital costs is based on the lesser of the allowable costs for the asset when it is put into patient use or the amounts determined under paragraph (c)(1)(vi) of this section.

(viii) Multi-phase project. If the hospital has a multi-phase capital project, the provisions of paragraphs (c)(1) (i) through (vii) of this section apply independently to each phase of the project.

(2) Lengthy certificate-of-need process. (i) If a hospital does not meet the criteria under paragraph (c)(1)(i) or paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, but meets all of the following criteria, the estimated cost for the project as of December 31, 1990 may be recognized as old capital costs:

(A) The hospital is required under State law to obtain preapproval of the capital project or acquisition by a designated State or local planning authority in the State in which it is located.

(B) The hospital filed an initial application for a certificate of need on or before December 31, 1989 that includes a detailed description of the project and its estimated cost and had not received approval or disapproval on or before September 30, 1990. If the hospital received conditional approval on or before September 30, 1990, the hospital's intermediary assesses the nature of the conditions. The hospital will be considered to have received approval for the project as of September 30, 1990 if the intermediary determines that the hospital received sufficient approval for the project to proceed without significant delay.

(C) The hospital expended the lesser of $750,000 or 10 percent of the estimated cost of the project on or before December 31, 1990; and

(D) The hospital put the asset into patient use on or before the later of September 30, 1996 or 4 years from the date the certificate of need was approved.

(ii) The provisions of paragraphs (c)(1) (iv) through (viii) of this section apply to projects that meet the criteria in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.

(3) Construction in process. (i) If a hospital that initiates construction on a capital project does not meet the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(i) or (ii) or (c)(2)(i) of this section, the project costs may be recognized as old capital costs if all the following conditions are met:

(A) The hospital received any required certificate of need approval on or before December 31, 1990.

(B) The hospital's Board of Directors formally authorized the project with a detailed description of its scope and costs on or before December 31, 1990.

(C) The estimated cost of the project as of December 31, 1990 exceeds 5 percent of the hospital's total patient revenues during its base year.

(D) The capitalized cost that had been incurred for the project as of December 31, 1990 exceeded the lesser of $750,000 or 10 percent of the estimated project cost.

(E) The hospital began actual construction or renovation (“groundbreaking”) on or before March 31, 1991.

(F) The project is completed before October 1, 1994.

(ii) The provisions of paragraphs (c)(1) (iv) through (viii) of this section apply to projects that meet the criteria in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.

(d) Consistency in cost reporting—(1) General rule. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, and before October 1, 2001, the hospital must follow consistent cost finding methods for classifying and allocating capital-related costs, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.

(2) Old capital costs. Unless there is a change of ownership, the hospital must continue the same cost finding methods for old capital costs, including its practices for the direct assignment of capital-related costs and its cost allocation bases, that were in effect in the hospital's last cost reporting period ending on or before October 1, 1991. If there is a change of ownership, the new owners may request that the intermediary approve a change in order to be consistent with their established cost finding practices.

(3) New capital costs. If a hospital desires to change its cost finding methods for new capital costs, the request for change must be made in writing to the intermediary prior to the beginning of the cost reporting period for which the change is to apply. The request must include justification as to why the change will result in more accurate and more appropriate cost finding. The intermediary will not approve the change unless it determines that there is reasonable justification for the change.

(4) Hospitals may elect the simplified cost allocation methodology under the terms and conditions provided in the instructions for CMS Form 2552.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 3016, Jan. 27, 1992; 57 FR 39827, Sept. 1, 1992; 57 FR 46510, Oct. 9, 1992; 59 FR 45399, Sept. 1, 1994; 61 FR 46224, Aug. 30, 1996; 61 FR 51217, Oct. 1, 1996]

§ 412.304 Implementation of the capital prospective payment system.

(a) General rule. As described in §§ 412.312 through 412.370, effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, CMS pays an amount determined under the capital prospective payment system for each inpatient hospital discharge as defined in § 412.4. This amount is in addition to the amount payable under the prospective payment system for inpatient hospital operating costs as determined under subpart D of this part.

(b) Cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991 and before October 1, 2001. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991 and before October 1, 2001, the capital payment amount is based on either a combination of payments for old capital costs and new capital costs or a fully prospective rate, as determined under § 412.324 through § 412.348.

(c) Cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001—(1) General. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, the capital payment amount is based solely on the Federal rate determined under §§ 412.308(a) and (b) and updated under § 412.308(c).

(2) Payment to new hospitals. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002—

(i) A new hospital, as defined under § 412.300(b), is paid 85 percent of its allowable Medicare inpatient hospital capital-related costs through its cost report ending at least 2 years after the hospital accepts its first patient, unless the new hospital elects to be paid under the capital prospective payment system based on 100 percent of the Federal rate.

(A) If the new hospital elects to be paid based on 100 percent of the Federal rate, the new hospital must submit a written request to the fiscal intermediary by the later of December 1, 2002 or 60 days before the beginning of its cost reporting period.

(B) Once a new hospital elects to be paid based on 100 percent of the Federal rate, it may not revert to payment at 85 percent of its allowable Medicare inpatient hospital capital-related costs.

(ii) For the third year and subsequent years, the hospital is paid based on the Federal rate as described under § 412.312.

(d) Interim payments. Interim payments are made to the hospital as provided in § 412.116.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991, as amended at 67 FR 50113, Aug. 1, 2002; 70 FR 47487, Aug. 12, 2005]

60 Basic Methodology for Determining the Federal Rate for Capital-Related Costs
§ 412.308 Determining and updating the Federal rate.

(a) FY 1992 national average cost per discharge. CMS determines the FY 1992 estimated national average cost per discharge by updating the discharge weighted national average Medicare inpatient hospital capital-related cost per discharge for FY 1989 by the estimated increase in Medicare inpatient hospital capital costs per discharge.

(b) Standard Federal rate. The standard Federal rate is used to determine the Federal rate for each fiscal year in accordance with the formula specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(1) CMS determines the standard Federal rate by adjusting the FY 1992 updated national average cost per discharge by a factor so that estimated aggregate payments based on the standard Federal rate adjusted by the payment adjustments described in § 412.312(b) equal estimated aggregate payments based solely on the national average cost per discharge.

(2) Effective FY 1994, the standard Federal rate used to determine the Federal rate each year under paragraph (c) of this section is reduced by 7.4 percent.

(3) Effective FY 1996, the standard Federal rate used to determine the Federal rate each year under paragraph (c) of this section is reduced by 0.28 percent to account for the effect of the revised policy for payment of transfers under § 412.4(d).

(4) Effective FY 1998, the unadjusted standard Federal capital payment rate in effect on September 30, 1997, used to determine the Federal rate each year under paragraph (c) of this section is reduced by 15.68 percent.

(5) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 through September 30, 2002, the unadjusted standard Federal capital payment rate as in effect on September 30, 1997, used to determine the Federal rate each year under paragraph (c) of this section is further reduced by 2.1 percent.

(6) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2002, the 2.1 percent reduction provided for under paragraph (b)(5) of this section is eliminated from the unadjusted standard Federal rate in effect on September 30, 2002, used to determine the Federal rate each year under paragraph (c) of this section.

(c) The Federal rate. CMS determines the Federal rate each year by adjusting the standard Federal rate by the following factors.

(1) Update factor. After FY 1992, CMS updates the standard Federal rate as follows:

(i) FY 1993 through FY 1995. For FY 1993 through FY 1995, the standard Federal rate is updated based on a moving two-year average of actual increases in capital-related costs per discharge for the period three and four years before the fiscal year in question, excluding the portion of the increase attributable to changes in case mix.

(ii) Effective FY 1996. Effective FY 1996, the standard Federal rate is updated based on an analytical framework. The framework includes a capital input price index, which measures the annual change in the prices associated with capital-related costs during the year. CMS adjusts the capital input price index rate of change to take into account forecast errors, changes in the case mix index, the effect of changes to DRG classification and relative weights, and allowable changes in the intensity of hospital services.

(2) Outlier payment adjustment factor. CMS reduces the updated standard Federal rate by an adjustment factor equal to the estimated additional payments under the Federal rate for outlier cases under subpart F of this part, determined as a proportion of total capital payments under the Federal rate.

(3) Exceptions payment adjustment factor. CMS reduces the updated standard Federal rate by an adjustment factor equal to the estimated additional payments for exceptions under § 412.348 determined as a proportion of total payments under the hospital-specific rate and Federal rate.

(4) Budget neutrality adjustment factor. (i) For FY 1992 through FY 1995, CMS adjusts the updated standard Federal rate by a budget neutrality factor determined under § 412.352.

(ii) CMS makes an adjustment to the Federal rate so that estimated aggregate payments for the fiscal year based on the Federal rate after any changes resulting from the annual reclassification and recalibration of the DRG weight in accordance with § 412.60(e) and in the geographic adjustment factors described in § 412.312(b)(2) equal estimated aggregate payments based on the Federal rate that would have been made without such changes.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3016, Jan. 27, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 46339, Sept. 1, 1993; 59 FR 45399, Sept. 1, 1994; 60 FR 45849, Sept. 1, 1995; 62 FR 46031, Aug. 29, 1997; 67 FR 50113, Aug. 1, 2002]

§ 412.312 Payment based on the Federal rate.

(a) General. The payment amount for each discharge based on the Federal rate determined under § 412.308(c) is determined under the following formula: [Federal rate × DRG weight × Geographic adjustment factor × Large urban add-on × (1 + Capital disproportionate share adjustment factor + capital indirect medical education adjustment factor) × (for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii, a cost-of-living adjustment factor)] + (Any applicable outlier payment).

(b) Payment adjustments—(1) DRG weights. The relative resource requirements of the discharge are taken into account by applying the DRG weighting factor that is assigned to the discharge under § 412.60.

(2) Geographic adjustment factors—(i) Local cost variation. A geographic adjustment factor is applied that takes into account geographic variation in costs.

(ii) Large urban add-on. An additional adjustment is made for hospitals located in a large urban area to reflect the higher costs incurred by hospitals located in those areas. For purposes of the payment adjustment under this paragraph, the definition of large urban area set forth at § 412.63(c)(6) continues to be in effect for discharges occurring on or after September 30, 2004.

(iii) Cost-of-living adjustment. An additional adjustment is made for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii to account for the higher cost-of-living in those States.

(3) Disproportionate share adjustment. For hospitals with at least 100 beds located in an urban area and serving low-income patients, a disproportionate share adjustment factor is applied that reflects the higher costs attributable to furnishing services to low income patients.

(4) Indirect medical education adjustment. An additional adjustment is made based on the ratio of residents to the average daily patient census of the hospital to account for the indirect costs of medical education.

(c) Additional payment for outlier cases. Payment is made for day outlier cases as provided for in § 412.82 and for cost outlier cases if both capital-related and operating-related costs exceed the cost outlier threshold as provided for in § 412.84.

(d) Payment for transfer cases. Payment is made for transfer cases as provided for in § 412.4.

(e) Payment for extraordinary circumstances. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001—

(1) Payment for extraordinary circumstances is made as provided for in § 412.348(f).

(2) Although no longer independently in effect, the minimum payment levels established under § 412.348(c) continue to be used in the calculation of exception payments for extraordinary circumstances, according to the formula in § 412.348(f).

(3) Although no longer independently in effect, the offsetting amounts established under § 412.348(e) continue to be used in the calculation of exception payments for extraordinary circumstances. However, for cost reporting periods beginning during FY 2005 and subsequent fiscal years, the offsetting amounts in § 412.348(e) are determined based on the lesser of—

(i) The preceding 10-year period; or

(ii) The period of time under which the hospital is subject to the prospective payment system for capital-related costs.

(f) Payment adjustment for certain immunotherapy cases. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2020, in determining the payment amount under this section for certain clinical trial or expanded access use immunotherapy cases, or, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2025, other cases where the immunotherapy product is not purchased in the usual manner, such as provided at no cost, as described in § 412.85(b), the DRG weighting factor described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is adjusted as described in § 412.85(c).

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991, as amended at 67 FR 50113, Aug. 1, 2002; 69 FR 49250, Aug. 11, 2004; 69 FR 60252, Oct. 7, 2004; 85 FR 59023, Sept. 18, 2020; 90 FR 37203, Aug. 4, 2025]

§ 412.316 Geographic adjustment factors.

(a) Local cost variation. CMS adjusts for local cost variation based on the hospital wage index value that is applicable to the hospital under subpart D of this part. The adjustment factor equals the hospital wage index value applicable to the hospital raised to the .6848 power and is applied to 100 percent of the Federal rate.

(b) Large urban location. For discharges occurring on or before September 30, 2007, CMS provides an additional payment to a hospital located in a large urban area equal to 3.0 percent of what would otherwise be payable to the hospital based on the Federal rate.

(1) For discharges occurring on or before September 30, 2004, the payment adjustment under this section is based on a hospital's location for the purpose of receiving payment under § 412.63(a). The term “large urban area” is defined under § 412.63(c)(6).

(2) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, and before October 1, 2007, the definition of large urban areas under § 412.63(c)(6) continues be in effect for purposes of the payment adjustment under this section, based on the geographic classification under § 412.64, except as provided for in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(3) For purposes of this section, the geographic classifications specified under § 412.64 apply, except that, effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, and before October 1, 2007, for an urban hospital that is reclassified as rural as set forth in § 412.103, the geographic classification is rural.

(c) Cost-of-living adjustment. CMS provides an additional payment to a hospital located in Alaska and Hawaii equal to [0.3152 × (the cost-of-living adjustment factor used to determine payments under subpart D of this part − 1)] percent.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991, Aug. 11, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 49250, Aug. 11, 2004; 71 FR 48140, Aug. 18, 2006; 72 FR 47412, Aug. 22, 2007]

§ 412.320 Disproportionate share adjustment factor.

(a) Criteria for classification. A hospital is classified as a “disproportionate share hospital” for the purposes of capital prospective payments if either of the following conditions is met:

(1) The hospital is located in an urban area, has 100 or more beds as determined in accordance with § 412.105(b), and serves low-income patients as determined under § 412.106(b).

(i) For discharges occurring on or before September 30, 2004, the payment adjustment under this section is based on a hospital's location, for the purpose of receiving payment, under § 412.63(a).

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004, the payment adjustment under this section is based on the geographic classifications specified under § 412.64, except as provided for in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section.

(iii) For purposes of this section, the geographic classifications specified under § 412.64 apply, except that, effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, and before October 1, 2023, for an urban hospital that is reclassified as rural as set forth in § 412.103, the geographic classification is rural.

(2) The hospital meets the criteria in § 412.106(c)(2).

(b) Payment adjustment factor. (1) If a hospital meets the criteria in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for a disproportionate share hospital for purposes of capital prospective payments, the disproportionate share payment adjustment factor equals [e raised to the power of (.2025 × the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage as determined under § 412.106(b)(5)), −1], where e is the natural antilog of 1.

(2) If a hospital meets the criteria in § 412.106(c)(2) for purposes of hospital inpatient operating prospective payments, the disproportionate share adjustment factor is the factor that results from deeming the hospital to have the same disproportionate share patient percentage that would yield its operating disproportionate share adjustment.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3016, Jan. 27, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 46339, Sept. 1, 1993; 69 FR 49250, Aug. 11, 2004; 71 FR 48140, Aug. 18, 2006; 88 FR 59334, Aug. 28, 2023]

§ 412.322 Indirect medical education adjustment factor.

(a) Basic data. CMS determines the following for each hospital:

(1) The hospital's number of full-time equivalent residents as determined under § 412.105(f).

(2) The hospital's average daily census is determined by dividing the total number of inpatient days in the acute inpatient area of the hospital by the number of days in the cost reporting period.

(3) The measurement of teaching activity is the ratio of the hospital's full-time equivalent residents to average daily census. This ratio cannot exceed 1.5.

(b) Payment adjustment factor. The indirect teaching adjustment factor equals [e (raised to the power of .2822 × the ratio of residents to average daily census)−1].

(c)-(d) [Reserved]

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991, as amended at 63 FR 26357, May 12, 1998; 63 FR 41004, July 31, 1998; 72 FR 47412, Aug. 22, 2007; 74 FR 43998, Aug. 27, 2009]

61 Determination of Transition Period Payment Rates for Capital-Related Costs
§ 412.324 General description.

(a) Hospitals under Medicare in FY 1991. During the ten-year transition period, payments to a hospital with a hospital-specific rate below the Federal rate are based on the fully prospective payment methodology under § 412.340 or for a hospital with a hospital-specific rate above the Federal rate, the hold-harmless payment methodology under § 412.344.

(b) New hospitals. (1) A new hospital, as defined under § 412.300(b), is paid 85 percent of its allowable Medicare inpatient hospital capital-related costs through its cost reporting period ending at least 2 years after the hospital accepts its first patient.

(2) For the third year through the remainder of the transition period, the hospital is paid based on the fully prospective payment methodology or the hold-harmless payment methodology using the base period determined under § 412.328(a)(2).

(3) If the hospital is paid under the hold-harmless methodology described in § 412.344, the hold-harmless payment for old capital costs described in § 412.344(a)(1) is payable for up to and including 8 years and may continue beyond the first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2000.

(c) Hospitals with 52-53 week fiscal years ending September 25 through September 29. For purposes of this subpart, a hospital with a 52-53 week fiscal year period beginning September 26 through September 30, 1992 is deemed to have the same beginning date for all cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2000 (unless the hospital later changes its cost reporting period).

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3016, Jan. 27, 1992]

§ 412.328 Determining and updating the hospital-specific rate.

(a) Base-year cost reporting period—(1) Last 12 month cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1990. For each hospital, the intermediary uses the hospital's latest 12-month or longer cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1990 as the base period to determine a hospital's hospital-specific rate.

(2) New hospitals. The base-year cost reporting period for a new hospital is its 12-month cost reporting period (or a combination of cost reporting periods covering at least 12 months) that begins at least 1 year after the hospital accepts its first patient.

(3) Other hospitals. For other than a new hospital as defined in § 412.300(b), if a hospital does not have a 12-month cost reporting period or does not have adequate Medicare utilization to file a cost report in a period ending on or before December 31, 1990, the hospital-specific rate is based on the hospital's old capital costs (per discharge) in its first 12-month cost reporting period (or combination of cost reporting periods covering at least 12 months) ending after December 31, 1990.

(b) Base-year costs per discharge—(1) Base period allowable inpatient capital costs per discharge—(i) Determination. The intermediary determines the base period allowable inpatient capital costs per discharge for the hospital by dividing the hospital's total allowable Medicare inpatient hospital capital-related cost in the base period by the number of Medicare discharges in the base period.

(ii) Disposal of assets in the base year. When a depreciable asset has been disposed of in the base year, only that portion of the gain or loss that is allocated to the base-year cost reporting period is reflected in the hospital-specific rate.

(iii) Disposal of assets subsequent to the base year. If an asset for which the Medicare program had recognized depreciation during the base year is disposed of subsequent to the base year, the hospital-specific rate will not be revised to recognize the portion of the gain or loss allocated to the base year.

(2) Discharges. For the purpose of determining a hospital's base period capital costs per discharge, a discharge includes discharges as defined in § 412.4(a) and transfers as defined in § 412.4(b)(2), adjusted by the transfer adjustment factor that is determined under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(3) Transfer adjustment factor. (i) For base year cost reporting periods ending on or before December 31, 1990, CMS uses the base year MEDPAR data received as of June 30, 1991 to develop an adjustment to discharges to account for transfers. CMS divides the length of stay for each transfer case by the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG (but in no case using a number greater than 1.0) and assigns each nontransfer case a value of 1.0. To determine the transfer adjustment factor, CMS adds together the adjusted discharges and divides the result by total discharges including transfers.

(ii) For base year cost reporting periods ending after December 31, 1990 but beginning before October 1, 1991, CMS determines a transfer adjustment factor as described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section for a hospital using the applicable base year MEDPAR data on file as of the December 31 or June 30 occurring at least 6 months after the close of the approved base year.

(iii) For base year cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, the intermediary determines the transfer adjustment factor in place of CMS as described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section based on the most recent billing data available as of the date of the final determination of the hospital-specific rate.

(c) Case-mix adjustment—(1) Determining transfer-adjusted case mix value. Step 1: For base year cost reporting periods ending on or before December 31, 1990, CMS uses the base year MEDPAR data received as of June 30, 1991 to determine the hospital's transfer-adjusted case-mix value. For base year cost reporting periods ending after December 31, 1990 and beginning before October 1, 1991, CMS determines a transfer-adjusted case-mix value for a hospital using the applicable base year MEDPAR data on file as of the December 31 or June 30 occurring at least 6 months after the close of the base year. For base year cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, the intermediary determines the transfer-adjusted case-mix value based on the most recent billing data available as of the date of the final determination of the hospital-specific rate. CMS or the intermediary, as appropriate, multiplies the DRG weight for each case by one of the following factors:

(i) If the case is not a transfer, the factor equals 1.0.

(ii) If the case is a transfer, the factor equals the lesser of 1.0 or the ratio of the length of stay for the case divided by the geometric mean length of stay for the DRG.

Step 2: The products derived for all cases under Step 1 are added together and the result is divided by the adjusted discharges used to calculate the transfer adjustment factor determined under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(2) Adjusting base period capital costs per discharge by the hospital's transfer-adjusted case-mix value. The intermediary divides the base period capital costs per discharge for each hospital as determined in paragraph (b) of this section by the hospital's transfer-adjusted case mix value for the cost reporting period determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(d) Updating to FY 1992. The intermediary updates the case-mix adjusted base period costs per discharge to FY 1992 based on the national average increase in Medicare inpatient capital costs per discharge as estimated by CMS, excluding the portion of the increase in capital costs per discharge attributable to changes in case mix.

(e) Hospital-specific rate. The intermediary determines the hospital-specific rate each year by adjusting the amount determined under paragraph (d) of this section by the following factors:

(1) Update factor. After FY 1992, the intermediary updates the hospital-specific rate in accordance with § 412.308(c)(1).

(2) Exceptions payment adjustment factor. For FY 1992 through FY 2001, the intermediary reduces the updated amount determined in paragraph (d) of this section by an adjustment factor equal to the estimated additional payments for capital-related costs for exceptions under § 412.348, determined as a proportion of the total amount of payments under the hospital-specific rate and Federal rate.

(3) Budget neutrality adjustment factor. For FY 1992 through FY 1995, the intermediary adjusts the updated amount determined in paragraph (d) of this section by a budget neutrality adjustment factor determined under § 412.352.

(4) Payment for transfer cases. Effective FY 1996, the intermediary reduces the updated amount determined in paragraph (d) of this section by 0.28 percent to account for the effect of the revised policy for payment of transfers under § 412.4(d).

(5) Reduction of rate: FY 1998. Effective FY 1998, the unadjusted hospital-specific rate as in effect on September 30, 1997 described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section is reduced by 15.68 percent.

(6) Reduction of rate: FY 1998 through FY 2002. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 through September 30, 2002, the unadjusted hospital-specific rate in effect on September 30, 1997, described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section is further reduced by 2.1 percent.

(f) Redetermination of hospital-specific rate—(1) General. (i) Upon request by a hospital, the intermediary redetermines the hospital-specific rate to reflect an increase in old capital costs as determined in a cost reporting period subsequent to the base year. An increase in Medicare old capital cost per discharge that is related solely to a decline in utilization is not recognized as an increase in old capital costs for purposes of this section. New capital costs are excluded from the redetermination of the hospital-specific rate.

(ii) The hospital may request redetermination for any cost reporting period beginning subsequent to the base period but no later than the later of the hospital's cost reporting period beginning in FY 1994 or the cost reporting period beginning after obligated capital that is recognized as old capital under § 412.302(b) is put in use.

(iii) The hospital must request a redetermination in writing no later than the date the cost report must be filed with the hospital's intermediary for the first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991 or the cost reporting period that will serve as the new base period, whichever is later. The hospital's redetermination request must include the cost report for the new base period and an estimate of the revised hospital-specific rate indicating that the new rate exceeds the hospital's current hospital-specific rate.

(2) Determination of old capital costs. The intermediary determines the hospital's old capital costs for the subsequent cost reporting period that will serve as the new base period. The intermediary includes the costs of obligated capital that are recognized as old capital costs under § 412.302(b), excludes the costs of assets disposed of subsequent to the initial base year, and reflects changes in allowable old capital costs occurring subsequent to the initial base period.

(3) Redetermined hospital-specific rate. The intermediary redetermines the hospital-specific rate based on the old capital costs that are determined under paragraph (f)(2) of this section for the new base period. The intermediary—

(i) Divides the hospital's old capital costs for the new base period by the number of Medicare discharges in that cost reporting period (consistent with paragraph (b) of this section);

(ii) Divides the old capital costs per discharge by the hospital's transfer adjusted case-mix value for the new base period (consistent with paragraph (c) of this section);

(iii) Applies an update factor, if appropriate, to account for inflation occurring subsequent to the new base year, an exceptions payment adjustment factor, and a budget neutrality adjustment factor (consistent with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section).

(4) Denial by intermediary. If the intermediary determines, after audit, that the revised hospital-specific rate is lower than the current hospital-specific rate, it advises the hospital that its request is denied and explains the basis for the denial.

(5) Implementation date. The redetermined hospital-specific rate applies to discharges occurring on or after the beginning date of the new base period.

(g) Review and revision of the hospital-specific rate—(1) Interim determination. The intermediary makes an interim determination of the hospital-specific rate based on the best data available and notifies the hospital at least 30 days before the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(2) Final determination. (i) The intermediary makes a final determination of the hospital-specific rate based on the final settlement of the base period cost report.

(ii) The final determination of the hospital-specific rate is effective retroactively to the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991 or, in the case of a redetermination of the hospital-specific rate under § 412.328(f), to the beginning of the new base period.

(iii) The final determination of the hospital-specific rate is subject to administrative and judicial review in accordance with subpart R of part 405 of this chapter, governing provider reimbursement determinations and appeals.

(iv) The intermediary adjusts the hospital-specific rate to reflect any revisions that result from administrative or judicial review of the final determination of hospital-specific rate. The revised determination is effective retroactively to the same extent as in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3016, 3017, Jan. 27, 1992; 57 FR 39828, Sept. 1, 1992; 60 FR 45849, Sept. 1, 1995; 62 FR 46031, Aug. 29, 1997]

§ 412.331 Determining hospital-specific rates in cases of hospital merger, consolidation, or dissolution.

(a) New hospital merger or consolidation. If, after a new hospital accepts its first patient but before the end of its base year, it merges with one or more existing hospitals, and two or more separately located hospital campuses are maintained, the hospital-specific rate and payment determination for the merged entity are determined as follows—

(1) Post-merger base year payment methodology. The new campus is paid based on reasonable costs until the end of its base year. The existing campus remains on its previous payment methodology until the end of the new campus' base year. Effective with the first cost reporting period beginning after the end of the new campus' base year, the intermediary determines a hospital-specific rate applicable to the new campus in accordance with § 412.328, and then determines a revised hospital-specific rate for the merged entity in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(2) Revised hospital-specific rate. Using each hospital's base period data, the intermediary determines a combined average discharge-weighted hospital-specific rate.

(3) Post-base year payment determination. To determine the applicable payment methodology under § 412.336 and for payment purposes under § 412.340 or § 412.344, the discharge-weighted hospital-specific rate determined by the intermediary is compared to the Federal rate. The revised payment methodology is effective on the first day of the cost reporting period beginning after the end of the new campus' base year.

(b) Hospital merger or consolidation. If, after the base year, two or more hospitals merge or consolidate into one hospital as provided for under § 413.134(k) of this chapter and the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply, the intermediary determines a revised hospital-specific rate applicable to the combined facility under § 412.328, which is effective beginning with the date of merger or consolidation. The following rules apply to the revised hospital-specific rate and payment determination:

(1) Revised hospital-specific rate. Using each hospital's base period data, the intermediary determines a combined average discharge weighted hospital-specific rate.

(2) Payment determination. The discharge-weighted hospital-specific rate determined by the intermediary is compared to the Federal rate to establish the appropriate payment methodology under § 412.336 and for payment purposes under §§ 412.340 or 412.344. The revised payment methodology is effective as of the date of merger or consolidation.

(3) Old capital cost determination. The capital-related costs related to the assets of each merged or consolidated hospital as of December 31, 1990 are recognized as old capital costs during the transition period. If the hospital is paid under the hold-harmless methodology after merger or consolidation, only that original base year old capital is eligible for hold-harmless payments.

(c) Hospital dissolution. If a hospital separates into two or more hospitals that are subject to capital payments under this subpart after the base year, the intermediary determines new hospital-specific rates for each separate hospital under the provisions of § 412.328 effective as of the date of the dissolution. The new hospital-specific rates are determined as follows:

(1) Hospital-specific rate—(i) Adequate base year data. The intermediary determines whether the base year capital-related cost data and necessary statistical records are adequate to reconstruct the cost and other data required under § 412.328 from the former hospital's financial records to determine the hospital-specific rates for each facility. If the data are adequate, the intermediary uses the former hospital's base period to determine the hospital-specific rate for each separate hospital.

(ii) Inadequate original base year data. If the intermediary determines that the base period data for the former hospital is inadequate to establish separate hospital-specific rates, the intermediary establishes a new base period for each hospital. The new base period is each hospital's first 12-month or longer cost reporting period (or combination of cost reporting periods covering at least 12 months) immediately following separation of the hospitals. The intermediary determines the hospital-specific rate for each hospital using the new base period under § 412.328.

(2) Payment determinations. The intermediary applies the payment methodology provisions of § 412.336. The revised payment determination is effective as of the date of the hospital's dissolution.

(3) Old capital cost determination. In determining the old capital costs for each hospital, the amount recognized as old capital is limited to the allowable capital-related costs attributable to assets that were in use for patient care as of December 31, 1990, and the hospitals are subject to all other transition period rules of this subpart.

[57 FR 39828, Sept. 1, 1992, as amended at 63 FR 41004, July 31, 1998]

§ 412.332 Payment based on the hospital-specific rate.

The payment amount for each discharge (as defined in § 412.4(a)) based on the hospital-specific rate determined under § 412.328 (e) or (f) is determined by multiplying the applicable hospital-specific rate by the DRG weighting factor applicable to the discharge under § 412.60 and the applicable hospital-specific rate percentage for the pertinent cost reporting period under § 412.340.

§ 412.336 Transition period payment methodologies.

(a) General. For discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991 and before October 1, 2001, a hospital is paid under one of two payment methodologies described in §§ 412.340 and 412.344. Except as provided under paragraph (b) of this section, a hospital is paid under the same methodology throughout the transition period.

(1) Hospital-specific rate below the Federal rate. A hospital with a hospital-specific rate below the Federal rate (after taking into account the estimated effect of the payment adjustments and outlier payments) is paid under the fully prospective payment methodology as described in § 412.340.

(2) Hospital-specific rate above the Federal rate. A hospital with a hospital-specific rate that is above the Federal rate (after taking into account the estimated effect of the payment adjustments and outlier payments) is paid under the hold-harmless payment methodology as described in § 412.344.

(b) Special rule for revised hospital-specific rate. If a hospital with a hospital-specific rate below the Federal rate requests that its hospital-specific rate be redetermined, the redetermined hospital-specific rate is compared to the Federal rate that is applicable to the new base period (after taking into account the estimated effect of the payment adjustments and outlier payments). If the redetermined hospital-specific rate is higher than the Federal rate, the hospital is paid under the hold-harmless methodology effective with the beginning of the new base period and continuing throughout the remainder of the transition.

(c) Interim and final determinations of applicable payment methodology—(1) Interim determination. The intermediary makes an interim determination of the applicable payment methodology based on the best data available and notifies the hospital of its determination at least 30 days before the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(2) Final determination. (i) The intermediary makes a final determination of the applicable payment methodology based on its final determination of the hospital's hospital-specific rate. The final determination of the applicable payment methodology is effective retroactively to the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(ii) If the hospital-specific rate is redetermined in accordance with § 412.328(f), the intermediary makes a new determination of the applicable payment methodology. The new determination is effective retroactively to the beginning of the new base period.

(iii) If the hospital-specific rate is revised under § 412.328(g) as a result of administrative or judicial review, the intermediary makes a new determination of the applicable payment methodology. The new determination is effective retroactively to the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991 or to the beginning of the new base period.

(d) Special Rule for Redetermination of Hospital Payment Methodology. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1993, the intermediary redetermines the hospital payment methodologies to take into account the reduction to the standard Federal rate provided in § 412.308(b)(2):

(1) For a hospital paid under the fully prospective payment methodology in the last hospital cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1993, the intermediary compares the hospital's FY 1994 hospital-specific rate with the hospital's FY 1994 Federal rate (after taking into account the estimated effect of the payment adjustments and outlier payments).

(i) A hospital with a FY 1994 hospital-specific rate that is above the FY 1994 adjusted Federal rate is paid under the hold-harmless payment methodology described in § 412.344.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of § 412.328(f), a hospital with a FY 1994 hospital-specific rate that is below the FY 1994 adjusted Federal rate continues to be paid under the fully prospective payment methodology as described in § 412.340.

(iii) The intermediary notifies the hospital of the new determination of the hospital's payment methodology within 90 days of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1993. The new determination is effective to the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1993.

(2) A hospital paid under the hold-harmless payment methodology in the last cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1993, will continue to be paid in accordance with the provisions of § 412.344.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3017, Jan. 27, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 46340, Sept. 1, 1993]

§ 412.340 Fully prospective payment methodology.

A hospital paid under the fully prospective payment methodology receives a payment per discharge based on a proportion of the hospital-specific rate and the Federal rate as follows:

Cost reporting periods beginning on or after: | Federal rate percentage | Hospital-specific rate percentage

October 1, 1991 | 10 | 90

October 1, 1992 | 20 | 80

October 1, 1993 | 30 | 70

October 1, 1994 | 40 | 60

October 1, 1995 | 50 | 50

October 1, 1996 | 60 | 40

October 1, 1997 | 70 | 30

October 1, 1998 | 80 | 20

October 1, 1999 | 90 | 10

October 1, 2000 | 100 | 0

§ 412.344 Hold-harmless payment methodology.

(a) General. A hospital paid under the hold-harmless payment methodology receives a payment per discharge based on the higher of:

(1) 85 percent of reasonable costs for old capital costs (100 percent for sole community hospitals) plus an amount for new capital costs based on a proportion of the Federal rate. The proportion is equal to the ratio of the hospital's Medicare inpatient costs for new capital to total Medicare inpatient capital costs; or

(2) 100 percent of the Federal rate.

(3) Exceptions. (i) A hospital that would receive higher payment under paragraph (a)(1) of this section may elect payment based on 100 percent of the Federal rate under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(ii) A hospital that does not maintain records that are adequate to identify its old capital costs is deemed to have elected payment per discharge based on 100 percent of the Federal rate.

(b) Continued basis of payment. A hospital paid based on 100 percent of the Federal rate during the later of its cost reporting period beginning in FY 1994 or its first cost reporting period beginning after obligated capital that is recognized as old capital under § 412.302(b) is put in use continues to be paid on that basis in subsequent cost reporting periods during the transition period and does not receive a reasonable cost payment for old capital costs under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(c) Basis of determination. The determination under paragraph (a) of this section regarding which payment alternative is applicable is made without regard to additional payments under the exceptions process under § 412.348.

(d) Interim and final payment determinations. (1) Using the best data available, the intermediary makes an interim payment determination under paragraph (a) of this section concerning the applicable payment alternative, and, in the case of payment under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the payment amounts for old and new capital. The intermediary notifies the hospital of its determination at least 30 days before the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991. The intermediary may revise its determination based on additional information submitted by the hospital and make appropriate adjustments retroactively.

(2) The final determination of the amount payable under paragraph (a) of this section is based on final settlement of the Medicare cost report for the applicable cost reporting period and is effective retroactively to the beginning of that cost reporting period. This final determination is subject to administrative and judicial review in accordance with subpart R of part 405 of this chapter, governing provider reimbursement determinations and appeals.

[56 FR 43449, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3017, Jan. 27, 1992]

§ 412.348 Exception payments.

(a) Definitions. As used in this section—

Annual operating expenses. Annual operating expenses means the sum of net expenses for all reimbursable cost centers for a 12 month cost reporting period. Annual operating expenses are obtained from the Medicare cost report.

Average age of fixed assets. The average age of fixed assets is the ratio of accumulated depreciation for buildings and fixed equipment to current depreciation expense for buildings and fixed equipment. The average age of fixed assets is determined from information on the Medicare cost report.

Fixed assets. Fixed assets mean buildings and fixed equipment.

(b) Criterion for additional payment during the transition period. An additional payment is made to a hospital paid under either the fully prospective payment methodology or the hold-harmless payment methodology as determined under paragraph (c) of this section for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991 and before October 1, 2001.

(c) Minimum payment level by class of hospital. (1) CMS establishes a minimum payment level by class of hospital. The minimum payment level for a hospital will equal a fixed percentage of the hospital's capital-related costs. The minimum payment levels may be no greater than the percentages of allowable capital-related costs that follow:

(i) 90 percent for sole community hospitals.

(ii) 80 percent for hospitals located in an urban area for purposes of § 412.63(a) with at least 100 beds, as determined under § 412.105(b), that have a disproportionate share patient percentage of at least 20.2 percent as determined under § 412.106(b), and for hospitals located in an urban area for purposes of § 412.63(a) with at least 100 beds that qualify for disproportionate share payments under § 412.106(c)(2).

(iii) 70 percent for all other hospitals.

(2) When it is necessary to adjust the minimum payment levels set by class of hospitals specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (g)(6) of this section, CMS will adjust those levels for each class of hospitals in one percentage point increments as necessary to satisfy the requirement specified in paragraph (h) of this section that total estimated payments under the exception process not exceed 10 percent of the total estimated capital prospective payments (exclusive of hold-harmless payments for old capital) for the same fiscal year.

(d) Additional payments. A hospital is entitled to an additional payment if its capital payments for the cost reporting period would otherwise be less than the applicable minimum payment level. The additional payment equals the difference between the applicable minimum payment level and the capital payments that the hospital would otherwise receive minus any offset amount determined under paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

(e) Determining a hospital's exception payment amount—(1) Cumulative comparison. For each cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 2001, the hospital's exception payment is determined by comparing the cumulative payments made to the hospital under the capital prospective payment system to the cumulative minimum payment levels applicable to the hospital for each cost reporting period subject to the prospective payment system.

(2) Offsetting amounts. Any amount by which the hospital's cumulative payments exceed its cumulative minimum payment levels is deducted from the additional payment that would otherwise be payable for a cost reporting period.

(f) Additional payment exception for extraordinary circumstances. (1) A hospital may request an additional payment if the hospital incurs unanticipated capital expenditures in excess of $5 million (net of proceeds from other payment sources such as insurance, litigation decisions and other State, local or Federal government funding programs) due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the hospital's control. Extraordinary circumstances include, but are not limited to, a flood, fire, or earthquake.

(2) A hospital must apply to its CMS Regional Office by the later of October 1, 1992 or 180 days after the extraordinary circumstance causing the unanticipated expenditures for a determination by CMS of whether the hospital is eligible for an additional payment based on the nature of the circumstances and the amount of financial loss documented by the hospital.

(3) Except for sole community hospitals, the additional payment is based on a minimum payment amount of 85 percent for Medicare's share of allowable capital-related costs attributable to the extraordinary circumstances. For sole community hospitals, the minimum payment amount is 100 percent.

(4) The minimum payment level applicable under paragraph (c)(1) of this section is adjusted to take into account the 85 percent minimum payment level (100 percent for sole community hospitals) under paragraph (f)(3) of this section for the unanticipated capital-related costs. The additional payment for the cost reporting period equals the difference between the adjusted minimum payment level and the capital payments the hospital would otherwise receive less any offset amount determined under paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

(g) Special exceptions process. For eligible hospitals that meet a project need requirement, a project size requirement, and, in the case of certain urban hospitals, meet an excess capacity test, an additional payment may be made for up to 10 years beyond the end of the capital prospective payment system transition period.

(1) Eligible hospitals. The following classes of hospitals are eligible to receive exceptions payments under this special exceptions provision:

(i) Sole community hospitals.

(ii) Hospitals located in an urban area under § 412.63(a) with at least 100 beds, as determined under § 412.105(b), that either have a disproportionate share of at least 20.2 percent as determined under § 412.106(b) or qualify for disproportionate share payments under § 412.106(c)(2).

(iii) Hospitals with a combined inpatient Medicare and Medicaid utilization of at least 70 percent.

(2) Project need requirement. A hospital must show that it has obtained any required approval from a State or local planning authority. If a hospital is not required to obtain approval from a planning authority, it must satisfy the age of asset test specified in paragraph (g)(3) of this section and, in the case of an urban hospital, the excess capacity test under paragraph (g)(4) of this section.

(3) Age of assets test. A hospital must show that its average age of fixed assets is at or above the 75th percentile for the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(4) Excess capacity test for urban hospitals. Urban hospitals that are not required to receive approval from a State or local planning authority must demonstrate that either—

(i) The overall average occupancy rate in its metropolitan statistical area is at least 80 percent; or

(ii) After completion of the project, its capacity is no more than 80 percent of its prior capacity (in terms of bed size).

(5) Project size requirement. A hospital must complete, during the period from the beginning of its first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991 to the end of its last cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 2001, a project whose costs for replacement and/or renovation of fixed assets related to patient care are at least:

(i) $200 million; or

(ii) 100 percent of its operating cost during the first 12 month cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1991.

(6) Minimum payment level. (i) The minimum payment level for qualifying hospitals will be 70 percent.

(ii) CMS will adjust the minimum payment level in one percentage point increments as necessary to satisfy the requirement specified in paragraph (h) of this section that total estimated payments under the exceptions process not exceed 10 percent of the total estimated capital prospective payment system payments for the same fiscal year.

(7) Limitation on the period for exception payments. A qualifying hospital may receive an exceptions payment for up to 10 years from the year in which it completes a project for replacement or renovation of capital assets that meets project need and project size requirements (and, if applicable, excess capacity test), provided that it completes the project no later than the end of the hospital's last cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 2001. A project is considered to be completed when the assets are put into use for patient care.

(8) Determining a hospital's exception payment amount—(i) Cumulative comparison. For each cost reporting period, the hospital's exception payment is determined by comparing the cumulative payments made to the hospital under the capital prospective payment system to the cumulative minimum payment levels applicable to the hospital for each cost reporting period subject to the prospective payment system.

(ii) Offsetting amounts. Offsetting amounts are applied in the following order—(A) Any amount by which the hospital's cumulative payments exceed its cumulative minimum payment levels is deducted from the additional payment that would otherwise be payable for a cost reporting period.

(B) Any amount by which the hospital's current year Medicare inpatient operating and capital prospective payment system payments (excluding, if applicable, 75 percent of the hospital's operating prospective payment system disproportionate share payments) exceed its Medicare inpatient operating and capital costs is deducted from the additional payment that would otherwise be payable for the cost reporting period. For purposes of calculating the offset, the costs and payments for services that are not subject to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system are excluded.

(9) Notification requirement. Eligible hospitals must submit documentation to the intermediary indicating the completion date of a project that meets the project need requirement under paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the project size requirement under paragraph (g)(5) of this section, and, in the case of certain urban hospitals, an excess capacity test under paragraph (g)(4) of this section, by the later of October 1, 2001 or within 3 months of the end of the hospital's last cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 2001, during which a qualifying project was completed.

(h) Limit on exception payments. Total estimated payments under the exception process may not exceed 10 percent of the total estimated capital prospective payments (exclusive of hold-harmless payments for old capital) for the same fiscal year.

[59 FR 45399, Sept. 1, 1994, as amended at 62 FR 46031, Aug. 29, 1997; 66 FR 39936, Aug. 1, 2001]

§ 412.352 Budget neutrality adjustment.

For FY 1992 through FY 1995, CMS will determine an adjustment to the hospital-specific rate and the Federal rate proportionately so that the estimated aggregate payments under this subpart for inpatient hospital capital costs each fiscal year will equal 90 percent of what CMS estimates would have been paid for capital-related costs on a reasonable cost basis under § 413.130 of this chapter.

62 Special Rules for Puerto Rico Hospitals
§ 412.370 General provisions for hospitals located in Puerto Rico.

Except as provided in § 412.374, hospitals located in Puerto Rico are subject to the rules in this subpart governing the prospective payment system for inpatient hospital capital-related costs.

§ 412.374 Payments to hospitals located in Puerto Rico.

(a) FY 1998 through FY 2004. Payments for capital-related costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are equal to the sum of the following:

(1) 50 percent of the Puerto Rico capital rate based on data from Puerto Rico hospitals only, which is determined in accordance with procedures for developing the Federal rate; and

(2) 50 percent of the Federal rate, as determined under § 412.308.

(b) FY 2005 through FY 2016. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2004 and on or before September 30, 2016, payments for capital-related costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are equal to the sum of the following:

(1) 25 percent of the Puerto Rico capital rate based on data from Puerto Rico hospitals only, which is determined in accordance with procedures for developing the Federal rate; and

(2) 75 percent of the Federal rate, as determined under § 412.308.

(c) Effective for fiscal year 1998, the Puerto Rico capital rate described in paragraph (a) of this section in effect on September 30, 1997, is reduced by 15.68 percent.

(d) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997 through September 30, 2002, the Puerto Rico capital rate described in paragraph (a) of this section in effect on September 30, 1997 is further reduced by 2.1 percent.

(e) FY 2017 and subsequent fiscal years. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2016, payments for capital-related costs to hospitals located in Puerto Rico that are paid under the prospective payment system are based on 100 percent of the Federal rate, as determined under § 412.308.

[62 FR 46032, Aug. 29, 1997, as amended at 69 FR 49250, Aug. 11, 2004; 81 FR 57268, Aug. 22, 2016]

Subpart N Prospective Payment System for Inpatient Hospital Services of Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities

Source: 69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004, unless otherwise noted.

§ 412.400 Basis and scope of subpart.

(a) Basis. This subpart implements section 124 of Public Law 106-113, which provides for the implementation of a per diem-based prospective payment system for inpatient hospital services of inpatient psychiatric facilities.

(b) Scope. This subpart sets forth the framework for the prospective payment system for the inpatient hospital services of inpatient psychiatric facilities, including the methodology used for the development of the Federal per diem rate, payment adjustments, implementation issues, and related rules. Under this system, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, payment for the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services furnished by inpatient psychiatric facilities to Medicare Part A fee-for-service beneficiaries is made on the basis of prospectively determined payment amount applied on a per diem basis.

§ 412.402 Definitions.

As used in this subpart—

Closure of an IPF means closure of a hospital as defined in § 413.79(h)(1)(i) by an IPF meeting the requirements of § 412.404(b) for the purposes of accounting for indirect teaching costs.

Closure of an IPF's residency training program means closure of a hospital residency training program as defined in § 413.79(h)(1)(ii) by an IPF meeting the requirements of § 412.404(b) for the purposes of accounting for indirect teaching costs.

Comorbidity means all specific patient conditions that are secondary to the patient's primary diagnosis and that coexist at the time of admission, develop subsequently, or that affect the treatment received or the length of stay or both. Diagnoses that relate to an earlier episode of care that have no bearing on the current hospital stay are excluded.

Displaced resident means a displaced resident as defined in § 413.79(h)(1)(iii) for the purposes of accounting for indirect teaching costs.

Federal per diem base rate means the payment based on the average routine operating, ancillary, and capital-related cost of 1 day of hospital inpatient services in an inpatient psychiatric facility.

Federal per diem payment amount means the Federal per diem base rate with all applicable adjustments.

Fixed dollar loss threshold amount means a dollar amount which, when added to the Federal payment amount for a case, the estimated costs of a case must exceed in order for the case to qualify for an outlier payment.

Inpatient psychiatric facilities means hospitals that meet the requirements as specified in §§ 412.22, 412.23(a), 482.60, 482.61, and 482.62, and units that meet the requirements as specified in §§ 412.22, 412.25, and 412.27.

Inpatient psychiatric facilities prospective payment system rate year means—

(1) Through June 30, 2011, the 12-month period of July 1 through June 30.

(2) Beginning July 1, 2011, the 15-month period of July 1, 2011 through September 30, 2012.

(3) Beginning October 1, 2012, the 12-month period of October 1 through September 30, referred to as Fiscal Year (FY).

Interrupted stay means a Medicare inpatient is discharged from an inpatient psychiatric facility and is admitted to any inpatient psychiatric facility within 3 consecutive calendar days following discharge. The 3 consecutive calendar days begins with the day of discharge from the inpatient psychiatric facility and ends on midnight of the third day.

New graduate medical education program means a medical education program that receives initial accreditation by the appropriate accrediting body or begins training residents on or after November 15, 2004.

Outlier payment means an additional payment beyond the Federal per diem payment amount for cases with unusually high costs.

Principal diagnosis means the condition established after study to be chiefly responsible for occasioning the admission of the patient to the inpatient psychiatric facility. Principal diagnosis is also referred to as the primary diagnosis.

Qualifying emergency department means an emergency department that is staffed and equipped to furnish a comprehensive array of emergency services and meeting the definitions of a dedicated emergency department as specified in § 489.24(b) of this chapter and the definition of “provider-based status” as specified in § 413.65 of this chapter.

Rural area means for cost reporting periods beginning January 1, 2005, with respect to discharges occurring during the period covered by such cost reports but before July 1, 2006, an area as defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(iii). For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2006, rural area means an area as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(C).

Urban area means for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, with respect to discharges occurring during the period covered by such cost reports but before July 1, 2006, an area as defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(ii). For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2006, urban area means an area as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(A) and § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(B).

[69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004; 70 FR 19728, Apr. 1, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 27086, May 9, 2006; 76 FR 26465, May 6, 2011; 83 FR 38619, Aug. 6, 2018; 86 FR 42678, Aug. 4, 2021]

§ 412.404 Conditions for payment under the prospective payment system for inpatient hospital services of psychiatric facilities.

(a) General requirements. (1) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, an inpatient psychiatric facility must meet the conditions of this section to receive payment under the prospective payment system described in this subpart for inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare Part A fee-for-service beneficiaries.

(2) If an inpatient psychiatric facility fails to comply fully with these conditions, CMS may, as appropriate—

(i) Withhold (in full or in part) or reduce Medicare payment to the inpatient psychiatric facility until the facility provides adequate assurances of compliance; or

(ii) Classify the inpatient psychiatric facility as an inpatient hospital that is subject to the conditions of subpart C of this part and is paid under the prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(b) Inpatient psychiatric facilities subject to the prospective payment system. Subject to the special payment provisions of § 412.22(c), an inpatient psychiatric facility must meet the general criteria set forth in § 412.22. In order to be excluded from the hospital inpatient prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(1), a psychiatric hospital must meet the criteria set forth in §§ 412.23(a), 482.60, 482.61, and 482.62 and psychiatric units must meet the criteria set forth in § 412.25 and § 412.27.

(c) Limitations on charges to beneficiaries—(1) Prohibited charges. Except as permitted in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, an inpatient psychiatric facility may not charge a beneficiary for any services for which payment is made by Medicare, even if the facility's cost of furnishing services to that beneficiary are greater than the amount the facility is paid under the prospective payment system.

(2) Permitted charges. An inpatient psychiatric facility receiving payment under this subpart for a covered hospital stay (that is, a stay that included at least one covered day) may charge the Medicare beneficiary or other person only the applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts under §§ 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87 of this chapter and for items or services as specified under § 489.20(a) of this chapter.

(d) Furnishing of inpatient hospital services directly or under arrangement. (1) Subject to the provisions of § 412.422, the applicable payments made under this subpart are payment in full for all inpatient hospital services, as specified in § 409.10 of this chapter. Hospital inpatient services do not include the following:

(i) Physicians' services that meet the requirements of § 415.102(a) of this chapter for payment on a fee schedule basis.

(ii) Physician assistant services, as specified in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(i) of the Act.

(iii) Nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialist services, as specified in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(ii) of the Act.

(iv) Certified nurse midwife services, as specified in section 1861(gg) of the Act.

(v) Qualified psychologist services, as specified in section 1861(ii) of the Act.

(vi) Services of a certified registered nurse anesthetist, as specified in section 1861(bb) of the Act and defined in § 410.69 of this subchapter.

(2) CMS does not pay providers or suppliers other than inpatient psychiatric facilities for services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary who is an inpatient of the inpatient psychiatric facility, except for services described in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(vi) of this section

(3) The inpatient psychiatric facility must furnish all necessary covered services to a Medicare beneficiary who is an inpatient of the inpatient psychiatric facility, either directly or under arrangements (as specified in § 409.3 of this chapter).

(e) Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. All inpatient psychiatric facilities participating in the prospective payment system under this subpart must meet the recordkeeping and cost reporting requirements as specified in §§ 412.27(c), 413.20, 413.24, and 482.61 of this chapter.

[69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 26465, May 6, 2011]

§ 412.405 Preadmission services as inpatient operating costs under the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system.

The prospective payment system includes payment for inpatient operating costs of preadmission services if the inpatient operating costs are for—

(a) Preadmission services otherwise payable under Medicare Part B furnished to a beneficiary on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission, and during the calendar day immediately preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission, to the inpatient psychiatric facility that meet the following conditions:

(1) The services are furnished by the inpatient psychiatric facility or by an entity wholly owned or wholly operated by the inpatient psychiatric facility. An entity is wholly owned by the inpatient psychiatric facility if the inpatient psychiatric facility is the sole owner of the entity. An entity is wholly operated by an inpatient psychiatric facility if the inpatient psychiatric facility has exclusive responsibility for conducting and overseeing the entity's routine operations, regardless of whether the inpatient psychiatric facility also has policymaking authority over the entity.

(2) The services are diagnostic (including clinical diagnostic laboratory tests).

(3) The services are nondiagnostic when furnished on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission, the services are nondiagnostic when furnished on the calendar day preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission and the hospital does not demonstrate that such services are unrelated to the beneficiary's inpatient admission, and are not one of the following:

(i) Ambulance services.

(ii) Maintenance renal dialysis services.

(b) The preadmission services are furnished on or after June 25, 2010.

[75 FR 50415, Aug. 16, 2010]

§ 412.422 Basis of payment.

(a) Method of Payment. (1) Under the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system, inpatient psychiatric facilities receive a predetermined Federal per diem base rate for inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare Part A fee-for-service beneficiaries.

(2) The Federal per diem payment amount is based on the Federal per diem base rate plus applicable adjustments as specified in § 412.424.

(3) During the transition period, payment is based on a blend of the Federal per diem payment amount as specified in § 412.424, and the facility-specific payment rate as specified in § 412.426.

(b) Payment in full. (1) The payment made under this subpart represents payment in full (subject to applicable deductibles and coinsurance as specified in subpart G of part 409 of this chapter) for inpatient operating and capital-related costs associated with furnishing Medicare covered services in an inpatient psychiatric facility, but not the cost of an approved medical education program as specified in § 413.75 through § 413.85 of this chapter.

(2) In addition to the Federal per diem payment amounts, inpatient psychiatric facilities receive payment for bad debts of Medicare beneficiaries, as specified in § 413.89 of this chapter.

[69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004; 70 FR 19728, Apr. 1, 2005, as amended at 76 FR 26465, May 6, 2011]

§ 412.424 Methodology for calculating the Federal per diem payment amount.

(a) Data sources. (1) To calculate the Federal per diem base rate (as specified in paragraph (b) of this section for inpatient psychiatric facilities, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, CMS uses the following data sources:

(2) The best Medicare data available to estimate the average inpatient operating and capital-related costs per day made as specified in part 413 of this chapter.

(i) Patient and facility cost report data capturing routine and ancillary costs.

(ii) An appropriate wage index to adjust for wage differences.

(iii) An increase factor to adjust for the most recent estimate of increases in the prices of an appropriate market basket of goods and services provided by inpatient psychiatric facilities.

(b) Determining the average per diem cost of inpatient psychiatric facilities for FY 2002. CMS determines the average inpatient operating, ancillary, and capital-related per diem cost for which payment is made to each inpatient psychiatric facility, using the available data described in paragraph (a) of this section.

(c) Determining the Federal per diem base rate for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006—(1) General. Payment under the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system is based on a standardized per diem payment referred to as the Federal per diem base rate. The Federal per diem base rate is the adjusted cost for 1 day of inpatient hospital services in an inpatient psychiatric facility in a base year as described in paragraph (b) of this section. The adjusted cost per day is adjusted in accordance with paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(5) of this section.

(2) Update of the average per diem cost. CMS applies the increase factor described in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section to the updated average per diem cost to the midpoint of the January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006, under the update methodology described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act.

(3) Budget neutrality. (i) CMS adjusts the updated average per diem cost so that the aggregate payments in the first 18 months (for January 1, 2005 through June 30, 2006) under the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system are estimated to equal the amount that would have been made to the inpatient psychiatric facilities under part 413 of this chapter if the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system described in this subpart were not implemented.

(ii) CMS evaluates the accuracy of the budget-neutrality adjustment within the first 5 years after implementation of the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system. CMS may make a one-time prospective adjustment to the Federal per diem base rate to account for significant differences between the historical data on cost-based TEFRA payments (the basis of the budget-neutrality adjustment at the time of implementation) and estimates of TEFRA payments based on actual data from the first year of the prospective payment system.

(4) Outlier payments. CMS determines a reduction factor equal to the estimated proportion of outlier payments described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section.

(5) Standardization. CMS determines a reduction factor to reflect estimated increases in the Federal per diem base rate as defined in § 412.402 resulting from the facility-level and patient-level adjustments described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(6) Computation of the Federal per diem base rate. The Federal per diem base rate is computed as follows:

(i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and on or before June 30, 2006, the Federal per diem base rate is computed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.

(ii) For inpatient psychiatric facilities beginning on or after July 1, 2006, the Federal per diem base rate will be the Federal per diem base rate for the previous year, updated by an increase factor described in paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.

(d) Determining the Federal per diem payment amount. The Federal per diem payment amount is the product of the Federal per diem base rate established under paragraph (c) of this section, the facility-level adjustments applicable to the inpatient psychiatric facility, patient-level adjustments and other policy adjustments applicable to the case.

(1) Facility-level adjustments— (i) Adjustment for wages. CMS adjusts the labor portion of the Federal per diem base rate to account for geographic differences in the area wage levels using an appropriate wage index.

(A) The application of the wage index is made on the basis of the location of the inpatient psychiatric facility in an urban or rural area as defined in § 412.402.

(B) Beginning October 1, 2022, CMS applies a cap on decreases to the wage index, such that the wage index applied to an inpatient psychiatric facility is not less than 95 percent of the wage index applied to that inpatient psychiatric facility in the prior fiscal year.

(ii) Rural location. CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate for inpatient psychiatric facilities located in a rural area as defined in § 412.402.

(iii) Teaching adjustment. CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate by a factor to account for indirect teaching costs.

(A) An inpatient psychiatric facility's teaching adjustment is based on the ratio of the number of full-time equivalent residents training in the inpatient psychiatric facility divided by the facility's average daily census.

(B) Residents with less than full-time status and residents rotating through the inpatient psychiatric facility for less than a full year will be counted in proportion to the time they spend in the inpatient psychiatric facility.

(C) Except as described in paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(D) of this section, the actual number of current year full-time equivalent residents used in calculating the teaching adjustment is limited to the number of full-time equivalent residents in the inpatient psychiatric facility's most recently filed cost report filed with its fiscal intermediary before November 15, 2004 (base year).

(D) If the inpatient psychiatric facility first begins training residents in a new approved graduate medical education program after November 15, 2004, the number of full-time equivalent residents determined under paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(C) of this section may be adjusted using the method described in § 413.79(e)(1)(i) and (ii) of this chapter.

(E) The teaching adjustment is made on a claim basis as an interim payment, and the final payment in full for the claim is made during the final settlement of the cost report.

(F) Closure of an IPF or IPF residency training program—(1) Closure of an IPF. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011, an IPF may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect displaced residents added because of another IPF's closure if the IPF meets the following criteria:

(i) The IPF is training additional displaced residents from an IPF that closed on or after July 1, 2011.

(ii) No later than 60 days after the IPF begins to train the displaced residents, the IPF submits a request to its Medicare contractor for a temporary adjustment to its cap, documents that the IPF is eligible for this temporary adjustment by identifying the displaced residents who have come from the closed IPF and have caused the IPF to exceed its cap, and specifies the length of time the adjustment is needed.

(2) Closure of an IPF's residency training program. If an IPF that closes its residency training program on or after July 1, 2011, agrees to temporarily reduce its FTE cap according to the criteria specified in paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(F)(2)(ii) of this section, another IPF(s) may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect displaced residents added because of the closure of the residency training program if the criteria specified in paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(F)(2)(i) of this section are met.

(i) Receiving IPF(s). For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011, an IPF may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect displaced residents added because of the closure of another IPF's residency training program if the IPF is training additional displaced residents from the residency training program of an IPF that closed a program; and if no later than 60 days after the IPF begins to train the displaced residents, the IPF submits to its Medicare Contractor a request for a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap, documents that it is eligible for this temporary adjustment by identifying the displaced residents who have come from another IPF's closed program and have caused the IPF to exceed its cap, specifies the length of time the adjustment is needed, and submits to its Medicare contractor a copy of the FTE reduction statement by the hospital that closed its program, as specified in paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(F)(2)(ii) of this section.

(ii) IPF that closed its program. An IPF that agrees to train displaced residents who have been displaced by the closure of another IPF's program may receive a temporary FTE cap adjustment only if the hospital with the closed program temporarily reduces its FTE cap based on the FTE of displaced residents in each program year training in the program at the time of the program's closure. This yearly reduction in the FTE cap will be determined based on the number of those displaced residents who would have been training in the program during that year had the program not closed. No later than 60 days after the displaced residents who were in the closed program begin training at another hospital, the hospital with the closed program must submit to its Medicare contractor a statement signed and dated by its representative that specifies that it agrees to the temporary reduction in its FTE cap to allow the IPF training the displaced residents to obtain a temporary adjustment to its cap; identifies the displaced residents who were in training at the time of the program's closure; identifies the IPFs to which the displaced residents are transferring once the program closes; and specifies the reduction for the applicable program years.

(iv) Inpatient psychiatric facilities located in Alaska and Hawaii. CMS adjusts the non-labor portion of the Federal per diem base rate to reflect the higher cost of living of inpatient psychiatric facilities located in Alaska and Hawaii.

(v) Adjustment for IPF with qualifying emergency departments. (A) CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate to account for the costs associated with maintaining a qualifying emergency department. A qualifying emergency department is staffed and equipped to furnish a comprehensive array of emergency services (medical and psychiatric) and meets the requirements of §§ 489.24(b) and 413.65 of this chapter.

(B) Where the inpatient psychiatric facility is part of an acute care hospital that has a qualifying emergency department as described in paragraph (d)(1)(v)(A) of this section and an individual patient is discharged to the inpatient psychiatric facility from that acute care hospital, CMS would not apply the emergency adjustment.

(vi) Applicable percentage change for fiscal year 2014 payment determination and for subsequent years. (A) In the case of an inpatient psychiatric facility that is paid under the prospective payment system in § 412.1(a)(2) that does not submit quality data to CMS, in the form and manner and at a time specified by CMS, the applicable annual update to a Federal standard rate is reduced by 2.0 percentage points.

(B) Any reduction in the applicable annual update to a Federal standard rate will apply only to the fiscal year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the annual payment update for a subsequent year.

(2) Patient-level adjustments. The inpatient psychiatric facility must identify a principal psychiatric diagnosis as specified in § 412.27(a) for each patient. CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate by a factor to account for the diagnosis-related group assignment associated with the principal diagnosis, as specified by CMS.

(i) Age. CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate to account for patient age based on age groupings specified by CMS.

(ii) Diagnosis-related group assignment. The inpatient psychiatric facility must identify a principal diagnosis as specified in § 412.27(a) for each patient. CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate by a factor to account for the CMS inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system recognized diagnosis-related group assignment associated with each patient's principal diagnosis.

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) Comorbidities. CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate by a factor to account for certain comorbidities as specified by CMS.

(v) Variable per diem adjustments. CMS adjusts the Federal per diem base rate by factors as specified by CMS to account for the cost of each day of inpatient psychiatric care relative to the cost of the median length of stay.

(3) Other adjustments. (i) Outlier payments. CMS provides an outlier payment if an inpatient psychiatric facility's estimated total cost for a case exceeds a fixed dollar loss threshold amount for an inpatient psychiatric facility as defined in § 412.402 plus the Federal payment amount for the case.

(A) The fixed dollar loss threshold amount is adjusted for the inpatient psychiatric facility's adjustments for wage area, teaching, rural locations, and cost of living adjustment for facilities located in Alaska and Hawaii.

(B) The outlier payment equals a percentage of the difference between the IPF's estimated cost for the case and the adjusted threshold amount specified by CMS for each day of the inpatient stay.

(C) For discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, outlier payments are subject to the adjustments specified at §§ 412.84(i) and 412.84(m) of this part, except that national urban and rural median cost-to-charge ratios would be used instead of statewide average cost-to-charge ratios.

(D) For discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2027, an IPF's total outlier payments are limited to no more than 20 percent of its total IPF PPS payments. If an IPF has fewer than 50 IPF PPS discharges in the cost reporting period, then the 20 percent cap on outlier payments shall not apply.

(ii) Stop-loss payments. CMS will provide additional payments during the transition period, specified in § 412.426(a)(1) through (3), to an inpatient psychiatric facility to ensure that aggregate payments under the prospective payment system are at least 70 percent of the amount the inpatient psychiatric facility would have received under reasonable cost reimbursement had the prospective payment system not been implemented.

(iii) Special payment provision for interrupted stays. If a patient is discharged from an inpatient psychiatric facility and is admitted to the same or another inpatient psychiatric facility within 3 consecutive calendar days following the discharge, the case is considered to be continuous for the purposes listed below. The 3 consecutive calendar days begins with the day of discharge from the inpatient psychiatric facility and ends on midnight of day 3.

(A) Determining the appropriate variable per diem adjustment, as specified in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section, applicable to the case.

(B) Determining whether the total cost for a case meets the criteria for outlier payments, as specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(C) of this section.

(iv) Payment for electroconvulsive therapy treatments. CMS provides an additional payment to reflect the cost of electroconvulsive therapy treatments received by a patient during an inpatient psychiatric facility stay in a manner specified by CMS.

[69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004; 70 FR 16729, Apr. 1, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 27086, May 9, 2006; 76 FR 26465, May 6, 2011; 77 FR 53678, Aug. 31, 2012; 86 FR 42678, Aug. 4, 2021; 87 FR 46878, July 29, 2022; 91 FR 48585, July 31, 2026]

§ 412.426 Transition period.

(a) Duration of transition period and composition of the blended transition payment. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2007, an inpatient psychiatric facility receives a payment comprised of a blend of the estimated Federal per diem payment amount, as specified in § 412.424(d) of this subpart and a facility-specific payment as specified under paragraph (b) of this section.

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2006, payment is based on 75 percent of the facility-specific payment and 25 percent is based on the Federal per diem payment amount.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and before January 1, 2007, payment is based on 50 percent of the facility-specific payment and 50 percent is based on the Federal per diem payment amount.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007 and before January 1, 2008, payment is based on 25 percent of the facility-specific payment and 75 percent is based on the Federal per diem payment amount.

(4) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2008, payment is based entirely on the Federal per diem payment amount.

(b) Calculation of the facility-specific payment. The facility-specific payment is equal to the estimated payment for each cost reporting period in the transition period that would have been made without regard to this subpart. The facility's Medicare fiscal intermediary calculates the facility-specific payment for inpatient operating costs and capital costs in accordance with part 413 of this chapter.

(c) Treatment of new inpatient psychiatric facilities. New inpatient psychiatric facilities, are facilities that under present or previous ownership or both have their first cost reporting period as an IPF beginning on or after January 1, 2005. New IPFs are paid based on 100 percent of the Federal per diem payment amount.

[69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004; 70 FR 16729, Apr. 1, 2005, as amended at 71 FR 27087, May 9, 2006; 76 FR 26466, May 6, 2011]

§ 412.428 Publication of changes to the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system.

CMS will issue annually in the Federal Register information pertaining to changes to the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system. This information includes:

(a) A description of the methodology and data used to calculate the federal per diem base payment amount for the subsequent fiscal year.

(b)(1) For discharges occurring on or after January 1, 2005 but before July 1, 2006, the update, described in § 412.424(a)(2)(iii), for the federal portion of the inpatient psychiatric facility's payments is based on the 1997-based excluded hospital with capital market basket under the applicable percentage increase methodology described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act for each year.

(2)(i) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2006 but before October 1, 2015, the update for the federal portion of the inpatient psychiatric facility's payment is based on the rehabilitation, psychiatric, and long-term care market basket.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2015, the update of the inpatient psychiatric facility's payment is based on the inpatient psychiatric facility market basket.

(3) For discharges occurring on or after January 1, 2005 but before October 1, 2005, the update, described in § 412.424(a)(2)(iii), for the reasonable cost portion of the inpatient psychiatric facility's payment is based on the 1997-based excluded hospital with capital market basket under the updated methodology described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act for each year.

(4) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005 but before July 1, 2008, the update for the reasonable cost portion of the inpatient psychiatric facility's payment is based on the 2002-based excluded hospital market basket.

(c) The best available hospital wage index and information regarding whether an adjustment to the Federal per diem base rate is needed to maintain budget neutrality.

(d) Updates to the fixed dollar loss threshold amount in order to maintain the appropriate outlier percentage.

(e) Describe the ICD-10-CM coding changes and DRG classification changes discussed in the annual update to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system regulations.

(f) Update the electroconvulsive therapy adjustment by a factor specified by CMS.

(g) Update the national urban and rural cost to charge ratio median and ceilings. CMS will apply the national cost to charge ratio to—

(1) New inpatient psychiatric facilities that have not submitted their first Medicare cost report.

(2) Inpatient psychiatric facilities whose operating or capital cost to charge ratio is in excess of 3 standard deviations above the corresponding national geometric mean.

(3) Other inpatient psychiatric facilities for which the fiscal intermediary obtains inaccurate or incomplete data with which to calculate either an operating or capital cost to charge ratio or both.

(h) Update the cost of living adjustment factor if appropriate.

[69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 27087, May 9, 2006; 80 FR 46726, Aug. 5, 2015; 83 FR 38619, Aug. 6, 2018]

§ 412.432 Method of payment under the inpatient psychiatric facility prospective payment system.

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, an inpatient psychiatric facility receives payment under this subpart for inpatient operating cost and capital-related costs for each inpatient stay following submission of a bill.

(b) Periodic interim payments (PIP). (1) Criteria for receiving PIP.

(i) An inpatient psychiatric facility receiving payment under this subpart may receive PIP for Part A services under the PIP method subject to the provisions of § 413.64(h) of this chapter.

(ii) To be approved for PIP, the inpatient psychiatric facility must meet the qualifying requirements in § 413.64(h)(3) of this chapter.

(iii) A hospital that is receiving periodic interim payments also receives payment under this subpart for applicable services furnished by its excluded psychiatric unit.

(iv) As provided in § 413.64(h)(5) of this chapter, intermediary approval is conditioned upon the intermediary's best judgment as to whether payment can be made under the PIP method without undue risk of resulting in an overpayment to the provider.

(2) Frequency of payment. For facilities approved for PIP, the intermediary estimates the annual inpatient psychiatric facility's Federal per diem prospective payments, net of estimated beneficiary deductibles and coinsurance, and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount of payment for the year. If the inpatient psychiatric facility has payment experience under the prospective payment system, the intermediary estimates PIP based on that payment experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service as specified in § 413.64(h)(6) of this chapter. The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if an inpatient psychiatric facility receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final settlement.

(3) Termination of PIP. (i) Request by the inpatient psychiatric facility. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, an inpatient psychiatric facility receiving PIP may convert to receiving prospective payments on a non-PIP basis at any time.

(ii) Removal by the intermediary. An intermediary terminates PIP if the inpatient psychiatric facility no longer meets the requirements of § 413.64(h) of this chapter.

(c) Interim payments for Medicare bad debts and for costs of an approved education program and other costs paid outside the prospective payment system. For Medicare bad debts and for costs of an approved education program and other costs paid outside the prospective payment system, the intermediary determines the interim payments by estimating the reimbursable amount for the year based on the previous year's experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year, and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of the biweekly period of service as specified in § 413.64(h)(6) of this chapter. The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if an inpatient psychiatric facility receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final cost settlement.

(d) Outlier payments. Additional payments for outliers are not made on an interim basis. Outlier payments are made based on the submission of a discharge bill and represents final payment subject to the cost report settlement specified in § 412.84(i) and § 412.84(m) of this part.

(e) Accelerated payments—(1) General rule. Upon request, an accelerated payment may be made to an inpatient psychiatric facility that is receiving payment under this subpart and is not receiving PIP under paragraph (b) of this section if the inpatient psychiatric facility is experiencing financial difficulties because of the following:

(i) There is a delay by the intermediary in making payment to the inpatient psychiatric facility.

(ii) Due to an exceptional situation, there is a temporary delay in the inpatient psychiatric facility's preparation and submittal of bills to the intermediary beyond the normal billing cycle.

(2) Approval of accelerated payment. An inpatient psychiatric facility's request for an accelerated payment must be approved by the intermediary and CMS.

(3) Amount of accelerated payment. The amount of the accelerated payment is computed as a percent of the net payment for unbilled or unpaid covered services.

(4) Recovery of accelerated payment. Recovery of the accelerated payment is made by recoupment as inpatient psychiatric facility bills are processed or by direct payment by the inpatient psychiatric facility.

[69 FR 66977, Nov. 15, 2004, as amended at 76 FR 26465, May 6, 2011]

§ 412.433 Procedural requirements under the IPFQR Program.

(a) Statutory authority. Section 1886(s)(4) of the Act requires the Secretary to implement a quality reporting program for inpatient psychiatric hospitals and psychiatric units. Under section 1886(s)(4) of the Act, for an IPF paid under the IPF PPS that fails to submit data required for the quality measures and standardized patient assessment data selected by the Secretary in a form and manner and at a time specified by the Secretary, we reduce the otherwise applicable annual update to the standard Federal rate by 2.0 percentage points with respect to the applicable fiscal year.

(b) Participation in the IPFQR Program. To participate in the IPFQR Program, an IPF (as defined under § 412.402) that is paid under the IPF PPS must:

(1) Register and maintain an account on the CMS-designated information system before beginning to report data, identification of a security official is necessary to complete such registration; and

(2) Submit a notice of participation (NOP).

(c) Withdrawal from the IPFQR Program. An IPF may withdraw from the IPFQR Program by changing the NOP status in the secure portion of the CMS-designated information system. The IPF may withdraw at any time up to and including August 15 before the beginning of each respective payment determination year. A withdrawn IPF is subject to a reduced annual payment update as specified under paragraph (a) of this section and is mandatory to renew participation as specified in paragraph (b) of this section in order to participate in any future year of the IPFQR Program.

(d) Submission of IPFQR Program data. In general, except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, IPFs that participate in the IPFQR Program must submit to CMS data on measures selected under section 1886(s)(4)(D) of the Act and specified non-measure data, including standardized patient assessment data under section 1886(4)(E) of the Act, in a form and manner, and at a time specified by CMS. With respect to data collection for the standardized patient assessment instrument, mandatory data collection will begin with the third quarter 2028 reporting period. Data submitted prior to this will not affect payment.

(e) Quality measure updates, retention, and removal—(1) General rule for updates to quality measures. CMS uses rulemaking to make substantive updates to the specifications of measures used in the IPFQR Program

(2) General rule for the retention of quality measures. Quality measures adopted for the IPFQR Program measure set for a previous payment determination year are retained for use in subsequent payment determination years, except when they are removed, suspended, or modified as set forth in paragraph (3) of this section.

(3) Measure removal, suspension, or modification through the rulemaking process. CMS will use the regular rulemaking process to remove, suspend, or modify quality measures in the IPFQR Program to allow for public comment.

(i) Factors for consideration in removal or replacement of quality measures. CMS will weigh whether to remove or modify measures based on the following factors:

(A) Factor 1: Measure performance among IPFs is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions and improvements in performance can no longer be made;

(B) Factor 2: Measure does not align with current clinical guidelines or practice;

(C) Factor 3: Measure can be replaced by a more broadly applicable measure (across settings or populations) or a measure that is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular topic;

(D) Factor 4: Measure performance or improvement does not result in better patient outcomes;

(E) Factor 5: Measure can be replaced by a measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic;

(F) Factor 6: Measure collection or public reporting leads to negative unintended consequences other than patient harm;

(G) Factor 7: Measure is not feasible to implement as specified; and

(H) Factor 8: The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(ii) Retention. CMS may retain a quality measure that meets one or more of the measure removal factors described in paragraph (i) of this subsection if the continued collection of data on the quality measure would align with other CMS and HHS policy goals, align with other CMS programs, or support efforts to move IPFs toward reporting electronic measures.

(f) Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE)—(1) General rule. CMS may grant an extraordinary circumstance exception (ECE) with respect to the reporting requirements under this section in the event of extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the IPF. For purposes of this paragraph (f), an extraordinary circumstance is an event beyond the control of an IPF (for example, a natural or man-made disaster such as a hurricane, tornado, earthquake, terrorist attack, or bombing) that affected the ability of the IPF to comply with one or more applicable reporting requirements with respect to a fiscal year.

(2) Process for requesting an ECE. (i) An IPF may request an ECE within 60 calendar days of the date that the extraordinary circumstance occurred by submitting the information specified by CMS at QualityNet or a successor website.

(ii) CMS notifies the IPF of its decision on the request, in writing, via email. In the event that CMS grants an ECE to the IPF, the written decision will specify whether the IPF is exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the IPF an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(3) Authority to grant an ECE. CMS may grant an ECE to one or more IPFs that have not requested an ECE if CMS determines that—

(i) A systemic problem with a CMS data collection system directly impacted the ability of the IPF to comply with a quality data reporting requirement, or

(ii) An extraordinary circumstance has affected an entire region or locale. Any ECE granted under this paragraph (f)(3) will specify whether the affected IPFs are exempted from one or more reporting requirements or whether CMS has granted the IPF an extension of time to comply with one or more reporting requirements.

(g) Public reporting of IPFQR Program data. Data that an IPF submits to CMS for the IPFQR Program will be made publicly available on a CMS website after providing the IPF an opportunity to review the data to be made public. IPFs will have a period of 30 days to review and submit corrections to errors resulting from CMS calculations prior to the data being made public.

(h) Compliance threshold for the IPF Patient Assessment Instrument (IPF-PAI). IPFs must meet or exceed a compliance threshold for standardized patient assessment data collected using the IPF-PAI to avoid receiving a 2 percentage point reduction to their annual payment update for a given fiscal year as set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. We define the compliance threshold as the required percent of assessments IPFs submit through the CMS designated data submission system that are 100 percent complete—that is, that contain all required IPF-PAI standardized patient assessment items. For the FY 2030 and FY 2031 IPF Quality Reporting Program payment updates, the compliance threshold is set as at least 50 percent. For the FY 2032 and all subsequent payment updates, the compliance threshold is set at 70 percent.

[88 FR 51161, Aug. 2, 2023, as amended at 90 FR 37676, Aug. 5, 2025; 91 FR 48585, July 31, 2026]

§ 412.434 Reconsideration and appeals procedures of Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities Quality Reporting (IPFQR) Program decisions.

(a) An inpatient psychiatric facility may request reconsideration of a decision by CMS that the inpatient psychiatric facility has not met the requirements of the IPFQR Program for a particular fiscal year. An inpatient psychiatric facility must submit a reconsideration request to CMS no later than 30 days from the date identified on the IPFQR Program Annual Payment Update Notification Letter provided to the inpatient psychiatric facility.

(b) A reconsideration request must contain the following information:

(1) The inpatient psychiatric facility's CMS Certification Number (CCN);

(2) The name of the inpatient psychiatric facility;

(3) Contact information for the inpatient psychiatric facility's chief executive officer and QualityNet security official, including each individual's name, email address, telephone number, and physical mailing address;

(4) A summary of the reason(s), as set forth in the IPFQR Program Annual Payment Update Notification Letter, that CMS concluded the inpatient psychiatric facility did not meet the requirements of the IPFQR Program;

(5) A detailed explanation of why the inpatient psychiatric facility believes that it complied with the requirements of the IPFQR Program for the applicable fiscal year; and

(6) Any evidence that supports the inpatient psychiatric facility's reconsideration request, such as emails and other documents.

(c) An inpatient psychiatric facility that is dissatisfied with a decision made by CMS on its reconsideration request may file an appeal with the Provider Reimbursement Review Board under part 405, subpart R of this chapter.

[77 FR 53678, Aug. 31, 2012, as amended at 86 FR 42678, Aug. 4, 2021]

Subpart O Prospective Payment System for Long-Term Care Hospitals

Source: 67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, unless otherwise noted.

§ 412.500 Basis and scope of subpart.

(a) Basis. This subpart implements the following:

(1) Section 123 of Public Law 106-113, which provides for the implementation of a prospective payment system for long-term care hospitals described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act.

(2) Section 307 of Public Law 106-554, which states that the Secretary shall examine and may provide for appropriate adjustments to that system, including adjustments to DRG weights, area wage adjustments, geographic reclassification, outliers, updates, and disproportionate share adjustments consistent with section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act.

(3) Section 114 of Public Law 110-173, which contains several provisions regarding long-term care hospitals, including the—

(i) Amendment of section 1886 of the Act to add a new subsection (m) that references section 123 of Public Law 106-113 and section 307(b) of Public Law 106-554 for the establishment and implementation of a prospective payment system for payments under title XVIII for inpatient hospital services furnished by a long-term care hospital described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act; and

(ii) Revision of the standard Federal rate for RY 2008.

(4) Section 4302(a) of Public Law 111-5, which amended sections 114(c) and (d) of Public Law 110-173 relating to several moratoria on the establishment of new long-term care hospitals and satellite facilities and on the increase in the number of beds in existing long-term care hospitals and satellite facilities under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system.

(5) Sections 3106(a) and 10312(a) of Public Law 111-148, which extended certain payment rules and moratoria under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system by further amending sections 114(c) and (d) of Public Law 110-173.

(6) Section 1206 of Public Law 113-67, which further extended certain payment rules and moratoria under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system by amending sections 114(c) and (d) of Public Law 110-173, and which:

(i) Added a new section 1886(m)(6) to the Act to establish a site neutral payment amount for long-term care hospital discharges that fail to meet the applicable criteria in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2015; and

(ii) Requires the Secretary's review of the payment rates and regulations governing long-term care hospitals established under section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act and application of payment adjustments based on that review.

(7) Section 411 of Public Law 114-10 which revises the annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate in FY 2018.

(8) Public Law 114-255 which at—

(i) Section 15004 amended the moratorium on increasing beds in existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities and amended high cost outlier payment requirements;

(ii) Section 15006 amended moratoria on certain payment policies;

(iii) Section 15007 amended the average length of stay requirements;

(iv) Section 15009 temporally excepted certain spinal cord specialty hospitals from the site neutral payment rate; and

(v) Section 15010 temporally excepted certain wound care discharges from certain LTCHs from the site neutral payment rate.

(9) Section 51005(a) of Public Law 115-123 which extended the blended payment rate for the site neutral payment rate cases to apply to discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning in FYs 2018 and 2019.

(10) Section 51005(b) of Public Law which reduces the IPPS comparable amount for the site neutral payment rate cases by 4.6 percent for FYs 2018 through 2026.

(b) Scope. This subpart sets forth the framework for the prospective payment system for long-term care hospitals, including the methodology used for the development of payment rates and associated adjustments and related rules. Under this system, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, payment for the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services furnished by long-term care hospitals is made on the basis of prospectively determined rates and applied on a per discharge basis.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 73 FR 24879, May 6, 2008; 79 FR 50355, Aug. 22, 2014; 82 FR 38512, Aug. 14, 2017; 83 FR 41704, Aug. 17, 2018]

§ 412.503 Definitions.

As used in this subpart—

CMS stands for the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

Discharge. A Medicare patient in a long-term care hospital is considered discharged when—

(1) For purposes of the long-term care hospital qualification calculation, as described in § 412.23(e)(3), the patient is formally released;

(2) For purposes of payment, as described in § 412.521(b), the patient stops receiving Medicare-covered long-term care services; or

(3) The patient dies in the long-term care facility.

Long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year means, beginning October 1, 2010, the 12-month period of October 1 through September 30.

Long-term care hospital prospective payment system payment year means the general term that encompasses both the definition of “long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year” and “long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year” specified in this section.

Long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year means—

(1) From July 1, 2003 and ending on or before June 30, 2008, the 12-month period of July 1 through June 30.

(2) From July 1, 2008 and ending on September 30, 2009, the 15-month period of July 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009.

(3) From October 1, 2009 through September 30, 2010, the 12-month period of October 1 through September 30.

LTC-DRG stands for the diagnosis-related group used to classify patient discharges from a long-term care hospital based on clinical characteristics and average resource use, for prospective payment purposes. Effective October 1, 2007, long-term care hospital patient discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, are classified by a severity-adjusted patient classification system, the MS-LTC-DRGs. Any reference to the term “LTC-DRG” shall be considered a reference to the term “MS-LTC-DRG” when applying the provisions of this subpart for policy descriptions and payment calculations for discharges from a long-term care hospital occurring on or after October 1, 2007.

MSA means a Metropolitan Statistical Area, as defined by the Executive Office of Management and Budget.

MSA-dominant area means an MSA in which an MSA-dominant hospital is located.

MSA-dominant hospital means a hospital that has discharged more than 25 percent of the total subsection (d) hospital Medicare discharges in the MSA (not including discharges paid by a Medicare Advantage plan) in which the hospital is located.

MS-LTC-DRG stands for the severity-adjusted diagnosis-related group used to classify patient discharges from a long-term care hospital based on clinical characteristics and average resource use, for prospective payment purposes for discharges from a long-term care hospital occurring on or after October 1, 2007.

Outlier payment means an additional payment beyond the long-term care hospital standard Federal payment rate or the site neutral payment rate (including, when applicable, the blended payment rate), as applicable, for cases with unusually high costs.

QIO (formerly PRO or Peer Review Organization) stands for the Quality Improvement Organization.

Rural area means—(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, with respect to discharges occurring during the period covered by such cost reports but before July 1, 2005, an area defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(iii);

(2) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2005, and before July 1, 2008, an area as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(C); and

(3) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2008, any area outside an urban area.

Subsection (d) hospital means, for purposes of § 412.522, a hospital defined in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act and includes any hospital that is located in Puerto Rico and that would be a subsection (d) hospital as defined in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act if it were located in one of the 50 States.

Urban area means—(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, with respect to discharges occurring during the period covered by such cost reports but before July 1, 2005, an area defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(ii);

(2) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2005, and before July 1, 2008, an urban area means an area as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(A) and (B); and

(3) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2008, a Metropolitan Statistical Area, as defined by the Executive Office of Management and Budget.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 47412, Aug. 22, 2007; 73 FR 26838, May 9, 2008; 75 FR 50416, Aug. 16, 2010; 80 FR 49767, Aug. 17, 2015; 81 FR 57268, Aug. 22, 2016]

§ 412.505 Conditions for payment under the prospective payment system for long-term care hospitals.

(a) Long-term care hospitals subject to the prospective payment system. To be eligible to receive payment under the prospective payment system specified in this subpart, a long-term care hospital must meet the criteria to be classified as a long-term care hospital set forth in § 412.23(e) for exclusion from the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1). This condition is subject to the special payment provisions of § 412.22(c), the provisions on change in hospital status of § 412.22(d), the provisions related to hospitals-within-hospitals under § 412.22(e), and the provisions related to satellite facilities under § 412.22(h).

(b) General requirements. (1) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, a long-term care hospital must meet the conditions for payment of this section, § 412.22(e)(3) and (h)(6), if applicable, and § 412.507 through § 412.511 to receive payment under the prospective payment system described in this subpart for inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries.

(2) If a long-term care hospital fails to comply fully with these conditions for payment with respect to inpatient hospital services furnished to one or more Medicare beneficiaries, CMS may withhold (in full or in part) or reduce Medicare payment to the hospital.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 48140, Aug. 19, 2006]

§ 412.507 Limitation on charges to beneficiaries.

(a) Prohibited charges. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a long-term care hospital may not charge a beneficiary for any covered services for which payment is made by Medicare, even if the hospital's costs of furnishing services to that beneficiary are greater than the amount the hospital is paid under the prospective payment system.

(1) If Medicare has paid at the full LTCH prospective payment system standard Federal payment rate, that payment applies to the hospital's costs for services furnished until the high-cost outlier threshold is met.

(2) If Medicare pays less than the full LTCH prospective payment system standard Federal payment rate and payment was not made at the site neutral payment rate (including, when applicable, the blended payment rate), that payment only applies to the hospital's costs for those costs or days used to calculate the Medicare payment.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2016, for Medicare payments to a long-term care hospital described in § 412.23(e)(2)(ii), that payment only applies to the hospital's costs for those costs or days used to calculate the Medicare payment.

(4) If Medicare has paid at the full site neutral payment rate, that payment applies to the hospital's costs for services furnished until the high-cost outlier is met.

(b) Permitted charges. (1) A long-term care hospital that receives a payment at the full LTCH prospective payment system standard Federal payment rate or the site neutral payment rate may only charge the Medicare beneficiary for the applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts under §§ 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87 of this chapter, and for items and services as specified under § 489.20(a) of this chapter.

(2) A long-term care hospital that receives a payment at less than the full LTCH prospective payment system standard Federal payment rate for a short-stay outlier case, in accordance with § 412.529 (which would not include any discharge paid at the site neutral payment rate), may only charge the Medicare beneficiary for the applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts under §§ 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87 of this chapter, for items and services as specified under § 489.20(a) of this chapter, and for services provided during the stay that were not the basis for the short-stay adjusted payment.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2016, a long-term care hospital described in § 412.23(e)(2)(ii) may only charge the Medicare beneficiary for the applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts under §§ 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87 of this chapter, for items and services as specified under § 489.20(a) of this chapter, and for services provided during the stay for which benefit days were not available and that were not the basis for adjusted LTCH prospective payment system payment amount under § 412.526.

[80 FR 49767, Aug. 17, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 57268, Aug. 22, 2016]

§ 412.508 Medical review requirements.

(a) Admission and quality review. A long-term care hospital must have an agreement with a QIO to have the QIO review, on an ongoing basis, the following:

(1) The medical necessity, reasonableness, and appropriateness of hospital admissions and discharges.

(2) The medical necessity, reasonableness, and appropriateness of inpatient hospital care for which additional payment is sought under the outlier provisions of §§ 412.523(d)(1) and 412.525(a).

(3) The validity of the hospital's diagnostic and procedural information.

(4) The completeness, adequacy, and quality of the services furnished in the hospital.

(5) Other medical or other practices with respect to beneficiaries or billing for services furnished to beneficiaries.

(b) Physician acknowledgement. Payment under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system is based in part on each patient's principal and secondary diagnoses and major procedures performed, as evidenced by the physician's entries in the patient's medical record. The hospital must assure that physicians complete an acknowledgement statement to this effect in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.

(1) Content of physician acknowledgement statement. When a claim is submitted, the hospital must have on file a signed and dated acknowledgement from the attending physician that the physician has received the following notice:

Notice to physicians:

Medicare payment to hospitals is based in part on each patient's principal and secondary diagnoses and the major procedures performed on the patient, as attested to by the patient's attending physician by virtue of his or her signature in the medical record. Anyone who misrepresents, falsifies, or conceals essential information required for payment of Federal funds, may be subject to fine, imprisonment, or civil penalty under applicable Federal laws.

(2) Completion of acknowledgement. The acknowledgement must be completed by the physician at the time that the physician is granted admitting privileges at the hospital, or before or at the time the physician admits his or her first patient. Existing acknowledgements signed by physicians already on staff remain in effect as long as the physician has admitting privileges at the hospital.

(c) Denial of payment as a result of admissions and quality review. (1) If CMS determines, on the basis of information supplied by a QIO, that a hospital has misrepresented admissions, discharges, or billing information, or has taken an action that results in the unnecessary admission or unnecessary multiple admissions of an individual entitled to benefits under Part A, or other inappropriate medical or other practices with respect to beneficiaries or billing for services furnished to beneficiaries, CMS may, as appropriate—

(i) Deny payment (in whole or in part) under Part A with respect to inpatient hospital services provided for an unnecessary admission or subsequent readmission of an individual; or

(ii) Require the hospital to take other corrective action necessary to prevent or correct the inappropriate practice.

(2) When payment with respect to admission of an individual patient is denied by a QIO under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and liability is not waived in accordance with §§ 411.400 through 411.402 of this chapter, notice and appeals are provided under procedures established by CMS to implement the provisions of section 1155 of the Act, Right to Hearing and Judicial Review.

(3) A determination under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, if it is related to a pattern of inappropriate admissions and billing practices that has the effect of circumventing the prospective payment system, is referred to the Department's Office of Inspector General for handling in accordance with § 1001.201 of this title.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 48140, Aug. 19, 2006]

§ 412.509 Furnishing of inpatient hospital services directly or under arrangement.

(a) Subject to the provisions of § 412.521(b), the applicable payments made under this subpart are payment in full for all inpatient hospital services, as defined in § 409.10 of this chapter. Inpatient hospital services do not include the following:

(1) Physicians' services that meet the requirements of § 415.102(a) of this subchapter for payment on a fee schedule basis.

(2) Physician assistant services, as defined in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(i) of the Act.

(3) Nurse practitioners and clinical nurse specialist services, as defined in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(ii) of the Act.

(4) Certified nurse midwife services, as defined in section 1861(gg) of the Act.

(5) Qualified psychologist services, as defined in section 1861(ii) of the Act.

(6) Services of an anesthetist, as defined in § 410.69 of this subchapter.

(b) Medicare does not pay any provider or supplier other than the long-term care hospital for services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary who is an inpatient of the hospital except for services described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section.

(c) The long-term care hospital must furnish all necessary covered services to the Medicare beneficiary who is an inpatient of the hospital either directly or under arrangements (as defined in § 409.3 of this subchapter).

§ 412.511 Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

A long-term care hospital participating in the prospective payment system under this subpart must meet the requirement of §§ 412.22(e)(3) and 412.22(h)(6) to report co-located status, if applicable, and the recordkeeping and cost reporting requirements of §§ 413.20 and 413.24 of this subchapter.

[71 FR 48140, Aug. 18, 2006]

§ 412.513 Patient classification system.

(a) Classification methodology. CMS classifies specific inpatient hospital discharges from long-term care hospitals by long-term care diagnosis-related groups (LTC-DRGs) to ensure that each hospital discharge is appropriately assigned based on essential data abstracted from the inpatient bill for that discharge.

(b) Assignment of discharges to LTC-DRGs. (1) The classification of a particular discharge is based, as appropriate, on the patient's age, sex, principal diagnosis (that is, the diagnosis established after study to be chiefly responsible for causing the patient's admission to the hospital), secondary diagnoses, procedures performed, and the patient's discharge status.

(2) Each discharge from a long-term care hospital is assigned to only one LTC-DRG (related, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, to the patient's principal diagnosis), regardless of the number of conditions treated or services furnished during the patient's stay.

(3) When the discharge data submitted by a hospital show a surgical procedure unrelated to a patient's principal diagnosis, the bill is returned to the hospital for validation and reverification. The LTC-DRG classification system provides a LTC-DRG, and an appropriate weighting factor, for those cases for which none of the surgical procedures performed are related to the principal diagnosis.

(c) Review of LTC-DRG assignment. (1) A hospital has 60 days after the date of the notice of the initial assignment of a discharge to a LTC-DRG to request a review of that assignment. The hospital may submit additional information as a part of its request.

(2) The intermediary reviews that hospital's request and any additional information and decides whether a change in the LTC-DRG assignment is appropriate. If the intermediary decides that a different LTC-DRG should be assigned, the case will be reviewed by the appropriate QIO as specified in § 476.71(c)(2) of this chapter.

(3) Following the 60-day period described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the hospital may not submit additional information with respect to the DRG assignment or otherwise revise its claim.

§ 412.515 LTC-DRG weighting factors.

(a) For each LTC-DRG, CMS assigns an appropriate weight that reflects the estimated relative cost of hospital resources used within that group compared to discharges classified within other groups.

(b)(1) Beginning FY 2023, each LTC-DRG weight is subject to a maximum 10 percent reduction as compared to the weight for the same LTC-DRG for the prior fiscal year, except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(2) The limitation described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section does not apply to LTC-DRGs with less than 25 applicable LTCH cases in the data used to determine the relative weights for the fiscal year.

[87 FR 49405, Aug. 10, 2022]

§ 412.517 Revision of LTC-DRG group classifications and weighting factors.

(a) CMS adjusts the classifications and weighting factors annually to reflect changes in—

(1) Treatment patterns;

(2) Technology;

(3) Number of discharges; and

(4) Other factors affecting the relative use of hospital resources.

(b) Beginning in FY 2008, the annual changes to the LTC-DRG classifications and recalibration of the weighting factors described in paragraph (a) of this section are made in a budget neutral manner such that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments are not affected.

(c) Beginning in FY 2016, the annual recalibration of the weighting factors described in paragraph (a) of this section is determined using long-term care hospital discharges described in § 412.522(a)(2) (or that would have been described in such section had the application of the site neutral payment rate been in effect at the time of the discharge).

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 72 FR 26991, May 11, 2007; 80 FR 49768, Aug. 17, 2015]

§ 412.521 Basis of payment.

(a) Method of payment. (1) Under the prospective payment system, long-term care hospitals receive a predetermined payment amount per discharge for inpatient services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries.

(2) Except as provided for in § 412.526, the amount of payment under the prospective payment system is based on either the long-term care hospital prospective payment system standard Federal payment rate established in accordance with § 412.523, including adjustments described in § 412.525, or the site neutral payment rate established in accordance with § 412.522(c), or, if applicable during a transition period, the blend of the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate and the applicable site neutral payment rate described in § 412.522(c)(3).

(b) Payment in full. (1) The payment made under this subpart represents payment in full (subject to applicable deductibles and coinsurance described in subpart G of part 409 of this subchapter) for covered inpatient operating costs as described in §§ 412.2(c)(1) through (c)(4) of this part and § 412.540 and capital-related costs described in subpart G of part 413 of this subchapter associated with furnishing Medicare covered services in long-term care hospitals.

(2) In addition to payment based on prospective payment rates, long-term care hospitals may receive payments separate from payments under the prospective payment system for the following:

(i) The costs of approved medical education programs described in §§ 413.75 through 413.83, 413.85, and 413.87 of this subchapter.

(ii) Bad debts of Medicare beneficiaries, as provided in § 413.89 of this subchapter.

(iii) A payment amount per unit for blood clotting factor provided to Medicare inpatients who have hemophilia.

(iv) Anesthesia services furnished by hospital employed nonphysician anesthetists or obtained under arrangements, as specified in § 412.113(c)(2).

(v) The costs of photocopying and mailing medical records requested by a QIO, in accordance with § 476.78(c) of this chapter.

(c) Payment by workers' compensation, automobile medical, no-fault or liability insurance or an employer group health plan primary to Medicare. If workers' compensation, automobile medical, no-fault, or liability insurance or an employer group health plan that is primary to Medicare pays in full or in part, payment is determined in accordance with the guidelines specified in § 412.120(b).

(d) Effect of change of ownership on payments under the prospective payment system. When a hospital's ownership changes, as described in § 489.18 of this chapter, the following rules apply:

(1) Payment for the operating and capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services for each patient, including outlier payments as provided in § 412.525 and payments for hemophilia clotting factor costs as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, are made to the entity that is the legal owner on the date of discharge. Payments are not prorated between the buyer and seller.

(i) The owner on the date of discharge is entitled to submit a bill for all inpatient hospital services furnished to a beneficiary regardless of when the beneficiary's coverage began or ended during a stay, or of how long the stay lasted.

(ii) Each bill submitted must include all information necessary for the intermediary to compute the payment amount, whether or not some of that information is attributable to a period during which a different party legally owned the hospital.

(2) Other payments for the direct costs of approved medical education programs, bad debts, anesthesia services furnished by hospital employed nonphysician anesthetists, and costs of photocopying and mailing medical records to the QIO as provided for under paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii), (iv), and (v) of this section are made to each owner or operator of the hospital (buyer and seller) in accordance with the principles of reasonable cost reimbursement.

(e) Special payment provisions for patients in acute care hospitals that change classification status to LTCH status during a patient stay. (1) If a patient is admitted to an acute care hospital and then the acute care hospital meets the criteria at § 412.23(e) to be paid as a LTCH during the course of the patient's hospitalization, Medicare considers all the days of the patient stay in the facility (days prior to and after the designation of LTCH status) to be a single episode of LTCH care. Payment for the entire patient stay (days prior to and after the designation of LTCH status) will include the day and cost data for that patient at both the acute care hospital and the LTCH in determining the payment to the LTCH under this subpart. The requirements of this paragraph (e)(1) apply only to a patient stay in which a patient is in an acute care hospital and that hospital is designated as a LTCH on or after October 1, 2004.

(2) The days of the patient's stay prior to and after the hospital's designation as a LTCH as specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are included for purposes of determining the beneficiary's length of stay.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 34162, June 6, 2003; 69 FR 49250, Aug. 11, 2004; 70 FR 47487, Aug. 12, 2005; 75 FR 50416, Aug. 16, 2010; 79 FR 50355, Aug. 22, 2014; 80 FR 49768, Aug. 17, 2015]

§ 412.522 Application of site neutral payment rate.

(a) General. For discharges in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2015—

(1) Except as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section, all discharges are paid based on the site neutral payment rate as determined under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) Discharges that meet the criteria for exclusion from site neutral payment rate specified in paragraph (b) of this section are paid based on the standard Federal prospective payment rate established under § 412.523.

(b) Criteria for exclusion from the site neutral payment rate—(1) General criteria—(i) Basis and scope. A discharge that meets the following criteria is excluded from the site neutral payment rate specified under this section.

(A) The discharge from the long-term care hospital does not have a principal diagnosis relating to a psychiatric diagnosis or to rehabilitation based on the LTC-DRG assignment of the discharge under § 412.513; and

(B) The admission to the long-term care hospital was immediately preceded by a discharge from a subsection (d) hospital and meets either the intensive care unit criterion specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section or the ventilator criterion specified in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. In order for an admission to a long-term care hospital to be considered immediately preceded for purposes of this section, the patient discharged from the subsection (d) hospital must be directly admitted to the long-term care hospital.

(ii) Intensive care unit criterion. In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the discharge from the subsection (d) hospital that immediately preceded the admission to the long-term care hospital includes at least 3 days in an intensive care unit (as defined in § 413.53(d) of this chapter), as evidenced by at least one of the revenue center codes on the claim for the discharge that indicate such services were provided for the requisite number of days during the stay.

(iii) Ventilator criterion. In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the discharge from the long-term care hospital is assigned to a LTC-DRG based on the patient's receipt of ventilator services of at least 96 hours, as evidenced by the procedure code on the discharge bill indicating such services were provided during the stay.

(2) Special criteria—(i) Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2) the following definitions are applicable:

Severe wound means a wound which is a stage 3 wound, stage 4 wound, unstageable wound, non-healing surgical wound, infected wound, fistula, osteomyelitis or wound with morbid obesity as identified by the applicable code on the claim from the long-term care hospital.

Wound means an injury, usually involving division of tissue or rupture of the integument or mucous membrane with exposure to the external environment.

(ii) Discharges for severe wounds. A discharge that occurs on or after April 21, 2016 and before January 1, 2017 for a patient that was treated for a severe wound that meets the all of following criteria is excluded from the site neutral payment rate specified under this section:

(A) The severe wound meets the definition specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.

(B) The discharge is from a long term care hospital that is—

(1) Described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) and meets the criteria of § 412.22(f); and

(2) Located in a rural area (as defined at § 412.503) or reclassified as rural by meeting the requirements set forth in § 412.103.

(3) Temporary exception for certain severe wound discharges.—(i) Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(3) the following definitions are applicable:

Severe wound means a wound which is a stage 3 wound, stage 4 wound, unstageable wound, non-healing surgical wound, fistula, as identified by the applicable code on the claim from the long-term care hospital.

Wound means an injury, usually involving division of tissue or rupture of the integument or mucous membrane with exposure to the external environment.

(ii) Discharges for severe wounds. A discharge that occurs in a cost reporting period beginning during fiscal year 2018 for a patient who was treated for a severe wound that meets all of the following criteria is excluded from the site neutral payment rate specified under this section:

(A) The severe wound meets the definition specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section.

(B) The discharge is from a long-term care hospital that is described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) and meets the criteria of § 412.22(f); and

(C) The discharge is classified under MS-LTC-DRG 539, 540, 602, or 603.

(4) Temporary exception for certain spinal cord specialty hospitals. For discharges in cost reporting periods beginning in fiscal years 2018 and 2019, the site neutral payment rate specified under this section does not apply if such discharge is from a long-term care hospital that meets each of the following requirements:

(i) The hospital was a not-for-profit long-term care hospital on June 1, 2014, as determined by cost report data;

(ii) Of the discharges in calendar year 2013 from the long-term care hospital for which payment was made under subpart O, at least 50 percent were classified under MS-LTC-DRGs 28, 29, 52, 57, 551, 573, and 963; and

(iii) The long-term care hospital discharged inpatients (including both individuals entitled to, or enrolled for, benefits under Medicare Part A and individuals not so entitled or enrolled) during fiscal year 2014 who had been admitted from at least 20 of the 50 States determined by the States of residency of such inpatients.

(c) Site neutral payment rate—(1) General. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the site neutral payment rate is the lower of—

(i) The inpatient hospital prospective payment system comparable per diem amount determined under § 412.529(d)(4), including any applicable outlier payments specified in § 412.525(a); or

(ii) 100 percent of the estimated cost of the case determined under the provisions of § 412.529(d)(2). The provisions for cost-to-charge ratios at § 412.529(f)(4)(i) through (iii) apply to the calculation of the estimated cost of the case under this paragraph.

(iii) For discharges occurring in fiscal years 2018 through 2026, the amount in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section is reduced by 4.6 percent.

(2) Adjustments. CMS adjusts the payment rate determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section to account for—

(i) Outlier payments, by applying a reduction factor equal to the estimated proportion of outlier payments under § 412.525(a) payable for discharges from a long-term care hospital described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to total estimated payments under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system to discharges from a long-term care hospital described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The adjustment under this paragraph (c)(2)(i) does not include the portion of the blended payment rate described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section.

(ii) A 3-day or less interruption of a stay and a greater than 3-day interruption of a stay, as provided for in § 412.531. For purposes of the application of the provisions of § 412.531 to discharges from a long-term care hospital described under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the long-term care hospital prospective payment system standard Federal payment-related terms, such as “LTC-DRG payment,” “full Federal LTC-DRG prospective payment,” and “Federal prospective payment,” mean the site neutral payment rate calculated under paragraph (c) of this section.

(iii) The special payment provisions for long-term care hospitals-within-hospitals and satellite facilities of long-term care hospitals specified in § 412.534.

(iv) The special payment provisions for long-term care hospitals and satellite facilities of long-term care hospitals that discharged Medicare patients admitted from a hospital not located in the same building or on the same campus as the long-term care hospital or satellite facility of the long-term care hospital, as provided in § 412.536.

(3) Transition. For discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2015 and on or before September 30, 2019, payment for discharges under paragraph (c)(1) of this section are made using a blended payment rate, which is determined as—

(i) 50 percent of the site neutral payment rate amount for the discharge as determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and

(ii) 50 percent of the standard Federal prospective payment rate amount for the discharge as determined under § 412.523.

(d) Discharge payment percentage. (1) For purposes of this section, the discharge payment percentage is a ratio, expressed as a percentage, of Medicare discharges that meet the criteria for exclusion from the site neutral payment rate as described under paragraph (a)(2) of this section to total Medicare discharges paid under this subpart during the cost reporting period.

(2) CMS will inform each long-term care hospital of its discharge payment percentage, as determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, for each cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2015.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2019, if a long-term care hospital's discharge payment percentage for the cost reporting period is not at least 50 percent, discharges in all cost reporting periods beginning after the notification described under paragraph (d)(2) of this section will be paid under the payment adjustment described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section until reinstated under paragraph (d)(5) or (6) of this section.

(4) For cost reporting periods subject to the payment adjustment under paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the payment for all discharges consists of—

(i) An amount equivalent to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system amount as determined under § 412.529(d)(4)(i)(A) and (d)(4)(ii) and (iii); and

(ii) If applicable, an additional payment for high cost outlier cases based on the fixed-loss amount established for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system in effect at the time of the LTCH discharge.

(5) For full reinstatement—

(i) When the discharge payment percentage for a cost reporting period is calculated to be at least 50 percent, any payment adjustment described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section will be discontinued for cost reporting periods beginning on or after the notification described under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(ii) A long-term care hospital reinstated under paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this section will be subject to the payment adjustment under paragraph (d)(4) of this section if, after being reinstated, it again meets the criteria in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(6) For special probationary reinstatement—

(i) A hospital that would be subject to the payment adjustment under paragraph (d)(4) of this section for a cost reporting period will have application of the payment adjustment delayed for that period if, for the period of at least 5 consecutive months of the 6 months immediately preceding the cost reporting period, the discharge payment percentage is calculated to be at least 50 percent.

(ii) For any cost reporting period to which the payment adjustment under paragraph (d)(4) of this section would have applied but for a delay under paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section, the payment adjustment under paragraph (d)(4) of this section will be applied to all discharges in the cost reporting period if the discharge payment percentage for the cost reporting period is not calculated to be at least 50 percent.

[80 FR 49768, Sept. 1, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 23438, Apr. 21, 2016; 81 FR 57269, Aug. 22, 2016; 82 FR 38512, Aug. 14, 2017; 83 FR 41704, Aug. 17, 2018; 84 FR 42614, Aug. 16, 2019]

§ 412.523 Methodology for calculating the Federal prospective payment rates.

(a) Data used. To calculate the initial prospective payment rates for inpatient hospital services furnished by long-term care hospitals, CMS uses—

(1) The best Medicare data available; and

(2) A rate of increase factor to adjust for the most recent estimate of increases in the prices of an appropriate market basket of goods and services included in covered inpatient long-term care hospital services.

(b) Determining the average costs per discharge for FY 2003. CMS determines the average inpatient operating and capital-related costs per discharge for which payment is made to each inpatient long-term care hospital using the available data under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The cost per discharge is adjusted to FY 2003 by a rate of increase factor, described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, under the update methodology described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act for each year.

(c) Determining the Federal prospective payment rates—(1) General. The Federal prospective payment rates will be established using a standard payment amount referred to as the standard Federal rate. The standard Federal rate is a standardized payment amount based on average costs from a base year that reflects the combined aggregate effects of the weighting factors and other adjustments.

(2) Update the cost per discharge. CMS applies the increase factor described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section to each hospital's cost per discharge determined under paragraph (b) of this section to compute the cost per discharge for FY 2003. Based on the updated cost per discharge, CMS estimates the payments that would have been made to each hospital for FY 2003 under Part 413 of this chapter without regard to the prospective payment system implemented under this subpart.

(3) Computation of the standard Federal rate. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(4) of this section, the standard Federal rate is computed as follows:

(i) For FY 2003. Based on the updated costs per discharge and estimated payments for FY 2003 determined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, CMS computes a standard Federal rate for FY 2003 that reflects, as appropriate, the adjustments described in paragraph (d) of this section. The FY 2003 standard Federal rate is effective for discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002 through June 30, 2003.

(ii) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate years beginning on or after July 1, 2003 and ending on or before June 30, 2006. The standard Federal rate for long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate years beginning on or after July 1, 2003 and ending on or before June 30, 2006 is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year, updated by the increase factor described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section. For the rate year from July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004, the updated and adjusted standard Federal rate is offset by a budget neutrality factor to account for updating the FY 2003 standard Federal rate on July 1 rather than October 1.

(iii) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning July 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2007. The standard Federal rate for long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning July 1, 2006 and ending June 30, 2007 is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year updated by zero percent. The standard Federal rate is adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(iv) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning July 1, 2007 and ending June 30, 2008. (A) The standard Federal rate for long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning July 1, 2007 and ending June 30, 2008 is the same as the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year. The standard Federal rate is adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(B) With respect to discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2007 and before April 1, 2008, payments are based on the standard Federal rate in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section updated by 0.71 percent.

(v) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning July 1, 2008 and ending September 30, 2009. The standard Federal rate for long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning July 1, 2008 and ending September 30, 2009 is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year updated by 2.7 percent. The standard Federal rate is adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(vi) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning October 1, 2009 and ending September 30, 2010. (A) The standard Federal rate for long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year beginning October 1, 2009 and ending September 30, 2010 is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year updated by 1.74 percent. The standard Federal rate is adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(B) With respect to discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2009 and before April 1, 2010, payments are based on the standard Federal rate in paragraph (c)(3)(v) of this section updated by 2.0 percent.

(vii) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2010, and ending September 30, 2011. The standard Federal rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2010, and ending September 30, 2011, is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year updated by −0.49 percent. The standard Federal rate is adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(viii) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2011, and ending September 30, 2012. The standard Federal rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2011, and ending September 30, 2012, is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 1.8 percent. The standard Federal rate is adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ix) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2012, and ending September 30, 2013. (A) The standard Federal rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2012, and ending September 30, 2013, is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 1.8 percent, and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(B) With respect to discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012 and before December 29, 2012, payments are based on the standard Federal rate in paragraph (c)(3)(ix)(A) of this section without regard to the adjustment provided for under paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.

(x) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2013, and ending September 30, 2014. The standard Federal rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2013, and ending September 30, 2014, is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 1.7 percent, and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(xi) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2014, and ending September 30, 2015. The standard Federal rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2014, and ending September 30, 2015, is the standard Federal rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 2.2 percent, and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(xii) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2015, and ending September 30, 2016. The LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2015, and ending September 30, 2016, is the standard Federal payment rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 1.7 percent, and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(xiii) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2016, and ending September 30, 2017. The LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2016, and ending September 30, 2017, is the standard Federal payment rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 1.75 percent and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(xiv) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2017, and ending September 30, 2018. The LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2017, and ending September 30, 2018, is the standard Federal payment rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 1.0 percent and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(xv) For long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2018, and ending September 30, 2019. The LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2018, and ending September 30, 2019, is the standard Federal payment rate for the previous long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 1.35 percent and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(xvi) For long-term care prospective payment system fiscal year beginning October 1, 2019, and ending September 30, 2020. The long-term care hospital prospective payment system standard Federal payment rate for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system beginning October 1, 2019 and ending September 30, 2020 is the standard Federal payment rate for the previous long-term care prospective payment system fiscal year updated by 2.5 percent and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(xvii) For long-term care prospective payment system fiscal year 2021 and subsequent fiscal years. The long-term care hospital prospective payment system standard Federal payment rate for a long-term care hospital prospective payment system fiscal year is the standard Federal payment rate for the previous long-term care prospective payment system fiscal year updated by the percentage increase in the market basket index (as determined by CMS) less a multifactor productivity adjustment (as determined by CMS), and further adjusted, as appropriate, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(4) For fiscal year 2014 and subsequent fiscal years—

(i) In the case of a long-term care hospital that does not submit quality reporting data to CMS in the form and manner and at a time specified by the Secretary, the annual update to the standard Federal rate specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section is further reduced by 2.0 percentage points.

(ii) Any reduction of the annual update to the standard Federal rate under paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section will apply only to the fiscal year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the annual update to the standard Federal rate for a subsequent fiscal year.

(5) Determining the Federal prospective payment rate for each LTC-DRG. The Federal prospective payment rate for each LTC-DRG is the product of the weighting factors described in § 412.515 and the standard Federal rate described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(d) Adjustments to the standard Federal rate. The standard Federal rate described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section will be adjusted for—

(1) Outlier payments. CMS adjusts the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate by a reduction factor of 8 percent, the estimated proportion of outlier payments under § 412.525(a) payable for discharges described in § 412.522(a)(2) (notwithstanding the provisions of § 412.525(a)(2)(ii) for FY 2018 and subsequent years.

(2) Budget neutrality. CMS adjusts the Federal prospective payment rates for FY 2003 so that aggregate payments under the prospective payment system are estimated to equal the amount that would have been paid to long-term care hospitals under part 413 of this subchapter without regard to the prospective payment system implemented under this subpart, excluding the effects of section 1886(b)(2)(E) and (b)(3)(J) of the Act.

(3)(i) General. The Secretary reviews payments under this prospective payment system and may make a one-time prospective adjustment to the long-term care hospital prospective payment system rates no earlier than December 29, 2012, so that the effect of any significant difference between the data used in the original computations of budget neutrality for FY 2003 and more recent data to determine budget neutrality for FY 2003 is not perpetuated in the prospective payment rates for future years.

(ii) Adjustment to the standard Federal rate. The standard Federal rate determined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section is permanently adjusted by 3.75 percent to account for the estimated difference between projected aggregate payments in FY 2003 made under the prospective payment system implemented under this subpart and the projected aggregate payments that would have been made in FY 2003 under Part 413 of this chapter without regard to the implementation of the prospective payment system implemented under this subpart, excluding the effects of sections 1886(b)(2)(E) and (b)(3)(J) of the Act. This adjustment is transitioned over 3 years beginning in FY 2013.

(iii) Special rule for certain discharges occurring during FY 2013. The adjustment applied under paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section is not applicable when making payments under this subpart for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012, and on or before December 28, 2012.

(4) Changes to the adjustment for area wage levels. Beginning in FY 2012, CMS adjusts the standard Federal rate by a factor that accounts for the estimated effect of any adjustments or updates to the area wage level adjustment under § 412.525(c)(1) on estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments.

(5) Adjustment for changes to the short-stay outlier policy. The standard Federal rate determined under paragraph (c)(3) of this section is permanently adjusted by a one-time factor so that estimated aggregate payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal rate cases in FY 2018 are projected to equal estimated aggregate payments that would have been paid for such cases without regard to the change in the short-stay outlier policy for FY 2018 under § 412.529(c)(4).

(6) Adjustment for the elimination of the limitation on long-term care hospital admissions from referring hospitals. The standard Federal payment rate determined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section is adjusted as follows:

(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2018 and before October 1, 2019, by a one-time factor so that estimated aggregate payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal rate cases in FY 2019, and the portion of estimated aggregate payments to site neutral cases that are paid based on the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate in FY 2019, are projected to equal estimated aggregate payments that would have been paid for such cases without regard to the elimination of the limitation on long-term care hospital admissions from referring hospitals. This adjustment only applies to the fiscal year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the standard Federal payment rate for a subsequent fiscal year.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2019 and before October 1, 2020, by a one-time factor so that estimated aggregate payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal rate cases in FY 2020, and the portion of estimated aggregate payments to site neutral payment rate cases that are paid based on the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate in FY 2020, are projected to equal estimated aggregate payments that would have been paid for such cases without regard to the elimination of the limitation on long-term care hospital admissions from referring hospitals. This adjustment only applies to the fiscal year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the standard Federal payment rate for a subsequent fiscal year.

(iii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2020, by a permanent, one-time factor so that estimated aggregate payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal rate cases in FY 2021 are projected to equal estimated aggregate payments that would have been paid for such cases without regard to the elimination of the limitation on long-term care hospital admissions from referring hospitals.

(e) Calculation of the adjusted Federal prospective payment. For each discharge, a long-term care hospital's Federal prospective payment is computed on the basis of the Federal prospective payment rate multiplied by the relative weight of the LTC-DRG assigned for that discharge. A hospital's Federal prospective payment rate will be adjusted, as appropriate, to account for outliers and other factors as specified in § 412.525.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 412.523, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 412.525 Adjustments to the Federal prospective payment.

(a) Adjustments for high-cost outliers. (1) CMS provides for an additional payment to a long-term care hospital if its estimated costs for a patient exceed the applicable long-term care hospital prospective payment system payment plus an applicable fixed-loss amount. For each long-term care hospital prospective payment system payment year, CMS annually establishes a fixed-loss amount that is the maximum loss that a long-term care hospital would incur under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system for a case with unusually high costs before receiving an additional payment.

(2)(i) The fixed loss-amount for discharges from a long-term care hospital described under § 412.522(a)(2) is determined for the long-term care hospital prospective payment system payment year, using the LTC-DRG relative weights that are in effect at the start of the applicable long-term care hospital prospective payment system payment year.

(ii) For FY 2018 and subsequent years, the fixed-loss amount for long-term care hospital discharges described under § 412.522(a)(2) is determined such that the estimated proportion of outlier payments under paragraph (a) of this section payable for such discharges is projected to be equal to 99.6875 of 8 percent.

(3) The additional payment equals 80 percent of the difference between the estimated cost of the patient's care (determined by multiplying the hospital-specific cost-to-charge ratio by the Medicare allowable covered charge) and the sum of the applicable long-term care hospital prospective payment system payment and the applicable fixed-loss amount.

(4)(i) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2002 and before August 8, 2003, no reconciliations will be made to outlier payments upon cost report settlement to account for differences between the estimated cost-to-charge ratio and the actual cost-to-charge ratio of the case.

(ii) For discharges occurring on or after August 8, 2003, and before October 1, 2006, high-cost outlier payments are subject to the provisions of § 412.84(i)(1), (i)(3), and (i)(4) and (m) for adjustments of cost-to-charge ratios.

(iii) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2003, and before October 1, 2006, high-cost outlier payments are subject to the provisions of § 412.84(i)(2) for adjustments to cost-to-charge ratios.

(iv) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, high-cost outlier payments are subject to the following provisions:

(A) CMS may specify an alternative to the cost-to-charge ratio otherwise applicable under paragraph (a)(4)(iv)(B) of this section. A hospital may also request that its fiscal intermediary use a different (higher or lower) cost-to-charge ratio based on substantial evidence presented by the hospital. A request must be approved by the CMS Regional Office.

(B) The cost-to-charge ratio applied at the time a claim is processed is based on either the most recent settled cost report or the most recent tentatively settled cost report, whichever is from the latest cost reporting period.

(C) The fiscal intermediary may use a statewide average cost-to-charge ratio, which CMS establishes annually, if it is unable to determine an accurate cost-to-charge ratio for a hospital in one of the following circumstances:

(1) A new hospital that has not yet submitted its first Medicare cost report. (For this purpose, a new hospital is defined as an entity that has not accepted assignment of an existing hospital's provider agreement in accordance with § 489.18 of this chapter.)

(2) A hospital whose cost-to-charge ratio is in excess of 3 standard deviations above the corresponding national geometric mean cost-to-charge ratio. CMS establishes and publishes this mean annually.

(3) Any other hospital for which data to calculate a cost-to-charge ratio are not available.

(D) Any reconciliation of outlier payments is based on the cost-to-charge ratio calculated based on a ratio of costs to charges computed from the relevant cost report and charge data determined at the time the cost report coinciding with the discharge is settled.

(E) At the time of any reconciliation under paragraph (a)(4)(iv)(D) of this section, outlier payments may be adjusted to account for the time value of any underpayments or overpayments. Any adjustment is based upon a widely available index to be established in advance by the Secretary, and is applied from the midpoint of the cost reporting period to the date of reconciliation.

(5) For purposes of this paragraph (a)—

(i) Applicable long-term care hospital prospective payment system payment means—

(A) The site neutral payment rate established under § 412.522(c) for long-term care hospital discharges described under § 412.522(a)(1);

(B) The standard Federal prospective payment rates established under § 412.523 for long-term care hospital discharges described under § 412.522(a)(2); or

(C) The standard Federal prospective payment rates established under § 412.523 for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2015, in a long-term care hospital cost reporting period that begins before October 1, 2015.

(ii) Applicable fixed-loss amount means—

(A) For long-term care hospital discharges described under § 412.522(a)(1), the fixed-loss amount established for such cases as provided at § 412.522(c)(2)(i);

(B) For long-term care hospital discharges described under § 412.522(a)(2), the fixed-loss amount established for such cases as provided at § 412.523(e); or

(C) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2015 in a long-term care hospital cost reporting period that begins before October 1, 2015, the fixed-loss amount payable to discharges described under § 412.522(a)(2) as set forth in paragraph (a)(5)(ii)(B) of this section.

(b) Adjustments for Alaska and Hawaii. CMS adjusts the Federal prospective payment for the effects of a higher cost of living for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii.

(c) Adjustments for area wage levels. (1) The labor portion of a long-term care hospital's Federal prospective payment is adjusted to account for geographical differences in the area wage levels using an appropriate wage index (established by CMS), which reflects the relative level of hospital wages and wage-related costs in the geographic area (that is, urban or rural area as determined in accordance with the definitions set forth in § 412.503) of the hospital compared to the national average level of hospital wages and wage-related costs.

(i)(A) The appropriate wage index that is established by CMS is updated annually.

(B) Beginning in fiscal year 2023, if CMS determines that an LTCH's wage index value for a fiscal year would decrease by more than 5 percent as compared to the LTCH's wage index value for the prior fiscal year, CMS limits the decrease to 5 percent for the fiscal year.

(ii) The labor portion of a long-term care hospital's Federal prospective payment is established by CMS and is updated annually.

(2) Beginning in FY 2012, any adjustments or updates to the area wage level adjustment under this paragraph (c) will be made in a budget neutral manner such that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments are not affected.

(d) Special payment provisions. CMS adjusts the Federal prospective payment to account for—

(1) Short-stay outliers, as provided for in § 412.529.

(2) A 3-day or less interruption of a stay and a greater than 3-day interruption of a stay, as provided for in § 412.531.

(3) [Reserved]

(4) Long-term care hospitals-within-hospitals and satellites of long-term care hospitals as provided in § 412.534.

(5) Long-term care hospitals and satellites of long-term care hospitals that discharged Medicare patients admitted from a hospital not located in the same building or on the same campus as the long-term care hospital or satellite of the long-term care hospital, as provided in § 412.536.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 34163, June 6, 2003; 68 FR 34515, June 9, 2003; 69 FR 25721, May 7, 2004; 70 FR 24222, May 6, 2005; 71 FR 48140, Aug. 18, 2006; 73 FR 26839, May 9, 2008; 74 FR 43998, Aug. 27, 2009; 75 FR 50416, Aug. 16, 2010; 76 FR 51783, Aug. 18, 2011; 79 FR 50356, Aug. 22, 2014; 80 FR 49769, Aug. 17, 2015; 81 FR 57269, Aug. 22, 2016; 82 FR 38513, Aug. 14, 2017; 83 FR 41705, Aug. 17, 2018; 87 FR 49405, Aug. 10, 2022]

§ 412.526 Payment provisions for a “subclause (II)” long-term care hospital.

(a) Definition. A “subclause (II)” long-term care hospital is a hospital that qualifies as an LTCH under section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act.

(b) Method of payment. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003 and before September 30, 2014, payment to a “subclause (II)” long-term care hospital is made under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(4) and Subpart O of this part.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2014, payment to a “subclause (II)” long-term care hospital is made under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(4) and under Subpart O of this part, as adjusted. The adjusted payment amount is determined based on reasonable cost, as described at § 412.526(c).

(c) Determining the adjusted payment for Medicare inpatient operating and capital-related costs under the reasonable cost-based reimbursement rules. Medicare inpatient operating costs are paid based on reasonable cost, subject to a ceiling. The ceiling is the aggregate upper limit on the amount of a hospital's net Medicare inpatient operating costs that the program will recognize for payment purposes, as determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(1) Ceiling. For each cost reporting period, the ceiling is determined by multiplying the updated target amount, as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, for that period by the number of Medicare discharges paid under this subpart during that period.

(2) Target amounts. (i) For cost reporting periods beginning during Federal fiscal year 2015, the target amount equals the hospital's target amount determined under § 413.40(c)(4) for its cost reporting period beginning during Federal fiscal year 2000, updated by the applicable annual rate-of-increase percentages specified in § 413.40(c)(3) to the subject period.

(ii) For subsequent cost reporting periods, the target amount equals the hospital's target amount for the previous cost reporting period updated by the applicable annual rate-of-increase percentage specified in § 413.40(c)(3) for the subject cost reporting period.

(3) Payment for inpatient operating costs. For cost reporting periods subject to this section, the hospital's Medicare allowable net inpatient operating costs for that period (as defined at § 413.40(a)(3)) are paid on a reasonable cost basis, subject to that hospital's ceiling (as determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section) for that period.

(4) Payment for inpatient capital-related costs. Medicare allowable net inpatient capital costs are paid on a reasonable cost basis, in accordance with the regulations under Part 413 of this chapter.

(5) Adjustments for extraordinary circumstances—(i) General rules. (A) CMS may adjust the ceiling determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section for one or more cost reporting periods when unusual inpatient operating costs have resulted in the hospital exceeding its ceiling imposed under this section due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the hospital's control. These circumstances include, but are not limited to, strikes, fire, earthquakes, floods, or similar unusual occurrences with substantial cost effects.

(B) When the hospital requests an adjustment, CMS makes an adjustment only to the extent that the hospital's operating costs are reasonable, attributable to the circumstances specified separately, identified by the hospital, and verified by the Medicare administrative contractor.

(ii) Process for adjustment requests. The provisions of §§ 413.40(e)(1) through (e)(5) of this subchapter are applicable to extraordinary circumstances adjustment requests under this section.

[79 FR 50356, Aug. 22, 2014]

§ 412.529 Special payment provision for short-stay outliers.

(a) Short-stay outlier defined. “Short-stay outlier” means a discharge with a covered length of stay in a long-term care hospital that is up to and including five-sixths of the geometric average length of stay for each LTC-DRG.

(b) Adjustment to payment. CMS adjusts the hospital's Federal prospective payment to account for any case that is determined to be a short-stay outlier, as defined in paragraph (a) of this section, under the methodology specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(c) Method for determining the payment amount—(1) Discharges occurring before July 1, 2006. For discharges from long-term care hospitals described under § 412.23(e)(2)(i), occurring before July 1, 2006, the LTCH prospective payment system adjusted payment amount for a short-stay outlier case is the least of the following amounts:

(i) One hundred and twenty (120) percent of the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

(ii) One hundred and twenty (120) percent of the estimated cost of the case determined under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(iii) The Federal prospective payment for the LTC-DRG determined under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(2) Discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2006 and before July 1, 2007 and discharges occurring on or after December 29, 2007 and before December 29, 2012. For discharges from long-term care hospitals described under § 412.23(e)(2)(i) occurring on or after July 1, 2006 and before July 1, 2007 and discharges occurring on or after December 29, 2007 and before December 29, 2012, the LTCH prospective payment system adjusted payment amount for a short-stay outlier case is the least of the following amounts:

(i) One hundred and twenty (120) percent of the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

(ii) One hundred (100) percent of the estimated cost of the case determined under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(iii) The Federal prospective payment for the LTC-DRG as determined under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(iv) An amount payable under subpart O computed as a blend of an amount comparable to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system per diem amount determined under paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section and the 120 percent of the LTC-DRG specific per diem payment amount determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

(A) The blend percentage applicable to the 120 percent of the LTC-DRG specific per diem payment amount determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section is determined by dividing the covered length-of-stay of the case by the lesser of five-sixths of the geometric average length of stay of the LTC-DRG or 25 days, not to exceed 100 percent.

(B) The blend percentage of the amount determined under paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section is determined by subtracting the percentage determined in paragraph (A) from 100 percent.

(3) Discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2007 and before December 29, 2007 and discharges occurring on or after December 29, 2012 and on or before September 30, 2017. For discharges from long-term care hospitals described under § 412.23(e)(2)(i) occurring on or after July 1, 2007, and on or before December 29, 2007 and discharges occurring on or after December 29, 2012, and on or before September 30, 2017, the LTCH prospective payment system adjusted payment amount for a short-stay outlier case is adjusted by either of the following:

(i) If the covered length of stay of the case assigned to a particular LTC-DRG is less than or equal to one standard deviation from the geometric ALOS of the same DRG under the inpatient prospective payment system (the IPPS-comparable threshold), the LTCH prospective payment system adjusted payment amount for such a case is the least of the following amounts:

(A) One hundred and twenty (120) percent of the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

(B) One hundred (100) percent of the estimated cost of the case determined under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(C) The Federal prospective payment for the LTC-DRG as determined under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(D) An amount payable under subpart O of this part comparable to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system per diem amount determined under paragraph (d)(4) of this section.

(ii) If the covered length of stay of the case assigned to a particular LTC-DRG is greater than one standard deviation from the geometric ALOS of the same DRG under the inpatient prospective payment system (the IPPS-comparable threshold), the LTCH prospective payment system adjusted payment amount for such a case is determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(4) Discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2017. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2017, short-stay outlier payments are determined according to paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section.

(d) Calculation of alternative payment amounts—(1) Determining the LTC-DRG per diem amount. CMS calculates the LTC-DRG per diem amount for short-stay outliers for each LTC-DRG by dividing the product of the standard Federal payment rate and the LTC-DRG relative weight by the geometric average length of stay of the specific LTC-DRG multiplied by the covered days of the stay.

(2) Determining the estimated cost of a case. To determine the estimated cost of a case, CMS multiplies the hospital-specific cost-to-charge ratio by the Medicare allowable charges for the case.

(3) Determining the Federal prospective payment for the LTC-DRG. CMS calculates the Federal prospective payment for the LTC-DRG by multiplying the adjusted standard Federal payment rate by the LTC-DRG relative weight.

(4) Determining the amount comparable to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system per diem amount—(i) General. Under subpart O, CMS calculates—

(A) An amount comparable to what would otherwise be paid under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system based on the sum of the applicable operating inpatient prospective payment system standardized amount and the capital inpatient prospective payment system Federal rate in effect at the time of the LTCH discharge.

(B) An amount comparable to the hospital inpatient prospective payment system per diem amount for each DRG that is determined by dividing the amount that would otherwise be paid under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system computed under paragraph (A) of this section by the hospital inpatient prospective payment system geometric average length of stay of the specific DRG multiplied by the covered days of the stay.

(C) The payment amount specified under paragraph (d)(4)(i)(B) of this section may not exceed the full amount comparable to what would otherwise be paid under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system determined under paragraph (d)(4)(i)(A) of this section.

(ii) Hospital inpatient prospective payment system operating standardized amount. The hospital inpatient prospective payment system operating standardized amount—

(A) Is adjusted for the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system DRG weighting factors.

(B)(1) Is adjusted for different area wage levels based on the geographic classifications set forth at § 412.503 and the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS) labor-related share, using the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index value for nonreclassified hospitals (an LTCH's applicable IPPS wage index).

(2) Beginning in fiscal year 2023, if CMS determines that an LTCH's applicable IPPS wage index value for a fiscal year would decrease by more than 5 percent as compared to the LTCH's applicable IPPS wage index value for the prior fiscal year, CMS limits the decrease to 5 percent for the fiscal year.

(3) For LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii, the amount specified in paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section is also adjusted by the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system cost of living adjustment factors.

(C) Includes, where applicable, adjustments for indirect medical education costs and the costs of serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(iii) Hospital inpatient prospective payment system capital Federal rate. The hospital inpatient prospective payment system capital Federal rate—

(A) Is adjusted for the applicable inpatient prospective payment system DRG weighting factors.

(B)(1) Is adjusted for the applicable geographic adjustment factors, including local cost variation based on the geographic classifications set forth at § 412.503 and the applicable full hospital inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS) wage index value for nonreclassified hospitals (an LTCH's applicable IPPS wage index) and applicable cost of living adjustment factors for LTCHs in Alaska and Hawaii.

(2) Beginning in fiscal year 2023, if CMS determines that an LTCH's applicable IPPS wage index value for a fiscal year would decrease by more than 5 percent as compared to the LTCH's applicable IPPS wage index value for the prior fiscal year, CMS limits the decrease to 5 percent for the fiscal year.

(C) Includes, where applicable, adjustments for indirect medical education costs and the costs of serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(e) Short-stay outlier payments to long-term care hospitals described under § 412.23(e)(2)(ii).

(1) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2002, through June 30, 2003, the LTCH prospective payment system adjusted payment amount for a short-stay outlier case is the least of the following amounts:

(i) 120 percent of the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section;

(ii) 120 percent of the estimated cost of the case determined under paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or

(iii) The Federal prospective payment for the LTC-DRG determined under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2003, subject to the provisions of paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section, the adjusted payment amount for a short-stay outlier is determined under the formulas set forth in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section with the following substitutions:

(i) For the first year of the transition period, as specified at § 412.533(a)(1), the 120 percent specified for the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount and the 120 percent of the cost of the case in the formula under paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section are substituted with 195 percent.

(ii) For the second year of the transition period, as specified at § 412.533(a)(2), the 120 percent specified for the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount and the 120 percent of the cost of the case in the formula under paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section are substituted with 193 percent.

(iii) For the third year of the transition period, as specified at § 412.533(a)(3), the 120 percent specified for the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount and the 120 percent of the cost of the case in the formula under paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section are substituted with 165 percent.

(iv) For the fourth year of the transition period, as specified at § 412.533(a)(4), the 120 percent specified for the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount and 120 percent of the cost of the case in the formula under paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this section are substituted with 136 percent.

(v) For discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006 (beginning with the fifth year of the transition period), as specified at § 412.533(a)(5), short-stay outlier payments are made based on the least of the following amounts:

(A) 120 percent of the LTC-DRG specific per diem amount determined under paragraph (d)(1) of this section;

(B) 120 percent of the estimated cost of the case determined under paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or

(C) The Federal prospective payment for the LTC-DRG determined under paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(f) Reconciliation of short-stay payments. Payments for discharges occurring before October 1, 2017 are reconciled in accordance with one of the following:

(1) Discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2002, and before August 8, 2003. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2002, and before August 8, 2003, no reconciliations are made to short-stay outlier payments upon cost report settlement to account for differences between cost-to-charge ratio and the actual cost-to-charge ratio of the case.

(2) Discharges occurring on or after August 8, 2003, and before October 1, 2006. For discharges occurring on or after August 8, 2003, and before October 1, 2006, short-stay outlier payments are subject to the provisions of § 412.84(i)(1), (i)(3), and (i)(4) and (m) for adjustments of cost-to-charge ratios.

(3) Discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2003, and before October 1, 2006. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2003, and before October 1, 2006, short-stay outlier payments are subject to the provisions of § 412.84(i)(2) for adjustments to cost-to-charge ratios.

(4) Discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, short-stay outlier payments are subject to the following provisions:

(i) CMS may specify an alternative to the cost-to-charge ratio otherwise applicable under paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section. A hospital may also request that its fiscal intermediary use a different (higher or lower) cost-to-charge ratio based on substantial evidence presented by the hospital. This request must be approved by the appropriate CMS Regional Office.

(ii) The cost-to-charge ratio applied at the time a claim is processed is based on either the most recent settled cost report or the most recent tentatively settled cost report, whichever is from the latest cost reporting period.

(iii) The fiscal intermediary may use a statewide average cost-to-charge ratio, which CMS establishes annually, if it is unable to determine an accurate cost-to-charge ratio for a hospital in one of the following circumstances:

(A) A new hospital that has not yet submitted its first Medicare cost report. (For this purpose, a new hospital is defined as an entity that has not accepted assignment of an existing hospital's provider agreement in accordance with § 489.18 of this chapter.)

(B) A hospital whose cost-to-charge ratio is in excess of 3 standard deviations above the corresponding national geometric mean. CMS establishes and publishes this mean annually.

(C) Any other hospital for which data to calculate a cost-to-charge ratio are not available.

(iv) Any reconciliation of outlier payments is based on the cost-to-charge ratio calculated based on a ratio of costs to charges computed from the relevant cost report and charge data determined at the time the cost report coinciding with the discharge is settled.

(v) At the time of any reconciliation under paragraph (f)(4)(iv) of this section, outlier payments may be adjusted to account for the time value of any underpayments or overpayments. Any adjustment is based upon a widely available index to be established in advance by the Secretary, and is applied from the midpoint of the cost reporting period to the date of reconciliation.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 34163, June 6, 2003; 68 FR 34515, June 9, 2003; 71 FR 27899, May 12, 2006; 71 FR 48141, Aug. 18, 2006; 72 FR 26991, May 11, 2007; 73 FR 24880, May 6, 2008; 73 FR 26839, May 9, 2008; 75 FR 50416, Aug. 16, 2010; 77 FR 53679, Aug. 31, 2012; 82 FR 38513, Aug. 14, 2017; 87 FR 49405, Aug. 10, 2022]

§ 412.531 Special payment provisions when an interruption of a stay occurs in a long-term care hospital.

(a) Definitions—(1) A 3-day or less interruption of stay defined. “A 3-day or less interruption of stay” means a stay at a long-term care hospital during which a Medicare inpatient is discharged from the long-term care hospital to an acute care hospital, IRF, SNF, or the patient's home and readmitted to the same long-term care hospital within 3 days of the discharge from the long-term care hospital. The 3-day or less period begins with the date of discharge from the long-term care hospital and ends not later than midnight of the third day.

(2) A greater than 3-day interruption of stay defined. “A greater than 3-day or less interruption of stay” means A stay in a long-term care hospital during which a Medicare inpatient is discharged from the long-term care hospital to an acute care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF for a period of greater than 3 days but within the applicable fixed-day period specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of this section before being readmitted to the same long-term care hospital.

(i) For a discharge to an acute care hospital, the applicable fixed day period is between 4 and 9 consecutive days. The counting of the days begins on the date of discharge from the long-term care hospital and ends on the 9th date after the discharge.

(ii) For a discharge to an IRF, the applicable fixed day period is between 4 and 27 consecutive days. The counting of the days begins on the day of discharge from the long-term care hospital and ends on the 27th day after discharge.

(iii) For a discharge to a SNF, the applicable fixed day period is between 4 and 45 consecutive days. The counting of the days begins on the day of discharge from the long-term care hospital and ends on the 45th day after the discharge.

(b) Methods of determining payments. (1) For purposes of determining a Federal prospective payment—

(i) Determining the length of stay. In determining the length of stay of a patient at a long-term care hospital for payment purposes under this paragraph (b)—

(A) Except as specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(B) and (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section, the number of days that a beneficiary spends away from the long-term care hospital during a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section is not included in determining the length of stay of the patient at the long-term care hospital when there is no outpatient or inpatient medical treatment or care provided at an acute care hospital or an IRF, or SNF services during the interruption that is considered a covered service delivered to the beneficiary.

(B) The number of days that a beneficiary spends away from a long-term care hospital during a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section are counted in determining the length of stay of the patient at the long-term care hospital if the beneficiary receives inpatient or outpatient medical care or treatment provided by an acute care hospital or IRF, or SNF services during the interruption. In the case where these services are provided during some, but not all days of a 3-day or less interruption, Medicare will include all days of the interruption in the long-term care hospitals day-count.

(C) Surgical DRG exception to the 3-day or less interruption of stay policy.

(1) The number of days that a beneficiary spends away from a long-term care hospital during a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section during which the beneficiary receives a procedure grouped to a surgical DRG under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system in an acute care hospital during the 2005 and 2006 LTCH prospective payment system rate years are not included in determining the length of stay of the patient at the long-term care hospital.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after July 1 2006, the number of days that a beneficiary spends away from a long-term care hospital during a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section during which the beneficiary receives a procedure grouped to a surgical DRG under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system in an acute care hospital are included in determining the length of stay of the patient at the long-term care hospital.

(D) The number of days that a beneficiary spends away from a LTCH during a greater than 3-day interruption of stay, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, is not included in determining the length of stay at the LTCH.

(ii) Determining how payment is made. (A) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(1)(ii)(A)(1) and (b)(1)(ii)(A)(2) of this section, for a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the entire stay is paid as a single discharge from the long-term care hospital. CMS makes only one LTC-DRG payment for all portions of a long-term care stay.

(1) For a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section in which a long-term care hospital discharges a patient to an acute care hospital and the patient's treatment during the interruption is grouped into a surgical DRG under the acute care inpatient hospital prospective payment system, for the LTCH 2005 and 2006 rate years, CMS also makes a separate payment to the acute care hospital for the surgical DRG discharge in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(i)(C) of this section.

(2) For discharges occurring on or after July 1, 2006, for a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section in which a long-term care hospital discharges a patient to an acute care hospital and the patient's treatment during the interruption is grouped into a surgical DRG under the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment system, the services must be provided under arrangements in accordance with § 412.509(c). CMS does not make a separate payment to the acute care hospital for the surgical treatment. The LTC-DRG payment made to the long-term care hospital is considered payment in full as specified in § 412.521(b).

(3) For a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(1) of this section during which the patient receives inpatient or outpatient treatment or services at an acute care hospital or IRF, or SNF services, that are not otherwise excluded under § 412.509(a), the services must be provided under arrangements in accordance with § 412.509(c). CMS does not make a separate payment to the acute care hospital, IRF, or SNF for these services. The LTC-DRG payment made to the long-term care hospital is considered payment in full as specified in § 412.521(b).

(B) For a greater than 3-day interruption of stay under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, CMS will make only one LTC-DRG payment for all portions of a long-term care stay. CMS also separately pays the acute care hospital, the IRF, or the SNF in accordance with their respective payment systems, as specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(iii) Basis for the prospective payment. Payment to the long-term care hospital is based on the patient's LTC-DRG that is determined in accordance with § 412.513(b).

(2) If the total number of days of a patient's length of stay in a long-term care hospital prior to and following a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of this section or a greater than 3-day interruption of stay under paragraph (b)(1)(i)(D) of this section is up to and including five-sixths of the geometric average length of stay of the LTC-DRG, CMS will make a Federal prospective payment for a short-stay outlier in accordance with § 412.529(c).

(3) If the total number of days of a patient's length of stay in a long-term care hospital prior to and following a 3-day or less interruption of stay under paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of this section or a greater than 3-day interruption of stay under paragraph (b)(1)(i)(D) of this section exceeds five-sixths of the geometric average length of stay for the LTC-DRG, CMS will make one full Federal LTC-DRG prospective payment for the case. An additional payment will be made if the patient's stay qualifies as a high-cost outlier, as set forth in § 412.525(a).

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, if a patient who has been discharged from a long-term care hospital to another facility and is readmitted to the long-term care hospital for additional treatment or services in the long-term care hospital following the stay at the other facility, the subsequent admission to the long-term care hospital is considered a new stay, even if the case is determined to fall into the same LTC-DRG, and the long-term care hospital will receive two separate Federal prospective payments if one of the following conditions are met:

(i) The patient has a length of stay in the acute care hospital that exceeds 9 days from the day of discharge from the long-term care hospital;

(ii) The patient has a length of stay in the IRF that exceeds 27 days from the day of discharge from the long-term care hospital; or

(iii) The patient has a length of stay in the SNF that exceeds 45 days from the day of discharge from the long-term care hospital.

(c) Payments to an acute care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF during an interruption of a stay. (1) Payment to the acute care hospital for the acute care hospital stay following discharge from the long-term care hospital will be paid in accordance with the acute care hospital inpatient prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(2) Payment to an IRF for the IRF stay following a discharge from the long-term care hospital will be paid in accordance with the IRF prospective payment system specified in § 412.624 of subpart P of this part.

(3) Payment to a SNF for the SNF stay following a discharge from the long-term care hospital will be paid in accordance with the SNF prospective payment system specified in subpart J of part 413 of this subchapter.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 69 FR 25721, May 7, 2004; 70 FR 24222, May 6, 2005; 71 FR 27900, May 12, 2006]

§ 412.533 Transition payments.

(a) Duration of transition periods. Except for a long-term care hospital that makes an election under paragraph (c) of this section or for a long-term care hospital that is defined as new under § 412.23(e)(4), for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, and before October 1, 2006, a long-term care hospital receives a payment comprised of a blend of the adjusted Federal prospective payment as determined under § 412.523, and the payment determined under the cost-based reimbursement rules under Part 413 of this subchapter.

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002 and before October 1, 2003, payment is based on 20 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate and 80 percent of the cost-based reimbursement rate.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003 and before October 1, 2004, payment is based on 40 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate and 60 percent of the cost-based reimbursement rate.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2005, payment is based on 60 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate and 40 percent of the cost-based reimbursement rate.

(4) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2005 and before October 1, 2006, payment is based on 80 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate and 20 percent of the cost-based reimbursement rate.

(5) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, payment is based entirely on the adjusted Federal prospective payment rate.

(b) Adjustments based on reconciliation of cost reports. The cost-based percentage of the provider's total Medicare payment under paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section are subject to adjustments based on reconciliation of cost reports.

(c) Election not to be paid under the transition period methodology. A long-term care hospital may elect to be paid based on 100 percent of the Federal prospective rate at the start of any of its cost reporting periods during the 5-year transition periods specified in paragraph (a) of this section. Once a long-term care hospital elects to be paid based on 100 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate, it may not revert to the transition blend.

(1) General requirement. A long-term care hospital must notify its fiscal intermediary of its intent to elect to be paid based on 100 percent of the Federal prospective rate at the start of any of its cost reporting periods during the 5-year transition period specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

(2) Notification requirement to make election. (i) The request by the long-term care hospital to make the election under paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be made in writing to the Medicare fiscal intermediary.

(ii) For cost reporting periods that begin on or after October 1, 2002 through November 30, 2002, the fiscal intermediary must receive the notification of the election before November 1, 2002.

(iii) For cost reporting periods that begin on or after December 1, 2002 through September 30, 2006, the fiscal intermediary must receive the notification of the election on or before the 30th day before the applicable cost reporting period begins.

(iv) The fiscal intermediary must receive the notification by the dates specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (c)(2)(iii) of this section, regardless of any postmarks or anticipated delivery dates. Requests received, postmarked, or delivered by other means after the dates specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (c)(2)(iii) of this section will not be accepted. If the date specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (c)(2)(iii) of this section falls on a day that the postal service or other delivery sources are not open for business, the long-term care hospital is responsible for allowing sufficient time for the delivery of the notification before the deadline.

(v) If a long-term care hospital's notification is not received by the dates specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (c)(2)(iii) of this section, payment will be based on the transition period rates specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section.

(d) Payments to new long-term care hospitals. A new long-term care hospital, as defined in § 412.23(e)(4), will be paid based on 100 percent of the standard Federal rate, as described in § 412.523, with no transition payments, as described in § 412.533(a)(1) through (a)(5).

§ 412.534 Special payment provisions for long-term care hospitals-within-hospitals and satellites of long-term care hospitals, effective for discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or before September 30, 2016.

(a) Scope. Except as provided in paragraph (h), the policies set forth in this section apply to discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 from long-term care hospitals as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) meeting the criteria in § 412.22(e)(2), or satellite facilities of long-term care hospitals that meet the criteria in § 412.22(h).

(b) Patients admitted from hospitals not located in the same building or on the same campus as the long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite—(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before July 1, 2007. Payments to the long-term care hospital as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) meeting the criteria in § 412.22(e)(2) for patients admitted to the long-term care hospital or to a long-term care hospital satellite facility as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) that meets the criteria of § 412.22(h) from another hospital that is not the co-located hospital are made under the rules in this subpart with no adjustment under this section.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007, payments to one of the following long-term care hospitals or long-term care hospital satellites are subject to the provisions of § 412.536 of this subpart:

(i) A long-term care hospital as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) of this part that meets the criteria of § 412.22(e) of this part.

(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, a long-term care hospital as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) of this part that meets the criteria of § 412.22(f) of this part.

(iii) A long-term care hospital satellite facility as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) of this part that meets the criteria in § 412.22(h) or § 412.22(h)(3)(i) of this part.

(c) Patients admitted from the hospital located in the same building or on the same campus as the long-term care hospital or satellite facility. Except for a long-term care hospital or a long-term care hospital satellite facility that meets the requirements of paragraphs (d) or (e) of this section, payments to the long-term care hospital for patients admitted to it or to its long-term care hospital satellite facility from the co-located hospital are made under either of the following:

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2007 and for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2016. (i) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(3), (g), and (h) of this section, for any cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2007, and for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2016 in which the long-term care hospital or its satellite facility has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom no more than 25 percent were admitted to the hospital or its satellite facility from the co-located hospital, payments are made under the rules at §§ 412.500 through 412.541 with no adjustment under this section.

(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (g) or (h) of this section, for any cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2007 and for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2013 in which the long-term care hospital or satellite facility has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom more than 25 percent were admitted to the hospital or satellite facility from the co-located hospital, payments for the patients who are admitted from the co-located hospital and who cause the long-term care hospital or satellite facility to exceed the 25 percent threshold for discharged patients who have been admitted from the co-located hospital are the lesser of the amount otherwise payable under this subpart or the amount payable under this subpart that is equivalent, as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section, to the amount that would be determined under the rules at § 412.1(a). Payments for the remainder of the long-term care hospital's or satellite facility's patients are made under the rules in this subpart at §§ 412.500 through 412.541 with no adjustment under this section.

(iii) In determining the percentage of patients admitted to the long-term care hospital or its satellite from the co-located hospital under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section, patients on whose behalf an outlier payment was made to the co-located hospital are not counted towards the 25 percent threshold.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007 and before October 1, 2016. (i) Except for a long-term care hospital or a long-term care hospital satellite facility subject to paragraph (g) or (h) of this section, payments are determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(ii) Payments for a long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility subject to paragraph (g) of this section are determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section except that 25 percent is substituted with 50 percent.

(3) For a long-term care hospital satellite facility described in § 412.22(h)(3)(i), for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2016, payments will be determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, except that the applicable percentage threshold for Medicare discharges is 50 percent.

(d) Special treatment of rural hospitals—(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2007 and for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2016. (i) Subject to paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section, in the case of a long-term care hospital or satellite facility that is located in a rural area as defined in § 412.503 and is co-located with another hospital for any cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2007 and for any cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2016 in which the long-term care hospital or long-term care satellite facility has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom more than 50 percent were admitted to the long-term care hospital or satellite facility from the co-located hospital, payments for the patients who are admitted from the co-located hospital and who cause the long-term care hospital or satellite facility to exceed the 50 percent threshold for discharged patients who were admitted from the co-located hospital are the lesser of the amount otherwise payable under this subpart or the amount payable under this subpart that is equivalent, as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section, to the amount that were otherwise payable under § 412.1(a). Payments for the remainder of the long-term care hospital's or long-term care hospital satellite facility's patients are made under the rules in this subpart at §§ 412.500 through 412.541 with no adjustment under this section.

(ii) In determining the percentage of patients admitted from the co-located hospital under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, patients on whose behalf outlier payment was made at the co-located hospital are not counted toward the 50 percent threshold.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007, and before October 1, 2016. (i) Except for a long-term care hospital or a long-term care hospital satellite facility subject to paragraph (g) or (h) of this section, payments are determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

(ii) Payments for long-term care hospitals and long-term care hospital satellite facilities subject to paragraph (g) of this section are determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section except that 50 percent is substituted with 75 percent.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2016, payment for a long-term care hospital satellite facility described in § 412.22(h)(3)(i) will be determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, except that the applicable percentage threshold for Medicare discharges is 75 percent.

(e) Special treatment of urban single or MSA-dominant hospitals—(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2007 and for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2016. (i) Subject to paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section, in the case of a long-term care hospital or a long-term care hospital satellite facility that is co-located with the only other hospital in the MSA or with a MSA-dominant hospital as defined in paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section, for any cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2004, and before October 1, 2007 and for any cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2016, in which the long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom more than the percentage calculated under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section were admitted to the hospital from the co-located hospital, payments for the patients who are admitted from the co-located hospital and who cause the long-term care hospital to exceed the applicable threshold for discharged patients who have been admitted from the co-located hospital are the lesser of the amount otherwise payable under this subpart or the amount under this subpart that is equivalent, as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section, to the amount that otherwise would be determined under § 412.1(a). Payments for the remainder of the long-term care hospital's or satellite facility's patients are made under the rules in this subpart with no adjustment under this section.

(ii) For purposes of paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, the percentage used is the percentage of total Medicare discharges in the Metropolitan Statistical Area in which the hospital is located that are from the co-located hospital for the cost reporting period for which the adjustment was made, but in no case is less than 25 percent or more than 50 percent.

(iii) In determining the percentage of patients admitted from the co-located hospital under paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, patients on whose behalf outlier payment was made at the co-located hospital are not counted toward the applicable threshold.

(iv) For purposes of this paragraph, an “MSA-dominant hospital” is a hospital that has discharged more than 25 percent of the total hospital Medicare discharges in the MSA in which the hospital is located.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007 and before October 1, 2016. (i) Except for a long-term care hospital or a long-term care hospital satellite facility subject to paragraph (g) or (h) of this section, payments are determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

(ii) Payments for a long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facilities subject to paragraph (g) of this section are determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section except that the percentage of Medicare discharges that may be admitted from the co-located hospital without being subject to the payment adjustment at paragraph (e)(1) of this section is 75 percent.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2016, payments for a long-term care hospital satellite facility described in § 412.22(h)(3)(i) will be determined using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, except that the applicable percentage threshold for Medicare discharges is 75 percent.

(f) Calculation of rates—(1) Calculation of LTCH prospective payment system amount. CMS calculates an amount payable under subpart O equivalent to an amount that would otherwise be paid under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system based on the sum of the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system operating standardized amount and capital Federal rate in effect at the time of the LTCH discharge.

(2) Operating inpatient prospective payment system standardized amount. The hospital inpatient prospective payment system operating standardized amount—

(i) Is adjusted for the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system DRG weighting factors;

(ii) Is adjusted for different area wage levels based on the geographic classifications set forth at § 412.503 and the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system labor-related share, using the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index value for non-reclassified hospitals. For LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii, this amount is also adjusted by the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system cost of living adjustment factors;

(iii) Includes, where applicable, adjustments for indirect medical education costs and the costs of serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(3) Hospital inpatient prospective payment system capital Federal rate. The hospital inpatient prospective payment system capital Federal rate—

(i) Is adjusted for the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system DRG weighting factors;

(ii) Is adjusted by the applicable geographic adjustment factors, including local cost variation based on the applicable geographic classifications set forth at § 412.503 and the applicable full hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index value for nonreclassified hospitals, applicable large urban location and cost of living adjustment factors for LTCHs for Alaska and Hawaii, if applicable;

(iii) Includes, where applicable, capital inpatient prospective payment system adjustments for indirect medical education costs and the costs of serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(4) High cost outlier. An additional payment for high cost outlier cases is based on the fixed loss amount established for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system.

(g) Transition period for long-term care hospitals and satellite facilities paid under this subpart. Except as specified in paragraph (h)(2), in the case of a long-term care hospital or a satellite facility that is paid under the provisions of this subpart on October 1, 2004 or of a hospital that is paid under the provisions of this subpart and whose qualifying period under § 412.23(e) began on or before October 1, 2004, the amount paid is calculated as specified below:

(1) For each discharge during the first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2004, and before October 1, 2005, the amount paid is the amount payable under this subpart with no adjustment under this section but the hospital may not exceed the percentage of patients admitted from the host during its FY 2004 cost reporting period.

(2) For each discharge during the cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2005, and before October 1, 2006, the percentage that may be admitted from the host with no payment adjustment may not exceed the lesser of the percentage of patients admitted from the host during its FY 2004 cost reporting period or 75 percent.

(3) For each discharge during the cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2006, and before October 1, 2007, the percentage that may be admitted from the host with no payment adjustment may not exceed the lesser of the percentage of patients admitted from the host during its FY 2004 cost reporting period or 50 percent.

(4) For each discharge during cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2007, the percentage that may be admitted from the host with no payment adjustment may not exceed 25 percent or the applicable percentage determined under paragraph (d) or (e) of this section.

(h) Effective date of policies in this section for certain co-located long-term care hospitals and satellite facilities of long-term care hospitals. Except as specified in paragraph (h)(4) of this section, the policies set forth in this paragraph (h) apply to Medicare patient discharges that were admitted from a hospital located in the same building or on the same campus as a long-term care hospital described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) that meets the criteria in § 412.22(f) and a satellite facility of a long-term care hospital as described under § 412.22(h)(3)(i) for discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007.

(1) Except as specified in paragraph (h)(4) of this section, in the case of a long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility that is described under this paragraph (h), the thresholds applied at paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section are not less than the following percentages:

(i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2008, the lesser of 75 percent of the total number of Medicare discharges that were admitted to the long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility from its co-located hospital during the cost reporting period or the percentage of Medicare discharges that had been admitted to the long-term care hospital or satellite from that co-located hospital during the long-term care hospital's or satellite's RY 2005 cost reporting period.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2008 and before July 1, 2009, the lesser of 50 percent of the total number of Medicare discharges that were admitted to the long-term care hospital or the long-term care hospital satellite facility from its co-located hospital or the percentage of Medicare discharges that had been admitted from that co-located hospital during the long-term care hospital's or satellite's RY 2005 cost reporting period.

(iii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009, 25 percent of the total number of Medicare discharges that were admitted to the long-term care hospital or satellite from its co-located hospital during the cost reporting period.

(2) In determining the percentage of Medicare discharges admitted from the co-located hospital under this paragraph, patients on whose behalf a Medicare high cost outlier payment was made at the co-located referring hospital are not counted toward this threshold.

(3) Except as specified in paragraph (h)(4) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007, payments to long term care hospitals described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) that meet the criteria in § 412.22(f) and satellite facilities of long-term care hospitals described at § 412.22(h)(3)(i) are subject to the provisions of § 412.536 for discharges of Medicare patients who are admitted from a hospital not located in the same building or on the same campus as the LTCH or LTCH satellite facility.

(4) For a long-term care hospital described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) that meets the criteria in § 412.22(f), the policies set forth in this paragraph (h) and in § 412.536 do not apply for discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007.

(5) For a long-term care hospital or a satellite facility that, as of December 29, 2007, was co-located with an entity that is a provider-based, off-campus location of a subsection (d) hospital which did not provide services payable under section 1886(d) of the Act at the off-campus location, the policies set forth in this paragraph (h) and in § 412.536 do not apply for discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2016.

[69 FR 49251, Aug. 11, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 78529, Dec. 30, 2004; 71 FR 27900, May 12, 2006; 72 FR 26992, May 11, 2007; 73 FR 26839, May 9, 2008; 73 FR 29709, May 22, 2008; 74 FR 43998, Aug. 27, 2009; 75 FR 50416, Aug. 16, 2010; 77 FR 53679, Aug. 31, 2012; 77 FR 63752, Oct. 17, 2012; 79 FR 50356, Aug. 22, 2014]

§ 412.535 Publication of the Federal prospective payment rates.

Except as specified in paragraph (b), CMS publishes information pertaining to the long-term care hospital prospective payment system effective for each annual update in the Federal Register.

(a) For the period beginning on or after July 1, 2003 and ending on June 30, 2008, information on the unadjusted Federal payment rates and a description of the methodology and data used to calculate the payment rates are published on or before May 1 prior to the start of each long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year which begins July 1, unless for good cause it is published after May 1, but before June 1.

(b) For the period beginning on July 1, 2008 and ending on September 30, 2009, information of the unadjusted Federal payment rates and a description of the methodology and data used to calculate the payment rates are published on or before May 1 prior to the start of the long-term care hospital prospective payment system rate year which begins July 1, unless for good cause it is published after May 1, but before June 1.

(c) For the period beginning on or after October 1, 2009, information on the unadjusted Federal payment rates and a description of the methodology and data used to calculate the payment rates are published on or before August 1 prior to the start of the Federal fiscal year which begins October 1, unless for good cause it is published after August 1, but before September 1.

(d) Information on the LTC-DRG classification and associated weighting factors is published on or before August 1 prior to the beginning of each Federal fiscal year.

[68 FR 34163, June 6, 2003, as amended at 73 FR 26839, May 9, 2008]

§ 412.536 Special payment provisions for long-term care hospitals and satellites of long-term care hospitals that discharge Medicare patients admitted from a hospital not located in the same building or on the same campus as the long-term care hospital or satellite of the long-term care hospital, effective for discharges occurring on or before September 30, 2016 or in cost reporting periods beginning on or before June 30, 2016.

(a) Scope. (1) Except as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the policies set forth in this section apply to discharges from the following:

(i) Long-term care hospitals as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) that meet the criteria in § 412.22(e).

(ii) Long-term care hospitals as described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) and that meet the criteria in § 412.22(f).

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) Long-term care hospitals as described in § 412.23(e)(5).

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2016, the policies set forth in this section are not applicable to discharges from:

(i) A long-term care hospital described in § 412.23(e)(5) of this part; or

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) A long-term care hospital or satellite facility, that as of December 29, 2007, was co-located with an entity that is a provider-based, off-campus location of a subsection (d) hospital which did not provide services payable under section 1886(d) of the Act at the off-campus location.

(b) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007, payments for discharges of Medicare patients admitted from a hospital not located in the same building or on the same campus as the long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility will be made under either paragraph (b)(1) or paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d) and subject to paragraph (f) of this section, for any cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 2007 in which a long-term care hospital or a long-term care hospital satellite facility has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom no more than 25 percent were admitted to the long-term care hospital or the satellite facility from any individual hospital not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite of a long-term care hospital, payments for the Medicare discharges admitted from that hospital are made under the rules at § 412.500 through § 412.541 in this subpart with no adjustment under this section.

(2) Except as provided in paragraph (c) and (d) and subject to paragraph (f) of this section, for any cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 2007 in which a long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom more than 25 percent were admitted to the long-term care hospital or satellite facility from any individual hospital not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite of a long-term care hospital, payment for the Medicare discharges who cause the long-term care hospital or satellite facility to exceed the 25 percent threshold for discharged patients who have been admitted from that referring hospital is the lesser of the amount otherwise payable under this subpart or the amount payable under this subpart that is equivalent, as set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, to the amount that would be determined under the rules at subpart A, § 412.1(a). Payments for the remainder of the long-term care hospital's or satellite facility's patients admitted from that referring hospital are made under the rules in this subpart at §§ 412.500 through 412.541 with no adjustment under this section.

(3) In determining the percentage of Medicare discharges admitted to the long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility from any referring hospital not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite of a long-term care hospital, under paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section, patients on whose behalf a Medicare high cost outlier payment was made to the referring hospital are not counted towards the 25 percent threshold from that referring hospital.

(c) Special treatment of rural hospitals. (1) Subject to paragraph (f) of this section, in the case of a long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility that is located in a rural area as defined in § 412.503 that has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom more than 50 percent were admitted to the long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility from a hospital not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite of a long-term care hospital, payment for the Medicare discharges who are admitted from that hospital and who cause the long-term care hospital or satellite facility to exceed the 50 percent threshold for Medicare discharges is determined at the lesser of the amount otherwise payable under this subpart or the amount payable under this subpart that is equivalent, as set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, to the amount that is otherwise payable under subpart A, § 412.1(a). Payments for the remainder of the long-term care hospital's or long-term care hospital satellite facility's Medicare discharges admitted from that referring hospital are made under the rules in this subpart at §§ 412.500 through 412.541 with no adjustment under this section.

(2) In determining the percentage of Medicare discharges admitted from the referring hospital under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, patients on whose behalf a Medicare high cost outlier payment was made at the referring hospital are not counted toward the 50 percent threshold.

(d) Special treatment of urban single or MSA dominant hospitals. (1) Subject to paragraph (f) of this section, in the case of a long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility that admits Medicare patients from the only other hospital in the MSA or from a referring MSA dominant hospital as defined in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, that are not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite of a long-term care hospital for any cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in which the long-term care hospital or satellite facility has a discharged Medicare inpatient population of whom more than the percentage calculated under paragraph (d)(2) of this section were admitted to the hospital from the single or MSA-dominant referring hospital, payment for the Medicare discharges who are admitted from the referring hospital and who cause the long-term care hospital or long-term care hospital satellite facility to exceed the applicable threshold for Medicare discharges who have been admitted from the referring hospital is the lesser of the amount otherwise payable under this subpart or the amount under this subpart that is equivalent, as set forth in paragraph (e) of this section, to the amount that otherwise would be determined under subpart A, § 412.1(a). Payments for the remainder of the long-term care hospital's or satellite facility's Medicare discharges admitted from that referring hospital are made under the rules in this subpart at §§ 412.500 through 412.541 with no adjustment under this section.

(2) For purposes of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the percentage threshold is equal to the percentage of total Medicare discharges in the Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) in which the hospital is located that are from the referring hospital, but in no case is less than 25 percent or more than 50 percent.

(3) In determining the percentage of patients admitted from the referring hospital under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, patients on whose behalf a Medicare outlier payment was made at the referring hospital are not counted toward the applicable threshold.

(4) For purposes of this paragraph, an “MSA-dominant hospital” is a hospital that has discharged more than 25 percent of the total hospital Medicare discharges in the MSA in which the hospital is located.

(e) Calculation of adjusted payment—(1) Calculation of adjusted long-term care hospital prospective payment system amount. CMS calculates an amount payable under subpart O equivalent to an amount that would otherwise be paid under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system at subpart A, § 412.1(a). The amount is based on the sum of the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system operating standardized amount and capital Federal rate in effect at the time of the long-term care hospital discharge.

(2) Operating inpatient prospective payment system standardized amount. The hospital inpatient prospective payment system operating standardized amount—

(i) Is adjusted for the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system DRG weighting factors;

(ii) Is adjusted for different area wage levels based on the geographic classifications defined at § 412.503 and the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system labor-related share, using the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index value for nonreclassified hospitals. For long-term care hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii, this amount is also adjusted by the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system cost of living adjustment factors;

(iii) Includes, where applicable, adjustments for indirect medical education costs and for the costs of serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(3) Hospital inpatient prospective payment system capital Federal rate. The hospital inpatient prospective payment system capital Federal rate—

(i) Is adjusted for the applicable hospital inpatient prospective payment system DRG weighting factors;

(ii) Is adjusted by the applicable geographic adjustment factors, including local cost variation based on the applicable geographic classifications set forth at § 412.503 and the applicable full hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index value for non-reclassified hospitals, applicable large urban location and cost of living adjustment factors for long-term care hospitals for Alaska and Hawaii, if applicable;

(iii) Includes, where applicable, capital inpatient prospective payment system adjustments for indirect medical education costs and the costs of serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients.

(4) High cost outlier. An additional payment for high cost outlier cases is based on the applicable fixed loss amount established for the hospital inpatient prospective payment system.

(f) Transition period for long-term care hospitals and satellites paid under this section. In the case of a long-term care hospital or satellite of a long-term care hospital that is paid under the provisions of this section, the thresholds applied under paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section will not be less than the percentages specified below:

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2008, the lesser of 75 percent of the total number of Medicare discharges that were admitted to the long-term care hospital or satellite facility of a long-term care hospital from all referring hospitals not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite facility of a long-term care hospital during the cost reporting period or the percentage of Medicare discharges that had been admitted to the long-term care hospital or satellite of a long-term care hospital from that referring hospital during the long-term care hospital's or satellite's RY 2005 cost reporting period.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2008 and before July 1, 2009, the lesser of 50 percent of the total number of Medicare discharges that were admitted to the long-term care hospital or to the satellite facility of a long-term care hospital from all referring hospitals not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite facility of a long-term care hospital during the cost reporting period or the percentage of Medicare discharges that had been admitted from that referring hospital during the long-term care hospital's or satellite's RY 2005 cost reporting period.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009, 25 percent of the total number of Medicare discharges that were admitted to the long-term care hospital or to the satellite facility of a long-term care hospital from all referring hospitals not co-located with the long-term care hospital or with the satellite facility of a long-term care hospital to the long-term care hospital during the cost reporting period.

(4) In determining the percentage of Medicare discharges admitted from the referring hospital under this paragraph, patients on whose behalf a Medicare high cost outlier payment was made at the referring hospital are not counted toward this threshold.

[72 FR 26993, May 11, 2007, as amended at 73 FR 26840, May 9, 2008; 73 FR 29711, May 22, 2008; 74 FR 44000, Aug. 27, 2009; 75 FR 50416, Aug. 16, 2010; 77 FR 53680, Aug. 31, 2012; 77 FR 63752, Oct. 17, 2012; 79 FR 50357, Aug. 22, 2014]

§ 412.538 [Reserved]
§ 412.540 Method of payment for preadmission services under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system.

The prospective payment system includes payment for inpatient operating costs of preadmission services that are—

(a) Otherwise payable under Medicare Part B;

(b) Furnished to a beneficiary on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission, and during the calendar day immediately preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission, to the long-term care hospital, or to an entity wholly owned or wholly operated by the long-term care hospital; and

(1) An entity is wholly owned by the long-term care hospital if the long-term care hospital is the sole owner of the entity.

(2) An entity is wholly operated by a long-term care hospital if the long-term care hospital has exclusive responsibility for conducting and overseeing the entity's routine operations, regardless of whether the long-term care hospital also has policymaking authority over the entity.

(c) Related to the inpatient stay. A preadmission service is related if—

(1) It is diagnostic (including clinical diagnostic laboratory tests); or

(2) It is nondiagnostic when furnished on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission; or

(3) On or after June 25, 2010, it is nondiagnostic when furnished on the calendar day preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission and the hospital does not attest that such service is unrelated to the beneficiary's inpatient admission.

(d) Not one of the following—

(1) Ambulance services.

(2) Maintenance renal dialysis services.

[75 FR 50416, Aug. 16, 2010]

§ 412.541 Method of payment under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system.

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, long-term care hospitals receive payment under this subpart for inpatient operating costs and capital-related costs for each discharge only following submission of a discharge bill.

(b) Periodic interim payments—(1) Criteria for receiving periodic interim payments. (i) A long-term care hospital receiving payment under this subpart may receive periodic interim payments (PIP) for Part A services under the PIP method subject to the provisions of § 413.64(h) of this subchapter.

(ii) To be approved for PIP, the long-term care hospital must meet the qualifying requirements in § 413.64(h)(3) of this subchapter.

(iii) As provided in § 413.64(h)(5) of this subchapter, intermediary approval is conditioned upon the intermediary's best judgment as to whether payment can be made under the PIP method without undue risk of the PIP resulting in an overpayment to the provider.

(2) Frequency of payment. (i) For long-term care hospitals approved for PIP and paid solely under Federal prospective payment system rates under §§ 412.533(a)(5) and 412.533(c), the intermediary estimates the long-term care hospital's Federal prospective payments net after estimated beneficiary deductibles and coinsurance and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount of payment for the year.

(ii) For long-term care hospitals approved for PIP and paid using the blended payment schedule specified in § 412.533(a) for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, and before October 1, 2006, the intermediary estimates the hospital's portion of the Federal prospective payments net and the hospital's portion of the reasonable cost-based reimbursement payments net, after beneficiary deductibles and coinsurance, in accordance with the blended transition percentages specified in § 412.533(a), and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount of both portions of payments for the year.

(iii) If the long-term care hospital has payment experience under the long-term care hospital prospective payment system, the intermediary estimates PIP based on that payment experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year.

(iv) Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service as described in § 413.64(h)(6) of this subchapter.

(v) The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if a hospital receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final settlement.

(3) Termination of PIP. (i) Request by the hospital. Subject to paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, a long-term care hospital receiving PIP may convert to receiving prospective payments on a non-PIP basis at any time.

(ii) Removal by the intermediary. An intermediary terminates PIP if the long-term care hospital no longer meets the requirements of § 413.64(h) of this subchapter.

(c) Interim payments for Medicare bad debts and for Part A costs not paid under the prospective payment system. For Medicare bad debts and for the costs of an approved education program, blood clotting factors, anesthesia services furnished by hospital-employed nonphysician anesthetists or obtained under arrangement, and photocopying and mailing medical records to a QIO, which are costs paid outside the prospective payment system, the intermediary determines the interim payments by estimating the reimbursable amount for the year based on the previous year's experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year, and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of the biweekly period of service as described in § 413.64(h)(6) of this subchapter. The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if a long-term care hospital receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final cost settlement.

(d) Special interim payment for unusually long lengths of stay—(1) First interim payment. A hospital that is not receiving periodic interim payments under paragraph (b) of this section may request an interim payment 60 days after a Medicare beneficiary has been admitted to the hospital. Payment for the interim bill is determined as if the bill were a final discharge bill and includes any outlier payment determined as of the last day for which services have been billed.

(2) Additional interim payments. A hospital may request additional interim payments at intervals of at least 60 days after the date of the first interim bill submitted under paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Payment for these additional interim bills, as well as the final bill, is determined as if the bill were the final bill with appropriate adjustments made to the payment amount to reflect any previous interim payment made under the provisions of this paragraph.

(e) Outlier payments. Additional payments for outliers are not made on an interim basis. The outlier payments are made based on the submission of a discharge bill and represent final payment.

(f) Accelerated payments—(1) General rule. Upon request, an accelerated payment may be made to a long-term care hospital that is receiving payment under this subpart and is not receiving PIP under paragraph (b) of this section if the hospital is experiencing financial difficulties because of the following:

(i) There is a delay by the intermediary in making payment to the long-term care hospital.

(ii) Due to an exceptional situation, there is a temporary delay in the hospital's preparation and submittal of bills to the intermediary beyond its normal billing cycle.

(2) Approval of payment. A request by a long-term care hospital for an accelerated payment must be approved by the intermediary and by CMS.

(3) Amount of payment. The amount of the accelerated payment is computed as a percentage of the net payment for unbilled or unpaid covered services.

(4) Recovery of payment. Recovery of the accelerated payment is made by recoupment as long-term care hospital bills are processed or by direct payment by the long-term care hospital.

[67 FR 56049, Aug. 30, 2002, as amended at 68 FR 10988, Mar. 7, 2003; 71 FR 48141, Aug. 18, 2006]

§ 412.560 Requirements under the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP).

(a) Participation in the LTCH QRP. A long-term-care hospital must begin submitting data on measures specified under sections 1886(m)(5)(D), 1899B(c)(1), and 1899B(d)(1) of the Act, and standardized patient assessment data required under section 1899B(b)(1) of the Act, under the LTCH QRP by no later than the first day of the calendar quarter subsequent to 30 days after the date on its CMS Certification Number (CCN) notification letter.

(b) Data submission requirements and payment impact. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a long-term care hospital must submit to CMS data on measures specified under sections 1886(m)(5)(D), 1899B(c)(1) and 1899B(d)(1) of the Act, and standardized patient assessment data required under section 1899B(b)(1) of the Act. Such data must be submitted in a form and manner, and at a time, specified by CMS.

(2) A long-term care hospital that does not submit data in accordance with sections 1886(m)(5)(C) and 1886(m)(5)(F) of the Act with respect to a given fiscal year will have its annual update to the standard Federal rate for discharges for the long-term care hospital during the fiscal year reduced by 2 percentage points.

(3) CMS may remove a quality measure from the LTCH QRP based on one or more of the following factors:

(i) Measure performance among long-term care hospitals is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions in improvements in performance can no longer be made.

(ii) Performance or improvement on a measure does not result in better patient outcomes.

(iii) A measure does not align with current clinical guidelines or practice.

(iv) The availability of a more broadly applicable (across settings, populations, or conditions) measure for the particular topic.

(v) The availability of a measure that is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(vi) The availability of a measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.

(vii) Collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative unintended consequences other than patient harm.

(viii) The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(c) Exception and extension request requirements. Upon request by a long-term care hospital, CMS may grant an exception or extension with respect to the measures data and standardized patient assessment data reporting requirements, for one or more quarters, in the event of certain extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the long-term care hospital, subject to the following:

(1) A long-term care hospital that wishes to request an exception or extension with respect to measures data and standardized patient assessment data reporting requirements must submit its request to CMS within 90 days of the date that the extraordinary circumstances occurred.

(2) A long-term care hospital must submit its request for an exception or extension to CMS via email. Email is the only form that may be used to submit to CMS a request for an exception or an extension.

(3) The email request for an exception or extension must contain the following information:

(i) The CCN for the long-term care hospital.

(ii) The business name of the long-term care hospital.

(iii) The business address of the long-term care hospital.

(iv) Contact information for the long-term care hospital's chief executive officer or designated personnel, including the name, telephone number, title, email address, and physical mailing address. (The mailing address may not be a post office box.)

(v) A statement of the reason for the request for the exception or extension.

(vi) Evidence of the impact of the extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, photographs, newspaper articles, and other media.

(vii) The date on which the long-term care hospital will be able to again submit measures data and standardized patient assessment data under the LTCH QRP and a justification for the proposed date.

(4) CMS may grant an exception or extension to a long-term care hospital that has not been requested by the long-term care hospital if CMS determines that—

(i) An extraordinary circumstance affects an entire region or locale; or

(ii) A systemic problem with one of CMS' data collection systems directly affected the ability of the long-term care hospital to submit measures data and standardized patient assessment data.

(d) Reconsiderations of noncompliance decisions— (1) Written letter of non-compliance decision. Long-term care hospitals that do not meet the requirement in paragraph (b) of this section for a program year will receive a notification of non-compliance sent through at least one of the following methods: The CMS designated data submission system, the United States Postal Service, or via an email from the MAC.

(2) Request for reconsideration of noncompliance decision. A long-term care hospital may request a reconsideration of CMS' decision of noncompliance no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the written notification of noncompliance. The reconsideration request by the long-term care hospital must be submitted to CMS via email and must contain the following information:

(i) The CCN for the long-term care hospital.

(ii) The business name of the long-term care hospital.

(iii) The business address of the long-term care hospital.

(iv) Contact information for the long-term care hospital's chief executive officer or designated personnel, including each individual's name, title, email address, telephone number, and physical mailing address. (The physical address may not be a post office box.)

(v) CMS's identified reason(s) for the noncompliance decision from the written notification of noncompliance.

(vi) The reason for requesting reconsideration of CMS' noncompliance decision.

(vii) Accompanying documentation that demonstrates compliance of the long-term care hospital with the LTCH QRP requirements. This documentation must be submitted electronically at the same time as the reconsideration request as an attachment to the email.

(3) CMS decision on reconsideration request. (i) CMS notifies the LTCH, in writing, of its final decision regarding any reconsideration request through at least one of the following methods:

(A) CMS designated data submission system.

(B) The United States Postal Service.

(C) Via email from the CMS Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC).

(ii) CMS grants a timely request for reconsideration, and reverses an initial finding of non-compliance, only if CMS determines that the long-term care hospital was in full compliance with the LTCH QRP requirements for the applicable program year.

(4) Request for an extension to file a reconsideration of noncompliance request. A long-term care hospital may request, and CMS may grant, an extension to file a reconsideration request if, during the period to request a reconsideration as set forth in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the long-term care hospital was affected by an extraordinary circumstance beyond the control of the LTCH (for example, a natural or man-made disaster).

(i) The long-term care hospital must submit its request for an extension to file a reconsideration request no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the written notification of noncompliance.

(ii) The long-term care hospital must submit its request for an extension to CMS via email to LTCHQRPReconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov, and it must contain the following information:

(A) The CCN for the long-term care hospital.

(B) The business name of the long-term care hospital.

(C) The business address of the long-term care hospital.

(D) Contact information for the long-term care hospital's chief executive officer or designated personnel, including the name, telephone number, title, email address, and physical mailing address, which may not be a post office box.

(E) A statement of the reason for the request for the extension.

(F) Evidence of the impact of the extraordinary circumstances, including, for example, photographs, newspaper articles, and other media.

(5) CMS decision on extension to file a reconsideration of noncompliance request. CMS notifies the long-term care hospital in writing of its final decision regarding its request for an extension to file a reconsideration of noncompliance request via an email from CMS.

(e) Appeals of reconsideration requests. A long-term care hospital that is dissatisfied with a decision made by CMS on its reconsideration request may file an appeal with the Provider Reimbursement Review Board under part 405, subpart R, of this chapter.

(f) Data completion thresholds. (1) Long-term care hospitals must meet or exceed the following data completeness thresholds with respect to a fiscal year:

(i)(A) The threshold set at 100 percent completion of measures data and standardized patient assessment data collected using the LTCH Continuity Assessment Record and Evaluation (CARE) Data Set (LCDS) on at least 80 percent of the assessments LTCHs submit through the CMS designated data submission system for the FY 2014 through the FY 2025 LTCH QRP.

(B) The threshold set at 100 percent completion of measures data and standardized patient assessment data collected using the LCDS on at least 85 percent of the assessments LTCHs submit through the CMS designated data submission system beginning with the FY 2026 LTCH QRP.

(ii) The threshold set at 100 percent for measures data collected and submitted using the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) for FY 2014 and all subsequent payment updates.

(2) The thresholds in paragraph (f)(1) of this section apply to all data that must be submitted under paragraph (b) of this section.

(3) A long-term care hospital must meet or exceed both thresholds in paragraph (f)(1) of this section to avoid receiving a 2 percentage point reduction to its annual payment update for a given fiscal year, beginning with the FY 2019 LTCH QRP.

[80 FR 49769, Aug. 17, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 57270, Aug. 22, 2016; 82 FR 38513, Aug. 14, 2017; 83 FR 41705, Aug. 17, 2018; 84 FR 42615, Aug. 16, 2019; 88 FR 59334, Aug. 28, 2023; 90 FR 37203, Aug. 4, 2025]

Subpart P Prospective Payment for Inpatient Rehabilitation Hospitals and Rehabilitation Units

Source: 66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, unless otherwise noted.

§ 412.600 Basis and scope of subpart.

(a) Basis. This subpart implements section 1886(j) of the Act, which provides for the implementation of a prospective payment system for inpatient rehabilitation hospitals and rehabilitation units (in this subpart referred to as “inpatient rehabilitation facilities”).

(b) Scope. This subpart sets forth the framework for the prospective payment system for inpatient rehabilitation facilities, including the methodology used for the development of payment rates and associated adjustments, the application of a transition phase, and related rules. Under this system, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, payment for the operating and capital costs of inpatient hospital services furnished by inpatient rehabilitation facilities to Medicare Part A fee-for-service beneficiaries is made on the basis of prospectively determined rates and applied on a per discharge basis.

§ 412.602 Definitions.

As used in this subpart—

Assessment reference date means the specific calendar day in the patient assessment process that sets the designated endpoint of the common patient observation period, with most patient assessment items usually referring back in time from this endpoint.

Closure of an IRF has the same meaning as “closure of a hospital” as defined in § 413.79(h)(1)(i) as applied to an IRF meeting the requirements of § 412.604(b) for the purposes of accounting for indirect teaching costs.

Closure of an IRF's residency training program has the same meaning as “closure of a hospital residency training program” as defined in § 413.79(h)(1)(ii) as applied to an IRF meeting the requirements of § 412.604(b) for the purposes of accounting for indirect teaching costs.

CMS stands for the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

Comorbidity means a specific patient condition that is secondary to the patient's principal diagnosis that is the primary reason for the inpatient rehabilitation stay.

Discharge. A Medicare patient in an inpatient rehabilitation facility is considered discharged when—

(1) The patient is formally released from the inpatient rehabilitation facility; or

(2) The patient dies in the inpatient rehabilitation facility.

Displaced resident has the same meaning as a “displaced resident” as defined in § 413.79(h)(1)(iii) as applied to an IRF, for purposes of accounting for indirect teaching costs.

Encode means entering data items into the fields of the computerized patient assessment software program.

Functional-related groups refers to the distinct groups under which inpatients are classified using proxy measurements of inpatient rehabilitation relative resource usage.

Interrupted stay means a stay at an inpatient rehabilitation facility during which a Medicare inpatient is discharged from the inpatient rehabilitation facility and returns to the same inpatient rehabilitation facility within 3 consecutive calendar days. The duration of the interruption of the stay of 3 consecutive calendar days begins with the day of discharge from the inpatient rehabilitation facility and ends on midnight of the third day.

Outlier payment means an additional payment beyond the standard Federal prospective payment for cases with unusually high costs.

Patient assessment instrument refers to a document that contains clinical, demographic, and other information on a patient.

Rural area means: For cost-reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, with respect to discharges occurring during the period covered by such cost reports but before October 1, 2005, an area as defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(iii). For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, rural area means an area as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(C).

Transfer means the release of a Medicare inpatient from an inpatient rehabilitation facility to another inpatient rehabilitation facility, a short-term, acute-care prospective payment hospital, a long-term care hospital as described in § 412.23(e), or a nursing home that qualifies to receive Medicare or Medicaid payments.

Urban area means: For cost-reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, with respect to discharges occurring during the period covered by such cost reports but before October 1, 2005, an area as defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(ii). For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, urban area means an area as defined in §§ 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(A) and 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(B).

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 44077, July 1, 2002; 68 FR 45699, Aug. 1, 2003; 70 FR 47952, Aug. 15, 2005; 87 FR 47090, Aug. 1, 2022]

§ 412.604 Conditions for payment under the prospective payment system for inpatient rehabilitation facilities.

(a) General requirements. (1) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, an inpatient rehabilitation facility must meet the conditions of this section to receive payment under the prospective payment system described in this subpart for inpatient hospital services furnished to Medicare Part A fee-for-service beneficiaries.

(2) If an inpatient rehabilitation facility fails to comply fully with these conditions with respect to inpatient hospital services furnished to one or more Medicare Part A fee-for-service beneficiaries, CMS or its Medicare fiscal intermediary may, as appropriate—

(i) Withhold (in full or in part) or reduce Medicare payment to the inpatient rehabilitation facility until the facility provides adequate assurances of compliance; or

(ii) Classify the inpatient rehabilitation facility as an inpatient hospital that is subject to the conditions of subpart C of this part and is paid under the prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(b) Inpatient rehabilitation facilities subject to the prospective payment system. Subject to the special payment provisions of § 412.22(c), an inpatient rehabilitation facility must meet the general criteria set forth in § 412.22 and the criteria to be classified as a rehabilitation hospital or rehabilitation unit set forth in §§ 412.23(b), 412.25, and 412.29 for exclusion from the inpatient hospital prospective payment systems specified in § 412.1(a)(1).

(c) Completion of patient assessment instrument. For each Medicare part A fee-for-service patient admitted to or discharged from an IRF on or after January 1, 2002, the inpatient rehabilitation facility must complete a patient assessment instrument in accordance with § 412.606. IRFs must also complete a patient assessment instrument in accordance with § 412.606 for each Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) patient admitted to or discharged from an IRF on or after October 1, 2009. In addition, IRFs must complete a patient assessment instrument in accordance with § 412.606 for all other patients, regardless of payer, admitted to or discharged from an IRF on or after October 1, 2024.

(d) Limitation on charges to beneficiaries—(1) Prohibited charges. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, an inpatient rehabilitation facility may not charge a beneficiary for any services for which payment is made by Medicare, even if the facility's costs of furnishing services to that beneficiary are greater than the amount the facility is paid under the prospective payment system.

(2) Permitted charges. An inpatient rehabilitation facility receiving payment under this subpart for a covered hospital stay (that is, a stay that includes at least one covered day) may charge the Medicare beneficiary or other person only for the applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts under §§ 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87 of this subchapter and for items or services as specified under § 489.20(a) of this chapter.

(e) Furnishing of inpatient hospital services directly or under arrangement. (1) Subject to the provisions of § 412.622(b), the applicable payments made under this subpart are payment in full for all inpatient hospital services, as defined in § 409.10 of this subchapter. Inpatient hospital services do not include the following:

(i) Physicians' services that meet the requirements of § 415.102(a) of this subchapter for payment on a fee schedule basis.

(ii) Physician assistant services, as defined in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(i) of the Act.

(iii) Nurse practitioner and clinical nurse specialist services, as defined in section 1861(s)(2)(K)(ii) of the Act.

(iv) Certified nurse midwife services, as defined in section 1861(gg) of the Act.

(v) Qualified psychologist services, as defined in section 1861(ii) of the Act.

(vi) Services of an anesthetist, as defined in § 410.69 of this chapter.

(2) Medicare does not pay any provider or supplier other than the inpatient rehabilitation facility for services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary who is an inpatient of the inpatient rehabilitation facility, except for services described in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(vi) of this section.

(3) The inpatient rehabilitation facility must furnish all necessary covered services to the Medicare beneficiary either directly or under arrangements (as defined in § 409.3 of this subchapter).

(f) The prospective payment system includes payment for inpatient operating costs of preadmission services that are—

(1) Otherwise payable under Medicare Part B;

(2) Furnished to a beneficiary on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission, and during the calendar day immediately preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission, to the inpatient rehabilitation facility, or to an entity wholly owned or wholly operated by the inpatient rehabilitation facility; and

(i) An entity is wholly owned by the inpatient rehabilitation facility if the inpatient rehabilitation facility is the sole owner of the entity.

(ii) An entity is wholly operated by an inpatient rehabilitation facility if the inpatient rehabilitation facility has exclusive responsibility for conducting and overseeing the entity's routine operations, regardless of whether the inpatient rehabilitation facility also has policymaking authority over the entity.

(3) Related to the inpatient stay. A preadmission service is related if—

(i) It is diagnostic (including clinical diagnostic laboratory tests); or

(ii) It is nondiagnostic when furnished on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission; or

(iii) On or after June 25,, 2010, it is nondiagnostic when furnished on the calendar day preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission and the hospital does not attest that such service is unrelated to the beneficiary's inpatient admission.

(4) Not one of the following—

(i) Ambulance services.

(ii) Maintenance renal dialysis services.

(g) Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. All inpatient rehabilitation facilities participating in the prospective payment system under this subpart must meet the recordkeeping and cost reporting requirements of §§ 413.20 and 413.24 of this subchapter.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 44077, July 1, 2002; 68 FR 45699, Aug. 1, 2003; 74 FR 39810, Aug. 7, 2009; 75 FR 50417, Aug. 16, 2010; 87 FR 47090, Aug. 1, 2022]

§ 412.606 Patient assessments.

(a) Patient assessment instrument. An inpatient rehabilitation facility must use the CMS inpatient rehabilitation facility patient assessment instrument to assess Medicare Part A fee-for-service and Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) inpatients who are admitted on or after January 1, 2002, or were admitted before January 1, 2002, and are still inpatients as of January 1, 2002.

(1) Starting on October 1, 2024, inpatient rehabilitation facilities must use the CMS inpatient rehabilitation facility patient assessment instrument to assess all inpatients, regardless of payer, who are admitted on or after October 1, 2024, or who were admitted before October 1, 2024 and are still inpatients as of October 1, 2024.

(2) [Reserved]

(b) Comprehensive assessments. (1) A clinician of the inpatient rehabilitation facility must perform a comprehensive, accurate, standardized, and reproducible assessment of each Medicare Part A fee-for-service inpatient using the inpatient rehabilitation facility patient assessment instrument specified in paragraph (b) of this section as part of his or her patient assessment in accordance with the schedule described in § 412.610. IRFs must also complete a patient assessment instrument in accordance with § 412.606 for each Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) patient admitted to or discharged from an IRF on or after October 1, 2009. In addition, IRFs must complete a patient assessment instrument in accordance with § 412.606 for all other patients, regardless of payer, admitted to or discharged from an IRF on or after October 1, 2024.

(2) A clinician employed or contracted by an inpatient rehabilitation facility who is trained on how to perform a patient assessment using the inpatient rehabilitation facility patient assessment instrument specified in paragraph (b) of the section must record appropriate and applicable data accurately and completely for each item on the patient assessment instrument.

(3) The assessment process must include—

(i) Direct patient observation and communication with the patient; and

(ii) When appropriate and to the extent feasible, patient data from the patient's physician(s), family, someone personally knowledgeable about the patient's clinical condition or capabilities, the patient's clinical record, and other sources.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 74 FR 39810, Aug. 7, 2009; 83 FR 38573, Aug. 6, 2018; 87 FR 47090, Aug. 1, 2022]

§ 412.608 Patients' rights regarding the collection of patient assessment data.

(a) Before performing an assessment using the inpatient rehabilitation facility patient assessment instrument, a clinician of the inpatient rehabilitation facility must give a Medicare inpatient—

(1) The form entitled “Privacy Act Statement—Health Care Records”; and

(2) The simplified plain language description of the Privacy Act Statement—Health Care Records which is a form entitled “Data Collection Information Summary for Patients in Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities.”

(b) The inpatient rehabilitation facility must document in the Medicare inpatient's clinical record that the Medicare inpatient has been given the documents specified in paragraph (a) of this section.

(c) By giving the Medicare inpatient the forms specified in paragraph (a) of this section the inpatient rehabilitation facility will inform the Medicare patient of—

(1) Their privacy rights under the Privacy Act of 1974 and 45 CFR 5b.4(a)(3); and

(2) The following rights:

(i) The right to be informed of the purpose of the collection of the patient assessment data;

(ii) The right to have the patient assessment information collected be kept confidential and secure;

(iii) The right to be informed that the patient assessment information will not be disclosed to others, except for legitimate purposes allowed by the Federal Privacy Act and Federal and State regulations;

(iv) The right to refuse to answer patient assessment questions; and

(v) The right to see, review, and request changes on his or her patient assessment.

(d) The patient rights specified in this section are in addition to the patient rights specified in § 82.13 of this chapter.

[68 FR 45699, Aug. 1, 2003]

§ 412.610 Assessment schedule.

(a) General. For each inpatient, an inpatient rehabilitation facility must complete a patient assessment instrument as specified in § 412.606 that covers a time period that is in accordance with the assessment schedule specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(b) Starting the assessment schedule day count. The first day that the inpatient is furnished services during his or her current inpatient rehabilitation facility hospital stay is counted as day one of the patient assessment schedule.

(c) Assessment schedules and references dates. The inpatient rehabilitation facility must complete a patient assessment instrument upon the patient's admission and discharge as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.

(1) Admission assessment—(i) General rule. The admission assessment—

(A) General. Time period is a span of time that covers calendar days 1 through 3 of the patient's current hospitalization.

(B) Has an admission assessment reference date that is the third calendar day of the span of time specified in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(A) of this section; and

(C) Must be completed by the calendar day that follows the admission assessment reference day.

(ii) Exception to the general rule. We may specify in the patient assessment instrument item-by-item guide and in other issued instructions, items that have a different admission assessment time period to most appropriately capture patient information for payment and quality of care monitoring objectives.

(2) Discharge assessment—(i) General rule. The discharge assessment—

(A) Time period is a span of time that covers 3 calendar days, and is the discharge assessment reference date itself specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section and the 2 calendar days prior to the discharge assessment reference date; and

(B) Must be completed on the 5th calendar day that follows the discharge assessment reference date specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section with the discharge assessment reference date itself being counted as the first day of the 5 calendar day time span.

(ii) Discharge assessment reference date. The discharge assessment reference date is the actual day that the first of either of the following two events occurs:

(A) The patient is discharged from the inpatient rehabilitation facility; or

(B) The patient stops being furnished inpatient rehabilitation services.

(iii) Exception to the general rule. We may specify in the patient assessment instrument item-by-item guide and in other issued instructions, items that have a different discharge assessment time period to most appropriately capture patient information for payment and quality of care monitoring objectives.

(d) Encoding dates. The admission and discharge patient assessments must be encoded by the 7th calendar day from the completion dates specified in paragraph (c) of this section.

(e) Accuracy of the patient assessment data. The encoded patient assessment data must accurately reflect the patient's clinical status at the time of the patient assessment.

(f) Patient assessment instrument record retention. An inpatient rehabilitation facility must maintain all patient assessment data sets completed on all Medicare Part A fee-for-service patients within the previous 5 years, on Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) patients within the previous 10 years, and all other patients within the previous 5 years either in a paper format in the patient's clinical record or in an electronic computer file format that the inpatient rehabilitation facility can easily obtain and produce upon request to CMS or its contractors.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 44077, July 1, 2002; 68 FR 45699, Aug. 1, 2003; 74 FR 39810, Aug. 7, 2009; 87 FR 47090, Aug. 1, 2022]

§ 412.612 Coordination of the collection of patient assessment data.

(a) Responsibilities of the clinician. A clinician of an inpatient rehabilitation facility who has participated in performing the patient assessment must have responsibility for—

(1) The accuracy and thoroughness of the specific data recorded by that clinician on the patient's assessment instrument; and

(2) The accuracy of the assessment reference date inserted on the patient assessment instrument completed under § 412.610(c).

(b) Penalty for falsification. (1) Under Medicare, an individual who knowingly and willfully—

(i) Completes a material and false statement in a patient assessment is subject to a civil money penalty of not more than $1,000 as adjusted annually under 45 CFR part 102 for each assessment; or

(ii) Causes another individual to complete a material and false statement in a patient assessment is subject to a civil money penalty of not more than $5,000 as adjusted annually under 45 CFR part 102 for each assessment.

(2) Clinical disagreement does not constitute a material and false statement.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 81 FR 61562, Sept. 6, 2016]

§ 412.614 Transmission of patient assessment data.

(a) Data format—General rule. The inpatient rehabilitation facility must encode and transmit data for each inpatient—

(1) Using the computerized version of the patient assessment instrument available from us; or

(2) Using a computer program(s) that conforms to our standard electronic record layout, data specifications, and data dictionary, includes the required patient assessment instrument data set, and meets our other specifications.

(b) How to transmit data. The inpatient rehabilitation facility must—

(1) Electronically transmit complete, accurate, and encoded data from the patient assessment instrument for each inpatient to our patient data system in accordance with the data format specified in paragraph (a) of this section; and

(2) Transmit data using electronic communications software that provides a direct telephone connection from the inpatient rehabilitation facility to the our patient data system.

(c) Transmission dates. The inpatient rehabilitation facility must transmit both the admission patient assessment and the discharge patient assessments at the same time to the our patient data system by the 7th calendar day in the period beginning with the applicable patient assessment instrument encoding date specified in § 412.610(d).

(d) Failure to submit complete and timely IRF-PAI data, as required under paragraph (c) of this section—(1) Medicare Part-A fee-for-service. (i) A given Medicare Part-A fee-for-service IRF claim will not be accepted and processed for payment until a corresponding IRF-PAI has been received and accepted by CMS.

(ii) [Reserved]

(2) Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) data. Failure of the inpatient rehabilitation facility to transmit all of the required patient assessment instrument data for its Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) patients to our patient data system in accordance with the transmission timeline in paragraph (c) of this section will result in a forfeiture of the facility's ability to have any of its Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) data used in the calculations for determining the facility's compliance with the regulations in § 412.29(b)(1).

(3) All other payer data. Failure of the inpatient rehabilitation facility to transmit all of the required patient assessment instrument data for all other patients, regardless of payer, to our patient data system in accordance with the transmission timeline in paragraph (c) of this section will result in a forfeiture of the facility's ability to have any of its other payer data used in the calculations for determining the facility's compliance with the regulations in § 412.29(b)(1).

(e) Exemption to the consequences for transmitting the IRF-PAI data late for Medicare Part C (Medicare Advantage) patients and all other patients, regardless of payer. CMS may waive the consequences of failure to submit complete and timely IRF-PAI data specified in paragraph (d) of this section when, due to an extraordinary situation that is beyond the control of an inpatient rehabilitation facility, the inpatient rehabilitation facility is unable to transmit the patient assessment data in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. Only CMS can determine if a situation encountered by an inpatient rehabilitation facility is extraordinary and qualifies as a situation for waiver of the forfeiture specified in paragraphs (d)(2) or (3) of this section. An extraordinary situation may be due to, but is not limited to, fires, floods, earthquakes, or similar unusual events that inflect extensive damage to an inpatient facility. An extraordinary situation may be one that produces a data transmission problem that is beyond the control of the inpatient rehabilitation facility, as well as other situations determined by CMS to be beyond the control of the inpatient rehabilitation facility. An extraordinary situation must be fully documented by the inpatient rehabilitation facility.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 45699, Aug. 1, 2003; 74 FR 39811, Aug. 7, 2009; 82 FR 36304, Aug. 3, 2017; 87 FR 47091, Aug. 1, 2022]

§ 412.616 Release of information collected using the patient assessment instrument.

(a) General. An inpatient rehabilitation facility may release information from the patient assessment instrument only as specified in § 482.24(b)(3) of this chapter.

(b) Release to the inpatient rehabilitation facility's agent. An inpatient rehabilitation facility may release information that is patient-identifiable to an agent only in accordance with a written contract under which the agent agrees not to use or disclose the information except for the purposes specified in the contract and only to the extent the facility itself is permitted to do so under paragraph (a) of this section.

§ 412.618 Assessment process for interrupted stays.

For purposes of the patient assessment process, if any patient has an interrupted stay, as defined under § 412.602, the following applies:

(a) Assessment requirements. (1) The initial case-mix group classification from the admission assessment remains in effect (that is, no new admission assessment is performed).

(2) When the patient has completed his or her entire rehabilitation episode stay, a discharge assessment must be performed.

(b) Recording and encoding of data. The clinician must record the interruption of the stay on the patient assessment instrument.

(c) If the interruption in the stay occurs during the admission assessment time period, the assessment reference date, completion date, and encoding date for the admission assessment are advanced by the same number of calendar days as the length of the patient's interruption in the stay.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 44077, July 1, 2002; 74 FR 39811, Aug. 7, 2009; 87 FR 47091, Aug. 1, 2022]

§ 412.620 Patient classification system.

(a) Classification methodology. (1) A patient classification system is used to classify patients in inpatient rehabilitation facilities into mutually exclusive case-mix groups.

(2) For purposes of this subpart, case-mix groups are classes of Medicare patient discharges by functional-related groups that are based on a patient's impairment, age, comorbidities, functional capabilities, and other factors that may improve the ability of the functional-related groups to estimate variations in resource use.

(3) Data from admission assessments under § 412.610(c)(1) are used to classify a Medicare patient into an appropriate case-mix group.

(4) Data from the discharge assessment under § 412.610(c)(2) are used to determine the weighting factors under paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

(b) Weighting factors—(1) General. An appropriate weight is assigned to each case-mix group that measures the relative difference in facility resource intensity among the various case-mix groups.

(2) Short-stay outliers. We will determine a weighting factor or factors for patients that are discharged and not transferred (as defined in § 412.602) within a number of days from admission as specified by us.

(3) Patients who expire. We will determine a weighting factor or factors for patients who expire within a number of days from admission as specified by us.

(4) Comorbidities. We will determine a weighting factor or factors to account for the presence of a comorbidity, as defined in § 412.602, that is relevant to resource use in the classification system.

(c) Revision of case-mix group classifications and weighting factors. We may periodically adjust the case-mix groups and weighting factors to reflect changes in—

(1) Treatment patterns;

(2) Technology;

(3) Number of discharges; and

(4) Other factors affecting the relative use of resources.

§ 412.622 Basis of payment.

(a) Method of payment. (1) Under the prospective payment system, inpatient rehabilitation facilities receive a predetermined amount per discharge for inpatient services furnished to Medicare Part A fee-for-service beneficiaries.

(2) The amount of payment under the prospective payment system is based on the Federal payment rate, including adjustments described in § 412.624 and, if applicable, during a transition period, on a blend of the Federal payment rate and the facility-specific payment rate described in § 412.626.

(3) IRF coverage criteria. In order for an IRF claim to be considered reasonable and necessary under section 1862(a)(1) of the Act, there must be a reasonable expectation that the patient meets all of the following requirements at the time of the patient's admission to the IRF—

(i) Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, requires the active and ongoing therapeutic intervention of multiple therapy disciplines (physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language pathology, or prosthetics/orthotics therapy), one of which must be physical or occupational therapy.

(ii) Except during the emergency period described in section 1135(g)(1)(B) of the Act, patients generally require and can reasonably be expected to actively participate in, and benefit from, an intensive rehabilitation therapy program. Under current industry standards, this intensive rehabilitation therapy program generally consists of at least 3 hours of therapy (physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language pathology, or prosthetics/orthotics therapy) per day at least 5 days per week. In certain well-documented cases, this intensive rehabilitation therapy program might instead consist of at least 15 hours of intensive rehabilitation therapy per week. Benefit from this intensive rehabilitation therapy program is demonstrated by measurable improvement that will be of practical value to the patient in improving the patient's functional capacity or adaptation to impairments. All required therapy treatments and/or therapy evaluations ordered must begin no later than 36 hours from midnight on the day of admission to the IRF.

(iii) Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, is sufficiently stable at the time of admission to the IRF to be able to actively participate in the intensive rehabilitation therapy program that is described in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section.

(iv) Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, requires physician supervision by a rehabilitation physician. The requirement for medical supervision means that the rehabilitation physician must conduct face-to-face visits with the patient at least 3 days per week throughout the patient's stay in the IRF to assess the patient both medically and functionally, as well as to modify the course of treatment as needed to maximize the patient's capacity to benefit from the rehabilitation process, except that during a Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, such visits may be conducted using telehealth services (as defined in section 1834(m)(4)(F) of the Act). Beginning with the second week of admission to the IRF, a non-physician practitioner who is determined by the IRF to have specialized training and experience in inpatient rehabilitation may conduct 1 of the 3 required face-to-face visits with the patient per week, provided that such duties are within the non-physician practitioner's scope of practice under applicable state law.

(4) Documentation. Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, to document that each patient for whom the IRF seeks payment is reasonably expected to meet all of the requirements in paragraph (a)(3) of this section at the time of admission, the patient's medical record at the IRF must contain the following documentation—

(i) A comprehensive preadmission screening that meets all of the following requirements—

(A) It is conducted by a licensed or certified clinician(s) designated by a rehabilitation physician within the 48 hours immediately preceding the IRF admission. A preadmission screening that includes all of the required elements, but that is conducted more than 48 hours immediately preceding the IRF admission, will be accepted as long as an update is conducted in person or by telephone to update the patient's medical and functional status within the 48 hours immediately preceding the IRF admission and is documented in the patient's medical record.

(B) It includes a detailed and comprehensive review of each patient's condition and medical history, including the patient's level of function prior to the event or condition that led to the patient's need for intensive rehabilitation therapy, expected level of improvement, and the expected length of time necessary to achieve that level of improvement; an evaluation of the patient's risk for clinical complications; the conditions that caused the need for rehabilitation; the treatments needed (that is, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language pathology, or prosthetics/orthotics); and anticipated discharge destination.

(C) It serves as the basis for the initial determination of whether or not the patient meets the requirements for an IRF admission to be considered reasonable and necessary in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.

(D) It is used to inform a rehabilitation physician who reviews and documents his or her concurrence with the findings and results of the preadmission screening prior to the IRF admission.

(E) It is retained in the patient's medical record at the IRF.

(ii) An individualized overall plan of care for the patient that meets all of the following requirements—

(A) It is developed by a rehabilitation physician with input from the interdisciplinary team within 4 days of the patient's admission to the IRF.

(B) It is retained in the patient's medical record at the IRF.

(5) Interdisciplinary team approach to care. Except for care furnished to patients in a freestanding IRF hospital solely to relieve acute care hospital capacity in a state (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge during the Public Health Emergency, as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter, in order for an IRF claim to be considered reasonable and necessary under section 1862(a)(1) of the Act, the patient must require an interdisciplinary team approach to care, as evidenced by documentation in the patients' medical record of weekly interdisciplinary team meetings that meet all of the following requirements—

(i) The team meetings are led by a rehabilitation physician and further consist of a registered nurse with specialized training or experience in rehabilitation; a social worker or case manager (or both); and a licensed or certified therapist from each therapy discipline involved in treating the patient. All team members must have current knowledge of the patient's medical and functional status. The rehabilitation physician may lead the interdisciplinary team meeting remotely via a mode of communication such as video or telephone conferencing.

(ii) The initial interdisciplinary team meeting must occur on or before 4 days from the date the patient is admitted to implement appropriate treatment services; establish or review the patient's stated rehabilitation goals; and identify any problems that could impede goals.

(iii) The date of the initial interdisciplinary team meeting must be used to determine the patient's subsequent team meetings. The remaining interdisciplinary team meetings must occur at least once per week after the date of the prior team meeting to implement appropriate treatment services; review the patient's progress toward stated rehabilitation goals; identify any problems that could impede progress towards those goals; and, where necessary, reassess previously established goals in light of impediments, revise the treatment plan in light of new goals, and monitor continued progress toward those goals.

(iv) The results and findings of the team meetings, and the concurrence by the rehabilitation physician with those results and findings, are retained in the patient's medical record.

(b) Payment in full. (1) The payment made under this subpart represents payment in full (subject to applicable deductibles and coinsurance as described in subpart G of part 409 of this subchapter) for inpatient operating and capital-related costs associated with furnishing Medicare covered services in an inpatient rehabilitation facility, but not for the cost of an approved medical education program described in §§ 413.75 and 413.85 of this chapter.

(2) In addition to payments based on prospective payment rates, inpatient rehabilitation facilities receive payments for the following:

(i) Bad debts of Medicare beneficiaries, as provided in § 413.89 of this chapter; and

(ii) A payment amount per unit for blood clotting factor provided to Medicare inpatients who have hemophilia.

(c) Definitions. As used in this section—

Rehabilitation physician means a licensed physician who is determined by the IRF to have specialized training and experience in inpatient rehabilitation.

State (or region, as applicable) that is experiencing a surge means a state (or region, as applicable) that is in phase 1 of the President's Guidelines for Opening Up America Again (https://www.whitehouse.gov/openingamerica/), specifically, a state (or region, as applicable) that satisfies all of the following, as determined by applicable state and local officials:

(i) All vulnerable individuals continue to shelter in place.

(ii) Individuals continue social distancing.

(iii) Individuals avoid socializing in groups of more than 10.

(iv) Non-essential travel is minimized.

(v) Visits to senior living facilities and hospitals are prohibited.

(vi) Schools and organized youth activities remain closed.

Week means a period of 7 consecutive calendar days.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 70 FR 47952, Aug. 15, 2005; 74 FR 39811, Aug. 7, 2009; 83 FR 38573,Aug. 6, 2018; 84 FR 39172, Aug. 8, 2019; 85 FR 19287, Apr. 6, 2020; 85 FR 27622, May 8, 2020; 85 FR 48462, Aug. 10, 2020; 85 FR 59023, Sept. 18, 2020; 91 FR 49031, Aug. 3, 2026]

§ 412.624 Methodology for calculating the Federal prospective payment rates.

(a) Data used. To calculate the prospective payment rates for inpatient hospital services furnished by inpatient rehabilitation facilities, we use—

(1) The most recent Medicare data available, as of the date of establishing the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system, to estimate payments for inpatient operating and capital-related costs made under part 413 of this subchapter;

(2) An appropriate wage index to adjust for area wage differences;

(3) An increase factor to adjust for the most recent estimate of increases in the prices of an appropriate market basket of goods and services included in covered inpatient rehabilitation services; and

(4) Patient assessment data described in § 412.606 and other data that account for the relative resource utilization of different patient types.

(b) Determining the average costs per discharge for fiscal year 2001. We determine the average inpatient operating and capital costs per discharge for which payment is made to each inpatient rehabilitation facility using the available data specified under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The cost per discharge is adjusted to fiscal year 2001 by an increase factor, described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, under the update methodology described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act for each year through the midpoint of fiscal year 2001.

(c) Determining the Federal prospective payment rates—(1) General. The Federal prospective payment rates will be established using a standard payment amount referred to as the standard payment conversion factor. The standard payment conversion factor is a standardized payment amount based on average costs from a base year that reflects the combined aggregate effects of the weighting factors, various facility and case level adjustments, and other adjustments.

(2) Update the cost per discharge. CMS applies the increase factor described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section to the facility's cost per discharge determined under paragraph (b) of this section to compute the cost per discharge for fiscal year 2002. Based on the updated cost per discharge, CMS estimates the payments that would have been made to the facility for fiscal year 2002 under part 413 of this chapter without regard to the prospective payment system implemented under this subpart.

(3) Computation of the standard payment conversion factor. The standard payment conversion factor is computed as follows:

(i) For fiscal year 2002. Based on the updated costs per discharge and estimated payments for fiscal year 2002 determined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, CMS computes a standard payment conversion factor for fiscal year 2002, as specified by CMS, that reflects, as appropriate, the adjustments described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) For fiscal years after 2002. The standard payment conversion factor for fiscal years after 2002 will be the standardized payments for the previous fiscal year updated by the increase factor described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, including adjustments described in paragraph (d) of this section as appropriate.

(4) Applicable increase factor for FY 2014 and for subsequent FY. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(4)(i) and (c)(4)(ii) of this section, the applicable increase factor for FY 2014 and for subsequent years for updating the standard payment conversion factor is the increase factor described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, including adjustments described in paragraph (d) of this section as appropriate.

(i) In the case of an IRF that is paid under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3) that does not submit quality data to CMS in accordance with § 412.634, the applicable increase factor specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, after application of subparagraphs (C)(iii) and (D) of section 1886(j)(3) of the Act, is reduced by 2 percentage points.

(ii) Any reduction of the increase factor will apply only to the fiscal year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the applicable increase factor for a subsequent fiscal year.

(iii) The 2 percentage point reduction described in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section may result in the applicable increase factor specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section being less than 0.0 for a fiscal year, and may result in payment rates under the prospective payment system specified in § 412.1(a)(3) for a fiscal year being less than such payment rates for the preceding fiscal year.

(5) Determining the Federal prospective payment rate for each case-mix group. The Federal prospective payment rates for each case-mix group is the product of the weighting factors described in § 412.620(b) and the standard payment conversion factor described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(d) Adjustments to the standard payment conversion factor. The standard payment conversion factor described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section will be adjusted for the following:

(1) Outlier payments. CMS determines a reduction factor equal to the estimated proportion of additional outlier payments described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section.

(2) Budget neutrality. CMS adjusts the Federal prospective payment rates for fiscal year 2002 so that aggregate payments under the prospective payment system, excluding any additional payments associated with elections not to be paid under the transition period methodology under § 412.626(b), are estimated to equal the amount that would have been made to inpatient rehabilitation facilities under part 413 of this chapter without regard to the prospective payment system implemented under this subpart.

(3) Coding and classification changes. CMS adjusts the standard payment conversion factor for a given year if CMS determines that revisions in case-mix classifications or weighting factors for a previous fiscal year (or estimates that those revisions for a future fiscal year) did result in (or would otherwise result in) a change in aggregate payments that are a result of changes in the coding or classification of patients that do not reflect real changes in case-mix.

(4) Payment adjustment for Federal fiscal year 2006 and applicable Federal fiscal years. CMS adjusts the standard payment conversion factor based on any updates to the adjustments specified in paragraph (e)(2), (3), (4) and (6), of this section, and to any revision specified in § 412.620(c) by a factor as specified by the Secretary.

(e) Calculation of the adjusted Federal prospective payment. For each discharge, an inpatient rehabilitation facility's Federal prospective payment is computed on the basis of the Federal prospective payment rate that is in effect for its cost reporting period that begins in a Federal fiscal year specified under paragraph (c) of this section. A facility's Federal prospective payment rate will be adjusted, as appropriate, to account for area wage levels, payments for outliers and transfers, and for other factors as follows:

(1) Adjustment for area wage levels. The labor portion of a facility's Federal prospective payment is adjusted to account for geographical differences in the area wage levels using an appropriate wage index.

(i) The application of the wage index is made on the basis of the location of the facility in an urban or rural area as defined in § 412.602.

(ii) Starting on October 1, 2022, CMS applies a cap on decreases to the wage index such that the wage index applied to an IRF is not less than 95 percent of the wage index applied to that IRF in the prior FY.

(iii) Adjustments or updates to the wage data used to adjust a facility's Federal prospective payment rate under paragraph (e)(1) of this section will be made in a budget neutral manner. CMS determines a budget neutral wage adjustment factor, based on any adjustment or update to the wage data, to apply to the standard payment conversion factor.

(2) Adjustments for low-income patients. We adjust the Federal prospective payment, on a facility basis, for the proportion of low-income patients that receive inpatient rehabilitation services as determined by us.

(3) Adjustments for rural areas. We adjust the Federal prospective payment by a factor, as specified by us for facilities located in rural areas, as defined in § 412.602.

(4) Adjustments for teaching hospitals. (i) General. For discharges on or after October 1, 2005, CMS adjusts the Federal prospective payment on a facility basis by a factor as specified by CMS for facilities that are teaching institutions or units of teaching institutions.

(A) An IRF's teaching adjustment is based on the ratio of the number of full-time equivalent residents training in the IRF divided by the facility's average daily census.

(B) As described in § 412.105(f)(1)(iii)(A), residents with less than full-time status are counted as partial full time equivalent based on the proportion of time assigned to the inpatient rehabilitation facility compared to the total time necessary to fill a residency slot. Residents rotating to more than one hospital or non-hospital setting will be counted in proportion to the time they are assigned to inpatient rehabilitation facility compared to the total time worked in all locations. An inpatient rehabilitation facility cannot claim time spent by the resident at another inpatient rehabilitation facility or hospital.

(C) Except as described in paragraph (e)(4)(i)(D) of this section, the actual number of current year full-time equivalent residents used in calculating the teaching adjustment is limited to the number of full-time equivalent residents in the IRF's final settled cost report for the most recent cost reporting period ending on or before November 15, 2004 (base year).

(D) If the inpatient rehabilitation facility first begins training residents in a new approved graduate medical education program after November 15, 2004, the number of full-time equivalent residents determined under paragraph (e)(4)(i)(C) of this section may be adjusted using the method described in § 413.79(e)(1)(i).

(E) The teaching adjustment is made on a claim basis as an interim payment, and the final payment in full for the claim is made during the final settlement of the cost report.

(ii) Closure of an IRF or IRF residency training program. (A) Closure of an IRF. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2011, an IRF may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect displaced residents added because of another IRFs closure if the IRF meets the following criteria:

(1) The IRF is training additional displaced residents from an IRF that closed on or after October 1, 2011.

(2) No later than 60 days after the IRF begins to train the displaced residents, the IRF submits a request to its Medicare contractor for a temporary adjustment by identifying the displaced residents who have come from the closed IRF and have caused the IRF to exceed its cap, and specifies the length of time the adjustment is needed.

(B) Closure of an IRF's residency training program. If an IRF that closes its residency training program on or after October 1, 2011, agrees to temporarily reduce its FTE cap according to the criteria specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A)(2) of this section, another IRF(s) may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect displaced residents added because of the closure of the residency training program if the criteria specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A)(1) of this section are met.

(1) Receiving IRF(s). For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2011, an IRF may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect displaced residents added because of the closure of another IRF's residency training program if the IRF is training additional displaced residents from the residency training program of an IRF that closed a program; and if no later than 60 days after the IRF begins to train the displaced residents the IRF submits to its Medicare Contractor a request for a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap, documents that it is eligible for this temporary adjustment by identifying the displaced residents who have come from another IRF's closed program and have caused the IRF to exceed its cap, specifies the length of time the adjustment is needed, and submits to its Medicare Contractor a copy of the FTE reduction statement by the hospital that closed its program, as specified in paragraph (e)(4)(ii)(A)(2) of this section.

(2) IRF that closed its program. An IRF that agrees to train displaced residents who have been displaced by the closure of another IRF's program may receive a temporary FTE cap adjustment only if the hospital with the closed program temporarily reduces its FTE cap based on the FTE of displaced residents in each program year training in the program at the time of the programs closure. This yearly reduction in the FTE cap will be determined based on the number of those displaced residents who would have been training in the program during that year had the program not closed. No later than 60 days after the displaced residents who were in the hospital that closed its program(s) begin training at another hospital must submit to its Medicare Contractor a statement signed and dated by its representative that specifies that it agrees to the temporary reduction in its FTE cap to allow the IRF training the displaced residents to obtain a temporary adjustment to its cap; identifies the displaced residents who were in the training at the time of the program's closure; identifies the IRFs to which the displaced residents are transferring once the program closes; and specifies the reduction for the applicable program years.

(5) Adjustment for high-cost outliers. CMS provides for an additional payment to an inpatient rehabilitation facility if its estimated costs for a patient exceed a fixed dollar amount (adjusted for area wage levels and factors to account for treating low-income patients, for rural location, and for teaching programs) as specified by CMS. The additional payment equals 80 percent of the difference between the estimated cost of the patient and the sum of the adjusted Federal prospective payment computed under this section and the adjusted fixed dollar amount. Effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2003, additional payments made under this section will be subject to the adjustments at § 412.84(i), except that CMS calculates a single overall (combined operating and capital) cost-to-charge ratio and national averages that will be used instead of statewide averages. Effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2003, additional payments made under this section will also be subject to adjustments at § 412.84(m), except that CMS calculates a single overall (combined operating and capital) cost-to-charge ratio.

(6) Adjustments for certain facilities geographically redesignated in FY 2006—(i) General. For a facility defined as an urban facility under § 412.602 in FY 2006 that was previously defined as a rural facility in FY 2005 as the term rural was defined in FY 2005 under § 412.602 and whose payment, after applying the adjustment under this paragraph, will be lower only because of being defined as an urban facility in FY 2006 and it no longer qualified for the rural adjustment under § 412.624(e)(3) in FY 2006, CMS will adjust the facility's payment using the following method:

(A) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005, and on or before September 30, 2006, the facility's payment will be increased by an adjustment of two thirds of its prior FY 2005 19.14 percent rural adjustment.

(B) For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2006, and on or before September 30, 2007, the facility's payment will be increased by an adjustment of one third of its FY 2005 19.14 percent rural adjustment.

(ii) Exception. For discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2005 and on or before September 30, 2007, facilities whose payments, after applying the adjustment under this paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, will be higher because of being defined as an urban facility in FY 2006 and no longer being qualified for the rural adjustment under § 412.624(e)(3) in FY 2006, CMS will adjust the facility's payment by a portion of the applicable additional adjustment described in paragraph (e)(6)(i)(A) and (B) of this section as determined by us.

(f) Special payment provision for patients that are transferred. (1) A facility's Federal prospective payment will be adjusted to account for a discharge of a patient who—

(i) Is transferred from the inpatient rehabilitation facility to another site of care, as defined in § 412.602; and

(ii) Stays in the facility for a number of days that is less than the average length of stay for nontransfer cases in the case-mix group to which the patient is classified.

(2) We calculate the adjusted Federal prospective payment for patients who are transferred in the following manner:

(i) By dividing the Federal prospective payment by the average length of stay for nontransfer cases in the case-mix group to which the patient is classified to equal the payment per day.

(ii) By multiplying the payment per day under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section by the number of days the patient stayed in the facility prior to being discharged to equal the per day payment amount.

(iii) By multiplying the payment per day under paragraph (f)(2)(i) by 0.5 to equal an additional one half day payment for the first day of the stay before the discharge.

(iv) By adding the per day payment amount under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) and the additional one-half day payment under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) to equal the unadjusted payment amount.

(v) By applying the adjustment described in paragraphs (e)(1), (2), (3), (4), and (6) of this section to the unadjusted payment amount determined in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section to equal the adjusted transfer payment amount and making a payment in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, if applicable.

(g) Special payment provision for interrupted stays. When a patient in an inpatient rehabilitation facility has one or more interruptions in the stay, as defined in § 412.602 and as indicated on the patient assessment instrument in accordance with § 412.618(b), we will make payments in the following manner:

(1) Patient is discharged and returns on the same day. Payment for a patient who is discharged and returns to the same inpatient rehabilitation facility on the same day will be the adjusted Federal prospective payment under paragraph (e) of this section that is based on the patient assessment data specified in § 412.618(a)(1). Payment for a patient who is discharged and returns to the same inpatient rehabilitation facility on the same day will only be made to the inpatient rehabilitation facility.

(2) Patient is discharged and does not return by the end of the same day. Payment for a patient who is discharged and does not return on the same day but does return to the same inpatient rehabilitation facility by or on midnight of the third day, defined as an interrupted stay under § 412.602, will be—

(i) The adjusted Federal prospective payment under paragraph (e) of this section that is based on the patient assessment data specified in § 412.618(a)(1) made to the inpatient rehabilitation facility; and

(ii) If the reason for the interrupted patient stay is to receive inpatient acute care hospital services, an amount based on the prospective payment systems described in § 412.1(a)(1) made to the acute care hospital.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 44077, July 1, 2002; 68 FR 45700, Aug. 1, 2003; 70 FR 47952, Aug. 15, 2005; 71 FR 48408, Aug. 18, 2006; 72 FR 44312, Aug. 7, 2007; 76 FR 47892, Aug. 5, 2011; 82 FR 36305, Aug. 3, 2017; 83 FR 38573, Aug. 6, 2018; 87 FR 47091, Aug. 1, 2022]

§ 412.626 Transition period.

(a) Duration of transition period and proportion of the blended transition rate. (1) Except for a facility that makes an election under paragraph (b) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and before October 1, 2002, an inpatient rehabilitation facility receives a payment comprised of a blend of the adjusted Federal prospective payment, as determined under § 412.624(e) or § 412.624(f) and a facility-specific payment as determined under paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and before October 1, 2002, payment is based on 33 1/3 percent of the facility-specific payment and 66 2/3 percent of the adjusted FY 2002 Federal prospective payment.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, payment is based entirely on the adjusted Federal prospective payment.

(2) Calculation of the facility-specific payment. The facility-specific payment is equal to the payment for each cost reporting period in the transition period that would have been made without regard to this subpart. The facility's Medicare fiscal intermediary calculates the facility-specific payment for inpatient operating costs and capital-related costs in accordance with part 413 of this chapter.

(b) Election not to be paid under the transition period methodology. An inpatient rehabilitation facility may elect a payment that is based entirely on the adjusted Federal prospective payment for cost reporting periods beginning before fiscal year 2003 without regard to the transition period percentages specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.

(1) General requirement. An inpatient rehabilitation facility will be required to request the election under this paragraph (b) within 30 days of its first cost reporting period for which payment is based on the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and before October 1, 2002.

(2) Notification requirement to make election. The request by the inpatient rehabilitation facility to make the election under this paragraph (b) must be made in writing to the Medicare fiscal intermediary. The intermediary must receive the request on or before the 30th day before the applicable cost reporting period begins, regardless of any postmarks or anticipated delivery dates. Requests received, postmarked, or delivered by other means after the 30th day before the cost reporting period begins will not be approved. If the 30th day before the cost reporting period begins falls on a day that the postal service or other delivery sources are not open for business, the inpatient rehabilitation facility is responsible for allowing sufficient time for the delivery of the request before the deadline. If an inpatient rehabilitation facility's request is not received timely or is otherwise not approved, payment will be based on the transition period rate specified in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.

[66 FR 41388, Aug. 7, 2001, as amended at 67 FR 44077, July 1, 2002]

§ 412.628 Publication of the Federal prospective payment rates.

We publish information pertaining to the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system effective for each fiscal year in the Federal Register. This information includes the unadjusted Federal payment rates, the patient classification system and associated weighting factors, and a description of the methodology and data used to calculate the payment rates. This information is published on or before August 1 prior to the beginning of each fiscal year.

§ 412.630 Limitation on review.

Administrative or judicial review under sections 1869 or 1878 of the Act, or otherwise, is prohibited with regard to the establishment of the methodology to classify a patient into the case-mix groups and the associated weighting factors, the Federal per discharge payment rates, additional payments for outliers and special payments, and the area wage index.

[78 FR 47934, Aug. 6, 2013]

§ 412.632 Method of payment under the inpatient rehabilitation facility prospective payment system.

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, an inpatient rehabilitation facility receives payment under this subpart for inpatient operating costs and capital-related costs for each discharge only following submission of a discharge bill.

(b) Periodic interim payments—(1) Criteria for receiving periodic interim payments. (i) An inpatient rehabilitation facility receiving payment under this subpart may receive periodic interim payments (PIP) for Part A services under the PIP method subject to the provisions of § 413.64(h) of this subchapter.

(ii) To be approved for PIP, the inpatient rehabilitation facility must meet the qualifying requirements in § 413.64(h)(3) of this subchapter.

(iii) Payments to a rehabilitation unit are made under the same method of payment as the hospital of which it is a part as described in § 412.116.

(iv) As provided in § 413.64(h)(5) of this chapter, intermediary approval is conditioned upon the intermediary's best judgment as to whether payment can be made under the PIP method without undue risk of its resulting in an overpayment to the provider.

(2) Frequency of payment. For facilities approved for PIP, the intermediary estimates the inpatient rehabilitation facility's Federal prospective payments net of estimated beneficiary deductibles and coinsurance and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount of payment for the year. If the inpatient rehabilitation facility has payment experience under the prospective payment system, the intermediary estimates PIP based on that payment experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service as described in § 413.64(h)(6) of this subchapter. The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if an inpatient rehabilitation facility receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final settlement.

(3) Termination of PIP. (i) Request by the inpatient rehabilitation facility. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, an inpatient rehabilitation facility receiving PIP may convert to receiving prospective payments on a non-PIP basis at any time.

(ii) Removal by the intermediary. An intermediary terminates PIP if the inpatient rehabilitation facility no longer meets the requirements of § 413.64(h) of this chapter.

(c) Interim payments for Medicare bad debts and for Part A costs not paid under the prospective payment system. For Medicare bad debts and for costs of an approved education program and other costs paid outside the prospective payment system, the intermediary determines the interim payments by estimating the reimbursable amount for the year based on the previous year's experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year, and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service as described in § 413.64(h)(6) of this chapter. The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if an inpatient rehabilitation facility receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final cost settlement.

(d) Outlier payments. Additional payments for outliers are not made on an interim basis. The outlier payments are made based on the submission of a discharge bill and represent final payment.

(e) Accelerated payments—(1) General rule. Upon request, an accelerated payment may be made to an inpatient rehabilitation facility that is receiving payment under this subpart and is not receiving PIP under paragraph (b) of this section if the inpatient rehabilitation facility is experiencing financial difficulties because of the following:

(i) There is a delay by the intermediary in making payment to the inpatient rehabilitation facility.

(ii) Due to an exceptional situation, there is a temporary delay in the inpatient rehabilitation facility's preparation and submittal of bills to the intermediary beyond its normal billing cycle.

(2) Approval of payment. An inpatient rehabilitation facility's request for an accelerated payment must be approved by the intermediary and us.

(3) Amount of payment. The amount of the accelerated payment is computed as a percentage of the net payment for unbilled or unpaid covered services.

(4) Recovery of payment. Recovery of the accelerated payment is made by recoupment as inpatient rehabilitation facility bills are processed or by direct payment by the inpatient rehabilitation facility.

§ 412.634 Requirements under the Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility (IRF) Quality Reporting Program (QRP).

(a) Participation.(1) For the FY 2018 payment determination and subsequent years, an IRF must begin reporting data under the IRF QRP requirements no later than the first day of the calendar quarter subsequent to 30 days after the date on its CMS Certification Number (CCN) notification letter, which designates the IRF as operating in the CMS designated data submission system.

(2) [Reserved]

(b) Submission requirements. (1) IRFs must submit to CMS data on measures specified under sections 1886(j)(7)(D), 1899B(c)(1), 1899B(d)(1) of the Act, and standardized patient assessment data required under section 1899B(b)(1) of the Act, as applicable. Such data must be submitted in the form and manner, and at a time, specified by CMS.

(2) CMS may remove a quality measure from the IRF QRP based on one or more of the following factors:

(i) Measure performance among IRFs is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions in improvements in performance can no longer be made;

(ii) Performance or improvement on a measure does not result in better patient outcomes;

(iii) A measure does not align with current clinical guidelines or practice;

(iv) The availability of a more broadly applicable (across settings, populations, or conditions) measure for the particular topic;

(v) The availability of a measure that is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular topic;

(vi) The availability of a measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic;

(vii) The collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative unintended consequences other than patient harm;

(viii) The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(c) Exception and Extension Requirements. (1) An IRF may request and CMS may grant exceptions or extensions to the measures data or standardized patient assessment data reporting requirements, for one or more quarters, when there are certain extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the IRF.

(2) An IRF must request an exception or extension within 90 days of the date that the extraordinary circumstances occurred.

(3) Exception and extension requests must be submitted to CMS from the IRF by sending an email to IRFQRPReconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov containing all of the following information:

(i) IRF CMS Certification Number (CCN).

(ii) IRF Business Name.

(iii) IRF Business Address.

(iv) CEO or CEO-designated personnel contact information including name, telephone number, title, email address, and mailing address. (The address must be a physical address, not a post office box.)

(v) IRF's reason for requesting the exception or extension.

(vi) Evidence of the impact of extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, photographs, newspaper, and other media articles.

(vii) Date when the IRF believes it will be able to again submit IRF QRP data and a justification for the proposed date.

(4) CMS may grant exceptions or extensions to IRFs without a request if it is determined that one or more of the following has occurred:

(i) An extraordinary circumstance affects an entire region or locale.

(ii) A systemic problem with one of CMS's data collection systems directly affected the ability of an IRF to submit data.

(5) Email is the only form of submission that will be accepted. Any reconsideration requests received through another channel will not be considered as a valid exception or extension request.

(d) Reconsideration. (1) IRFs that do not meet the requirement in paragraph (b) of this section for a program year will receive a written notification of non-compliance through at least one of the following methods: The CMS designated data submission system, the United States Postal Service, or via an email from the Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC).

(2) Reconsideration requests must be submitted to CMS by sending an email to IRFQRPReconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov containing all of the following information:

(i) IRF CCN.

(ii) IRF Business Name.

(iii) IRF Business Address.

(iv) CEO or CEO-designated personnel contact information including name, telephone number, title, email address, and mailing address. (The address must be a physical address, not a post office box.)

(v) CMS identified reason(s) for non-compliance from the non-compliance letter.

(vi) Reason(s) for requesting reconsideration.

(3) The request for reconsideration must be accompanied by supporting documentation demonstrating compliance. This documentation must be submitted electronically as an attachment to the reconsideration request email. Any request for reconsideration that does not contain sufficient evidence of compliance with the IRF QRP requirements will be denied.

(4) Email is the only form of submission that will be accepted. Any reconsideration requests received through another channel will not be considered as a valid exception or extension request.

(5) CMS will notify the IRF, in writing, of its final decision regarding any reconsideration request through at least one of the following methods: CMS designated data submission system, the United States Postal Service, or via email from the CMS Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC). CMS will grant a timely request for reconsideration, and reverse an initial finding of non-compliance, only if CMS determines that the IRF was in full compliance with the IRF QRP requirements for the applicable program year.

(6) An IRF may request, and CMS may grant, an extension to file a reconsideration request if, during the period to request a reconsideration as set forth in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the IRF was affected by an extraordinary circumstance beyond the control of the IRF (for example, a natural or man-made disaster). IRFs must submit the reconsideration extension request no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the written notification of noncompliance. The reconsideration extension request must be submitted to CMS via email to IRFQRPReconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov, and must contain the following information:

(i) The CCN for the IRF.

(ii) The business name of the IRF.

(iii) The business address of the IRF.

(iv) Contact information for the IRF's chief executive officer or designated personnel, including the name, telephone number, title, email address, and physical mailing address, which may not be a post office box.

(v) A statement of the reason for the request for the extension.

(vi) Evidence of the impact of the extraordinary circumstances, including, for example, photographs, newspaper articles, and other media.

(7) CMS will notify the IRF in writing of its final decision regarding its request for an extension to file a reconsideration of noncompliance request via an email from CMS.

(e) Appeals. (1) An IRF may appeal the decision made by CMS on its reconsideration request by filing with the Provider Reimbursement Review Board (PRRB) under 42 CFR part 405, subpart R.

(2) [Reserved]

(f) Data Completion Thresholds. (1) IRFs must meet or exceed two separate data completeness thresholds: One threshold set at 95 percent for completion of required quality measures data and standardized patient assessment data collected using the IRF-PAI submitted through the CMS designated data submission system; and a second threshold set at 100 percent for measures data collected and submitted using the CDC NHSN.

(2) These thresholds (95 percent for completion of required quality measures data and standardized patient assessment data on the IRF-PAI; 100 percent for CDC NHSN data) will apply to all measures and standardized patient assessment data requirements adopted into the IRF QRP.

(3) An IRF must meet or exceed both thresholds to avoid receiving a 2 percentage point reduction to their annual payment update for a given fiscal year, beginning with FY 2016 and for all subsequent payment updates.

[80 FR 47138, Aug. 6, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 52140, Aug. 5, 2016; 82 FR 36305, Aug. 3, 2017; 83 FR 38573, Aug. 6, 2018; 84 FR 39172, Aug. 8, 2019; 90 FR 37724, Aug. 5, 2025]

PART 413 PRINCIPLES OF REASONABLE COST REIMBURSEMENT; PAYMENT FOR END-STAGE RENAL DISEASE SERVICES; PROSPECTIVELY DETERMINED PAYMENT RATES FOR SKILLED NURSING FACILITIES; PAYMENT FOR ACUTE KIDNEY INJURY DIALYSIS

Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302, 1395d(d), 1395f(b), 1395g, 1395l(a), (i), and (n), 1395m, 1395x(v), 1395x(kkk), 1395hh, 1395rr, 1395tt, and 1395ww.

Source: 51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, unless otherwise noted.

Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 413 appear at 76 FR 50537, August 22, 2014.

Subpart A Introduction and General Rules
§ 413.1 Introduction.

(a) Basis, scope, and applicability—(1) Statutory basis—(i) Basic provisions. (A) Section 1815 of the Act requires that the Secretary make interim payments to providers and periodically determine the amount that should be paid under Part A of Medicare to each provider for the services it furnishes.

(B) Section 1814(b) of the Act (for Part A) and section 1833(a) (for Part B) provide for payment on the basis of the lesser of a provider's reasonable costs or customary charges.

(C) Section 1861(v) of the Act defines “reasonable cost”.

(ii) Additional provisions. (A) Section 1138(b) of the Act specifies the conditions for Medicare payment for organ procurement costs.

(B) Section 1814(j) of the Act provides for exceptions to the “lower of costs or charges” provisions.

(C) Sections 1815(a) and 1833(e) of the Act provide the Secretary with authority to request information from providers to determine the amount of Medicare payment due providers.

(D) Section 1833(a)(4) and (i)(3) of the Act provide for payment of a blended amount for certain surgical services furnished in a hospital's outpatient department.

(E) Section 1833(n) of the Act provides for payment of a blended amount for outpatient hospital diagnostic procedures such as radiology.

(F) Section 1834(c)(1)(C) of the Act establishes the method for determining Medicare payment for screening mammograms performed by hospitals.

(G) Section 1834(g) of the Act provides that payment for critical access hospital (CAH) outpatient services is the reasonable costs of the CAH in providing these services, as determined in accordance with section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and the applicable principles of cost reimbursement in this part and in part 415 of this chapter.

(H) Section 1881 of the Act authorizes payment for services furnished to ESRD patients.

(I) Section 1883 of the Act provides for payment for post-hospital SNF care furnished by a rural hospital that has swing-bed approval.

(J) Sections 1886(a) and (b) of the Act impose a ceiling on the rate of increase in hospital inpatient costs.

(K) Section 1886(h) of the Act provides for payment to a hospital for the services of interns and residents in approved teaching programs on the basis of a “per resident” amount.

(L) Section 1834(x) of the Act authorizes payment for services furnished by rural emergency hospitals (REHs) and establishes the payment methodology.

(2) Scope. This part sets forth regulations governing Medicare payment for services furnished to beneficiaries by—

(i) Hospitals, critical access hospitals (CAHs), and rural emergency hospitals (REHs);

(ii) Skilled nursing facilities (SNFs);

(iii) Home health agencies (HHAs);

(iv) End-stage renal disease (ESRD) facilities;

(v) Organ procurement organizations (OPOs) and histocompatibility laboratories.

(3) Applicability. The payment principles and related policies set forth in this part are binding on CMS and its fiscal contractors, on the Provider Reimbursement Review Board, and on the entities listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(b) Reasonable cost reimbursement. Except as provided under paragraphs (c) through (h) of this section, Medicare is generally required, under section 1814(b) of the Act (for services covered under Part A) and under section 1833(a)(2) of the Act (for services covered under Part B) to pay for services furnished by providers on the basis of reasonable costs as defined in section 1861(v) of the Act, or the provider's customary charges for those services, if lower. Regulations implementing section 1861(v) are found generally in this part beginning at § 413.5.

(c) Outpatient maintenance dialysis and related services. Section 1881 of the Act authorizes special rules for the coverage of and payment for services furnished to ESRD patients. Sections 413.170 and 413.174 implement various provisions of section 1881. In particular, § 413.170 establishes a prospective payment method for outpatient maintenance dialysis services that applies both to hospital-based and independent ESRD facilities, and under which Medicare pays for both home and infacility dialysis services furnished on or after August 1, 1983.

(d) Payment for inpatient hospital services. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1983, the amount paid for inpatient hospital services is determined on a reasonable cost basis.

(2) Payment to short-term general hospitals located in the 50 States and the District of Columbia for the operating costs of hospital inpatient services for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983, and for the capital-related costs of inpatient services for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, are determined prospectively on a per discharge basis under part 412 of this chapter except as follows:

(i) Payment for the following is described in § 412.113 of this chapter:

(A) Capital related costs for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1991.

(B) Medical education costs.

(C) Organ acquisition costs as specified in part 413, subpart L.

(D) The costs of certain anesthesia services.

(ii) Payment to children's hospitals that are excluded from the prospective payment systems under subpart B of part 412 of this chapter, and hospitals outside the 50 States and the District of Columbia is on a reasonable cost basis, subject to the provisions of § 413.40.

(iii) Payment to hospitals subject to a State reimbursement control system is described in paragraph (e) of this section.

(iv) For cost reporting periods beginning before January 1, 2005, payment to psychiatric hospitals (as well as separate psychiatric units (distinct parts) of short-term general hospitals) that are excluded under subpart B of part 412 of this chapter from the prospective payment system is on a reasonable cost basis, subject to the provisions of § 413.40.

(v) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, payment to inpatient psychiatric facilities that meet the conditions of § 412.404 of this chapter, is made under the prospective payment system described in subpart N of part 412 of this chapter.

(vi) For cost reporting periods beginning before January 1, 2002, payment to rehabilitation hospitals (as well as separate rehabilitation units (distinct parts) of short-term general hospitals), that are excluded under subpart B of part 412 of this subchapter from the prospective payment systems is made on a reasonable cost basis, subject to the provisions of § 413.40.

(vii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002, payment to rehabilitation hospitals (as well as separate rehabilitation units (distinct parts) of short-term general hospitals) that meet the conditions of § 412.604 of this chapter is based on prospectively determined rates under subpart P of part 412 of this subchapter.

(viii) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2002, payment to long-term care hospitals that are excluded under subpart B of Part 412 of this subchapter from the prospective payment systems is on a reasonable cost basis, subject to the provisions of § 413.40.

(ix) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, payment to the long-term hospitals that meet the condition for payment of §§ 412.505 through 412.511 of this subchapter is based on prospectively determined rates under subpart O of Part 412 of this subchapter.

(e) State reimbursement control systems. Beginning October 1, 1983, Medicare reimbursement for inpatient hospital services may be made in accordance with a State reimbursement control system rather than under the Medicare reimbursement principles set forth in this part, if the State system is approved by CMS. Regulations implementing this alternative reimbursement authority are set forth in subpart C of part 403 of this chapter.

(f) Services of qualified nonphysician anesthetists. For cost reporting periods, or any part of a cost reporting period, beginning on or after January 1, 1989, costs incurred for the services of qualified nonphysician anesthetists are not paid on a reasonable cost basis unless the provisions of § 412.113(c)(2) of this chapter apply. These services are paid under the special rules set forth in § 405.553 of this chapter.

(g) Payment for services furnished in SNFs. (1) Except as specified in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section, the amount paid for services furnished in cost reporting periods beginning before July 1, 1998, is determined on a reasonable cost basis or, where applicable, in accordance with the prospectively determined payment rates for low-volume SNFs established under section 1888(d) of the Act, as set forth in subpart I of this part.

(2) The amount paid for services (other than those described in § 411.15(p)(2) of this chapter)—

(i) That are furnished in cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1998, to a resident who is in a covered Part A stay, is determined in accordance with the prospectively determined payment rates for SNFs established under section 1888(e) of the Act, as set forth in subpart J of this part.

(ii) That are furnished on or after July 1, 1998, to a resident who is not in a covered Part A stay, is determined in accordance with any applicable Part B fee schedule or, for a particular item or service to which no fee schedule applies, by using the existing payment methodology utilized under Part B for such item or service.

(h) Payment for services furnished by HHAs. The amount paid for home health services as defined in section 1861(m) of the Act (except durable medical equipment and the covered osteoporosis drug as provided for in that section) that are furnished beginning on or after October 1, 2000 to an eligible beneficiary under a home health plan of care is determined according to the prospectively determined payment rates for HHAs set forth in part 484, subpart E of this chapter.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 413.1, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 413.5 Cost reimbursement: General.

(a) In formulating methods for making fair and equitable reimbursement for services rendered beneficiaries of the program, payment is to be made on the basis of current costs of the individual provider, rather than costs of a past period or a fixed negotiated rate. All necessary and proper expenses of an institution in the production of services, including normal standby costs, are recognized. Furthermore, the share of the total institutional cost that is borne by the program is related to the care furnished beneficiaries so that no part of their cost would need to be borne by other patients. Conversely, costs attributable to other patients of the institution are not to be borne by the program. Thus, the application of this approach, with appropriate accounting support, will result in meeting actual costs of services to beneficiaries as such costs vary from institution to institution. However, payments to providers of services for services furnished Medicare beneficiaries are subject to the provisions of §§ 413.13 and 413.30.

(b) Putting these several points together, certain tests have been evolved for the principles of reimbursement and certain goals have been established that they should be designed to accomplish. In general terms, these are the tests or objectives:

(1) That the methods of reimbursement should result in current payment so that institutions will not be disadvantaged, as they sometimes are under other arrangements, by having to put up money for the purchase of goods and services well before they receive reimbursement.

(2) That, in addition to current payment, there should be retroactive adjustment so that increases in costs are taken fully into account as they actually occurred, not just prospectively.

(3) That there be a division of the allowable costs between the beneficiaries of this program and the other patients of the provider that takes account of the actual use of services by the beneficiaries of this program and that is fair to each provider individually.

(4) That there be sufficient flexibility in the methods of reimbursement to be used, particularly at the beginning of the program, to take account of the great differences in the present state of development of recordkeeping.

(5) That the principles should result in the equitable treatment of both nonprofit organizations and profit-making organizations.

(6) That there should be a recognition of the need of hospitals and other providers to keep pace with growing needs and to make improvements.

(c) As formulated herein, the principles given recognition to such factors as depreciation, interest, bad debts, educational costs, compensation of owners, and an allowance for a reasonable return on equity capital (in the case of certain proprietary providers). With respect to allowable costs some items of inclusion and exclusion are:

(1) An appropriate part of the net cost of approved educational activities will be included.

(2) Costs incurred for research purposes, over and above usual patient care, will not be included.

(3) [Reserved]

(4) The value of services provided by nonpaid workers, as members of an organization (including services of members of religious orders) having an agreement with the provider to furnish such services, is includable in the amount that would be paid others for similar work.

(5) Discounts and allowances received on the purchase of goods or services are reductions of the cost to which they relate.

(6) Bad debts growing out of the failure of a beneficiary to pay the deductible, or the coinsurance, will be reimbursed (after bona fide efforts at collection).

(7) Charity and courtesy allowances are not includable, although “fringe benefit” allowances for employees under a formal plan will be includable as part of their compensation.

(8) A reasonable allowance of compensation for the services of owners in profitmaking organizations will be allowed providing their services are actually performed in a necessary function.

(9) Reasonable cost of physicians' direct medical and surgical services (including supervision of interns and residents in the care of individual patients) furnished in a teaching hospital may be reimbursed as a provider cost (as described in § 415.162 of this chapter) if elected as provided for in § 415.160 of this chapter.

(10) Costs incurred by providers for entertainment, including costs associated with entertainment activities, or that are entertainment in nature, are not allowable costs.

(i) This paragraph (c)(10) includes costs that OPOs incur to engage in public education to increase awareness of organ donation and increase donor registration.

(ii) Non-allowable entertainment costs include, but are not limited to the following:

(A) Tickets, admission fees, or entry to sporting or other events, including national or professional sporting events.

(B) Sponsorship of sporting events, teams or athletes, including race car drivers or motorsports activities.

(C) Sponsorship of floats in large-scale regional and national parades.

(D) Concert, theater, or performing arts events, professional musicians or other entertainers.

(E) Wine tours or alcoholic beverages.

(F) Retreats held at spas or luxury resorts, spa services or treatments.

(G) Golf outings, ski trips, cruises, and similar recreational excursions.

(11) Costs incurred by an OPO to engage in public education within its donation service area (DSA), including public education activities designed to reach a broad audience within its DSA, such as but not limited to, billboards, radio advertisements, and social media campaigns, to increase awareness of organ donation and increase donor registration within its DSA are allowable if they are reasonable and do not violate paragraph (c)(10) of this section.

(12) De minimis or modest costs incurred by providers for employees for purposes of improving employee morale are allowable costs, provided that such costs do not violate the limitations set forth in 42 CFR 413.9(c).

(13) Costs incurred by providers to furnish alcoholic beverages to anyone are not allowable costs.

(14) Costs incurred by OPOs—

(i) For professional education such as meetings, seminars, and presentations on organ donation to acquire all useable organs from potential donors where continuing education credits are not given and where the attendee is clinical staff, non-clinical staff, or contracted staff including, but not limited to, OPO staff, donor hospital staff, and physicians whose role is essential to the OPO's objectives are allowable costs;

(ii) For OPO-sponsored seminars where continuing education credits are given and where the attendee is a member of on the OPO staff are allowable costs to the extent that they are patient care related, reasonable and necessary; and

(iii) For OPO-sponsored seminars where continuing education credits are given and where the attendee is not on the OPO staff, in accordance with § 413.402(d)(2)(v), are not allowable costs.

(15) Costs incurred by a provider—

(i) For employee travel are generally allowable to the extent that they are patient care related, reasonable and necessary;

(ii) To conduct, or send its employees or staff including contracted employees to, patient care related professional education refresher programs, seminars and workshops that increase the quality of patient care or operating efficiency of the provider, are generally allowable costs to the extent that they are patient care related, reasonable, and necessary;

(iii) For entertainment and vacation travel expenses such as travel on cruises or to resorts or spas, or transportation to entertainment or sporting events, are not allowable costs regardless of whether they are or are not incurred in connection with professional educational seminars or continuing education; and

(iv) Related to the personal use of provider vehicles are not allowable costs.

(16) Costs incurred by providers—

(i) For meals sold to visitors, meals for their employees and staff (including executives and management) and non-personnel (including attending physicians) are not allowable costs;

(ii) For de minimis refreshments provided to attendees at educational events, including attendees of OPO-sponsored seminars (with or without continuing education credits) are allowable costs; and

(iii) For meals for employees and contracted staff, whose role is essential to the provider's objectives, when an employee or contracted staff is required to travel away from their primary work location and an overnight stay is required, such as when completing trainings or education, provided such trainings are patient care related are allowable costs.

(17) Costs incurred by providers for drugs sold to other than patients are not related to patient care and are not allowable costs.

(18) Costs incurred by providers for cost of fines or penalties resulting from Federal, State or local laws are not allowable costs.

(19) Costs incurred by providers for operation of a gift shop are not allowable costs.

(d) In developing these principles of reimbursement for the Medicare program, all of the considerations inherent in allowances for depreciation were studied. The principles, as presented, provide options to meet varied situations. Depreciation will essentially be on an historical cost basis but since many institutions do not have adequate records of old assets, the principles provide an optional allowance in lieu of such depreciation for assets acquired before 1966. For assets acquired after 1965, the historical cost basis must be used. All assets actually in use for production of services for Medicare beneficiaries will be recognized even though they may have been fully or partially depreciated for other purposes. Assets financed with public funds may be depreciated. Although funding of depreciation is not required, there is an incentive for it since income from funded depreciation is not considered as an offset which must be taken to reduce the interest expense that is allowable as a program cost.

(e) A return on the equity capital of proprietary facilities, as described in § 413.157, is an allowance in addition to the reasonable cost of covered services furnished to beneficiaries.

(f) Renal dialysis items and services furnished under the ESRD provision are reimbursed and reported under §§ 413.170 and 413.174 respectively. For special rules concerning health maintenance organizations (HMOs), and providers of services and other health care facilities that are owned or operated by an HMO, or related to an HMO by common ownership or control, see §§ 417.242(b)(14) and 417.250(c) of this chapter.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986; 51 FR 37398, Oct. 22, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 21225, June 4, 1987; 52 FR 23398, June 19, 1987; 57 FR 39829, Sept. 1, 1992; 60 FR 63189, Dec. 8, 1995; 61 FR 63748, Dec. 2, 1996; 91 FR 50341, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.9 Cost related to patient care.

(a) Principle. All payments to providers of services must be based on the reasonable cost of services covered under Medicare and related to the care of beneficiaries. Reasonable cost includes all necessary and proper costs incurred in furnishing the services, subject to principles relating to specific items of revenue and cost. However, for cost reporting periods beginning after December 31, 1973, payments to providers of services are based on the lesser of the reasonable cost of services covered under Medicare and furnished to program beneficiaries or the customary charges to the general public for such services, as provided for in § 413.13.

(b) Definitions—(1) Reasonable cost. Reasonable cost of any services must be determined in accordance with regulations establishing the method or methods to be used, and the items to be included. The regulations in this part take into account both direct and indirect costs of providers of services. The objective is that under the methods of determining costs, the costs with respect to individuals covered by the program will not be borne by individuals not so covered, and the costs with respect to individuals not so covered will not be borne by the program. These regulations also provide for the making of suitable retroactive adjustments after the provider has submitted fiscal and statistical reports. The retroactive adjustment will represent the difference between the amount received by the provider during the year for covered services from both Medicare and the beneficiaries and the amount determined in accordance with an accepted method of cost apportionment to be the actual cost of services furnished to beneficiaries during the year.

(2) Necessary and proper costs. Necessary and proper costs are costs that are appropriate and helpful in developing and maintaining the operation of patient care facilities and activities. They are usually costs that are common and accepted occurrences in the field of the provider's activity.

(3) Prudent buyer. The prudent buyer is a person, provider type or entity that purchases items or property with caution, good judgment, and a sensible approach, aiming to make a sound, informed decision that minimizes risk and avoids unnecessary financial loss. This person, provider type or entity thoughtfully evaluates the condition, legal, and financial aspects of a purchase, much like a reasonably prudent person would in a similar situation.

(c) Application. (1) It is the intent of Medicare that payments to providers of services should be fair to the providers, to the contributors to the Medicare trust funds, and to other patients.

(2) The costs of providers' services vary from one provider to another and the variations generally reflect differences in scope of services and intensity of care. The provision in Medicare for payment of reasonable cost of services is intended to meet the actual costs, however widely they may vary from one institution to another. This is subject to a limitation if a particular institution's costs are found to be substantially out of line with other institutions in the same area that are similar in size, scope of services, utilization, and other relevant factors.

(3) The determination of reasonable cost of services must be based on cost related to the care of Medicare beneficiaries. Reasonable cost includes all necessary and proper expenses incurred in furnishing services, such as administrative costs, maintenance costs, and premium payments for employee health and pension plans. It includes both direct and indirect costs and normal standby costs. However, if the provider's operating costs include amounts not related to patient care, specifically not reimbursable under the program, or flowing from the provision of luxury items or services (that is, those items or services substantially in excess of or more expensive than those generally considered necessary for the provision of needed health services), such amounts will not be allowable. The reasonable cost basis of reimbursement contemplates that the providers of services would be reimbursed the actual costs of providing quality care however widely the actual costs may vary from provider to provider and from time to time for the same provider.

(4) Providers are expected to economize by not paying more than the going price for an item or service and seeking to minimize their costs, so that their actual costs will not exceed what a prudent and cost-conscious buyer would pay for a given item or service. If costs are determined to exceed the level that prudent buyers incur, the excess costs are not reimbursable in the absence of clear evidence that the higher costs were unavoidable.

[51 FR 34795, Sept. 30, 1986; 51 FR 37398, Oct. 22, 1986; 91 FR 50342, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.13 Amount of payment if customary charges for services furnished are less than reasonable costs.

(a) Definitions. As used in this section—

Customary charges means the regular rates that providers charge both beneficiaries and other paying patients for the services furnished to them.

Fair compensation means the reasonable cost of covered services.

Nominal charge means a charge equal to 60 percent or less of the reasonable cost of a service.

Public provider means a provider operated by a Federal, State, county, city, or other local government agency or instrumentality.

Reasonable cost means cost actually incurred, to the extent that cost is necessary for the efficient delivery of the service, and subject to the exclusions specified in paragraph (d) of this section.

(b) Application of the lesser of costs or charges (LCC) principle—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, CMS pays providers the lesser of the reasonable cost or the customary charges for services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. Reasonable cost and customary charges are compared separately for Part A services and Part B services.

(2) Example. (i) A provider's reasonable cost for covered services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries during a cost reporting period is $125,000.

(ii) The provider's customary charges for those services is $110,000.

(iii) CMS pays the provider $110,000 less the deductible and coinsurance amounts for which the beneficiaries are responsible.

(c) Exceptions to the LCC principle—(1) Providers not subject to the LCC principle. CMS pays the following providers the fair compensation for the services they furnish:

(i) CORFs.

(ii) Public providers that furnish services free of charge or at a nominal charge.

(iii) Any provider that requests payment of fair compensation and can demonstrate to its contractor that a significant portion of its patients are low income and that its charges are less than costs because its customary practice is to charge patients on the basis of their ability to pay.

(2) Services not subject to the LCC principle. The following services are not subject to the LCC principle:

(i) Part A inpatient hospital services. Inpatient hospital services are not subject to the LCC principle if they are subject to either of the following:

(A) The prospective payment system under part 412 of this chapter.

(B) The rate of increase limits set forth in § 413.40.

(ii) Facility services related to ambulatory surgical procedures performed in outpatient hospital departments. Facility services related to ambulatory surgical procedures performed in hospital outpatient departments are subject to the payment methodology set forth in § 413.118.

(iii) Services furnished by a critical access hospital (CAH). Inpatient and outpatient services furnished by a CAH are subject to the payment methodology set forth in § 413.70.

(iv) Hospital outpatient radiology services. Hospital outpatient radiology services are subject to the payment methodology set forth in § 413.122.

(v) Other diagnostic procedures performed by a hospital on an outpatient basis. Other outpatient diagnostic procedures are subject to the payment methodology set forth in § 413.122.

(vi) Skilled nursing facility services. Skilled nursing facility services subject to the payment methodology set forth in §§ 413.330 et seq.

(vii) Services furnished by a rural emergency hospital (REH). Services furnished by a rural emergency hospital are subject to the payment methodology set forth in part 419, subpart J, of this chapter.

(d) Exclusions from reasonable cost. For purposes of comparison with customary charges under this section, reasonable cost does not include the following:

(1) Payments made to a provider as reimbursement for bad debts arising from noncollection of Medicare deductible and coinsurance amounts, as provided in § 413.89.

(2) Amounts that represent the recovery of excess depreciation resulting from termination from the Medicare program or a decrease in Medicare utilization applicable to prior cost reporting periods, as provided in § 413.134.

(3) Amounts that result from disposition of depreciable assets, applicable to prior cost reporting periods, as provided in § 413.134.

(4) Payments to funds for the donated services of teaching physicians, as provided in § 413.85.

(5) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section for making nominal charge determinations in special situations, graduate medical education costs.

(e) Reductions in customary charges. Customary charges are reduced in proportion to the ratio of the aggregate amount actually collected from charge-paying non-Medicare patients to the amount that would have been realized had customary charges been paid, if the provider—

(1) Did not actually impose charges on most of the patients liable for payment for its services on a charge basis; or

(2) Failed to make a reasonable effort to collect those charges.

(f) Nominal charge determinations. In determining whether a provider's customary charges equal 60 percent or less of its reasonable costs, the following rules apply:

(1) General rule. The determination is based on charges actually billed to charge-paying, non-Medicare patients, and (except for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests that are paid under section 1833(h) of the Act) is made separately for Part A services and Part B services.

(2) Determination in special situations. (i) Charges based on ability to pay. For providers that have a sliding scale or discounted charges based on patients' ability to pay, the determination—

(A) Is based on charges billed to all charge-paying patients;

(B) Uses the ratio of the sliding scale charges to the provider's full customary charges; and

(C) Applies the ratio to the discounted charges to equate those charges to customary charges.

(ii) HHA services. In determining nominal charges for HHAs, all Part A and Part B services, with the exception of DME, are considered together.

(iii) Graduate medical education. When making the nominal charge determination, graduate medical education payments (or the provider's reasonable costs for that education, if supported by appropriate data) are included in reasonable costs.

[65 FR 8661, Feb. 22, 2000, as amended at 70 FR 47487, Aug. 12, 2005; 87 FR 72287, Nov. 23, 2022]

§ 413.17 Cost to related organizations.

(a) Principle. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, costs applicable to services, facilities, and supplies furnished to the provider by organizations related to the provider by common ownership or control are includable in the allowable cost of the provider at the cost to the related organization. However, such cost must not exceed the price of comparable services, facilities, or supplies that could be purchased elsewhere.

(b) Definitions—(1) Related to the provider. Related to the provider means that the provider to a significant extent is associated or affiliated with or has control of or is controlled by the organization furnishing the services, facilities, or supplies.

(2) Common ownership. Common ownership exists if an individual or individuals possess significant ownership or equity in the provider and the institution or organization serving the provider.

(3) Control. Control exists if an individual or an organization has the power, directly or indirectly, significantly to influence or direct the actions or policies of an organization or institution.

(c) Application. (1) Individuals and organizations associate with others for various reasons and by various means. Some deem it appropriate to do so to assure a steady flow of supplies or services, to reduce competition, to gain a tax advantage, to extend influence, and for other reasons. These goals may be accomplished by means of ownership or control, by financial assistance, by management assistance, and other ways.

(2) If the provider obtains items of services, facilities, or supplies from an organization, even though it is a separate legal entity, and the organization is owned or controlled by the owner(s) of the provider, in effect the items are obtained from itself. An example would be a corporation building a hospital or a nursing home and then leasing it to another corporation controlled by the owner. Therefore, reimbursable cost should include the costs for these items at the cost to the supplying organization. However, if the price in the open market for comparable services, facilities, or supplies is lower than the cost to the supplier, the allowable cost to the provider may not exceed the market price.

(d) Exception. (1) An exception is provided to this general principle if the provider demonstrates by convincing evidence to the satisfaction of the contractor, that—

(i) The supplying organization is a bona fide separate organization;

(ii) A substantial part of its business activity of the type carried on with the provider is transacted with others than the provider and organizations related to the supplier by common ownership or control and there is an open, competitive market for the type of services, facilities, or supplies furnished by the organization;

(iii) The services, facilities, or supplies are those that commonly are obtained by institutions such as the provider from other organizations and are not a basic element of patient care ordinarily furnished directly to patients by such institutions; and

(iv) The charge to the provider is in line with the charge for such services, facilities, or supplies in the open market and no more than the charge made under comparable circumstances to others by the organization for such services, facilities, or supplies.

(2) In such cases, the charge by the supplier to the provider for such services, facilities, or supplies is allowable as cost.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 81 FR 57270, Aug. 22, 2016]

Subpart B Accounting Records and Reports
§ 413.20 Financial data and reports.

(a) General. The principles of cost reimbursement require that providers maintain sufficient financial records and statistical data for proper determination of costs payable under the program. Standardized definitions, accounting, statistics, and reporting practices that are widely accepted in the hospital and related fields are followed. Changes in these practices and systems will not be required in order to determine costs payable under the principles of reimbursement. Essentially the methods of determining costs payable under Medicare involve making use of data available from the institution's basis accounts, as usually maintained, to arrive at equitable and proper payment for services to beneficiaries.

(b) Frequency of cost reports. Cost reports are required from providers on an annual basis with reporting periods based on the provider's accounting year. In the interpretation and application of the principles of reimbursement, the fiscal contractors will be an important source of consultative assistance to providers and will be available to deal with questions and problems on a day-to-day basis.

(c) Recordkeeping requirements for new providers. A newly participating provider of services (as defined in § 400.202 of this chapter) must make available to its selected contractor for examination its fiscal and other records for the purpose of determining such provider's ongoing recordkeeping capability and inform the contractor of the date its initial Medicare cost reporting period ends. This examination is intended to assure that—

(1) The provider has an adequate ongoing system for furnishing the records needed to provide accurate cost data and other information capable of verification by qualified auditors and adequate for cost reporting purposes under section 1815 of the Act; and

(2) No financial arrangements exist that will thwart the commitment of the Medicare program to reimburse providers the reasonable cost of services furnished beneficiaries. The data and information to be examined include cost, revenue, statistical, and other information pertinent to reimbursement including, but not limited to, that described in paragraph (d) of this section and in § 413.24.

(d) Continuing provider recordkeeping requirements. (1) The provider must furnish such information to the contractor as may be necessary to—

(i) Assure proper payment by the program, including the extent to which there is any common ownership or control (as described in § 413.17(b)(2) and (3)) between providers or other organizations, and as may be needed to identify the parties responsible for submitting program cost reports;

(ii) Receive program payments; and

(iii) Satisfy program overpayment determinations.

(2) The provider must permit the contractor to examine such records and documents as are necessary to ascertain information pertinent to the determination of the proper amount of program payments due. These records include, but are not limited to, matters pertaining to—

(i) Provider ownership, organization, and operation;

(ii) Fiscal, medical, and other recordkeeping systems;

(iii) Federal income tax status;

(iv) Asset acquisition, lease, sale, or other action;

(v) Franchise or management arrangements;

(vi) Patient service charge schedules;

(vii) Costs of operation;

(viii) Amounts of income received by source and purpose; and

(ix) Flow of funds and working capital.

(3)(i) The provider must furnish the contractor—

(A) Upon request, copies of patient service charge schedules and changes thereto as they are put into effect; and

(B) Its median payer-specific negotiated charge by MS-DRG for payers that are Medicare Advantage (MA) organizations, as applicable, and changes thereto as they are put into effect.

(ii) The contractor evaluates the charge schedules as specified in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section to determine the extent to which they may be used for determining program payment.

(e) Suspension of program payments to a provider. If an contractor determines that a provider does not maintain or no longer maintains adequate records for the determination of reasonable cost under the Medicare program, payments to such provider will be suspended until the contractor is assured that adequate records are maintained. Before suspending payments to a provider, the contractor will, in accordance with the provisions in § 405.372(a) of this chapter, send written notice to such provider of its intent to suspend payments. The notice will explain the basis for the contractor's determination with respect to the provider's records and will identify the provider's recordkeeping deficiencies. The provider must be given the opportunity, in accordance with § 405.372(b) of this chapter, to submit a statement (including any pertinent evidence) as to why the suspension must not be put into effect.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 61 FR 63749, Dec. 2, 1996; 85 FR 59023, Sept. 18, 2020; 86 FR 45521, Aug. 13, 2021; 90 FR 54083, Nov. 25, 2025]

§ 413.24 Adequate cost data and cost finding.

(a) Principle. Providers receiving payment on the basis of reimbursable cost must provide adequate cost data. This must be based on their financial and statistical records which must be capable of verification by qualified auditors. The cost data must be based on an approved method of cost finding and on the accrual basis of accounting, except for—

(1) Governmental institutions which operate on a cash basis method of accounting. Cost data based on such basis of accounting will be acceptable, subject to appropriate treatment of capital expenditures.

(2) Costs of qualified defined benefit pension plans shall be reported on a cash basis method of accounting, as described at § 413.100(c)(2)(vii)(D) for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2011.

(b) Definitions—(1) Cost finding. Cost finding is the process of recasting the data derived from the accounts ordinarily kept by a provider to ascertain costs of the various types of services furnished. It is the determination of these costs by the allocation of direct costs and proration of indirect costs.

(2) Accrual basis of accounting. As used in this part, the term accrual basis of accounting means that revenue is reported in the period in which it is earned, regardless of when it is collected; and an expense is reported in the period in which it is incurred, regardless of when it is paid. (See § 413.100 regarding limitations on allowable accrued costs in situations in which the related liabilities are not liquidated timely.)

(c) Adequacy of cost information. Adequate cost information must be obtained from the provider's records to support payments made for services furnished to beneficiaries. The requirement of adequacy of data implies that the data be accurate and in sufficient detail to accomplish the purposes for which it is intended. Adequate data capable of being audited is consistent with good business concepts and effective and efficient management of any organization, whether it is operated for profit or on a nonprofit basis. It is a reasonable expectation on the part of any agency paying for services on a cost-reimbursement basis. In order to provide the required cost data and not impair comparability, financial and statistical records should be maintained in a manner consistent from one period to another. However, a proper regard for consistency need not preclude a desirable change in accounting procedures if there is reason to effect such change.

(d) Cost finding methods. After the close of the accounting period, providers must use one of the following methods of cost finding to determine the actual costs of services furnished during that period. (These provisions do not apply to SNFs that elect and qualify for prospectively determined payment rates under subpart I of this part for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1986. For the special rules that are applicable to those SNFs, see § 413.321.) For cost reporting periods beginning after December 31, 1971, providers using the departmental method of cost apportionment must use the step-down method described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section or an “other method” described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. For cost reporting periods beginning after December 31, 1971, providers using the combination method of cost apportionment must use the modified cost finding method described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1980, HHAs not based in hospitals or SNFs must use the step-down method described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. (HHAs based in hospitals or SNFs must use the method applicable to the parent institution.) However, an HHA not based in a hospital or SNF that received less than $35,000 in Medicare payment for the immediately preceding cost reporting period, and for whom this payment represented less than 50 percent of the total operating cost of the agency, may use a simplified version of the step-down method, as specified in instructions for the cost report issued by CMS.

(1) Step-down method. This method recognizes that services furnished by certain nonrevenue-producing departments or centers are utilized by certain other nonrevenue-producing centers as well as by the revenue-producing centers. All costs of nonrevenue-producing centers are allocated to all centers that they serve, regardless of whether or not these centers produce revenue. The cost of the nonrevenue-producing center serving the greatest number of other centers, while receiving benefits from the least number of centers, is apportioned first. Following the apportionment of the cost of the nonrevenue-producing center, that center will be considered “closed” and no further costs are apportioned to that center. This applies even though it may have received some service from a center whose cost is apportioned later. Generally, if two centers furnish services to an equal number of centers while receiving benefits from an equal number, that center which has the greatest amount of expense should be allocated first.

(2) Other methods—(i) The double-apportionment method. The double-apportionment method may be used by a provider upon approval of the contractor. This method also recognizes that the nonrevenue-producing departments or centers furnish services to other nonrevenue-producing centers as well as to revenue-producing centers. A preliminary allocation of the costs of non-revenue-producing centers is made. These centers or departments are not “closed” after this preliminary allocation. Instead, they remain “open,” accumulating a portion of the costs of all other centers from which services are received. Thus, after the first or preliminary allocation, some costs will remain in each center representing services received from other centers. The first or preliminary allocation is followed by a second or final apportionment of expenses involving the allocation of all costs remaining in the nonrevenue-producing functions directly to revenue-producing centers.

(ii) More sophisticated methods. A more sophisticated method designed to allocate costs more accurately may be used by the provider upon approval of the contractor. However, having elected to use the double-apportionment method, the provider may not thereafter use the step-down method without approval of the contractor. Written request for the approval must be made on a prospective basis and must be submitted before the end of the fourth month of the prospective reporting period. Likewise, once having elected to use a more sophisticated method, the provider may not thereafter use either the double-apportionment or step-down methods without similar request and approval.

(3) Modified cost finding for providers using the Combination Method for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 1971. This method differs from the step-down method in that services furnished by nonrevenue-producing departments or centers are allocated directly to revenue-producing departments or centers even though these services may be utilized by other nonrevenue-producing departments or centers. In the application of this method the cost of nonrevenue-producing centers having a common basis of allocation are combined and the total distributed to revenue-producing centers. All nonrevenue-producing centers having significant percentages of cost in relation to total costs will be allocated this way. The combined total costs of remaining nonrevenue-producing costs centers will be allocated to revenue-producing cost centers in the proportion that each bears to total costs, direct and indirect, already allocated. The bases which are to be used and the centers which are to be combined for allocation are not optional but are identified and incorporated in the cost report forms developed for this method. Providers using this method must use the program cost report forms devised for it. Alternative forms may not be used without prior approval by CMS based upon a written request by the provider submitted through the contractor.

(4) Temporary method for initial period. If the provider is unable to use either cost-finding method when it first participates in the program, it may apply to the contractor for permission to use some other acceptable method that would accurately identify costs by department or center, and appropriately segregate inpatient and outpatient costs. Such other method may be used for cost reports covering periods ending before January 1, 1968.

(5) Simplified optional reimbursement method for small, rural hospitals with distinct parts for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 20, 1982. (i) A rural hospital with a Medicare-certified distinct part SNF may elect to be reimbursed for services furnished in its hospital general routine service area and distinct part SNF using the reimbursement method specified in § 413.53 for swing-bed hospitals, if it meets the following conditions:

(A) The institution is located in a rural area as defined in § 482.58 of this chapter.

(B) On the first day of the cost reporting period, the hospital and distinct part SNF have fewer than 50 beds in total (with the exception of beds for newborns and beds in intensive care type inpatient units).

(ii) In applying the optional reimbursement method, only those beds located in the hospital general routine service area and in the distinct part SNF certified by Medicare are combined into a single cost center for purposes of cost finding.

(iii) The reasonable cost of the routine extended care services is determined in accordance with § 413.114(c). The reasonable cost of the hospital general routine services is determined in accordance with § 413.53(a)(2).

(iv) The hospital must make its election to use the optional swing-bed reimbursement method in writing to the contractor before the beginning of the hospital's cost reporting year. The hospital must make any request to revoke the election in writing before the beginning of the affected cost reporting period.

(v) The contractor must approve requests to terminate use of the optional swing-bed reimbursement method. If a hospital terminates use of this optional method, no further elections may be made by the facility to use the optional method.

(6) Preventing duplication of costs: departments and provider-based entities. In some situations, the main provider in a provider-based complex may purchase services for a provider-based entity or for a department of the provider through a contract for services (for example, a management contract), directly assigning the costs to the provider-based entity or department and reporting the costs directly in the cost center for that entity or department. In any situation in which costs are directly assigned to a cost center, there is a risk of excess cost in that cost center resulting from the directly assigned costs plus a share of overhead improperly allocated to the cost center which duplicates the directly assigned costs. This duplication could result in improper Medicare payment to the provider. Where a provider has purchased services for a provider-based entity or for a provider department, like general service costs of the provider (for example, like costs in the administrative and general cost center) must be separately identified to ensure that they are not improperly allocated to the entity or the department. If the like costs of the main provider cannot be separately identified, the costs of the services purchased through a contract must be reclassified to the main provider and allocated among the main provider's benefiting cost centers.

Example:A provider-based complex is composed of a hospital and a hospital-based rural health clinic (RHC). The hospital furnishes the entirety of its own administrative and general costs internally. The RHC, however, is managed by an independent contractor through a management contract. The management contract provides a full array of administrative and general services, with the exception of patient billing. The hospital directly assigns the costs of the RHC's management contract to the RHC cost center (for example, Form CMS 2552-96, Worksheet A, Line 71). A full allocation of the hospital's administrative and general costs to the RHC cost center would duplicate most of the RHC's administrative and general costs. However, an allocation of the hospital's cost (included in hospital administrative and general costs) of its patient billing function to the RHC would be appropriate. Therefore, the hospital must include the costs of the patient billing function in a separate cost center to be allocated to the benefiting cost centers, including the RHC cost center. The remaining hospital administrative and general costs would be allocated to all cost centers, excluding the RHC cost center. If the hospital is unable to isolate the costs of the patient billing function, the costs of the RHC's management contract must be reclassified to the hospital administrative and general cost center to be allocated among all cost centers, as appropriate.

(7) Costs of services furnished to free-standing entities. The costs that a provider incurs to furnish services to free-standing entities with which it is associated are not allowable costs of that provider. Any costs of services furnished to a free-standing entity must be identified and eliminated from the allowable costs of the servicing provider, to prevent Medicare payment to that provider for those costs. This may be done by including the free-standing entity on the cost report as a nonreimbursable cost center for the purpose of allocating overhead costs to that entity. If this method would not result in an accurate allocation of costs to the entity, the provider must develop detailed work papers showing how the cost of services furnished by the provider to the entity were determined. These costs are removed from the applicable cost centers of the servicing provider.

(8) Improper allocation of overhead prohibited. Providers must not include a statistical cost which does not relate to the allocation of administrative and general expenses when it causes an improper distribution of overhead.

(i) Providers must employ either or both methods described in paragraphs (d)(8)(ii) or (iii) of this section, if needed, to prevent the improper allocation of overhead on the Medicare cost report.

(ii) Negative Adjustment Method for accumulated cost. When direct costs are reported in a cost center or department that includes purchased services or supplies, costs other than the purchased service costs may receive an allocation of administrative and general costs, and the purchased service costs that are not to receive administrative and general must be identified and removed.

(A) On the Medicare cost report, in any column using accumulated costs as the statistical basis for allocating costs, providers must identify any cost center that is not to receive an allocation by entering a negative 1 (−1) on the appropriate line in the accumulated cost column, or by entering the total accumulated cost as a negative amount on the appropriate line in the reconciliation column. For those cost centers using accumulated costs that are to receive partial allocation of costs, providers must enter a negative amount for the costs that are to be excluded from the statistic on the appropriate line in the reconciliation column.

(B) Cost centers that are not to receive an allocation must not have entries in both the reconciliation and accumulated cost columns when the accumulated cost statistic is offset to zero.

(C) For those cost centers that are to receive partial allocation of costs for costs other than purchased services, the cost to be excluded from the accumulated cost statistic must be reported as a negative amount on the effected cost center in the reconciliation column. This results in entries in both the reconciliation column and accumulated cost statistic column simultaneously for the same line (cost center).

(iii) Fragmenting (componentizing): Administrative and General Method. When a provider chooses to fragment, or componentize administrative and general costs, the provider must fragment (that is, subscript), the administrative and general cost center into 2 or more cost centers using accurate statistics to allocate its costs and ensure that overhead costs are accurately assigned to departments benefiting from the services provided. When creating multiple administrative and general cost centers, a provider must track and allocate overhead expenses based on actual resource consumption.

(iv) Provider request to change its cost finding method. (A) A provider that wishes to change its cost finding method must submit a request to its contractor, in writing, 90 days prior to the end of the cost reporting period to which the provider's request for change applies.

(B) The contractor's determination of a provider's request to change methods will be furnished to the provider in writing and will be binding on the provider as of the date of the contractor's written notice.

(C) When the contractor approves the provider's request to change methods, the provider must use this method for the cost reporting period to which the request applies and for all subsequent cost reporting periods, unless the contractor approves a subsequent request by the provider to change its cost finding methods.

(e) Accounting basis. The cost data submitted must be based on the accrual basis of accounting which is recognized as the most accurate basis for determining costs. However, governmental institutions that operate on a cash basis of accounting may submit cost data on the cash basis subject to appropriate treatment of capital expenditures.

(f) Cost reports. For cost reporting purposes, the Medicare program requires each provider of services to submit periodic reports of its operations that generally cover a consecutive 12-month period of the provider's operations. Amended cost reports to revise cost report information that has been previously submitted by a provider may be permitted or required as determined by CMS.

(1) Cost reports—Terminated providers and changes of ownership. A provider that voluntarily or involuntarily ceases to participate in the Medicare program or experiences a change of ownership must file a cost report for that period under the program beginning with the first day not included in a previous cost reporting period and ending with the effective date of termination of its provider agreement or change of ownership.

(2) Due dates for cost reports. (i) Cost reports are due on or before the last day of the fifth month following the close of the period covered by the report. For cost reports ending on a day other than the last day of the month, cost reports are due 150 days after the last day of the cost reporting period.

(ii) Extensions of the due date for filing a cost report may be granted by the contractor only when a provider's operations are significantly adversely affected due to extraordinary circumstances over which the provider has no control, such as flood or fire.

(3) Changes in cost reporting periods. A provider may change its cost reporting period if a change in ownership is experienced or if the—

(i) Provider requests the change in writing from its contractor;

(ii) Contractor receives the request at least 120 days before the close of the new reporting period requested by the provider; and

(iii) Contractor determines that good cause for the change exists. Good cause would not be found to exist if the effect is to change the initial date that a hospital would be affected by the rate of increase ceiling (see § 413.40), or be paid under the prospective payment systems (see part 412 of this chapter).

(4) Electronic submission of cost reports.

(i) As used in this paragraph (f)(4), “provider” means a hospital, rural emergency hospital, skilled nursing facility, home health agency, hospice, organ procurement organization, histocompatibility laboratory, rural health clinic, federally qualified health center, community mental health center, or end-stage renal disease facility.

(ii) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1989, for hospitals; cost reporting periods ending on or after February 1, 1997, for skilled nursing facilities and home health agencies; cost reporting periods ending on or after December 31, 2004, for hospices, and end-stage renal disease facilities; cost reporting periods ending on or after March 31, 2005, for organ procurement organizations, histocompatibility laboratories, rural health clinics, federally qualified health centers, and community mental health centers; and cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, for rural emergency hospitals, a provider is required to submit cost reports in a standardized electronic format. The provider's electronic program must be capable of producing the CMS standardized output file in a form that can be read by the contractor's automated system. This electronic file, which must contain the input data required to complete the cost report and to pass specified edits, must be forwarded to the contractor for processing through its system.

(iii) The contractor stores the provider's as-filed electronic cost report and may not alter that file for any reason. The contractor makes a “working copy” of the as-filed electronic cost report to be used, as necessary, throughout the settlement process (that is, desk review, processing audit adjustments, and final settlement). The provider's electronic program must be able to disclose if any changes have been made to the as-filed electronic cost report after acceptance by the contractor. If the as-filed electronic cost report does not pass all specified edits, the contractor must return it to the provider for correction. For purposes of the requirements in paragraph (f)(2) of this section concerning due dates, an electronic cost report is not considered to be filed until it is accepted by the contractor.

(iv)(A) Effective as specified in paragraphs (f)(4)(iv)(A)(1) through (5) of this section and except as provided in paragraph (f)(4)(iv)(C) of this section, a provider must submit a hard copy of a settlement summary, if applicable, which is a statement of certain worksheet totals found within the electronic file, and the certification statement described in paragraph (f)(4)(iv)(B) of this section signed by its administrator or chief financial officer certifying the accuracy of the electronic file or the manually prepared cost report.

(1) For hospitals, effective for cost reporting periods ending on or after September 30, 1994;

(2) For skilled nursing facilities and home health agencies, effective for cost reporting periods ending on or after February 1, 1997;

(3) For hospices and end-stage renal disease facilities, effective for cost reporting periods ending on or after December 31, 2004;

(4) For organ procurement organizations, histocompatibility laboratories, rural health clinics, federally qualified health centers, and community mental health centers, effective for cost reporting periods ending on or after March 31, 2005; and

(5) For rural emergency hospitals, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023.

(B) The following certification statement must immediately precede the dated original signature, or electronic signature as set forth in paragraph (f)(4)(iv)(C)(1) of this section, of the provider's administrator or chief financial officer:

MISREPRESENTATION OR FALSIFICATION OF ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS COST REPORT MAY BE PUNISHABLE BY CRIMINAL, CIVIL AND ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION, FINE AND/OR IMPRISONMENT UNDER FEDERAL LAW. FURTHERMORE, IF SERVICES IDENTIFIED IN THIS REPORT WERE PROVIDED OR PROCURED THROUGH THE PAYMENT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OF A KICKBACK OR WERE OTHERWISE ILLEGAL, CRIMINAL, CIVIL AND ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION, FINES AND/OR IMPRISONMENT MAY RESULT.

I hereby certify that I have read the above certification statement and that I have examined the accompanying electronically filed or manually submitted cost report and the Balance Sheet and Statement of Revenue and Expenses prepared by ____ (Provider Name(s) and Number(s)) for the cost reporting period beginning ___ and ending ___ and that to the best of my knowledge and belief, this report and statement are true, correct, complete and prepared from the books and records of the provider in accordance with applicable instructions, except as noted. I further certify that I am familiar with the laws and regulations regarding the provision of health care services, and that the services identified in this cost report were provided in compliance with such laws and regulations.

(C) Effective for cost reporting periods ending on or after December 31, 2017—(1) A provider that is required to file an electronic cost report may elect to electronically submit the settlement summary, if applicable, and the certification statement with an electronic signature of the provider's administrator or chief financial officer. The following checkbox for electronic signature and submission will immediately follow the certification statement as set forth in paragraph (f)(4)(iv)(B) of this section and must be checked if electronic signature and submission is elected.

□ I have read and agree with the above certification statement. I certify that I intend my electronic signature on this certification statement to be the legally binding equivalent of my original signature.

(2) A provider that is required to file an electronic cost report but does not elect to electronically submit the certification statement with an electronic signature, must submit a hard copy of the settlement summary, if applicable, and a certification statement with an original signature of the provider's administrator or chief financial officer as set forth in paragraphs (f)(4)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section.

(v) A provider may request a delay or waiver of the electronic submission requirement in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section if this requirement would cause a financial hardship or if the provider qualifies as a low or no Medicare utilization provider. The provider must submit a written request for delay or waiver with necessary supporting documentation to its contractor no later than 30 days after the end of its cost reporting period. The contractor reviews the request and forwards it, with a recommendation for approval or denial, to CMS central office within 30 days of receipt of the request. CMS central office either approves or denies the request and notifies the contractor within 60 days of receipt of the request.

(5) An acceptable cost report submission is defined as follows:

(i) The provider must accurately complete and submit the required cost reporting forms, including all necessary signatures and supporting documents. For providers claiming costs on their cost reports that are allocated from a home office or chain organization, the Home Office Cost statement must be submitted by the home office or chain organization as set forth in paragraph (f)(5)(i)(E) of this section. A cost report is rejected for lack of supporting documentation if it does not include the following, except as provided in paragraphs (f)(5)(i)(A)(2)(ii) and (f)(5)(i)(E) of this section:

(A) Teaching hospitals. For teaching hospitals, the Intern and Resident Information System (IRIS) data.

(1) Data format. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021, the IRIS data must be in the new XML IRIS format.

(2) Resident counts. (i) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021, the IRIS data must contain the same total counts of direct GME FTE residents (unweighted and weighted) and IME FTE residents as the total counts of direct GME FTE and IME FTE residents reported in the provider's cost report.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021, and before October 1, 2022, the cost report is not rejected if the requirement in paragraph (f)(5)(i)(A)(2)(i) of this section is not met.

(B) Bad debt—Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2018, for providers claiming Medicare bad debt reimbursement, a detailed bad debt listing that corresponds to the amount of bad debt claimed in the provider's cost report.

(C) DSH eligible hospitals—Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2018, for hospitals claiming a disproportionate share hospital payment adjustment, a detailed listing of the hospital's Medicaid eligible days that corresponds to the Medicaid eligible days claimed in the hospital's cost report. If the hospital submits an amended cost report that changes its Medicaid eligible days, the hospital must submit an amended listing or an addendum to the original listing of the hospital's Medicaid eligible days that corresponds to the Medicaid eligible days claimed in the hospital's amended cost report.

(D) Charity care and uninsured discounts—Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2018, for DSH eligible hospitals reporting charity care and/or uninsured discounts, a detailed listing of charity care and/or uninsured discounts that corresponds to the amounts claimed in the DSH eligible hospital's cost report.

(E) Home office cost allocation. (1) Same fiscal year end. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2018, for providers claiming costs on their cost report that are allocated from a home office or chain organization with the same fiscal year end, a Home Office Cost Statement completed and submitted by the home office or chain organization to its chain provider's servicing contractor that corresponds to the amounts allocated from the home office or chain organization to the provider's cost report.

(2) Differing fiscal year end. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2018, for providers claiming costs on their cost report that are allocated from a home office or chain organization with a different fiscal year end, a Home Office Cost Statement completed and submitted by the home office or chain organization to its chain provider's servicing contractor that corresponds to some portion of the amounts allocated from the home office or chain organization to the provider's cost report.

(ii) For providers that are required to file electronic cost reports—In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (f)(4) and (f)(5)(i) of this section, the provider must submit its cost reports in an electronic cost report format in conformance with the requirements contained in the Electronic Cost Report (ECR) Specifications Manual (unless the provider has received an exemption from CMS).

(iii) The contractor makes a determination of acceptability within 30 days of receipt of the provider's cost report. If the cost report is considered unacceptable, the contractor returns the cost report with a letter explaining the reasons for the rejection. When the cost report is rejected, it is deemed an unacceptable submission and treated as if a report had never been filed.

(g) Exception from full cost reporting for lack of program utilization. If a provider does not furnish any covered services to Medicare beneficiaries during a cost reporting period, it is not required to submit a full cost report. It must, however, submit an abbreviated cost report, as prescribed by CMS.

(h) Waiver of full or simplified cost reporting for low program utilization. (1) If the provider has had low utilization of covered services by Medicare beneficiaries (as determined by the contractor) and has received correspondingly low interim payments for the cost reporting period, the contractor may waive a full cost report or the simplified cost report described in § 413.321 if it decides that it can determine, without a full or simplified report, the reasonable cost of covered services provided during that period.

(2) If a full or simplified cost report is waived, the provider must submit within the same time period required for full or simplified cost reports:

(i) The cost reporting forms prescribed by CMS for this situation; and

(ii) Any other financial and statistical data the contractor requires.

(i) [Reserved]

(j) Substantive reimbursement requirement of an appropriate cost report claim—(1) General requirement. In order for a provider to receive or potentially qualify for reimbursement for a specific item for its cost reporting period, the provider's cost report, whether determined on an as submitted, as amended, or as adjusted basis (as prescribed in paragraph (j)(3) of this section), must include an appropriate claim for the specific item, by either—

(i) Claiming full reimbursement in the provider's cost report for the specific item in accordance with Medicare policy, if the provider seeks payment for the item that it believes comports with program policy; or

(ii) Self-disallowing the specific item in the provider's cost report, if the provider seeks payment that it believes may not be allowable or may not comport with Medicare policy (for example, if the provider believes the contractor lacks the authority or discretion to award the reimbursement the provider seeks for the item), by following the procedures (set forth in paragraph (j)(2) of this section) for properly self-disallowing the specific item in the provider's cost report as a protested amount.

(2) Self-disallowance procedures. In order to properly self-disallow a specific item, the provider must—

(i) Include an estimated reimbursement amount for each specific self-disallowed item in the protested amount line (or lines) of the provider's cost report; and

(ii) Attach a separate work sheet to the provider's cost report for each specific self-disallowed item, explaining why the provider self-disallowed each specific item (instead of claiming full reimbursement in its cost report for the specific item) and describing how the provider calculated the estimated reimbursement amount for each specific self-disallowed item.

(3) Procedures for determining whether there is an appropriate cost report claim. Whether the provider's cost report for its cost reporting period includes an appropriate claim for a specific item (as prescribed in paragraph (j)(1) of this section) must be determined by reference to the cost report that the provider submits originally to, and was accepted by, the contractor for such period, provided that none of the following exceptions applies:

(i) If the provider submits an amended cost report for its cost reporting period and such amended cost report is accepted by the contractor, then whether there is an appropriate cost report claim for the specific item must be determined by reference to such amended cost report, provided that neither of the exceptions set forth in paragraphs (j)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section applies;

(ii) If the contractor adjusts the provider's cost report, as submitted originally by the provider and accepted by the contractor or as amended by the provider and accepted by the contractor, whichever is applicable, with respect to the specific item, then whether there is an appropriate cost report claim for the specific item must be determined by reference to the provider's cost report, as such cost report claim is adjusted for the specific item in the final contractor determination (as defined in § 405.1801(a) of this chapter) for the provider's cost reporting period, provided that the exception set forth in paragraph (j)(3)(iii) of this section does not apply;

(iii) If the contractor reopens either the final contractor determination for the provider's cost reporting period (pursuant to § 405.1885 of this chapter) or a revised final contractor determination for such period (issued pursuant to § 405.1889 of this chapter) and the contractor adjusts the provider's cost report with respect to the specific item, then whether there is an appropriate cost report claim for the specific item must be determined by reference to the provider's cost report, as such cost report claim is adjusted for the specific item in the most recent revised final contractor determination for such period.

(4) Reimbursement effects of contractor's determination of whether there is an appropriate cost report claim. If the contractor determines that the provider's cost report included an appropriate claim for a specific item (as specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (2), and (3) of this section) and that all the other substantive reimbursement requirements for the specific item are also satisfied, the final contractor determination (as defined in § 405.1801(a) of this chapter) must include reimbursement for the specific item to the extent permitted by Medicare policy. If the contractor determines that the provider made an appropriate cost report claim for a specific item but the contractor disagrees with material aspects of the provider's claim for the specific item, the contractor must make appropriate adjustments to the provider's cost report and include reimbursement for the specific item in the final contractor determination in accordance with such cost report adjustments and to the extent permitted by program policy. If the contractor determines that the provider did not make an appropriate cost report claim for a specific item, the final contractor determination must not include any reimbursement for the specific item, regardless of whether the other substantive reimbursement requirements for the specific item are or are not satisfied.

(5) Administrative review of whether there is an appropriate cost report claim. If the provider files an administrative appeal (pursuant to Part 405, Subpart R of this chapter) seeking reimbursement for a specific item and any party to such appeal questions whether the provider's cost report included an appropriate claim for the specific item under appeal (as specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section), the reviewing entity (as defined in § 405.1801(a) of this chapter) must follow the procedures prescribed in § 405.1873 of this chapter (if the appeal was filed originally with the Board), or the procedures set forth in § 405.1832 of this chapter (if the appeal was filed initially with the contractor), for review of whether the substantive reimbursement requirement of an appropriate cost report claim for the specific item under appeal is satisfied. The reviewing entity must follow the procedures set forth in paragraph (j)(3) of this section in determining whether the provider's cost report included an appropriate claim for the specific item under appeal. The reviewing entity may permit reimbursement for the specific item under appeal solely to the extent authorized by § 405.1873(f) of this chapter (if the appeal was filed originally with the Board) or by § 405.1832(f) of this chapter (if the appeal was filed initially with the contractor).

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 413.24, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

Subpart C Limits on Cost Reimbursement
§ 413.30 Limitations on payable costs.

(a) Introduction—(1) Scope. This section implements section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act by setting forth the general rules under which CMS may establish limits on SNF and HHA costs recognized as reasonable in determining Medicare program payments. It also sets forth rules governing exemptions and exceptions to limits established under this section that CMS may make as appropriate in considering special needs or situations of particular providers.

(2) General principle. Reimbursable provider costs may not exceed the costs CMS estimates to be necessary for the efficient delivery of needed health care services. CMS may establish estimated cost limits for direct or indirect overall costs or for costs of specific services or groups of services. CMS imposes these limits prospectively and may calculate them on a per admission, per discharge, per diem, per visit, or other basis.

(b) Procedure for establishing limits. (1) In establishing limits under this section, CMS may classify SNFs and HHAs by factors that CMS finds appropriate and practical, including the following:

(i) Type of services furnished.

(ii) Geographical area where services are furnished, allowing for grouping of noncontiguous areas having similar demographic and economic characteristics.

(iii) Size of institution.

(iv) Nature and mix of services furnished.

(v) Type and mix of patients treated.

(2) CMS bases its estimates of the costs necessary for efficient delivery of health services on cost reports or other data providing indicators of current costs. CMS adjusts current and past period data to arrive at estimated costs for the prospective periods to which limits are applied.

(3) Before the beginning of a cost period to which revised limits will be applied, CMS publishes a notice in the Federal Register, establishing cost limits and explaining the basis on which they are calculated.

(4) In establishing limits under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, CMS may find it inappropriate to apply particular limits to a class of SNFs or HHAs due to the characteristics of the SNF or HHA class, the data on which CMS bases those limits, or the method by which CMS determines the limits. In these cases, CMS may exclude that class of SNFs or HHAs from the limits, explaining the basis of the exclusion in the notice setting forth the limits for the appropriate cost reporting periods.

(c) Requests regarding applicability of cost limits. For cost reporting periods beginning before July 1, 1998, a SNF may request an exception or exemption to the cost limits imposed under this section. An HHA may request only an exception to the cost limits. The SNF or HHA must make its request to its contractor within 180 days of the date on the contractor's notice of program reimbursement.

(1) Home health agencies. The contractor makes a recommendation on the HHA's request to CMS, which makes the decision. CMS responds to the request within 180 days from the date CMS receives the request from the contractor. The contractor notifies the HHA of CMS's decision. The time required by CMS to review the request is considered good cause for the granting of an extension of the time limit for requesting an contractor hearing or a Provider Reimbursement Review Board (Board) hearing as specified in §§ 405.1813 and 405.1836 of this chapter, respectively.

(2) Skilled nursing facility exception. The contractor makes the final determination on the SNF's exception request and notifies the SNF of its determination within 90 days from the date that the contractor receives the request from the SNF. If the contractor determines that the SNF did not provide adequate documentation from which a proper determination can be made, the contractor notifies the SNF that the request is denied. The contractor also notifies the SNF that it has 45 days from the date on the contractor's denial letter to submit a new exception request with the complete documentation and that otherwise, the denial is the final determination. The time required by the contractor to review the request is considered good cause for the granting of an extension of the time limit for requesting an contractor hearing or a Board hearing as specified in §§ 405.1813 and 405.1836 of this chapter, respectively.

(d) Exemptions. Exemptions from the limits imposed under this section may be granted to a new SNF with cost reporting periods beginning before July 1, 1998 as stated in § 413.1(g)(1). The contractor makes a recommendation on the provider's request to CMS, which makes the decision. A new SNF is a provider of inpatient services that has operated as a SNF (or the equivalent) for which it is certified for Medicare, under present and previous ownership, for less than 3 full years. An exemption granted under this paragraph expires at the end of the SNF's first cost reporting period beginning at least 2 years after the provider accepts its first inpatient.

(e) Exceptions. Limits established under this section may be adjusted upward for a SNF or HHA under the circumstances specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section. An adjustment is made only to the extent that the costs are reasonable, attributable to the circumstances specified, separately identified by the SNF or HHA, and verified by the contractor.

(1) Atypical services. The SNF or HHA can show that the—

(i) Actual cost of services furnished by a SNF or HHA exceeds the applicable limit because the services are atypical in nature and scope, compared to the services generally furnished by SNFs or HHAs similarly classified; and

(ii) Atypical services are furnished because of the special needs of the patients treated and are necessary in the efficient delivery of needed health care.

(2) Extraordinary circumstances. The SNF or HHA can show that it incurred higher costs due to extraordinary circumstances beyond its control. These circumstances include, but are not limited to, strikes, fire, earthquake, flood, or other unusual occurrences with substantial cost effects.

(3) Areas with fluctuating populations. The SNF meets the following conditions:

(i) Is located in an area (for example, a resort area) that has a population that varies significantly during the year.

(ii) Is furnishing similar services in an area for which the appropriate health planning agency has determined does not have a surplus of beds or similar services and has certified that the beds or similar services furnished by the SNF are necessary.

(iii) Meets occupancy or capacity standards established by the Secretary.

(4) Medical and paramedical education. The SNF or HHA can demonstrate that, if compared to other SNFs or HHAs in its group, it incurs increased costs for services covered by limits under this section because of its operation of an approved education program specified in § 413.85.

(5) Unusual labor costs. The SNF or HHA has a percentage of labor costs that varies more than 10 percent from that included in the promulgation of the limits.

(f) Operational review. Any SNF or HHA that applies for an exception to the limits established under paragraph (e) of this section must agree to an operational review at the discretion of CMS. The findings from this review may be the basis for recommendations for improvements in the efficiency and economy of the SNF's or the HHA's operations. If recommendations are made, any future exceptions are contingent on the SNF's or HHA's implementation of these recommendations.

[64 FR 42612, Aug. 5, 1999; 65 FR 60104, Oct. 10, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 48802, July 26, 2002; 73 FR 30267, May 23, 2008; 73 FR 49357, Aug. 21, 2008]

§ 413.35 Limitations on coverage of costs: Charges to beneficiaries if cost limits are applied to services.

(a) Principle. A provider of services that customarily furnishes an individual items or services that are more expensive than the items or services determined to be necessary in the efficient delivery of needed health services described in § 413.30, may charge an individual entitled to benefits under Medicare for such more expensive items or services even though not requested by the individual. The charge, however, may not exceed the amount by which the cost of (or, if less, the customary charges for) such more expensive items or services furnished by such provider in the second cost reporting period immediately preceding the cost reporting period in which such charges are imposed exceeds the applicable limit imposed under the provisions of § 413.30. This charge may be made only if—

(1) The contractor determines that the charges have been calculated properly in accordance with the provisions of this section;

(2) The services are not emergency services as defined in paragraph (d) of this section;

(3) The admitting physician has no direct or indirect financial interest in such provider;

(4) CMS has provided notice to the public through notice in a newspaper of general circulation servicing the provider's locality and such other notice as the Secretary may require, of any charges the provider is authorized to impose on individuals entitled to benefits under Medicare on account of costs in excess of the costs determined to be necessary in the efficient delivery of needed health services under Medicare; and

(5) The provider has, in the manner described in paragraph (e) of this section, identified such charges to such individual or person acting on his behalf as charges to meet the costs in excess of the costs determined to be necessary in the efficient delivery of needed health services under Medicare.

(b) Provider request to charge beneficiaries for costs in excess of limits. (1) If a provider's actual costs (or, if less, the customary charges) in the second preceding cost period exceed the prospective limits established for such costs, the contractor will, at the provider's request, validate in advance the charges that may be made to the beneficiaries for the excess.

(2) If a provider does not have a second preceding cost period and is a new provider as defined in § 413.30(e), the provider, subject to validation by the contractor, will estimate the current cost of the service to which a limit is being applied. Such amount will be adjusted to an amount equivalent to costs in the second preceding year by use of a factor to be developed based on estimates of cost increases during the preceding two years and published by SSA or CMS. The amount thus derived will be used in lieu of the second preceding cost period amount in determining the charge to the beneficiary.

(3) To obtain consideration of such a request, the provider must submit to the contractor a statement indicating the chagre for which it is seeking validation and providing the data and method used to determine the amount. Such statement should include the—

(i) Provider's name and number;

(ii) Identity of class and prospective cost limit for the class in which the provider has been included;

(iii) Amount of charge and cost period in which the charge is to be imposed;

(iv) Cost and customary charge for items and services furnished to beneficiaries; and

(v) Cost period ending date of the second reporting period immediately preceding the cost period in which the charge is to be imposed. The contractor may request such additional information as it finds necessary with respect to the request.

(c) Provider charges—(1) Establishing the charges. If the actual cost incurred (or, if less, the customary charges) in the prior period determined under paragraph (a) of this section exceeds the limits applicable to the pertinent period, the provider may charge the beneficiary to the extent costs in the second preceding cost reporting period (or the equivalent when there is no second preceding period) exceed the current cost limits. (Data from the most recently submitted appropriate cost report will be used in determining the actual cost.) For example, if a limit of $58 per day is applied to the cost of general routine services for the provider's cost reporting period starting in calendar year 1975 and if the provider's actual general routine cost in the second preceding reporting period, that is, the reporting period starting in calendar year 1973, was $60 per day, the provider (after first having obtained contractor validation and subject to the considerations and requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section) may charge Medicare Part A beneficiaries up to $2 per day for general routine services.

(2) Adjusting cost. Program reimbursement for the costs to which limits imposed under § 413.30 are applied in any cost reporting period will not exceed the lesser of the provider's actual cost or the limits imposed under § 413.30. If program reimbursement for items or services to which such limits are applied plus the charges to beneficiaries for such items or services imposed under this section exceed the provider's actual cost for such items or services, program payment to the provider will be reduced to the extent program payment plus charges to the beneficiaries exceed actual cost. If the provider's actual cost for general routine services in 1975 was $57,000, the cost limit was $58,000, and billed charges to Medicare Part A beneficiaries were $2,000, the provider would receive $55,000 from the program ($57,000 actual cost minus the $2,000 in charges to the beneficiaries).

(d) Definition of emergency services. For purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, emergency services are those hospital services that are necessary to prevent the death or serious impairment of the health of the individual, and which, because of the threat to the life or health of the individual, necessitate the use of the most accessible hospital (as determined under § 424.106 of this chapter) available and equipped to furnish such services. If an individual has been admitted to such hospital as an inpatient because of an emergency, the emergency will be deemed to continue until it is safe from a medical standpoint to move the individual to another hospital or other institution or to discharge him.

(e) Identification of charges to individual. For purposes of paragraph (a)(5) of this section, a provider must give or send to the individual or his representative, a schedule of all items and services that the individual might need and for which the provider imposes charges under this section, and the charge for each. Such schedule must specify that the charges are necessary to meet the costs in excess of the costs determined to be necessary in the efficient delivery of needed health services under Medicare and include such other information as CMS considers necessary to protect the individual's rights under this section. The provider, in arranging for the individual's admission, first service, or start of care, must give or send this schedule to the individual or his representative when arrangements are being made for such services or if this is not feasible, as soon thereafter as is practicable but no later than at the initiation of services.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 6648, Mar. 20, 1988; 60 FR 45849, Sept. 1, 1995]

§ 413.40 Ceiling on the rate of increase in hospital inpatient costs.

(a) Introduction—(1) Scope. This section implements section 1886(b) of the Act, establishing a ceiling on the rate of increase in operating costs per case for hospital inpatient services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries that will be recognized as reasonable for purposes of determining the amount of Medicare payment. This rate-of-increase ceiling applies to hospital cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1982. This section also sets forth rules governing exemptions from and adjustments to the ceiling.

(2) Applicability. (i) This section is not applicable to—

(A) Hospitals reimbursed in accordance with section 1814(b)(3) of the Act or under State reimbursement control systems that have been approved under section 1886(c) of the Act and subpart C of part 403 of this chapter; or

(B) Hospitals that are paid under the prospective payment systems for inpatient hospital services in accordance with section 1886 (d) and (g) of the Act and part 412 of this chapter.

(C) Psychiatric hospitals and psychiatric units that are paid under the prospective payment system for inpatient psychiatric facilities described in subpart N of part 412 of this chapter for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005.

(D) Rehabilitation hospitals and rehabilitation units that are paid under the prospective payment system for inpatient hospital services in accordance with section 1886(j) of the Act and subpart P of part 412 of this subchapter for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2002.

(E) Long-term care hospitals, as defined in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act, that are paid based on 100 percent of the Federal prospective payment rate for inpatient hospital services in accordance with section 123 of Public Law 106-113 and section 307 of Public Law 106-554 and § 412.533(b) and (c) of subpart O of part 412 of this subchapter for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983, this section applies to—

(A) Hospitals excluded from the prospective payment systems described in § 412.1(a)(1) of this subchapter;

(B) Psychiatric and rehabilitation units excluded from the prospective payment systems, as specified in § 412.1(a)(1) of this chapter and in accordance with § 412.25 through § 412.30 of this chapter, except as limited by paragraphs (a)(2)(iii) and (a)(2)(iv) of this section with respect to psychiatric and rehabilitation hospitals and psychiatric and rehabilitation units as specified in §§ 412.22, 412.23, 412.25, 412.27, 412.29 and 412.30 of this chapter.

(C) Long-term care hospitals excluded from the prospective payment systems described in § 412.1(a)(1) of this subchapter and in accordance with § 412.23 of this subchapter, except as limited by paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section with respect to long-term care hospitals specified in § 412.23(e) of this subchapter.

(iii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983 and before January 1, 2005 this section applies to psychiatric hospitals and psychiatric units that are excluded from the prospective payment systems as specified in § 412.1(a)(1) of this chapter and paid under the prospective payment system as specified in § 412.1(a)(2) of this chapter.

(iv) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983 and before January 1, 2002, this section applies to rehabilitation hospitals and rehabilitation units that are excluded from the prospective payment systems described in § 412.1(a)(1) of this subchapter.

(v) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983 and before October 1, 2002, this section applies to long-term care hospitals that are excluded from the prospective payment systems described in § 412.1(a)(1) of this subchapter. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, and before October 1, 2006, this section also applies to long-term care hospitals, subject to paragraph (a)(2)(i)(D) of this section.

(3) Definitions. As used in this section—

Ceiling is the aggregate upper limit on the amount of a hospital's net Medicare inpatient operating costs that the program will recognize for payment purposes. For each cost reporting period, the ceiling is determined by multiplying the updated target amount, as defined in this paragraph, for that period by the number of Medicare discharges during that period. For a hospital-within-a-hospital, as described in § 412.22(e) of this chapter, the number of Medicare discharges in a cost reporting period does not include discharges of a patient to another hospital in the same building on or on the same campus, if—

(A) The patient is subsequently readmitted to the hospital-within-a-hospital directly from the other hospital; and

(B) The hospital-within-a-hospital has discharged to the other hospital and subsequently readmitted more than 5 percent (that is, in excess of 5.0 percent) of the total number of Medicare inpatients discharged from the hospital-within-a-hospital in that cost reporting period.

Date of discharge is the earliest of the following dates:

(A) The date the patient has exhausted Medicare Part A hospital inpatient benefits (including the election to use lifetime reserve days) during his or her spell of illness.

(B) The date the patient is formally released as specified in § 412.4(a)(1) of this chapter.

(C) The date the patient is transferred to another facility.

(D) The date the patient dies.

Market basket index is CMS's projection of the annual percentage increase in hospital inpatient operating costs. The market basket index is a wage and price index that incorporates weighted indicators of changes in wages and prices that are representative of the mix of goods and services included in the most common categories of hospital inpatient operating costs subject to the ceiling, as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

Net inpatient operating costs include the costs of certain preadmission services as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the costs of routine services, ancillary services, and intensive care services (as defined in § 413.53(b)) incurred by a hospital in furnishing covered inpatient services to Medicare beneficiaries. Net inpatient operating costs exclude capital-related costs as described in § 413.130, the costs of approved medical education programs as described in §§ 413.75 through 413.83 and 413.85, and organ acquisition costs as specified in subpart L of this part incurred by approved transplant programs. These costs are identified and excluded from inpatient operating costs before the application of the ceiling.

Rate-of-increase percentage is the percentage by which each hospital's target amount from the preceding Federal fiscal year is increased.

Target amount is the per discharge (case) limitation, derived from the hospital's allowable net Medicare inpatient operating costs in the hospital's base year, and updated for each subsequent hospital cost reporting period by the appropriate annual rate-of-increase percentage.

Update adjustment percentage is the percentage by which a hospital's allowable inpatient operating service costs for the 12-month cost reporting period beginning in Federal fiscal year 1990 exceeds the hospital's ceiling for that period.

Update factor is the decimal equivalent of the rate-of-increase percentage. The update factor is the value by which a hospital's target amount for the preceding year is multiplied in order to determine the target amount for the following year. For example, if the rate-of-increase percentage for a year is 2.7 percent, the update factor for that year is 1.027.

(b) Cost reporting periods subject to the rate-of-increase ceiling—(1) Base period. Each hospital's target amount is based on its allowable net inpatient operating costs per case from the cost reporting period of at least 12 months immediately preceding the first cost reporting period subject to the rate-of-increase ceiling established under this section. If the immediately preceding cost reporting period is a short reporting period (fewer than 12 months), the first period of at least 12 months subsequent to that short period is the base period.

(i) The target amount established under this provision remains applicable to a hospital or excluded hospital unit, as described in §§ 412.25 through 412.30 of this chapter, despite intervening cost reporting periods during which the hospital or excluded hospital unit is not subject to the ceiling as a result of other provisions of the law or regulations, or nonparticipation in the Medicare program, unless the hospital or excluded hospital unit qualifies as a new hospital or excluded part hospital unit under the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) The base period for a newly established excluded unit is the first cost reporting period of at least 12 months following the unit's certification to participate in the Medicare program.

(iii) When the operational structure of a hospital or unit changes (that is, a freestanding hospital becomes an excluded unit or an excluded unit becomes a freestanding hospital, or an entity of a multicampus hospital becomes a newly created hospital or unit or a hospital or unit becomes a part of a multicampus hospital), the base period for the hospital or unit that changed its operational structure is the first cost reporting period of at least 12 months effective with the revised Medicare certification classification.

(iv) Request for rebased target amount for the cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997 and on or before September 30, 1998. Except for qualified long-term care hospitals as defined in paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section, each hospital or unit under present or previous ownership that received payment under section 1886(b) of the Act during cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1990, may submit a request to its contractor to rebase its target amount. The request must be received by the contractor by the later of November 1, 1997 or 60 days before the beginning of its cost reporting period beginning during fiscal year 1998. The rebased target amount for the cost reporting period beginning during fiscal year 1998 is determined as follows:

(A) Determine the hospital's inpatient operating costs per case for each of the five most recent settled cost reports as of August 5, 1997.

(B) For each of the five cost reports, update the operating costs per case by the applicable update factors up to the hospital's cost reporting period beginning during FY 1998.

(C) Exclude the highest and lowest of the five updated amounts determined under paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(B) of this section.

(D) Compute the average for the remaining three updated amounts for operating cost per case.

(v) Request by qualified long-term care hospital. A qualified long-term care hospital may file a request to its contractor for a rebased FY 1998 target amount. The request must be received by the contractor by the later of November 1, 1997 or 60 days before the beginning of its cost reporting period beginning during fiscal year 1998. The rebased FY 1998 target amount is the hospital's FY 1996 inpatient operating costs updated to FY 1997. A qualified long-term care hospital means a long-term care hospital that meets the following two conditions for its two most recent settled cost reports as of August 5, 1997:

(A) Its Medicare inpatient operating costs exceed 115 percent of the ceiling.

(B) The hospital would have had a disproportionate patient percentage (as defined in § 412.106) equal to or greater than 70 percent if it were a prospective payment hospital.

(2) Periods subject to the ceiling. The ceiling established under this section applies to all cost reporting periods that—

(i) Begin on or after October 1, 1982; and

(ii) Immediately follow the base period established under paragraph (b)(1) of this section unless the exception in paragraph (b)(3) of this section is applicable.

(3) Periods of other than 12 months. The ceiling established under this section does not apply to cost reporting periods of fewer than 12 months that occur in conjunction with a change in operation of the facility, as defined in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section, as a result of changes in ownership, merger, or consolidation. However, the ceiling applies to cost reporting periods of fewer than 12 months that result solely from the approval of a hospital's request for a change in accounting cycle, as specified in § 413.24(f)(3).

(c) Costs subject to the ceiling—(1) Applicability. The ceiling established under this section applies to net operating costs incurred by a hospital in furnishing inpatient hospital services to Medicare beneficiaries.

(2) Preadmission services otherwise payable under Medicare Part B furnished to a beneficiary on the date of the beneficiary's admission to the hospital and during the calendar day immediately preceding the date of the beneficiary's admission to the hospital that meet the condition specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section and at least one of the conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) through (c)(2)(iv):

(i) The services are furnished by the hospital or any entity wholly owned or operated by the hospital. An entity is wholly owned by the hospital if the hospital is the sole owner of the entity. An entity is wholly operated by a hospital if the hospital has exclusive responsibility for conducting and overseeing the entity's routine perations, regardless of whether the hospital also has policymaking authority over the entity.

(ii) For services furnished after January 1, 1991, the services are diagnostic (including clinical diagnostic laboratory tests).

(iii) For services furnished on or after October 1, 1991 through June 24, 2010, the services are furnished in connection with the principal diagnosis that requires the beneficiary to be admitted as an inpatient and are not the following:

(A) Ambulance services.

(B) Maintenance renal dialysis services.

(iv) Nondiagnostic services furnished on or after June 25, 2010, other than ambulance services and maintenance renal dialysis services, that are furnished on the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission or on the calendar day immediately preceding the date of the beneficiary's inpatient admission and the hospital does not attest that such services are unrelated to the beneficiary's inpatient admission.

(3) Rate-of-increase percentages and update factors. The applicable rate-of-increase percentages and update factors are determined as follows:

(i) Federal fiscal year 1986. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985 and before September 30, 1986 is five twenty-fourths of one percent, and the update factor is 1.00208333. For purposes of determining the target amount for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1986, the applicable percentage increase for cost reporting periods beginning during Federal fiscal year 1986 is deemed to have been one-half percent, and the update factor is 1.005.

(ii) Federal fiscal year 1987. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1986 and before September 30, 1987 is 1.15 percent; the update factor is 1.0115.

(iii) Federal fiscal year 1988. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1987 and before October 1, 1988 is 2.3238 percent; the update factor is 1.023238. For purposes of updating the target amount for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1988, the rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning during FY 1988 is deemed to have been 2.7 percent; the update factor is deemed to have been 1.027.

(iv) Federal fiscal year 1989 through Federal fiscal year 1993. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1988, and before October 1, 1993, is the percentage increase projected by the hospital market basket index (as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section).

(v) Federal fiscal year 1994 through Federal fiscal year 1997. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1993, and before October 1, 1998, is the market basket percentage increase minus the lesser of, 1 percentage point, or the percentage point difference between 10 percent and the hospital's “update adjustment percentage” (as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section); for hospitals with an “update adjustment percentage” of at least 10 percent, the applicable rate-of-increase percentage is the market basket percentage increase. The “update adjustment percentage” is increased in each Federal fiscal year by the sum of the hospital's applicable reductions applied to the market basket percentage increase for previous Federal fiscal years.

(vi) Federal fiscal year 1998. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997 is 0 percent.

(vii) Federal fiscal year 1999 through Federal fiscal year 2002. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1998, and before October 1, 2002, based on data from the most recent available cost report, is:

(A) The percentage increase in the market basket, if inpatient operating costs are equal to or exceed the ceiling amount by 10 percent or more of the ceiling.

(B) The percentage increase in the market basket minus .25 percentage points for each percentage point by which inpatient operating costs are less than 10 percent over the ceiling (but not less than 0), if inpatient operating costs exceed the ceiling by less than 10 percent of the ceiling.

(C) The greater of the percentage increase in the market basket minus 2.5 percentage points or 0 percent, if inpatient operating costs are equal to or less than the ceiling but greater than 66.7 percent of the ceiling.

(D) 0 percent, if inpatient operating costs do not exceed 66.7 percent of the ceiling.

(viii) Federal fiscal year 2003 and following. The applicable rate-of-increase percentage for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, is the percentage increase projected by the hospital market basket index.

(4) Target amounts. The contractor will establish a target amount for each hospital. The target amount for a cost reporting period is determined as follows:

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section, for the first cost reporting period to which this ceiling applies, the target amount equals the hospital's allowable net inpatient operating costs per case for the hospital's base period increased by the update factor for the subject period.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section, for subsequent cost reporting periods, the target amount equals the hospital's target amount for the previous cost reporting period increased by the update factor for the subject cost reporting period, unless the provisions of paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section apply.

(iii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997 through September 30, 2002, in the case of a psychiatric hospital or unit, rehabilitation hospital or unit, or long-term care hospital, the target amount is the lower of the amounts specified in paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(A) or paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B) of this section.

(A) The hospital-specific target amount.

(1) In the case of all hospitals and units, except long-term care hospitals for cost reporting periods beginning during FY 2001, the hospital-specific target amount is the net allowable costs in a base period increased by the applicable update factors .

(2) In the case of long-term care hospitals, for cost reporting periods beginning during FY 2001, the hospital-specific target amount is the net allowable costs in a base period increased by the applicable update factors multiplied by 1.25.

(B) One of the following for the applicable cost reporting period—

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 1998, the 75th percentile of target amounts for hospitals in the same class (psychiatric hospital or unit, rehabilitation hospital or unit, or long-term care hospital) for cost reporting periods ending during FY 1996, increased by the applicable market basket percentage up to the first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 1999, the amount determined under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(1) of this section, increased by the market basket percentage up through the subject period, subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2000—

(i) The labor-related portion and the nonlabor-related portion of the wage-neutralized 75th percentile of target amounts for hospitals in the same class (psychiatric hospital or unit, rehabilitation hospital or unit, or long-term care hospital) for cost reporting periods ending during FY 1996, are increased by the applicable market basket percentage up to the first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1999.

(ii) The labor-related portion of the wage-neutralized 75th percentile target amounts under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(4)(i) of this section is wage adjusted by multiplying it by the hospital's FY 2000 hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index.

(iii) The wage-adjusted 75th percentile target amounts for hospitals in the same class is determined by adding the nonlabor-related portion of the wage-neutralized 75th percentile target amounts under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(3)(i) of this section and the hospital's wage-adjusted labor-related portion of the wage-neutralized 75th percentile target amounts determined under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(3)(ii) of this section, subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section.

(4) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal years 2001 and 2002—

(i) The amounts determined under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(3)(i) of this section are: increased by the market basket percentage up through the subject period; or in the case of a long-term care hospital for cost reporting periods beginning during FY 2001, the amounts determined under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(3)(i) of this section, increased by the market basket percentage up through the subject period and further increased by 2 percent.

(ii) The labor-related portion of the wage-neutralized 75th percentile target amounts under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(4)(i) of this section is wage-adjusted by multiplying by the hospital's FY 2001 hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index, for cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2001 and the hospital's FY 2002 hospital inpatient prospective payment system wage index for cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2002.

(iii) The wage-adjusted 75th percentile target amounts for hospitals in the same class are determined by adding the nonlabor-related portion of the wage-neutralized 75th percentile target amounts under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(4)(i) of this section and the hospital's wage-adjusted labor-related portion of the wage-neutralized 75th percentile target amounts determined under paragraph (c)(4)(iii)(B)(4)(ii) of this section, subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(4)(iv) of this section.

(iv) For purposes of the limits on target amounts established under paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section, each hospital or unit that qualifies for exclusion as a member of only one class of excluded facility (psychiatric hospital or unit, rehabilitation hospital or unit, or long-term care hospital) will be subject to the limit applicable to that class. If a hospital or unit qualifies to be classified in more than one way under the exclusion criteria in subpart B of part 412 of this chapter, the hospital's or unit's target amount may not exceed the lowest applicable limit.

(v) In the case of a hospital that received payments under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section as a newly created hospital or unit, to determine the hospital's target amount for the hospital's third 12-month cost reporting period, the payment amount determined under paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) of this section for the preceding cost reporting period is updated to the third cost reporting period.

(5) Applicable update factor. (i) The applicable update factor is derived from the prospectively determined rate-of-increase percentage published by CMS. The update factor for each Federal fiscal year is applied prospectively to the target amount for each cost reporting period beginning during the Federal fiscal year.

(ii) In the case of cost reporting periods of less than 12 months, the target amount determined for a hospital's first cost reporting period beginning in a Federal fiscal year applies to subsequent periods beginning in the same Federal fiscal year.

(d) Application of the target amount in determining the amount of payment—(1) General process. (i) At the end of each cost reporting period subject to this section, the hospital's contractor will compare a hospital's allowable net inpatient operating costs with that hospital's ceiling (as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of this section) for that period.

(ii) The hospital's actual allowable costs will be determined without regard to the lesser of cost or charges provisions of § 413.13, and in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2) or (d)(3) of this section, as applicable.

(2) Net inpatient operating costs are less than or equal to the ceiling. (i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, if a hospital's allowable net inpatient operating costs do not exceed the hospital's ceiling, payment to the hospital will be determined on the basis of the lower of the—

(A) Net inpatient operating costs plus 15 percent of the difference between inpatient operating costs and the ceiling; or

(B) Net inpatient operating costs plus 2 percent of the ceiling.

(ii) For psychiatric hospitals and units, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000 and before October 1, 2001, if a hospital's allowable net inpatient operating costs do not exceed the hospital's ceiling, payment to the hospital will be determined on the basis of the lower of the—

(A) Net inpatient operating costs plus 15 percent of the difference between inpatient operating costs and the ceiling; or

(B) Net inpatient costs plus 3 percent of the ceiling.

(3) Net inpatient operating costs are greater than the ceiling. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997—

(i) If a hospital's allowable net inpatient operating costs do not exceed 110 percent of the ceiling (or the adjusted ceiling, if applicable), payment will be the ceiling (or the adjusted ceiling, if applicable);

(ii) If a hospital's allowable net inpatient operating costs are greater than 110 percent of the ceiling (or the adjusted ceiling, if applicable), payment will be the ceiling (or the adjusted ceiling, if applicable) plus the lesser of:

(A) 50 percent of the allowable net inpatient operating costs in excess of 110 percent of the ceiling (or the adjusted ceiling, if applicable); or

(B) 10 percent of the ceiling (or the adjusted ceiling, if applicable).

(4) Continuous improvement bonus payments. (i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, eligible hospitals (as defined in paragraph (d)(5) of this section) receive payments in addition to those in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, as applicable. These payments are equal to the lesser of—

(A) 50 percent of the amount by which the operating costs are less than the expected costs for the period; or

(B) 1 percent of the ceiling.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000, and before September 30, 2001, eligible psychiatric hospitals and units and long-term care hospitals (as defined in paragraph (d)(5) of this section) receive payments in addition to those in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, as applicable. These payments are equal to the lesser of—

(A) 50 percent of the amount by which the operating costs are less than the expected costs for the period; or

(B) 1.5 percent of the ceiling.

(iii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, and before September 30, 2002, eligible psychiatric hospitals and units and long-term care hospitals receive payments in addition to those in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, as applicable. These payments are equal to the lesser of—

(A) 50 percent of the amount by which the operating costs are less than the expected costs for the periods; or

(B) 2 percent of the ceiling.

(5) Eligibility requirements for continuous improvement bonus payments. To qualify, a hospital must have been paid as a prospective payment excluded hospital for at least three full cost reporting periods prior to the applicable period, and the hospital's operating costs per discharge for the period must be less than the least of the following:

(i) The hospital's target amount.

(ii) The hospital's trended costs.

(A) For a hospital for which its cost reporting period ending during fiscal year 1996 was its third or subsequent full cost reporting period, trended costs are the lesser of the allowable inpatient operating costs per discharge or the target amount for the cost reporting period ending in fiscal year 1996, increased in a compounded manner for each succeeding fiscal year by the market basket percentage increase;

(B) For all other hospitals, trended costs are the allowable inpatient operating costs per discharge for its third full cost reporting period increased in a compounded manner for each succeeding fiscal year by the market basket increase.

(iii) The hospital's expected costs. The hospital's expected costs are the lesser of its allowable inpatient operating costs per discharge or the target amount for the previous cost reporting period, updated by the market basket percentage increase for the fiscal year.

(e) Hospital requests regarding adjustments to the payment allowed under the rate-of-increase ceiling—(1) Timing of application. A hospital may request an adjustment to the rate-of-increase ceiling imposed under this section. The hospital's request must be received by the hospital's contractor no later than 180 days after the date on the contractor's initial notice of amount of program reimbursement (NPR) for the cost reporting period for which the hospital requests an adjustment.

(2) Contractor recommendation. Unless CMS has authorized the contractor to make the decision, the contractor makes a recommendation on the hospital's request to CMS, which makes the decision. CMS issues a decision to the contractor no later than 180 days after receipt of the completed application and the contractor's recommendation.

(3) Contractor decision. If CMS has authorized the contractor to make the decision, the contractor issues a decision no later than 180 days after receipt of the completed application.

(4) Notification and review. (i) The contractor notifies the hospital of the decision, including a full explanation of the grounds for the decision. A decision issued under paragraph (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this section is considered final unless the hospital submits additional information and requests a review of the decision no later than 180 days after the date on the contractor's notice of the decision.

(ii) The final decision is subject to review under the provider reimbursement determination and appeal procedures in subpart R of part 405 of this chapter, provided the hospital has received an NPR for the cost reporting period in question, and the NPR disallows costs for which the hospital had requested an adjustment (see the definitions in § 405.1801(a) of this chapter and the provisions regarding a provider's right to a Board hearing in § 405.1835 of this chapter).

(5) Extending the time limit for review of NPR. The time required to review the request is considered good cause for the granting of an extension of the time limit for requesting an contractor hearing or a Board hearing as specified in §§ 405.1813 and 405.1836 of this chapter, respectively.

(6) Applicability. The provisions in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section apply to a hospital's initial request for an adjustment and to a request for a review of the original decision based on additional data.

(f) Comparison to the target amount for new hospitals and units—(1) New hospitals and units—(i) New hospitals. For purposes of this section, a new hospital is a provider of hospital inpatient services that—

(A) Has operated as the type of hospital for which CMS granted it approval to participate in the Medicare program, under present or previous ownership (or both), for less than 2 full years; and

(B) Has provided the type of hospital inpatient services for which CMS granted it approval to participate in the Medicare program, for less than 2 years.

(ii) New units. A newly established unit that is excluded from the prospective payments system under the provisions of §§ 412.25 through 412.30 of this chapter does not qualify for the exemption afforded to a new hospital under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section unless the unit is located in an acute care hospital that, if it were subject to the provisions of this section, would qualify as a new hospital under paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.

(2) Comparison—(i) Exemptions. (A) A new children's hospital is exempt from the rate-of-increase ceiling imposed under this section. The exemption begins when the hospital accepts its first patient and ends at the end of the first cost reporting period ending at least 2 years after the hospital accepts its first patient. The first cost reporting period of at least 12 months beginning at least 1 year after the hospital accepts its first patient is the base year, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.

(B) Within 180 days of the date a hospital is excluded from the prospective payment system, the contractor determines whether the hospital is exempt from the rate-of-increase ceiling. The contractor notifies the hospital of its determination and the hospital's base period.

(C) A decision issued under paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section is considered final unless the hospital submits additional information and requests a review of the decision no later than 180 days after the date on the contractor's notice of the decision. The final decision is subject to review under subpart R of part 405 of this chapter, provided the hospital has received a notice of program reimbursement (NPR) for the cost reporting period in question and the NPR does not reflect an exemption (see the definitions in § 405.1801(a) of this chapter and the provisions regarding a provider's right to a Board hearing in § 405.1835 of this chapter).

(ii) Median target amount. (A) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, the amount of payment for a new psychiatric hospital or unit, a new rehabilitation hospital or unit, or a new long-term care hospital that was not paid as an excluded hospital prior to October 1, 1997, is the lower of the hospital's net inpatient operating cost per case or 110 percent of the national median of the target amounts for the class of excluded hospitals and units (psychiatric, rehabilitation, long-term care) as adjusted for differences in wage levels and updated to the first cost reporting period in which the hospital receives payment. The second cost reporting period is subject to the same target amount as the first cost reporting period.

(B) The national median of the target amounts is the FY 1996 median target amount—

(1) Adjusted to account for differences in area wage levels;

(2) Updated by the market basket percentage increase to the fiscal year in which the hospital first received payments as an excluded provider.

(3) Risk-basis HMOs. Items or services that are furnished to beneficiaries enrolled in an HMO by a hospital that is either owned or operated by a risk-basis HMO or related to a risk-basis HMO by common ownership or control are exempt from the rate-of-increase ceiling (see the definition of an entity with a risk sharing contract in § 417.401 of this chapter).

(g) Adjustments—(1) General rules. (i) CMS adjusts the amount of the operating costs considered in establishing the rate-of-increase ceiling for one or more cost reporting periods, including both periods subject to the ceiling and the hospital's base period, under the circumstances specified in paragraphs (g)(2), (g)(3), and (g)(4) of this section.

(ii) When the hospital requests an adjustment, CMS makes an adjustment only to the extent that the hospital's operating costs are reasonable, attributable to the circumstances specified separately, identified by the hospital, and verified by the contractor.

(iii) When the hospital requests an adjustment, CMS makes an adjustment only if the hospital's operating costs exceed the rate-of-increase ceiling imposed under this section.

(iv) In the case of a psychiatric hospital or unit, rehabilitation hospital or unit, or long-term care hospital, the amount of payment under paragraph (g)(3) of this section may not exceed the payment amount based on the target amount determined under paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section.

(v) In the case of a hospital or unit that received a revised FY 1998 target amount under the rebasing provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section, the amount of an adjustment payment for a cost reporting period is based on a comparison of the hospital's operating costs for the cost reporting period to the average costs and statistics for the cost reporting periods used to determine the FY 1998 rebased target amount.

(2) Extraordinary circumstances. CMS may make an adjustment to take into account unusual costs (in either a cost reporting period subject to the ceiling or the hospital's base period) due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the hospital's control. These circumstances include, but are not limited to, strikes, fire, earthquakes, floods, or similar unusual occurrences with substantial cost effects.

(3) Comparability of cost reporting periods—(i) Adjustment for distortion. CMS may make an adjustment to take into account factors that would result in a significant distortion in the operating costs of inpatient hospital services between the base year and the cost reporting period subject to the limits.

(ii) Factors. The adjustments described in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section, include, but are not limited to, adjustments to take into account:

(A) FICA taxes (if the hospital did not incur costs for FICA taxes in its base period).

(B) Services billed under part B of Medicare during the base period, but paid under part A during the subject cost reporting period.

(C) Malpractice insurance costs (if malpractice costs were not included in the base year operating costs).

(D) Increases in service intensity or length of stay attributable to changes in the type of patient served.

(E) A change in the inpatient hospital services that a hospital provides, and that are customarily provided directly by similar hospitals, such as an addition or discontinuation of services or treatment programs.

(F) The manipulation of discharges to increase reimbursement.

(iii) Adjusting operating costs. Without a formal request from a hospital, CMS may adjust the amount of operating costs determined under paragraph (c)(1) of this section to take into account certain adjustments. These adjustments include, but are not limited to, adjustments under paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(A), (B), (C), (E), and (F) of this section.

(4) Significant wage increase. (i) Criteria. CMS may make an adjustment to take into account a significant increase in wages occurring between the base period and the cost reporting period subject to the ceiling if there is a significant increase in the average hourly wage for the geographic area in which the hospital is located (determined by reference to the wage index for prospective payment hospitals without regard to geographic reclassifications under sections 1886(d)(8) and (10) of the Act). For this purpose, there is a significant wage increase if the wage index value based on wage survey data collected for the cost reporting period subject to the ceiling is at least 8.0 percent higher than the wage index value based on survey data collected for the base year cost reporting period. If survey data are not available for the cost reporting periods used in the comparison, the wage index value based on the latest available survey data collected prior to that cost reporting period is used.

(ii) Amount of the adjustment. The adjustment for a significant wage increase equals the amount by which the lesser of the following calculations exceeds 108 percent of the increase in the national average hourly earnings for hospital workers:

(A) The rate of increase in the average hourly wage in the geographic area (determined by applying the applicable increase in the area wage index value to the rate of increase in the national average hourly earnings for hospital workers).

(B) The rate of increase in the hospital's average hourly wage.

(5) Adjustment limitations. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1993, and before October 1, 2003, the payment reductions under paragraph (c)(3)(v) through (c)(3)(vii) of this section will not be considered when determining adjustments under this paragraph.

(h) [Reserved]

(i) Assignment of a new base period—(1) General rule. (i) Effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 1990, CMS may assign a new base period to establish a revised ceiling if the new base period is more representative of the reasonable and necessary cost of furnishing inpatient services and all the following conditions apply:

(A) The actual allowable inpatient costs of the hospital in the cost reporting period that would be affected by the revised ceiling exceed the target amount established under paragraph (c) of this section.

(B) The hospital documents that the higher costs are the result of substantial and permanent changes in furnishing patient care services since the base period. In making this determination, CMS takes into consideration the following factors:

(1) Changes in the services provided by the hospital.

(2) Changes in applicable technologies and medical practices.

(3) Differences in the severity of illness among patients or types of patients served.

(C) The adjustments described in paragraph (g) of this section would not result in recognition of the reasonable and necessary costs of providing inpatient services.

(ii) The revised ceiling is based on the necessary and proper costs incurred during the new base period.

(A) Increases in overhead costs (for example, administrative and general costs and housekeeping costs) are not taken into consideration unless the hospital documents that these increases result from substantial and permanent changes in furnishing patient care services.

(B) In determining whether wage increases are necessary and proper, CMS takes into consideration whether increases in wages and wage-related costs for hospitals in the labor market area exceed the national average increase.

(2) New base period. The new base period is the first cost reporting period that is 12 months or longer that reflects the substantial and permanent change.

(3) New applicable rate-of-increase percentages and update factors. The revised target amount resulting from the assignment of a new base period is increased by the applicable rate-of-increase percentages (update factors) described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(j) Reduction to capital-related costs. For psychiatric hospital and units, rehabilitation hospitals and units, and long-term care hospitals, the amount otherwise payable for capital-related costs for hospital inpatient services is reduced by 15 percent for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 1997 through September 30, 2002.

[58 FR 46340, Sept. 1, 1993]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 413.40, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

Subpart D Apportionment
§ 413.50 Apportionment of allowable costs.

(a) Consistent with prevailing practice in which third-party organizations pay for health care on a cost basis, reimbursement under the Medicare program involves a determination of—

(1) Each provider's allowable costs for producing services; and

(2) The share of these costs which is to be borne by Medicare. The provider's costs are to be determined in accordance with the principles reviewed in the preceding discussion relating to allowable costs. The share to be borne by Medicare is to be determined in accordance with principles relating to apportionment of cost.

(b) In the study and consideration devoted to the method of apportioning costs, the objective has been to adopt methods for use under Medicare that would, to the extent reasonably possible, result in the program's share of a provider's total allowable costs being the same as the program's share of the provider's total services. This result is essential for carrying out the statutory directive that the program's payments to providers should be such that the costs of covered services for beneficiaries would not be passed on to nonbeneficiaries, nor would the cost of services for nonbeneficiaries be borne by the program.

(c) A basic factor bearing upon apportionment of costs is that Medicare beneficiaries are not a cross section of the total population. Nor will they constitute a cross section of all patients receiving services from most of the providers that participate in the program. Available evidence shows that the use of services by persons age 65 and over differs significantly from other groups. Consequently, the objective sought in the determination of the Medicare share of a provider's total costs means that the methods used for apportionment must take into account the differences in the amount of services received by patients who are beneficiaries and other patients serviced by the provider.

(d) The method of cost reimbursement most widely used at the present time by third-party purchasers of inpatient hospital care apportions a provider's total costs among groups served on the basis of the relative number of days of care used. This method, commonly referred to as average-per-diem cost, does not take into account, variations in the amount of service which a day of care may represent and thereby assumes that the patients for whom payment is made on this basis are average in their use of service.

(e) In considering the average-per-diem method of apportioning cost for use under the program, the difficulty encountered is that the preponderance of presently available evidence strongly indicates that the over-age 65 patient is not typical from the standpoint of average-per-diem cost. On the average this patient stays in the hospital twice as long and therefore the ancillary services that he uses are averaged over the longer period of time, resulting in an average-per-diem cost for the aged alone, significantly below the average-per-diem for all patients.

(f) Moreover, the relative use of services by aged patients as compared to other patients differs significantly among institutions. Consequently, considerations of equity among institutions are involved as well as that of effectiveness of the apportionment method under the program in accomplishing the objective of paying each provider fully, but only for services to beneficiaries.

(g) A further consideration of long-range importance is that the relative use of services by aged and other patients can be expected to change, possibly to a significant extent in future years. The ability of apportionment methods used under the program to reflect such change is an element of flexibility which has been regarded as important in the formulation of the cost reimbursement principles.

(h) An alternative to the relative number of days of care as a basis for apportioning costs is the relative amount of charges billed by the provider for services to patients. The amount of charges is the basis upon which the cost of hospital care is distributed among patients who pay directly for the services they receive. Payment for services on the basis of charges applies generally under insurance programs in which individuals are indemnified for incurred expenses, a form of health insurance widely held throughout the United States. Also, charges to patients are commonly a factor in determining the amount of payment to hospitals under insurance programs providing service benefits, many of which pay “costs or charges, whichever is less” and some of which pay exclusively on the basis of charges. In all of these instances, the provider's own charge structure and method of itemizing services for the purpose of assessing charges is utilized as a measure of the amount of services received and as the basis for allocating responsibility for payment among those receiving the provider's services.

(i) An increasing number of third-party purchasers who pay for services on the basis of cost are developing methods that utilize charges to measure the amount of services for which they have responsibility for payment. In this approach, the amount of charges for such services as a proportion of the provider's total charges to all patients is used to determine the proportion of the provider's total costs for which the third-party purchaser assumes responsibility. The approach is subject to numerous variations. It can be applied to the total of charges for all services combined or it can be applied to components of the provider's activities for which the amount of costs and charges are ascertained through a breakdown of data from the provider's accounting records.

(j) For the application of the approach to components, which represent types of services, the breakdown of total costs is accomplished by “cost-finding” techniques under which indirect costs and nonrevenue activities are allocated to revenue producing components for which charges are made as services are furnished.

§ 413.53 Determination of cost of services to beneficiaries.

(a) Principle. Total allowable costs of a provider will be apportioned between program beneficiaries and other patients so that the share borne by the program is based upon actual services received by program beneficiaries. The methods of apportionment are defined as follows:

(1) Departmental method—(i) Methodology. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section with respect to the treatment of the private room cost differential for cost reporting periods starting on or after October 1, 1982, the ratio of beneficiary charges to total patient charges for the services of each ancillary department is applied to the cost of the department; to this is added the cost of routine services for program beneficiaries, determined on the basis of a separate average cost per diem for general routine patient care areas as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, taking into account, in hospitals, a separate average cost per diem for each intensive care unit, coronary care unit, and other intensive care type inpatient hospital units.

(ii) Exception: Indirect cost of private rooms. For cost reporting periods starting on or after October 1, 1982, except with respect to a hospital receiving payment under part 412 of this chapter (relating to the prospective payment system), the additional cost of furnishing services in private room accommodations is apportioned to Medicare only if these accommodations are furnished to program beneficiaries, and are medically necessary. To determine routine service cost applicable to beneficiaries—

(A) Multiply the average cost per diem (as defined in paragraph (b) of this section) by the total number of Medicare patient days (including private room days whether or not medically necessary);

(B) Add the product of the average per diem private room cost differential (as defined in paragraph (b) of this section) and the number of medically necessary private room days used by beneficiaries; and

(C) Effective October 1, 1990, do not include private rooms furnished for SNF-type and NF-type services under the swing-bed provision in the number of days in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.

(2) Carve-out out method. (i) The carve-out out method is used to allocate hospital inpatient general routine service costs in a participating swing-bed hospital, as defined in § 413.114(b). Under this method, effective for services furnished on or after October 1, 1990, the reasonable costs attributable to the inpatient routine SNF-type and NF-type services furnished to all classes of patients are subtracted from total inpatient routine service costs before computing the average cost per diem for inpatient routine hospital care.

(ii) The cost per diem attributable to the routine SNF-type services covered by Medicare is based on the regional Medicare swing-bed SNF rate in effect for a given calendar year, as described in § 413.114(c). The Medicare SNF rate applies only to days covered and paid as Medicare days. When Medicare coverage runs out, the Medicare rate no longer applies.

(iii) The cost per diem attributable to all non-Medicare swing-bed days is based on the average statewide Medicaid NF rate for the prior calendar year, adjusted to approximate the average NF rate for the current calendar year.

(iv) The sum of total Medicare SNF-type days multiplied by the cost per diem attributable to Medicare SNF-type services and the total NF-type days multiplied by the cost per diem attributable to all non-Medicare days is subtracted from total inpatient general routine service costs. The cost per diem for inpatient routine hospital care is computed based on the remaining inpatient routine service costs.

(3) Cost per visit by type-of-service method—HHAs. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1980, all HHAs must use the cost per visit by type-of-service method of apportioning costs between Medicare and non-Medicare beneficiaries. Under this method, the total allowable cost of all visits for each type of service is divided by the total number of visits for that type of service. Next, for each type of service, the number of Medicare covered visits is multiplied by the average cost per visit just computed. This represents the cost Medicare will recognize as the cost for that service, subject to cost limits published by CMS (see § 413.30).

(b) Definitions. As used in this section—

Ancillary services means the services for which charges are customarily made in addition to routine services.

Apportionment means an allocation or distribution of allowable cost between the beneficiaries of the Medicare program and other patients.

Average cost per diem for general routine services means the following:

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1982, subject to the provisions on swing-bed hospitals, the average cost of general routine services net of the private room cost differential. The average cost per diem is computed by the following methodology:

(i) Determine the total private room cost differential by multiplying the average per diem private room cost differential determined in paragraph (c) of this section by the total number of private room patient days.

(ii) Determine the total inpatient general routine service costs net of the total private room cost differential by subtracting the total private room cost differential from total inpatient general routine service costs.

(iii) Determine the average cost per diem by dividing the total inpatient general routine service cost net of private room cost differential by all inpatient general routine days, including total private room days.

(2) For swing-bed hospitals, the amount computed by—

(i) Subtracting the routine costs associated with Medicare SNF-type days and non-Medicare NF-type days from the total allowable inpatient cost for routine services (excluding the cost of services provided in intensive care units, coronary care units, and other intensive care type inpatient hospital units and nursery costs); and

(ii) Dividing the remainder (excluding the total private room cost differential) by the total number of inpatient hospital days of care (excluding Medicare SNF-type days and non-Medicare NF-type days of care, days of care in intensive care units, coronary care units, and other intensive care type inpatient hospital units; and newborn days; but including total private room days).

Average cost per diem for hospital intensive care type units means the amount computed by dividing the total allowable costs for routine services in each of these units by the total number of inpatient days of care furnished in each of these units.

Average per diem private room cost differential means the difference in the average per diem cost of furnishing routine services in a private room and in a semi-private room. (This differential is not applicable to hospital intensive care type units.) (The method for computing this differential is described in paragraph (c) of this section.)

Charges means the regular rates for various services that are charged to both beneficiaries and other paying patients who receive the services. Implicit in the use of charges as the basis for apportionment is the objective that charges for services be related to the cost of the services.

Intensive care type inpatient hospital unit means a hospital unit that furnishes services to critically ill inpatients. Examples of intensive care type units include, but are not limited to, intensive care units, trauma units, coronary care units, pulmonary care units, and burn units. Excluded as intensive care type units are postoperative recovery rooms, postanesthesia recovery rooms, maternity labor rooms, and subintensive or intermediate care units. (The unit must also meet the criteria of paragraph (d) of this section.)

Nursing facility (NF)-type services, formerly known as ICF and SNF-type services, are routine services furnished by a swing-bed hospital to Medicaid and other non-Medicare patients. Under the Medicaid program, effective October 1, 1990, facilities are no longer certified as SNFs or ICFs but instead are certified only as NFs and can provide services as defined in section 1919(a)(1) of the Act.

Skilled nursing facility (SNF)-type services are routine services furnished by a swing-bed hospital that would constitute extended care services if furnished by an SNF. SNF-type services include routine SNF services furnished in the distinct part SNF of a hospital complex that is combined with the hospital general routine service area cost center under § 413.24(d)(5). Effective October 1, 1990, only Medicare covered services are included in the definition of SNF-type services.

Ratio of beneficiary charges to total charges on a departmental basis means the ratio of charges to beneficiaries of the Medicare program for services of a revenue-producing department or center to the charges to all patients for that center during an accounting period. After each revenue-producing center's ratio is determined, the cost of services furnished to beneficiaries of the Medicare program is computed by applying the individual ratio for the center to the cost of the related center for the period.

Routine services means the regular room, dietary, and nursing services, minor medical and surgical supplies, and the use of equipment and facilities for which a separate charge is not customarily made.

(c) Method for computing the average per diem private room cost differential. Compute the average per diem private room cost differential as follows:

(1) Determine the average per diem private room charge differential by subtracting the average per diem charge for all semi-private room accommodations from the average per diem charge for all private room accommodations. The average per diem charge for private room accommodations is determined by dividing the total charges for private room accommodations by the total number of days of care furnished in private room accommodations. The average per diem charge for semi-private accommodations is determined by dividing the total charges for semi-private room accommodations by the total number of days of care furnished in semi-private accommodations.

(2) Determine the inpatient general routine cost to charge ratio by dividing total inpatient general routine service cost by the total inpatient general routine service charges.

(3) Determine the average per diem private room cost differential by multiplying the average per diem private room charge differential determined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section by the ratio determined in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(d) Criteria for identifying intensive care type units. For purposes of determining costs under this section, a unit will be identified as an intensive care type inpatient hospital unit only if the unit—

(1) Is in a hospital;

(2) Is physically and identifiably separate from general routine patient care areas, including subintensive or intermediate care units, and ancillary service areas. There cannot be a concurrent sharing f nursing staff between an intensive care type unit and units or areas furnishing different levels or types of care. However, two or more intensive care type units that concurrently share nursing staff can be reimbursed as one combined intensive care type unit if all other criteria are met. Float nurses (nurses who work in different units on an as-needed basis) can be utilized in the intensive care type unit. If a float nurse works in two different units during the same eight hour shift, then the costs must be allocated to the appropriate units depending upon the time spent in those units. The hospital must maintain adequate records to support the allocation. If such records are not available, then the costs must be allocated to the general routine services cost areas;

(3) Has specific written policies that include criteria for admission to, and discharge from, the unit;

(4) Has registered nursing care available on a continuous 24-hour basis with at least one registered nurse present in the unit at all times;

(5) Maintains a minimum nurse-patient ratio of one nurse to two patients per patient day. Included in the calculation of this nurse-patient ratio are registered nurses, licensed vocational nurses, licensed practical nurses, and nursing assistants who provide patient care. Not included are general support personnel such as ward clerks, custodians, and housekeeping personnel; and

(6) Is equipped, or has available for immediate use, life-saving equipment necessary to treat the critically ill patients for which it is designed. This equipment may include, but is not limited to, respiratory and cardiac monitoring equipment, respirators, cardiac defibrillators, and wall or canister oxygen and compressed air.

(e) Application—(1) Departmental method; Cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1982. (i) The following example illustrates how costs would be determined, using only inpatient data, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1982, based on apportionment of—

(A) The average cost per diem for general routine services (subject to the private room differential provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section);

(B) The average cost per diem for each intensive care type unit;

(C) The ratio of beneficiary charges to total charges applied to cost by department.

Hospital Y

Department | Charges to program beneficiaries | Total charges | Ratio of beneficiary charges to total charges | Total cost | Cost of beneficiary services

Percent

Operating rooms | $20,000 | $70,000 | 28 4/7 | $77,000 | $22,000

Delivery rooms | 0 | 12,000 | 0 | 30,000 | 0

Pharmacy | 20,000 | 60,000 | 33 1/3 | 45,000 | 15,000

X-ray | 24,000 | 100,000 | 24 | 75,000 | 18,000

Laboratory | 40,000 | 140,000 | 28 4/7 | 98,000 | 28,000

Others | 6,000 | 30,000 | 20 | 25,000 | 5,000

Total | 110,000 | 412,000 | 350,000 | 88,000

Total inpatient days | Total cost | Average cost per diem | Program in patient days | Cost of beneficiary services

General routine | 30,000 | $630,000 | $21 | 8,000 | $168,000

Coronary care unit | 500 | 20,000 | 40 | 200 | 8,000

Intensive care unit | 3,000 | 108,000 | 36 | 1,000 | 36,000

33,500 | 758,000 | 9,200 | 212,000

Total | 300,000

(ii) The following illustrates how apportionment based on an average cost per diem for general routine services is determined.

Hospital E

Facts | Private accommodations | Semi-private accommodations | Total

Total charges | $20,000 | $175,000 | $195,000

Total days | 100 | 1,000 | 1,100

Programs days | 70 | 400 | 470

Medically necessary for program beneficiaries | 20 | 20

Total general routine service costs | 165,000

Average private room per diem charge ($20,000 private room charges ÷ 100 days) | 1 $200

Average semi-private room per diem charge ($175,000 semi-private charge ÷ 1,000 days) | 1 $175

1 Per diem.

Average per diem private room cost differential.

1. Average per diem private room charge differential ($200 private room per diem—$175, semi-private room per diem), $25.

2. Inpatient general routine cost/charge ratio ($165,000 total costs ÷ $195,000 total charges), 0.8461538.

3. Average per diem private room cost differential ($25 charge differential × .8461538 cost/charge ratio), $21.15.

Average cost per diem for inpatient general routine services.

4. Total private room cost differential ($21.15 average per diem cost differential × 100 private room days), $2,115.

5. Total inpatient general routine service costs net of private room cost differential ($165,000 total routine cost −$2,115 private room cost differential), $162,885.

6. Average cost per diem for inpatient general routine services ($162,885 routine cost net of private room cost differential ÷ 1,100 patient days), $148.08.

Medicare general routine service cost.

7. Total routine per diem cost applicable to Medicare ($148.08 average cost per diem × 470 Medicare private and semi-private patient days), $69,598.

8. Total private room cost differential applicable to Medicare ($21.15 average per diem private room cost differential × 20 medically necessary private room days), $423.

9. Medicare inpatient general routine service cost ($423 Medicare private room cost differential + $69,598 Medicare cost of general routine inpatient services), $70,021.

(2) Carve out method. The following illustrates how apportionment is determined in a hospital reimbursed under the carve out method (subject to the private room differential provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section):

Hospital K

[Determination of cost of routine SNF-type and ICF-type services and general routine hospital services 1]

Facts | Days of care

General routine hospital | SNF-type | ICF-type

Total days of care | 2,000 | 400 | 100

Medicare days of care | 600 | 300

Average Medicaid rate | N/A | $35 | $20

Total inpatient general routine service costs: $250,000

Calculation of cost of routine SNF-type services applicable to Medicare:

$35 × 300 = $10,500

Calculation of cost of general routine hospital services:

Cost of SNF-type services: $35 × 400 | $14,000

Cost of ICF-type services: $20 × 100 | 2,000

Total | $16,000

Average cost per diem of general routine hospital services:

$250,000 − $16,000 ÷ 2,000 days = $117

Medicare general routine hospital cost:

$117 × 600 = $70,200

Total Medicare reasonable cost for general routine inpatient days:

$10,500 + $70,200 = $80,700

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 59 FR 45401, Sept. 1, 1994; 61 FR 51616, Oct. 3, 1996; 61 FR 58631, Nov. 18, 1996]

§ 413.56 [Reserved]
Subpart E Payments to Providers
§ 413.60 Payments to providers: General.

(a) The fiscal contractors will establish a basis for interim payments to each provider. This may be done by one of several methods. If an contractor is already paying the provider on a cost basis, the contractor may adjust its rate of payment to an estimate of the result under the Medicare principles of reimbursement. If no organization is paying the provider on a cost basis, the contractor may obtain the previous year's financial statement from the provider and, by applying the principles of reimbursement, compute or approximate an appropriate rate of payment. The interim payment may be related to the last year's average per diem, or to charges, or to any other ready basis of approximating costs.

(b) At the end of the period, the actual apportionment, based on the cost finding and apportionment methods selected by the provider, determines the Medicare reimbursement for the actual services provided to beneficiaries during the period.

(c) Basically, therefore, interim payments to providers will be made for services throughout the year, with final settlement on a retroactive basis at the end of the accounting period. Interim payments will be made as often as possible and in no event less frequently than once a month. The retroactive payments will take fully into account the costs that were actually incurred and settle on an actual, rather than on an estimated basis.

§ 413.64 Payments to providers: Specific rules.

(a) Reimbursement on a reasonable cost basis. Providers of services paid on the basis of the reasonable cost of services furnished to beneficiaries will receive interim payments approximating the actual costs of the provider. These payments will be made on the most expeditious schedule administratively feasible but not less often than monthly. A retroactive adjustment based on actual costs will be made at the end of a reporting period.

(b) Amount and frequency of payment. Medicare states that providers of services will be paid the reasonable cost of services furnished to beneficiaries. Since actual costs of services cannot be determined until the end of the accounting period, the providers must be paid on an estimated cost basis during the year. While Medicare provides that interim payments will be made no less often than monthly, contractors are expected to make payments on the most expeditious basis administratively feasible. Whatever estimated cost basis is used for determining interim payments during the year, the intent is that the interim payments shall approximate actual costs as nearly as is practicable so that the retroactive adjustment based on actual costs will be as small as possible.

(c) Interim payments during initial reporting period. At the beginning of the program or when a provider first participates in the program, it will be necessary to establish interim rates of payment to providers of services. Once a provider has filed a cost report under the Medicare program, the cost report may be used as a basis for determining the interim rate of reimbursement for the following period. However, since initially there is no previous history of cost under the program, the interim rate of payment must be determined by other methods, including the following:

(1) If the contractor is already paying the provider on a cost or cost-related basis, the contractor will adjust its rate of payment to the program's principles of reimbursement. This rate may be either an amount per inpatient day, or a percent of the provider's charges for services furnished to the program's beneficiaries.

(2) If an organization other than the contractor is paying the provider for services on a cost or cost-related basis, the contractor may obtain from that organization or from the provider itself the rate of payment being used and other cost information as may be needed to adjust that rate of payment to give recognition to the program's principles of reimbursement.

(3) It no organization is paying the provider on a cost or cost-related basis, the contractor will obtain the previous year's financial statement from the provider. By analysis of such statement in light of the principles of reimbursement, the contractor will compute an appropriate rate of payment.

(4) After the initial interim rate has been set, the provider may at any time request, and be allowed, an appropriate increase in the computed rate, upon presentation of satisfactory evidence to the contractor that costs have increased. Likewise, the contractor may adjust the interim rate of payment if it has evidence that actual costs may fall significantly below the computed rate.

(d) Interim payments for new providers. (1) Newly-established providers will not have cost experience on which to base a determination of an interim rate of payment. In such cases, the contractor will use the following methods to determine an appropriate rate:

(i) If there is a provider or providers comparable in substantially all relevant factors to the provider for which the rate is needed, the contractor will base an interim rate of payment on the costs of the comparable provider.

(ii) If there are no substantially comparable providers from whom data are available, the contractor will determine an interim rate of payment based on the budgeted or projected costs of the provider.

(2) Under either method, the contractor will review the provider's cost experience after a period of three months. If need for an adjustment is indicated, the interim rate of payment will be adjusted in line with the provider's cost experience.

(e) Interim payments after initial reporting period. Interim rates of payment for services provided after the initial reporting period will be established on the basis of the cost report filed for the previous year covering Medicare services. The current rate will be determined—whether on a per diem or percentage of charges basis—using the previous year's costs of covered services and making any appropriate adjustments required to bring, as closely as possible, the current year's rate of interim payment into agreement with current year's costs. This interim rate of payment may be adjusted by the contractor during an accounting period if the provider submits appropriate evidence that its actual costs are or will be significantly higher than the computed rate. Likewise, the contractor may adjust the interim rate of payment if it has evidence that actual costs may fall significantly below the computed rate.

(f) Retroactive adjustment. (1) Medicare provides that providers of services will be paid amounts determined to be due, but not less often than monthly, with necessary adjustments due to previously made overpayments or underpayments. Interim payments are made on the basis of estimated costs. Actual costs reimbursable to a provider cannot be determined until the cost reports are filed and costs are verified. Therefore, a retroactive adjustment will be made at the end of the reporting period to bring the interim payments made to the provider during the period into agreement with the reimbursable amount payable to the provider for the services furnished to program beneficiaries during that period.

(2) In order to reimburse the provider as quickly as possible, an initial retroactive adjustment will be made as soon as the cost report is received. For this purpose, the costs will be accepted as reported, unless there are obvious errors or inconsistencies, subject to later audit. When an audit is made and the final liability of the program is determined, a final adjustment will be made.

(3) To determine the retroactive adjustment, the amount of the provider's total allowable cost apportioned to the program for the reporting year is computed. This is the total amount of reimbursement the provider is due to receive from the program and the beneficiaries for covered services furnished during the reporting period. The total of the interim payments made by the program in the reporting year and the deductibles and coinsurance amounts receivable from beneficiaries is computed. The difference between the reimbursement due and the payments made is the amount of the retroactive adjustment.

(g) Accelerated payments to providers. Upon request, an accelerated payment may be made to a provider of services that is not receiving periodic interim payments under paragraph (h) of this section if the provider has experienced financial difficulties due to a delay by the contractor in making payments or in exceptional situations, in which the provider has experienced a temporary delay in preparing and submitting bills to the contractor beyond its normal billing cycle. Any such payment must be approved first by the contractor and then by CMS. The amount of the payment is computed as a percentage of the net reimbursement for unbilled or unpaid covered services. Recovery of the accelerated payment may be made by recoupment as provider bills are processed or by direct payment.

(h) Periodic interim payment method of reimbursement—(1) Covered services furnished before July 1, 1987. In addition to the regular methods of interim payment on individual provider billings for covered services, the periodic interim payment (PIP) method is available for Part A hospital and SNF inpatient services.

(2) Covered services furnished on or after July 1, 1987. Effective with claims received on or after July l, 1987, or as otherwise specified, the periodic interim payment (PIP) method is available for the following:

(i) Part A inpatient services furnished in hospitals that are excluded from the prospective payment systems, as specified in § 412.1(a)(1) of this chapter under subpart B of part 412 of this subchapter, or are paid under the prospective payment systems described in subpart N, O, and P of part 412 of this chapter.

(ii) Part A services furnished in hospitals receiving payment in accordance with a demonstration project authorized under section 402(a) of Public Law 90-248 (42 U.S.C. 1395b-1) or section 222(a) of Public Law 92-603 (42 U.S.C. 1395b-1 (note)), or a State reimbursement control system approved under section 1886(c) of the Act and subpart C of part 403 of this chapter, if that type of payment is specifically approved by CMS as an integral part of the demonstration or control system. If that type of payment is not an integral part of the demonstration or control system, PIP is available for the hospital under paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section for hospitals excluded from the prospective payment systems or under § 412.116(b) of this chapter for prospective payment hospitals.

(iii) Part A SNF services furnished in cost reporting periods beginning before July 1, 1998. (For services furnished in subsequent cost reporting periods, see § 413.350 regarding periodic interim payments for skilled nursing facilities).

(iv) Part A services furnished in hospitals paid under the prospective payment system, including distinct part psychiatric or rehabilitation units, as described in § 412.116(b) of this chapter.

(v) Services furnished in a hospice as specified in part 418 of this chapter. Payment on a PIP basis is described in § 418.307 of this chapter.

(vi) Effective for payments made on or after July 1, 2004, inpatient CAH services furnished by a CAH as specified in § 413.70. Payment on a PIP basis is described in § 413.70(d).

(3) Any participating provider furnishing the services described in paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section that establishes to the satisfaction of the contractor that it meets the following requirements may elect to be reimbursed under the PIP method, beginning with the first month after its request that the contractor finds administratively feasible:

(i) The provider's estimated total Medicare reimbursement for inpatient services is at least $25,000 a year computed under the PIP formula or, in the case of an HHA, either its estimated—

(A) Total Medicare reimbursement for Part A and Part B services is at least $25,000 a year computed under the PIP formula; or

(B) Medicare reimbursement computed under the PIP formula is at least 50 percent of estimated total allowable cost.

(ii) The provider has filed at least one completed Medicare cost report accepted by the contractor as providing an accurate basis for computation of program payment (except in the case of a provider requesting reimbursement under the PIP method upon first entering the Medicare program).

(iii) The provider has the continuing capability of maintaining in its records the cost, charge, and statistical data needed to accurately complete a Medicare cost report on a timely basis.

(4) [Reserved]

(5) The contractor's approval of a provider's request for reimbursement under the PIP method will be conditioned upon the contractor's best judgment as to whether payment can be made to the provider under the PIP method without undue risk of its resulting in an overpayment because of greatly varying or substantially declining Medicare utilization, inadequate billing practices, or other circumstances. The contractor may terminate PIP reimbursement to a provider at any time it determines that the provider no longer meets the qualifying requirements or that the provider's experience under the PIP method shows that proper payment cannot be made under this method.

(6) Payment will be made biweekly under the PIP method unless the provider requests a longer fixed interval (not to exceed one month) between payments. The payment amount will be computed by the contractor to approximate, on the average, the cost of covered inpatient or home health services furnished by the provider during the period for which the payment is to be made, and each payment will be made two weeks after the end of such period of services. Upon request, the contractor will, if feasible, compute the provider's payments to recognize significant seasonal variation in Medicare utilization of services on a quarterly basis starting with the beginning of the provider's reporting year.

(7) A provider's PIP amount may be appropriately adjusted at any time if the provider presents or the contractor otherwise obtains evidence relating to the provider's costs or Medicare utilization that warrants such adjustment. In addition, the contractor will recompute the payment immediately upon completion of the desk review of a provider's cost report and also at regular intervals not less often than quarterly. The contractor may make a retroactive lump sum interim payment to a provider, based upon an increase in its PIP amount, in order to bring past interim payments for the provider's current cost reporting period into line with the adjusted payment amount. The objective of contractor monitoring of provider costs and utilization is to assure payments approximating, as closely as possible, the reimbursement to be determined at settlement for the cost reporting period. A significant factor in evaluating the amount of the payment in terms of the realization of the projected Medicare utilization of services is the timely submittal to the contractor of completed admission and billing forms. All providers must complete billings in detail under this method as under regular interim payment procedures.

(i) Bankruptcy or insolvency of provider. If on the basis of reliable evidence, the contractor has a valid basis for believing that, with respect to a provider, proceedings have been or will shortly be instituted in a State or Federal court for purposes of determining whether such provider is insolvent or bankrupt under an appropriate State or Federal law, any payments to the provider will be adjusted by the contractor, notwithstanding any other regulation or program instruction regarding the timing or manner of such adjustments, to a level necessary to insure that no overpayment to the provider is made.

(j) Interest payments resulting from judicial review—(1) Application. If a provider of services seeks judicial review by a Federal court (see § 405.1877 of this chapter) of a decision furnished by the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or subsequent reversal, affirmation, or modification by the Secretary, the amount of any award of such Federal court will be increased by interest payable by the party against whom the judgment is made (see § 413.153 for treatment of interest). The interest begins to accrue on the first day of the first month following the 180-day period described in § 405.1835(a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this chapter, as applicable.

(2) Amount due. Section 1878(f) of the Act, 42 U.S.C. 1395oo(f), authorizes a court to award interest in favor of the prevailing party on any amount due as a result of the court's decision. If the contractor withheld any portion of the amount in controversy prior to the date the provider seeks judicial review by a Federal court, and the Medicare program is the prevailing party, interest is payable by the provider only on the amount not withheld. Similarly, if the Medicare program seeks to recover amounts previously paid to a provider, and the provider is the prevailing party, interest on the amounts previously paid to a provider is not payable by the Medicare program since that amount had been paid and is not due the provider.

(3) Rate. The amount of interest to be paid is equal to the rate of return on equity capital (see § 413.157) in effect for the month in which the civil action is commenced.

Example:An contractor made a final determination on the amount of Medicare program reimbursement on June 15, 1974, and the provider appealed that determination to the Provider Reimbursement Review Board. The Board heard the appeal and rendered a decision adverse to the provider. On October 28, 1974, the provider commenced civil action to have such decision reviewed. The rate of return on equity capital for the month of October 1974 was 11.625 percent. The period for which interest is computed begins on January 1, 1975, and the interest beginning January 1, 1975, would be at the rate of 11.625 percent per annum.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 42238, Nov. 24, 1986; 53 FR 1628, Jan. 21, 1988; 57 FR 39830, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 36713, July 19, 1994; 64 FR 41682, July 30, 1999; 65 FR 41211, July 3, 2000; 66 FR 41394, Aug. 7, 2001; 67 FR 56056, Aug. 30, 2002; 69 FR 49252, Aug. 11, 2004; 69 FR 66981, Nov. 15, 2004; 73 FR 30267, May 23, 2008]

§ 413.65 Requirements for a determination that a facility or an organization has provider-based status.

(a) Scope and definitions. (1) Scope. (i) This section applies to all facilities for which provider-based status is sought, including remote locations of hospitals, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and satellite facilities as defined in §§ 412.22(h)(1) and 412.25(e)(1) of this chapter, other than facilities described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.

(ii) The determinations of provider-based status for payment purposes described in this section are not made as to whether the following facilities are provider-based:

(A) Ambulatory surgical centers (ASCs).

(B) Comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities (CORFs).

(C) Home health agencies (HHAs).

(D) Skilled nursing facilities (SNFs) (determinations for SNFs are made in accordance with the criteria set forth in § 483.5 of this chapter).

(E) Hospices.

(F) Inpatient rehabilitation units that are excluded from the inpatient PPS for acute hospital services.

(G) Independent diagnostic testing facilities furnishing only services paid under a fee schedule, such as facilities that furnish only screening mammography services (as defined in section 1861(jj) of the Act), facilities that furnish only clinical diagnostic laboratory tests, other than those clinical diagnostic laboratories operating as parts of CAHs on or after October 1, 2010, or facilities that furnish only some combination of these services.

(H) Facilities, other than those operating as parts of CAHs, furnishing only physical, occupational, or speech therapy to ambulatory patients, throughout any period during which the annual financial cap amount on payment for coverage of physical, occupational, or speech therapy, as described in section 1833(g)(2) of the Act, is suspended by legislation.

(I) ESRD facilities (determinations for ESRD facilities are made under § 413.174 of this chapter).

(J) Departments of providers that perform functions necessary for the successful operation of the providers but do not furnish services of a type for which separate payment could be claimed under Medicare or Medicaid (for example, laundry or medical records departments).

(K) Ambulances.

(L) Rural health clinics (RHCs) affiliated with hospitals having 50 or more beds.

(2) Definitions. In this subpart E, unless the context indicates otherwise—

Campus means the physical area immediately adjacent to the provider's main buildings, other areas and structures that are not strictly contiguous to the main buildings but are located within 250 yards of the main buildings, and any other areas determined on an individual case basis, by the CMS regional office, to be part of the provider's campus.

Department of a provider means a facility or organization that is either created by, or acquired by, a main provider for the purpose of furnishing health care services of the same type as those furnished by the main provider under the name, ownership, and financial and administrative control of the main provider, in accordance with the provisions of this section. A department of a provider comprises both the specific physical facility that serves as the site of services of a type for which payment could be claimed under the Medicare or Medicaid program, and the personnel and equipment needed to deliver the services at that facility. A department of a provider may not by itself be qualified to participate in Medicare as a provider under § 489.2 of this chapter, and the Medicare conditions of participation do not apply to a department as an independent entity. For purposes of this part, the term “department of a provider” does not include an RHC or, except as specified in paragraph (n) of this section, an FQHC.

Free-standing facility means an entity that furnishes health care services to Medicare beneficiaries and that is not integrated with any other entity as a main provider, a department of a provider, remote location of a hospital, satellite facility, or a provider-based entity.

Main provider means a provider that either creates, or acquires ownership of, another entity to deliver additional health care services under its name, ownership, and financial and administrative control.

Provider-based entity means a provider of health care services, or an RHC as defined in § 405.2401(b) of this chapter, that is either created by, or acquired by, a main provider for the purpose of furnishing health care services of a different type from those of the main provider under the ownership and administrative and financial control of the main provider, in accordance with the provisions of this section. A provider-based entity comprises both the specific physical facility that serves as the site of services of a type for which payment could be claimed under the Medicare or Medicaid program, and the personnel and equipment needed to deliver the services at that facility. A provider-based entity may, by itself, be qualified to participate in Medicare as a provider under § 489.2 of this chapter, and the Medicare conditions of participation do apply to a provider-based entity as an independent entity.

Provider-based status means the relationship between a main provider and a provider-based entity or a department of a provider, remote location of a hospital, or satellite facility, that complies with the provisions of this section.

Remote location of a hospital means a facility or an organization that is either created by, or acquired by, a hospital that is a main provider for the purpose of furnishing inpatient hospital services under the name, ownership, and financial and administrative control of the main provider, in accordance with the provisions of this section. A remote location of a hospital comprises both the specific physical facility that serves as the site of services for which separate payment could be claimed under the Medicare or Medicaid program, and the personnel and equipment needed to deliver the services at that facility. The Medicare conditions of participation do not apply to a remote location of a hospital as an independent entity. For purposes of this part, the term “remote location of a hospital” does not include a satellite facility as defined in §§ 412.22(h)(1) and 412.25(e)(1) of this chapter.

(b) Provider-based determinations. (1) A facility or organization is not entitled to be treated as provider-based simply because it or the main provider believe it is provider-based.

(2) If a facility was treated as provider-based in relation to a hospital or CAH on October 1, 2000, it will continue to be considered provider-based in relation to that hospital or CAH until the start of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 2003. The requirements, limitations, and exclusions specified in paragraphs (d), (e), (f), (h), and (i) of this section will not apply to that hospital or CAH until the start of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 2003. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2), a facility is considered as provider-based on October 1, 2000 if, on that date, it either had a written determination from CMS that it was provider-based, or was billing and being paid as a provider-based department or entity of the hospital.

(3)(i) Except as specified in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(5) of this section, if a potential main provider seeks a determination of provider-based status for a facility that is located on the campus of the potential main provider, the provider would be required to submit an attestation stating that the facility meets the criteria in paragraph (d) of this section and, if it is a hospital, also attest that it will fulfill the obligations of hospital outpatient departments and hospital-based entities described in paragraph (g) of this section. The provider seeking such a determination would also be required to maintain documentation of the basis for its attestations and to make that documentation available to CMS and to CMS contractors upon request. If the facility is operated as a joint venture, the provider would also have to attest that it will comply with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) If the facility is not located on the campus of the potential main provider, the provider seeking a determination would be required to submit an attestation stating that the facility meets the criteria in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, and if the facility is operated under a management contract, the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section. If the potential main provider is a hospital, the hospital also would be required to attest that it will fulfill the obligations of hospital outpatient departments and hospital-based entities described in paragraph (g) of this section. The provider would be required to supply documentation of the basis for its attestations to CMS at the time it submits its attestations.

(iii) Whenever a provider submits an attestation of provider-based status for an on-campus facility or organization, as described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, CMS will send the provider written acknowledgment of receipt of the attestation, review the attestation for completeness, consistency with the criteria in this section, and consistency with information in the possession of CMS at the time the attestation is received, and make a determination as to whether the facility or organization is provider-based.

(iv) Whenever a provider submits an attestation of provider-based status for an off-campus facility or organization, as described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, CMS will send the provider written acknowledgment of receipt of the attestation, review the attestation for completeness, consistency with the criteria in this section, consistency with the documentation submitted with the attestation and consistency with information in the possession of CMS at the time the attestation is received, and make a determination as to whether the facility or organization is provider-based.

(4) A facility that is not located on the campus of a hospital and that is used as a site where physician services of the kind ordinarily furnished in physician offices are furnished is presumed as a free-standing facility, unless CMS determines the facility has provider-based status.

(5) A facility that has requested provider-based status in relation to a hospital or CAH on or after October 1, 2000 and before October 1, 2002 will be treated as provider-based in relation to the hospital or CAH from the first date on or after October 1, 2000 on which the facility was licensed (to the extent required by the State), staffed and equipped to treat patients until the date on which CMS determines that the facility does not qualify for provider-based status.

(c) Reporting of material changes in relationships. A main provider that has had one or more facilities or organizations considered provider-based also may report to CMS any material change in the relationship between it and any provider-based facility or organization, such as a change in ownership of the facility or organization or entry into a new or different management contract that would affect the provider-based status of the facility or organization.

(d) Requirements applicable to all facilities or organizations. Any facility or organization for which provider-based status is sought, whether located on or off the campus of a potential main provider, must meet all of the following requirements to be determined by CMS to have provider-based status:

(1) Licensure. The department of the provider, the remote location of a hospital, or the satellite facility and the main provider are operated under the same license, except in areas where the State requires a separate license for the department of the provider, the remote location of a hospital, or the satellite facility, or in States where State law does not permit licensure of the provider and the prospective department of the provider, the remote location of a hospital, or the satellite facility under a single license. If a State health facilities' cost review commission or other agency that has authority to regulate the rates charged by hospitals or other providers in a State finds that a particular facility or organization is not part of a provider, CMS will determine that the facility or organization does not have provider-based status.

(2) Clinical services. The clinical services of the facility or organization seeking provider-based status and the main provider are integrated as evidenced by the following:

(i) Professional staff of the facility or organization have clinical privileges at the main provider.

(ii) The main provider maintains the same monitoring and oversight of the facility or organization as it does for any other department of the provider.

(iii) The medical director of the facility or organization seeking provider-based status maintains a reporting relationship with the chief medical officer or other similar official of the main provider that has the same frequency, intensity, and level of accountability that exists in the relationship between the medical director of a department of the main provider and the chief medical officer or other similar official of the main provider, and is under the same type of supervision and accountability as any other director, medical or otherwise, of the main provider.

(iv) Medical staff committees or other professional committees at the main provider are responsible for medical activities in the facility or organization, including quality assurance, utilization review, and the coordination and integration of services, to the extent practicable, between the facility or organization seeking provider-based status and the main provider.

(v) Medical records for patients treated in the facility or organization are integrated into a unified retrieval system (or cross reference) of the main provider.

(vi) Inpatient and outpatient services of the facility or organization and the main provider are integrated, and patients treated at the facility or organization who require further care have full access to all services of the main provider and are referred where appropriate to the corresponding inpatient or outpatient department or service of the main provider.

(3) Financial integration. The financial operations of the facility or organization are fully integrated within the financial system of the main provider, as evidenced by shared income and expenses between the main provider and the facility or organization. The costs of a facility or organization that is a hospital department are reported in a cost center of the provider, costs of a provider-based facility or organization other than a hospital department are reported in the appropriate cost center or cost centers of the main provider, and the financial status of any provider-based facility or organization is incorporated and readily identified in the main provider's trial balance.

(4) Public awareness. The facility or organization seeking status as a department of a provider, a remote location of a hospital, or a satellite facility is held out to the public and other payers as part of the main provider. When patients enter the provider-based facility or organization, they are aware that they are entering the main provider and are billed accordingly.

(5) Obligations of hospital outpatient departments and hospital-based entities. In the case of a hospital outpatient department or a hospital-based entity, the facility or organization must fulfill the obligations of hospital outpatient departments and hospital-based entities described in paragraph (g) of this section.

(e) Additional requirements applicable to off-campus facilities or organizations. Except as described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(5) of this section, any facility or organization for which provider-based status is sought that is not located on the campus of a potential main provider must meet both the requirements in paragraph (d) of this section and all of the following additional requirements, in order to be determined by CMS to have provider-based status.

(1) Operation under the ownership and control of the main provider. The facility or organization seeking provider-based status is operated under the ownership and control of the main provider, as evidenced by the following:

(i) The business enterprise that constitutes the facility or organization is 100 percent owned by the main provider.

(ii) The main provider and the facility or organization seeking status as a department of the main provider, a remote location of a hospital, or a satellite facility have the same governing body.

(iii) The facility or organization is operated under the same organizational documents as the main provider. For example, the facility or organization seeking provider-based status must be subject to common bylaws and operating decisions of the governing body of the main provider where it is based.

(iv) The main provider has final responsibility for administrative decisions, final approval for contracts with outside parties, final approval for personnel actions, final responsibility for personnel policies (such as fringe benefits or code of conduct), and final approval for medical staff appointments in the facility or organization.

(2) Administration and supervision. The reporting relationship between the facility or organization seeking provider-based status and the main provider must have the same frequency, intensity, and level of accountability that exists in the relationship between the main provider and one of its existing departments, as evidenced by compliance with all of the following requirements:

(i) The facility or organization is under the direct supervision of the main provider.

(ii) The facility or organization is operated under the same monitoring and oversight by the provider as any other department of the provider, and is operated just as any other department of the provider with regard to supervision and accountability. The facility or organization director or individual responsible for daily operations at the entity—

(A) Maintains a reporting relationship with a manager at the main provider that has the same frequency, intensity, and level of accountability that exists in the relationship between the main provider and its existing departments; and

(B) Is accountable to the governing body of the main provider, in the same manner as any department head of the provider.

(iii) The following administrative functions of the facility or organization are integrated with those of the provider where the facility or organization is based: billing services, records, human resources, payroll, employee benefit package, salary structure, and purchasing services. Either the same employees or group of employees handle these administrative functions for the facility or organization and the main provider, or the administrative functions for both the facility or organization and the entity are—

(A) Contracted out under the same contract agreement; or

(B) Handled under different contract agreements, with the contract of the facility or organization being managed by the main provider.

(3) Location. The facility or organization meets the requirements in paragraph (e)(3)(i), (e)(3)(ii), (e)(3)(iii), (e)(3)(iv), (e)(3)(v), or, in the case of an RHC, paragraph (e)(3)(vi) of this section, and the requirements in paragraph (e)(3)(vii) of this section.

(i) The facility or organization is located within a 35-mile radius of the campus of the hospital or CAH that is the potential main provider.

(ii) The facility or organization is owned and operated by a hospital or CAH that has a disproportionate share adjustment (as determined under § 412.106 of this chapter) greater than 11.75 percent or is described in § 412.106(c)(2) of this chapter implementing section 1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(II) of the Act and is—

(A) Owned or operated by a unit of State or local government;

(B) A public or nonprofit corporation that is formally granted governmental powers by a unit of State or local government; or

(C) A private hospital that has a contract with a State or local government that includes the operation of clinics located off the main campus of the hospital to assure access in a well-defined service area to health care services for low-income individuals who are not entitled to benefits under Medicare (or medical assistance under a Medicaid State plan).

(iii) The facility or organization demonstrates a high level of integration with the main provider by showing that it meets all of the other provider-based criteria and demonstrates that it serves the same patient population as the main provider, by submitting records showing that, during the 12-month period immediately preceding the first day of the month in which the application for provider-based status is filed with CMS, and for each subsequent 12-month period—

(A) At least 75 percent of the patients served by an inpatient or outpatient facility or organization reside in the same zip code areas as at least 75 percent of the patients served by the main provider; or

(B) At least 75 percent of the patients served by an outpatient facility or organization who required the type of care furnished by the main provider received that care from that provider (for example, at least 75 percent of the patients of an RHC seeking provider-based status received inpatient hospital services from the hospital that is the main provider).

(iv) If the facility or organization is unable to meet the criteria in paragraph (e)(3)(iii)(A) or paragraph (e)(3)(iii)(B) of this section because it was not in operation during all of the 12-month period described in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this section, the facility or organization is located in a zip code area included among those that, during all of the 12-month period described in paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this section, accounted for at least 75 percent of the patients served by the main provider.

(v) The facility or organization meets all of the following criteria:

(A) The facility or organization is seeking provider-based status with respect to a hospital that meets the criteria in § 412.23(d) for reimbursement under Medicare as a children's hospital;

(B) The facility or organization meets the criteria for identifying intensive care type units set forth in the Medicare reasonable cost reimbursement regulations under § 413.53(d).

(C) The facility or organization accepts only patients who are newborn infants who require intensive care on an inpatient basis.

(D) The hospital in which the facility or organization is physically located is in a rural area as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(C) of this chapter.

(E) The facility or organization is located within a 100-mile radius of the children's hospital that is the potential main provider.

(F) The facility or organization is located at least 35 miles from the nearest other neonatal intensive care unit.

(G) The facility or organization meets all other requirements for provider-based status under this section.

(vi) Both of the following criteria are met:

(A) The facility or organization is an RHC that is otherwise qualified as a provider-based entity of a hospital that has fewer than 50 beds, as determined under § 412.105(b) of this chapter; and

(B) The hospital with which the facility or organization has a provider-based relationship is located in a rural area, as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(C) of this subchapter.

(vii) A facility or organization may qualify for provider-based status under this section only if the facility or organization and the main provider are located in the same State or, when consistent with the laws of both States, in adjacent States.

(f) Provider-based status for joint ventures. In order for a facility or organization operated as a joint venture to be considered provider-based, the facility or organization must—

(1) Be partially owned by at least one provider'

(2) Be located on the main campus of a provider who is a partial owner;

(3) Be provider-based to that one provider whose campus on which the facility or organization is located; and

(4) Also meet all the requirements applicable to all provider-based facilities and organizations in paragraph (d) of this section. For example, where a provider has jointly purchased or jointly created a facility under joint venture arrangements with one or more other providers, and the facility is not located on the campus of the provider or the campus of any other provider engaged in the joint venture arrangement, no party to the joint venture arrangement can claim the facility as provider-based.

(g) Obligations of hospital outpatient departments and hospital-based entities. To qualify for provider-based status in relation to a hospital, a facility or organization must comply with the following requirements:

(1) The following departments must comply with the antidumping rules of §§ 489.20(l), (m), (q), and (r) and 489.24 of this chapter:

(i) Any facility or organization that is located on the main hospital campus and is treated by Medicare under this section as a department of the hospital; and

(ii) Any facility or organization that is located off the main hospital campus that is treated by Medicare under this section as a department of the hospital and is a dedicated emergency department, as defined in § 489.24(b) of this chapter.

(2) Physician services furnished in hospital outpatient departments or hospital-based entities (other than RHCs) must be billed with the correct site-of-service so that appropriate physician and practitioner payment amounts can be determined under the rules of Part 414 of this chapter.

(3) Hospital outpatient departments must comply with all the terms of the hospital's provider agreement.

(4) Physicians who work in hospital outpatient departments or hospital-based entities are obligated to comply with the non-discrimination provisions in § 489.10(b) of this chapter.

(5) Hospital outpatient departments (other than RHCs) must treat all Medicare patients, for billing purposes, as hospital outpatients. The department must not treat some Medicare patients as hospital outpatients and others as physician office patients.

(6) In the case of a patient admitted to the hospital as an inpatient after receiving treatment in the hospital outpatient department or hospital-based entity, payments for services in the hospital outpatient department or hospital-based entity are subject to the payment window provisions applicable to PPS hospitals and to hospitals and units excluded from PPS set forth at § 412.2(c)(5) of this chapter and at § 413.40(c)(2), respectively.

(7) When a Medicare beneficiary is treated in a hospital outpatient department that is not located on the main provider's campus, the treatment is not required to be provided by the antidumping rules in § 489.24 of this chapter, and the beneficiary will incur a coinsurance liability for an outpatient visit to the hospital as well as for the physician service, the following requirements must be met:

(i) The hospital must provide written notice to the beneficiary, before the delivery of services, of—

(A) The amount of the beneficiary's potential financial liability; or

(B) If the exact type and extent of care needed are not known, an explanation that the beneficiary will incur a coinsurance liability to the hospital that he or she would not incur if the facility were not provider-based, an estimate based on typical or average charges for visits to the facility, and a statement that the patient's actual liability will depend upon the actual services furnished by the hospital.

(ii) The notice must be one that the beneficiary can read and understand.

(iii) If the beneficiary is unconscious, under great duress, or for any other reason unable to read a written notice and understand and act on his or her own rights, the notice must be provided, before the delivery of services, to the beneficiary's authorized representative.

(iv) In cases where a hospital outpatient department provides examination or treatment that is required to be provided by the antidumping rules of § 489.24 of this chapter, notice, as described in this paragraph (g)(7), must be given as soon as possible after the existence of an emergency has been ruled out or the emergency condition has been stabilized.

(8) Hospital outpatient departments must meet applicable hospital health and safety rules for Medicare-participating hospitals in part 482 of this chapter.

(h) Management contracts. A facility or organization that is not located on the campus of the potential main provider and otherwise meets the requirements of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, but is operated under management contracts, must also meet all of the following criteria:

(1) The main provider (or an organization that also employs the staff of the main provider and that is not the management company) employs the staff of the facility or organization who are directly involved in the delivery of patient care, except for management staff and staff who furnish patient care services of a type that would be paid for by Medicare under a fee schedule established by regulations at part 414 of this chapter. Other than staff that may be paid under such a Medicare fee schedule, the main provider may not utilize the services of “leased” employees (that is, personnel who are actually employed by the management company but provide services for the provider under a staff leasing or similar agreement) that are directly involved in the delivery of patient care.

(2) The administrative functions of the facility or organization are integrated with those of the main provider, as determined under criteria in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.

(3) The main provider has significant control over the operations of the facility or organization as determined under criteria in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section.

(4) The management contract is held by the main provider itself, not by a parent organization that has control over both the main provider and the facility or organization.

(i) Furnishing all services under arrangement. A facility or organization may not qualify for provider-based status if all patient care services furnished at the facility or organization are furnished under arrangements.

(j) Inappropriate treatment of a facility or organization as provider-based—(1) Determination and review. If CMS learns that a provider has treated a facility or organization as provider-based and the provider did not request a determination of provider-based status from CMS under paragraph (b)(3) of this section and CMS determines that the facility or organization did not meet the requirements for provider-based status under paragraphs (d) through (i) of this section, as applicable (or, in any period before the effective date of these regulations, the provider-based requirements in effect under Medicare program regulations or instructions), CMS will—

(i) Issue notice to the provider in accordance with paragraph (j)(3) of this section, adjust the amount of future payments to the provider for services of the facility or organization in accordance with paragraph (j)(4) of this section, and continue payments to the provider for services of the facility or organization only in accordance with paragraph (j)(5) of this section; and

(ii) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(5), or (j)(2) of this section, recover the difference between the amount of payments that actually was made and the amount of payments that CMS estimates should have been made, in the absence of compliance with the provider-based requirements, to that provider for services at the facility or organization for all cost reporting periods subject to reopening in accordance with §§ 405.1885 and 405.1889 of this chapter.

(2) Exception for good faith effort. CMS will not recover any payments for any period before the beginning of the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after January 10, 2001, if, during all of that period—

(i) The requirements regarding licensure and public awareness in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(4) of this section were met;

(ii) All facility services were billed as if they had been furnished by a department of a provider, a remote location of a hospital, a satellite facility, or a provider-based entity of the main provider; and

(iii) All professional services of physicians and other practitioners were billed with the correct site-of-service indicator, as described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(3) Notice to provider. If CMS determines that a facility or organization was inappropriately treated as provider-based, CMS will issue written notice to the provider that payments for past cost reporting periods may be reviewed and recovered as described in paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section, and that future payments for services in or of the facility or organization will be adjusted as described in paragraph (j)(4) of this section.

(4) Adjustment of payments. If CMS determines that a facility or organization was inappropriately treated as provider-based, CMS will adjust future payments to the provider or the facility or organization, or both, to estimate the amounts that would be paid for the same services furnished by a freestanding facility.

(5) Continuation of payment. (i) The notice of denial of provider-based status sent to the provider will ask the provider to notify CMS in writing, within 30 days of the date the notice is issued, of whether the provider intends to seek a determination of provider-based status for the facility or organization under this section or whether the facility or organization (or, where applicable, the practitioners who staff the facility or organization) will be seeking to enroll and meet other requirements to bill for services in a freestanding facility.

(ii) If the provider indicates that it will not be seeking a determination for the facility or organization under this section or that the facility or organization or its practitioners will not be seeking to enroll, or if CMS does not receive a response within 30 days of the date the notice was issued, all payment under this paragraph (j)(5) will end as of the 30th day after the date of notice.

(iii) If the provider indicates that it will be seeking a determination for the facility or organization under this section or that the facility or organization or its practitioners will be seeking to meet enrollment and other requirements for billing for services in a freestanding facility, payment for services of the facility or organization will continue, at the adjusted amounts described in paragraph (j)(4) of this section, for as long as is required for all billing requirements to be met (but not longer than 6 months) if the provider or the facility or organization or its practitioners—

(A) Submits, as applicable, a complete request for a determination of provider-based status or a complete enrollment application and provide all other required information within 90 days after the date of notice; and

(B) Furnishes all other information needed by CMS to make a determination regarding provider-based status or process the enrollment application, as applicable, and verifies that other billing requirements are met.

(v) If the necessary applications or information are not provided, CMS will terminate all payment to the provider, facility, or organization as of the date CMS issues notice that necessary applications or information have not been submitted.

(k) Temporary treatment as provider-based. If a provider submits a complete attestation of compliance with the requirements for provider-based status for a facility or organization that has not previously been found by CMS to have been inappropriately treated as provider-based under paragraph (j) of this section, the provider may bill and be paid for services of the facility or organization as provider-based from the date it submits the attestation and any required supporting documentation until the date that CMS determines that the facility or organization does not meet the provider-based rules. If CMS subsequently determines that the requirements for provider-based status are not met, CMS will recover the difference between the amount of payments that actually was made since the date the complete attestation of compliance with provider-based requirements was submitted and the amount of payments that CMS estimates should have been made in the absence of compliance with the provider-based requirements. For purposes of this paragraph (k), a complete attestation of compliance with provider-based requirements is one that includes all information needed to permit CMS to make a determination under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(l) Correction of errors. (1) If CMS determines that a facility or organization that had previously been determined to be provider-based under this section no longer qualifies for provider-based status, and the failure to qualify for provider-based status resulted from a material change in the relationship between the provider and the facility or organization that the provider did report to CMS under paragraph (c) of this section, treatment of the facility or organization as provider-based ceases with the date that CMS determines that the facility or organization no longer qualifies for provider-based status.

(2) If CMS determines that a facility or organization that had previously been determined to be provider-based under this section no longer qualifies for provider-based status, and if the failure to qualify for provider-based status resulted from a material change in the relationship between the provider and the facility or organization that the provider did not report to CMS under paragraph (c) of this section, CMS will take the actions with respect to notice to the provider, adjustment of payments, and continuation of payment described in paragraphs (j)(3), (j)(4), and (j)(5) of this section, and will recover past payments to the provider to the extent described in paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section.

(m) Status of Indian Health Service and Tribal facilities and organizations. Facilities and organizations operated by the Indian Health Services and Tribes will be considered to be departments of hospitals operated by the Indian Health Service or Tribes if they furnish only services that are billed, using the CCN of the main provider and with the consent of the main provider, as if they had been furnished by a department of a hospital operated by the Indian Health Service or a Tribe and they are:

(1) Owned and operated by the Indian Health Service;

(2) Owned by the Tribe but leased from the Tribe by the IHS under the Indian Self-Determination Act (Pub. L. 93-638) in accordance with applicable regulations and policies of the Indian Health Service in consultation with Tribes: or

(3) Owned by the Indian Health Service but leased and operated by the Tribe under the Indian Self-Determination Act (Pub. L. 93-638) in accordance with applicable regulations and policies of the Indian Health Service in consultation with Tribes.

(n) FQHCs and “look alikes.” A facility that has, since April 7, 1995, furnished only services that were billed as if they had been furnished by a department of a provider will continue to be treated, for purposes of this section, as a department of the provider without regard to whether it complies with the criteria for provider-based status in this section, if the facility—

(1) Received a grant on or before April 7, 2000 under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act and continues to receive funding under such a grant, or is receiving funding from a grant made on or before April 7, 2000 under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act under a contract with the beneficiary of such a grant, and continues to meet the requirements to receive a grant under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act; or

(2) Based on the recommendation of the Public Health Service, was determined by CMS on or before April 7, 2000 to meet the requirements for receiving a grant under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act, and continues to meet such requirements.

(o) Effective date of provider-based status—(1) General rule. Provider-based status for a facility or organization is effective on the earliest date all of the requirements of this part have been met.

(2) Inappropriate treatment as provider-based or not reporting material change. Effective for any period on or after October 1, 2002 (or, in the case of facilities or organizations described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, for cost reporting periods starting on or after July 1, 2003), if a facility or organization is found by CMS to have been inappropriately treated as provider-based under paragraph (j) of this section for those periods, or previously was determined by CMS to be provider-based but no longer qualifies as provider-based because of a material change occurring during those periods that was not reported to CMS under paragraph (c) of this section, CMS will not treat the facility or organization as provider-based for payment purposes until CMS has determined, based on documentation submitted by the provider, that the facility or organization meets all requirements for provider-based status under this part

[65 FR 18538, Apr. 7, 2000, as amended at 65 FR 58920, Oct. 3, 2000; 66 FR 1599, Jan. 9, 2001; 66 FR 59920, Nov. 30, 2001; 67 FR 50114, Aug. 1, 2002; 68 FR 46070, Aug. 4, 2003; 68 FR 53261, Sept. 9, 2003; 70 FR 47487, Aug. 12, 2005; 74 FR 44000, Aug. 27, 2009; 82 FR 38515, Aug. 14, 2017; 91 FR 50343, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.70 Payment for services of a CAH.

(a) Payment for inpatient services furnished by a CAH (other than services of distinct part units). (1) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2004, payment for inpatient services of a CAH, other than services of a distinct part unit of the CAH and other than the items included in the incentive payment described in paragraph (a)(5) of this section and subject to the adjustments described in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the CAH in providing CAH services to its inpatients, as determined in accordance with section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and the applicable principles of cost reimbursement in this part and in part 415 of this chapter, except that the following payment principles are excluded when determining payment for CAH inpatient services:

(i) Lesser of cost or charges;

(ii) Ceilings on hospital operating costs;

(iii) Reasonable compensation equivalent (RCE) limits for physician services to providers; and

(iv) The payment window provisions for preadmission services, specified in § 412.2(c)(5) of this subchapter and § 413.40(c)(2) of this part.

(2) Except as specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, payment to a CAH for inpatient services does not include any costs of physician services or other professional services to CAH inpatients, and is subject to the Part A hospital deductible and coinsurance, as determined under subpart G of part 409 of this chapter.

(3) If a CAH meets the criteria in § 412.113(c) of this subchapter for pass-through of costs of anesthesia services furnished by qualified nonphysician anesthetists employed by the CAH or obtained under arrangements, payment to the CAH for the costs of those services is made in accordance with § 412.113(c).

(4) Payment for inpatient services of distinct part psychiatric or rehabilitation units is described in paragraph (e) of this section.

(5) A qualifying CAH receives an incentive payment for the reasonable costs of purchasing certified EHR technology in a cost reporting period during a payment year as determined under § 495.106 of this chapter in lieu of payment for such reasonable costs under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(6)(i) For cost reporting periods beginning in or after FY 2015, if a CAH is not a qualifying CAH for the applicable EHR reporting period, as defined in §§ 495.4 and 495.106(a) of this chapter, then notwithstanding the percentage applicable in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the reasonable costs of the CAH in providing CAH services to its inpatients are adjusted by the following applicable percentage:

(A) For cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2015, 100.66 percent.

(B) For cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2016, 100.33 percent.

(C) For cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2017 and each subsequent fiscal year, 100 percent.

(ii) The Secretary may on a case-by-case basis, exempt a CAH that is not a qualifying CAH from the application of the payment adjustment under paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section if the Secretary determines that compliance with the requirement for being a meaningful user would result in a significant hardship for the CAH. In order to be considered for an exception, a CAH must submit an application demonstrating that it meets one or more of the criteria specified in this paragraph (a)(6) for the applicable payment adjustment year no later than November 30 after the close of the applicable EHR reporting period, or a later date specified by CMS. The Secretary may grant an exception for one or more of the following:

(A) During any 90-day period from the beginning of the cost reporting period that begins in the fiscal year before the payment adjustment year to November 30 after the end of the payment adjustment year, or a later date specified by CMS, the hospital was located in an area without sufficient Internet access to comply with the meaningful use objectives requiring Internet connectivity, and faced insurmountable barriers to obtaining such Internet connectivity.

(B) A CAH that faces extreme and uncontrollable circumstances that prevent it from becoming a meaningful EHR user during the payment adjustment year.

(C) The CAH is new in the payment adjustment year and has not previously operated (under previous or present ownership). This exception expires beginning with the first Federal fiscal year that begins on or after the hospital has had at least one 12-month (or longer) cost reporting period after they accept their first Medicare-covered patient. For the purposes of this exception, the following CAHs are not considered new CAHs:

(1) A CAH that builds new or replacement facilities at the same or another location even if coincidental with a change of ownership, a change in management, or a lease arrangement.

(2) A CAH that closes and subsequently reopens.

(3) A CAH that has been converted from an eligible hospital as defined at § 495.4 of this chapter.

(iii) Exception for decertified EHR technology. Beginning with the fiscal year 2018 payment adjustment year, the Secretary shall exempt a CAH that is not a qualifying CAH from the application of the payment adjustment under paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section if the Secretary determines that compliance with the requirement for being a meaningful EHR user is not possible because the certified EHR technology used by the CAH has been decertified under ONC's Health IT Certification Program. In order to be considered for an exception, a CAH must submit an application, in the manner specified by CMS, demonstrating that the certified EHR technology was decertified during the 12-month period preceding the applicable EHR reporting period for the payment adjustment year, or during the applicable EHR reporting period for the payment adjustment year, and that the CAH made a good faith effort to obtain another certified EHR technology for that EHR reporting period. Applications requesting this exception must be submitted by November 30 after the end of the applicable payment adjustment year, or a later date specified by CMS.

(iv) Exceptions granted under paragraphs (a)(6)(ii) and (iii) of this section are subject to annual renewal, but in no case may a CAH be granted such an exception for more than 5 years.

(7) There is no administrative or judicial review under section s1869 and 1878 of the Actor otherwise of the following:

(i) The methodology and standards for determining the amount of payment under paragraph (a)(5) of this section, including the calculation of reasonable costs under § 495.106(c) of this chapter.

(ii) The methodology and standards for determining the amount of payment adjustments made under paragraph (a)(6).

(iii) The methodology and standards for determining a CAH to be a qualifying CAH under § 495.106 of this chapter.

(iv) The methodology and standards for determining if the hardship exemption applies to a CAH under paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section.

(v) The specification of the cost reporting periods, payment years, or fiscal years as applied under this paragraph.

(b) Payment for outpatient services furnished by CAH—(1) General. (i) Unless the CAH elects to be paid for services to its outpatients under the method specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the amount of payment for outpatient services of a CAH is determined under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(ii) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, payment to a CAH for outpatient services does not include any costs of physician services or other professional services to CAH outpatients.

(2) Reasonable costs for facility services. (i) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2004, payment for outpatient services of a CAH is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the CAH in providing CAH services to its outpatients, as determined in accordance with section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and the applicable principles of cost reimbursement in this part and in part 415 of this chapter, except that the following payment principles are excluded when determining payment for CAH outpatient services:

(A) Lesser of cost or charges; and

(B) RCE limits.

(ii) Payment to a CAH under paragraph (b)(2) of this section does not include any costs of physician services or other professional services to CAH outpatients and, other than for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests, is subject to the Part B deductible and coinsurance amounts as determined under §§ 410.152(k), 410.160, and 410.161 of this chapter.

(iii) [Reserved]

(3) Election to be paid reasonable costs for facility services plus fee schedule for professional services. (i) A CAH may elect to be paid for outpatient services in any cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 2004 under the method described in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) and (b)(3)(iii) of this section.

(A)(1) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2010. The election must be made in writing, made on an annual basis, and delivered to the contractor or MAC servicing the CAH at least 30 days before the start of the cost reporting period for which the election is made. An election, once made for a cost reporting period, remains in effect for all of that period.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2010. If a CAH had elected the method specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section in its most recent cost reporting period beginning prior to October 1, 2010, that election remains in effect for all of that period and for all subsequent cost reporting periods, unless the CAH submits a termination request to the contractor or MAC servicing the CAH at least 30 days before the start of the next cost reporting period. However, for cost reporting periods beginning in October 2010 and November 2010, if a CAH wishes to terminate its previous election, the CAH must submit a termination request to the contractor or MAC servicing the CAH prior to December 1, 2010. If a CAH had no election in effect in its most recent preceding cost reporting period and chooses to elect the method specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section on or after October 1, 2010, the election must be made in writing and delivered to the contractor or MAC servicing the CAH at least 30 days before the start of the first cost reporting period for which the election is made. Once the election is made, it remains in effect for all of that period and for all subsequent cost reporting periods unless the CAH submits a termination request to the contractor or MAC servicing the CAH at least 30 days before the start of the next cost reporting period.

(B) An election of the payment method specified under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section applies to all services furnished to outpatients by a physician or other practitioner who has reassigned his or her rights to bill for those services to the CAH in accordance with subpart F of part 424 of this chapter. If a physician or other practitioner does not reassign his or her billing rights to the CAH in accordance with subpart F of part 424 of this chapter, payment for the physician's or practitioner's services furnished to CAH outpatients will be made on a fee schedule or other applicable basis as specified in subpart B of part 414 of this subchapter.

(C) In the case of a CAH that made an election under this section before November 1, 2003, for a cost reporting period beginning before December 1, 2003, the rules in paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B) of this section are applicable to cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2001.

(D) An election made under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section is effective as provided for under paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) or paragraph (b)(3)(i)(C) of this section and does not apply to an election that was terminated prior to the start of the cost reporting period for which it would otherwise apply.

(ii) If the CAH elects payment under this method, payment to the CAH for each outpatient visit will be the sum of the following:

(A) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2004, for facility services not including any services for which payment may be made under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the services as determined under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; and

(B) For professional services that are furnished by a physician or other practitioner who has reassigned his or her rights to bill for those services to the CAH in accordance with part 424, subpart F of this chapter, and that would otherwise be payable to the physician or other practitioner if the rights to bill for them had not been reassigned, 115 percent of the amounts that otherwise would be paid for the service if the CAH had not elected payment under this method. Effective for primary care services furnished by primary care practitioners (as defined in § 414.80(a)) and major surgical procedures furnished by general surgeons in health professional shortage areas (as defined in § 414.2) furnished on or after January 1, 2011 and before January 1, 2016, incentive payments specified under § 414.80 and § 414.67(b), respectively, of this title must not be included in determining payment made under this paragraph.

(iii) Payment to a CAH, other than for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests, is subject to the Part B deductible and coinsurance amounts, as determined under §§ 410.152(k), 410.160, and 410.161 of this chapter.

(4) Costs of certain emergency room on-call providers. (i) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, the reasonable costs of outpatient CAH services under paragraph (b) of this section may include amounts for reasonable compensation and related costs for an emergency room physician who is on call but who is not present on the premises of the CAH involved, is not otherwise furnishing physicians' services, and is not on call at any other provider or facility. Effective for costs incurred for services furnished on or after January 1, 2005, the payment amount of 101 percent of the reasonable costs of outpatient CAH services may also include amounts for reasonable compensation and related costs for the following emergency room providers who are on call but who are not present on the premises of the CAH involved, are not otherwise furnishing physicians' services, and are not on call at any other provider or facility: physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and clinical nurse specialists.

(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (b)(4)—

(A) “Amounts for reasonable compensation and related costs” means all allowable costs of compensating emergency room physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and clinical nurse specialists who are on call to the extent that the costs are found to be reasonable under the rules specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and the applicable sections of part 413. Costs of compensating these specified medical emergency room staff are allowable only if the costs are incurred under written contracts that require the physician, physician assistant, nurse practitioner, or clinical nurse specialist to come to the CAH when the physician's or other practitioner's presence is medically required.

(B) Effective for costs incurred on or after January 1, 2005, an “emergency room physician, physician assistant, nurse practitioner, or clinical nurse specialist who is on call” means a doctor of medicine or osteopathy, a physician assistant, a nurse practitioner, or a clinical nurse specialist, with training or experience in emergency care who is immediately available by telephone or radio contact, and is available onsite within the timeframes specified in § 485.618(d) of this chapter.

(5) Costs of ambulance services. (i)(A) Effective for services furnished on or after December 21, 2000 and on or before December 31, 2003, payment for ambulance services furnished by a CAH or an entity that is owned and operated by a CAH is the reasonable costs of the CAH or the entity in furnishing those services, but only if the CAH or the entity is the only provider or supplier of ambulance services located within a 35-mile drive of the CAH or the entity.

(B) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2004 and on or before September 30, 2011, payment for ambulance services furnished by a CAH or an entity that is owned and operated by a CAH is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the CAH or the entity in furnishing those services, but only if the CAH or the entity is the only provider or supplier of ambulance services located within a 35-mile drive of the CAH or the entity.

(C) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2011 and on or before September 30, 2019, payment for ambulance services furnished by a CAH or an entity that is owned and operated by a CAH is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the CAH or the entity in furnishing those services, but only if the CAH or the entity is the only provider or supplier of ambulance services located within a 35-mile drive of the CAH. If there is no provider or supplier of ambulance services located within a 35-mile drive of the CAH and there is an entity that is owned and operated by a CAH that is more than a 35-mile drive from the CAH, payment for ambulance services furnished by that entity is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the entity in furnishing those services, but only if the entity is the closest provider or supplier of ambulance services to the CAH.

(D) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2019, payment for ambulance services furnished by a CAH or by a CAH-owned and operated entity is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the CAH or the entity in furnishing those services, but only if the CAH or the entity is the only provider or supplier of ambulance services located within a 35-mile drive of the CAH, excluding ambulance providers or suppliers that are not legally authorized to furnish ambulance services to transport individuals to or from the CAH. If there is no provider or supplier of ambulance services located within a 35-mile drive of the CAH and there is an entity that is owned and operated by a CAH that is more than a 35-mile drive from the CAH, payment for ambulance services furnished by that entity is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the entity in furnishing those services, but only if the entity is the closest provider or supplier of ambulance services to the CAH.

(ii) For purposes of paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the distance between the CAH or the entity and the other provider or supplier of ambulance services will be determined as the shortest distance in miles measured over improved roads between the CAH or the entity and the site at which the vehicles of the closest provider or supplier of ambulance services are garaged. An improved road for this purpose is any road that is maintained by a local, State, or Federal government entity and is available for use by the general public. An improved road will be considered to include the paved surface up to the front entrance of the hospital and the front entrance of the garage.

(6) If a CAH meets the criteria in § 412.113(c) of this subchapter for pass-through of costs of anesthesia services furnished by nonphysician anesthetists employed by the CAH or obtained under arrangement, payment to the CAH for the costs of those services is made in accordance with § 412.113(c) of this chapter.

(7) Payment for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests included as outpatient CAH services. (i) Payment for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests is not subject to the Medicare Part B deductible and coinsurance amounts.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(7)(iii) through (b)(7)(vi) of this section, payment to a CAH for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests will be made at 101 percent of reasonable costs of the services as determined in accordance paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) For services furnished before July 1, 2009, payment to a CAH for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests will be made under paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section only if the individual is an outpatient of the CAH, as defined in § 410.2 of this chapter, and is physically present in the CAH at the time the specimen is collected.

(iv) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(7)(iii) and (b)(7)(v) of this section, payment to a CAH for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests will be made under paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section only if the individual is an outpatient of the CAH, as defined in § 410.2 of this chapter, without regard to whether the individual is physically present in the CAH at the time the specimen is collected and at least one of the following conditions is met:

(A) The individual is receiving outpatient services in the CAH on the same day the specimen is collected; or

(B) The specimen is collected by an employee of the CAH.

(v) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(7)(iv) of this section, payment for outpatient clinical diagnostic laboratory tests will not be made under paragraph (b)(7)(ii) of this section if the billing rules under § 411.15(p) of this chapter apply.

(vi) Payment for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests for which payment may not be made under paragraph (b)(7)(iii) or paragraph (b)(7)(iv) of this section will be made in accordance with the provisions of sections 1833(a)(1)(D) and 1833(a)(2)(D) of the Act.

(c) Final payment based on cost report. Final payment to the CAH for CAH facility services to inpatients and outpatients furnished during a cost reporting is based on a cost report for that period, as required under § 413.20(b).

(d) Periodic interim payments. Subject to the provisions of § 413.64(h), a CAH receiving payments under this section may elect to receive periodic interim payments (PIP) for Part A inpatient CAH services, effective for payments made on or after July l, 2004. Payment is made biweekly under the PIP method unless the CAH requests a longer fixed interval (not to exceed one month) between payments. The biweekly interim payment amount is based on the total estimated Medicare payment (after estimated beneficiary deductibles and coinsurance) for the cost reporting period. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service, as described in § 413.64(h)(6). These PIP provisions are further described in § 413.64(h)(6). Under certain circumstances that are described in § 413.64(g), a CAH that is not receiving PIP may request an accelerated payment.

(e) Payment for service of distinct part psychiatric and rehabilitation units of CAHS. Payment for inpatient services of distinct part psychiatric units of CAHs—

(1) For cost reporting periods beginning before January 1, 2005, payment is made on a reasonable cost basis, subject to the provisions of § 413.40.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005, payment is made in accordance with regulations governing inpatient psychiatric facilities at subpart N (§ 412.400 through § 412.432) of Part 412 of this subchapter.

(3) Payment for inpatient services of distinct part rehabilitation units of CAHs is made in accordance with regulations governing the inpatient rehabilitation facilities prospective payment system at subpart P (§ 412.600 through § 412.632) of part 412 of this subchapter.

[65 FR 47109, Aug. 1, 2000]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 413.70, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 413.74 Payment to a foreign hospital.

(a) Principle. Section 1814(f) of the Act provides for the payment of emergency and nonemergency inpatient hospitals services furnished by foreign hospitals to Medicare beneficiaries. Subpart H of part 424 of this chapter, together with this section, specifies the conditions for payment.

(b) Amount of payment. Effective with admissions on or after January 1, 1980, the reasonable cost for services covered under the Medicare program furnished to beneficiaries by a foreign hospital will be equal to 100 percent of the hospital's customary charges (as defined in § 413.13(b)) for the services.

(c) Submittal of claims. The hospital must establish its customary charges for the services by submitting an itemized bill with each claim it files in accordance with its election under § 424.104 of this chapter.

(d) Exchange rate. Payment to the hospital will be subject to the official exchange rate on the date the patient is discharged and to the applicable deductible and coinsurance amounts described in §§ 409.80 through 409.83.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 41351, Nov. 14, 1986; 53 FR 6648, Mar. 2, 1988; 53 FR 12945, Apr. 20, 1988; 71 FR 48141, Aug. 18, 2006]

Subpart F Specific Categories of Costs
§ 413.75 Direct GME payments: General requirements.

(a) Statutory basis and scope—(1) Basis. This section and §§ 413.76 through 413.83 implement section 1886(h) of the Act by establishing the methodology for Medicare payment of the cost of direct graduate medical educational activities.

(2) Scope. This section and §§ 413.76 through 413.83 apply to Medicare payments to hospitals and hospital-based providers for the costs of approved residency programs in medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and podiatry for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1985.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this section and §§ 413.76 through 413.83, the following definitions apply:

All or substantially all of the costs for the training program in the nonhospital setting means—

(1) Effective on or after January 1, 1999 and for cost reporting periods beginning before July 1, 2007, the residents' salaries and fringe benefits (including travel and lodging where applicable) and the portion of the cost of teaching physicians' salaries and fringe benefits attributable to direct graduate medical education (GME); and

(2) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and before July 1, 2010, at least 90 percent of the total of the costs of the residents' salaries and fringe benefits (including travel and lodging where applicable) and the portion of the cost of teaching physicians' salaries attributable to nonpatient care direct GME activities.

Approved geriatric program means, subject to the requirements in § 413.84 of this chapter, a fellowship program of one or more years in length that is approved by one of the national organizations listed in § 415.152 of this chapter under that respective organization's criteria for geriatric fellowship programs.

Approved medical residency program means, subject to the requirements in § 413.84 of this chapter, a program that meets one of the following criteria:

(i) Is approved by one of the national organizations listed in § 415.152 of this chapter.

(ii) May count towards certification of the participant in a specialty or subspecialty listed in the current edition of either of the following publications:

(A) The Directory of Graduate Medical Education Programs published by the American Medical Association, and available from American Medical Association, Department of Directories and Publications, 515 North State Street, Chicago, Illinois 60610.

(B) The Annual Report and Reference Handbook published by the American Board of Medical Specialties, and available from American Board of Medical Specialties, One Rotary Center, Suite 805, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

(iii) Is approved by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), or other organization designated by the Secretary, as a fellowship program in geriatric medicine.

Base period means a cost reporting period that began on or after October 1, 1983 but before October 1, 1984.

Community support means funding that is provided by the community and generally includes all non-Medicare sources of funding (other than payments made for furnishing services to individual patients), including State and local government appropriations. Community support does not include grants, gifts, and endowments of the kind that are not to be offset in accordance with section 1134 of the Act.

CPI-U stands for the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers as compiled by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Emergency Medicare GME affiliated group means at least one home hospital and one or more host hospitals, as those terms are defined below, that meet the requirements at § 413.79(f)(7). For purposes of an emergency Medicare GME affiliated group, the following definitions apply:

(1) Home hospital means a hospital that—

(i) Is located in section 1135 emergency area;

(ii) Had its inpatient bed occupancy decreased by 20 percent or more as the result of a section 1135 emergency period so that it is unable to train the number of residents it originally intended to train in that academic year; and

(iii) Needs to send the displaced residents to train at a host hospital.

(2) Host hospital means a hospital training residents displaced from a home hospital.

(i) In-State host hospital means a host hospital located in the same State as a home hospital.

(ii) Out-of-State host hospital means a host hospital located in a different State from the home hospital.

(3) Section 1135 emergency area or section 1135 emergency period mean, respectively, a geographic area in which, or a period during which, there exists—

(i) An emergency or disaster declared by the President pursuant to the National Emergencies Act or the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act; and

(ii) A public health emergency declared by the Secretary pursuant to section 319 of the Public Health Service Act.

Foreign medical graduate means a resident who is not a graduate of a medical, osteopathy, dental, or podiatry school, respectively, accredited or approved as meeting the standards necessary for accreditation by one of the following organizations:

(1) The Liaison Committee on Medical Education of the American Medical Association.

(2) The American Osteopathic Association.

(3) The Commission on Dental Accreditation.

(4) The Council on Podiatric Medical Education.

FMGEMS stands for the Foreign Medical Graduate Examination in the Medical Sciences (Part I and Part II).

FTE stands for full-time equivalent.

GME stands for graduate medical education.

Medicare GME affiliated group means—

(1) Two or more hospitals that are located in the same urban or rural area (as those terms are defined in subpart D of Part 412 of this subchapter) or in a contiguous area and meet the rotation requirements in § 413.79(f)(2).

(2) Two or more hospitals that are not located in the same or in a contiguous urban or rural area, but meet the rotation requirement in § 413.79(f)(2), and are jointly listed—

(i) As the sponsor, primary clinical site, or major participating institution for one or more programs as these terms are used in the most current publication of the Graduate Medical Education Directory; or

(ii) As the sponsor or is listed under “affiliations and outside rotations” for one or more programs in operation in Opportunities, Directory of Osteopathic Postdoctoral Education Programs.

(3) Two or more hospitals that are under common ownership and, effective for all Medicare GME affiliation agreements beginning July 1, 2003, meet the rotation requirement in § 413.79(f)(2).

Medicare GME affiliation agreement means a written, signed, and dated agreement by responsible representatives of each respective hospital in a Medicare GME affiliated group, as defined in this section, that specifies—

(1) The term of the Medicare GME affiliation agreement (which, at a minimum is 1 year), beginning on July 1 of a year;

(2) Each participating hospital's direct and indirect GME FTE caps in effect prior to the Medicare GME affiliation;

(3) The total adjustment to each hospital's FTE caps in each year that the Medicare GME affiliation agreement is in effect, for both direct GME and IME, that reflects a positive adjustment to one hospital's direct and indirect FTE caps that is offset by a negative adjustment to the other hospital's (or hospitals') direct and indirect FTE caps of at least the same amount;

(4) The adjustment to each participating hospital's FTE counts resulting from the FTE resident's (or residents') participation in a shared rotational arrangement at each hospital participating in the Medicare GME affiliated group for each year the Medicare GME affiliation agreement is in effect. This adjustment to each participating hospital's FTE count is also reflected in the total adjustment to each hospital's FTE caps (in accordance with paragraph (3) of this definition); and

(5) The names of the participating hospitals and their Medicare provider numbers.

Medicare patient load means, with respect to a hospital's cost reporting period, the total number of hospital inpatient days during the cost reporting period that are attributable to patients for whom payment is made under Medicare Part A divided by total hospital inpatient days. In calculating inpatient days, inpatient days in any distinct part of the hospital furnishing a hospital level of care are included and nursery days are excluded.

Nonprovider setting that is primarily engaged in furnishing patient care means a nonprovider setting in which the primary activity is the care and treatment of patients.

Orientation activities means activities that are principally designed to prepare an individual for employment as a resident in a particular setting, or for participation in a particular specialty program and patient care activities associated with that particular specialty program.

Patient care activities means the care and treatment of particular patients, including services for which a physician or other practitioner may bill, and orientation activities as defined in this section.

Primary care resident is a resident who is enrolled in an approved medical residency training program in family medicine, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, preventive medicine, geriatric medicine or osteopathic general practice. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2010, primary care resident is a resident who is formally accepted, enrolled, and participating in an approved medical residency training program in family medicine, general internal medicine, general pediatrics, preventive medicine, geriatric medicine or osteopathic general practice.

Redistribution of costs occurs when a hospital counts FTE residents in medical residency programs and the costs of the program had previously been incurred by an educational institution.

Resident means an intern, resident, or fellow who participates in an approved medical residency program, including programs in osteopathy, dentistry, and podiatry, as required in order to become certified by the appropriate specialty board. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2010, resident means an intern, resident, or fellow who is formally accepted, enrolled, and participating in an approved medical residency program, including programs in osteopathy, dentistry, and podiatry, as required in order to become certified by the appropriate specialty board.

Rural track FTE limitation means the maximum number of residents (as specified in § 413.79(k)) training in a rural track residency program that an urban hospital or rural hospital may include in its FTE count and that is in addition to the number of FTE residents already included in the hospital's FTE cap.

Rural track or integrated rural track means, for programs started in cost reporting periods prior to October 1, 2022, an approved medical residency training program established by an urban hospital in which residents train for a portion of the program at the urban hospital and then rotate for a portion of the program to a rural hospital(s) or a rural nonhospital site(s).

Rural track Medicare GME affiliated group means an urban hospital and a rural hospital that—

(i) Participate in a rural track program defined in this paragraph (b);

(ii) Have rural track FTE limitations in effect prior to October 1, 2022; and

(iii) Comply with the regulations at § 413.79(f)(1) through (6) for Medicare GME affiliated groups.

Rural track Medicare GME affiliation agreement means a written, signed, and dated agreement by responsible representatives of each respective hospital in a rural track Medicare GME affiliated group, as defined in this paragraph (b), that specifies all of the following:

(i) A statement attesting that each participating hospital's FTE counts and rural track FTE limitations in the agreement do not reflect FTE residents nor FTE caps associated with programs other than the rural track program.

(ii) The term of the rural track Medicare GME affiliation agreement (which, at a minimum is 1 year), beginning on July 1 of a year.

(iii) Each participating hospital's direct and indirect GME rural track FTE limitations in effect prior to the rural track Medicare GME affiliation.

(iv) The total adjustment to each hospital's rural track FTE limitations in each year that the rural track Medicare GME affiliation agreement is in effect, for both direct GME and indirect medical education (IME), that reflects a positive adjustment to one hospital's direct and indirect rural track FTE limitations that is offset by a negative adjustment to the other hospital's (or hospitals') direct and indirect rural track FTE limitations of at least the same amount.

(v) The adjustment to each participating hospital's FTE counts resulting from the FTE resident's (or residents') participation in a shared rotational arrangement at each hospital participating in the rural track Medicare GME affiliated group for each year the Medicare GME affiliation agreement is in effect. This adjustment to each participating hospital's FTE count is also reflected in the total adjustment to each hospital's rural track FTE limitations (in accordance with paragraph (iii) of this definition).

(vi) The names of the participating hospitals and their Medicare provider numbers.

Rural Track Program means, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, an ACGME-accredited program in which residents/fellows gain both urban and rural experience with more than half of the education and training for a resident/fellow taking place in a rural area as defined at 42 CFR 412.62(f)(iii).

Shared rotational arrangement means a residency training program under which a resident(s) participates in training at two or more hospitals in that program.

(c) Payment for GME costs—General rule. Beginning with cost reporting periods starting on or after July 1, 1985, hospitals, including hospital-based providers, are paid for the costs of approved GME programs as described in §§ 413.76 through 413.83.

(d) Documentation requirements. To include a resident in the FTE count for a particular cost reporting period, the hospital must furnish the following information. The information must be certified by an official of the hospital and, if different, an official responsible for administering the residency program.

(1) The name and social security number of the resident.

(2) The type of residency program in which the individual participates and the number of years the resident has completed in all types of residency programs.

(3) The dates the resident is assigned to the hospital and any hospital-based providers.

(4) The dates the resident is assigned to other hospitals, or other freestanding providers, and any nonprovider setting during the cost reporting period, if any.

(5) The name of the medical, osteopathic, dental, or podiatric school from which the resident graduated and the date of graduation.

(6) If the resident is an FMG, documentation concerning whether the resident has satisfied the requirements of this section.

(7) The name of the employer paying the resident's salary.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004, as amended at 70 FR 47489, Aug. 12, 2005; 71 FR 18666, Apr. 12, 2006; 71 FR 48141, Aug. 18, 2006; 72 FR 26995, May 11, 2007; 72 FR 47412, Aug. 22, 2007; 72 FR 66931, Nov. 27, 2007; 75 FR 50418, Aug. 16, 2010; 75 FR 72262, Nov. 24, 2010; 79 FR 50357, Aug. 22, 2014; 86 FR 73512, Dec. 27, 2021; 87 FR 49405, Aug. 10, 2022; 89 FR 69912, Aug. 28, 2024; 90 FR 54083, Nov. 25, 2025; 91 FR 50343, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.76 Direct GME payments: Calculation of payments for GME costs.

A hospital's Medicare payment for the costs of an approved residency program is calculated as follows:

(a) Step one. The hospital's updated per resident amount (as determined under § 413.77) is multiplied by the actual number of FTE residents (as determined under § 413.79). This result is the aggregate approved amount for the cost reporting period.

(b) Step two. The product derived in step one is multiplied by the hospital's Medicare patient load.

(c) Step three. For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 1998, the product derived in step one is multiplied by the proportion of the hospital's inpatient days attributable to individuals who are enrolled under a risk-sharing contract with an eligible organization under section 1876 of the Act and who are entitled to Medicare Part A or with a Medicare + Choice organization under Title XVIII, Part C of the Act. This amount is multiplied by an applicable payment percentage equal to—

(1) 20 percent for 1998;

(2) 40 percent for 1999;

(3) 60 percent in 2000;

(4) 80 percent in 2001; and

(5) 100 percent in 2002 and subsequent years.

(d) Step four. Effective for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 2000, the product derived from step three is reduced by a percentage equal to the ratio of the Medicare + Choice nursing and allied health payment “pool” for the current calendar year as described at § 413.87(f), to the projected total Medicare + Choice direct GME payments made to all hospitals for the current calendar year.

(e) Step five. (1) For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1998 and before January 1, 2000, add the results of steps two and three.

(2) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2000, add the results of steps two and four.

(f) Step six. The product derived in step two is apportioned between Part A and Part B of Medicare based on the ratio of Medicare's share of reasonable costs excluding GME costs attributable to each part as determined through the Medicare cost report.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 413.77 Direct GME payments: Determination of per resident amounts.

(a) Per resident amount for the base period. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the contractor determines a base-period per resident amount for each hospital as follows:

(i) Determine the allowable GME costs for the cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1983 but before October 1, 1984. In determining these costs, GME costs allocated to the nursery cost center, research and other nonreimbursable cost centers, and hospital-based providers that are not participating in Medicare are excluded and GME costs allocated to distinct-part hospital units and hospital-based providers that participate in Medicare are included.

(ii) Divide the costs calculated in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section by the average number of FTE residents working in all areas of the hospital complex (including those areas whose costs were excluded under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section) for its cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1983 but before October 1, 1984.

(2) In determining the base-period per resident amount under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the contractor—

(i) Verifies the hospital's base-period GME costs and the hospital's average number of FTE residents;

(ii) Excludes from the base-period GME costs any nonallowable or misclassified costs, including those previously allowed under § 412.113(b)(3) of this chapter; and

(iii) Upon a hospital's request, includes GME costs that were misclassified as operating costs during the hospital's prospective payment base year and were not allowable under § 412.113(b)(3) of this chapter during the GME base period. These costs may be included only if the hospital requests an adjustment of its prospective payment hospital-specific rate or target amount as described in § 413.82(a) of this chapter.

(3) If the hospital's cost report for its GME base period is no longer subject to reopening under § 405.1885 of this chapter, the contractor may modify the hospital's base-period costs solely for purposes of computing the per resident amount.

(4) If the contractor modifies a hospital's base-period GME costs as described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the hospital may request an adjustment of its prospective payment hospital-specific rate or target amount as described in § 413.82(a) of this chapter.

(5) The contractor notifies each hospital that either had direct GME costs or received indirect education payment in its cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1984, and before October 1, 1985, of its base-period average per resident amount. A hospital may appeal this amount within 180 days of the date of that notice.

(b) Per resident amount for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1985, and before July 1, 1986. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1985, and before July 1, 1986, a hospital's base-period per resident amount is adjusted as follows:

(1) If a hospital's base period began on or after October 1, 1983, and before July 1, 1984, the amount is adjusted by the percentage change in the CPI-U that occurred between the hospital's base period and the first cost reporting period to which the provisions of this section apply. The adjusted amount is then increased by one percent.

(2) If a hospital's base period began on or after July 1, 1984 and before October 1, 1984, the amount is increased by one percent.

(c) Per resident amount for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1986. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1986, a hospital's base-period per resident amount is adjusted as follows:

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, each hospital's per resident amount for the previous cost reporting is adjusted by the projected change in the CPI-U for the 12-month cost reporting period. This adjustment is subject to revision during the settlement of the cost report to reflect actual changes in the CPI-U that occurred during the cost reporting period.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1993 through September 30, 1995, each hospital's per resident amount for the previous cost reporting period will not be adjusted for any resident FTEs who are not either a primary care resident or an obstetrics and gynecology resident.

(d) Per resident amount for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000 and ending on or before September 30, 2013. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000 and ending on or before September 30, 2013, a hospital's per resident amount for each fiscal year is adjusted in accordance with the following provisions:

(1) General provisions. For purposes of this § 413.77—

(i) Weighted average per resident amount. The weighted average per resident amount is established as follows:

(A) Using data from hospitals' cost reporting periods ending during FY 1997, CMS calculates each hospital's single per resident amount by adding each hospital's primary care and nonprimary care per resident amounts, weighted by its respective FTEs, and dividing by the sum of the FTEs for primary care and nonprimary care residents.

(B) Each hospital's single per resident amount calculated under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section is standardized by the 1999 geographic adjustment factor for the physician fee schedule area (as determined under § 414.26 of this chapter) in which the hospital is located.

(C) CMS calculates an average of all hospitals' standardized per resident amounts that are determined under paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B) of this section. The resulting amount is the weighted average per resident amount.

(ii) Primary care/obstetrics and gynecology and nonprimary care per resident amounts. A hospital's per resident amount is an amount inclusive of any CPI-U adjustments that the hospital may have received since the hospital's base year, including any CPI-U adjustments the hospital may have received because the hospital trains primary care/obstetrics and gynecology residents and nonprimary care residents as specified under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(2) Adjustment beginning in FY 2001 and ending in FY 2013. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000, and ending on or before September 30, 2013, a hospital's per resident amount is adjusted in accordance with paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(iv) of this section, in that order:

(i) Updating the weighted average per resident amount for inflation. The weighted average per resident amount (as determined under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section) is updated by the estimated percentage increase in the CPI-U during the period beginning with the month that represents the midpoint of the cost reporting periods ending during FY 1997 (that is, October 1, 1996) and ending with the midpoint of the hospital's cost reporting period that begins in FY 2001.

(ii) Adjusting for locality. The updated weighted average per resident amount determined under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section (the national average per resident amount) is adjusted for the locality of each hospital by multiplying the national average per resident amount by the 1999 geographic adjustment factor for the physician fee schedule area in which each hospital is located, established in accordance with § 414.26 of this chapter.

(iii) Determining necessary revisions to the per resident amount. The locality-adjusted national average per resident amount, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, is compared to the hospital's per resident amount and is revised, if appropriate, according to the following three categories:

(A) Floor. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2001, if the hospital's per resident amount would otherwise be less than 70 percent of the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount for FY 2001 (as determined under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section), the per resident amount is equal to 70 percent of the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount for FY 2001.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, and before October 1, 2002, if the hospital's per resident amount would otherwise be less than 85 percent of the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount for FY 2002 (as determined under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section), the per resident amount is equal to 85 percent of the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount for FY 2002.

(3) For subsequent cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, the hospital's per resident amount is updated using the methodology specified under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(B) Ceiling. If the hospital's per resident amount is greater than 140 percent of the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount, the per resident amount is adjusted as follows for FY 2001 through FY 2013:

(1) FY 2001. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000 and on or before September 30, 2001, if the hospital's FY 2000 per resident amount exceeds 140 percent of the FY 2001 locality-adjusted national average per resident amount (as calculated under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section), subject to the provision stated in paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B)(5) of this section, the hospital's per resident amount is frozen at the FY 2000 per resident amount and is not updated for FY 2001 by the CPI-U factor.

(2) FY 2002. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, and on or before September 30, 2002, if the hospital's FY 2001 per resident amount exceeds 140 percent of the FY 2002 locality-adjusted national average per resident amount, subject to the provision stated in paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B)(5) of this section, the hospital's per resident amount is frozen at the FY 2001 per resident amount and is not updated for FY 2002 by the CPI-U factor.

(3) FY 2003. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, and on or before September 30, 2003, if the hospital's per resident amount for the previous cost reporting period is greater than 140 percent of the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount for that same previous cost reporting period (for example, for cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2003, compare the hospital's per resident amount from the FY 2002 cost report to the hospital's locality-adjusted national average per resident amount from FY 2002), subject to the provision stated in paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B)(5) of this section, the hospital's per resident amount is adjusted using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, except that the CPI-U applied for a 12-month period is reduced (but not below zero) by 2 percentage points.

(4) FY 2004 through FY 2013. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, and on or before September 30, 2013, if the hospital's preceding year per resident amount exceeds 140 percent of the current year's locality-adjusted national average per resident amount (as calculated under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section), subject to the provision stated in paragraph (d)(2)(iii)(B)(5) of this section, the hospital-specific per resident amount is frozen for the current year at the preceding year's hospital-specific per resident amount and is not updated by the CPI-U factor.

(5) General rule for hospitals that exceed the ceiling. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000, and on or before September 30, 2013, if a hospital's per resident amount exceeds 140 percent of the hospital's locality-adjusted national average per resident amount and it is adjusted under any of the criteria under paragraphs (d)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through (d)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of this section, the current year per resident amount cannot be reduced below 140 percent of the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount.

(C) Per resident amounts greater than or equal to the floor and less than or equal to the ceiling. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2000 and on or before September 30, 2013, if a hospital's per resident amount is greater than or equal to 70 percent and less than or equal to 140 percent of the hospital's locality-adjusted national average per resident amount for each respective fiscal year, the hospital's per resident amount is updated using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(e) Exceptions—(1) Base period for certain hospitals. If a hospital did not have any approved medical residency training programs or did not participate in Medicare during the base period, but either condition changes in a cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 1985, the contractor establishes a per resident amount for the hospital using the information from the first cost reporting period during which the hospital participates in Medicare and the residents are on duty during the first month of that period. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, if a hospital did not have any approved medical residency training programs or did not participate in Medicare during the base period, but either condition changes in a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2006, and the residents are not on duty during the first month of that period, the contractor establishes a per resident amount for the hospital using the information from the first cost reporting period immediately following the cost reporting period during which the hospital participates in Medicare and residents began training at the hospital. The per resident amount is based on the lower of the amount specified in paragraph (e)(1)(i) or paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, subject to the provisions of paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section. Any GME costs incurred by the hospital during the cost reporting period prior to the base period used for calculating the PRA are reimbursed on a reasonable cost basis.

(i) The hospital's actual cost per resident incurred in connection with the GME program(s) based on the cost and resident data from the hospital's base year cost reporting period as established in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

(ii) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(1)(iii)of this section—

(A) For base periods that begin before October 1, 2002, the updated weighted mean value of per resident amounts of all hospitals located in the same geographic wage area, as that term is used in the prospective payment system under Part 412 of this chapter.

(B) For base periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002, the updated weighted mean value of per resident amounts of all hospitals located in the same geographic wage area is calculated using all per resident amounts (including primary care and obstetrics and gynecology and nonprimary care) and FTE resident counts from the most recently settled cost reports of those teaching hospitals.

(iii) If, under paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) or (e)(1)(iv)(B) of this section, there are fewer than three existing teaching hospitals with per resident amounts that can be used to calculate the weighted mean value per resident amount, for base periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, the per resident amount equals the updated weighted mean value of per resident amounts of all hospitals located in the same census region as that term is used in subpart D of part 412 of this subchapter.

(iv) A hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a per resident amount based on less than 1.0 FTE in any cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997, may choose to receive a recalculated per resident amount either when it trains at least 1.0 FTE in the earliest cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, and before December 26, 2025, or when it trains at least 1.0 FTE in the first cost reporting period beginning after December 27, 2021. A hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a per resident amount based on no more than 3.0 FTEs in any cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and before December 27, 2020, may choose to receive a recalculated per resident amount either when it trains more than 3.0 FTEs in the earliest cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and before December 26, 2025, or when it trains more than 3.0 FTE in the first cost reporting period beginning after December 27, 2021. In either case, residents need not be on duty during the first month of the cost reporting period. The recalculated per resident amount is based on the lower of—

(A) The hospital's actual cost per resident incurred in connection with the GME program(s) based on the cost and resident data from the hospital's base year cost reporting period, which is, for hospitals with a per resident amount previously based on less than 1.0 FTE, either when it trains at least 1.0 FTE in the earliest cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, and before December 26, 2025, or when it trains at least 1.0 FTE in the first cost reporting period beginning after December 27, 2021; and for hospitals with a per resident amount previously based on not more than 3.0 FTEs, either when it trains more than 3.0 FTEs in the earliest cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and before December 26, 2025, or when it trains more than 3.0 FTE in the first cost reporting period beginning or after December 27, 2021; or

(B) The updated weighted mean value of per resident amounts of all hospitals located in the same geographic wage area is calculated using all per resident amounts (including primary care and obstetrics and gynecology and nonprimary care) and FTE resident counts from the most recently settled cost reports of those teaching hospitals.

(v) Effective for a cost reporting periods beginning on or after December 27, 2020, a per resident amount must be established if a hospital trains less than 1.0 FTE resident and this training results from the hospital's participation in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement under § 413.79(f). Effective for a cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, a per resident amount must only be established when the hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE and does not participate in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement under § 413.79(f) for that training. Residents need not be on duty during the first month of the cost reporting period from which the per resident amount is established.

(2) Short or long base-period cost reporting periods. If a hospital's base-period cost reporting period reflects GME costs for a period that is shorter than 50 weeks or longer than 54 weeks, the contractor converts the allowable costs for the base period into a daily figure. The daily figure is then multiplied by 365 or 366, as appropriate, to derive the approved per resident amount for a 12-month base-period cost reporting period. If a hospital has two cost reporting periods beginning in the base period, the later period serves as the base-period cost reporting period.

(3) Short or long cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1985. If a hospital's cost reporting period is shorter than 50 weeks or longer than 54 weeks, the hospital's contractor should contact CMS Central Office to receive a special CPI-U adjustment factor.

(f) Residency match. Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004, with respect to a resident who matches simultaneously for a first year of training in a primary care specialty, and for an additional year(s) of training in a nonprimary care specialty, the per resident amount that is used to determine direct GME payment with respect to that resident is the nonprimary care per resident amount for the first year of training in the primary care specialty and for the duration of the resident's training in the nonprimary care specialty.

(g) Special use of locality-adjusted national average per resident amount. Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2005, for a hospital that counts additional residents as a result of an increase in its FTE resident cap under § 413.79(c)(4) direct GME payments attributable to those additional FTE residents are calculated using the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount, as determined under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section. The hospital will receive direct GME payments based on the sum of the following two direct GME calculations:

(1) A calculation using the per resident amount(s) as determined under paragraph (d) of this section and the hospital's number of FTE residents that is not attributable to an FTE resident cap increase under § 413.79(c)(4); and

(2) A calculation using the locality-adjusted national average per resident amount, as determined under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, inflated to the hospital's current cost reporting period, and the hospital's number of FTE residents that is attributable to the increase in the hospital's FTE resident cap under § 413.79(c)(4).

(h) Hospital mergers. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2006, when multiple hospitals merge, a primary care and obstetrics and gynecology weighted average per resident amount and a nonprimary care weighted average per resident amount is calculated, if applicable, for the surviving hospital, using FTE resident data and per resident amount data from the most recently settled cost reports of the respective hospitals prior to the merger.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004, as amended at 69 FR 60252, Oct. 7, 2004; 70 FR 47489, Aug. 12, 2005; 71 FR 48142, Aug. 18, 2006; 86 FR 73512, Dec. 27, 2021; 87 FR 4167, Jan. 27, 2022]

§ 413.78 Direct GME payments: Determination of the total number of FTE residents.

Subject to the weighting factors in §§ 413.79 and 413.80, and subject to the provisions of § 413.81, the count of FTE residents is determined as follows:

(a) Residents in an approved program working in all areas of the hospital complex may be counted.

(b) (1) No individual resident may be counted as more than one FTE based on the total time spent in training at all sites. A hospital cannot claim the time spent by residents training at another hospital, except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section. Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section, if a resident spends time in more than one hospital or in a non-provider setting, the resident counts as partial FTE based on the proportion of time worked at the hospital to the total time worked. A part-time resident counts as a partial FTE based on the proportion of allowable time worked compared to the total time necessary to fill a full-time internship or residency slot.

(2) Effective for a cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, a hospital must report FTE residents on its Medicare cost report for a cost reporting period if it does not participate in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement (as defined under § 413.75(b)), and the hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE in an approved program or programs, or, if the hospital trains less than 1.0 FTE residents in an approved program or programs and this training results from the hospital's participation in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement (as defined under § 413.75(b)).

(c) On or after July 1, 1987, and for portions of cost reporting periods occurring before January 1, 1999, the time residents spend in nonprovider settings such as freestanding clinics, nursing homes, and physicians' offices in connection with approved programs is not excluded in determining the number of FTE residents in the calculation of a hospital's resident count if the following conditions are met—

(1) The resident spends his or her time in patient care activities, as defined in § 413.75(b).

(2) There is a written agreement between the hospital and the outside entity that states that the resident's compensation for training time spent outside of the hospital setting is to be paid by the hospital.

(d) For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 1999, and before October 1, 2004, the time residents spend in nonprovider settings such as freestanding clinics, nursing homes, and physicians' offices in connection with approved programs may be included in determining the number of FTE residents in the calculation of a hospital's resident count if the following conditions are met—

(1) The resident spends his or her time in patient care activities, as defined in § 413.75(b).

(2) The written agreement between the hospital and the nonhospital site must indicate that the hospital will incur the cost of the resident's salary and fringe benefits while the resident is training in the nonhospital site and the hospital is providing reasonable compensation to the nonhospital site for supervisory teaching activities. The agreement must indicate the compensation the hospital is providing to the nonhospital site for supervisory teaching activities.

(3) The hospital must incur all or substantially all of the costs for the training program in the nonhospital setting in accordance with the definition in § 413.75(b).

(4) The hospital is subject to the principles of community support and redistribution of costs as specified in § 413.81.

(e) For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 2004, and for cost reporting periods beginning before July 1, 2007, the time residents spend in nonprovider settings such as freestanding clinics, nursing homes, and physicians' offices in connection with approved programs may be included in determining the number of FTE residents in the calculation of a hospital's resident count if the following conditions are met:

(1) The resident spends his or her time in patient care activities, as defined in § 413.75(b).

(2) The hospital must incur all or substantially all of the costs of the training program in a nonhospital setting(s) (in accordance with the definition under § 413.75(b)).

(3) The hospital must comply with one of the following:

(i) The hospital must pay all or substantially all of the costs of the training program in a nonhospital setting(s) attributable to training that occurs during a month by the end of the third month following the month in which the training in the nonhospital site occurred.

(ii) There is a written agreement between the hospital and the nonhospital site that states that the hospital will incur the cost of the resident's salary and fringe benefits while the resident is training in the nonhospital site and the hospital is providing reasonable compensation to the nonhospital site for supervisory teaching activities. The agreement must indicate the compensation the hospital is providing to the nonhospital site for supervisory teaching activities.

(iii) If the hospital has in place an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement in accordance with § 413.79(f)(7), during the period covered by the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement—

(A) The hospital must pay all or substantially all of the costs of the training program in a nonhospital setting(s) attributable to training that occurs during a month by the end of the sixth month following the month in which the training in the nonhospital site occurred. For the costs that would otherwise be required to be paid by the hospital during the period of August 29, 2005 through November 1, 2007, the participating hospital must pay the costs by April 29, 2008; or

(B) There is a written agreement that specifies that the hospital is incurring the cost of the resident's salary and fringe benefits while the resident is training in the nonhospital site and the hospital is providing reasonable compensation to the nonhospital site for supervisory teaching activities. The agreement must indicate the compensation the hospital is providing to the nonhospital site for supervisory teaching activities. The written agreement must be submitted to the contractor by 180 days after the training at the nonhospital site begins. For written agreements that would otherwise be required to be submitted prior to the date the resident(s) begin training at the nonhospital site during the period of August 29, 2005 through November 1, 2007, the written agreement must be submitted to the CMS contractor by April 29, 2008.

(4) The hospital is subject to the principles of community support and redistribution of costs as specified in § 413.81.

(f) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and before July 1, 2010, the time residents spend in nonprovider settings such as freestanding clinics, nursing homes, and physicians' offices in connection with approved programs may be included in determining the number of FTE residents in the calculation of a hospital's resident count if the following conditions are met—

(1) The resident spends his or her time in patient care activities as defined at § 413.75(b), except that for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009, the time spent training in nonpatient care activities, such as didactic conferences and seminars, but excluding research not associated with the treatment or diagnosis of a particular patient, in a nonprovider setting that is primarily engaged in furnishing patient care activities, as defined at § 413.75(b), also may be counted.

(2) The hospital must incur all or substantially all of the costs for the training program in the nonhospital setting(s) (in accordance with the definition under § 413.75(b)).

(3) The hospital must comply with one of the following:

(i) The hospital must pay for all or substantially all of the costs for the training program in a nonhospital setting(s) attributable to training that occurs during a month by the end of the third month following the month in which the training in the nonhospital site occurred.

(ii) There is a written agreement in place between the hospital and the nonhospital site before the training begins that states that the hospital will incur at least 90 percent of the total of the costs of the resident's salary and fringe benefits (and travel and lodging where applicable) while the resident is training in the nonhospital site and the portion of the cost of the teaching physician's salary attributable to nonpatient care direct GME activities. The written agreement must specify the total cost of the training program at the nonhospital site, and the amount the hospital will incur (at least 90 percent of the total), and must indicate the portion of the amount the hospital will incur that reflects residents' salaries and fringe benefits (and travel and lodging where applicable), and the portion of this amount that reflects teaching physician compensation. Hospitals may modify the amounts specified in the written agreement by the end of the academic year (that is, June 30) to reflect that at least 90 percent of the costs of the training program in the nonhospital site has been incurred.

(iii) If the hospital has in place an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement in accordance with § 413.79(f)(7), during the period covered by the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement—

(A) The hospital must pay all or substantially all of the costs of the training program in a nonhospital setting(s) attributable to training that occurs during a month by the end of the sixth month after the month in which the training in the nonhospital site occurs. For the costs that would otherwise be required to be incurred by the hospital during the period of August 29, 2005 through November 1, 2007, the participating hospital must incur the costs by April 29, 2008; or

(B) There is a written agreement that specifies that the hospital will incur at least 90 percent of the total of the costs of the resident's salary and fringe benefits (and travel and lodging where applicable) while the resident is training in the nonhospital site and the portion of the cost of the teaching physician's salary attributable to nonpatient care direct GME activities. The written agreement must specify the total cost of the training program at the nonhospital site, and the amount the hospital will incur (at least 90 percent of the total), and must indicate the portion of the amount the hospital will incur that reflects residents' salaries and fringe benefits (and travel and lodging where applicable), and the portion of this amount that reflects teaching physician compensation. The written agreement must be submitted to the contractor by 180 days after the training at the nonhospital site begins. Hospitals may modify the amounts specified in the written agreement by the end of the academic year (that is, June 30) to reflect that at least 90 percent of the costs of the training program in the nonhospital site has been incurred. For written agreements that would otherwise be required to be submitted prior to the date the training begins in the nonhospital site during the period of August 29, 2005 through November 1, 2007, the hospital must submit the written agreement to its contractor by April 29, 2008.

(4) The hospital is subject to the principles of community support and redistribution of costs as specified in § 413.81.

(g) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2010, the time residents spend in nonprovider settings such as freestanding clinics, nursing homes, and physicians' offices in connection with approved programs may be included in determining the number of FTE residents in the calculation of a hospital's resident count if the following conditions are met—

(1) The resident spends his or her time—

(i) In patient care activities as defined at § 413.75(b); or

(ii) In nonpatient care activities, such as didactic conferences and seminars, but excluding research not associated with the treatment or diagnosis of a particular patient, in a nonprovider setting that is primarily engaged in furnishing patient care activities, as defined at § 413.75(b).

(2) The hospital or hospitals must incur the costs of the salaries and fringe benefits of the resident during the time the resident spends in the nonprovider setting. If more than one hospital incurs these costs, either directly or through a third party, the hospitals must count a proportional share of the time that residents train at the nonprovider setting(s) as recorded in a written agreement between the hospitals.

(i) Hospitals must have a reasonable basis for establishing that proportion of the cost and the FTE time that each will incur and count.

(ii) If hospitals already arrange payment to the nonprovider site via a written agreement as described in paragraph (g)(3)(ii) of this section, the proportion may be recorded in that agreement.

(iii) If hospitals choose to pay the nonprovider site concurrently as described in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section, the hospitals must record the proportion of cost and FTE time they are incurring and counting in a written agreement between the hospitals.

(3) The hospital or hospitals must comply with one of the following:

(i) The hospital or hospitals must incur the costs of the salaries and fringe benefits of the resident during the time the resident spends in the nonprovider setting by the end of the third month following the month in which the training in the nonprovider site occurred.

(ii) There is a written agreement between the hospital or hospitals and the outside entity that states that the residents' salaries and fringe benefits (including travel and lodging where applicable) during the time the resident spends in the nonprovider setting is to be paid by the hospital(s). Hospitals may modify the amounts specified in the written agreement by the end of the academic year (that is, June 30) to reflect that the costs of the training program in the nonprovider site have been incurred.

(4) The hospital is subject to the principles of community support and redistribution of costs as specified in § 413.81.

(5) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2010, a hospital must maintain and make available records of the FTE count determined for direct GME purposes under this section that its residents spend in nonprovider sites, in order to compare that time to the time spent by its residents in nonprovider sites in the base year of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009, and before June 30, 2010. The hospital must supply the CMS contractor with the data for each of its primary care programs on a program-specific basis, and with data for its nonprimary care programs on an overall basis.

(6) The provisions of paragraphs (g)(1)(ii), (g)(2), (g)(3), and (g)(5) of this section shall not be applied in a manner that requires reopening of any settled cost reports as to which there is not a jurisdictionally proper appeal pending as of March 23, 2010, on direct GME or IME payments. Cost reporting periods beginning before July 1, 2010 are not governed by paragraph (g) of this section.

(h) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1983, the time spent by a resident in an approved medical residency program on vacation, sick leave, or other approved leave that does not prolong the total time the resident is participating in the approved program beyond the normal duration of the program is countable. This provision cannot be applied in a manner that would require the reopening of settled cost reports, except those cost reports on which there is a jurisdictionally proper appeal pending on direct GME or IME payments as of March 23, 2010.

(i) For the time frame that the Public Health Emergency (as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter) associated with COVID-19 was in effect, a sending hospital can include FTE residents training at another hospital in its FTE count if all of the following conditions are met.

(1) The sending hospital sends the resident to the other hospital in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

(2) The time spent by the resident training at the other hospital is in lieu of time that would have been spent in approved training at the sending hospital.

(3) The time that the resident spent training immediately prior to and/or subsequent to the time frame that the Public Health Emergency (as defined in § 400.200 of this chapter) associated with COVID-19 was in effect is included in the FTE count for the sending hospital.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004, as amended at 71 FR 48142, Aug. 18, 2006; 72 FR 26995, May 11, 2007; 72 FR 66931, Nov. 27, 2007; 75 FR 72262, Nov. 24, 2010; 78 FR 50968, Aug. 19, 2013; 79 FR 50357, Aug. 22, 2014; 85 FR 27623, May 8, 2020; 86 FR 73513, Dec. 27, 2021; 89 FR 69912, Aug. 28, 2024]

§ 413.79 Direct GME payments: Determination of the weighted number of FTE residents.

Subject to the provisions in § 413.80, CMS determines a hospital's number of FTE residents by applying a weighting factor to each resident and then summing the resulting numbers that represent each resident. The weighting factor is determined as follows:

(a) Initial residency period. Generally, for purposes of this section, effective July 1, 1995, an initial residency period is defined as the minimum number of years required for board eligibility.

(1) Prior to July 1, 1995, the initial residency period equals the minimum number of years required for board eligibility in a specialty or subspecialty plus 1 year. An initial residency period may not exceed 5 years in order to be counted toward determining FTE status except in the case of a resident in an approved geriatric program whose initial residency period may last up to 2 additional years.

(2) Effective October 1, 2003, for a resident who trains in an approved geriatric program that requires the residents to complete 2 years of training to initially become board eligible in the geriatric specialty, the 2 years spent in the geriatrics program are treated as part of the resident's initial residency period.

(3) Effective July 1, 2000, for residency programs that began before, on, or after November 29, 1999, the period of board eligibility and the initial residency period for a resident in an approved child neurology program is the period of board eligibility for pediatrics plus 2 years.

(4) Effective August 10, 1993, residents or fellows in an approved preventive medicine residency or fellowship program also may be counted as a full FTE resident for up to 2 additional years beyond the initial residency period limitations.

(5) For combined residency programs, an initial residency period is defined as the time required for individual certification in the longer of the programs. If the resident is enrolled in a combined medical residency training program in which all of the individual programs (that are combined) are for training primary care residents (as defined in § 413.75(b)) or obstetrics and gynecology residents, the initial residency period is the time required for individual certification in the longer of the programs plus 1 year.

(6) For residency programs other than those specified in paragraphs (a)(2) through (a)(4) of this section, the initial residency period is the minimum number of years of formal training necessary to satisfy the requirements for initial board eligibility in the particular specialty for which the resident is training, as specified in the most recently published edition of the Graduate Medical Education Directory.

(7) For residency programs in osteopathy, dentistry, and podiatry, the minimum requirement for certification in a specialty or subspecialty is the minimum number of years of formal training necessary to satisfy the requirements of the appropriate approving body listed in § 415.152 of this chapter.

(8) For residency programs in geriatric medicine, accredited by the appropriate approving body listed in § 415.152 of this chapter, these programs are considered approved programs on the later of—

(i) The starting date of the program within a hospital; or

(ii) The hospital's cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1985.

(9) The time spent in residency programs that do not lead to certification in a specialty or subspecialty, but that otherwise meet the definition of approved programs, as described in § 413.75(b), is counted toward the initial residency period limitation.

(10) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2004, if a hospital can document that a resident simultaneously matched for one year of training in a particular specialty program, and for a subsequent year(s) of training in a different specialty program, the resident's initial residency period will be determined based on the period of board eligibility for the specialty associated with the program for which the resident matched for the subsequent year(s) of training. Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2005, if a hospital can document that a particular resident, prior to beginning the first year of residency training, matched in a specialty program for which training would begin at the conclusion of the first year of training, that resident's initial residency period will be determined in the resident's first year of training based on the period of board eligibility associated with the specialty program for which the resident matched for subsequent training year(s).

(b) Weighting factor. (1) If the resident is in an initial residency period, the weighting factor is one.

(2) If the resident is not in an initial residency period, the weighting factor is 1.00 during the period beginning on or after July 1, 1985 and before July 1, 1986, .75 during the period beginning on or after July 1, 1986 and before July 1, 1987, and .50 thereafter without regard to the hospital's cost reporting period.

(c) Unweighted FTE counts—(1) Definitions. As used in this paragraph (c):

(i) Otherwise applicable resident cap refers to a hospital's FTE resident cap that is determined for a particular cost reporting period under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(ii)(A) For purposes of paragraph (c)(3) of this section, reference resident level refers to a hospital's resident level in the applicable reference period specified under paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(B) For purposes of paragraph (m) of this section, reference resident level means with respect to a hospital, the highest resident level for any of the three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010, for which a cost report has been either settled or submitted (subject to audit) to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010.

(iii) Resident level refers to the number of unweighted allopathic and osteopathic FTE residents who are training in a hospital in a particular cost reporting period.

(2) Determination of the FTE resident cap. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(3) through (6) and (m) through (p) of this section and § 413.81, for purposes of determining direct GME payment—

(i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, a hospital's resident level may not exceed the hospital's unweighted FTE count (or, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000, 130 percent of the unweighted FTE count for a hospital located in a rural area) for these residents for the most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996.

(ii) If a hospital's number of FTE residents in a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and before October 1, 2001, exceeds the limit described in this section, the hospital's total weighted FTE count (before application of the limit) will be reduced in the same proportion that the number of FTE residents for that cost reporting period exceeds the number of FTE residents for the most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996.

(iii) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, if the hospital's unweighted number of FTE residents exceeds the limit described in this section, and the number of weighted FTE residents in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section also exceeds that limit, the respective primary care and obstetrics and gynecology weighted FTE counts and other weighted FTE counts are adjusted to make the total weighted FTE count equal the limit. If the number of FTE residents weighted in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section does not exceed that limit, then the allowable weighted FTE count is the actual weighted FTE count.

(iv) Hospitals that are part of the same Medicare GME affiliated group or the same emergency Medicare GME affiliated group (as described under § 413.75(b)) may elect to apply the limit on an aggregate basis as described under paragraph (f) of this section.

(v) The contractor may make appropriate modifications to apply the provisions of this paragraph (c) of this section based on the equivalent of a 12-month cost reporting period.

(3) Determination of the reduction to the FTE resident cap due to unused FTE resident slots under section 422 of Public Law 108-173. If a hospital's reference resident level is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap as determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section or paragraph (e) of this section in the reference cost reporting period (as described under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section), for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2005, the hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap is reduced by 75 percent of the difference between the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the reference resident level. Under this provision—

(i) Exemption for certain rural hospitals. A rural hospital, as defined at subpart D of part 412 of this subchapter, with less than 250 beds (as determined at § 412.105(b)) in its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before September 30, 2002, is exempt from any reduction to the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap limit under paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(ii) Reference cost reporting periods.

(A) To determine a hospital's reference resident level, CMS uses one of the following periods:

(1) A hospital's most recent cost reporting period ending on or before September 30, 2002, for which a cost report has been settled or if the cost report has not been settled, the as-submitted cost report (subject to audit); or

(2) A hospital's cost reporting period that includes July 1, 2003 if the hospital submits a timely request to CMS to increase its resident level due to an expansion of an existing program and that expansion is not reflected on the hospital's most recent settled cost report. An expansion of an existing program means that, except for expansions due to newly approved programs under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(3) of this section, the number of unweighted allopathic and osteopathic FTE residents in any cost reporting period after the hospital's most recent settled cost report, up to and including the hospital's cost report that includes July 1, 2003, is greater than the number of unweighted allopathic and osteopathic FTE residents in programs that were existing at that hospital during the hospital's most recent settled cost report.

(3) A hospital may submit a timely request that CMS adjust the resident level for purposes of determining any reduction under paragraph (c)(3) of this section for the following purposes:

(i) In the hospital's reference cost reporting period under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(1) of this section, to include the number of FTE residents for which a new program was accredited by the appropriate allopathic or osteopathic accrediting body (listed under § 415.152 of this chapter) before January 1, 2002, if the program was not in operation during the reference cost reporting period under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(1); or

(ii) In the hospital's reference cost reporting period under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(2) of this section, to include the number of FTE residents for which a new program was accredited by the appropriate allopathic or osteopathic accrediting body (listed under § 415.152 of this chapter) before January 1, 2002, if the program was not in operation during the cost reporting period that includes July 1, 2003, and if the hospital also qualifies to use its cost report under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(2) of this section due to an expansion of an existing program.

(B) If the cost report that is used to determine a hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap in the reference period is not equal to 12 months, the contractor may make appropriate modifications to apply the provisions of paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section based on the equivalent of a 12-month cost reporting period.

(iii) If the new program described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(3)(i) or paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(ii) was accredited for a range of residents, the hospital may request that its reference resident level in its applicable reference cost reporting period under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A)(1) or (c)(3)(ii)(A)(2) of this section be adjusted to reflect the maximum number of accredited slots applicable to that hospital.

(iv) Consideration of Medicare GME affiliated group agreements. For hospitals that are members of the same affiliated group for the program year July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2004, in determining whether a hospital's otherwise applicable resident FTE resident cap is reduced under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, CMS treats these hospitals as a group. Using information from the hospitals' cost reports that include July 1, 2003, if the hospitals' aggregate FTE resident counts are equal to or greater than the aggregate otherwise applicable FTE resident cap for the affiliated group, then no reductions are made under paragraph (c)(3) of this section to the hospitals' otherwise applicable FTE resident caps. If the hospitals' aggregate FTE resident count is below the aggregate otherwise applicable FTE resident cap, then CMS determines on a hospital-specific basis whether the individual hospital's FTE resident count is less than its otherwise applicable resident cap (as adjusted by affiliation agreement(s)) in the hospital's cost report that includes July 1, 2003. If the hospital's FTE resident count is in excess of its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap, the hospital will not have its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap reduced under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Hospitals in the affiliated group that have FTE resident counts below their individual otherwise applicable FTE resident caps are subject to a pro rata reduction in their otherwise applicable FTE resident caps that is equal, in total, to 75 percent of the difference between the aggregate FTE cap and the aggregate FTE count for the affiliated group. The pro rata reduction to the individual hospital's otherwise applicable resident cap is calculated by dividing the difference between the hospital's individual otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the hospital's FTE resident count by the total amount by which all of the hospitals' individual FTE resident counts are below their otherwise affiliated FTE resident caps, multiplying the quotient by the difference between the aggregate FTE resident cap and the aggregate FTE resident counts for the affiliated group, and multiplying that result by 75 percent.

(4) Determination of an increase in the otherwise applicable resident cap under section 422 of Public Law 108-173. For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2005, a hospital may receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap up to an additional 25 FTEs (as determined by CMS) if the hospital meets the requirements and qualifying criteria of section 1886(h)(7) of the Act and implementing instructions issued by CMS and if the hospital submits an application to CMS within the timeframe specified by CMS.

(5) Special rules for hospitals that participate in demonstration projects or voluntary resident reduction plans for purposes of section 422 of Public Law 108-173. (i) If a hospital was participating in a demonstration project under section 402 of Public Law 90-248 or the voluntary reduction plan under § 413.88 for a greater period of time than the time period that elapsed since it withdrew from participation (or if it completed its participation) in the demonstration program or the voluntary reduction plan, for purposes of determining a possible reduction to the FTE resident caps under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, CMS compares the higher of the hospital's base number of residents (after subtracting any dental and podiatric FTE residents) or the hospital's reference resident level to the hospital's otherwise applicable resident cap determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(ii) If a hospital participated in the demonstration project or the voluntary resident reduction plan for a period of time that is less than the time that elapsed since it withdraw from participation in the demonstration project or the voluntary reduction plan, the special rules in paragraph (c)(5)(i) do not apply, and the hospital is subject to the procedures applicable to all other hospitals for determining possible reductions to the FTE resident caps under paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(iii) CMS will not redistribute residency positions that are attributable to a hospital's participation in a demonstration project or a voluntary resident reduction plan to other hospitals that seek to increase their FTE resident caps under paragraph (c)(4) of this section.

(6) FTE resident caps for rural hospitals that are redesignated as urban. A rural hospital redesignated as urban after September 30, 2004, as a result of the most recent census data and implementation of the new MSA definitions announced by OMB on June 6, 2003, may retain the increases to its FTE resident cap that it received under paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (e)(1)(iii), and (e)(3) of this section while it was located in a rural area. Effective October 1, 2014, if a rural hospital is redesignated as urban due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS, the redesignated urban hospital may retain any existing increases to its FTE resident cap that it had received prior to when the redesignation became effective. Effective October 1, 2014, if a rural hospital is redesignated as urban due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS, the redesignated urban hospital may receive an increase to its FTE resident cap for a new program, in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, if it received a letter of accreditation for the new program and/or started training residents in the new program prior to the redesignation becoming effective.

(d) Weighted FTE counts. Subject to the provisions of § 413.81, for purposes of determining direct GME payment—

(1) For the hospital's first cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997, the hospital's weighted FTE count is equal to the average of the weighted FTE count for the payment year cost reporting period and the preceding cost reporting period.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1998, and before October 1, 2001, the hospital's weighted FTE count is equal to the average of the weighted FTE count for the payment year cost reporting period and the preceding two cost reporting periods.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, the hospital's weighted FTE count for primary care and obstetrics and gynecology residents is equal to the average of the weighted primary care and obstetrics and gynecology counts for the payment year cost reporting period and the preceding two cost reporting periods, and the hospital's weighted FTE count for nonprimary care residents is equal to the average of the weighted nonprimary care FTE counts for the payment year cost reporting period and the preceding two cost reporting periods. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2001, the hospital's weighted FTE counts for the preceding two cost reporting periods are calculated in accordance with the payment formula in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.

(4) The contractor may make appropriate modifications to apply the provisions of this paragraph (d) based on the equivalent of 12-month cost reporting periods.

(5) (i) For new programs started prior to October 1, 2012, if a hospital qualifies for an adjustment to the limit established under paragraph (c)(2) of this section for new medical residency programs created under paragraph (e) of this section, the count of the residents participating in new medical residency training programs above the number included in the hospital's FTE count for the cost reporting period ending during calendar year 1996 is added after applying the averaging rules in this paragraph (d), for a period of years. Residents participating in new medical residency training programs are included in the hospital's FTE count before applying the averaging rules after the period of years has expired. For purposes of this paragraph (d), for each new program started, the period of years equals the minimum accredited length for each new program. The period of years begins when the first resident begins training in each new program.

(ii) For new programs started on or after October 1, 2012, for hospitals for which the FTE cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e), FTE residents participating in new medical residency training programs are excluded from the hospital's FTE count before applying the averaging rules during the cost reporting periods prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the first new program started, for hospitals for which the FTE may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(1), and prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the each individual new program started, for hospitals for which the FTE cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(3). Beginning with the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the first new program started for hospitals for which the FTE cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(1), and beginning with the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the each individual new program started for hospitals for which the FTE cap may be adjusted in accordance with § 413.79(e)(3), FTE residents participating in new medical residency training programs are included in the hospital's FTE count before applying the averaging rules.

(6) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) of this section, FTE residents who are displaced by the closure of either another hospital or another hospital's program are added to the FTE count after applying the averaging rules in this paragraph (d), for the receiving hospital for the duration of the time that the displaced residents are training at the receiving hospital.

(7) (i) Subject to the provisions under paragraph (k) of this section, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000 and before cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, FTE residents in a rural track program at an urban hospital are included in the urban hospital's rolling average calculation described in this paragraph (d).

(ii) Subject to the provisions under paragraph (k) of this section, effective for rural track programs started in a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2022, FTE residents in a rural track program at an urban hospital or rural hospital are excluded from rolling average calculation described in this paragraph (d) during the cost reporting periods prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of each rural track.

(e) New medical residency training programs. If a hospital establishes a new medical residency training program as defined in paragraph (l) of this section on or after January 1, 1995, the hospital's FTE cap described under paragraph (c) of this section may be adjusted as follows:

(1) If a hospital had no allopathic or osteopathic residents in its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996, and it begins training residents in a new medical residency training program(s) for the first time on or after January 1, 1995, but before October 1, 2012, the hospital's unweighted FTE resident cap under paragraph (c) of this section may be adjusted for new residency training programs based on the sum of the products of the highest number of FTE residents in any program year during the third year of the first new program's existence and the number of years in which residents are expected to complete the program based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program. The adjustment to the cap may not exceed the number of accredited slots available to the hospital for the new program. If a hospital had no allopathic or osteopathic residents in its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996, and it begins training residents in a new medical residency training program(s) for the first time on or after October 1, 2012, the hospital's unweighted FTE resident cap under paragraph (c) of this section may be adjusted for new residency training programs based on the sum of the products of the highest number of FTE residents in any program year during the fifth year of the first new program's existence and the number of years in which residents are expected to complete the program based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program. The adjustment to the cap may not exceed the number of accredited slots available to the hospital for the new program.

(i) If a hospital begins training residents in a new medical residency training program(s) for the first time on or after January 1, 1995, but before October 1, 2012, and if the residents are spending portions of a program year (or years) at one hospital and the remainder of the program at another hospital(s), the adjustment to each qualifying hospital's cap for a new medical residency training program(s) is equal to the sum of the products of the highest number of FTE residents in any program year during the third year of the first new program's existence and the number of years in which residents are expected to complete the program based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program and the number of years the residents are training at each respective hospital. If a hospital begins training residents in a new medical residency training program(s) for the first time on or after October 1, 2012, and if the residents are spending portions of a program (or years) at one hospital and the remainder of the program at another hospital(s), the adjustment to each qualifying hospital's cap for new residency training program (s) is equal to the sum of the products of three factors (limited to the number of accredited slots for each program):

(A) The highest total number of FTE residents trained in any program year during the fifth year of the first new program's existence at all of the hospitals to which the residents in the program rotate;

(B) The number of years in which residents are expected to complete the program, based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program.

(C) The ratio of the number of FTE residents in the new program that trained at the hospital over the entire 5-year period to the total number of FTE residents that trained at all hospitals over the entire 5-year period.

(ii) If a hospital begins training residents in a new medical residency training program(s) for the first time on or after January 1, 1995, but before October 1, 2012, prior to the implementation of the hospital's adjustment to its FTE cap beginning with the fourth year of the hospital's first new residency program(s), the hospital's cap may be temporarily adjusted during each of the first 3 years of the hospital's first new residency program using the actual number of residents participating in the new program. The adjustment may not exceed the number of accredited slots available to the hospital for each program year. If a hospital begins training residents in a new medical residency training program(s) for the first time on or after October 1, 2012, prior to the implementation of the hospital's adjustment to its FTE cap beginning with the sixth year of the hospital's first new residency program(s), the hospital's cap may be adjusted temporarily during each of the first 5 years of the hospital's first new residency program using the actual number of FTE residents participating in the new program. The adjustment may not exceed the number of accredited slots available to the hospital for each program year.

(iii) If a hospital begins training residents in a new medical residency training program for the first time on or after January 1, 1995, but before October 1, 2012, the cap will not be adjusted for new programs established more than 3 years after residents begin training in the first new program, or if a hospital begins training residents in a new medical residency training program for the first time on or after October 1, 2012, the cap will not be adjusted for new programs established more than 5 years after residents begin training in the first new program.

(iv)(A) Effective for Medicare GME affiliation agreements entered into on or after October 1, 2005, exceptas provided in paragraph (e)(1)(iv)(B) of this section, an urban hospital that qualifies for an adjustment to its FTE cap under paragraph (e)(1) of this section is permitted to be part of a Medicare GME affiliated group for purposes of establishing an aggregate FTE cap only if the adjustment that results from the affiliation is an increase to the urban hospital's FTE cap.

(B) Effective for Medicare GME affiliation agreements entered into on or after July 1, 2019, an urban hospital that qualifies for an adjustment to its FTE cap under paragraph (e)(1) of this section is permitted to be part of a Medicare GME affiliated group for purposes of establishing an aggregate FTE cap and receive an adjustment that is a decrease to the urban hospital's FTE cap, provided the Medicare GME affiliated group meets one of the following conditions:

(1) The Medicare GME affiliated group consists solely of two or more urban hospitals that qualify for adjustments to their FTE caps under paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

(2) The Medicare GME affiliated group includes an urban hospital(s) that received FTE cap(s) under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section or § 412.105(f)(1)(iv)(A) of this subchapter, or both. This Medicare GME affiliated group must be established effective with a July 1 date (the residency training year) that is at least 5 years after the start of the cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the first new program for which the hospital's FTE cap was adjusted in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section or § 412.105(f)(1)(v)(C) or (D) of this subchapter, or both.

(v) A rural hospital that qualifies for an adjustment to its FTE cap under paragraph (e)(1) of this section is permitted to be part of a Medicare GME affiliated group for purposes of establishing an aggregate FTE cap.

(vi) In the case of a hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a FTE cap based on the training of less than 1.0 FTE in any cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997; or based on the training of no more than 3.0 FTEs in on a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and before December 27, 2020, if such a hospital begins training residents in a new approved program (as defined under § 413.79(l)) in a program year beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and before December 26, 2025, the hospital with a previous FTE cap of less than 1.0 FTE may receive an adjusted FTE cap when it begins to train at least 1.0 FTE in a new program(s); and the hospital with a previous FTE cap of no more than 3.0 FTEs may receive an adjusted FTE cap when it begins to train more than 3.0 FTEs in a new program(s). The adjusted FTE cap is equal to the sum of the original FTE cap and the products of the following three factors (limited to the number of accredited slots for each program):

(A) The highest total number of FTE residents trained in any program year during the fifth year of the first new program's existence started in a program year beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and before December 26, 2025, at all of the hospitals to which the residents in the program rotate;

(B) The number of years in which residents are expected to complete the program, based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program.

(C) The ratio of the number of FTE residents in the new program that trained at the hospital over the entire 5-year period to the total number of FTE residents that trained at all hospitals over the entire 5-year period.

(2) If a hospital had allopathic or osteopathic residents in its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996, the hospital's unweighted FTE cap may be adjusted for a new medical residency training program(s) established on or after January 1, 1995, and on or before August 5, 1997. The adjustment to the hospital's FTE resident cap for new residency training programs is based on the sum of the product of the highest number of FTE residents in any program year during the third year of the newly established program and the number of years in which residents are expected to complete each program based on the minimum accredited length for the type of program.

(i) If the residents are spending portions of a program year (or years) at one hospital and the remainder of the program at another hospital(s), the adjustment to each respective hospital's cap for each program is equal to the product of the highest number of FTE residents in any program year during the third year of each program's existence and the number of years in which residents are expected to complete the program based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program and the number of years the residents are training at each respective hospital.

(ii) Prior to the implementation of the hospital's adjustment to its FTE cap beginning with the fourth year of the hospital's residency program, the hospital's cap may be temporarily adjusted during each of the first 3 years of the hospital's new residency program, using the actual number of FTE residents in the new programs. The adjustment may not exceed the number of accredited slots available to the hospital for each program year.

(3) If a rural hospital participates in new medical residency training programs, regardless of whether the rural hospital had allopathic or osteopathic residents in its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996, the hospital's unweighted FTE cap may be adjusted in the same manner described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section to reflect the increase for residents training in a new medical residency training program(s) established after August 5, 1997 and before October 1, 2012. If a rural hospital participates in new medical residency training programs on or after October 1, 2012, the hospital's unweighted FTE cap is adjusted in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section, except that the adjustment is based on the sum of the products of the highest number of FTE residents in any program year during the fifth year of each new program's existence and the number of years in which residents are expected to complete the program based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program.

(4) A hospital seeking an adjustment to its FTE cap must provide documentation to its fiscal contractor justifying the adjustment.

(5) The cap will not be adjusted for expansion of existing or previously existing programs.

(6) Effective for a cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, FTE resident caps must be established when the hospital trains 1.0 or more FTE residents in a new medical residency program (as defined under paragraph (l) of this section).

(f) Medicare GME affiliated group. A hospital may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap, which is subject to the averaging rules under paragraph (d) of this section, to reflect residents added or subtracted because the hospital is participating in a Medicare GME affiliated group (as defined under § 413.75(b)). Under this provision—

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(6) of this section, each hospital in the Medicare GME affiliated group must submit the Medicare GME affiliation agreement, as defined under § 413.75(b) of this section, to the CMS contractor or MAC servicing the hospital and send a copy to the CMS Central Office no later than July 1 of the residency program year during which the Medicare GME affiliation agreement will be in effect.

(2) Each hospital in the Medicare GME affiliated group must have a shared rotational arrangement, as defined in § 413.75(b), with at least one other hospital within the Medicare GME affiliated group, and all of the hospitals within the Medicare GME affiliated group must be connected by a series of such shared rotational arrangements.

(3) During the shared rotational arrangements under a Medicare GME affiliation agreement, as defined in § 413.75(b), more than one of the hospitals in the Medicare GME affiliated group must count the proportionate amount of the time spent by the resident(s) in its FTE resident counts. No resident may be counted in the aggregate as more than one FTE.

(4) The net effect of the adjustments (positive or negative) on the Medicare GME affiliated hospitals' aggregate FTE cap for each Medicare GME affiliation agreement must not exceed zero.

(5) If the Medicare GME affiliation agreement terminates for any reason, the FTE cap of each hospital in the Medicare GME affiliated group will revert to the individual hospital's pre-affiliation FTE cap that is determined under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section.

(6) Effective October 1, 2009, a hospital that is new after July 1 and begins training residents for the first time after the July 1 start date of an academic year may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE resident cap to reflect its participation in an existing Medicare GME affiliated group by submitting the Medicare GME affiliation agreement, as defined under § 413.75(b), to the CMS contractor or MAC servicing the hospital and sending a copy to the CMS Central Office by the earlier of June 30 of the residency program year during which the Medicare GME affiliation agreement will be in effect or the end of the first cost reporting period during which the hospital begins training residents. The Medicare GME affiliation agreement must specify the effective period for the agreement, which may begin no earlier than the date the affiliation agreement is submitted to CMS. Each of the other hospitals participating in the Medicare GME affiliated group must submit an amended Medicare GME affiliation agreement that reflects the participation of the new hospital to the CMS contractor or MAC servicing the hospital and send a copy to the CMS Central Office no later than June 30 of the residency program year during which the Medicare GME affiliation agreement will be in effect. For purposes of this paragraph, a new hospital is one for which a new Medicare provider agreement takes effect in accordance with § 489.13 of this chapter.

(7) Emergency Medicare GME affiliated group. Effective on or after August 29, 2005, home and host hospitals as defined in § 413.75(b) may form an emergency Medicare GME affiliated group by meeting the requirements provided in this section. The emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements may be made effective beginning on or after the first day of a section 1135 emergency period, and must terminate no later than at the conclusion of 4 academic years following the academic year during which the section 1135 emergency period began.

(i) Requirements for submission of emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements. Each hospital in the emergency Medicare GME affiliated group must submit an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement that is written, signed, and dated by responsible representatives of each participating hospital in the manner specified in paragraph (ii) and includes the following information:

(A) List each participating hospital and its provider number; and indicate whether each hospital is a home or host hospital.

(B) Specify the effective period of the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement (which must, in any event, terminate at the conclusion of four academic years following the academic year in which the section 1135 emergency period began).

(C) List each participating hospital's IME and direct GME FTE caps in effect before the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement (including any adjustments to those caps in effect as a result of other Medicare GME affiliation agreements but not including any slots gained under § 413.79(c)(4)).

(D) Specify the total adjustment to each participating hospital's FTE caps in each academic year that the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement is in effect, for both direct GME and IME, that reflects a positive adjustment to the host hospital's direct and indirect FTE caps that is offset by a negative adjustment to the home hospital's (or hospitals') direct and indirect FTE caps of at least the same amount subject to the following—

(1) The sum total of adjustments to all the participating hospitals' FTE caps under the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement may not exceed the aggregate adjusted FTE caps of the hospitals participating in the emergency Medicare GME affiliated group.

(2) A home hospital's IME and direct GME FTE cap reductions in an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement are limited to the home hospital's IME and direct GME FTE resident caps at § 413.79(c) or § 413.79(f)(1) through (f)(5), that is, as adjusted by any and all existing affiliation agreements as applicable.

(3) For emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements for the third or fourth academic years subsequent to the year in which the section 1135 emergency period began and involving an out-of-State host hospital, the positive adjustment to the out-of-State host hospital's direct and indirect FTE caps pursuant to the agreement shall reflect only FTE residents that were actually displaced from a home hospital immediately following the emergency.

(E) Attach copies of all existing Medicare GME affiliation agreements and emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements in which the hospital is participating at the time the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement is executed.

(ii) Deadline for submission of the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement. Each participating home and host hospital must submit an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement to CMS and submit a copy to the CMS contractor/MAC by the applicable due date.

(A) For emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements that would otherwise be required to be submitted by June 30, 2006, or July 1, 2006, each participating host and home hospital must submit an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement to CMS and submit a copy to its CMS contractor/MAC on or before October 9, 2006.

(B) Except for emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements specified in paragraph (f)(6)(ii)(A) of this section, for emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements that would otherwise be required to be submitted prior to October 1, 2008, the following due dates are applicable:

(1) First year. The later of 180 days after the section 1135 emergency period begins or by June 30 of the academic year in which the section 1135 emergency was declared; or

(2) Subsequent academic years. The later of 180 days after the section 1135 emergency period begins, or by July 1 of each academic year.

(C) For emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreements that would otherwise be required to be submitted after October 1, 2008, the following due dates are applicable:

(1) First year. By 180 days after the end of the academic year in which the section 1135 emergency was declared;

(2) Second academic year. By 180 days after the end of the next academic year following the academic year in which the section 1135 emergency was declared; or

(3) Subsequent academic years. By July 1 of each academic year.

(iii) Exemption from the Shared Rotational Arrangement Requirement. During the effective period of the emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement, hospitals in the emergency Medicare GME affiliated group are not required to participate in a shared rotational arrangement as defined at § 413.75(b).

(iv) Host Hospital Exception from the Rolling Average for the Period from August 29, 2005 to June 30, 2006. To determine the FTE resident count for a host hospital that is training residents in excess of its cap, a two step process will be applied. First, subject to the limit at paragraph (f)(6)(i)(D) of this section, a host hospital is to exclude the displaced FTE residents that are counted by a host hospital in excess of the hospital's cap pursuant to an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement from August 29, 2005, to June 30, 2006, from the current year's FTE resident count before applying the three-year rolling averaging rules under paragraph (d) of this section to calculate the average FTE resident count. Second, the displaced FTE residents that are counted by the host hospital in excess of the host hospital's cap pursuant to an emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement from August 29, 2005, to June 30, 2006, are added to the hospital's 3-year rolling average FTE resident count to determine the host hospital's FTE resident count for payment purposes.

(8) FTE resident cap slots added under section 126 of Public Law 116-260 and section 4122 of Public Law 117-328 may be used in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement beginning in the fifth year after the effective date of those FTE resident cap slots.

(g) Newly constructed hospitals. A hospital that began construction of its facility prior to August 5, 1997, and sponsored new medical residency training programs on or after January 1, 1995, and on or before August 5, 1997, that either received initial accreditation by the appropriate accrediting body or temporarily trained residents at another hospital(s) until the facility was completed, may receive an adjustment to its FTE cap.

(1) The newly constructed hospital's FTE cap is equal to the lesser of—

(i) The product of the highest number of residents in any program year during the third year of the newly established program and the number of years in which residents are expected to complete the programs based on the minimum accredited length for each type of program; or

(ii) The number of accredited slots available to the hospital for each year of the programs.

(2) If the new medical residency training programs sponsored by the newly constructed hospital have been in existence for 3 years or more by the time the residents begin training at the newly constructed hospital, the newly constructed hospital's cap will be based on the number of residents training in the third year of the programs begun at the temporary training site.

(3) If the new medical residency training programs sponsored by the newly constructed hospital have been in existence for less than 3 years by the time the residents begin training at the newly constructed hospital, the newly constructed hospital's cap will be based on the number of residents training at the newly constructed hospital in the third year of the programs (including the years at the temporary training site).

(4) A hospital that qualifies for an adjustment to its FTE cap under this paragraph (g) may be part of an affiliated group for purposes of establishing an aggregate FTE cap.

(5) The provisions of this paragraph (g) are applicable during portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 1999.

(h) Closure of hospital or hospital residency program—(1) Definitions. For purposes of this section—

(i) Closure of a hospital means the hospital terminates its Medicare agreement under the provisions of § 489.52 of this chapter.

(ii) Closure of a hospital residency training program means the hospital ceases to offer training for residents in a particular approved medical residency training program.

(iii) Displaced resident means a resident who—

(A) Leaves a program after the hospital or program closure is publicly announced, but before the actual hospital or program closure;

(B) Is assigned to and training at planned rotations at another hospital who will be unable to return to his/her rotation at the closing hospital or program;

(C) Is accepted into a GME program at the closing hospital or program but has not yet started training at the closing hospital or program;

(D) Is physically training in the hospital on the day prior to or day of program or hospital closure; or

(E) Is on approved leave at the time of the announcement of closure or actual closure, and therefore, cannot return to his/her rotation at the closing hospital or program.

(2) Closure of a hospital. A hospital may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect residents added because of another hospital's closure if the hospital meets the following criteria:

(i) The hospital is training additional residents from a hospital that closed on or after July 1, 1996.

(ii) No later than 60 days after the hospital begins to train the residents, the hospital submits a request to its contractor for a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap, documents that the hospital is eligible for this temporary adjustment by identifying the residents who have come from the closed hospital and have caused the hospital to exceed its cap, and specifies the length of time the adjustment is needed.

(3) Closure of a hospital's residency training program. If a hospital that closes its residency training program voluntarily agrees to temporarily reduce its FTE cap according to the criteria specified in paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section, another hospital(s) may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect residents added because of the closure of the residency training program if the criteria specified in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section are met.

(i) Receiving hospital(s). A hospital may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect residents added because of the closure of another hospital's residency training program if—

(A) The hospital is training additional residents from the residency training program of a hospital that closed a program; and

(B) No later than 60 days after the hospital begins to train the residents, the hospital submits to its contractor a request for a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap, documents that it is eligible for this temporary adjustment by identifying the residents who have come from another hospital's closed program and have caused the hospital to exceed its cap, specifies the length of time the adjustment is needed, and submits to its contractor a copy of the FTE reduction statement by the hospital that closed its program, as specified in paragraph (h)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.

(ii) Hospital that closed its program(s). A hospital that agrees to train residents who have been displaced by the closure of another hospital's program may receive a temporary FTE cap adjustment only if the hospital with the closed program—

(A) Temporarily reduces its FTE cap based on the FTE residents in each program year training in the program at the time of the program's closure. This yearly reduction in the FTE cap will be determined based on the number of those residents who would have been training in the program during that year had the program not closed; and

(B) No later than 60 days after the residents who were in the closed program begin training at another hospital, submit to its contractor a statement signed and dated by its representative that specifies that it agrees to the temporary reduction in its FTE cap to allow the hospital training the displaced residents to obtain a temporary adjustment to its cap; identifies the residents who were in training at the time of the program's closure; identifies the hospitals to which the residents are transferring once the program closes; and specifies the reduction for the applicable program years.

(i) Additional FTEs for residents on maternity or disability leave or other approved leave of absence. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after November 29, 1999, a hospital may receive an adjustment to its FTE cap of up to three additional resident FTEs, if the hospital meets the following criteria:

(1) The additional residents are residents of a primary care program that would have been counted by the hospital as residents for purposes of the hospital's FTE cap but for the fact that the additional residents were on maternity or disability leave or a similar approved leave of absence during the hospital's most recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996;

(2) The leave of absence was approved by the residency program director to allow the residents to be absent from the program and return to the program after the leave of absence; and

(3) No later than 6 months after August 1, 2000, the hospital submits to the contractor a request for an adjustment to its FTE cap, and provides contemporaneous documentation of the approval of the leave of absence by the residency director, specific to each additional resident that is to be counted for purposes of the adjustment.

(j) Residents previously trained at VA hospitals. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, a non-Veterans Affairs (VA) hospital may receive a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap to reflect residents who had previously trained at a VA hospital and were subsequently transferred to the non-VA hospital, if that hospital meets the following criteria:

(1) The transferred residents had been training previously at a VA hospital in a program that would have lost its accreditation by the ACGME if the residents continued to train at the VA hospital;

(2) The residents were transferred to the hospital from the VA hospital on or after January 1, 1997, and before July 31, 1998; and

(3) The hospital submits a request to its contractor for a temporary adjustment to its FTE cap, documents that it is eligible for this temporary adjustment by identifying the residents who have come from the VA hospital, and specifies the length of time those residents will be trained at the hospital.

(k) Residents training in rural track programs. Subject to the provisions of § 413.81, an urban hospital that establishes a new residency program, or has an existing residency program, with a rural track (or an integrated rural track) may add the rotations of the residents in those rural tracks to its FTE cap specified under paragraph (c) of this section. An urban hospital (or, effective for a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2022, a rural hospital) with a Rural Track Program (as defined at section 413.75(b) of this subchapter) may count residents in those Rural Track Programs up to a rural track FTE limitation if the hospital complies with the conditions specified in paragraphs (k)(2) through (7) of this section.

(1) If an urban hospital rotates residents to a separately accredited rural track program at a rural hospital(s) for two-thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2003, or for more than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, and before October 1, 2022, the urban hospital may include those residents in its FTE count for the time the rural track residents spend at the urban hospital, not to exceed its rural track FTE limitation. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if an urban hospital rotates residents to a Rural Track Program (as defined at section 413.75(b) of this subchapter) at a rural hospital(s) for more than one-half of the duration of the program, both the urban and the rural hospital may include those residents in their FTE counts for the time the rural track residents spend at the urban and rural hospital, respectively, not to exceed their rural track FTE limitations. The rural track FTE limitation is determined as follows:

(i) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, for the first 3 years of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents, subject to the rolling average at paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in the rural track at the urban hospital. For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012, and before October 1, 2022, prior to the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents, subject to the rolling average at paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in the rural track at the urban hospital. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, before the start of the urban or rural hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the Rural Track Program's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents training in the Rural Track Program at the urban or rural hospital.

(ii) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, beginning with the fourth year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is equal to the product of the highest number of residents, in any program year, who during the third year of the rural track's existence are training in the rural track at the urban hospital and are designated at the beginning of their training to be rotated to the rural hospital(s) for at least two-thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2003, or for more than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, and the number of years those residents are training at the urban hospital. For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012 and before October 1, 2022, beginning with the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is calculated in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section. For Rural Track Programs started on or after October 1, 2022, beginning with the start of the urban or rural hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is calculated in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

(2) If an urban hospital rotates residents to a separately accredited rural track program at a rural nonprovider site(s) for two-thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2003, or for more than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, the urban hospital may include those residents in its FTE count, subject to the requirements under § 413.78(d) through (g). For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if an urban or rural hospital rotates residents to a Rural Track Program (as defined at section 413.75(b) of this subchapter) at a rural nonprovider site for more than one-half of the duration of the program, the urban or rural hospital may include those residents in its FTE count, subject to which hospital meets the requirements under § 413.78(g), not to exceed their rural track FTE limitations. The rural track FTE limitation is determined as follows:

(i)(A) For rural track programs started before October 1, 2012, for the first 3 years of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents, subject to the rolling average specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in the rural track at the urban hospital and the rural nonprovider site(s).

(B) For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012, and before October 1, 2022, prior to the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents, subject to the rolling average specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in the rural track at the urban hospital and the rural nonprovider site(s).

(C) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, before the start of the urban or rural hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the Rural Track Program's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents training in the Rural Track Program at the urban or rural hospital and subject to the requirements under § 413.78(g), at the rural nonprovider site(s).

(ii)(A) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, beginning with the fourth year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is equal to the product of—

(1) The highest number of residents in any program year who, during the third year of the rural track's existence, are training in the rural track at—

(i) The urban hospital and are designated at the beginning of their training to be rotated to a rural nonprovider site(s) for at least two-thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000 and before October 1, 2003, or for more than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003; and

(ii) The rural nonprovider site(s); and

(2) The number of years in which the residents are expected to complete each program based on the minimum accredited length for the type of program.

(B) For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012, beginning with the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is calculated in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

(3) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, if an urban hospital rotates residents in the rural track program to a rural hospital(s) for less than two-thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2003, or for one-half or less than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, the rural hospital may not include those residents in its FTE count (unless the rural track is a new program under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, or the rural hospital's FTE count does not exceed that hospital's FTE cap), nor may the urban hospital include those residents when calculating its rural track FTE limitation. For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012, if an urban hospital rotates residents in the rural track program to a rural hospital(s) for one-half or less than one-half of the duration of the program, the rural hospital may not include those residents in its FTE count (unless the rural track is a new program under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, or the rural hospital's FTE count does not exceed that hospital's FTE cap), nor may the urban hospital include those residents when calculating its rural track FTE limitation. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if less than or equal to 50 percent of the duration of the training program occurs in a rural area, neither the urban or rural hospital may receive a rural track FTE limitation.

(4)(i) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, if an urban hospital rotates residents in the rural track program to a rural nonprovider site(s) for less than two-thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000 and before October 1, 2003, or for one-half or less than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, the urban hospital may include those residents in its FTE count, subject to the requirements under § 413.78(d) through (g), as applicable. The urban hospital may include in its FTE count those residents in the rural track, not to exceed its rural track limitation, determined as follows:

(A) For the first 3 years of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for the urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents, subject to the rolling average specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in the rural track at the rural nonprovider site(s).

(B) Beginning with the fourth year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is equal to the product of—

(1) The highest number of residents in any program year who, during the third year of the rural track's existence, are training in the rural track at the rural nonprovider site(s) or are designated at the beginning of their training to be rotated to the rural nonprovider site(s) for a period that is less than two-thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2002, and before October 1, 2003, or for one-half or less than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003; and

(2) The length of time in which the residents are training at the rural nonprovider site(s) only.

(C) For programs started in a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if less than or equal to 50 percent of the duration of the training program occurs in a rural area, neither the urban or rural hospital may receive a rural track FTE limitation.

(ii) For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012 and prior to October 1, 2022, if an urban hospital rotates residents in the rural track program to a rural nonprovider site(s) for one-half or less than one-half of the duration of the program, the urban hospital may include those residents in its FTE count, subject to the requirements under § 413.78(g). The urban hospital may include in its FTE count those residents in the rural track, not to exceed its rural track limitation, determined as follows:

(A) Prior to the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for the urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents, subject to the rolling average specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in the rural track at the rural nonprovider site(s).

(B) Beginning with the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is equal to the product of—

(1) The highest number of residents in any program year who, during the fifth year of the rural track's existence, are training in the rural track at the rural nonprovider site(s) or are designated at the beginning of their training to be rotated to the rural nonprovider site(s) for a period that is for one-half or less than one-half of the duration of the program; and

(2) The ratio of the length of time in which the residents are training at the rural nonprovider site(s) only to the total duration of the program.

(C) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if less than or equal to 50 percent of the duration of the training program occurs in a rural area, neither the urban or rural hospital may receive a rural track FTE limitation.

(5) All urban hospitals that wish to count FTE residents in rural tracks, not to exceed their respective rural track FTE limitation, must also comply with all of the following conditions:

(i) A hospital may not include in its rural track FTE limitation or (assuming the hospital's FTE count exceeds its FTE cap) FTE count residents who are training in a rural track residency program that were already included as part of the hospital's FTE cap.

(ii) Each hospital must base its count of residents in a rural track on written contemporaneous documentation that each resident enrolled in a rural track program at the hospital intends to rotate for a portion of the residency program to a rural area.

(iii) All residents that are included by the hospital as part of its rural track FTE count (not to exceed its rural track FTE limitation) must train in the rural area. However, where a resident begins to train in the rural track program at the urban hospital but leaves the program before completing the total required portion of training in the rural area, the urban hospital may count the time the resident trained in the urban hospital if another resident fills the vacated FTE slot and completes the training in the rural portion of the rural track program. An urban hospital may not receive GME payment for the time the resident trained at the urban hospital if another resident fills the vacated FTE slot and first begins to train at the urban hospital.

(iv) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, in order for an urban or rural hospital to receive a rural track FTE limitation, greater than 50 percent of the program must occur in a rural area.

(6) If CMS finds that residents who are included by the urban hospital as part of its FTE count did not actually complete the training in the rural area, CMS will reopen the urban hospital's cost report within the 3-year reopening period as specified in § 405.1885 of this chapter and adjust the hospital's Medicare GME payments (and, where applicable, the hospital's rural track FTE limitation).

(7)(i) Effective prior to October 1, 2014, if an urban hospital had established a rural track training program under the provisions of this paragraph (k) with a hospital located in a rural area and that rural area subsequently becomes an urban area due to the most recent census data and implementation of the new labor market area definitions announced by OMB on June 6, 2003, the urban hospital may continue to adjust its FTE resident limit in accordance with this paragraph (k) for the rural track programs established prior to the adoption of such new labor market area definitions. In order to receive an adjustment to its FTE resident cap for a new rural track residency program, the urban hospital must establish a rural track program with hospitals that are designated rural based on the most recent geographical location delineations adopted by CMS.

(ii)(A) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, effective October 1, 2014, if an urban hospital started a rural track training program under the provisions of this paragraph (k) with a hospital located in a rural area and, during the 3-year period that is used to calculate the urban hospital's rural track FTE limit, that rural area subsequently becomes an urban area due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the most recent Census Bureau data, the urban hospital may continue to adjust its FTE resident limit in accordance with this paragraph (k) and subject to paragraph (k)(7)(iii) of this section for the rural track programs started prior to the adoption of such new OMB standards for delineating statistical areas.

(B) For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012, effective October 1, 2014, if an urban hospital started a rural track training program under the provisions of this paragraph (k) with a hospital located in a rural area and, during the 5-year period that is used to calculate the urban hospital's rural track FTE limit, that rural area subsequently becomes an urban area due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the most recent Census Bureau data, the urban hospital may continue to adjust its FTE resident limit in accordance with this paragraph (k) and subject to paragraph (k)(7)(iii) of this section for the rural track programs started prior to the adoption of such new OMB standards for delineating statistical areas.

(iii)(A) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, effective October 1, 2014, if an urban hospital started a rural track training program under the provisions of this paragraph (k) with a hospital located in a rural area and that rural area subsequently becomes an urban area due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the most recent Census Bureau data, regardless of whether the redesignation of the rural hospital occurs during the 3-year period that is used to calculate the urban hospital's rural track FTE limit, or after the 3-year period used to calculate the urban hospital's rural track FTE limit, the urban hospital may continue to adjust its FTE resident limit in accordance with this paragraph (k) based on the rural track programs started prior to the change in the hospital's geographic designation. In order for the urban hospital to receive or use the adjustment to its FTE resident cap for training FTE residents in the rural track residency program that was started prior to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS, one of the following two conditions must be met by the end of a period that begins when the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas are adopted by CMS and continues through the end of the second residency training year following the date the most recent OMB delineations are adopted by CMS: The hospital that has been redesignated from rural to urban must reclassify as rural under § 412.103 of this chapter, for purposes of IME only; or the urban hospital must find a new site that is geographically rural consistent with the most recent geographical location delineations adopted by CMS. In order to receive an adjustment to its FTE resident cap for an additional new rural track residency program, the urban hospital must participate in a rural track program with sites that are geographically rural based on the most recent geographical location delineations adopted by CMS.

(B) For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012, effective October 1, 2014, if an urban hospital started a rural track training program under the provisions of this paragraph (k) with a hospital located in a rural area and that rural area subsequently becomes an urban area due to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS and the most recent Census Bureau data, regardless of whether the redesignation of the rural hospital occurs during the 5-year period that is used to calculate the urban hospital's rural track FTE limit, or after the 5-year period used to calculate the urban hospital's rural track FTE limit, the urban hospital may continue to adjust its FTE resident limit in accordance with this paragraph (k) based on the rural track programs started prior to the change in the hospital's geographic designation. In order for the urban hospital to receive or use the adjustment to its FTE resident cap for training FTE residents in the rural track residency program that was started prior to the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS, one of the following two conditions must be met by the end of a period that begins when the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas are adopted by CMS and continues through the end of the second residency training year following the date the most recent OMB delineations are adopted by CMS: The hospital that has been redesignated from rural to urban must reclassify as rural under § 412.103 of this chapter, for purposes of IME only; or the urban hospital must find a new site that is geographically rural consistent with the most recent geographical location delineations adopted by CMS. In order to receive an adjustment to its FTE resident cap for an additional new rural track residency program, the urban hospital must participate in a rural track program with sites that are geographically rural based on the most recent geographical location delineations adopted by CMS.

(l) For purposes of this section, a new medical residency training program means a program that receives initial accreditation by the appropriate accrediting body or begins training residents on or after January 1, 1995, and in the case of a medical residency training program that receives initial accreditation by the appropriate accrediting body and is still within its 5-year cap building period as of October 1, 2026, or starts training residents on or after October 1, 2026, that meets the following conditions:

(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (l)(2) and (l)(3) of this section, at least 90 percent of the individual residents that participate in the program during the 5-year cap building period (that is, for new urban teaching hospitals, during the first 5 program years of the first new program's existence under paragraph (e)(1) of this section; and for rural hospitals, during the first 5 program years of each new program under paragraph (e)(3) of this section) must not have previous experience training in another program in the same specialty.

(2) For purposes of determining whether a program satisfies the requirement under paragraph (l)(1) of this section, the count of individual residents excludes an individual—

(i) With previous experience training in another program in the same specialty who enters the program as a first-year resident through the National Resident Matching Program or another binding third-party resident matching program; or

(ii) Who meets the definition of a “displaced resident” under paragraph (h)(1)(iii) of this section.

(3) The requirement under paragraph (l)(1) of this section does not apply to a program accredited for 16 or fewer resident positions.

(m) Determination of the reduction to the FTE resident cap due to unused FTE resident slots under section 5503 of Public Law 111-148. If a hospital's reference resident level, as defined under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap as determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section or paragraph (e) of this section in the reference cost reporting period (as described under paragraph (m)(6) of this section), for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011, the hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap is reduced by 65 percent of the difference between the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the reference resident level. The reduction shall take into account the hospital's FTE resident cap as reduced under paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Under this provision—

(1) Exemption for certain rural hospitals. A rural hospital, as defined at subpart D of part 412 of this subchapter, with fewer than 250 beds (as determined at § 412.105(b)) in its most recent cost reporting period ending on or before March 23, 2010, for which a cost report has been either settled or submitted (subject to audit) to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, is exempt from any reduction to its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (m) of this section.

(2) Exemption for certain hospitals that participate in demonstration projects or voluntary residency reduction plans. A hospital that was participating in a demonstration project under section 402 of Public Law 90-248 or the voluntary reduction plan under § 413.88, is exempt from any reduction to its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (m) of this section if, by January 21, 2011, it submits a plan to CMS for filling all of its unused FTE resident slots by not later than March 23, 2012.

(3) Exemption for a hospital described at section 1886(h)(4)(H)(v) of the Act. A hospital described at section 1886(h)(4)(H)(v) of the Act, is exempt from any reduction to its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (m) of this section.

(4) Exemptions for certain other hospitals. A hospital training at or above its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap as determined under paragraph (c)(2) of this section for all three most recent cost reporting periods ending prior to March 23, 2010, for which a cost report has been either settled or submitted (subject to audit) to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, is exempt from any reduction to its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (m) of this section.

(5) New teaching hospital. A new teaching hospital that does not have an otherwise applicable FTE resident cap as determined under paragraph (e)(1) of this section for all three most recent cost reporting periods ending prior to March 23, 2010, for which a cost report has been either settled or submitted (subject to audit) to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, is exempt from any reduction to its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (m) of this section.

(6) Reference cost reporting period. (i) To determine a hospital's reference resident level, CMS determines, for a hospital's three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010, for which a cost report has been either settled or submitted (subject to audit) to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, the cost reporting period with the highest resident level.

(ii) If the cost report that is used to determine a hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap in the reference period is not equal to 12 months, the Medicare contractor may make appropriate modifications to apply the provisions of paragraph (m) of this section based on the equivalent of a 12-month cost reporting period.

(7) Consideration for members of Medicare GME affiliated groups. For a hospital that is a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group at any point during any of the hospital's three most recent cost reporting periods ending before March 23, 2010 for which a cost report has been settled or has been submitted to Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010, in determining whether a hospital's otherwise applicable resident FTE resident cap is reduced under paragraph (m) of this section, the Medicare contractor determines a hospital's reference cost reporting period by finding the cost reporting period that results in the smallest difference between the reference resident level and the otherwise applicable resident limit.

(i) If the reference resident level is less than the otherwise applicable resident limit in that reference cost reporting period, the Medicare contractor must then determine if the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of the July 1 that occurs during that reference cost reporting period.

(ii) If the hospital was a member of a Medicare GME affiliated group as of the July 1 that occurs during that reference cost report, the Medicare contractor does all of the following:

(A) Treat the members of the Medicare GME affiliated group as a group for that reference cost reporting period, for the purpose of determining a reduction to the particular hospital's FTE resident cap.

(B) Determine for each hospital in the Medicare GME affiliated group respectively the FTE resident cap and FTE resident count (IME and direct GME separately).

(C) Add each hospital's FTE resident caps (IME and direct GME separately) to determine the aggregate FTE resident cap.

(D) Add each hospital's FTE resident count (IME and direct GME separately) to determine the aggregate FTE resident count.

(iii) If the aggregate FTE resident count is equal to or exceeds the aggregate FTE resident cap, then the Medicare contractor would make no reduction to the particular hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (m) of this section, and no further steps are necessary for that hospital.

(iv) If the hospitals' aggregate FTE resident count is less than the aggregate FTE resident cap, then the Medicare contractor would determine on a hospital-specific basis whether the particular hospital's FTE resident count is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (as adjusted by affiliation agreement(s)) in the hospital's reference cost report.

(v) If the hospital's FTE resident count exceeds its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap, the hospital will not have its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap reduced under paragraph (m) of this section.

(vi) If the particular hospital's FTE resident count is less than its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap, the Medicare contractor determines a pro rata cap reduction amount that is equal, in total, to 65 percent of the difference between the aggregate FTE resident cap and the aggregate FTE resident count for the Medicare GME affiliated group.

(A) The pro rata cap reduction to the particular hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap is calculated by dividing the difference between the hospital's otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the hospital's FTE resident count, by the total amount by which all of the hospitals' individual FTE resident counts are below their affiliated FTE resident caps, multiplying the quotient by the difference between the aggregate FTE resident cap and the aggregate FTE resident counts for the Medicare GME affiliated group, and multiplying that result by 65 percent.

(B) The final reduction takes into account the hospital's FTE resident cap as reduced under the provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(n) Determination of an increase in the otherwise applicable resident cap under section 5503 of Public Law 111-148. (1) For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2011, a hospital may receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (as determined by CMS) of not more than 75 additional FTEs if the hospital meets the requirements and qualifying criteria of section 1886(h)(8) of the Act and implementing instructions issued by CMS and if the hospital submits an application to CMS within the timeframe specified by CMS.

(2) A hospital that receives an increase in the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (n)(1) of this section must ensure, during the 5-year period beginning on July 1, 2011 and ending on June 30, 2016, that—

(i) The number of FTE primary care residents, as defined in § 413.75(b), excluding any additional positions under this paragraph, is not less than the average number of FTE primary care residents (as so determined) during the three most recent cost reporting periods ending prior to March 23, 2010 (and submitted to the Medicare contractor by March 23, 2010); and not less than 75 percent of the positions attributable to such increase are in a primary care or general surgery residency programs.

(ii) If a hospital receives an increase in the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (n)(1) of this section, and does not use all of that increase in its final (12-month or partial) cost report of the 5-year period beginning July 1, 2011 and ending June 30, 2016, the Medicare contractor will remove the applicable unused slots, and the hospital's increase in the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap received under paragraph (n)(1) of this section will be reduced for portions of cost reporting periods on or after July 1, 2016. The number of applicable unused slots is equal to the difference between the increase in the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap and the applicable slots used. In determining the applicable slots used, the following amounts are added, as relevant:

(A) If a hospital uses the increase in the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (n)(1) of this section to expand an existing program(s), the used slots are equal to the lesser of the number of slots used for an expansion(s) in the fourth 12-month cost report or the final cost report.

(B) If a hospital uses the increase in the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (n)(1) of this section to start a new program(s), the used slots are equal to the number of slots used for a new program(s) in the final cost report.

(C) The portion, if any, of the increase in the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap under paragraph (n)(1) of this section used for cap relief, subject to the requirements in paragraph (n)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) CMS may determine whether a hospital has met the requirements under paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section during the 5-year period of July 1, 2011, through June 30, 2016, in such manner and at such time as CMS determines appropriate, including at the end of such 5-year period.

(iv) In a case where the Medicare contractor determines that a hospital did not meet the requirements under paragraphs (n)(2)(i), (n)(2)(ii), and (n)(2)(iii) of this section in a cost reporting period within the 5-year time period, the Medicare contractor will reduce the otherwise applicable FTE resident cap of the hospital by the amount by which such limit was increased under paragraph (n)(1) of this section from the earliest cost reporting period that is reopenable in which it would be determined that the hospital did not meet the requirements.

(o) Determination of an increase in the FTE resident cap due to slots redistributed from a closed hospital. (1) Except in the case of the closure of the hospital with Medicare Provider Number 05-0578, in the instance of a hospital closure, as defined at paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section, the FTE resident cap of the closed hospital would be redistributed, and a hospital that meets the requirements and qualifying criteria of section 1886(h)(4)(H)(vi) of the Act and implementing instructions issued by CMS, including submission of a timely application to CMS, may receive an increase in its FTE resident cap, as determined by CMS.

(2)(i) Except in the case of the closure of the hospital with Medicare Provider Number 05-0578, in redistributing the FTE resident cap of a closed hospital, consideration shall be given to ensure that there is no duplication of FTE slots between FTE slots redistributed under this paragraph and temporary adjustments to FTE resident caps provider under paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(ii) The provisions of this paragraph (o) will not be applied in a manner that will require the reopening of settled cost reports, except where the provider has a jurisdictionally proper appeal pending on direct GME or IME payments as of March 23, 2010.

(p) Determination of an increase in the otherwise applicable resident cap under section 126 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act (Pub. L. 116-260). For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2023, a hospital may receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (as determined by CMS) if the hospital meets the requirements and qualifying criteria under section 1886(h)(9) of the Act and if the hospital submits an application to CMS within the timeframe specified by CMS.

(q) Determination of an increase in the otherwise applicable resident cap under section 4122 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act (Pub. L. 117-328). For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2026, a hospital may receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (as determined by CMS) if the hospital meets the requirements and qualifying criteria under section 1886(h)(10) of the Act and if the hospital submits an application to CMS within the timeframe specified by CMS.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 413.79, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 413.80 Direct GME payments: Determination of weighting factors for foreign medical graduates.

(a) The weighting factor for a foreign medical graduate is determined under the provisions of § 413.79 if the foreign medical graduate—

(1) Has passed FMGEMS; or

(2) Before July 1, 1986, received certification from, or passed an examination of, the Educational Committee for Foreign Medical Graduates.

(b) Before July 1, 1986, the weighting factor for a foreign medical graduate is 1.0 times the weight determined under the provisions of § 413.79. On or after July 1, 1986, and before July 1, 1987, the weighting factor for a graduate of a foreign medical school who was in a residency program both before and after July 1, 1986 but who does not meet the requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section is .50 times the weight determined under the provisions of § 413.79.

(c) On or after July 1, 1987, these foreign medical graduates are not counted in determining the number of FTE residents.

(d) During the cost reporting period in which a foreign medical graduate passes FMGEMS, the weighting factor for that resident is determined under the provisions of § 413.79 for the part of the cost reporting period beginning with the month the resident passes the test.

(e) On or after September 1, 1989, the National Board of Medical Examiners Examination, Parts I and II, may be substituted for FMGEMS for purposes of the determination made under paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section.

(f) On or after June 1, 1992, the United States Medical Licensing Examination may be substituted for the FMGEMS for purposes of the determination made under paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section. On or after July 1, 1993, only the results of steps I and II of the United States Medical Licensing Examination will be accepted for purposes of making this determination.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 413.81 Direct GME payments: Application of community support and redistribution of costs in determining FTE resident counts.

(a) For purposes of determining direct GME payments, the following principles apply:

(1) Community support. If the community has undertaken to bear the costs of medical education through community support, the costs are not considered GME costs to the hospital for purposes of Medicare payment.

(2) Redistribution of costs. The costs of training residents that constitute a redistribution of costs from an educational institution to the hospital are not considered GME costs to the hospital for purposes of Medicare payment.

(b) Application. A hospital must continuously incur costs of direct GME of residents training in a particular program at a training site since the date the residents first began training in that program in order for the hospital to count the FTE residents in accordance with the provisions of §§ 413.78, 413.79 (c) through (e), and 413.79(k). This rule also applies to providers that are paid for direct GME in accordance with § 405.2468 of this chapter, § 422.270 of this subchapter, and § 413.70.

(c)(1) Effective date. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, payments made in accordance with determinations made under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section will be effective for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 2003.

(2) Applicability for certain hospitals. With respect to an FTE resident who begins training in a residency program on or before October 1, 2003, and with respect to whom there has been a redistribution of costs or community support determined under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the hospital may continue to count the FTE resident until the resident has completed training in that program, or until 3 years after the date the resident began training in that program, whichever comes first.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 413.82 Direct GME payments: Special rules for States that formerly had a waiver from Medicare reimbursement principles.

(a) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1986, hospitals in States that, prior to becoming subject to the prospective payment system, had a waiver for the operation of a State reimbursement control system under section 1886(c) of the Act, section 402 of the Social Security Amendments of 1967 (42 U.S.C. 1395b-1 or section 222(a) of the Social Security Amendment of 1972 (42 U.S.C. 1395b-1 (note)) are permitted to change the order in which they allocate administrative and general costs to the order specified in the instructions for the Medicare cost report.

(b) For hospitals making this election, the base-period costs for the purpose of determining the per resident amount are adjusted to take into account the change in the order by which they allocate administrative and general costs to interns and residents in approved program cost centers.

(c) Per resident amounts are determined for the base period and updated as described in § 413.77. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1986, payment is made based on the methodology described in § 413.76.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 413.83 Direct GME payments: Adjustment of a hospital's target amount or prospective payment hospital-specific rate.

(a) Misclassified operating costs—(1) General rule. If a hospital has its base-period GME costs reduced under § 413.77(a) of this section because those costs included misclassified operating costs, the hospital may request that the contractor review the classification of the affected costs in its rate-of-increase ceiling or prospective payment base year for purposes of adjusting the hospital's target amount or hospital-specific rate. For those cost reports that are not subject to reopening under § 405.1885 of this chapter, the hospital's reopening request must explicitly state that the review is limited to this one issue.

(2) Request for review. The hospital must request review of the classification of its rate-of-increase ceiling or prospective payment base year costs no later than 180 days after the date of the notice by the contractor of the hospital's base-period average per resident amount. A hospital's request for review must include sufficient documentation to demonstrate to the contractor that adjustment of the hospital's hospital-specific rate or target amount is warranted.

(3) Effect of contractor's review. If the contractor, upon review of the hospital's costs, determines that the hospital's hospital-specific rate or target amount should be adjusted, the adjustment of the hospital-specific rate or the target amount is effective for the hospital's cost reporting periods subject to the prospective payment system or the rate-of-increase ceiling that are still subject to reopening under § 405.1885 of this chapter.

(b) Misclassification of GME costs—(1) General rule. If costs that should have been classified as GME costs were treated as operating costs during both the GME base period and the rate-of-increase ceiling base year or prospective payment base year and the hospital wishes to receive benefit for the appropriate classification of these costs as GME costs in the GME base period, the hospital must request that the contractor review the classification of the affected costs in the rate-of-increase ceiling or prospective payment base year for purposes of adjusting the hospital's target amount or hospital-specific rate. For those cost reports that are not subject to reopening under § 405.1885 of this chapter, the hospital's reopening request must explicitly state that the review is limited to this one issue.

(2) Request for review. The hospital must request review of the classification of its costs no later than 180 days after the date of the contractor's notice of the hospital's base-period average per resident amount. A hospital's request for review must include sufficient documentation to demonstrate to the contractor that modification of the adjustment of the hospital's hospital-specific rate or target amount is warranted.

(3) Effect of contractor's review. If the contractor, upon review of the hospital's costs, determines that the hospital's hospital-specific rate or target amount should be adjusted, the adjustment of the hospital-specific rate and the adjustment of the target amount is effective for the hospital's cost reporting periods subject to the prospective payment system or the rate-of-increase ceiling that are still subject to reopening under § 405.1885 of this chapter.

[69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 413.84 Prohibition against unlawful discrimination.

(a) An approved medical residency training program, as defined in §§ 412.105(f)(1)(i), 413.75(b), and 415.152 of this chapter, or an approved nursing and allied health education program, as defined in § 413.85 of this chapter, must not discriminate, or promote or encourage discrimination, on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, disability, or religion, including the use of those characteristics or intentional proxies for those characteristics as a selection criterion for employment, program participation, resource allocation, or similar activities, opportunities, or benefits.

(b) An accrediting organization of approved medical residency training programs under §§ 412.105(f)(1)(i), 413.75(b), and 415.152 of this chapter, or of approved nursing and allied health education programs under § 413.85 of this chapter, and any publications cited in the regulations that list specialties or subspecialties of such programs, must not use criteria that discriminate, or promote or encourage discrimination, on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, disability, or religion, including the use of those characteristics or intentional proxies for those characteristics as a selection criterion for employment, program participation, resource allocation, or similar activities, opportunities, or benefits.

(c) Approved medical residency training programs and approved nursing and allied health education programs include programs that would be accredited except for the accrediting agency's reliance upon an accreditation standard that requires an entity to—

(1) Discriminate, or promote or encourage discrimination, on the basis of race, color, age, disability, or religion, including the use of those characteristics or intentional proxies for those characteristics as a selection criterion for employment, program participation, resource allocation, or similar activities, opportunities, or benefits; or

(2) Perform an induced abortion or require, provide, or refer for training in the performance of induced abortions, or make arrangements for such training, regardless of whether the standard provides exceptions or exemptions.

[91 FR 50344, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.85 Cost of approved nursing and allied health education activities.

(a) Statutory basis. This section implements section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and section 4004(b) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-508) by establishing the methodology for Medicare payment of the costs of approved nursing and allied health education activities.

(b) Scope. (1) This section sets forth the rules for determining Medicare payments to hospitals for the costs of nursing and allied health education activities.

(2) This section does not address Medicare payments for the direct and indirect costs of graduate medical education (that is, approved residency programs in medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and podiatry). Medicare payment for these costs is determined as provided in § 412.105 of this subchapter and §§ 413.75 through 413.83.

(3) The rules under this section do not apply to activities that are specified in paragraph (h) of this section and identified as normal operating costs.

(c) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

Approved educational activities means, subject to the requirements in § 413.84 of this chapter, formally organized or planned programs of study of the type that—

(1) Are operated by providers as specified in paragraph (f) of this section;

(2) Enhance the quality of health care at the provider; and

(3) Meet the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section for State licensure or accreditation.

Classroom instruction costs are those costs associated with formal, didactic instruction on a specific topic or subject in a class that meets at regular, scheduled intervals over a specific time period (for example, semester or quarter), and for which a student receives a grade.

Clinical training costs means costs of training for the acquisition and use of the skills of a nursing or allied health profession or trade in the actual environment in which these skills will be used by the student upon graduation. Clinical training may involve occasional or periodic meetings to discuss or analyze cases, critique performance, or discuss specific skills or techniques; it involves no classroom instruction.

Community support means funding that is provided by the community and generally includes all non-Medicare sources of funding (other than payments made for furnishing services to individual patients), including State and local government appropriations. Community support does not include grants, gifts, and endowments of the kind that are not to be offset in accordance with section 1134 of the Act.

Redistribution of costs means an attempt by a provider to increase the amount, or to expand the types, of the costs of educational activities that are allowed for Medicare payment purposes by claiming costs that previously were not claimed by the provider and were considered costs of an educational institution. For example, costs for a school of nursing or allied health education or a medical school that were incurred by an educational institution and were not allowable to the provider in its prospective payment or rate-of-increase limit base year cost report, or graduate medical education per resident amount calculated under §§ 413.75 through 413.83, are not allowable costs in subsequent fiscal years.

(d) General payment rules. (1) Payment for a provider's net cost of nursing and allied health education activities is determined on a reasonable cost basis, subject to the following conditions and limitations:

(i) An approved educational activity—

(A) Is recognized by a national approving body or State licensing authority as specified in paragraph (e) of this section;

(B) Meets the criteria specified in paragraph (f) of this section for identification as an operator of an approved education program.

(C) Enhance the quality of health care at the provider.

(ii) The cost for certain nonprovider-operated programs are reimbursable on a reasonable cost basis if the programs meet the criteria specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(iii) The costs of certain nonprovider-operated programs at wholly owned subsidiary educational institutions are reimbursable on a reasonable cost basis if the provisions of paragraph (g)(3) of this section are met.

(2) Determination of net cost.

(i) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (d)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, the net cost of approved educational activities is determined as follows:

(A) Determine allowable direct costs incurred by the provider for trainee stipends and compensation of faculty employed by the provider.

(B) Subtract from those direct costs the revenues the provider receives from students or on behalf of students enrolled in the program, such as, but not limited to, tuition, student fees, or textbooks purchased for resale.

(C) Allocate indirect costs of the activities as determined under the Medicare cost-finding principles in § 413.24, limited to those costs that the provider itself incurs and that are directly attributable to the operation of the approved educational activities.

(ii) The direct and indirect allowable costs of educational activities do not include patient care costs, costs incurred by a related organization, or costs that constitute a redistribution of costs from an educational institution to a provider or costs that have been or are currently being provided through community support.

(iii) The net costs of approved certified registered nurse anesthetist (CRNA) education programs that are determined on a reasonable cost basis are subject to the additional condition that allowable compensation costs for faculty members who are CRNAs are limited to the compensation costs for administrative activities related to the educational program, the compensation costs directly related to hours spent in classroom instruction, and the costs related to the clinical training of students for which the CRNA may not receive payment under the CRNA fee schedule. No pass-through compensation costs are allowable for the time a CRNA spends in the clinical training of a student anesthetist during a surgical procedure in the operating room for which the CRNA may receive payment under the CRNA fee schedule. As specified at § 414.46 of this chapter, if the CRNA continuously supervises the services of a single student nurse anesthetist, or where the medical direction rules allow a CRNA to bill for the service, payment can be made under the CRNA fee schedule.

(iv) Net costs are subject to apportionment for Medicare utilization as described in § 413.50.

(e) Approved nursing and allied health education programs. Subject to the requirements in § 413.84 of this chapter, CMS will consider an activity an approved nursing and allied health education program if the program is a planned program of study that is licensed by State law, or if licensing is not required, is accredited by the recognized national professional organization for the particular activity.

(f) Criteria for identifying programs operated by a provider. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983, in order to be considered the operator of an approved nursing or allied health education program, a provider must meet all of the following requirements:

(i) Directly incur the training costs.

(ii) Have direct control of the program curriculum. (A provider may enter into an agreement with an educational institution to furnish basic academic courses required for completion of the program, but the provider must provide all of the courses relating to the theory and practice of the nursing or allied health profession involved that are required for the degree, diploma, or certificate awarded at the completion of the program.)

(iii) Control the administration of the program, including collection of tuition (where applicable), control the maintenance of payroll records of teaching staff or students, or both (where applicable), and be responsible for day-to-day program operation. (A provider may contract with another entity to perform some administrative functions, but the provider must maintain control over all aspects of the contracted functions.)

(iv) Employ the teaching staff.

(v) Provide and control both classroom instruction and clinical training (where classroom instruction is a requirement for program completion), subject to the parenthetical sentence in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section.

(2) Absent evidence to the contrary, the provider that issues the degree, diploma, or other certificate upon successful completion of an approved education program is assumed to meet all of the criteria set forth in paragraph (f)(1) of this section and to be the operator of the program.

(g) Payment for certain nonprovider-operated programs—(1) Payment rule. Costs incurred by a provider, or by an educational institution that is related to the provider by common ownership or control (that is, a related organization as defined in § 413.17(b)), for the clinical training of students enrolled in an approved nursing or allied health education program that is not operated by the provider, are paid on a reasonable cost basis if the conditions specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section are met.

(2) Criteria for identification of nonprovider-operated education programs. Payment for the incurred costs of educational activities identified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section will be made if the following conditions are met:

(i) The clinical training must occur on the premises of the provider, that is, in the hospital itself or in the physical area immediately adjacent to the provider's main buildings, or in other areas and structures that are not strictly contiguous to the main buildings but are located within 250 yards of the main buildings.

(ii) The provider must have claimed and been paid for clinical training costs on a reasonable cost basis during the most recent cost reporting period that ended on or before October 1, 1989. This condition is met if a notice of program reimbursement (NPR) was issued for that cost reporting period by November 5, 1990, and the clinical training costs were included as pass-through costs. If an NPR was not issued by that date, or an NPR was issued but did not treat the clinical training costs as pass-through costs, the condition is met if—

(A) The contractor included the clinical training costs in the allowable costs used to determine the interim rate for the most recent cost reporting period ending on or before October 1, 1989; or

(B) The provider claimed the clinical training costs as pass-through costs when the cost report for the most recent cost reporting period ending on or before October 1, 1989, was initially submitted.

(iii) In any cost reporting period, the percentage of total allowable provider cost attributable to allowable clinical training cost does not exceed the percentage of total cost for clinical training in the provider's most recent cost reporting period ending on or before October 1, 1989.

(iv) The students in the educational program must provide a benefit to the provider through the provision of clinical services to patients of the provider.

(v) The clinical training costs must be incurred by the provider or by an educational institution related to the provider by common control or ownership as defined in § 413.17(b) (“Cost to related organizations.”) Costs incurred by a third-party, regardless of its relationship to either the provider or the educational institution, are not allowed.

(vi) The costs incurred by a provider does not exceed the costs the provider would have incurred if it was the sole operator of the program.

(3) Special rule: Payment for certain nonprovider-operated programs at wholly owned subsidiary educational institutions. (i) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 2003, a provider that incurs costs for a nursing or allied health education program(s) where those program(s) had originally been provider-operated according to the criteria at paragraph (f) of this section, and then operation of the program(s) was transferred to a wholly owned subsidiary educational institution in order to meet accreditation standards prior to October 1, 2003, and where the provider has continuously incurred the costs of both the classroom and clinical training portions of the program(s) at the educational institution, may receive reasonable cost payment for such a program(s) according to the specifications under paragraphs (g)(3)(ii) and (g)(3)(iii) of this section.

(ii) Payment for the incurred costs of educational activities identified in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section will be made on a reasonable cost basis if a provider, as described in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section, received Medicare reasonable cost payment for those nursing and allied health education program(s) both prior and subsequent to the date the provider transferred operation of the program(s) to its wholly owned subsidiary educational institution (and ceased to be a provider-operated program(s) according to the criteria under paragraph (f) of this section).

(iii) The provider that meets the requirements in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) and (g)(3)(ii) of this section will be eligible to receive payment under this paragraph for: (A) the clinical training costs incurred for the program(s) as described in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section; and (B) classroom costs, but only those costs incurred by the provider for the courses that were included in the programs.

(h) Cost of educational activities treated as normal operating costs. The costs of the following educational activities incurred by a provider but not operated by that provider are recognized only as normal operating costs and paid in accordance with the reimbursement principles specified in Part 412 of this subchapter. They include:

(1) Orientation and on-the-job training.

(2) Part-time education for bona fide full-time employees at properly accredited academic or technical institutions (including other providers) devoted to undergraduate or graduate work.

(3) Educational seminars, workshops, and continuing education programs in which the employees or trainees participate that enhance the quality of medical care or operating efficiency of the provider and, effective October 1, 2003, do not lead to the ability to practice and begin employment in a nursing or allied health specialty.

(4) Maintenance of a medical library.

(5) Training of a patient or patient's family in the use of medical appliances or other treatments.

(6) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, clinical training and classroom instruction of students enrolled in an educational program that is not operated by the provider. The following are clinical training and classroom instruction costs that are allowable as normal operating costs:

(i) Costs incurred in the clinical training of students, including the clinical training or clerkship of undergraduate medical school students that takes place in a provider.

(ii) Classroom instruction costs incurred by a provider that meet the following criteria:

(A) The provider's support does not constitute a redistribution of nonprovider costs to the provider. The support must be in addition to the costs already being incurred by the nonprovider-operated program. If the nonprovider entity reduces its costs due to receiving provider support, this reduction constitutes a redistribution of costs from an educational institution to a patient care institution and is a nonallowable provider cost.

(B) The provider receives a benefit for the support it furnishes.

(C) The cost of the provider's support is less than the cost the provider would incur were it to operate the program.

(7) Other activities that do not involve the actual operation of an approved educational program.

[66 FR 3374, Jan. 12, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 14342, Mar. 12, 2001; 68 FR 45471, Aug. 1, 2003; 69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004; 71 FR 48142, Aug. 18, 2006; 75 FR 50418, Aug. 16, 2010; 91 FR 50344, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.87 Payments for Medicare + Choice nursing and allied health education programs.

(a) Statutory basis. This section implements section 1886(l) of the Act, which provides for additional payments to hospitals that operate and receive Medicare reasonable cost reimbursement for approved nursing and allied health education programs and the methodology for determining the additional payments.

(b) Scope. This section sets forth the rules for determining an additional payment amount to hospitals that receive payments for the costs of operating approved nursing or allied health education programs under § 413.85.

(c) Qualifying conditions for payment. (1) For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 2000 and before January 1, 2001, a hospital that operates and receives payment for a nursing or allied health education program under § 413.85 may receive an additional payment amount associated with Medicare + Choice utilization. The hospital may receive the additional payment amount, which is calculated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, if both of the conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section are met.

(i) The hospital must have received Medicare reasonable cost payment for an approved nursing or allied health education program under § 413.85 in its cost reporting period(s) ending in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the current calendar year. (For example, if the current year is calendar year 2000, the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to calendar year 2000 is FY 1998.) For a hospital that first establishes a nursing or allied health education program after FY 1998 and receives reasonable cost payment for the program as specified under § 413.85 after FY 1998, the hospital is eligible to receive an additional payment amount in a calendar year that is 2 years after the respective fiscal year so long as the hospital also meets the condition under paragraph (c)(1(ii) of this section.

(ii) The hospital must be receiving reasonable cost payment for an approved nursing or allied health education program under § 413.85 in the current calendar year.

(2) For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 2001, in addition to meeting the conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the hospital must have had a Medicare + Choice utilization greater than zero in its cost reporting period(s) ending in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the current calendar year.

(d) Calculating the additional payment amount for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 2000 and before January 1, 2001. For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 2000 and before January 1, 2001, subject to the provisions of § 413.76(d)(4) relating to calculating a proportional reduction in Medicare + Choice direct GME payments, the additional payment amount specified in paragraph (c) of this section is calculated according to the following steps:

(1) Step one. Each calendar year, determine the hospital's total nursing and allied health education program payments from its cost reporting period(s) ending in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the current calendar year.

(2) Step two. Determine the ratio of the hospital's payments from step one to the total of all nursing and allied health education program payments across all hospitals for all cost reporting periods ending in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the current calendar year.

(3) Step three. Multiply the ratio calculated in step two by the Medicare + Choice nursing and allied health payment “pool” determined in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section for the current calendar year. The resulting product is each respective hospital's additional payment amount.

(e) Calculating the additional payment amount for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 2001. For portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after January 1, 2001, subject to the provisions of § 413.76(d) relating to calculating a proportional reduction in Medicare + Choice direct GME payments, the additional payment amount specified in paragraph (c) of this section is calculated according to the following steps:

(1) Step one. Each calendar year, determine for each eligible hospital the total—

(i) Medicare payments received for approved nursing or allied health education programs based on data from the settled cost reports for the period(s) ending in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the current calendar year; and

(ii) Inpatient days for that same cost reporting period.

(iii) Medicare + Choice inpatient days for that same cost reporting period.

(2) Step two. Using the data from step one, determine the ratio of the individual hospital's total nursing or allied health payments, to its total inpatient days. Multiply this ratio by the hospital's total Medicare + Choice inpatient days.

(3) Step three. CMS will determine, using the best available data, for all eligible hospitals the total of all—

(i) Nursing and allied health education program payments made to all hospitals for all cost reporting periods ending in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the current calendar year;

(ii) Inpatient days from those same cost reporting periods; and

(iii) Medicare + Choice inpatient days for those same cost reporting periods.

(4) Step four. Using the data from step three, CMS will determine the ratio of the total of all nursing and allied health education program payments made to all hospitals for all cost reporting periods ending in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the current calendar year, to the total of all inpatient days from those same cost reporting periods. CMS will multiply this ratio by the total of all Medicare + Choice inpatient days for those same cost reporting periods.

(5) Step 5. Calculate the ratio of the product determined in step two to the product determined in step four.

(6) Step 6. Multiply the ratio calculated in step five by the amount determined in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section for the current calendar year. The resulting product is each respective hospital's additional payment amount.

(f) Calculation of the payment “pool.” (1) Subject to paragraph (f)(3) of this section, each calendar year, CMS will calculate a Medicare + Choice nursing and allied health payment “pool” according to the following steps:

(i) Determine the ratio of projected total Medicare + Choice direct GME payments made in accordance with the provisions of § 413.76(c) across all hospitals in the current calendar year to projected total direct GME payments made across all hospitals in the current calendar year.

(ii) Multiply the ratio calculated in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section by projected total Medicare nursing and allied health education reasonable cost payments made to all hospitals in the current calendar year.

(2) The resulting product of the steps under paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(1)(ii) of this section is the Medicare + Choice nursing and allied health payment “pool” for the current calendar year.

(3) The payment pool may not exceed $60 million in any calendar year.

[65 FR 47051, Aug. 1, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 32195, June 13, 2001; 69 FR 49265, Aug. 11, 2004; 70 FR 47489, Aug. 12, 2005]

§ 413.88 Incentive payments under plans for voluntary reduction in number of medical residents.

(a) Statutory basis. This section implements section 1886(h)(6) of the Act, which establishes a program under which incentive payments may be made to qualifying entities that develop and implement approved plans to voluntarily reduce the number of residents in medical residency training.

(b) Qualifying entity defined. “Qualifying entity” means:

(1) An individual hospital that is operating one or more approved medical residency training programs as defined in § 413.75(b) of this chapter; or

(2) Two or more hospitals that are operating approved medical residency training programs as defined in § 413.75(b) of this chapter and that submit a residency reduction application as a single entity.

(c) Conditions for payments. (1) A qualifying entity must submit an application for a voluntary residency reduction plan that meets the requirements and conditions of this section in order to receive incentive payments for reducing the number of residents in its medical residency training programs.

(2) The incentive payments will be determined as specified under paragraph (g) of this section.

(d) Requirements for voluntary plans. In order for a qualifying entity to receive incentive payments under a voluntary residency reduction plan, the qualifying entity must submit an application that contains the following information, documents, and agreements—

(1) A description of the operation of a plan for reducing the full-time equivalent (FTE) residents in its approved medical residency training programs, consistent with the percentage reduction requirements specified in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section;

(2) An election of the period of residency training years during which the reductions will occur. The reductions must be fully implemented by not later than the fifth residency training year in which the plan is effective;

(3) FTE counts for the base number of residents, as defined in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, with a breakdown of the number of primary care residents compared to the total number of residents; and the direct and indirect FTE counts of the entity on June 30, 1997. For joint applicants, these counts must be provided individually and collectively;

(4) Data on the annual and cumulative targets for reducing the number of FTE residents and the ratios of the number of primary care residents to the total number of residents for the base year and for each year in the 5-year reduction period. For joint applicants, these data must be provided individually and collectively;

(5) An agreement to not reduce the proportion of its primary care residents to its total number of residents below the proportion that exists in the base year, as specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section;

(6) An agreement to comply with data submission requirements deemed necessary by CMS to make annual incentive payments during the 5-year residency reduction plan, and to fully cooperate with additional audit and monitoring activities deemed necessary by CMS;

(7) For a qualifying entity that is a member of an affiliated group as defined in § 413.75(b), a statement that all members of the group agree to an aggregate FTE cap that reflects—

(i) The reduction in the qualifying entity's FTE count as specified in the plan during each year of the plan; and

(ii) The 1996 FTE count of the other hospital(s) in the affiliated group.

(8) A statement indicating voluntary participation in the plan under the terms of this section, signed by each hospital that is part of the applying entity.

(e) Deadline for applications. A qualifying entity must submit an application that meets the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section at least one day prior to the first day of the period to which the plan would be effective but no later than November 1, 1999. The application must be submitted to the contractor, with a copy to CMS.

(f) Effective dates of plans. Residency reduction plans that are submitted to the contractor on or after September 17, 1999 but on or before November 1, 1999, may be effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning no earlier than the day after the date of the application.

(g) Residency reduction requirements—(1) Base number of residents defined. (i) “Base number of residents” means the lesser of—

(A) The number of FTE residents in all approved medical residency training programs of the qualifying entity (before application of weighting factors under § 413.79) for the most recent residency training year ending June 30, 1996; or

(B) The number of FTE residents in all approved medical residency training programs of the qualifying entity (before application of weighting factors under § 413.79) for any subsequent residency training year that ends before the date the entity submits its plan to the contractor and CMS.

(ii) The residency training year used to determine the base number of residents is the “base year” for determining reduction requirements.

(iii) The qualifying entity's base number of residents may not be adjusted to reflect adjustments that may otherwise be made to the entity's FTE caps for new medical residency training programs.

(2) Qualifying entity consisting of individual hospital. The base number of FTE residents in all the approved medical residency training programs operated by or through a qualifying entity consisting of an individual hospital must be reduced as follows:

(i) If the base number of residents exceeds 750, residents, by at least 20 percent of the base number.

(ii) If the base number of residents exceeds 600 but is less than or equal to 750 residents—

(A) By 150 residents; or

(B) By 20 percent, if the qualifying entity increases the number of primary care residents included in the base number by at least 20 percent.

(iii) If the base number of residents is 600 or less residents—

(A) By 25 percent; or

(B) By 20 percent, if the qualifying entity increases the number of primary care residents included in the base number of residents by at least 20 percent.

(3) Qualifying entity consisting of two or more hospitals. The base number of FTE residents in the aggregate for all the approved medical residency training programs operated by or through a qualifying entity consisting of two or more hospitals must be reduced—

(i) By 25 percent; or

(ii) By 20 percent, if the qualifying entity increases the number of primary care residents included in the base number of residents by at least 20 percent.

(4) Treatment of rotating residents. A qualifying entity will not be eligible for incentive payments for a reduction in the base number of residents if the reduction is a result of the entity rotating residents to another hospital that is not a part of its voluntary residency reduction plan.

(5) Updates to annual and cumulative targets (i) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section an entity with an approved voluntary residency reduction plan may not change the annual and cumulative reduction targets that are specified in its plan in accordance with paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section.

(ii) An entity may update annual reduction targets specified in its plan only if—

(A) It has failed to meet a specified annual target for a plan year in the 5-year period; and

(B) It wishes to adjust future annual targets for the remaining years of the plan in order to comply with its cumulative target.

(iii) An updated plan allowed under paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section must be submitted prior to the beginning of each July 1 medical residency training year during the plan years.

(h) Computation of incentive payment amount. (1) Incentive payments to qualifying entities that meets the requirements and conditions of paragraphs (d) and (g) of this section will be computed as follows:

(i) Step 1. Determine the amount (if any) by which the payment amount that would have been made under § 413.76 if there had been a 5-percent reduction in the number of FTE residents in the approved medical education training programs of the hospital as of June 30, 1997, exceeds the amount of payment that would have been made under § 413.76 in each year under the voluntary residency reduction plan, taking into account the reduction in the number of FTE residents under the plan.

(ii) Step 2. Determine the amount (if any) by which the payment amount that would have been made under § 412.105 of this chapter if there had been a 5-percent reduction in the number of FTE residents in the approved medical education training programs of the hospital as of June 30, 1997, exceeds the payment amount made under § 412.105 of this chapter in each year under the voluntary residency reduction plan, taking into account the actual reduction in the number of FTE residents.

(iii) Step 3. Determine the amount (if any) by which the payment amount that would have been made under § 412.322 of this chapter if there had been a 5-percent reduction in the number of FTE residents in the approved medical education training programs of the hospital as of June 30, 1997, exceeds the payment amount made under § 412.322 of this chapter in each year under the voluntary residency reduction plan, taking into account the actual reduction in the number of FTE residents.

(iv) Step 4. Multiply the sum of the amounts determined under paragraph (h)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section by the applicable hold harmless percentages specified in paragraph (i) of this section.

(2) The determination of the amounts under paragraph (h)(1) of this section for any year is based on the applicable Medicare statutory provisions in effect on the application deadline date for the voluntary reduction plan specified under paragraph (e) of this section.

(i) Applicable hold-harmless percentage. The applicable hold-harmless percentages for each year in which the residency reduction plan is in effect are as follows:

(1) 100 percent for the first and second residency training years;

(2) 75 percent for the third year;

(3) 50 percent for the fourth year; and

(4) 25 percent for the fifth year.

(j) Payments to qualifying entities. Annual incentive payments through cost reports will be made to each hospital that is or is part of a qualifying entity over the 5-year reduction period if the qualifying entity meets the annual and cumulative reduction targets specified in its voluntary reduction plan.

(k) Penalty for noncompliance—(1) Nonpayment. No incentive payment may be made to a qualifying entity for a residency training year if the qualifying entity has failed to reduce the number of FTE residents according to its voluntary residency reduction plan.

(2) Repayment of incentive amounts. The qualifying entity is liable for repayment of the total amount of incentive payments it has received if the qualifying entity—

(i) Fails to reduce the base number of residents by the percentages specified in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section by the end of the fifth residency training year; or

(ii) Increases the number of FTE residents above the number of residents permitted under the voluntary residency reduction plan as of the completion date of the plan.

(l) Postplan determination of FTE caps for qualifying entities—(1) No penalty imposed. Upon completion of a voluntary residency reduction plan, if no penalty is imposed, the qualifying entity's 1996 FTE count is permanently adjusted to equal the unweighted FTE count used for direct GME payments for the last residency training year in which a qualifying entity participates.

(2) Penalty imposed. Upon completion of the voluntary residency reduction plan—

(i) During repayment period. If a penalty is imposed under paragraph (k)(2) of this section, during the period of repayment, the qualifying entity's FTE count is as specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section.

(ii) After repayment period. Once the penalty repayment is completed, the qualifying entity's FTE reverts back to its original 1996 FTE cap.

[64 FR 44855, Aug. 18, 1999, as amended at 69 FR 49265, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 413.89 Bad debts, charity, and courtesy allowances.

(a) Principle. Bad debts, charity, and courtesy allowances are deductions from revenue and are not to be included in allowable cost. However, subject to the limitations described under paragraph (h) of this section and the exception for services described under paragraph (i) of this section, bad debts attributable to the deductibles and coinsurance amounts are reimbursable under the program.

(b) Definitions—(1) Bad debts. (i) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2020:

(A) “Bad debts” are amounts considered to be uncollectible from accounts and notes receivable that were created or acquired in providing services.

(B) “Accounts receivable” and “notes receivable” are designations for claims arising from the furnishing of services, and are collectible in money in the relatively near future.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2020, “bad debts” are amounts considered to be uncollectible from patient accounts that were created or acquired in providing services and are categorized as implicit price concessions for cost reporting purposes and are recorded in the provider's accounting records as a component of net patient revenue.

(2) Charity allowances. Charity allowances are reductions in charges made by the provider of services because of the indigence or medical indigence of the patient. Cost of free care (uncompensated services) furnished under a Hill-Burton obligation are considered as charity allowances.

(3) Courtesy allowances. Courtesy allowances indicate a reduction in charges in the form of an allowance to physicians, clergy, members of religious orders, and others as approved by the governing body of the provider, for services received from the provider. Employee fringe benefits, such as hospitalization and personnel health programs, are not considered to be courtesy allowances.

(c) Normal accounting treatment: Reduction in revenue. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2020:

(i) Bad debts, charity, and courtesy allowances represent reductions in revenue. The failure to collect charges for services furnished does not add to the cost of providing the services as these costs have already been incurred in the production of the services.

(ii) Medicare bad debts must not be written off to a contractual allowance account but must be charged to an expense account for uncollectible accounts.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2020:

(i) Bad debts, also known as “implicit price concessions,” charity, and courtesy allowances represent reductions in revenue. The failure to collect charges for services furnished does not add to the cost of providing the services as these costs have already been incurred in the production of the services.

(ii) Medicare bad debts must not be written off to a contractual allowance account but must be recorded as an implicit price concession that results in a reduction in revenue.

(d) Requirements for Medicare. Under Medicare, costs of covered services furnished beneficiaries are not to be borne by individuals not covered by the Medicare program, and conversely, costs of services provided for other than beneficiaries are not to be borne by the Medicare program. Uncollected revenue related to services furnished to beneficiaries of the program generally means the provider has not recovered the cost of services covered by that revenue. The failure of beneficiaries to pay the deductible and coinsurance amounts could result in the related costs of covered services being borne by other than Medicare beneficiaries. To assure that such covered service costs are not borne by others, the costs attributable to the deductible and coinsurance amounts that remain unpaid are added to the Medicare share of allowable costs. Bad debts arising from other sources are not allowable costs.

(e) Criteria for allowable bad debt. A bad debt must meet the following criteria to be allowable:

(1) The debt must be related to covered services and derived from deductible and coinsurance amounts.

(2) The provider must be able to establish that reasonable collection efforts were made.

(i) Non-indigent beneficiary. A non-indigent beneficiary is a beneficiary who has not been determined to be categorically or medically needy by a State Medicaid Agency to receive medical assistance from Medicaid, nor have they been determined to be indigent by the provider for Medicare bad debt purposes. To be considered a reasonable collection effort for non-indigent beneficiaries, all of the following are applicable:

(A) A provider's collection effort or the effort of a collection agency acting on the provider's behalf, or both, to collect Medicare deductible or coinsurance amounts must consist of all of the following:

(1) Be similar to the collection effort put forth to collect comparable amounts from non-Medicare patients.

(2) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2020, involve the issuance of a bill to the beneficiary or the party responsible for the beneficiary's personal financial obligations on or shortly after discharge or death of the beneficiary.

(3) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2020, involve the issuance of a bill to the beneficiary or the party responsible for the beneficiary's personal financial obligations on or before 120 days after the latter of one of the following:

(i) The date of the Medicare remittance advice that results from processing the claim for services furnished to the beneficiary and generates the beneficiary's cost sharing amounts.

(ii) The date of the remittance advice from the beneficiary's secondary payer, if any.

(iii) The date of the notification that the beneficiary's secondary payer does not cover the service furnished to the beneficiary.

(4) Include other actions such as subsequent billings, collection letters, and telephone calls, emails, text messages, or personal contacts with this party.

(5)(i) Last at least 120 days after paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A)(2) or (3) of this section is met before being written off as uncollectible under paragraph (e)(3) of this section.

(ii) Start a new 120-day collection period each time a payment is received within a 120-day collection period.

(6) Maintaining and, upon request, furnishing verifiable documentation to its contractor that includes all of the following:

(i) The provider's bad debt collection policy which describes the collection process for Medicare and non-Medicare patients.

(ii) The patient account history documents which show the dates of various collection actions such as the issuance of bills to the beneficiary, follow-up collection letters, reports of telephone calls and personal contact, etc.

(iii) The beneficiary's file with copies of the bill(s) and follow-up notices.

(B) A provider that uses a collection agency to perform its collection effort must do all of the following:

(1) Reduce the beneficiary's account receivable by the gross amount collected.

(2) Include any fee charged by the collection agency as an administrative cost.

(3) Before claiming the unpaid amounts as a Medicare bad debt, cease all collection efforts, including the collection agency efforts, and ensure that the collection accounts have been returned to the provider from the agency.

(ii) Indigent non-dual eligible beneficiary. An indigent non-dual eligible beneficiary is a beneficiary who is determined to be indigent or medically indigent by the provider and is not eligible for Medicaid as categorically or medically needy.

(A) To determine a beneficiary to be an indigent non-dual eligible beneficiary, the provider—

(1) Must not use a beneficiary's declaration of their inability to pay their medical bills or deductibles and coinsurance amounts as sole proof of indigence or medical indigence;

(2) Must take into account the analysis of both the beneficiary's assets (only those convertible to cash and unnecessary for the beneficiary's daily living) and income;

(3) May consider extenuating circumstances that would affect the determination of the beneficiary's indigence or medical indigence which may include an analysis of both the beneficiary's liabilities and expenses, if indigence is unable to be determined under paragraph (e)(ii)(A)(2) of this section;

(4) Must determine that no source other than the beneficiary would be legally responsible for the beneficiary's medical bill, such as a legal guardian or State Medicaid program; and

(5) Must maintain and, upon request, furnish its contractor its indigence policy describing the method by which indigence or medical indigence is determined and all the verifiable beneficiary specific documentation which supports the provider's determination of each beneficiary's indigence or medical indigence.

(B) Once indigence is determined the bad debt may be deemed uncollectible without applying a collection effort under paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A) or (B) of this section.

(iii) Indigent dual-eligible beneficiaries (including qualified Medicare beneficiaries). Providers may deem Medicare beneficiaries indigent or medically indigent when such individuals have also been determined eligible for Medicaid under a State's Title XIX Medicaid program as either categorically needy individuals or medically needy individuals. To be considered a reasonable collection effort for dual-eligible beneficiaries:

(A) When a State permits a Medicare provider's Medicaid enrollment for the purposes of processing a beneficiary's claim, to determine the State's liability for the beneficiary's Medicare cost sharing, the provider—

(1) Must determine whether the State's Title XIX Medicaid Program (or a local welfare agency, if applicable) is responsible to pay all or a portion of the beneficiary's Medicare deductible or coinsurance amounts;

(2) Must submit a bill to its Medicaid/Title XIX agency (or to its local welfare agency) to determine the State's cost sharing obligation to pay all or a portion of the applicable Medicare deductible and coinsurance;

(3) Must submit the Medicaid remittance advice received from the State to its Medicare contractor;

(4) Must reduce allowable Medicare bad debt by any amount that the State is obligated to pay, either by statute or under the terms of its approved Medicaid State plan, regardless of whether the State actually pays its obligated amount to the provider; and

(5) May include the Medicare deductible or coinsurance amount, or any portion thereof that the State is not obligated to pay, and which remains unpaid by the beneficiary, as an allowable Medicare bad debt.

(B) When, through no fault of the provider, a provider does not receive a Medicaid remittance advice because the State does not permit a Medicare provider's Medicaid enrollment for the purposes of processing a beneficiary's claim, or because the State does not generate a Medicaid remittance advice, the provider—

(1) Must submit to its contractor, all of the following auditable and verifiable documentation:

(i) The State's Medicaid notification stating that the State has no legal obligation to pay the provider for the beneficiary's Medicare cost sharing.

(ii) A calculation of the amount the State owes the provider for Medicare cost sharing.

(iii) Verification of the beneficiary's eligibility for Medicaid for the date of service;

(2) Must reduce allowable Medicare bad debt by any amount the State is obligated to pay, regardless of whether the State actually pays its obligated amount to the provider; and

(3) May include the Medicare deductible or coinsurance amount, or any portion thereof that the State is not obligated to pay, and which remains unpaid by the beneficiary, as an allowable Medicare bad debt.

(3) The debt was actually uncollectible when claimed as worthless.

(4) Sound business judgment established that there was no likelihood of recovery at any time in the future.

(f) Reporting period for writing off bad debts and reporting of recoveries of bad debts reimbursed in prior periods. For cost reporting periods beginning before, on, or after October 1, 2020, the deductible and coinsurance amounts uncollected from beneficiaries are to be written off and recognized as allowable bad debts in the cost reporting period in which the accounts are deemed to be worthless.

(1) Any payment on the account made by the beneficiary or a responsible party, after the write-off date but before the end of the cost reporting period, must be used to reduce the final bad debt for the account claimed in that cost report.

(2) In some cases an amount written off as a bad debt and reimbursed by the program in a prior cost reporting period may be recovered in a subsequent period.

(i) In situations described in this paragraph (f)(2), the recovered amount must be used to reduce the provider's reimbursable costs in the period in which the amount is recovered.

(ii) The amount of reduction in the period of recovery (as specified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section) must not exceed the actual amount reimbursed by the program for the related bad debt in the applicable prior cost reporting period.

(g) Charity allowances. Charity allowances have no relationship to beneficiaries of the Medicare program and are not allowable costs. These charity allowances include the costs of uncompensated services furnished under a Hill-Burton obligation. (Note: In accordance with section 106(b) of Pub. L. 97-248 (enacted September 3, 1982), this sentence is effective with respect to any costs incurred under Medicare except that it does not apply to costs which have been allowed prior to September 3, 1982, pursuant to a final court order affirmed by a United States Court of Appeals.) The cost to the provider of employee fringe-benefit programs is an allowable element of reimbursement.

(h) Limitations on bad debts—(1) Hospitals. In determining reasonable costs for hospitals, the amount of allowable bad debt (as defined in paragraph (e) of this section) is reduced:

(i) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 1998, by 25 percent;

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 1999, by 40 percent;

(iii) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2000, by 45 percent; and

(iv) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal years 2001 through 2012, by 30 percent.

(v) For cost reporting periods beginning during a subsequent fiscal year, by 35 percent.

(2) Skilled nursing facilities and swing bed hospitals. For the purposes of this paragraph (h)(2), a dual eligible individual is defined as an individual that is entitled to benefits under Part A of Medicare and is determined eligible by the State for medical assistance under Title XIX of the Act as described under paragraph (2) of the definition of a “full-benefit dual eligible individual” at § 423.772 of this chapter. In determining reasonable costs for a skilled nursing facility and for post-hospital SNF care furnished in a swing bed hospital, as defined in § 413.114(b), the amount of allowable bad debt (as defined in paragraph (e) of this section) is reduced:

(i) For non-dual eligible individuals—(A) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal years 2006 through 2012, by 30 percent, for a patient in a skilled nursing facility.

(B) For cost reporting periods beginning during a subsequent fiscal year, by 35 percent, for a patient in a skilled nursing facility or receiving post-hospital SNF care in a swing bed hospital.

(ii) For dual eligible individuals—(A) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2013, by 12 percent, for a patient in a skilled nursing facility or a patient receiving post-hospital SNF care in a swing bed hospital.

(B) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2014, by 24 percent, for a patient in a skilled nursing facility or a patient receiving post-hospital SNF care in a swing bed hospital.

(C) For cost reporting periods beginning during a subsequent fiscal year, by 35 percent, for a patient in a skilled nursing facility or a patient receiving post-hospital SNF care in a swing bed hospital.

(3) End-stage renal dialysis facilities. In determining reasonable costs for an end-stage renal dialysis facility, the amount of allowable bad debt (as defined in paragraph (e) of this section) is:

(i) For cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2012, reimbursed up to the facility's costs.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2012 and before January 1, 2013, reduced by 12 percent with the resulting amount reimbursed up to the facility's costs.

(iii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and before October 1, 2013, reduced by 12 percent.

(iv) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2014, reduced by 24 percent.

(v) For cost reporting periods beginning during a subsequent fiscal year, reduced by 35 percent.

(4) All other providers. In determining reasonable costs for all other providers, suppliers and other entities not described elsewhere in paragraph (h) of this section that are eligible to receive reimbursement for bad debts under this section, the amount of allowable bad debts (as defined in paragraph (e) of this section) is reduced:

(i) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2013, by 12 percent.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal year 2014, by 24 percent.

(iii) For cost reporting periods beginning during a subsequent fiscal year, by 35 percent.

(i) Exceptions applicable to bad debt reimbursement. (1) Bad debts arising from covered services paid under a reasonable charge-based methodology or a fee schedule are not reimbursable under the program.

(2) For end-stage renal dialysis services furnished on or after January 1, 2011 and paid for under the end-stage renal dialysis prospective payment system described in § 413.215, bad debts arising from covered items or services that, prior to January 1, 2011 were paid under a reasonable charge-based methodology or a fee schedule, including but not limited to drugs, laboratory tests, and supplies are not reimbursable under the program.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 57 FR 33898, July 31, 1992; 60 FR 63189, Dec. 8, 1995; 63 FR 41005, July 31, 1998; 66 FR 32195, June 13, 2001. Redesignated at 69 FR 49254, Aug. 11, 2004, and amended at 71 FR 48142, Aug. 18, 2006; 71 FR 69785, Dec. 1, 2006; 75 FR 49198, Aug. 12, 2010; 77 FR 67350, Nov. 9, 2012; 85 FR 59023, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 413.90 Research costs.

(a) Principle. Costs incurred for research purposes, over and above usual patient care, are not includable as allowable costs.

(b) Application. (1) There are numerous sources of financing for health-related research activities. Funds for this purpose are provided under many Federal programs and by other tax-supported agencies. Also, many foundations, voluntary health agencies, and other private organizations, as well as individuals, sponsor or contribute to the support of medical and related research. Funds available from such sources are generally ample to meet basic medical and hospital research needs. A further consideration is that quality review should be assured as a condition of governmental support for research. Provisions for such review would introduce special difficulties in the Medicare programs.

(2) If research is conducted in conjunction with, and as a part of, the care of patients, the costs of usual patient care and studies, analyses, surveys, and related activities to serve the provider's administrative and program needs are allowable costs in the determination of payment under Medicare.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 61 FR 63748, Dec. 2, 1996]

§ 413.92 Costs of surety bonds.

Costs incurred by a provider to obtain a surety bond required by part 489, subpart F of this chapter are not included as allowable costs.

[63 FR 310, Jan. 5, 1998]

§ 413.94 Value of services of nonpaid workers.

(a) Principle. The value of services in positions customarily held by full-time employees performed on a regular, scheduled basis by individuals as nonpaid members of organizations under arrangements between such organizations and a provider for the performance of such services without direct remuneration from the provider to such individuals is allowable as an operating expense for the determination of allowable cost subject to the limitation contained in paragraph (b) of this section. The amounts allowed are not to exceed those paid others for similar work. Such amounts must be identifiable in the records of the institutions as a legal obligation for operating expenses.

(b) Limitations: Services of nonpaid workers. The services must be performed on a regular, scheduled basis in positions customarily held by full-time employees and necessary to enable the provider to carry out the functions of normal patient care and operation of the institution. The value of services of a type for which providers generally do not remunerate individuals performing such services is not allowable as a reimbursable cost under the Medicare program. For example, donated services of individuals in distributing books and magazines to patients, or in serving in a provider canteen or cafeteria or in a provider gift shop, would not be reimbursable.

(c) Application. The following illustrates how a provider would determine an amount to be allowed under this principle: The prevailing salary for a lay nurse working in Hospital A is $5,000 for the year. The lay nurse receives no maintenance or special perquisites. A sister working as a nurse engaged in the same activities in the same hospital receives maintenance and special perquisites which cost the hospital $2,000 and are included in the hospital's allowable operating costs. The hospital would then include in its records an additional $3,000 to bring the value of the services rendered to $5,000. The amount of $3,000 would be allowable if the provider assumes obligation for the expense under a written agreement with the sisterhood or other religious order covering payment by the provider for the services.

§ 413.98 Purchase discounts and allowances, and refunds of expenses.

(a) Principle. Discounts and allowances received on purchases of goods or services are reductions of the costs to which they relate. Similarly, refunds of previous expense payments are reductions of the related expense.

(b) Definitions—(1) Discounts. Discounts, in general, are reductions granted for the settlement of debts.

(2) Allowances. Allowances are deductions granted for damage, delay, shortage, imperfection, or other causes, excluding discounts and returns.

(3) Refunds. Refunds are amounts paid back or a credit allowed on account of an overcollection.

(c) Normal accounting treatment—Reduction of costs. All discounts, allowances, and refunds of expenses are reductions in the cost of goods or services purchased and are not income. If they are received in the same accounting period in which the purchases were made or expenses were incurred, they will reduce the purchases or expenses of that period. However, if they are received in a later accounting period, they will reduce the comparable purchases or expenses in the period in which they are received.

(d) Application. (1) Purchase discounts have been classified as cash, trade, or quantity discounts. Cash discounts are reductions granted for the settlement of debts before they are due. Trade discounts are reductions from list prices granted to a class of customers before consideration of credit terms. Quantity discounts are reductions from list prices granted because of the size of individual or aggregate purchase transactions. Whatever the classification of purchase discounts, like treatment in reducing allowable costs is required. In the past, purchase discounts were considered as financial management income. However, modern accounting theory holds that income is not derived from a purchase but rather from a sale or an exchange and that purchase discounts are reductions in the cost of whatever was purchased. The true cost of the goods or services is the net amount actually paid for them. Treating purchase discounts as income would result in an overstatement of costs to the extent of the discount.

(2) As with discounts, allowances, and rebates received from purchases of goods or services, refunds of previous expense payments are clearly reductions in costs and must be reflected in the determination of allowable costs. This treatment is equitable and is in accord with that generally followed by other governmental programs and third-party payment organizations paying on the basis of cost.

§ 413.99 Qualified and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans.

(a) Statutory basis, scope, and definitions—(1) Basis. All payments to providers of services must be based on the reasonable cost of services covered under Title XVIII in accordance with section 1861(v) of the Act and the regulations in this part.

(2) Scope. This section and § 413.100(c)(2)(vii) apply to Medicare's treatment of the costs incurred for Qualified and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans.

(3) Definitions. As used in this section the following definitions apply:

Deferred Compensation means remuneration currently earned by an employee that is not received until a subsequent period, usually after retirement.

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) is a Federal law that sets standards of protection for individuals in most voluntarily established, private-sector retirement plans. The law is set forth in Title 29, Chapter 18 of the U.S. Code.

Funded Plan means a plan in which assets have been irrevocably and unconditionally set aside with a third party for the payment of plan benefits (for example, in a trust or escrow account), and those assets are beyond the reach of the employer or its general creditors.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (NQDC) means an elective or non-elective plan, agreement, method, or arrangement between an employer and an employee to pay the employee compensation in the future. In comparison with qualified plans, nonqualified plans do not provide employers and employees with the tax benefits associated with qualified plans because NQDC plans do not satisfy all the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a).

Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (NQDB) means a type of NQDC that is established and maintained by the employer primarily to provide definitely determinable benefits to its employees usually over a period of years, or for life, after retirement. Such benefits are generally measured by, and based on, such factors as age of employees, years of service, and compensation received by the employees.

Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) is a Federal agency created by ERISA to protect benefits in private-sector QDBP plans described in section 3(35) of ERISA.

Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (QDBP) means a type of Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan that is established and maintained by the employer primarily to provide definitely determinable benefits to its employees usually over a period of years, or for life, after retirement. Such benefits are generally measured by, and based on, such factors as age of employees, years of service, and compensation received by the employees. A QDBP meets the applicable requirements of ERISA, as amended, and the requirements for a QDBP under 26 U.S.C. 401(a). Under a qualified plan, employers are entitled to deduct expenses in the year the employer makes contributions even though employees will not recognize income until the receipt of distributions.

Qualified Defined Contribution or Individual Account Plan (QDCP) means a type of Deferred Compensation Plan in which the employee, the employer, or both, contribute to an employee's individual account under the plan. The amount in the account at distribution includes the contributions and investment gains or losses, minus any investment and administrative fees. The value of the account changes based on contributions and the value and performance of the investments. A QDCP meets the applicable requirements of ERISA, as amended, and the requirements set forth in 26 U.S.C. 401(a), and, if applicable 26 U.S.C. 401(k).

Unfunded Plan means a plan in which benefits are supported by assets that have not been set aside (that is, a “pay as you go” plan), or by assets that have been set aside, but remain subject to the claims of the employer's general creditors.

(b) Principle requirements—(1) General. Deferred Compensation contributions or payments must be made by a provider of services, or an employee of the provider of services, to a Qualified or Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, established and maintained by the provider of services to provide retirement income to employees or to result in the deferral of income by employees for periods extending to the termination of covered employment or beyond. Contributions or payments made by a provider of services for the benefit of its employees to a Qualified or Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan are allowable, when, and to the extent that, such costs are actually incurred by the provider of services and found to be reasonable and necessary under the principles of reasonable cost.

(2) Deferred Compensation for provider-based physicians services in a hospital or SNF. Costs incurred by a hospital or SNF to fund a Qualified or Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for a provider-based physician must meet the following requirements to be allowable under the program:

(i) The allocation of physician compensation costs required under § 415.60 of this chapter does not attribute the provider-based physician's Deferred Compensation entirely to one category of service and his current compensation to another.

(ii) Contributions or payments toward the Qualified or Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan do not include any cost excluded from the definition of physician compensation at § 415.60(a) of this chapter.

(iii) The amount of Deferred Compensation does not exceed the amount specified in the agreement required by § 415.60(g) of this chapter.

(iv) An arrangement between a physician and a provider of services under which the physician is reimbursed for patient charges, but the provider of services does the billing as a Deferred Compensation agreement, is not allowed.

(v) The costs incurred for physician guaranteed arrangements for hospital emergency room availability services, must meet the following additional requirements:

(A) The terms of both the guarantee arrangements and the Deferred Compensation Plan establish the amounts to be included at the beginning of the hospital's cost reporting period.

(B) The amount of Deferred Compensation is included in the guaranteed amount.

(C) The hospital contributes to the Deferred Compensation Plan from its own funds.

(D) The amount of Deferred Compensation that is allowable is limited to the amount by which the guarantee, including Deferred Compensation, exceeds the total billed by the hospital to all patients for the physician's patient care services.

(E) When the physician's charges to all patients equal or exceed the amount guaranteed by the hospital, the program does not recognize a Deferred Compensation contribution/payment.

(c) Requirements for Non-Qualified and Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans—(1) NQDC requirements. In order for contributions or payments by a provider of services to an NQDC as defined at paragraph (a)(3) of this section to be allowable under the program, the NQDC must meet the general requirements at paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, and it must either meet the requirements for a funded NQDC at paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section or the requirements for an unfunded NQDC at paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section, as applicable.

(i) General requirements. An NQDC must satisfy the requirements for document compliance and operational compliance set forth in 26 U.S.C. 409A.

(ii) Funded NQDCs. A funded NQDC must meet the definition of a Funded Plan in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(5) of this section.

(iii) Unfunded NQDCs. An NQDC that is unfunded must meet the definition of an Unfunded Plan in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, and there must be no constructive receipt of income for employees from a NQDC as a result of contributions made by a provider of services.

(2) QDCP requirements. A QDCP must meet the applicable requirements of ERISA, as amended, and the requirements set forth in 26 U.S.C. 401(a), and if applicable 26 U.S.C. 401(k). A QDCP must meet the definition of a Funded Plan in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(5) of this section.

(3) QDBP requirements. A QDBP must meet the applicable requirements of ERISA, as amended, and the requirements for a defined benefit plan under 26 U.S.C. 401(a). A QDBP must meet the definition of a Funded Plan in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(5) of this section.

(4) NQDB requirements. In order for contributions or payments by a provider of services to an NQDB as defined at paragraph (a)(3) of this section to be allowable under the program, the NQDB must meet the general requirements at paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, and it must either meet the requirements for a funded NQDB at paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section or the requirements for an unfunded NQDB at paragraph (c)(4)(iii) of this section, as applicable.

(i) General requirements. An NQDB must satisfy the requirements for document compliance set forth in 26 U.S.C. 409A and operational compliance set forth in 26 U.S.C. 409A(a).

(ii) Funded NQDBs. An NQDB that is funded must meet the definition of a Funded Plan in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(5) of this section.

(iii) Unfunded NQDBs. An NQDB that is unfunded must meet the definition of an Unfunded Plan in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, and there must be no constructive receipt of income for employees from a NQDB as a result of contributions made by a provider of services.

(5) Funded Plan requirements—(i) Acceptable funding mechanism. Both provider of services contributions and employee contributions must be used either to purchase an insured plan with a commercial insurance company, to establish a custodial bank account, or to establish a trust fund administered by a trustee.

(ii) Life insurance contracts. The purchase of an ordinary life insurance contract (for example, whole life, straight life, or other) is not a deferral of compensation and is not recognized as a funding mechanism, even where it is convertible at the normal retirement date specified in the policy to an annuity payable over the remaining life of the employee.

(iii) Sole benefit of participating employees. Regardless of the funding mechanism utilized, all provider of services and employee contributions to the fund established under the Deferred Compensation Plan and income therefrom must be used for the sole benefit of the participating employees.

(d) Recognition of contributions or payments to Qualified and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans—(1) General rule. Except as provided for in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section with respect to QDBPs and funded NQDBs, contributions to Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans or payments to plan participants from Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans are recognized as allowable costs in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section (in the case of Unfunded Plans) and paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section (in the case of Funded Plans).

(i) Unfunded Plans. Contributions or payments made to an unfunded Deferred Compensation Plans (including unfunded NQDBs) by a provider of services on behalf of its employees are included in allowable costs only during the cost reporting period in which an actual payment is made to the participating employees (or their beneficiaries) and only to the extent considered reasonable, in accordance with § 413.100(c)(2)(vii)(A).

(ii) Funded Plans. Reasonable provider of services payments made under funded Deferred Compensation Plans (specifically, funded Defined Contribution Plans, but excluding QDBPs and funded NQDBs) are included in allowable costs in accordance with § 413.100(c)(2)(vii)(B).

(iii) Exception for QDBPs and funded NQDBs. (A) QDBP and NQDB contributions are found to have been incurred only if paid directly to participants or beneficiaries under the terms of the plan or to the QDBP or NQDB.

(B) Payments to a QDBP or funded NQDB for a cost reporting period must be measured on a cash basis. A contribution or payment is deemed to occur on the date it is credited to the fund established for the QDBP or funded NQDB, or for provider of services payments made directly to a plan participant or beneficiary, on the date the provider of services account is debited.

(C) Payments or contributions made to fully fund a terminating QDBP or funded NQDB are to be included as funding on the date they are paid. Excess assets withdrawn from a QDBP or funded NQDB are to be treated as negative contributions on the date that they are withdrawn.

(D) QDBP and funded NQDB annual allowable costs are computed as follows:

(1) QDBP and funded NQDB costs and limits are computed in accordance with § 413.100(c)(2)(vii)(D).

(2) For purposes of determining the QDBP or funded NQDB cost limit under § 413.100(c)(2)(vii)(D)(2), provider of services contribution payments for each applicable cost reporting period must be determined on a cash basis without regard to any limit determined for the period during which the contributions were made, and excluding any contributions deposited in a prior period and treated as carry forward contributions.

(3) The averaging period used to determine the QDBP or funded NQDB cost limit must be determined without regard to a provider of services period of participation in the Medicare program. Periods that are not Medicare cost reporting periods (for example, periods prior to the hospital's participation in the Medicare program) must be defined as consecutive 12-month periods ending immediately prior to the provider of services initial Medicare cost reporting period.

(4) The averaging period used to determine the QDBP or funded NQDB cost limit must exclude all periods ending prior to the initial effective date of the plan (or a predecessor plan in the case of a merger).

(5) In general, the current period defined benefit cost and limit is computed and applied separately for each QDBP or funded NQDB offered by a provider of services. In the case of a plan merger, the contributions or payments made by a provider of services to a predecessor QDBP or funded NQDB and reflected in the assets subsequently transferred to a successor plan are treated as contribution payments made to the successor plan.

(2) [Reserved]

(e) Documentation requirements. Documentation must be maintained by the provider of services in accordance with § 413.20 to substantiate the allowability of contributions or payments to Qualified and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan(s) that it has included in its cost reports.

(1) Required documentation. The provider of services must maintain and make available, upon request by the contractor or CMS, certain specified documentation, to substantiate the allowability of the contributions or payments to its Qualified or Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan(s), or both:

(i) Documentation that demonstrates that the provider of services is in compliance with 26 U.S.C. 409A and 409A(a), and, if applicable, 26 U.S.C. 457.

(ii) Ledger accounts/account statements for each plan participant noting current year deferrals, distributions and loans, including any deferral election forms completed by employees, any change requests, and the approval of such requests.

(iii) Documentation that demonstrates the amount(s) and date(s) of actual contributions or payments made to the Qualified or Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan during the current cost reporting period.

(iv) Schedule SB of Form 5500 (tri-agency form (Department of Labor (DOL), Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and PBGC) that plans file with the DOL's “EFAST” electronic filing system) for a QDBP for the current cost reporting period, or any applicable prior periods.

(v) In the case of a system-wide (multiple employer) plan, the home office shall identify the contributions attributed to each participating provider of services. If the costs included in the cost report for a period differ from the contributions made during the reporting period (that is, as a result of carry forward contributions), the provider of services must also have data available to track and reconcile the difference.

(2) Additional documentation. The following additional documentation must be made available, upon request by the contractor or CMS, to substantiate the allowability of the payments/contributions by a provider of services to a Qualified or Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan:

(i) The plan document, the trust document and all amendments related to the current cost reporting period.

(ii) If applicable, any Form 5330, Return of Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans, for the cost reporting period.

(iii)(A) Supporting documents for all plan assets and liabilities, such as broker's statements, bank statements, insurance contracts, loan documents, deeds, etc.

(B) Verification of how assets are valued.

(iv)(A) Trustee or administrator reports.

(B) Ledgers.

(C) Journals.

(D) Trustee, administrator, and investment committee minutes.

(E) Certified audit report and other financial reports for the trust.

(F) Any other financial reports, including receipt and disbursement statements, a detailed income statement, and a detailed balance sheet.

(v) For each covered QDBP, documentation of the certified premium information and payments to the PBGC.

(f) Administrative and other costs associated with Deferred Compensation Plans. The provider of services shall file a cost report required under §§ 413.20 and 413.24(f) that is consistent with the policies set forth in this section.

(1) Trustee and custodial fees. Reasonable trustee or custodial fees, including PBGC premiums, paid by the provider of services are allowed as an administrative cost except where the plan provides that such fees are paid out of the corpus or earnings of the fund.

(2) Vested benefits. The forfeiture of an employee's benefits for cause (as defined in the plan) is recognized as an allowable cost provided that such forfeited amounts are used to reduce the provider of services contributions or payments to the plan during the cost reporting period in which the forfeiture occurs.

(3) Benefits to be paid. If an employee terminates participation in the Deferred Compensation Plan before their rights are vested, the applicable non-vested contributions/payments cannot be applied to increase the benefits of the surviving participants. Instead the non-vested contributions or payments should be used to reduce the provider of services contributions or payments to the Deferred Compensation Plan, in the cost reporting period in which the employee terminated participation in the Deferred Compensation Plan. Otherwise, the contributions/payments made by the provider of services must be applied to reduce the subsequent contributions or payments to the Deferred Compensation Plan in the next cost reporting period. If subsequent provider of services contributions/payments to the Deferred Compensation Plan are not made, then the provider of services costs are reduced by the contractor to the extent of such non-vested funds.

(4) DOL, IRS, or PBGC penalties. If the provider of services is assessed an excise tax or other remedy by the DOL, IRS, or PBGC for failure to follow DOL, IRS, or PBGC requirements under ERISA or any other penalty fee or penalty interest applicable to its Deferred Compensation Plan, the cost is unallowable in accordance with section 1861(v)(8) of the Act.

(5) Loans made from a Deferred Compensation Plan. A provider of services cannot make a loan to itself from a Deferred Compensation Plan where ERISA or IRS rules prohibit such a transaction, except where specifically excepted.

(6) Termination/discontinuation of a Deferred Compensation Plan. If the provider of services declines to vest its outstanding required contributions or payments (that is, matching or non-elective) to a Deferred Compensation Plan as a result of a termination in full or in part or a discontinuation of contributions or payments to a Deferred Compensation Plan, then the provider of services total outstanding required contributions or payments to the Deferred Compensation Plan during the cost reporting period wherein such termination is initiated cannot be included in the provider of services allowable cost for the cost reporting period in which the termination is initiated, nor any future period.

(7) Required offset against interest expense. Investment income earned on a Deferred Compensation Plan after its termination but prior to liquidation of the plan's assets and distribution to the provider of services must be offset against the provider of services allowable interest expense under § 413.153.

(8) Treatment of residual assets following termination of a Funded Plan. (i) Residual assets arising from the termination of a funded Deferred Compensation Plan must be recouped in the year of the plan termination only against the cost center(s) in which the provider of services reported its plan contributions or payments, usually the administrative and general cost center.

(ii) Residual assets exceeding the amount in the administrative and general (or other) cost center are not further offset in the current or subsequent years.

(iii) The Medicare share of the reversion is based on the Medicare utilization rate in the year the reversion occurs (or the year the actuarial surplus is determined), and not Medicare's utilization in the years the contributions to the plan were made.

(g) Treatment of costs associated with the PBGC. Costs associated with the requirements set forth in ERISA and by the PBGC and incurred by a provider of services who sponsors a QDBP are allowable or unallowable under the program as provided for in this paragraph (g).

(1) Costs paid out of the plan trust. PBGC premiums and costs paid out of the corpus or earnings of the trust are included in the contributions allowed under paragraph (d)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, and are not allowable as separate costs.

(2) Premium payments for single- and multi-employer plans. The amount of PBGC premiums paid for basic benefits (flat rate or variable, excluding amounts paid out of the corpus or earnings of the trust) by a provider of services who sponsors a QDBP are allowable under the program.

(3) Liability for missing participants or beneficiaries. The total amount paid to the PBGC by a provider of services who sponsors a QDBP (excluding amounts paid out of the corpus or earnings of the trust) of the benefit transfer amount (as described in 29 CFR 4050.103(d)) for all missing participants or beneficiaries of the QDBP, is allowable under the program.

(4) Plan termination due to distress. For a defined benefit plan that terminated with insufficient assets to pay all of the plan benefits, which resulted in the PBGC making payment of vested benefits up to limits defined by law in accordance with 29 CFR part 4022, such amounts contributed to the QDBP by the provider of services who sponsors the QDBP are allowable. Benefits paid to the participants and beneficiaries of the QDBP by the PBGC are unallowable.

(5) Restored plan payments. If the PBGC issues or has issued a plan restoration order as described in 29 CFR part 4047, the amounts that the provider of services repays to the PBGC for guaranteed benefits and related expenses under the plan while the plan was in terminated status, and any administrative costs assessed by the PBGC, excluding penalties, are allowable.

[87 FR 49406, Aug. 10, 2022]

§ 413.100 Special treatment of certain accrued costs.

(a) Principle. As described in § 413.24(b)(2), under the accrual basis of accounting, revenue is reported in the period in which it is earned and expenses are reported in the period in which they are incurred. In the case of accrued costs described in this section, for Medicare payment purposes the costs are allowable in the year in which the costs are accrued and claimed for Medicare payment only under the conditions set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.

(b) Definitions—(1) All-inclusive paid days off benefit. An all-inclusive paid days off benefit replaces other vacation and sick pay plans. It is a formal plan under which, based on actual hours worked, all employees accrue vested leave or payment in lieu of vested leave for any combination of types of leave, such as illness, medical appointments, holidays, and vacations.

(2) Self-insurance. Self-insurance is a means by which a provider independently or as part of a group undertakes the risk of protecting itself against anticipated liabilities by providing funds in an amount equal to anticipated liabilities, rather than by purchasing insurance coverage.

(c) Recognition of accrued costs—(1) General. Although Medicare recognizes, in the year of accrual, the accrual of costs for which a provider has not actually expended funds during the current cost reporting period, for purposes of payment Medicare does not recognize the accrual of costs unless the related liabilities are liquidated timely.

(2) Requirements for liquidation of liabilities. For accrued costs to be recognized for Medicare payment in the year of the accrual, the requirements set forth below must be met with respect to the liquidation of related liabilities. If liquidation does not meet these requirements, the cost is disallowed, generally in the year of accrual, except as specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.

(i) A short-term liability. (A) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section, a short-term liability, including the current portion of a long-term liability (for example, mortgage interest payments due to be paid in the current year), must be liquidated within 1 year after the end of the cost reporting period in which the liability is incurred.

(B) If, within the 1-year time limit, the provider furnishes to the contractor sufficient written justification (based upon documented evidence) for nonpayment of the liability , the contractor may grant an extension for good cause. The extension may not exceed 3 years beyond the end of the cost reporting year in which the liability was incurred.

(ii) Vacation pay and all-inclusive paid days off. (A) If the provider's vacation policy, or its policy for all-inclusive paid days off, is consistent for all employees, liquidation of the liability must be made within the period provided for by that policy.

(B) If the provider's vacation policy, or its policy for all-inclusive paid days off, is not consistent for all employees, liquidation of the liability must be made within 2 years after the close of the cost reporting period in which the liability is accrued.

(C) If payment is not made within the required time period or if benefits are forfeited by the employee, an adjustment to disallow the accrued cost is made in the current period (that is, the latest year in which payment should have been made or the year in which the benefits are forfeited) rather than in the period in which the cost was accrued and claimed for Medicare payment. However, an contractor may choose to require the adjustment in the period in which the cost was accrued and claimed for Medicare payment if the cost report for that period is open or can be reopened as provided in § 405.1885 of this chapter, and if the contractor believes the adjustment is more appropriate in that period.

(iii) Sick pay. (A) If sick leave is vested and funded in a deferred compensation plan, liabilities related to the contributions to the fund must be liquidated, generally within 1 year after the end of the cost reporting period in which the liability is incurred. If, within the 1-year time limit, the provider furnishes to the contractor sufficient written justification (based upon documented evidence) for nonpayment of the liability, the contractor may grant an extension for good cause. The extension may not exceed 3 years beyond the end of the cost reporting year in which the liability was incurred. Contributions to the deferred compensation plan must be reduced to reflect estimated forfeitures. Actual forfeitures above or below estimated forfeitures must be used to adjust annual contributions to the fund.

(B) If the sick leave plan grants employees the nonforfeitable right to demand cash payment for unused sick leave at the end of each year, sick pay is includable in allowable costs, without funding, in the cost reporting period in which it is earned.

(C) Sick pay paid on any basis other than that specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) (A) or (B) of this section can be claimed for Medicare payment only on a cash basis for the year in which the benefits are paid.

(iv) Compensation of owners. Accrued liability related to compensation of owners other than sole proprietors and partners must be liquidated within 75 days after the close of the cost reporting period in which the liability occurs.

(v) Nonpaid workers. Obligations incurred under a legally-enforceable agreement to remunerate an organization of nonpaid workers must be discharged no later than the end of the provider's cost reporting period following the period in which the services were furnished.

(vi) FICA and other payroll taxes—(A) General rule. The provider's share of FICA and other payroll taxes that the provider becomes obligated to remit to governmental agencies is included in allowable costs only during the cost reporting period in which payment (upon which the payroll taxes are based) is actually made to the employee. For example, payroll taxes applicable to vacation benefits are not to be accrued in the period in which the vacation benefits themselves are accrued but rather are allowable only in the period in which the employee takes the vacation.

(B) Exception. If payment would be made to an employee during a cost reporting period but for the fact the regularly scheduled payment date is after the end of the period, costs of accrued payroll taxes related to the portion of payroll accrued through the end of the period, but paid to the employee after the beginning of the new period, are allowable costs in the year of accrual, subject to the liquidation requirements specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.

(vii) Deferred compensation. (A) Reasonable provider payments made under unfunded deferred compensation plans are included in allowable costs only during the cost reporting period in which actual payment is made to the participating employee.

(B) Accrued liability related to contributions to a funded deferred compensation plan must be liquidated within 1 year after the end of the cost reporting period in which the liability is incurred. An extension, not to exceed 3 years beyond the end of the cost reporting year in which the liability was incurred, may be granted by the contractor for good cause if the provider, within the 1-year time limit, furnishes to the contractor sufficient written justification for non-payment of the liability.

(C) Postretirement benefit plans (including those addressed in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106 (December 1990)) are deferred compensation arrangements and thus are subject to the provisions of this section regarding deferred compensation and to applicable program instructions for determining Medicare payment for deferred compensation.

(D) Exception: Qualified defined benefit pension plans, which are funded deferred compensation arrangements, shall be reported on a cash accounting basis as follows:

(1) The allowable pension cost shall be equal to the amount of actual pension contributions funded during the hospital's current Medicare cost reporting period, plus any contributions funded in a prior period and carried forward, subject to the limit under paragraph (c)(2)(vii)(D)(2) of this section.

(2) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(vii)(D)(3) of this section, the allowable pension cost shall not exceed 150 percent of the average contribution(s) funded during the three consecutive Medicare cost reporting periods that produce the highest average contribution(s), out of the five most recent Medicare cost reporting periods (ending with the current cost reporting period). Contributions in excess of the limit may be carried forward to future period(s). In the case of a newly adopted pension plan, the 5-year look-back period and/or the 3-year averaging period will be limited to the number of cost reporting periods the provider sponsored a qualified defined benefit pension plan.

(3) A waiver of the limit imposed under paragraph (c)(2)(vii)(D)(2) of this section may be granted for a specific Medicare cost reporting period for all or a portion of the contributions in excess of the limit imposed under paragraph (c)(2)(vii)(D)(2) of this section if it is determined that such excess costs are reasonable and necessary for that period.

(viii) Self-insurance. Accrued liability related to contributions to a self-insurance program that are systematically made to a funding agency and that cover malpractice and comprehensive general liability, unemployment compensation, workers' compensation insurance losses, or employee health benefits, must be liquidated within 75 days after the close of the cost reporting period.

[60 FR 33136, June 27, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 51909, Sept. 27, 1999; 77 FR 53682, Aug. 31, 2012]

§ 413.102 Compensation of owners.

(a) Principle. A reasonable allowance of compensation for services of owners is an allowable cost provided that the services are actually performed in a necessary function.

(b) Definitions—(1) Compensation. Compensation means the total benefit received by the owner for the services he furnishes to the institution. It includes the following items:

(i) Salary amounts paid for managerial, administrative, professional, and other services.

(ii) Amounts paid by the institution for the personal benefit of the proprietor.

(iii) The cost of assets and services that the proprietor receives from the institution.

(iv) Deferred compensation.

(2) Reasonableness. Reasonableness requires that the compensation allowance—

(i) Be such an amount as would ordinarily be paid for comparable services by comparable institutions; and

(ii) Depend upon the facts and circumstances of each case.

(3) Necessary. Necessary requires that the function be—

(i) Such that had the owner not furnished the services, the institution would have had to employ another person to perform the services; and

(ii) Pertinent to the operation and sound conduct of the institution.

(c) Application. (1) Owners of provider organizations often furnish services as managers, administrators, or in other capacities. In such cases, it is equitable that reasonable compensation for the services furnished to be an allowable cost. To do otherwise would disadvantage such owners in comparison with corporate providers or providers employing persons to perform similar services.

(2) Ordinarily, compensation paid to proprietors is a distribution of profits. However, if a proprietor furnishes necessary services for the institution, the institution is in effect employing his services, and a reasonable compensation for these services is an allowable cost. In corporate providers, the salaries of owners who are also employees are subject to the same requirements of reasonableness. If the services are furnished on less than a full-time basis, the allowable compensation should reflect an amount proportionate to a full-time basis. Reasonableness of compensation may be determined by reference to, or in comparison with, compensation paid for comparable services and responsibilities in comparable institutions; or it may be determined by other appropriate means.

§ 413.106 Reasonable cost of physical and other therapy services furnished under arrangements.

(a) Principle. The reasonable cost of the services of physical, occupational, speech, and other therapists, and services of other health specialists (other than physicians), furnished under arrangements (as defined in section 1861(w) of the Act) with a provider of services, a clinic, a rehabilitation agency or a public health agency, may not exceed an amount equivalent to the prevailing salary and additional costs that would reasonably have been incurred by the provider or other organization had such services been performed by such person in an employment relationship, plus the cost of other reasonable expenses incurred by such person in furnishing services under such an arrangement. However, if the services of a therapist are required on a limited part-time basis, or to perform intermittent services, payment may be made on the basis of a reasonable rate per unit of service, even though this rate may be greater per unit of time than salary-related amounts, if the greater payment is, in the aggregate, less than the amount that would have been paid had a therapist been employed on a full-time or regular part-time salaried basis. Pursuant to section 17(a) of Public Law 93-233 (87 Stat. 967), the provisions of this section are effective for cost reporting periods beginning after March, 1975.

(b) Definitions—(1) Prevailing salary. The prevailing salary is the hourly salary rate based on the 75th percentile of salary ranges paid by providers in the geographical area, by type of therapy, to therapists working full time in an employment relationship.

(2) Fringe benefit and expense factor. The standard fringe benefit and expense factor is an amount that takes account of fringe benefits, such as vacation pay, insurance premiums, pension payments, allowances for job-related training, meals, etc., generally received by an employee therapist, as well as expenses, such as maintaining an office, appropriate insurance, etc., an individual not working as an employee might incur in furnishing services under arrangements.

(3) Adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount. The adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount is the prevailing hourly salary rate plus the standard fringe benefit and expense factor. This amount is determined on a periodic basis for appropriate geographical areas.

(4) Travel allowance. A standard travel allowance is an amount that is recognized, in addition to the adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount.

(5) Limited part-time or intermittent services. Therapy services are considered to be on a limited part-time or intermittent basis if the provider or other organization furnishing the services under arrangements requires the services of a therapist or therapists on an average of less than 15 hours per week. This determination is made by dividing the total hours of services furnished during the cost reporting period by the number of weeks in which the services were furnished in the cost reporting period regardless of the number of days in each week in which services were performed.

(6) Guidelines. Guidelines are the amounts published by CMS reflecting the application of paragraphs (b) (1) through (4) of this section to an individual therapy service and a geographical area. Other statistically valid data may be used to establish guidelines for a geographical area, provided that the study designs, questionnaires and instructions, as well as the resultant survey data for determining the guidelines are submitted to and approved in advance by CMS. Such data must be arrayed so as to permit the determination of the 75th percentile of the range of salaries paid to full-time employee therapists.

(7) Administrative responsibility. Administrative responsibility is the performance of those duties that normally fall within the purview of a department head or other supervisor. This term does not apply to directing aides or other assistants in furnishing direct patient care.

(c) Application. (1) Under this provision, CMS will establish criteria for use in determining the reasonable cost of physical, occupational, speech, and other therapy services and the services of other health specialists (other than physicians) furnished by individuals under arrangements with a provider of services, a clinic, a rehabilitation agency, or public health agency. It is recognized that providers have a wide variety of arrangements with such individuals. These individuals may be independent practitioners or employees of organizations furnishing various health care specialists. This provision does not require change in the substance of these arrangements.

(2) If therapy services are performed under arrangements at a provider site on a full-time or regular part-time basis, the reasonable cost of such services may not exceed the amount determined by taking into account the total number of hours of services furnished by the therapist, the adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount appropriate for the particular therapy in the geographical area in which the services are furnished and a standard travel allowance.

(3) If therapy services are performed under arrangements on a limited part-time or intermittent basis at the provider site, the reasonable cost of such services is evaluated on a reasonable rate per unit of service basis, except that payment for these services, in the aggregate, during the cost reporting period, may not exceed the amount that would be determined to be reasonable under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, had a therapist furnished the provider or other organization furnishing the services under arrangements 15 hours of service per week on a regular part-time basis for the weeks in which services were furnished by the non-employee therapist.

(4) If an HHA furnishes services under arrangements at the patient's residence or in other situations in which therapy services are not performed at the provider's site, the reasonable cost of such services is evaluated as follows:

(i) Time records available. If time records of HHA visits are maintained by the provider, the reasonable cost of such services is evaluated on a unit-of-time basis, by taking into account the total number of hours of service furnished by the therapist, the adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount appropriate for the particular therapy in the geographical area in which the services are furnished, and a standard travel allowance for each visit. However, if the travel time of the therapist is accurately recorded by the therapist, and approved and maintained by the provider, the reasonable cost of such services may be evaluated, at the option of the provider, by taking into account the total number of hours of service furnished by the therapist, including travel time, and the adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount appropriate for the particular therapy in the geographical area in which the services are furnished. This option does not apply to services furnished by HHAs under arrangements with providers other than HHAs.

(ii) No time records available. If time records are unavailable or found to be inaccurate, each HHA visit is considered the equivalent of one hour of service. In such cases, the reasonable cost of such services is determined by taking into account the number of visits made by the therapist under arrangements with such agency, the adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount appropriate for the particular therapy in the geographical area in which the services are furnished, and a standard travel allowance.

(iii) Limited part-time or intermittent services. If under paragraph (c)(4) (i) or (ii) of this section, the provider required therapy services on an average of less than 15 hours per week, the services are considered limited part-time or intermittent services, and the reasonable cost of such services is evaluated on a reasonable rate per unit of service basis as described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.

(5) If therapy services are performed in situations where compensation to a therapist employed by the provider is based, at least in part, on a fee-for-service or on a percentage of income (or commission), the guidelines will apply. The entire compensation will be subject to the guidelines in cases where the nature of the arrangements is most like an under “arrangement” situation, although technically the provider may treat the therapists as employees. The intent of this section is to prevent an employment relationship from being used to circumvent the guidelines.

(6) These provisions are applicable to individual therapy services or disciplines by means of separate guidelines by geographical area and apply to costs incurred after issuance of the guidelines but no earlier than the beginning of the provider's cost reporting period described in paragraph (a) of this section. Until a guideline is issued for a specific therapy or discipline, costs are evaluated so that such costs do not exceed what a prudent and cost-conscious buyer would pay for the given service.

(d) Notice of guidelines to be imposed. Prior to the beginning of a period to which a guideline will be applied, a notice will be published in the Federal Register establishing the guideline amounts to be applied to each geographical area by type of therapy.

(e) Additional allowances. (1) If a therapist supervises other therapists or has administrative responsibility for operating a provider's therapy department, a reasonable allowance may be added to the adjusted hourly salary equivalency amount by the contractor based on its knowledge of the differential between therapy supervisors' and therapists' salaries in similar provider settings in the area.

(2) If a therapist performing services under arrangements furnishes equipment and supplies used in furnishing therapy services, the guideline amount may be supplemented by the cost of the equipment and supplies, provided the cost does not exceed the amount the provider, as a prudent and cost-conscious buyer, would have been able to include as allowable cost.

(f) Exceptions. The following exceptions may be granted but only upon the provider's demonstration that the conditions indicated are present:

(1) Exception because of unique circumstances or special labor market conditions. An exception may be granted under this section by the contractor if a provider demonstrates that the costs for therapy services established by the guideline amounts are inappropriate to a particular provider because of some unique circumstances or special labor market conditions in the area.

(2) Exception for services furnished by risk-basis HMO providers. For special rules concerning services furnished to an HMO's enrollees who are Medicare beneficiaries by a provider owned or operated by a risk-basis HMO (see § 417.201(b) of this chapter) or related to a risk-basis HMO by common ownership or control (see § 417.250(c) of this chapter).

(3) Exception for inpatient hospital services. Effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1983, the costs of therapy services furnished under arrangements to a hospital inpatient are excepted from the guidelines issued under this section if such costs are subject to the provisions of § 413.40 or part 412 of this chapter. The contractor will grant the exception without request from the provider.

(g) Appeals. A request by a provider for a hearing on the determination of an contractor concerning the therapy costs determined to be allowable based on the provisions of this section, including a determination with respect to an exception under paragraph (f) of this section, is made to the contractor only after submission of its cost report and receipt of the notice of amount of program reimbursement reflecting such determination, in accordance with the provisions of subpart R of part 405 of this chapter.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 63 FR 5139, Jan. 30, 1998]

§ 413.114 Payment for posthospital SNF care furnished by a swing-bed hospital.

(a) Purpose and basis. This section implements section 1883 of the Act, which provides for payment for posthospital SNF care furnished by rural hospitals and CAHs having a swing-bed approval.

(1) Services furnished in cost reporting periods beginning prior to July 1, 2002. Posthospital SNF care furnished in general routine inpatient beds in rural hospitals and CAHs is paid in accordance with the special rules in paragraph (c) of this section for determining the reasonable cost of this care. When furnished by rural and CAH swing-bed hospitals approved after March 31, 1988 with more than 49 beds (but fewer than 100), these services must also meet the additional payment requirements set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Services furnished in cost reporting periods beginning on and after July 1, 2002. Posthospital SNF care furnished in general routine inpatient beds in rural hospitals (other than CAHs) is paid in accordance with the provisions of the prospective payment system for SNFs described in subpart J of this part, except that for purposes of this paragraph, the requirements of § 413.343(a) must be met using the specific assessment instrument and data designated by CMS for this purpose. Posthospital SNF care furnished in general routine inpatient beds in CAHs is paid based on reasonable cost for cost reporting periods beginning on and after July l, 2002 and before January 1, 2004, and is paid based on 101 percent of reasonable cost for cost reporting periods beginning on and after January 1, 2004, in accordance with the provisions of subparts A through G of this part (other than paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section).

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this section—

Availability date means with respect to a posthospital SNF care patient in a swing-bed hospital, the later of—

(i) Any date on which a bed is available for the patient in a Medicare-participating SNF located within the hospital's geographic region;

(ii) The date that a hospital learns that a bed is available in a Medicare-participating SNF; or

(iii) If the notice is prospective, the date that a bed will become available in a Medicare-participating SNF.

Geographic region means an area that includes the SNFs with which a hospital has traditionally arranged transfers and all other SNFs within the same proximity to the hospital. In the case of a hospital without existing transfer practices upon which to base a determination, the geographic region is an area that includes all the SNFs within 50 miles (as defined in § 412.92(c)(1) of this chapter) of the hospital unless the hospital can demonstrate that the SNFs are inaccessible to its patients. In the event of a dispute as to whether an SNF is within a hospital's geographic region or the SNF is inaccessible to hospital patients, the CMS Regional Office makes a determination.

Swing-bed hospital means a hospital or CAH participating in Medicare that has an approval from CMS to provide posthospital SNF care as defined in § 409.20 of this chapter, and meets the requirements specified in § 482.58 or § 485.645 of this chapter, respectively.

(c) Special rules for determining the reasonable cost of posthospital SNF care furnished in cost reporting periods beginning prior to July 1, 2002. The reasonable cost of posthospital SNF care furnished by a swing-bed hospital is determined as follows:

(1) The reasonable cost of routine SNF services is based on the average Medicare rate per patient day for routine services provided in freestanding SNFs in the region where the swing-bed hospital is located. The rates are calculated using the regions as defined in section 1886(d)(2)(D) of the Social Security Act. The rates are based on the most recent year for which settled cost reporting period data are available, increased in a compounded manner, using the increase applicable to the SNF routine cost limits, up to and including the calendar year for which the rates are in effect. If the current Medicare swing-bed rate for routine extended care services furnished by a swing-bed hospital during a calendar year is less than the rate for the prior calendar year, payment is made based on the prior calendar year's rate.

(2) The reasonable cost of ancillary services furnished as posthospital SNF care is determined in the same manner as the reasonable cost of other ancillary services furnished by the hospital in accordance with § 413.53(a)(1).

(d) Additional requirements—(1) General rule. For services furnished in cost reporting periods beginning prior to July 1, 2002, in order for Medicare payment to be made to a swing-bed hospital with more than 49 beds (but fewer than 100), the following payment requirements must be met:

(i) If there is an available SNF bed in the geographic region, a posthospital SNF care patient must be transferred within 5 days (excluding weekends and holidays) of the availability date, unless the patient's physician certifies within the 5-day period that transfer is not medically appropriate.

(ii) The number of patient days for posthospital SNF care in a cost reporting period does not exceed 15 percent of the product of the number of days in the period and the average number of licensed beds in the hospital in the period. In those States that do not license their hospital beds, the hospitals must use the total number of hospital beds reported on their most recent Certificate of Need (CON), excluding bassinets. If during the cost reporting period, there is an increase or decrease in the number of “licensed” beds, the number of “licensed” beds for each part of the period is to be multiplied by the number of days for which that number of “licensed” beds was available. After totalling the results, compute 15 percent of the total available “licensed” bed days to determine the payment limitation.

(2) Payment restrictions. (i) The hospital must not seek payment for posthospital SNF care after the end of the 5 day period (excluding weekends and holidays) beginning on the availability date of a SNF bed unless the patient's physician has certified, within that 5 day period, that the transfer of the patient to the SNF was not medically appropriate.

(ii) The hospital must not seek payment for posthospital SNF care in a cost reporting period to the extent that they exceed 15 percent of the product of the number of days in the period and the average number of licensed beds in the period. In those States that do not license hospital beds, the hospital must use the average number of hospital beds reported on its most recent CON, excluding bassinets.

(3) Payment exception. Payment will continue to be made during the cost reporting period in which the 15 percent limit specified in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section is reached for those patients who are receiving posthospital SNF care at the time the hospital reaches the limit.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 37274, Sept. 7, 1989; 56 FR 54545, Oct. 22, 1991; 58 FR 30671, May 26, 1993; 61 FR 51616, Oct. 3, 1996; 62 FR 46037, Aug. 29, 1997; 66 FR 39600, July 31, 2001; 69 FR 49265, Aug. 11, 2004; 79 FR 27153, May 12, 2014; 85 FR 47633, Aug. 5, 2020]

§ 413.118 Payment for facility services related to covered ASC surgical procedures performed in hospitals on an outpatient basis.

(a) Basis and scope. This section implements section 1833(a)(4) and (i)(3) of the Act and establishes the method for determining Medicare payments for services related to covered ambulatory surgical center (ASC) procedures performed in a hospital on an outpatient basis. It does not apply to services furnished by an ASC operated by a hospital that has an agreement with CMS to be paid in accordance with § 416.30 of this chapter. (For regulations governing ASCs see part 416 of this chapter.)

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this section—

Facility services are those items and services, as specified in § 416.61 of this chapter, that are furnished by a hospital on an outpatient basis in connection with covered ASC surgical procedures, as described in § 416.65 of this chapter.

Standard overhead amount means an amount equal to the prospectively determined payment rate that would be paid for the procedure if it had been furnished by an ASC in the same geographic area.

(c) Payment principle. The aggregate amount of payments for facility services, furnished in a hospital on an outpatient basis, that are related to covered ASC surgical procedures (covered under § 416.65 of this chapter) is equal to the lesser of—

(1) The hospital's reasonable cost or customary charges, as determined in accordance with § 413.13, reduced by deductibles and coinsurance; or

(2) The blended payment amount as described in paragraph (d) of this section, which is based on hospital-specific cost and charge data and rates paid to free-standing ASCs.

(d) Blended payment amount. (1) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1987 but before October 1, 1988, the blended payment amount is equal to the sum of—

(i) 75 percent of the hospital-specific amount (the lesser of the hospital's reasonable cost or customary charges, reduced by deductibles and coinsurance); and

(ii) 25 percent of the ASC payment amount (that is, 80 percent of the result obtained by subtracting the deductibles from the sum of the standard overhead amounts.)

(2) For the period of time beginning with the first day of a hospital's cost reporting period that begins on or after October 1, 1988 and ends on December 31, 1990, the blended payment amount is equal to 50 percent of the hospital-specific amount and 50 percent of the ASC payment amount.

(3) For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 1991, the blended payment amount is equal to 42 percent of the hospital-specific amount and 58 percent of the ASC payment amount.

(4) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1988 and before January 1, 1995, the blended payment amount is equal to the sum of 75 percent of the hospital-specific amount and 25 percent of the ASC payment amount for a hospital that makes an application to its contractor and meets the following requirements.

(i) More than 60 percent of the hospital's inpatient hospital discharges, as described in § 412.60 of this chapter, occurring during its cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1986 and before October 1, 1987, are classified in diagnosis related groups 36 through 74.

(ii) During its cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1986 and before October 1, 1987, more than 30 percent of the hospital's total revenues is derived from outpatient services.

(5) For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1997, for purposes of calculating the blended payment amount under paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the ASC payment amount is the sum of the standard overhead amounts reduced by deductibles and coinsurance as defined in section 1866(a)(2)(ii) of the Act.

(e) Aggregation of cost, charges, and the blended amount. For purposes of determining the correct payment amount under paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, all reasonable costs and customary charges attributable to facility services furnished during a cost reporting period are aggregated and treated separately from the reasonable costs and customary charges attributable to all other services furnished in the hospital.

[52 FR 36773, Oct. 1, 1987; 52 FR 37715, Oct. 8, 1987, as amended at 55 FR 33699, Aug. 17, 1990; 55 FR 34797, Aug. 24, 1990; 57 FR 36017, Aug. 12, 1992; 57 FR 45113, Sept. 30, 1992; 65 FR 18541, Apr. 7, 2000]

§ 413.122 Payment for hospital outpatient radiology services and other diagnostic procedures.

(a) Basis and purpose. (1) This section implements section 1833(n) of the Act and establishes the method for determining Medicare payments for radiology services and other diagnostic procedures performed by a hospital on an outpatient basis.

(2) For purposes of this section—

(i) Radiology services include diagnostic and therapeutic radiology, nuclear medicine, CAT scan procedures, magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasound and other imaging services; and

(ii) Other diagnostic procedures are those identified by CMS, and do not include diagnostic radiology procedures or diagnostic laboratory tests.

(b) Payment for hospital outpatient radiology services. (1) The aggregate payment for hospital outpatient radiology services furnished on or after October 1, 1988 is equal to the lesser of the following:

(i) The hospital's reasonable cost or customary charges, as determined in accordance with § 413.13, reduced by the applicable Part B annual deductible and coinsurance amounts.

(ii) The blended payment amount described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

(2) The blended payment amount for hospital outpatient radiology services furnished on or after October 1, 1988, but before October 1, 1989, is equal to the sum of—

(i) 65 percent of the hospital-specific amount (the hospital's reasonable cost or customary charges, whichever is less, reduced by the applicable Part B annual deductible and coinsurance amounts); and

(ii) 35 percent of a prevailing charge or fee schedule amount that is calculated as 80 percent of the amount determined by subtracting the applicable Part B annual deductible from 62 percent of the prevailing charges (or for services furnished on or after January 1, 1989, the fee schedule amount established) for the same services when furnished by participating physicians in their offices in the same locality.

(3) For hospital outpatient radiology services furnished on or after October 1, 1989, the blended payment amount is equal to the sum of 50 percent of the hospital-specific amount and 50 percent of the fee schedule amount.

(4) For hospital outpatient radiology services furnished on or after January 1, 1991, the blended payment amount is equal to the sum of 42 percent of the hospital-specific amount and 58 percent of the fee schedule amount.

(5) For hospital outpatient radiology services furnished on or after October 1, 1997, the blended payment amount is equal to the sum of—

(i) 42 percent of the hospital-specific amount; and

(ii) 58 percent of the fee schedule amount calculated as 62 percent of the sum of the fee schedule amounts payable for the same services when furnished by participating physicians in their offices in the same locality, less deductible and coinsurance as defined in section 1866(a)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act.

(c) Payment for other diagnostic procedures. (1) The aggregate payment for other diagnostic procedures performed by a hospital on an outpatient basis on or after October 1, 1989 is equal to the lesser of the following:

(i) The hospital's reasonable cost or customary charges, as determined in accordance with § 414.13, reduced by the applicable Part B annual deductible and coinsurance amounts.

(ii) The blended payment described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(2) The blended payment amount for other diagnostic procedures furnished on or after October 1, 1989, but before October 1, 1990, is equal to the sum of—

(i) 65 percent of the hospital-specific amount (the hospital's reasonable cost or customary charges, whichever is less, reduced by the applicable Part B annual deductible and coinsurance amounts); and

(ii) 35 percent of a prevailing charge amount that is calculated as 80 percent of the amount determined by subtracting the applicable Part B annual deductible from 42 percent of the prevailing charges for the same services furnished by participating physicians in their offices in the same locality.

(3) For other diagnostic procedures performed by a hospital on or after October 1, 1990, the blended payment is equal to 50 percent of the hospital-specific amount and 50 percent of the prevailing charge amount.

(4) For other diagnostic services furnished on or after October 1, 1997, the blended payment amount is equal to the sum of—

(i) 50 percent of the hospital-specific amount; and

(ii) 50 percent of the fee schedule amount calculated as 42 percent of the sum of the fee schedule amounts payable for the same services when furnished by participating physicians in their offices in the same locality less deductible and coinsurance as defined in section 1866(a)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act.

[56 FR 8842, Mar. 1, 1991, as amended at 57 FR 36017, Aug. 12, 1992; 65 FR 18542, Apr. 7, 2000]

§ 413.123 Payment for screening mammography performed by hospitals on an outpatient basis.

(a) Basis and scope. This section implements section 1834(c)(1)(C) of the Act and establishes the method for determining Medicare payment for screening mammographies performed by hospitals.

(b) Payment to hospitals for outpatient services. Payment to hospitals for screening mammography services performed on an outpatient basis is determined in accordance with the technical component billing requirements in § 405.534(d) of this chapter.

[55 FR 53522, Dec. 31, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 49834, Sept. 30, 1994]

§ 413.124 Reduction to hospital outpatient operating costs.

(a) Except for sole community hospitals, as defined in § 412.92 of this chapter, and critical access hospitals, the reasonable costs of outpatient hospital services (other than capital-related costs of these services) are reduced by 5.8 percent for services furnished during portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 1990 and until the first date that the prospective payment system under part 419 of this chapter is implemented.

(b) For purposes of determining the blended payment amounts of ambulatory surgical center approved surgical procedures performed in the hospital outpatient setting under § 413.118 and hospital outpatient radiology services and other diagnostic procedures under § 413.122, the reduction is applicable only to the hospital-specific portion of the blended payment amounts.

[57 FR 36017, Aug. 12, 1992, as amended at 59 FR 26960, May 25, 1994; 62 FR 46037, Aug. 29, 1997; 65 FR 18542, Apr. 07, 2000]

§ 413.125 Payment for home health agency services.

(a) For additional rules on the allowability of certain costs incurred by home health agencies, see §§ 409.46 and 409.49(b) of this chapter.

(b) The reasonable cost of outpatient rehabilitation services furnished by a home health agency to homebound patients who are not entitled to home health benefits may not exceed the amounts payable under the physician fee schedule for comparable services effective January 1, 1999.

[59 FR 65497, Dec. 20, 1994, as amended at 63 FR 58910, Nov. 2, 1998]

Subpart G Capital-Related Costs
§ 413.130 Introduction to capital-related costs.

(a) General rule. Capital-related costs and an allowance for return on equity are limited to the following:

(1) Net depreciation expense as determined under §§ 413.134, 413.144, and 413.149, adjusted by gains and losses realized from the disposal of depreciable assets under § 413.134(f).

(2) Taxes on land or depreciable assets used for patient care.

(3) Leases and rentals, including license and royalty fees, for the use of depreciable assets or land, as described in paragraph (b) of this section.

(4) The costs of betterments and improvements as described in paragraph (c) of this section.

(5) The costs of minor equipment that are capitalized, rather than expensed, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(6) Insurance expense on depreciable assets, as described in paragraph (e) of this section.

(7) Interest expense as determined under § 413.153, subject to the qualifications of paragraph (f) of this section.

(8) For certain proprietary providers, return on equity capital, as determined under § 413.157.

(9) The capital-related costs of related organizations (as described in § 413.17), as determined in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.

(10) Debt issuance costs, debt discounts, and debt redemption costs, if the associated debt was incurred to acquire land or depreciable assets used for patient care or to refinance existing debt for which the original purpose was to acquire land or depreciable assets used for patient care.

(11) The apportionment of the capital-related costs of jointly owned assets among the owners must be on a basis that reflects the relative use by each owner, rather than the ownership share or the amount of time the asset is located at each owners site.

(b) Leases and rentals. (1) Subject to the qualifications of paragraphs (b) (2), (4), (5), and (8) of this section, leases and rentals, including licenses and royalty fees, are includable in capital-related costs if they relate to the use of assets that would be depreciable if the provider owned them outright or they relate to land, which is neither depreciable nor amortizable if owned outright. The terms “leases” and “rentals of assets” signify that a provider has possession, use, and enjoyment of the assets.

(2) For sale and leaseback agreements for hospitals and SNFs entered into before October 23, 1992 and for sale and leaseback agreements for other providers entered into at any time, a provider may include incurred rental charges in its capital-related costs, as specified in a sale and leaseback agreement with a nonrelated purchaser (including shared service organizations not related within the meaning of § 413.17) involving plant facilities or equipment only if the following conditions are met:

(i) The rental charges are reasonable based on the following—

(A) Consideration of rental charges of comparable facilities and market conditions in the area;

(B) The type, expected life, condition, and value of the facilities or equipment rented; and

(C) Other provisions of the rental agreements.

(ii) Adequate alternative facilities or equipment that would serve the purpose are not or were not available at lower cost.

(iii) The leasing was based on economic and technical considerations.

(3) If the conditions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section are not met, the amount a provider may include in its capital-related costs as rental or lease expense under a sale and leaseback agreement may not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in its capital-related costs had the provider retained legal title to the facilities or equipment, such as interest on mortgage, taxes, depreciation, and insurance costs.

(4) For sale and leaseback agreements for hospitals and SNFs entered into on or after October 23, 1992, the amount a provider may include in its capital-related costs as rental or lease expense may not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in its capital-related costs had the provider retained legal title to the facilities or equipment, such as interest expense on mortgages, taxes, depreciation, and insurance costs (the costs of ownership). This limitation applies both on an annual basis and over the useful life of the asset.

(i) If in the early years of the lease, the annual rental or lease costs are less than the annual costs of ownership, but in the later years of the lease the annual rental or lease costs are more than the annual costs of ownership, in the years that the annual rental or lease costs are more than the annual costs of ownership, the provider may include in capital-related costs annually the actual amount of rental or lease costs. The aggregate rental or lease costs included in capital-related costs may not exceed the aggregate costs of ownership that would have been included in capital-related costs over the useful life of the asset had the provider retained legal title to the asset.

(ii) If in the early years of the lease, the annual rental or lease costs exceed the annual costs of ownership, but in the later years of the lease the annual rental or lease costs are less than the annual costs of ownership, the provider may carry forward amounts of rental or lease costs that were not included in capital-related costs in the early years of the lease due to the costs of ownership limitation, and include these amounts in capital-related costs in the years of the lease when the annual rental or lease costs are less than the annual costs of ownership.

(iii) In any given year the amount of actual annual rental or lease costs plus the amount carried forward to that year may not exceed the amount of the costs of ownership for that year.

(iv) In the aggregate, the amount of rental or lease costs included in capital-related costs may not exceed the amount of the costs of ownership that the provider could have included in capital-related costs had the provider retained legal title to the asset.

(5) For lease purchase transactions entered into before October 23, 1992, a lease that meets the following conditions establishes a virtual purchase:

(i) The rental charge exceeds rental charges of comparable facilities or equipment in the area.

(ii) The term of the lease is less than the useful life of the facilities or equipment.

(iii) The provider has the option to renew the lease at a significantly reduced rental, or the provider has the right to purchase the facilities or equipment at a price that appears to be significantly less than what the fair market value of the facilities or equipment would be at the time acquisition by the provider is permitted.

(6)(i) If a lease is a virtual purchase under paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the rental charge is includable in capital-related costs only to the extent that it does not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in capital-related costs if it had legal title to the asset (the cost of ownership), such as straight-line depreciation, insurance, and interest. A provider may not include in its capital-related costs accelerated depreciation in this situation.

(ii) The difference between the amount of rent paid and the amount of rent allowed as capital-related costs is considered a deferred charge and is capitalized as part of the historical cost of the asset when the asset is purchased.

(iii) If an asset is returned to the owner, instead of being purchased, the deferred charge may be included in capital-related costs in the year the asset is returned.

(iv) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase still exists, the deferred charge may be included in capital-related costs to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to an amount not in excess of the cost of ownership.

(v) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase no longer exists, the deferred charge may be included in the capital-related costs to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to a fair rental value.

(7) Amounts included in lease or rental payments for repair or maintenance agreements are excluded from capital-related costs. If no amount is identified in the lease or rental agreement for maintenance, the entire lease payment is considered a capital-related cost subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(8) For lease purchase transactions entered into on or after October 23, 1992, a lease that meets any one of the following conditions establishes a virtual purchase:

(i) The lease transfers title of the facilities or equipment to the lessee during the lease term.

(ii) The lease contains a bargain purchase option.

(iii) The lease term is at least 75 percent of the useful life of the facilities or equipment. This provision is not applicable if the lease begins in the last 25 percent of the useful life of the facilities or equipment.

(iv) The present value of the minimum lease payments (payments to be made during the lease term including bargain purchase option, guaranteed residual value, and penalties for failure to renew) equals at least 90 percent of the fair market value of the leased property. This provision is not applicable if the lease begins in the last 25 percent of the useful life of the facilities or equipment. Present value is computed using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate, unless the interest rate implicit in the lease is known and is less than the lessee's incremental borrowing rate, in which case the interest rate implicit in the lease is used.

(9)(i) If a lease establishes a virtual purchase under paragraph (b)(8) of this section, the rental charge is includable in capital-related costs to the extent that it does not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in capital-related costs if it had legal title to the asset (the cost of ownership). The cost of ownership includes straight-line depreciation, insurance, and interest. For purposes of computing the limitation on allowable rental cost in this paragraph, a provider may not include accelerated depreciation.

(ii) The difference between the amount of rent paid and the amount of rent allowed as capital-related costs is considered a deferred charge and is capitalized as part of the historical cost of the asset when the asset is purchased.

(iii) If an asset is returned to the owner instead of being purchased, the deferred charge may be included in capital-related costs in the year the asset is returned.

(iv) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase still exists, the deferred charge may be included in capital-related costs to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to an amount not in excess of the cost of ownership.

(v) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase no longer exists, the deferred charge may be included in capital-related costs to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to a fair rental value.

(vi) If the lessee becomes the owner of the leased asset (either by operation of the lease or by other means), the amount considered as depreciation, for the purpose of having computed the limitation on rental charges in paragraph (b)(9)(i) of this section, must be used in calculating the limitation on adjustments for the purpose of determining any gain or loss under § 413.134(f) upon disposal of an asset.

(c) Betterments and improvements. (1) Betterments and improvements are changes which extend the estimated useful life of an asset at least two years beyond its original estimated useful life, or increase the productivity of an asset significantly over its original productivity.

(2) A provider must capitalize and prorate the costs of betterments and improvements over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset, as modified by the betterment or improvement.

(d) Minor equipment. A provider must include in its capital-related costs the costs of minor equipment that are capitalized rather than charged off to expense if—

(1) The net book value of minor equipment at the time the provider enters the program is prorated over three years (that is, one-third of the net book value is written off each year), and new purchases are also prorated over a 3-year period; or

(2) The cost of minor equipment is prorated over their actual useful lives.

(e) Insurance. (1) A provider must include in its capital-related costs the costs of insurance on depreciable assets used for patient care or insurance that provides for the payment of capital-related costs during business interruption.

(2) If an insurance policy also provides protection for other than the replacement of depreciable assets or to pay capital-related costs in the case of business interruption insurance, only that portion of the premium related to the replacement of depreciable assets or to pay capital-related costs in the case of business interruption insurance is includable in capital-related costs.

(f) Debt premiums and debt discounts. Debt premiums or debt discount are applied as adjustments to capital-related costs if the associated debt is incurred for acquiring land or depreciable assets used for patient care or for refinancing existing debt for which the original purpose was to acquire land or depreciable assets used for patient care.

(g) Interest expense. (1) A provider must include in its capital-related costs interest expense, as described in § 413.153, if such expense is incurred in—

(i) Acquiring land or depreciable assets (either through purchase or lease) used for patient care; or

(ii) Refinancing existing debt, if the original purpose of the refinanced debt was to acquire land or depreciable assets used for patient care.

(2) If investment income offset is required under § 413.153(b)(2)(iii), only that portion of investment income that bears the same relationship to total investment income, as the portion of capital-related interest expense bears to total interest expense, is offset against capital-related costs.

(h) Costs of supplying organizations—(1) Supplying organizations related to the provider. (i) If the supplying organization is related to the provider within the meaning of § 413.17, except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, a provider's capital-related costs include the capital-related costs of the supplying organization.

(ii) If the costs of the services, facilities or supplies being furnished exceed the open market price, or if the provisions of § 413.17(d) apply, no part of the cost to the provider of the services, facilities, or supplies are considered capital-related costs, unless the services, facilities, or supplies would otherwise be considered capital-related.

(2) Supplying organizations not related to the provider. If the supplying organization is not related to the provider within the meaning of § 413.17, no part of the charge to the provider may be considered a capital-related cost (unless the services, facilities, or supplies are capital-related in nature) unless—

(i) The capital-related equipment is leased or rented (as described in paragraph (b) of this section) by the provider;

(ii) The capital-related equipment is located on the provider's premises, or is located offsite and is on real estate owned, leased or rented by the provider; and

(iii) The capital-related portion of the charge is separately specified in the charge to the provider.

(i) Costs excluded from capital-related costs. The following costs are not capital-related costs. To the extent that they are allowable, they must be included in determining each provider's operating costs:

(1) Costs incurred for the repair or maintenance of equipment or facilities.

(2) Amounts included in rentals or lease payments for repair or maintenance agreements.

(3) Interest expense incurred to borrow working capital (for operating expenses).

(4) General liability insurance or any other form of insurance to provide protection other than for the replacement of depreciable assets or to pay capital-related costs in the case of business interruption.

(5) Taxes other than those assessed on the basis of some valuation of land or depreciable assets used for patient care. (Taxes not related to patient care, such as income taxes, are not allowable, and are therefore not included among either capital-related or operating costs.)

(6) The costs of minor equipment that are charged off to expense rather than capitalized as described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(7) The costs incurred for maintenance and repair insurance agreements (commonly referred to as maintenance agreements).

(j) Reduction to capital-related costs. (1) Except for sole community hospitals and critical access hospitals, the amount of capital-related costs of all hospital outpatient services is reduced by—

(i) 15 percent for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 1989, through September 30, 1991; and

(ii) 10 percent for portions of cost reporting periods occurring on or after October 1, 1991 and until the first date that the prospective payment system under part 419 of this chapter is implemented.

(2) For purposes of determining the blended payment amounts for hospital outpatient services under §§ 413.118 and 413.122, the reduction is applicable only to the hospital-specific portion of the blended amounts.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 21225, June 4, 1987; 56 FR 43456, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3017, Jan. 27, 1992; 57 FR 36017, Aug. 12, 1992; 57 FR 43917, Sept. 23, 1992; 58 FR 17528, Apr. 5, 1993; 59 FR 26960, May 25, 1994; 62 FR 46037, Aug. 29, 1997; 65 FR 18542, Apr. 7, 2000]

§ 413.134 Depreciation: Allowance for depreciation based on asset costs.

(a) Principle. An appropriate allowance for depreciation on buildings and equipment used in the provision of patient care is an allowable cost. The depreciation must be—

(1) Identifiable and recorded in the provider's accounting records;

(2) Based on the historical cost of the asset, except as specified in paragraph (j) of this section regarding donated assets; and

(3) Prorated over the estimated useful life of the asset using—

(i) The straight-line method; or

(ii) Accelerated depreciation under a declining balance method (not to exceed double the straight-line rate) or the sum-of-the-years' digits method in the following situations:

(A) Depreciable assets for which accelerated depreciation was used for Medicare purposes before August 1, 1970, including those assets for which a timely request to change from straight-line depreciation to accelerated depreciation was received by an contractor before August 1, 1970;

(B) Depreciable assets acquired before August 1, 1970, if no election to use straight-line or accelerated depreciation was in effect on August 1, 1970, and the provider was participating in the program on August 1, 1970;

(C) Depreciable assets of a provider if construction of such depreciable asset began before February 5, 1970, and the provider was participating in the program on February 5, 1970; or

(D) Depreciable assets of a provider if a valid written contract was entered into by a provider participating in the program before February 5, 1970, for construction, acquisition, or for the permanent financing thereof, and such contract was binding on a provider on February 5, 1970, and at all times thereafter; or

(iii) A declining balance method, not to exceed 150 percent of the straight-line rate, for a depreciable asset acquired after July 31, 1970; however, this declining balance method may be used only if the cash flow from depreciation on the total assets of the institution during the reporting period, including straight-line depreciation on the assets in question, is insufficient (assuming funding of available capital not required currently for amortization and assuming reasonable interest income on such funds) to supply the funds required to meet the reasonable principal amortization schedules on the capital debts related to the provider's total depreciable assets. For each depreciable asset for which a provider requests authorization to use a declining balance method for Medicare reimbursement purposes, but not to exceed 150 percent of the straight-line rate, the provider must demonstrate to the contractor's satisfaction that the required cash flow need exists. For each depreciable asset in which a provider justifies the use of accelerated depreciation, the contractor must give written approval for the use of a depreciation method other than straight-line before basing any interim payment on this accelerated depreciation or making its reasonable cost determination which includes an allowance for such depreciation.

(b) General rules—(1) Historical cost. Historical cost is the cost incurred by the present owner in acquiring the asset.

(i) All providers—(A) Depreciable assets acquired after July 31, 1970 and before December 1, 1997. For depreciable assets acquired after July 31, 1970 and before December 1, 1997, and for a hospital or an SNF, acquired before July 18, 1984, the historical cost may not exceed the lower of current reproduction cost adjusted for straight-line depreciation over the life of the asset to the time of the purchase or the fair market value of the asset at the time of its purchase.

(B) Depreciable assets acquired on or after December 1, 1997. For depreciable assets acquired on or after December 1, 1997, the historical cost of the asset that will be recognized under this program must not exceed the historical cost less depreciation allowed to the owner of record as of August 5, 1997 (or if an asset did not exist as of August 5, 1997, the first owner of record after August 5, 1997). For this paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B), the following apply:

(1) An asset that was not in existence as of August 5, 1997 includes an asset that physically existed but was not owned by a provider participating in the Medicare program as of that date.

(2) The acquisition cost to the owner of record is subject to the limitation on historical costs described in paragraphs (g) (1), (2), and (3) of this section, and is reduced by any depreciation taken by the owner of record. The limitation on historical cost is also applied to the purchase of land, which is a capital asset that is neither depreciable nor amortizable under any circumstances. (See §§ 413.153(d) and 413.157(b) for application of the limitation to the cost of land for purposes of determining the allowable interest expense.)

(3) Acquisition cost to the owner of record includes the costs of betterment or improvements that extend the estimated useful life of an asset at least 2 years beyond its original estimated useful life or that increase the productivity of an asset significantly over its original productivity.

(4) For assets acquired prior to a provider's entrance into the Medicare program, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is the historical cost when acquired, rather than when the provider entered the program.

(5) For assets subject to the optional depreciation allowance as described in § 413.139, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is the historical cost established for those assets when the provider changed to actual depreciation as described in § 413.139(e). If the provider did not change to actual depreciation, as described in § 413.139(e), for optional allowance assets, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is based on the provider's recorded historical cost of the asset when acquired. If the provider has no historical cost records for optional allowance assets, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is established by appraisal.

(6) The historical cost of an asset acquired on or after July 18, 1984 may not include costs attributable to the negotiation or settlement of the sale or purchase (by acquisition, merger, or consolidation) of any capital asset for which any payment was previously made under the Medicare program. The costs to be excluded include, but are not limited to, appraisal costs (except those incurred at the request of the contractor under paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section), legal fees, accounting and administrative costs, travel costs, and the costs of feasibility studies.

(ii) Hospitals and SNFs only. (A) For assets acquired on or after July 18, 1984 and before December 1, 1997 and not subject to an enforceable agreement entered into before July 18, 1984, historical cost may not exceed the lowest of the following:

(1) The allowable acquisition cost of the asset to the owner of record as of July 18, 1984 (or, in the case of an asset not in existence as of July 18, 1984, the first owner of record of the asset after that date);

(2) The acquisition cost of the asset to the new owner; or

(3) The fair market value of the asset on the date of acquisition.

(B) For purposes of applying paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, an asset not in existence as of July 18, 1984 includes any asset that physically existed, but was not owned by a hospital or SNF participating in the Medicare program as of July 18, 1984.

(C) The acquisition cost to the owner of record is subject to any limitation on historical costs described in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) or (g)(1) and (2) of this section, and is not reduced by any depreciation taken by the owner of record. This limitation on historical cost is also applied to the purchase of land, a capital asset that is neither depreciable nor amortizable under any circumstances. (See §§ 413.153(d) and 413.157(b) for application of the limitation to the cost of land for purposes of determining allowable interest expense and return on equity capital or proprietary providers.)

(D) Acquisition cost to the owner of record includes the costs of betterments or improvements that extend the estimated useful life of an asset at least two years beyond its original estimated useful life or increase the productivity of an asset significantly over its original productivity.

(E) For assets acquired prior to a hospital's or SNF's entrance into the Medicare program, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is the historical cost of the asset when acquired, rather than when the hospital or SNF entered the program.

(F) For assets subject to the optional depreciation allowance as described in § 413.139, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is the historical cost established for those assets when the hospital or SNF changed to actual depreciation as described in § 413.139(e). If the hospital or SNF did not change to actual depreciation, as described in § 413.139(e), for optional allowance assets, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is established by reference to the hospital's or SNF's recorded historical cost of the asset when acquired. If the hospital or SNF has no historical cost records for optional allowance assets, the acquisition cost to the owner of record is established by appraisal.

(G) The historical cost of an asset acquired on or after July 18, 1984 may not include costs attributable to the negotiation or settlement of the sale or purchase (by acquisition, merger, or consolidation) of any capital asset for which any payment was previously made under the Medicare program. The costs to be excluded include, but are not limited to, appraisal costs (except those incurred at the request of the contractor under paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section), legal fees, accounting and administrative costs, travel costs, and the costs of feasibility studies.

(iii) Hospital-based providers other than SNFs and SNF-based providers. For changes of ownership that involve assets of a hospital-based provider other than a SNF, or assets of a SNF-based provider, the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section are not applicable. A reasonable allocation of the purchase price must be made, so that the hospital-based provider other than a SNF, or a SNF-based provider, is not affected by the limitations described in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section. The historical cost of assets of providers other than hospitals and SNFs is governed by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.

(2) Fair market value. Fair market value is the price that the asset would bring by bona fide bargaining between well-informed buyers and sellers at the date of acquisition. Usually the fair market price is the price that bona fide sales have been consummated for assets of like type, quality, and quantity in a particular market at the time of acquisition.

(3) The straight-line method. Under the straight-line method of depreciation, the cost or other basis (for example, fair market value in the case of donated assets) of the asset, less its estimated salvage value, if any, is determined first. Then this amount is distributed in equal amounts over the period of the estimated useful life of the asset.

(4) Declining balance method. Under the declining balance method, the annual depreciation allowance is computed by multiplying the undepreciated cost of the asset each year by a uniform rate up to double the straight-line rate or 150 percent, as the case may be (see paragraph (a)(3) of this section for limitations on use of accelerated methods of depreciation).

(5) Sum-of-the-years' digits method. Under the sum-of-the-years' digits method, the annual depreciation allowance is computed by multiplying the depreciable cost basis (cost less salvage value) by a constantly decreasing fraction. The numerator of the fraction is represented by the remaining years of useful life of the asset at the beginning of each year, and the denominator is always represented by the sum of the years' digits of useful life at the time of acquisition.

(6) Current reproduction cost. Current reproduction cost is the cost at current prices, in a particular locality or market area, of reproducing an item of property or a group of assets. Where depreciable assets are concerned, this means the reasonable cost to have built, reproduce in kind, or, in the case of equipment or similar assets, to purchase in the competitive market.

(7) Useful life. The estimated useful life of a depreciable asset is its normal operating or service life to the provider, subject to the provisions in paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section. Factors to be considered in determining useful life include normal wear and tear; obsolescence due to normal economic and technological changes; climatic and other local conditions; and the provider's policy for repairs and replacement.

(i) Initial selection of useful life. In selecting a proper useful life for computing depreciation under the Medicare program, providers must use the useful life guidelines published by CMS. If CMS has not published applicable useful life guidelines, providers must use—

(A) The edition of the American Hospital Association useful life guidelines, as specified in CMS Medicare program manuals; or

(B) A different useful life specifically requested by the provider and approved by the contractor. A different useful life may be approved by the contractor if the provider's request is properly supported by acceptable factors that affect the determination of useful life. However, such factors as an expected early sale, retirement, demolition or abandonment of an asset, or termination of the provider from the Medicare program may not be used.

(ii) Application of guidelines. The provisions concerning the selection of useful life guidelines described in paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section apply to assets acquired on or after January 1, 1981. For assets acquired before January 1, 1981, providers must use the useful life guidelines published by the American Hospital Association in its 1973 edition of Chart of Accounts for Hospitals, or those published by the Internal Revenue Service, or those approved for use by contractors as provided in paragraph (b)(7)(i)(B) of this section.

(iii) Changing useful life. A change in the estimated useful life may be made if clear and convincing evidence justifies a redetermination of the useful life used by the provider. Such a change must be approved by the contractor in writing, and the factors cited in paragraphs (b)(7) and (b)(7)(i) of this section are applicable in making such redeterminations of useful life. If the request is approved, the change is effective with the reporting period immediately following the period in which the provider's request is submitted for approval.

(8) Donated asset. An asset is considered donated when the provider acquires the asset without making payment in the form of cash, new debt, assumed debt, property or services. Except as provided in paragraph (j)(3) of this section, if a provider makes payment in any form to acquire an asset, the payment is considered the purchase price for the purpose of determining allowable historical cost.

(9) Net book value. The net book value of an asset is the depreciable basis used for the Medicare program by the asset's last participating owner less depreciation recognized under the Medicare program.

(c) Recording of depreciation. Appropriate recording of depreciation includes the identification of the depreciable assets in use, the assets' historical costs, the assets' dates of acquisition, the method of depreciation, estimated useful lives, and the assets' accumulated depreciation.

(d) Depreciation methods—(1) General. Proration of the cost of an asset over its useful life is allowed on the straight-line method, or, when permitted under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, the declining balance or the sum-of-the-years' digits methods. One method may be used on a single asset or group of assets and another method on others. In applying the declining balance or sum-of-the-years' digits method to an asset that is not new, the undepreciated cost of the asset is treated as the cost of a new asset in computing depreciation.

(2) Change in method. Prior to August 1, 1970, a provider may change from the straight-line method to an accelerated method or vice versa, upon advance approval from the contractor on a prospective basis with the request being made before the end of the first month of the prospective reporting period. Only one such change with respect to a particular asset may be made by a provider. Effective with August 1, 1970, a provider may only change from an accelerated method or optional method (see § 413.139) to the straight-line method. Such a change may be made without contractor approval and the basis for depreciation is the undepreciated cost reduced by the salvage value. Thereafter, once straight-line depreciation is selected for a particular asset, an accelerated method may not be established for that asset.

(3) Recovery of accelerated depreciation—(i) General. If a provider who has used an accelerated method of depreciation for any of its assets terminates participation in the program, or if the Medicare proportion of its allowable costs decreases so that cumulatively substantially more depreciation was paid than would have been paid using the straight-line method of depreciation, the excess of reimbursable cost determined by using accelerated depreciation methods and paid under the program over the reimbursable cost that would have been determined and paid under the program by using the straight-line method of depreciation, will be recovered as an offset to current reimbursement due or, if the provider has terminated participation in the program, as an overpayment. In this determination of excess payment, recognition will be given to the effects the adjustment to straight-line depreciation would have on the return on equity capital and on the allowance in lieu of specific recognition of other costs in the respective years.

(ii) Transaction between related organizations—(A) General. If the termination of the provider agreement is due to a change in provider ownership, as defined in § 489.18 of this chapter, resulting from a transaction between related organizations, as defined in § 413.17, and the criteria in paragraph (b) of this section are met, the excess of reimbursable cost, as determined in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section may not be recovered if there is a continuation of participation by the facility in the Medicare program.

(B) Criteria. The following criteria must be met if the recovery of excess reimbursable cost is not to be made:

(1) The termination of the provider agreement is due to a change in ownership of the provider resulting from a transaction between related organizations.

(2) The successor provider continues to participate in the Medicare program.

(3) Control and the extent of the financial interest of the owners of the provider before and after the termination remain the same; that is, the successor owners acquire the same per-centage of control or financial investment as the transferors had.

(4) All assets and liabilities of the terminated provider are transferred to the related successor participating provider.

(C) Effect of transaction. In transactions meeting the criteria specified in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, the provision concerning recovery of excess reimbursable cost (§ 413.134(d)(3)(i)) is not applied, and the transaction is treated as follows:

(1) The successor provider must record the historical cost and accumulated depreciation and the method of depreciation recognized under the Medicare program, and these are considered as incurred by the successor provider for Medicare purposes.

(2) The Medicare program's utilization of the terminated provider is considered as having been incurred by the successor provider for Medicare purposes.

(3) The equity capital of the terminated provider as of the closing of its final cost reporting period must be wholly contained in the equity capital of the successor provider as of the beginning of its first cost reporting period.

(e) Funding of depreciation. Although funding of depreciation is not required, it is strongly recommended that providers use this mechanism as a means of conserving funds for replacement of depreciable assets. Funded depreciation account funds must be placed in readily marketable investments of the type that assures the availability and conservation of the funds. Additions to the funded depreciation account must remain in the account for at least 6 months to be considered valid funding transactions.

(1) Incentive. As an incentive for funding, investment income on funded depreciation is not treated as a reduction of allowable interest expense provided such investment income is deposited in, and becomes part of, the funded depreciation account at the time of receipt by the provider. Investment income earned on deposits before the 6-month period elapses are not offset unless the deposits are withdrawn for an improper purpose during this period. If a provider transfers assets of the funded depreciation account to a related organization (for example, pooling of several chain organization providers' funded depreciation accounts at the chain home office for investment purposes), these assets shall be treated as the provider's funds and are subject to all the requirements specified in paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) Availability of funded depreciation. (i) CMS considers funded depreciation available for use in the acquisition or replacement of depreciable assets related to patient care unless the funded depreciation funds have been committed by contract for the acquisition of depreciable assets related to the furnishing of patient care or for other capital purposes related to patient care.

(ii) Borrowing for a purpose for which funded depreciation account funds should have been used makes the borrowing unnecessary to the extent that funded depreciation account funds were available at the time of the borrowing. Available funds in the funded depreciation account, to the extent of the unnecessary borrowing, are called “tainted” funds. Interest expense incurred on borrowing for a capital purpose is not an allowable cost to the extent that funded depreciation account funds were available at the time of the borrowing.

(iii) A provider can remove the “unnecessary” characterization of borrowing, and thereby cure tainted funded depreciation, by using the tainted funds for a proper purpose described in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section. However, any funded depreciation that existed at the time of the unnecessary borrowing and is not classified as tainted must be used before any of the tainted funds.

(iv) When only a portion of the borrowing is considered unnecessary under paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, subsequent repayments of such borrowing from general funds are applied first to the allowable portion of the borrowing and then, when all of the allowable borrowing is repaid, to the unallowable portion of the borrowing. When funds from the funded depreciation account are used for the repayment of the unnecessary borrowing, an equivalent amount of tainted funds is cured without regard to the provisions of paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) and (e)(3)(i)(C) of this section. Similarly, where general funds are used to pay for the unallowable borrowing after the necessary borrowing has been repaid, an equivalent amount of tainted funded depreciation is cured without regard to the provisions of paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) and (e)(3)(i)(C) of this section.

(3) Withdrawals of funded depreciation—(i) Proper withdrawals. (A) Withdrawals from funded depreciation are considered proper if made either for the acquisition or replacement of depreciable assets related to the furnishing of patient care or for other capital purposes related to patient care.

(B) First-in, first-out basis. Proper withdrawals from funded depreciation are made on a first-in, first-out basis.

(C) Exception. If CMS determines that a borrowing is unnecessary because of the existence of available funded depreciation, and additional deposits have been made to funded depreciation after the occurrence of the unnecessary borrowing, withdrawals made after the date of the additional deposits are deemed to be made on a last-in, first-out basis.

(ii) Improper withdrawals. (A) Withdrawals from funded depreciation that do not meet the requirements for proper withdrawals under the provisions in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this section are considered improper withdrawals.

(B) Improper withdrawals from funded depreciation are made on a last-in, first-out basis. If improper withdrawals are made, interest expense is reduced in accordance with section § 413.153(c)(3).

(C) Improper withdrawals will result in the offset of otherwise allowable interest expense under the offset provisions in § 413.153(c)(3).

(4) Loans from funded depreciation. (i) When the general fund of the provider borrows from the funded depreciation to obtain working capital for normal operating expenses to furnish patient care, interest incurred by the general fund is an allowable operating cost only if the interest expense is supported by documents that evidence that the funds were borrowed and that payment of interest and repayment of the funds are required, is separately identified in the provider's accounting records, and meets the necessary and proper tests described in §§ 413.153(b)(2) and (b)(3). However, if the general fund of the provider borrows from the funded depreciation account to acquire depreciable assets used in furnishing patient care, or for other capital purposes related to patient care, interest expense paid by the general fund to the funded depreciation account is not an allowable cost. Providers are expected to use the funded depreciation for these purposes.

(ii) Loans from funded depreciation to the general fund are considered investments of funded depreciation, but do not have to meet the readily marketable test described in paragraph (e) of this section. Loans made from funded depreciation are subject to the requirement that funded depreciation must be available for the acquisition of depreciable assets used to furnish patient care, or for other capital purposes related to patient care. Costs incurred to secure lines of credit from lending institutions to ensure such availability are not allowable costs.

(iii) Funding of depreciation from general funds will not be recognized to the extent of any outstanding loans from the funded depreciation account to the general fund. Deposits from the general fund into the funded depreciation account must be first applied to reduce any loans outstanding from the funded depreciation to the general fund. When the loans are repaid in full, general funds deposited in the funded depreciation account are considered as repayments of the general fund. Therefore, any subsequent interest expense of the general fund paid to the funded depreciation fund is not an allowable cost.

(iv) A provider may loan its funded depreciation to a related organization for any purpose subject to the following conditions:

(A) Authorization for such a loan by the provider's appropriate managing body of the provider, such as Board of Trustees or Board of Directors, must be on file.

(B) The funded depreciation loaned must remain available, as specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, to the provider making the loan. Costs incurred for lines of credit to assure such availability are not allowable costs. During the period of time that the loan is outstanding, if the provider making the loan resorts to outside borrowing for a purpose for which its funded depreciation should have been used, interest expense on an amount of the outside borrowing up to the amount of the funded depreciation that should have been available would be disallowed as unnecessary.

(C) Such loans shall be considered investments of the provider's funded depreciation, but the requirement that funded depreciation be invested in readily marketable investments as required in paragraph (e) of this section is waived for such loans.

(D) The funded depreciation account must earn interest on such loans at a rate that does not exceed the rate that would be charged for a comparable loan from an independent lending institution. This investment income will not be used to reduce the provider's interest expense if all the other conditions in paragraph (e) of this section are met. If the entity borrowing the funds is another provider participating in the Medicare program, the interest expense incurred on such loans would be allowable if the loan meets all of the interest expense requirements specified in § 413.153. (For purposes of § 413.153(b)(3)(ii), such loans are not considered to be with a related lender.)

(f) Gains and losses on disposal of assets—(1) General. Depreciable assets may be disposed of through sale, scrapping, trade-in, exchange, demolition, abandonment, condemnation, fire, theft, or other casualty.

(i) Disposal of an asset before December 1, 1997. If disposal of a depreciable asset, including the sale or scrapping of an asset before December 1, 1997, results in a gain or loss, an adjustment is necessary in the provider's allowable cost.

(A) The amount of a gain included in the determination of allowable cost is limited to the amount of depreciation previously included in Medicare allowable costs.

(B) The amount of a loss to be included is limited to the undepreciated basis of the asset permitted under the program.

(C) The treatment of the gain or loss depends upon the manner of disposition of the asset, as specified in paragraphs (f)(2) through (6) of this section.

(D) The gain or loss on the disposition of depreciable assets has no retroactive effect on a proprietary provider's equity capital for years prior to the year of disposition.

(ii) Disposal of an asset on or after December 1, 1997. No gain or loss is recognized on either the sale or scrapping of an asset that occurs on or after December 1, 1997, regardless of whether the asset is sold incident to a provider's change of ownership, or otherwise sold or scrapped as an asset of a Medicare participating provider. Gains or losses on dispositions other than sales or scrapping are recognized to the same extent as prior to December 1, 1997.

(2) Bona fide sale or scrapping before December 1, 1997. For the bona fide sale or scrapping of depreciable assets before December 1, 1997, the following apply:

(i) Except as specified in paragraph (f)(3) of this section, gains and losses realized from the bona fide sale or scrapping of depreciable assets are included in the determination of allowable cost only if the sale or scrapping occurs while the provider is participating in Medicare. The extent to which such gains and losses are included is calculated by prorating the basis for depreciation of the asset in accordance with the proportion of the asset's useful life for which the provider participated in Medicare. For purposes of this paragraph (f)(2)(i), scrapping refers to the physical removal from the provider's premises of tangible personal properties that are no longer useful for their intended purpose and are only salable for their scrap or junk value.

(ii) If the total amount of gains or losses realized from bona fide sales or scrapping does not exceed $5,000 within the cost reporting period or if the provider's cumulative utilization under the Medicare program is less than 5 percent, the net amount of gains or losses realized from sale or scrapping will be allowed as a depreciation adjustment in the period of disposal. For purposes of this paragraph (f)(2)(ii), the provider's cumulative Medicare utilization precentage is determined by comparing the cumulative total of the Medicare inpatient days for all reporting periods in which depreciation on the asset disposed of was claimed under the Medicare program to the cumulative total of inpatient days of the participating provider for the same reporting periods.

(iii) If the conditions specified in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section are not met, the adjustment to reimbursable cost in the reporting period of asset disposition is calculated as follows:

(A) The total amount of gains or losses shall be allocated to all reporting periods under the Medicare program, based on the ratio of the depreciation allowed on the assets in each reporting period to the total depreciation allowed under the Medicare program.

(B) The results of this allocation are multiplied by the ratio of Medicare reimbursable cost to total allowable cost for each reporting period.

(C) The results of this multiplication are then added.

(D) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1991, no adjustment will be made for the portion of gains or losses allocated to inpatient hospital services for which the hospital was paid under the fully prospective payment methodology as described in § 412.340 of this chapter or under the hold-harmless methodology based on the Federal rate as described in § 412.344(a)(1) of this chapter for new capital costs or in § 412.344(a)(2) of this chapter.

(iv) If a provider sells more than one asset for a lump sum sales price, the gain or loss on the sale of each depreciable asset must be determined by allocating the lump sum sales price among all the assets sold, in accordance with the fair market value of each asset as it was used by the provider at the time of sale. If the buyer and seller cannot agree on an allocation of the sales price, or if they do agree but there is insufficient documentation of the current fair market value of each asset, the contractor for the selling provider will require an appraisal by an independent appraisal expert to establish the fair market value of each asset and will make an allocation of the sales price in accordance with the appraisal.

(3) Sale within 1 year after termination. Gains and losses realized from a bona fide sale of depreciable assets within 1 year immediately following the date on which the provider terminates participation in the Medicare program are also included in the determination of allowable cost, in accordance with the procedure specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. However, if several assets are sold for a lump sum sales price, the determination of fair market value must be based on the appraised value of the assets as they were last used by the provider while participating in the Medicare program.

(4) Exchange, trade-in or donation. Gains or losses realized from the exchange, trade-in, or donation of depreciable assets are not included in the determination of allowable cost. When the disposition of an asset is by means of exchange or trade-in, the historical cost of the new asset is the sum of the undepreciated cost of the asset disposed of and the additional cash or other assets transferred (or to be transferred) to acquire the new asset. However, if the asset disposed of was acquired by the provider before its participation in the Medicare program and the sum of the undepreciated cost and the cash or other assets transferred (or to be transferred) exceed the list price or fair market value of the new asset, the historical cost of the new asset is limited to the lower of its list price or fair market value.

(5) Demolition or abandonment. (i) For purposes of this section, the term “abandonment” means the permanent retirement of an asset for any future purpose, not merely the provider's ceasing to use the asset for patient care purposes. To claim an abandonment under the Medicare program, the provider must have relinquished all rights, title, claim, and possession of the asset with the intention of never reclaiming it or resuming its ownership, possession, or enjoyment.

(ii) If losses resulting from the demolition or abandonment of depreciable assets do not exceed $5,000 within the cost-reporting period, the losses are to be allowed in the period of disposal.

(iii) If losses exceed $5,000 and, at the date of disposition, the demolished or abandoned assets are at least 80 percent depreciated as computed under the straight-line method, such losses are includable in the determination of allowable cost under the Medicare program in the period of disposal and the procedure provided in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section must be used in determining the adjustment to reimbursable cost.

(iv) Losses in excess of $5,000 resulting from the demolition or abandonment of assets, which at the date of disposition are not 80 percent depreciated as computed under the straight-line method, must be capitalized as a deferred charge and amortized as follows:

(A) If the State Health Planning and Development Agency (SHPDA) designated under section 1521 of the Public Health Service Act approves the demolition or abandonment of a depreciable asset as being consistent with the health systems plan of the health service area in which the provider is located, the net loss realized shall be capitalized as a deferred charge and amortized over the remaining life of the demolished or abandoned asset, or at the rate of $5,000 per year, whichever is greater. If no SHPDA exists or if such agency is unable or unwilling to perform this function, the provider must submit a request for approval to the contractor. The contractor, after reviewing this request and before issuing the approval, will submit the request along with its recommendation to the appropriate Regional Office for its approval.

(B) If a provider fails to obtain approval as specified in paragraph (f)(5)(iv)(A) of this section, a loss is not allowable unless the demolished or abandoned asset is replaced. If the asset is replaced, the loss resulting from the unapproved demolition or abandonment must be capitalized as a deferred charge and amortized over the estimated useful life of the replacement asset or at the rate of $5,000 per year, whichever is greater.

(v) If a loss resulting from the demolition or abandonment is deferred and amortized and the provider terminates its participation in the Medicare program or ceases to use a replacement asset in the provision of patient care services, the unamortized deferred charge remaining at that time must not be included in determining allowable cost under the Medicare program.

(vi) Losses on demolition must include the demolition cost incurred by the provider for razing and removal of the asset, less any salvage value recovered by the provider. However, if a provider demolishes a depreciable asset for the purpose of preparing land for future sale, the net demolition cost incurred by the provider (razing and removal costs less salvage recovered) is considered a capital expenditure and added to the historical basis of the land.

(vii) If a provider purchases land on which there is a building, no depreciation will be allowed under the Medicare program unless the building is used in providing patient care. If the building is demolished, the entire purchase price and demolition cost shall be considered the historical cost of the land. If the building is used for patient care, but demolished within 5 years of purchase, the entire purchase price, less allowed depreciation, plus demolition cost will be considered the historical cost of the land.

(6) Involuntary conversion. (i) Losses resulting from the involuntary conversion of depreciable assets, such as condemnation, fire, theft, or other casualty, are generally included in the determination of allowable cost on a deferred basis if the asset is restored or replaced. However, losses resulting from a provider's imprudent management of its depreciable assets, such as the failure to obtain proper insurance coverage, are not included in the determination of allowable cost.

(ii) The net allowable loss from involuntary conversion must consist of the undepreciated cost of unrecovered book value of the asset, less amounts received from insurance proceeds gifts, and grants received from local, State, or Federal government, or any other source as a result of the involuntary conversion.

(iii) If the asset is replaced and the net allowable loss in any cost-reporting period does not exceed $5,000, the entire amount must be included in allowable cost in the period in which the loss is incurred. If the asset is replaced and the net allowable loss in any cost-reporting period exceeds $5,000, the loss must be capitalized as a deferred charge and amortized over the useful life of the replacement or restored asset. If a replaced or restored asset ceases to be used in the provision of patient care services or the provider terminates its participation in the Medicare program, the unamortized deferred charge remaining at that time will not be included in determining allowable cost under the Medicare program.

(iv) If the provider fails to replace or restore an involuntarily converted asset, the loss is not included in determining allowable cost. However, if the provider intends to replace or restore the asset but is unable to do so because the designated SHPDA finds such replacement or restoration to be inconsistent with the health systems plan of the provider's health service area, the loss is allowable so long as the provider continues to participate in Medicare. In this case, the loss must be capitalized as a deferred charge and amortized over the remaining life of the involuntarily converted asset, or at the rate of $5,000 per year, whichever is greater.

(v) If a gain is realized from an involuntary conversion of depreciable assets, the net amount realized reduces the basis of the restored or replacement asset. If the asset is not restored or replaced, the gain is to be treated in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(7) Effect on equity capital. The unrecovered loss entered on the books of the provider as a deferred charge, in accordance with paragraphs (f) (5) and (6) of this section, is not includable in the computation of equity capital under § 413.157.

(8) Sale of replacement or restored assets. If a provider sells a replacement or restored asset while participating in the Medicare program or within 1 year immediately following the date on which it terminates its participation in the Medicare program, the unrecovered loss entered on the books of the provider as a deferred charge in accordance with paragraphs (f) (5) and (6) of this section will not be included in determining the gain or loss realized from the sale of the replacement or restored asset. However, if the sale of such asset is made to a related organization, as defined in § 413.17, and the purchasing organization continues as a provider in the Medicare program, the remaining deferred charge representing the unrecovered depreciable basis of the demolished, abandoned or destroyed asset must continue to be amortized over the remaining expected useful life of the replacement or restored asset. If the sale is made to an unrelated organization, further amortization of the deferred charge is not allowed.

(g) Establishment of cost basis on purchase of facility as an ongoing operation—(1) Assets acquired after July 1, 1966 and before August 1, 1970. The cost basis for the assets of a facility purchased as an ongoing operation after July 1, 1966, and before August 1, 1970, is the lowest of the—

(i) Total price paid for the facility by the purchaser, as allocated to the individual assets of the facility;

(ii) Total fair market value of the facility at the time of the sale, as allocated to the individual assets; or

(iii) Combined fair market value of the individually identified assets at the time of the sale.

(2) Assets acquired after July 31, 1970 and, for hospitals and SNFs, before July 18, 1984. For depreciable assets acquired after July 31, 1970 and, for hospitals and SNFs, before July 18, 1984, in addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the cost basis of the depreciable assets may not exceed the current reproduction cost depreciated on a straight-line basis over the life of the asset to the time of the sale.

(3) Assets acquired by hospitals and SNFs on or after July 18, 1984 and not subject to an enforceable agreement entered into before that date. Subject to paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) (B) through (G) and (b)(1)(iii) of this section, historical cost may not exceed the lowest of the following:

(i) The allowable acquisition cost of the asset to the owner of record as of July 18, 1984 (or, in the case of an asset not in existence as of July 18, 1984, the first owner of record of the asset);

(ii) The acquisition cost to the new owner; or

(iii) The fair market value of the asset on the date of acquisition.

(4) Assets acquired by all providers on or after December 1, 1997. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of this section, the historical cost may not exceed the historical cost of the asset, as recognized under the Medicare program, less depreciation allowed, to the owner of record as of August 5, 1997 (or for an asset not in existence as of August 5, 1997, the first owner of record after August 5, 1997).

(5) Transactions other than bona fide. If the purchaser cannot demonstrate that the sale was bona fide, in addition to the limitations specified in paragraph (g)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, the purchaser's cost basis may not exceed the seller's cost basis, less accumulated depreciation.

(h) Sale and leaseback agreements and other lease transactions. (1) For sale and leaseback agreements for all providers, and for sale and leaseback agreements for hospitals and SNFs entered into before October 23, 1992, a provider may include in its allowable costs incurred rental charges, as specified in a sale and leaseback agreement with a nonrelated purchaser involving plant facilities or equipment, only if—

(i) The rental charges are reasonable based on consideration of rental charges of comparable facilities and market conditions in the area; the type, expected life, condition, and value of the facilities or equipment rented; and other provisions of the rental agreement;

(ii) Adequate alternate facilities or equipment that would serve the purpose are not or were not available at lower cost; and

(iii) The leasing was based on economic and technical considerations.

(2) If the conditions of paragraph (h)(1) of this section are not met, the amount a provider may include in its allowable costs as rental or lease expense under a sale and leaseback agreement may not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in its allowable costs had the provider retained legal title to the facilities or equipment such as interest expense on mortgages, taxes, depreciation, and insurance costs.

(3) For hospitals and SNFs entering into sale and leaseback agreements on or after October 23, 1992, the amount a provider may include in its allowable costs as rental or lease expense may not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in its allowable costs had the provider retained legal title to the facilities or equipment, such as interest expense on mortgages, taxes, depreciation, and insurance costs (the costs of ownership). This limitation applies both on an annual basis and over the useful life of the asset.

(i) If in the early years of the lease, the annual rental or lease costs are less than the annual costs of ownership, but in the later years of the lease the annual rental or lease costs are more than the annual costs of ownership, in the years that the annual rental or lease costs are more than the costs of ownership the provider may include in allowable costs annually the actual amount of rental or lease costs. The aggregate rental or lease costs included in allowable costs may not exceed the aggregate costs of ownership that would have been included in allowable costs over the useful life of the asset had the provider retained legal title to the asset.

(ii) If in the early years of the lease, the annual rental or lease costs exceed the annual costs of ownership, but in the later years of the lease the annual rental or lease costs are less than the annual costs of ownership, the provider may carry forward amounts of rental or lease costs that were not included in allowable costs in the early years of the lease due to the costs of ownership limitation, and include these amounts in allowable costs in the years of the lease when the annual rental or lease costs are less than the annual costs of ownership. In any given year the amount of actual annual rental or lease costs plus the amount carried forward to that year may not exceed the amount of the costs of ownership for that year.

(iii) In the aggregate, the amount of rental or lease costs included in allowable costs may not exceed the amount of the costs of ownership that the provider could have included in allowable costs had the provider retained legal title to the asset.

(4) For lease transactions of all providers entered into before October 23, 1992, a lease that meets the following conditions establishes a virtual purchase:

(i) The rental charge exceeds rental charges of comparable facilities or equipment in the area.

(ii) The term of the lease is less than the useful life of the facilities or equipment.

(iii) The provider has the option to renew the lease at a significantly reduced rental, or the provider has the right to purchase the facilities or equipment at a price that appears to be significantly less than what the fair market value of the facilities or equipment would be at the time acquisition by the provider is permitted.

(5)(i) If a lease is a virtual purchase under paragraph (h)(4) of this section, the rental charge is includable in allowable costs only to the extent that it does not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in allowable costs if it had legal title to the asset (the cost of ownership), such as straight-line depreciation, insurance, and interest. For purposes of computing the limitation on allowable rental cost in this paragraph, a provider may not include accelerated depreciation.

(ii) The difference between the amount of rent paid and the amount of rent allowed as rental expense is considered a deferred charge and must be capitalized as part of the historical cost of the asset when the asset is purchased.

(iii) If an asset is returned to the owner instead of being purchased, the deferred charge may be expensed in the year the asset is returned.

(iv) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase still exists, the deferred charge may be expensed to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to an amount not in excess of the cost of ownership.

(v) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase no longer exists, the deferred charge may be expensed to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to a fair rental value.

(6) For lease transactions entered into on or after October 23, 1992, a lease that meets any one of the following conditions establishes a virtual purchase:

(i) The lease transfers title of the facilities or equipment to the lessee during the lease term.

(ii) The lease contains a bargain purchase option.

(iii) The lease term is 75 percent or more of the useful life of the facilities or equipment. This provision is not applicable if the lease begins in the last 25 percent of the useful life of the facilities or equipment.

(iv) The present value of the minimum lease payments (that is, payments to be made during the lease term, including bargain purchase option, guaranteed residual value, or penalties for failure to renew) equals 90 percent or more of the fair market value of the leased property. This provision is not applicable if the lease begins in the last 25 percent of the useful life of the facilities or equipment. The present value is computed using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate, unless the interest rate implicit in the lease is known and is less than the lessee's incremental borrowing rate, in which case, the interest rate implicit in the lease is used.

(7)(i) If a lease is a virtual purchase under paragraph (h)(6) of this section, the rental charge is includable in allowable costs only to the extent that it does not exceed the amount that the provider would have included in allowable costs if it had legal title to the asset (the costs of ownership), such as straight-line depreciation, insurance, and interest. For purposes of computing the limitation on allowable rental cost as described in this paragraph, a provider may not include accelerated depreciation in its allowable costs.

(ii) The difference between the amount of rent paid and the amount of rent allowed as rental expense is considered a deferred charge and is capitalized as part of the historical cost of the asset when the asset is purchased.

(iii) If an asset is returned to the owner instead of being purchased, the deferred charge may be expensed in the year the asset is returned.

(iv) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase still exists, the deferred charge may be expensed to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to an amount not in excess of the cost of ownership.

(v) If the term of the lease is extended for an additional period of time at a reduced lease cost and the option to purchase no longer exists, the deferred charge may be expensed to the extent of increasing the reduced rental to a fair rental value.

(vi) If the lessee becomes the owner of the leased asset (either by operation of the lease or by other means), the amount considered as depreciation, for the purpose of having computed the limitation expressed in paragraph (h)(7)(i) of this section, must be used in calculating the limitation on adjustments to depreciation for the purpose of determining any gain or loss upon disposal of an asset under paragraph (f) of this section.

(i) Intergovernmental transfer of facilities. The basis for depreciation of assets transferred under appropriate legal authority from one governmental entity to another is as follows:

(1) The historical cost incurred by the present owner in acquiring the asset under a bona fide sale. The historical cost may not exceed the lower of current reproduction cost adjusted for straight-line depreciation over the life of the asset to the time of the purchase of fair market value at the time of the purchase.

(2) The fair market value at the time of donation under a bona fide donation of the asset (subject to the limitations set forth under paragraph (i) of this section). An asset is considered donated when a governmental entity acquires the asset without assuming the functions for which the transferor used the asset or making any payment for it in the form of cash, property, or services.

(3) If neither paragraph (h) (1) nor (2) of this section applies, for example, the transfer was solely to facilitate administration or to reallocate jurisdictional responsibility, or the transfer constituted a taking over in whole or in part of the function of one governmental entity by another governmental entity, the basis for depreciation is—

(i) With respect to an asset on which the transferor has claimed depreciation under the Medicare program, the transferor's basis under the Medicare program prior to the transfer. The method of depreciation used by the transferee may be the same as that used by the transferor, or the transferee may change the method, as permitted under paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or

(ii) With respect to an asset on which the transferor has not claimed depreciation under the Medicare program, the cost incurred by the transferor in acquiring the asset (not to exceed the basis that would have been recognized had the transferor participated in the Medicare program) less depreciation calculated on the straight-line basis over the life of the asset to the time of transfer.

(j) Basis of assets donated to a provider—(1) Assets not used or depreciated under the Medicare program. If an asset has never been used or depreciated under the Medicare program and is donated to a provider, the basis for the purpose of calculating depreciation and equity capital (if applicable) is the fair market value of the asset at the time of donation.

(2) Assets used or depreciated under the Medicare program. If an asset has been used or depreciated under the Medicare program and is donated to a provider, the basis for the purpose of calculating depreciation and equity capital (if applicable) is the lesser of—

(i) The fair market value at the time of donation; or

(ii) The net book value in the hands of the owner last participating in the Medicare program.

(3) Transfers of State hospitals to nonprofit corporations without monetary consideration. If a State transfers a hospital to a nonprofit corporation without monetary consideration on or after July 18, 1984, the depreciable basis of the assets to the new owner is the net book value of the assets as recorded on the State's books at the time of the transfer. For purposes of this section, monetary consideration includes cash, new debt, and assumed debt.

(k) Transactions involving a provider's capital stock—(1) Acquisition of capital stock of a provider. If the capital stock of a provider is acquired, the provider's assets may not be revalued. For example, if Corporation A purchases the capital stock of Corporation B, the provider, Corporation B continues to be the provider after the purchase and Corporation A is merely the stockholder. Corporation B's assets may not be revalued.

(2) Statutory merger. A statutory merger is a combination of two or more corporations under the corporation laws of the State, with one of the corporations surviving. The surviving corporation acquires the assets and liabilities of the merged corporation(s) by operation of State law. The effect of a statutory merger upon Medicare reimbursement is as follows:

(i) Statutory merger between unrelated parties. If the statutory merger is between two or more corporations that are unrelated (as specified in § 413.17), the assets of the merged corporation(s) acquired by the surviving corporation may be revalued in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. If the merged corporation was a provider before the merger, then it is subject to the provisions of paragraphs (d)(3) and (f) of this section concerning recovery of accelerated depreciation and the realization of gains and losses. The basis of the assets owned by the surviving corporation are unaffected by the transaction. An example of this type of transaction is one in which Corporation A, a nonprovider, and Corporation B, the provider, are combined by a statutory merger, with Corporation A being the surviving corporation. In such a case the assets of Corporation B acquired by Corporation A may be revalued in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.

(ii) Statutory merger between related parties. If the statutory merger is between two or more related corporations (as specified in § 413.17), no revaluation of assets is permitted for those assets acquired by the surviving corporation. An example of this type of transaction is one in which Corporation A purchase the capital stock of Corporation B, the provider. Immediately after the acquisition of the capital stock of Corporation B, there is a statutory merger of Corporation B and Corporation A, with Corporation A being the surviving corporation. Under these circumstances, at the time of the merger the transaction is one between related parties and is not a basis for revaluation of the provider's assets.

(3) Consolidation. A consolidation is the combination of two or more corporations resulting in the creation of a new corporate entity. If at least one of the original corporations is a provider, the effect of a consolidation upon Medicare reimbursement for the provider is as follows:

(i) Consolidation between unrelated parties. If the consolidation is between two or more corporations that are unrelated (as specified in § 413.17), the assets of the provider corporation(s) may be revalued in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.

(ii) Consolidation between related parties. If the consolidation is between two or more related corporations (as specified in § 413.17), no revaluation of provider assets is permitted.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 43456, Aug. 30, 1991; 57 FR 3017, Jan. 27, 1992; 57 FR 39830, Sept. 1, 1992; 57 FR 43919, Sept. 23, 1992; 58 FR 17528, Apr. 5, 1993; 59 FR 45401, Sept. 1, 1994; 63 FR 1382, Jan. 9, 1998; 65 FR 8662, Feb. 22, 2000; 82 FR 38515, Aug. 14, 2017]

§ 413.139 Depreciation: Optional allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs.

(a) Principle. With respect to all assets acquired before 1966, the provider, at its option, may choose an allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs. The operating costs to be used are the provider's 1965 operating costs or the provider's current year's allowable costs, whichever are the lower. The percentage to be applied is 5 percent starting with the year 1966-67, with such percentage being uniformly reduced by one-half percent each succeeding year. The allowance based on operating costs is in addition to regular depreciation on assets acquired after 1965; however, if the optional allowance is selected, the combined amount of such allowance on pre-1966 assets and the straight-line depreciation on assets acquired after 1965 (including the estimated depreciation on assets held on a rental basis during the current year) may not exceed 6 percent of the provider's allowable cost for the current year.

(b) Definitions—(1) Operating costs. Operating costs are the total costs incurred by the provider in operating the institution or facility.

(2) Allowable costs. Allowable costs are the costs of a provider that are includable under the principles for cost reimbursement. Through application of apportionment methods to the total amount of such allowable costs, the share of a provider's total cost that is attributable to covered services for beneficiaries is determined.

(c) Application. If a provider has inadequate historical cost records for pre-1966 depreciable assets, the provider may elect to receive an allowance for depreciation on such assets based on a percentage of operating costs. The optional allowance for depreciation for such assets may be used, however, whether or not a provider has records of the cost of pre-1966 depreciable assets currently in use.

(d) Allowance based on a percentage of operating costs. (1) The allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs is to be computed by applying a specified percentage to a base amount equal to the provider's 1965 total operating costs, without adjustments to these principles or the current year's allowable operating costs, whichever is lower. The percentage to be applied is five for the reporting period that starts before or during 1966-67, four and one-half for the reporting period that begins during 1967-68, and continues to decline annually by equal amounts to become zero in 1976-77.

(2) If used as a base for determining the optional allowance for depreciation, neither the 1965 operating costs nor the current year's allowable costs are to include any actual depreciation, estimated depreciation on rented depreciable-type assets, allowance in lieu of specific recognition of other costs, or return on equity capital. Such exclusions are to be made only for the purpose of computing the allowance for depreciation based on operating costs. For other purposes, the excluded amounts are recognized in determining allowable costs and for computing the costs of services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries during the reporting period.

(e) Change to actual depreciation. (1) A provider that elects this allowance may at any time before 1976 change to actual depreciation on all pre-1966 depreciable assets. In such case, this option is eliminated and the provider can no longer elect to receive an allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs.

(2) If the provider desires to change to actual depreciation but either has no historical cost records or has incomplete records, the determination of historical cost may be made through appropriate means involving expert consultation with the determination being subject to review and approval by the contractor.

(f) Determination of optional allowance based on percentage of operating costs illustrated. The following illustrates how the provider would determine the optional allowance for depreciation based on operating costs.

Example No. 1. The provider keeps its records on a calendar year basis. The current year's actual allowable cost and the actual operating cost for 1965 do not include any actual depreciation or rentals on depreciable-type assets. The current year's allowable cost also does not include any allowance in lieu of specific recognition of other costs or return on equity capital.

Year 1966

Current year's allowable cost | $1,100,000

Operating cost for 1965 1 | $1,000,000

Percent for determining the allowance | 5

Allowance | $50,000

1 1965 Operating cost was used in computing the allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs because it was lower than 1966 allowable cost.

Year 1967

Current year's allowable cost | $1,200,000

Operating cost for 1965 1 | $1,000,000

Percent for determining the allowance 2 | 5

Allowance | $50,000

1 1965 Operating cost was used in computing the allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs because it was lower than 1967 allowable cost.

2 Since the reporting period began during the year 1966-1967 (July 1, 1966-June 30, 1967) 5 percent is the percentage to be used.

Year 1968

Operating cost for 1965 | $1,000,000

Current year's allowable cost 1 | $900,000

Percent for determining the allowance 2 | 4 1/2

Allowance | $40,500

1 The current year's allowable cost was used in computing the allowance for depreciation based on percentage of operating costs because it was lower than 1965 operating cost.

2 Since the reporting period began during the year 1967-1968 (July 1, 1967-June 30, 1968) 4 1/2 percent is the percentage to be used.

Example No. 2. When the provider pays rent for depreciable-type assets rented prior to 1966, the estimated depreciation on such assets must be deducted from the allowance. The following illustration demonstrates how the allowance is determined.

The provider keeps its records on a calendar year basis. The current year's actual allowable cost and the actual operating cost for 1965 did not include any actual depreciation, allowance in lieu of specific recognition of other costs, or return on equity capital. However, such costs have been adjusted to exclude estimated depreciation on rented depreciable-type assets.

Year 1966

Adjusted current year's allowable cost | $1,100,000

Adjusted operating cost for 1965 1 | $1,000,000

Percent for determining the allowance | 5

Allowance | $50,000

Less estimated depreciation for depreciable-type assets rented prior to 1966 on which rental is paid in 1966 | $3,000

Adjusted allowance | $47,000

1 1965 operating cost was used in computing the allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs because it was lower than 1966 allowable cost.

(g) Limitation on depreciation if optional allowance is used. This optional allowance only is subject to a limitation based on the provider's total allowable operating cost for the current year. To determine this limitation, compute the sum of the actual depreciation claimed, the allowance based on a percentage of operating costs, and the estimated straight-line depreciation on depreciable-type assets rented after 1965. If this sum exceeds six percent of the provider's current year's allowable cost (exclusive of any actual depreciation claimed, estimated depreciation on rented depreciable-type assets, allowance in lieu of specific recognition of other costs, and return on equity capital), the allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs is reduced by the amount of excess. In applying this limitation, if the actual depreciation claimed is on an accelerated basis, it must be converted to a straight-line basis only for use in calculating this limitation. It is presumed that pre-1966 assets will not be retired at a greater than normal rate, and the limitation of six percent, as it affects the availability of the allowance, is designed as a safeguard if the presumption is not borne out. If the provider does not elect to use the optional allowance, the combined allowance for depreciation based on costs of pre-1966 assets and those subsequently acquired is not subject to the six percent limitation.

Example No. 1. The following illustration demonstrates how this limitation would be determined.

Year 1966

[The provider keeps its records on a calendar year basis. The current year's actual allowable cost and the actual operating cost for 1965 have been adjusted to exclude actual depreciation, the estimated depreciation on rented depreciable-type assets, allowance in lieu of specific recognition of other costs, and return on equity capital.]

Adjusted operating cost for 1965 | $1,000,000

Percent for determining the allowance | 5

In 1966 assets were acquired which produce a straight-line depreciation of | $18,000

Estimated depreciation on assets rented in 1966 | $2,000

Adjusted allowable operating cost for 1966 | $1,100,000

calculation of allowance for depreciation based on a percentage of operating costs

Gross allowance

5 percent times adjusted 1965 operating costs ($1,000,000) | $50,000

Estimated depreciation on assets rented in 1966 | 2,000

Straight-line depreciation on post-1965 assets | 18,000

Total | 70,000

6 percent of adjusted 1966 allowable operating cost | 66,000

Reduction in allowance | 4,000

Allowance | 50,000

Reduction | 4,000

Adjusted allowance | 46,000

Total depreciation allowance for 1966 ($18,000 actual depreciation plus $46,000 allowance based on operating cost) | 64,000

Assume in this illustration that the provider had elected to use the declining balance method in computing its allowable depreciation and the rental expense for depreciable-type assets was $3,500. In that case, it would include in its 1966 allowable cost not only the $46,000 allowance based on operating costs but also $36,000 (in this instance 2 × straight-line rate is used) in actual depreciation and the rental expense of $3,500—or a total of $85,500 covering all its depreciable assets.

§ 413.144 Depreciation: Allowance for depreciation on fully depreciated or partially depreciated assets.

(a) Principle. Depreciation on assets being used by a provider at the time it enters into the Medicare program is allowed. This principle applies even though such assets may be fully or partially depreciated on the provider's books.

(b) Application. Depreciation is allowable on assets being used at the time the provider enters into the program. This applies even though such assets may be fully depreciated on the provider's books or fully depreciated with respect to other third-party payers. So long as an asset is being used, its useful life is considered not to have ended, and consequently the asset is subject to depreciation based upon a revised estimate of the asset's useful life as determined by the provider and approved by the contractor. Correction of prior years' depreciation to reflect revision of estimated useful life should be made in the first year of participation in the program unless the provider has used the optional method (§ 413.139), in which case the correction should be made at the time of discontinuing the use of that method. If an asset has become fully depreciated under Medicare, further depreciation is not appropriate or allowable, even though the asset may continue in use.

(c) Example of an allowance for a fully-depreciated asset. For example, if a 50-year-old building is in use at the time the provider enters into the program, depreciation is allowable on the building even though it has been fully depreciated on the provider's books. Assuming that a reasonable estimate of the asset's continued life is 20 years (70 years from the date of acquisition), the provider may claim depreciation over the next 20 years—if the asset is in use that long—or a total depreciation of as much as twenty-seventieths of the asset's historical cost.

(d) Corrections to depreciation. If the asset is disposed of before the expiration of its estimated useful life, the depreciation would be adjusted to the actual useful life. Likewise, a provider may not have fully depreciated other assets it is using and finds that it has incorrectly estimated the useful lives of those assets. In such cases, the provider may use the corrected useful lives in determining the amount of depreciation, provided such corrections have been approved by the contractor.

§ 413.149 Depreciation: Allowance for depreciation on assets financed with Federal or public funds.

(a) Principle. Depreciation is allowed on assets financed with Hill-Burton or other Federal or public funds.

(b) Application. Like other assets (including other donated depreciable assets), assets financed with Hill-Burton or other Federal or public funds become a part of the provider institution's plant and equipment to be used in furnishing services. It is the function of payment of depreciation to provide funds that make it possible to maintain the assets and preserve the capital employed in the production of services. Therefore, irrespective of the source of financing of an asset, if it is used in the providing of services for beneficiaries of the program, payment for depreciation of the asset is, in fact, a cost of the production of those services. Moreover, recognition of this cost is necessary to maintain productive capacity for the future. An incentive for funding of depreciation is provided in these principles by the provision that investment income on funded depreciation is not treated as a reduction of allowable interest expense under § 413.153(a).

§ 413.153 Interest expense.

(a)(1) Principle. Necessary and proper interest on both current and capital indebtedness is an allowable cost. However, interest costs are not allowable if incurred as a result of—

(i) Judicial review by a Federal court (as described in § 413.64(j));

(ii) An interest assessment on a determined overpayment (as described in § 405.377 of this chapter); or

(iii) Interest on funds borrowed to repay an overpayment (as described in § 413.64(j) or § 405.378 of this chapter), up to the amount of the overpayment, unless the provider had made a prior commitment to borrow funds for other purposes (for example, capital improvements).

(2) Exception. In those cases of administrative or judicial reversal, interest paid on funds borrowed to repay an overpayment is an allowable cost, in accordance with this section.

(b) Definitions—(1) Interest. Interest is the cost incurred for the use of borrowed funds. Interest on current indebtedness is the cost incurred for funds borrowed for a relatively short term. This is usually for such purposes as working capital for normal operating expenses. Interest on capital indebtedness is the cost incurred for funds borrowed for capital purposes, such as acquisition of facilities and equipment, and capital improvements. Generally, loans for capital purposes are long-term loans.

(2) Necessary. Necessary interest is interest that meets the following requirements:

(i) It is incurred on a loan made to satisfy a financial need of the provider. Loans that result in excess funds or investments are not considered necessary.

(ii) It is incurred on a loan made for a purpose reasonably related to patient care.

(iii) It is reduced by investment income except income from—

(A) Gifts, grants, and endowments, whether held separately or pooled with other funds;

(B) Funded depreciation that meets the program's qualifying criteria;

(C) The provider's qualified pension funds;

(D) The provider's deferred compensation funds that meet the program's qualifying criteria; and

(E) The provider's self-insurance trust funds that meet the program's qualifying criteria.

(iv) It is not reduced by interest received as a result of judicial review by a Federal court (as described in § 413.64(j)).

(3) Proper. Proper requires that interest be—

(i) Incurred at a rate not in excess of what a prudent borrower would have had to pay in the money market existing at the time the loan was made; and

(ii) Paid to a lender not related through control or ownership, or personal relationship to the borrowing organization. However, interest is allowable if paid on loans from the provider's donor-restricted funds, the funded depreciation account, or the provider's qualified pension fund.

(4) Zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are issued by government agencies, corporations, and banks at a price substantially below the face value. The difference between the purchase price and the face value reflects the actual amount of interest and is neither a discount nor an adjustment to the interest rate as with other bonds. Interest is paid at maturity when the bond is redeemed at face value.

(c) Borrower-lender relationship. (1) Except as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, to be allowable, interest expense must be incurred on indebtedness established with lenders or lending organizations not related through control, ownership, or personal relationship to the borrower. Presence of any of these factors could affect the “bargaining” process that usually accompanies the making of a loan, and could thus be suggestive of an agreement on higher rates of interest or of unnecessary loans. Loans should be made under terms and conditions that a prudent borrower would make in armslength transactions with lending institutions. The intent of this provision is to assure that loans are legitimate and needed, and that the interest rate is reasonable. Thus, interest paid by the provider to partners, stockholders, or related organizations of the provider would not be allowable. If the owner uses his own funds in a business, it is reasonable to treat the funds as invested funds or capital, rather than borrowed funds. Therefore, if interest on loans by partners, stockholders, or related organizations is disallowed as a cost solely because of the relationship factor, the principal of such loans is treated as invested funds in the computation of the provider's equity capital under § 413.157.

(2) Exceptions to the general rule regarding interest on loans from controlled sources of funds are made in the following circumstances. Interest on loans to providers by partners, stockholders, or related organizations made prior to July 1, 1966, is allowable as cost, provided that the terms and conditions of payment of such loans have been maintained in effect without modification subsequent to July 1, 1966. If the general fund of a provider “borrows” from a donor-restricted fund and pays interest to the restricted fund, this interest expense is an allowable cost. The same treatment is accorded interest paid by the general fund on money “borrowed” from the funded depreciation account of the provider or from the provider's qualified pension fund. In addition, if a provider operated by members of a religious order borrows from the order, interest paid to the order is an allowable cost.

(3) If funded depreciation is used for purposes other than improvement, replacement, or expansion of facilities or equipment related to patient care, allowable interest expense is reduced to adjust for offsets not made in prior years for earnings on funded depreciation. A similar treatment is accorded deposits in the provider's qualified pension fund if such deposits are used for other than the purpose for which the fund was established.

(d) Loans not reasonably related to patient care. (1) The following types of loans are not considered to be for a purpose reasonably related to patient care:

(i) For loans made to finance acquisition of a facility, that portion of the cost that exceeds—

(A) Historical cost as determined under § 413.134(b); or

(B) The cost basis determined under § 413.134(g); and

(ii) Loans made to finance capital stock acquisitions, mergers, or consolidations for which revaluation of assets is not allowed under § 413.134(k).

(2) In determining whether a loan was made for the purpose of acquiring a facility, we apply any owner's investment or funds first to the tangible assets, then to the intangible assets other than goodwill, and lastly to the goodwill. If the owner's investment or funds are not sufficient to cover the cost allowed for tangible assets, we apply funds borrowed to finance the acquisition to the portion of the allowed cost of the tangible assets not covered by the owner's investment, then to the intangible assets other than goodwill, and lastly to the goodwill. Repayments of the funds borrowed are applied first to the borrowing related to the tangible assets, then to the borrowing related to the intangible assets other than goodwill, and lastly to the borrowing related to the goodwill.

(3) When a provider borrows funds, but only some of the funds are necessary, repayments of the loan (principal and interest portions) are applied first to pay for the necessary portion of the loan. Only after all of the necessary portion of the loan (principal and interest) has been repaid are any repayments applied to the unnecessary portion of the loan. Repayments toward non-allowable borrowing pertaining to assets or activities not related to patient care are considered investments, and the provisions of paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section are applied.

(e) Zero coupon bonds—(1) Interest on bonds issued on or after August 15, 1996. For zero coupon bonds issued on or after August 15, 1996, interest expense incurred to provide funds for patient care-related costs is an allowable expense, and interest income earned for investment purposes is an allowable offset, in the cost reporting period in which the interest accrues.

(2) Interest income offset. Interest income from zero coupon bonds must be offset against allowable interest expense as prescribed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section and in § 413.130(g)(2). If zero coupon bonds are purchased with the proceeds of an advanced refunding of debt, offset of the investment income is required under § 413.153(b)(2)(iii), but the investment income is not prorated under § 413.130(g)(2).

(3) Use of effective interest method. (i) Interest expense and interest income from zero coupon bonds that are reported as they accrue must be amortized using the effective interest method. This method recognizes the actual accrual of interest expense or income for each interest computation period (as specified by the bond instrument) throughout the life of the bond.

(ii) A constant effective yield rate is determined and applied to the book value (outstanding loan balance including prior accrued interest) of the bond at the beginning of each period to determine the total interest for the period.

(iii) If the interest computation period involves portions of more than one cost reporting period, the amount of interest for that computation period shall be apportioned to each cost reporting period.

(iv) An example of the computation of interest using the effective interest method follows:

Facts

Life of zero coupon bond: 15 years.

Value at maturity: $50,000.

Bondholder pays $6,996 for the bond.

Annual interest rate is 13.5506% compounded semi-annually.

From the table below, interest for the first year would be $980.11 ($474.00 plus $506.11).

Col 1 Six-month periods | Col 2 Book value beginning of period | Col. 3 Effective interest* | Col. 4 Book value end of period (columns 2 + 3)

1 | $6,996.00 | $474.00 | $7,470.00

2 | 7,470.00 | 506.11 | 7,976.11

3 | 7,976.11 | 540.40 | 8,516.51

4 | 8,516.51 | 577.02 | 9,093.53

29 | 43,855.94 | 2,971.37 | 46,827.31

30 | 46,827.31 | 3,172.69 | 50,000.00

*Computed by multiplying the book value at the beginning of each period (Column 2) by 6.7753% (the annual interest rate of 13.5506% 2 = 6.7753%).

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 43457, Aug. 30, 1991; 59 FR 45402, Sept. 1, 1994; 61 FR 37014, July 16, 1996; 61 FR 63748, 63479, Dec. 2, 1996; 65 FR 8662, Feb. 22, 2000]

§ 413.157 Return on equity capital of proprietary providers.

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this section—

Proprietary provider means a provider that is organized and operated with the expectation of earning a profit for its owners (as distinguished from a provider that is organized and operated on a nonprofit basis). Proprietary providers may be sole proprietorships, partnerships, or corporations. Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 6, 1987, the term applies only to proprietary hospitals and SNFs.

(b) General rule. A reasonable return on equity capital invested and used in the provision of patient care is paid as an allowance in addition to the reasonable cost of covered services furnished to beneficiaries by proprietary providers.

(1) Rate of return applicable to proprietary providers for cost reporting periods beginning before July 6, 1987. Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3), and (b)(4) of this section, the amount allowable on an annual basis, for cost reporting periods beginning before July 6, 1987, is determined by multiplying the provider's equity capital by a percentage equal to one and one-half times the average of the rates of interest on special issues of public debt obligations issued for purchase by the Medicare Part A Trust Fund for each of the months during the provider's reporting period or portion thereof covered under the program.

(2) Rate of return for inpatient hospital services furnished by proprietary hospitals. The rate used in determining the return for inpatient hospital services is a percentage of the average of the rates of interest described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The percentages applicable to inpatient hospital services are as follows:

(i) 150 percent for cost reporting periods beginning before April 20, 1983.

(ii) 100 percent for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 20, 1983 and before October 1, 1986.

(iii) 75 percent for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1986 and before October 1, 1987.

(iv) 50 percent for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1987 and before October 1, 1988.

(v) 25 percent for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1988 and before October 1, 1989.

(vi) Zero percent for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1989.

(3) Rate of return related to proprietary SNFs. (i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985, the rate used in determining the return for SNF services furnished before October 1, 1993, is a percentage equal to the average of the rates of interest described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(ii) There is no allowance for return for SNF services furnished on or after October 1, 1993.

(4) Rate of return related to outpatient hospital services. (i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985, the rate used in determining the return for outpatient hospital services furnished before January 1, 1988 is a percentage equal to the average of the rates of interest described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(ii) There is no allowance for return for outpatient hospital services furnished on or after January 1, 1988.

(5) Rate of return for proprietary services of all nonhospital and non-SNF providers. (i) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1985, but before July 6, 1987, the rate used in determining the return for services of all nonhospital and non-SNF providers is a percentage equal to the average of the rates of interest described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(ii) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 6, 1987, there is no allowance for return on equity capital for nonhospital and non-SNF providers.

(c) Application—(1) Computation of equity capital. For purposes of computing the allowable return, the provider's equity capital means—

(i) The provider's investment in plant, property, and equipment related to patient care (net of depreciation) and funds deposited by a provider who leases plant, property, or equipment related to patient care and is required by the terms of the lease to deposit such funds (net of noncurrent debt related to such investment or deposited funds); and

(ii) Net working capital maintained for necessary and proper operation of patient care activities. However, debt representing loans from partners, stockholders, or related organizations on which interest payments would be allowable as costs but for the provisions of § 413.153(b)(3)(ii), is not subtracted in computing the amount of equity capital in order that the proceeds from such loans be treated as part of the provider's equity capital. In computing the amount of equity capital upon which a return is allowable, investment in facilities is recognized on the basis of the historical cost, or other basis, used for depreciation and other purposes under Part A of Medicare.

(2) Acquisitions after July 1970. With respect to a facility or any tangible assets of a facility acquired on or after August 1, 1970, the excess of the price paid for such facility or such tangible assets over the historical cost, as defined in § 413.134(b), or the cost basis, as determined under § 413.134(g) (whichever is appropriate), is not includable in equity capital, and loans made to finance such excess portion of the cost of such acquisitions (see § 413.153(d)) are excluded in computing equity capital.

(3) Acquisitions prior to August 1970. With respect to a facility or any tangible assets of a facility acquired before August 1970, the excess of the price paid for such facility or assets over the fair market value of tangible assets at the time of purchase is includable in equity capital to the extent that it is reasonable except that the cumulative allowable return for such excess may not exceed 100 percent of such excess. For purposes of this section, the cumulative allowable return means the sum of the allowable rate of return on equity capital for all months starting from August 1, 1970. For example, if the allowable rates of return on equity capital for a provider are 9 percent for the first year (and such year started August 1, 1970), 8.5 percent for the second year, and 10.5 percent for the third year, the cumulative allowable return at the end of the third year would be 28 percent. After the cumulative allowable return equals 100 percent, the inclusion in equity capital of the excess is no longer allowable.

(4) Computation of return on equity capital. For purposes of computing the allowable return, the amount of equity capital is the average investment during the reporting period. The rate of return allowed, as derived from time to time based upon interest rates in accordance with this principle, is determined by CMS and communicated through contractors. Return on investment as an element of allowable costs is subject to apportionment in the same manner as other elements of allowable costs.

Example of calculation of cumulative allowable return. X purchased a provider on July 1, 1969, paying $100,000 in excess f the fair market value of the assets acquired. Provider X files its cost report on a calendar-year basis. The allowable rate of return on equity capital for August 1, 1970-December 31, 1970 (4.538 percent), is obtained by multiplying the allowable rate of return for the period ending December 31, 1970 (10.891) by 5/12 (a fraction of which the numerator is the number of months from August 1, 1970, to the end of the cost-reporting period and the denominator is the number of months in the cost-reporting period). The cumulative allowable return for Provider X for the period August 1, 1970-December 31, 1973, (32.367 percent) is computed as follows:

Cost reporting year ending | Rate of return on equity capital (percent)

Dec. 31, 1970 | 4.538

Dec. 31, 1971 | 8.969

Dec. 31, 1972 | 8.891

Dec. 31, 1973 | 9.969

Total | 32.367

(The $100,000 paid in excess of the fair market value of the assets acquired is included in equity capital until the sum of the allowable rate of return on equity capital equals 100 percent. Of course, no portion of the $100,000 may be amortized as an allowable cost or is otherwise allowable for any program reimbursement purposes other than for determining the provider's equity capital.

[51 FR 34793, Sept. 30, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 21225, June 4, 1987; 52 FR 23398, June 19, 1987; 52 FR 32921, Sept. 1, 1987; 53 FR 12017, Apr. 12, 1988; 57 FR 39830, Sept. 1, 1992; 59 FR 26960, May 25, 1994]

Subpart H Payment for End-Stage Renal Disease (ESRD) Services

Source: 62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, unless otherwise noted.

§ 413.170 Scope.

This subpart implements sections 1881(b)(2), (b)(4), (b)(7), and (b)(12) through (b)(14) of the Act by—

(a) Setting forth the principles and authorities under which CMS is authorized to establish a prospective payment system for outpatient maintenance dialysis services in or under the supervision of an ESRD facility that meets the conditions of coverage in part 494 of this chapter and as defined in § 413.171(c).

(b) Providing procedures and criteria under which a pediatric ESRD facility (an ESRD facility with at least a 50 percent pediatric patient mix as specified in § 413.184 of this subpart) may receive an exception to its prospective payment rate prior to January 1, 2011; and

(c) Establishing procedures that a facility must follow to appeal its payment amount under the prospective payment system.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 70 FR 70330, Nov. 21, 2005; 73 FR 20474, Apr. 15, 2008; 75 FR 49198, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.171 Definitions.

For purposes of this subpart, the following definitions apply:

Base rate. The average payment amount per-treatment, standardized to remove the effects of case-mix and area wage levels and further reduced for budget neutrality and the outlier percentage. The base rate is the amount to which the patient-specific case-mix adjustments and any ESRD facility adjustments, if applicable, are applied.

Composite Rate Services. Items and services used in the provision of outpatient maintenance dialysis for the treatment of ESRD and included in the composite payment system established under section 1881(b)(7) and the basic case-mix adjusted composite payment system established under section 1881(b)(12) of the Act.

ESRD facility. An ESRD facility is an independent facility or a hospital-based provider of services (as described in § 413.174(b) and (c) of this chapter), including facilities that have a self-care dialysis unit that furnish only self-dialysis services as defined in § 494.10 of this chapter and meets the supervision requirements described in part 494 of this chapter, and that furnishes institutional dialysis services and supplies under § 410.50 and § 410.52 of this chapter.

New ESRD facility. A new ESRD facility is an ESRD facility (as defined above) that is certified for Medicare participation on or after January 1, 2011.

Pediatric ESRD Patient. A pediatric ESRD patient is defined as an individual less than 18 years of age who is receiving renal dialysis services.

Renal dialysis services. Effective January 1, 2011, the following items and services are considered “renal dialysis services,” and paid under the ESRD prospective payment system under section 1881(b)(14) of the Act:

(1) Items and services included in the composite rate for renal dialysis services as of December 31, 2010;

(2) Erythropoiesis stimulating agents and any oral form of such agents that are furnished to individuals for the treatment of ESRD;

(3) Other drugs and biologicals that are furnished to individuals for the treatment of ESRD and for which payment was (prior to January 1, 2011) made separately under Title XVIII of the Act (including drugs and biologicals with only an oral form),

(4) Diagnostic laboratory tests and other items and services not described in paragraph (1) of this definition that are furnished to individuals for the treatment of ESRD.

(5) Renal dialysis services do not include those services that are not essential for the delivery of maintenance dialysis.

Separately billable items and services. Items and services used in the provision of outpatient maintenance dialysis for the treatment of individuals with ESRD that were or would have been, prior to January 1, 2011, separately payable under Title XVIII of the Act and not included in the payment systems established under section 1881(b)(7) and section 1881(b)(12) of the Act.

[75 FR 49198, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.172 Principles of prospective payment.

(a) Payment for renal dialysis services as defined in § 413.171 and home dialysis services as defined in § 413.217 of this chapter are based on payment rates set prospectively by CMS.

(b) All approved ESRD facilities must accept the prospective payment rates established by CMS as payment in full for covered renal dialysis services as defined in § 413.171 or home dialysis services. Approved ESRD facility means—

(1) Any independent ESRD facility or hospital-based provider of services (as defined in § 413.174(b) and § 413.174(c) of this part) that has been approved by CMS to participate in Medicare as an ESRD supplier; or

(2) Any approved independent facility with a written agreement with the Secretary. Under the agreement, the independent ESRD facility agrees—

(i) To maintain compliance with the conditions for coverage set forth in part 494 of this chapter and to report promptly to CMS any failure to do so; and

(ii) Not to charge the beneficiary or any other person for items and services for which the beneficiary is entitled to have payment made under the provisions of this part.

(c) CMS publishes the methodology used to establish payment rates and the changes specified in § 413.196(b) in the Federal Register.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 73 FR 20474, Apr. 15, 2008; 75 FR 49198, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.174 Prospective rates for hospital-based and independent ESRD facilities.

(a) Establishment of rates. CMS establishes prospective payment rates for ESRD facilities using a methodology that—

(1) Differentiates between hospital-based providers of services and independent ESRD facilities for items and services furnished prior to January 1, 2009;

(2) Does not differentiate between hospital-based providers of services and independent ESRD facilities for items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2009; and

(3) Requires the labor share be based on the labor share otherwise applied to independent ESRD facilities when applying the geographic index to hospital-based ESRD providers of services, on or after January 1, 2009.

(b) Determination of independent facility. For purposes of rate-setting and payment under this section, CMS considers any facility that does not meet all of the criteria of a hospital-based facility to be an independent facility. A determination under this paragraph (b) is an initial determination under § 498.3 of this chapter.

(c) Determination of hospital-based facility. A determination under this paragraph (c) is an initial determination under § 498.3 of this chapter. CMS determines that a facility is hospital-based if the—

(1) Facility and hospital are subject to the bylaws and operating decisions of a common governing board. This governing board, which has final administrative responsibility, approves all personnel actions, appoints medical staff, and carries out similar management functions;

(2) Facility's director or administrator is under the supervision of the hospital's chief executive officer and reports through him or her to the governing board;

(3) Facility personnel policies and practices conform to those of the hospital;

(4) Administrative functions of the facility (for example, records, billing, laundry, housekeeping, and purchasing) are integrated with those of the hospital; and

(5) Facility and hospital are financially integrated, as evidenced by the cost report, which reflects allocation of overhead to the facility through the required step-down methodology.

(d) Nondetermination of hospital-based facility. In determining whether a facility is hospital-based, CMS does not consider—

(1) An agreement between a facility and a hospital concerning patient referral;

(2) A shared service arrangement between a facility and a hospital; or

(3) The physical location of a facility on the premises of a hospital.

(e) Add-on amounts. If all the physicians furnishing services to patients in an ESRD facility elect the initial method of payment (as described in § 414.313(c) of this chapter), the prospective rate (as described in paragraph (a) of this section) paid to that facility is increased by an add-on amount as described in § 414.313.

(f) Additional payment for separately billable drugs and biologicals. Prior to January 1, 2011, CMS makes additional payment directly to an ESRD facility for certain ESRD-related drugs and biologicals furnished to ESRD patients.

(1) Only on an assignment basis, directly to the facility which must accept, as payment in full, the amount that CMS determines;

(2) Subject to the Part B deductible and coinsurance;

(3) For drugs furnished prior to January 1, 2006, payment is made to hospital-based ESRD providers of services on a reasonable cost basis. Effective January 1, 2006, and prior to January 1, 2011, payment for drugs furnished by a hospital-based ESRD provider of service is based on the methodology specified in § 414.904 of this chapter.

(4) For drugs furnished prior to January 1, 2006, payment is made to independent ESRD facilities based on the methodology specified in § 405.517 of this chapter. Effective January 1, 2006, and prior to January 1, 2011, payment for drugs and biological furnished by independent ESRD facilities is based on the methodology specified in § 414.904 of this chapter.

(5) Effective January 1, 2011, except as provided below, payment to an ESRD facility for renal dialysis service drugs and biologicals as defined in § 413.171, furnished to ESRD patients on or after January 1, 2011 is incorporated within the prospective payment system rates established by CMS in § 413.230 and separate payment will no longer be provided.

(6) Effective January 1, 2025, payment to an ESRD facility for renal dialysis service drugs and biologicals with only an oral form furnished to ESRD patients is incorporated within the prospective payment system rates established by CMS in § 413.230 and separate payment will no longer be provided.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 70 FR 70330, Nov. 21, 2005; 73 FR 69935, Nov. 19, 2008; 75 FR 49198, Aug. 12, 2010; 78 FR 72252, Dec. 2, 2013; 79 FR 66262, Nov. 6, 2014; 80 FR 69076, Nov. 6, 2015]

§ 413.176 Amount of payments.

For items and services, for which payment is made under section 1881(b)(7), section 1881(b)(12), and section 1881(b)(14) of the Act:

(a) If the beneficiary has incurred the full deductible applicable under Part B of Medicare before the dialysis treatment, Medicare pays the ESRD facility 80 percent of its prospective rate.

(b) If the beneficiary has not incurred the full deductible applicable under Part B of Medicare before the dialysis treatment, CMS subtracts the amount applicable to the deductible from the ESRD facility's prospective rate and pays the facility 80 percent of the remainder, if any.

[75 FR 49199, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.177 Quality incentive program payment.

(a) With respect to renal dialysis services as defined under § 413.171, except for those renal dialysis services furnished during payment year 2022, in the case of an ESRD facility that does not earn enough points under the program described at § 413.178 to meet or exceed the minimum total performance score (as defined at § 413.178(a)(8)) established by CMS for a payment year (as defined at § 413.178(a)(10)), payments otherwise made to the facility under § 413.230 for renal dialysis services during the payment year will be reduced by up to 2 percent as follows:

(1) For every 10 points that the total performance score (as defined at § 413.178(a)(14)) earned by the ESRD facility falls below the minimum total performance score, the payments otherwise made will be reduced by 0.5 percent.

(2) [Reserved]

(b) Any payment reduction will apply only to the payment year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the single payment amount under this subpart for services provided in a subsequent payment year.

[76 FR 646, Jan. 5, 2011, as amended at 83 FR 57068, Nov. 14, 2018; 86 FR 62020, Nov. 8, 2021]

§ 413.178 ESRD quality incentive program.

(a) Definitions. As used in this section:

(1) Achievement threshold means the 15th percentile of national ESRD facility performance on a clinical measure during the baseline period for a payment year.

(2) Baseline period means, with respect to a payment year, the time period used to calculate the performance standards, benchmark, improvement threshold and achievement threshold that apply to each clinical measure for that payment year.

(3) Benchmark means, with respect to a payment year, the 90th percentile of national ESRD facility performance on a clinical measure during the baseline period that applies to the measure for that payment year.

(4) Clinical measure means a measure that is scored for a payment year using the methodology described in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.

(5) End-Stage Renal Disease (ESRD) Quality Incentive Program (QIP) means the program authorized under section 1881(h) of the Social Security Act.

(6) ESRD facility means an ESRD facility as defined in § 413.171.

(7) Improvement threshold means an ESRD facility's performance on a clinical measure during the baseline period that applies to the measure for a payment year.

(8) Minimum total performance score (mTPS) means, with respect to a payment year except payment year 2023, the total performance score that an ESRD facility would receive if it performed at the 50th percentile of national ESRD facility performance on all clinical measures during the baseline period, and it performed at the median of national ESRD facility performance on all reporting measures using data from the most recently available year before the performance period.

(9) Payment reduction means the reduction, as specified by CMS, to each payment that would otherwise be made to an ESRD facility under § 413.230 for a calendar year based on the TPS earned by the ESRD facility for the corresponding payment year that is lower than the mTPS score established for that payment year.

(10) Payment year means the calendar year for which a payment reduction, if applicable, is applied to the payments otherwise made to an ESRD facility under § 413.230.

(11) Performance period means the time period during which data are collected for the purpose of calculating an ESRD facility's performance on measures with respect to a payment year.

(12) Performance standards are, for a clinical measure, the performance levels used to award points to an ESRD facility based on its performance on the measure, and are, for a reporting measure, the levels of data submission and completion of other actions specified by CMS that are used to award points to an ESRD facility on the measure.

(13) Reporting measure means a measure that is scored for a payment year using the methodology described in paragraph (e)(1)(vi) of this section.

(14) Total performance score (TPS) means the numeric score ranging from 0 to 100 awarded to each ESRD facility based on its performance under the ESRD QIP with respect to a payment year.

(b) Applicability of the ESRD QIP. The ESRD QIP applies to ESRD facilities as defined at § 413.171 beginning the first day of the month that is 4 months after the facility CMS Certification Number (CCN) effective date.

(c) ESRD QIP measure selection, retention, and removal—(1) ESRD QIP measure selection. CMS specifies measures for the ESRD QIP for a payment year and groups the measures into domains. The measures for a payment year include:

(i) Measures on anemia management that reflect the labeling approved by the Food and Drug Administration for such management;

(ii) Measures on dialysis adequacy;

(iii) To the extent feasible, a measure (or measures) of patient satisfaction;

(iv) To the extent feasible, measures on iron management, bone mineral metabolism, and vascular access (including for maximizing the placement of arterial venous fistula);

(v) Beginning with the 2016 payment year, measures specific to the conditions treated with oral-only drugs and that are, to the extent feasible, outcomes-based; and

(vi) Other measures that CMS specifies.

(2) Use of endorsed measures—(i) General rule. Measures specified by CMS under paragraph (c)(1) of this section will be endorsed by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Social Security Act, unless the exception in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section applies.

(ii) Exception. CMS may specify a measure under paragraph (c)(1) of this section that does not meet the requirement in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section if:

(A) CMS has determined that a specified area or medical topic is appropriate for inclusion in the ESRD QIP;

(B) CMS has not identified a feasible and practical measure with respect to that specified area or medical topic that has been endorsed by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Social Security Act; and

(C) CMS has given due consideration to measures that have been endorsed or adopted by a consensus organization.

(3) Updating of measure specifications. CMS uses rulemaking to make substantive updates to the specifications of measures used in the ESRD QIP. CMS announces technical measure specification updates through the QualityNet website (https://qualitynet.cms.gov) and listserv announcements.

(4) Measure retention. All measures specified for the ESRD QIP measure set remain in the measure set unless CMS, through rulemaking, removes or replaces them.

(5) Measure removal factors—(i) General rule. CMS may remove or replace a measure based on one or more of the following factors:

(A) Factor 1. Measure performance among the majority of ESRD facilities is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions in improvements or performance can no longer be made.

(B) Factor 2. Performance or improvement on a measure does not result in better or the intended patient outcomes.

(C) Factor 3. A measure no longer aligns with current clinical guidelines or practice.

(D) Factor 4. A more broadly applicable (across settings, populations, or conditions) measure for the topic or a measure that is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular topic becomes available.

(E) Factor 5. A measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic becomes available.

(F) Factor 6. Collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative or unintended consequences.

(G) Factor 7. It is not feasible to implement the measure specifications.

(H) Factor 8. The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(ii) Exception. CMS may retain a measure that meets one or more of the measure removal factors described in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section for reasons including, but not limited to, that the measure addresses a gap in quality that is so significant that removing the measure would lower the quality of care furnished by facilities, or that the measure is statutorily required.

(iii) Patient safety exception. Upon a determination by CMS that the continued requirement for facilities to submit data on a measure raises specific patient safety concerns, CMS may elect to immediately remove the measure from the ESRD QIP measure set. CMS will, upon removal of the measure—

(A) Provide notice to facilities and the public at the time CMS removes the measure, along with a statement of the specific patient safety concerns that would be raised if facilities continued to submit data on the measure; and

(B) Provide notice of the removal in the Federal Register.

(d) Data submission requirement. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) and (4) of this section, and for a payment year, facilities must submit to CMS data on each measure specified by CMS under paragraph (c) of this section. Facilities must submit these data in the form, manner, and at a time specified by CMS.

(2) For purposes of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the baseline period that applies to each of payment year 2023 and payment year 2024 is calendar year 2019 for purposes of calculating the achievement threshold, benchmark and minimum total performance score, and calendar year 2019 for purposes of calculating the improvement threshold. The baseline period that applies to payment year 2025 is calendar year 2021 for purposes of calculating the achievement threshold, benchmark and minimum total performance score, and calendar year 2022 for purposes of calculating the improvement threshold, and the performance period that applies to payment year 2025 is calendar year 2023. Beginning with payment year 2026, the performance period and corresponding baseline periods are each advanced 1 year for each successive payment year.

(3) A facility may request and CMS may grant exceptions to the reporting requirements under paragraph (d)(1) of this section for one or more calendar days, when there are certain extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the facility.

(4) A facility may request an exception within 90 days of the date that the extraordinary circumstances occurred by submitting the Extraordinary Circumstances Exception request form, which is available on the QualityNet website (https://www.qualitynet.org/), to CMS via email to the ESRD QIP mailbox at ESRDQIP@cms.hhs.gov. Facilities must provide the following information on the form:

(i) Facility CCN.

(ii) Facility name.

(iii) CEO name and contact information.

(iv) Additional contact name and contact information.

(v) Reason for requesting an exception.

(vi) Dates affected.

(vii) Date the facility will start submitting data again, with justification for this date.

(viii) Evidence of the impact of the extraordinary circumstances, including but not limited to photographs, newspaper, and other media articles.

(5) CMS will not consider an exception request unless the facility requesting such exception has complied with the requirements in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.

(6) CMS may grant exceptions to facilities without a request if it determines that one or more of the following has occurred:

(i) An extraordinary circumstance affects an entire region or locale.

(ii) An unresolved issue with a CMS data system affected the ability of a facility to submit data in accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section and CMS was unable to provide the facility with an alternative method of data submission.

(7) With the exception of first and second quarter 2020 ESRD QIP data for which CMS granted an exception under paragraph (d)(6) of this section, a facility that has been granted an exception to the data submission requirements under paragraph (d)(6) of this section may notify CMS that it will continue to submit data under paragraph (d)(1) of this section by sending an email signed by the CEO or another designated contact to the ESRD QIP mailbox at ESRDQIP@cms.hhs.gov. Upon receipt of an email under this clause, CMS will notify the facility in writing that CMS is withdrawing the exception it previously granted to the facility. With respect to fourth quarter 2019 ESRD QIP data for which CMS granted an exception under paragraph (d)(6) of this section, a facility is deemed to have met the requirements of this paragraph if the facility actually submitted the data by the March 31, 2020 submission deadline but did not notify CMS that it would do so.

(e) Performance scoring under the ESRD QIP. (1) CMS will award points to an ESRD facility based on its performance on each clinical measure for which the ESRD facility reports the applicable minimum number of cases during the performance period for a payment year, and based on the degree to which the ESRD facility submits data and completes other actions specified by CMS for a reporting measure during the performance period for a payment year.

(i) CMS will award from 1 to 9 points for achievement on a clinical measure to each ESRD facility whose performance on that measure during the applicable performance period meets or exceeds the achievement threshold but is less than the benchmark specified for that measure.

(ii) CMS will award 0 points for achievement on a clinical measure to each ESRD facility whose performance on that measure during the applicable performance period falls below the achievement threshold specified for that measure.

(iii) CMS will award from 0 to 9 points for improvement on a clinical measure to each ESRD facility whose performance on that measure during the applicable performance period meets or exceeds the improvement threshold but is less than the benchmark specified for that measure.

(iv) CMS will award 0 points for improvement on a clinical measure to each ESRD facility whose performance on that measure during the applicable performance period is below the improvement threshold specified for that measure.

(v) CMS will award 10 points to each ESRD facility whose performance on a clinical measure during the applicable performance period meets or exceeds the benchmark specified for that measure.

(vi) CMS will award from 0 to 10 points to each ESRD facility on a reporting measure based on the degree to which, during the applicable performance period, the ESRD facility reports data and completes other actions specified by CMS with respect to that measure.

(2) CMS calculates the TPS for an ESRD facility for a payment year as follows:

(i) CMS calculates a domain score for each domain based on the total number of points the ESRD facility has earned under paragraph (e)(1) of this section for each measure in the domain and the weight that CMS has assigned to each measure.

(ii) CMS weights each domain score in accordance with the domain weight that CMS has established for the payment year.

(iii) The sum of the weighted domain scores is the ESRD facility's TPS for the payment year.

(f) Public availability of ESRD QIP performance information. (1) CMS will make information available to the public regarding the performance of each ESRD facility under the ESRD QIP on the Dialysis Facility Compare website, including the facility's TPS and scores on individual measures.

(2) Prior to making the information described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section available to the public, CMS will provide ESRD facilities with an opportunity to review that information, technical assistance to help them understand how their performance under the ESRD QIP was scored, and an opportunity to request and receive responses to questions that they have about the ESRD QIP.

(3) CMS will provide each ESRD facility with a performance score certificate on an annual basis that describes the TPS achieved by the facility with respect to a payment year. The performance score certificate must be posted by the ESRD facility within 15 business days of the date that CMS issues the certificate to the ESRD facility, with the content unaltered, in an area of the facility accessible to patients.

(g) Limitation on review. There is no administrative or judicial review of the following:

(1) The determination of the amount of the payment reduction under section 1881(h)(1) of the Act.

(2) The specification of measures under section 1881(h)(2) of the Act.

(3) The methodology developed under section 1881(h)(3) of the Act that is used to calculate TPSs and performance scores for individual measures.

(4) The establishment of the performance standards and the performance period under section 1881(h)(4) of the Act.

(h) Special rule for payment year 2022. (1) CMS will calculate a measure rate for all measures specified by CMS under paragraph (c) of this section for the PY 2022 ESRD QIP but will not score facility performance on any of those measures or calculate a TPS for any facility under paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) CMS will not establish a mTPS for PY 2022.

(i) Special rules for payment year 2023. (1) CMS will calculate a measure rate for, but will not score facility performance on or include in the TPS for any facility under paragraph (e) of this section, the following measures: Standardized Hospitalization Ratio (SHR) clinical measure, Standardized Readmission Ratio (SRR) clinical measure, Long-Term Catheter Rate clinical measure, Standardized Fistula Rate clinical measure, ICH CAHPS clinical measure, Percentage of Prevalent Patients Waitlisted (PPPW) clinical measure, and Kt/V Dialysis Adequacy clinical measure.

(2) The mTPS for payment year 2023 is the total performance score that an ESRD facility would receive if, during the calendar year 2019 baseline period, it performed at the 50th percentile of national ESRD facility performance on Hypercalcemia clinical measure, NHSN Blood Stream Infection (BSI) clinical measure, and the median of national ESRD facility performance on Clinical Depression Screening and Follow-Up reporting measure, Standardized Transfusion Ratio (STrR) reporting measure, Ultrafiltration Rate reporting measure, NHSN Dialysis Event reporting measure, and Medication Reconciliation (MedRec) reporting measure.

[83 FR 57068, Nov. 14, 2018, as amended at 84 FR 60803, Nov. 8, 2019; 85 FR 54872, Sept. 2, 2020; 86 FR 62020, Nov. 8, 2021; 87 FR 67302, Nov. 7, 2022; 88 FR 76504, Nov. 6, 2023]

§ 413.180 Procedures for requesting exceptions to payment rates.

(a) Outpatient maintenance dialysis payments. All payments for outpatient maintenance dialysis furnished at or by facilities are made on the basis of prospective payment rates.

(b) Criteria for requesting an exception. If a pediatric ESRD facility projects on the basis of prior year costs and utilization trends that it has an allowable cost per treatment higher than its prospective rate set under § 413.174, and if these excess costs are attributable to one or more of the factors in § 413.182, the facility may request, in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, that CMS approve an exception to that rate and set a higher prospective payment rate.

(c) Application of deductible and coinsurance. The higher payment rate is subject to the application of deductible and coinsurance in accordance with § 413.176.

(d) Payment rate exception request. Effective October 1, 2002, CMS may approve exceptions to a pediatric ESRD facility's updated prospective payment rate, if the pediatric ESRD facility did not have an approved exception rate as of October 1, 2002. A pediatric ESRD facility may request an exception to its payment rate at any time after it is in operation for at least 12 consecutive months.

(e) Documentation for a payment rate exception request. If the facility is requesting an exception to its payment rate, it must submit to CMS its most recently completed cost report as required under § 413.198 and whatever statistics, data, and budgetary projections as determined by CMS to be needed to adjudicate each type of exception. CMS may audit any cost report or other information submitted. The materials submitted to CMS must—

(1) Separately identify elements of cost contributing to costs per treatment in excess of the facility's payment rate;

(2) Show that the facility's costs, including those costs that are not directly attributable to the exception criteria, are allowable and reasonable under the reasonable cost principles set forth in this part;

(3) Show that the elements of excessive cost are specifically attributable to one or more conditions specified in § 413.182;

(4) Specify the amount of additional payment per treatment the facility believes is required for it to recover its justifiable excess costs; and

(5) Specify that the facility has compared its most recently completed cost report with cost reports from (at least 2) prior years. The facility must explain any material statistical data or cost changes, or both, and include an explanation with the documentation supporting the exception request.

(f) Completion of requirements and criteria. The facility must demonstrate to CMS's satisfaction that the requirements of this section and the criteria in § 413.182 are fully met. The burden of proof is on the facility to show that one or more of the criteria are met and that the excessive costs are justifiable under the reasonable cost principles set forth in this part.

(g) Approval of an exception request. An exception request is deemed approved unless it is disapproved within 60 working days after it is filed with its contractor.

(h) Determination of an exception request. In determining the facility's payment rate under the exception process, CMS excludes all costs that are not reasonable or allowable under the reasonable cost principles set forth in this part.

(i) Period of approval: Payment exception request. A prospective exception payment rate approved by CMS applies for the period from the date the complete exception request was filed with its contractor until 30 days after the contractor's receipt of the facility's letter notifying the contractor of the facility's request to give up its exception rate and be subject to the basic case-mix adjusted composite payment rate methodology. ESRD facilities electing to retain their nonpediatric or pediatric exception rates (including self-dialysis training) do not need to notify their contractors. Once a facility notifies its contractor in writing that it cannot retain its current exception rate, that decision cannot be subsequently reversed.

(j) Denial of an exception request. CMS denies exception requests submitted without the documentation specified in § 413.182 and the applicable regulations cited there.

(k) Criteria for refiling a denied exception request. A pediatric ESRD facility that was denied an exception request may immediately file another exception request. Any subsequent exception request must address and document the issues cited in CMS' denial letter.

(l) Periods of exceptions. (1) Prior to December 31, 2000, an ESRD facility may receive an exception to its composite payment rate for isolated essential facilities, self dialysis training costs, atypical service intensity (patient mix) and pediatric facilities.

(2) Effective December 31, 2000, an ESRD facility not subject to paragraph (l)(3), is no longer granted any new exception to the composite payment rate as defined in § 413.180(1).

(3) Effective April 1, 2004 through September 27, 2004, and on an annual basis, an ESRD facility with at least 50 percent pediatric patient mix as specified in § 413.184 of this part, that did not have an exception rate in effect as of October 1, 2002, may apply for an exception to its composite payment rate.

(4) For ESRD facilities that are paid a blended rate for renal dialysis services provided during the transition described in § 413.239 of this part, any existing exceptions for isolated essential facilities, self dialysis training costs, atypical service intensity (patient mix) and pediatric facilities are used as the payment amount in place of the composite rate, and will be terminated for ESRD services furnished on or after January 1, 2014.

(5) For ESRD facilities that, in accordance with § 413.239(b) of this part, elect to be paid for renal dialysis services provided during the transition based on 100 percent of the payment amount determined under § 413.220, any existing exceptions for isolated essential facilities, self dialysis training costs, atypical service intensity (patient mix) and pediatric facilities are terminated for ESRD services furnished on or after January 1, 2011.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 70 FR 70331, Nov. 21, 2005; 75 FR 49199, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.182 Criteria for approval of exception requests.

(a) CMS may approve exceptions to a pediatric ESRD facility's prospective payment rate if the pediatric ESRD facility did not have an approved exception rate as of October 1, 2002.

(b) The pediatric ESRD facility must demonstrate, by convincing objective evidence, that its total per treatment costs are reasonable and allowable under the relevant cost reimbursement principles of part 413 and that its per treatment costs in excess of its payment rate are directly attributable to any of the following criteria:

(1) Pediatric patient mix, as specified in § 413.184.

(2) Self-dialysis training costs in pediatric facilities, as specified in § 413.186.

[70 FR 70331, Nov. 21, 2005]

§ 413.184 Payment exception: Pediatric patient mix.

(a) Qualifications. To qualify for an exception to its prospective payment rate based on its pediatric patient mix a facility must demonstrate that—

(1) At least 50 percent of its patients are individuals under 18 years of age;

(2) Its nursing personnel costs are allocated properly between each mode of care;

(3) The additional nursing hours per treatment are not the result of an excess number of employees;

(4) Its pediatric patients require a significantly higher staff-to-patient ratio than typical adult patients; and

(5) These services, procedures, or supplies and their per treatment costs are clearly prudent and reasonable when compared to those of pediatric facilities with a similar patient mix.

(b) Documentation. (1) A pediatric ESRD facility must submit a listing of all outpatient dialysis patients (including all home patients) treated during the most recently completed and filed cost report (in accordance with cost reporting requirements under § 413.198) showing—

(i) Age of patients and percentage of patients under the age of 18;

(ii) Individual patient diagnosis;

(iii) Home patients and ages;

(iv) In-facility patients, staff-assisted, or self-dialysis;

(v) Diabetic patients; and

(vi) Patients isolated because of contagious disease.

(2) The facility also must—

(i) Submit documentation on costs of nursing personnel (registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, technicians, and aides) incurred during the most recently completed fiscal year cost report showing—

(A) Amount each employee was paid;

(B) Number of personnel;

(C) Amount of time spent in the dialysis unit; and

(D) Staff-to-patient ratio based on total hours, with an analysis of productive and nonproductive hours.

(ii) Submit documentation on supply costs incurred during the most recently completed fiscal or calendar year cost report showing—

(A) By modality, a complete list of supplies used routinely in a dialysis treatment;

(B) The make and model number of each dialyzer and its component cost; and

(C) That supplies are prudently purchased (for example, that bulk discounts are used when available).

(iii) Submit documentation on overhead costs incurred during the most recently completed fiscal or calendar year cost reporting year showing—

(A) The basis of the higher overhead costs;

(B) The impact on the specific cost components; and

(C) The effect on per treatment costs.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 70 FR 70331, Nov. 21, 2005]

§ 413.186 Payment exception: Self-dialysis training costs in pediatric facilities.

(a) Qualification. To qualify for an exception to the prospective payment rate based on self-dialysis training costs, the pediatric ESRD facility must establish that it incurs per treatment costs for furnishing self-dialysis and home dialysis training that exceed the facility's payment rate for the training sessions.

(b) Justification. To justify its exception request, a facility must—

(1) Separately identify those elements contributing to its costs in excess of the composite training rate; and

(2) Demonstrate that its per treatment costs are reasonable and allowable.

(c) Criteria for determining proper cost reporting. CMS considers the pediatric ESRD facility's total costs, cost finding and apportionment, including its allocation of costs, to determine if costs are properly reported by treatment modality.

(d) Limitation of exception requests. Exception requests for a higher training rate are limited to those cost components relating to training such as technical staff, medical supplies, and the special costs of education (manuals and education materials). These requests may include overhead and other indirect costs to the extent that these costs are directly attributable to the additional training costs.

(e) Documentation. The pediatric ESRD facility must provide the following information to support its exception request:

(1) A copy of the facility's training program.

(2) Computation of the facility's cost per treatment for maintenance sessions and training sessions including an explanation of the cost difference between the two modalities.

(3) Class size and patients' training schedules.

(4) Number of training sessions required, by treatment modality, to train patients.

(5) Number of patients trained for the current year and the prior 2 years on a monthly basis.

(6) Projection for the next 12 months of future training candidates.

(7) The number and qualifications of staff at training sessions.

(f) Accelerated training exception. (1) A pediatric ESRD facility may bill Medicare for a dialysis training session only when a patient receives a dialysis treatment (normally 3 times a week for hemodialysis). Continuous cycling peritoneal dialysis (CCPD) and continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD) are daily treatment modalities; ESRD facilities are paid the equivalent of three hemodialysis treatments for each week that CCPD and CAPD treatments are provided.

(2) If a pediatric ESRD facility elects to train all its patients using a particular treatment modality more often than during each dialysis treatment and, as a result, the number of billable training dialysis sessions is less than the number of actual training sessions, the facility may request a composite rate exception, limited to the lesser of the—

(i) Facility's projected training cost per treatment; or

(ii) Cost per treatment the facility receives in training a patient if it had trained patients only during a dialysis treatment, that is, three times per week.

(3) An ESRD facility may bill a maximum of 25 training sessions per patient for hemodialysis training and 15 sessions for CCPD and CAPD training.

(4) In computing the payment amount under an accelerated training exception, CMS uses a minimum number of training sessions per patient (15 for hemodialysis and 5 for CAPD and CCPD) when the facility actually provides fewer than the minimum number of training sessions.

(5) To justify an accelerated training exception request, an ESRD facility must document that a significant number of training sessions for a particular modality are provided during a shorter but more condensed period.

(6) The facility must submit with the exception request a list of patients, by modality, trained during the most recent cost report period. The list must include each beneficiary's—

(i) Name;

(ii) Age; and

(iii) Training status (completed, not completed, being retrained, or in the process of being trained).

(7) The total treatments from the patient list must be the same as the total treatments reported on the cost report filed with the request.

[70 FR 70331, Nov. 21, 2005]

§ 413.194 Appeals.

(a) Appeals under section 1878 of the Act. (1) A facility that disputes the amount of its allowable Medicare bad debts reimbursed by CMS under § 413.89(h)(3) may request review by the contractor or the Provider Reimbursement Review Board (PRRB) in accordance with subpart R to part 405 of this chapter.

(2) A facility must request and obtain a final agency decision prior to seeking judicial review of a dispute regarding the amount of allowable Medicare bad debts.

(b) Other appeals. (1) A facility that has requested higher payment per treatment in accordance with § 413.180 may request review from the contractor or the PRRB if CMS has denied the request in whole or in part. In such a case, the procedure in subpart R of part 405 of this chapter is followed to the extent that it is applicable.

(2) The PRRB has the authority to review the action taken by CMS on the facility's requests. However, the PRRB's decision is subject to review by the Administrator under § 405.1875 of this chapter.

(3) A facility must request and obtain a final agency decision, in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, prior to seeking judicial review of the denial, in whole or in part, of the exception request.

(c) Procedure. (1) The facility must request review within 180 days of the date of the decision on which review is sought.

(2) The facility may not submit to the reviewing entity, whether it is the contractor or the PRRB, any additional information or cost data that had not been submitted to CMS at the time CMS evaluated the exception request.

(d) Determining amount in controversy. For purposes of determining PRRB jurisdiction under subpart R of part 405 of this chapter for the appeals described in paragraph (b) of this section—

(1) The amount in controversy per treatment is determined by subtracting the amount of program payment from the amount the facility requested under § 413.180; and

(2) The total amount in controversy is calculated by multiplying the amount in controversy per treatment by the projected number of treatments for the exception request period.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 81 FR 77965, Nov. 4, 2016]

§ 413.195 Limitation on Review.

Administrative or judicial review under section 1869 of the Act, section 1878 of the Act, or otherwise of the following is prohibited: The determination of payment amounts under section 1881(b)(14)(A) of the Act, the establishment of an appropriate unit of payment under section 1881(b)(14)(C) of the Act, the identification of renal dialysis services included in the bundled payment, the adjustments under section 1881(b)(14)(D) of the Act, the application of the phase-in under section 1881(b)(14)(E) of the Act, and the establishment of the market basket percentage increase factors under section 1881(b)(14)(F) of the Act.

[75 FR 49199, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.196 Notification of changes in rate-setting methodologies and payment rates.

(a) CMS or the facility's contractor notifies each facility of changes in its payment rate. This notice includes changes in individual facility payment rates resulting from corrections or revisions of particular geographic labor cost adjustment factors.

(b) Changes in payment rates resulting from incorporation of updated cost data or general revisions of geographic labor cost adjustment factors are announced by notice published in the Federal Register without opportunity for prior comment. Revisions of the rate-setting methodology are published in the Federal Register in accordance with the Department's established rulemaking procedures.

(c) Effective for items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2011 and before January 1, 2012, CMS adjusts the composite rate portion of the basic case-mix adjusted composite payment system described in § 413.220 by the ESRD bundled market basket percentage increase factor.

(d) Effective for items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2012, CMS updates on an annual basis the following:

(1) The per-treatment base rate and the composite rate portion of the basic case-mix adjusted composite payment system described in § 413.220 by the ESRD bundled market basket percentage increase factor minus a productivity adjustment factor.

(2) The wage index using the most current wage data for occupations related to the furnishing of renal dialysis services from the Bureau of Labor Statistics and occupational mix data from the most recent full calendar year of Medicare cost reports submitted in accordance with § 413.198(b).

(3) The fixed dollar loss amount as defined in § 413.237 of this part to ensure that outlier payments continue to be 1.0 percent of total payments to ESRD facilities.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 75 FR 49199, Aug. 12, 2010; 89 FR 89212, Nov. 12, 2024]

§ 413.198 Recordkeeping and cost reporting requirements for outpatient maintenance dialysis.

(a) Purpose and scope. This section implements sections 1881(b)(2)(B)(i) and 1881(b)(14) of the Act by specifying recordkeeping and cost reporting requirements for ESRD facilities under part 494 of this chapter. The records and reports will enable CMS to determine the costs incurred in furnishing outpatient maintenance dialysis as defined in § 413.170(a).

(b) Recordkeeping and reporting requirements. (1) Each facility must keep adequate records and submit the appropriate CMS-approved cost report in accordance with §§ 413.20 and 413.24, which provide rules on financial data and reports, and adequate cost data and cost finding, respectively.

(2) The cost reimbursement principles set forth in this part (beginning with § 413.134, Depreciation, and excluding the principles listed in paragraph (b)(4) of this section), apply in the determination and reporting of the allowable cost incurred in furnishing outpatient maintenance dialysis treatments to patients dialyzing in the facility, or incurred by the facility in furnishing home dialysis service, supplies, and equipment.

(3) Allowable cost is the reasonable cost related to dialysis treatments. Reasonable cost includes all necessary and proper expenses incurred by the facility in furnishing the dialysis treatments, such as administrative costs, maintenance costs, and premium payments for employee health and pension plans. It includes both direct and indirect costs and normal standby costs. Reasonable cost does not include costs that—

(i) Are not related to patient care for outpatient maintenance dialysis;

(ii) Are for services or items specifically not reimbursable under the program;

(iii) Flow from the provision of luxury items or services (items or services substantially in excess of or more expensive than those generally considered necessary for the provision of needed health services); or

(iv) Are found to be substantially out of line with other institutions in the same area that are similar in size, scope of services, utilization, and other relevant factors.

(4) The following principles of this part do not apply in determining adjustments to allowable costs as reported by ESRD facilities:

(i) Section 413.157, Return on equity capital of proprietary providers;

(ii) Section 413.420, Payment to independent organ procurement organizations and to histocompatibility laboratories for kidney acquisition costs;

(iii) Section 413.9, Cost related to patient care (except for the principles stated in paragraph (b)(3) of this section); and

(iv) Sections 413.64, Payments to providers, and §§ 413.13, 413.30, 413.35, 413.40, 413.74, and §§ 415.55 through 415.70, § 415.162, and § 415.164 of this chapter, Principles of reimbursement for services by hospital-based physicians.

(5) Each ESRD facility must submit data and information of the types and in the formats established by CMS for the purpose of estimating patient-level and facility-level variation in resource use involved in furnishing renal dialysis services. Beginning January 1, 2025, the data and information must include, but is not limited to the following:

(i) Information reported on ESRD prospective payment system (PPS) claims for renal dialysis services regarding the number of minutes between the start and end of hemodialysis treatment, without accounting for any interruptions, received by a beneficiary in center in an ESRD facility;

(ii) Information reported on ESRD PPS claims about the total number of billing units (or the expected number of billing units, for renal dialysis drugs and biological products provided to beneficiaries for use while receiving home dialysis services as defined in § 413.217 of this chapter or oral forms of renal dialysis drugs and biological products), of any discarded amount of a renal dialysis drug or biological product from a single-dose container or single-use package that is paid for under the ESRD PPS, using the JW modifier (or any successor modifier that includes the same data); and

(iii) Information reported on ESRD PPS claims about any renal dialysis drug or biological product from a single-dose container or single-use package that is paid for under the ESRD PPS for which there is no discarded amount (or no discarded amount expected, for renal dialysis drugs and biological products provided to beneficiaries for use while receiving home dialysis services as defined in § 413.217 of this chapter or oral forms of renal dialysis drugs and biological products), using the JZ modifier (or any successor modifier that includes the same data).

(6) Beginning January 1, 2025, each ESRD facility must document in the beneficiary's medical record any discarded amounts of a renal dialysis drug or biological product from a single-dose container or single-use package that is paid for under the ESRD PPS.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 73 FR 20474, Apr. 15, 2008; 87 FR 72287, Nov. 23, 2022; 88 FR 76504, Nov. 6, 2023]

§ 413.200 [Reserved]
§ 413.202 Organ procurement organization (OPO) cost for kidneys sent to foreign countries or transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries.

An OPO's total costs for all kidneys is reduced by the costs associated with procuring kidneys sent to foreign transplant centers or transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries. OPOs, as defined in § 486.302 of this chapter, must separate costs for procuring kidneys that are sent to foreign transplant centers and kidneys transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries from Medicare allowable costs prior to final settlement by the Medicare fiscal contractors. Medicare costs are based on the ratio of the number of usable kidneys transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries to the total number of usable kidneys applied to reasonable costs. Certain long-standing arrangements that existed before March 3, 1988 (for example, an OPO that procures kidneys at a military transplant hospital for transplant at that hospital), will be deemed to be Medicare kidneys for cost reporting statistical purposes. The OPO must submit a request to the contractor for review and approval of these arrangements.

[62 FR 43668, Aug. 15, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 31046, May 31, 2006]

§ 413.203 Transplant center costs for organs sent to foreign countries or transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries.

(a) A transplant center's total costs for all organs is reduced by the costs associated with procuring organs sent to foreign transplant centers or transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries. Organs are defined in § 486.302 (only covered organs will be paid for on a reasonable cost basis).

(b) Transplant center hospitals must separate costs for procuring organs that are sent to foreign transplant centers and organs transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries from Medicare allowable costs prior to final cost settlement by the Medicare fiscal contractors.

(c) Medicare costs are based on the ratio of the number of usable organs transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries to the total number of usable organs applied to reasonable costs.

§ 413.210 Conditions for payment under the end-stage renal disease (ESRD) prospective payment system.

Except as noted in § 413.174(f), items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2011, under section 1881(b)(14)(A) of the Act and as identified in § 413.217 of this part, are paid under the ESRD prospective payment system described in § 413.215 through § 413.235 of this part.

(a) Qualifications for payment. To qualify for payment, ESRD facilities must meet the conditions for coverage in part 494 of this chapter.

(b) Payment for items and services. CMS will not pay any entity or supplier other than the ESRD facility for covered items and services furnished to a Medicare beneficiary. The ESRD facility must furnish all covered items and services defined in § 413.217 of this part either directly or under arrangements.

[75 FR 49199, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.215 Basis of payment.

(a) Except as otherwise provided under § 413.235 or § 413.174(f) of this part, effective January 1, 2011, ESRD facilities receive a predetermined per treatment payment amount described in § 413.230 of this part, for renal dialysis services, specified under section 1881(b)(14) of the Act and as defined in § 413.217 of this part, furnished to Medicare Part B fee-for-service beneficiaries.

(b) In addition to the per-treatment payment amount, as described in paragraph (a) of this section, the ESRD facility may receive payment for bad debts of Medicare beneficiaries as specified in § 413.89(h)(3).

[75 FR 49200, Aug. 12, 2010, as amended at 81 FR 77965, Nov. 4, 2016]

§ 413.217 Items and services included in the ESRD prospective payment system.

The following items and services are included in the ESRD prospective payment system effective January 1, 2011:

(a) Renal dialysis services as defined in § 413.171; and

(b) Home dialysis services, support, and equipment as identified in § 410.52 of this chapter.

[75 FR 49200, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.220 Methodology for calculating the per-treatment base rate under the ESRD prospective payment system effective January 1, 2011.

(a) Data sources. The methodology for determining the per treatment base rate under the ESRD prospective payment system utilized:

(1) Medicare data available to estimate the average cost and payments for renal dialysis services.

(2) ESRD facility cost report data capturing the average cost per treatment.

(3) The lowest per patient utilization calendar year as identified from Medicare claims is calendar year 2007.

(4) Wage index values used to adjust for geographic wage levels described in § 413.231 of this part.

(5) An adjustment factor to account for the most recent estimate of increases in the prices of an appropriate market basket of goods and services provided by ESRD facilities.

(b) Determining the per treatment base rate for calendar year 2011. Except as noted in § 413.174(f), the ESRD prospective payment system combines payments for the composite rate items and services as defined in § 413.171 of this part and the items and services that, prior to January 1, 2011, were separately billable items and services, as defined in § 413.171 of this part, into a single per treatment base rate developed from 2007 claims data. The steps to calculating the per-treatment base rate for 2011 are as follows:

(1) Per patient utilization in CY 2007, 2008, or 2009. CMS removes the effects of enrollment and price growth from total expenditures for 2007, 2008 or 2009 to determine the year with the lowest per patient utilization.

(2) Update of per treatment base rate to 2011. CMS updates the per-treatment base rate under the ESRD prospective payment system in order to reflect estimated per treatment costs in 2011.

(3) Standardization. CMS applies a reduction factor to the per treatment base rate to reflect estimated increases resulting from the facility-level and patient-level adjustments applicable to the case as described in § 413.231 through § 413.235 of this part.

(4) Outlier percentage. CMS reduces the per treatment base rate by 1 percent to account for the proportion of the estimated total payments under the ESRD prospective payment system that are outlier payments as described in § 413.237 of this part.

(5) Budget neutrality. CMS adjusts the per treatment base rate so that the aggregate payments in 2011 are estimated to be 98 percent of the amount that would have been made under title XVIII of the Social Security Act if the ESRD prospective payment system described in section 1881(b)(14) of the Act were not implemented.

(6) First 4 Years of the ESRD prospective payment system. During the first 4 years of ESRD prospective payment system (January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2013), CMS adjusts the per-treatment base rate in accordance with § 413.239(d).

[75 FR 49200, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.230 Determining the per treatment payment amount.

The per-treatment payment amount is the sum of:

(a) The per treatment base rate established in § 413.220, adjusted for wages as described in § 413.231, and adjusted for facility-level and patient-level characteristics described in §§ 413.232, 413.233, and 413.235 of this part;

(b) Any outlier payment under § 413.237;

(c) Any training adjustment add-on under § 413.235(c);

(d) Any transitional drug add-on payment adjustment under § 413.234(c);

(e) Any transitional add-on payment adjustment for new and innovative equipment and supplies under § 413.236(d); and

(f) Any add-on payment adjustment for new renal dialysis drugs or biological products in existing ESRD PPS functional categories after the payment period for the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment has ended, as described in § 413.234(c)(3) and (g).

[75 FR 49200, Aug. 12, 2010, as amended at 84 FR 60803, Nov. 8, 2019; 88 FR 76505, Nov. 6, 2023; 90 FR 53139, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 413.231 Adjustment for wages.

(a) CMS adjusts the labor-related portion of the base rate to account for geographic differences in the area wage levels using an appropriate wage index (established by CMS) which reflects the relative level of wages relevant to the furnishing of renal dialysis services in the geographic area in which the ESRD facility is located.

(b) The application of the wage index is made on the basis of the location of the ESRD facility in an urban or rural area as defined in this paragraph (b).

(1) Urban area means a Metropolitan Statistical Area or a Metropolitan division (in the case where a Metropolitan Statistical Area is divided into Metropolitan Divisions), as defined by OMB.

(2) Rural area means any area outside an urban area.

(c) Beginning January 1, 2023, CMS applies a cap on decreases to the wage index, such that the wage index applied to an ESRD facility is not less than 95 percent of the wage index applied to that ESRD facility in the prior calendar year.

(d) Beginning January 1, 2023, CMS applies a floor of 0.6000 to the wage index, such that the wage index applied to an ESRD facility is not less than 0.6000.

[75 FR 49200, Aug. 12, 2010, as amended at 87 FR 67302, Nov. 7, 2022; 89 FR 89212, Nov. 12, 2024]

§ 413.232 Low-volume adjustment.

(a) CMS adjusts the base rate for low-volume ESRD facilities, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section.

(b) A low-volume facility is an ESRD facility that, as determined based on the documentation submitted pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section:

(1) Furnished less than 4,000 treatments in each of the 3 cost reporting years (based on as-filed or final settled 12-consecutive month cost reports, whichever is most recent, except as specified in paragraphs (g)(4) and (5) of this section) preceding the payment year; and

(2) Has not opened, closed, or received a new provider number due to a change in ownership (except where the change in ownership results in a change in facility type) in the 3 cost reporting years (based on as-filed or final settled 12-consecutive month cost reports, whichever is most recent) preceding the payment year, except as specified in paragraph (g)(6) of this section.

(c) For the purpose of determining the number of treatments under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the number of treatments considered furnished by the ESRD facility shall equal the aggregate number of treatments furnished by the ESRD facility and the number of treatments furnished by other ESRD facilities that are both:

(1) Under common ownership with, and

(2) Five (5) road miles or less from the ESRD facility in question.

(d) Common ownership means the same individual, individuals, entity, or entities, directly, or indirectly, own 5 percent or more of each ESRD facility.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section and unless extraordinary circumstances justify an exception, to receive the low-volume adjustment an ESRD facility must provide an attestation statement, by November 1st of each year preceding the payment year, to its Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC) that the facility meets all the criteria established in this section, except that:

(1) For payment year 2012, the attestation must be provided by January 3, 2012;

(2) For payment year 2015, the attestation must be provided by December 31, 2014;

(3) For payment year 2016, the attestation must be provided by December 31, 2015; and

(4) For payment year 2021, the attestation must be provided by December 31, 2020.

(f) The low-volume adjustment applies only for dialysis treatments provided to adults (18 years or older).

(g) To receive the low-volume adjustment, an ESRD facility must include in its attestation provided pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section a statement that the ESRD facility meets the definition of a low-volume facility in paragraph (b) of this section. To determine eligibility for the low-volume adjustment, the MAC on behalf of CMS relies upon as filed or final settled 12-consecutive month cost reports, except as specified in paragraphs (g)(4) and (5) of this section, for the 3 cost reporting years preceding the payment year to verify the number of treatments, except that:

(1) In the case of a hospital-based ESRD facility as defined in § 413.174(c), the MAC relies upon the attestation submitted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section and may consider other supporting data in addition to the total treatments reported in each of the 12-consecutive month cost reports for the 3 cost reporting years preceding the payment year to verify the number of treatments that were furnished by the individual hospital-based ESRD facility seeking the adjustment; and

(2) In the case of an ESRD facility that has undergone a change of ownership wherein the ESRD facility's Medicare billing number does not change or changes due to a reclassification of facility type, the MAC relies upon the attestation and if the change results in two non-standard cost reporting periods (less than or greater than 12 consecutive months) does one of the following for the 3 cost reporting years preceding the payment year to verify the number of treatments:

(i) Combines the two non-standard cost reporting periods of less than 12 months to equal a full 12-consecutive month period; and/or

(ii) Combines the two non-standard cost reporting periods that in combination may exceed 12-consecutive months and prorates the data to equal a full 12-consecutive month period.

(3) In the case of an ESRD facility that has changed its cost reporting period, the MAC relies on the attestation and does one or both of the following for the 3-cost reporting years preceding the payment year to verify the number of treatments:

(i) Combines the two non-standard cost reporting periods of less than 12 months to equal a full 12-consecutive month period; and/or

(ii) Combines the two non-standard cost reporting periods that in combination may exceed 12-consecutive months and prorates the data to equal a full 12-consecutive month period.

(4) For payment years 2021, 2022, and 2023, the attestation specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this section must indicate that the ESRD facility meets all the criteria specified in this section, except that, for a facility that would not otherwise meet the number of treatments criterion specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section because of the COVID-19 PHE, the facility may attest that it furnished less than 2,000 treatments in any six months during the cost-reporting period ending in 2020. For any facility that so attests—

(i) The facility must also attest that it furnished treatments equal to or in excess of 4,000 in the payment year due to temporary patient shifting as a result of the COVID-19 PHE; and

(ii) The MAC relies on the attestation and multiplies the total number of treatments for the 6-month period by 2.

(5) For payment year 2024 and subsequent payment years, an ESRD facility may attest in the attestation specified in paragraph (e) of this section that it would have met the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, except that for one or more of the most recent 3 cost reporting years the facility furnished 4,000 or more treatments because of temporary patient-shifting as a result of the closure or operational disruption of another ESRD facility due to a disaster or other emergency. For the purposes of the exception in this paragraph (g)(5), temporary patient-shifting is defined as providing renal dialysis services to one or more displaced patient(s) at any time through the end of the CY following the 12-month period beginning when an ESRD facility first begins providing renal dialysis services to one or more displaced patients. For any facility that so attests—

(i) The facility must also attest that it furnished treatments equal to or in excess of 4,000 in the cost reporting year due to temporary patient-shifting as a result of the closure or operational disruption of an ESRD facility resulting from a disaster or other emergency;

(ii) The facility must request an exception under this paragraph (g)(5) from CMS, in the form and manner specified by CMS, no later than the attestation deadline specified in paragraph (e) of this section or 30 days after the end of the cost reporting year, whichever is later, for each cost reporting year that the facility furnishes treatments equal to or in excess of 4,000 due to temporary patient-shifting as a result of the closure or operational disruption of an ESRD facility resulting from a disaster or other emergency;

(iii) Within 30 days of CMS's receipt of the facility's request, CMS will review the request and either approve the request based on a determination that the ESRD facility furnished treatments equal to or in excess of 4,000 in the cost reporting year due to temporary patient-shifting as a result of the closure or operational disruption of an ESRD facility resulting from a disaster or other emergency, or deny the request, and will notify the facility and the MAC of its decision;

(iv) If CMS approves the request, the ESRD facility is paid the low-volume adjustment on claims for Medicare beneficiaries, on the basis of the exception in this paragraph (g)(5), during the payment year in which the temporary patient-shifting occurred, so long as all other requirements for the low-volume adjustment are met. For any future payment year, the ESRD facility would not be prevented from receiving the low-volume adjustment if the ESRD facility meets or exceeds the 4,000 treatment threshold in a cost reporting year due to temporary patient-shifting as a result of the disaster or other emergency that resulted in another ESRD facility's closure or operational disruption, so long as all other requirements for the low-volume adjustment are met; and

(v) The facility must maintain documentation of the number of displaced patients treated and information about the ESRD facility or facilities that closed or experienced operational disruptions due to a disaster or other emergency and previously treated those patients, and must provide such supporting documentation to CMS and the MAC upon request.

(6) In the case of an ESRD facility that closes due to a disaster or other emergency and later reopens, the ESRD facility may attest in the attestation specified in paragraph (e) of this section that CMS has granted an exception to the requirements specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section because it closed due to a disaster or other emergency. For any facility that so attests—

(i) The ESRD facility would need to request such an exception from CMS, in the form and manner specified by CMS, within 60 days of the facility's closure, and the ESRD facility must inform the MAC of this request in writing;

(ii) With 30 days of CMS's receipt of the facility's request, CMS will review the request and either approve the request based on a determination that the ESRD facility closed due to a disaster or other emergency, or deny the request, and will inform both the facility and the MAC of its decision; and

(iii) If CMS approves the request, the exception under this paragraph (g)(6) will be applicable for a period consisting of the remainder of the cost reporting year (based on as-filed or final settled 12-consecutive month cost reports, whichever is most recent, except as specified in paragraph (g)(4) of this section) in which the closure occurred and the following full 2 cost reporting years. After this period the ESRD facility would follow the general attestation process for the low-volume adjustment specified in paragraph (e) of this section and this paragraph (g).

(iv) The ESRD facility that attests under this paragraph (g)(6) to have closed due to a disaster or other emergency would need to notify CMS and the MAC, in the form and manner specified by CMS, within 30 days reopening and providing renal dialysis services. Within 30 days of CMS's receipt of the facility's notification, CMS will confirm receipt to the facility and the MAC of the facility's notification and the ESRD facility will be able to receive the low-volume adjustment as of the date of reopening, so long as all other requirements for the low-volume adjustment are met.

(v) The ESRD facility must maintain documentation regarding its closure, and must provide such supporting documentation to CMS and/or the MAC upon request.

(h) When an ESRD facility provides an attestation in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, for the third eligibility year, the MAC verifies the as-filed cost report and takes one of the following actions:

(1) If the MAC determines an ESRD facility meets the definition of a low-volume facility as described in paragraph (b) of this section, CMS adjusts the low-volume facility's base rate for the entire payment year; or

(2) If the MAC determines an ESRD facility does not meet the definition of a low-volume facility as described in paragraph (b) of this section, the MAC reprocesses claims and recoups low-volume adjustments paid during the payment year.

[75 FR 49200, Aug. 12, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 70314, Nov. 10, 2011; 79 FR 66262, Nov. 6, 2014; 80 FR 69076, Nov. 6, 2015; 83 FR 57069, Nov. 23, 2018; 85 FR 71485, Nov. 9, 2020; 88 FR 76505, Nov. 6, 2023]

§ 413.233 Additional facility-level adjustments.

(a) CMS adjusts the base rate for facilities in rural areas, as defined in § 413.231(b)(2).

(b) CMS adjusts the non-labor-related portion of the base rate for facilities in Alaska, Hawaii, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands.

[90 FR 53139, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 413.234 Drug designation process.

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

ESRD PPS functional category. A distinct grouping of drugs or biological products, as determined by CMS, whose end action effect is the treatment or management of a condition or conditions associated with ESRD.

New renal dialysis drug or biological product. An injectable, intravenous, oral or other form or route of administration drug or biological product that is used to treat or manage a condition(s) associated with ESRD. It must be approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on or after January 1, 2020, under section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or section 351 of the Public Health Service Act, be commercially available, and be designated by CMS as a renal dialysis service under § 413.171. Oral-only drugs are excluded until January 1, 2025.

Oral-only drug. A drug or biological product with no injectable functional equivalent or other form of administration other than an oral form.

(b) Drug designation process. New renal dialysis drugs or biological products are included in the ESRD PPS bundled payment using the following drug designation process:

(1) If the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is used to treat or manage a condition for which there is an ESRD PPS functional category, the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is considered included in the ESRD PPS bundled payment and the following steps occur:

(i) The new renal dialysis drug or biological product is added to an existing ESRD PPS functional category.

(ii) If the new renal dialysis drug or biological product meets the requirements in paragraph (c)(5) of this section and is not excluded under paragraph (e) of this section, the new drug or biological product is paid for using the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(iii) The new renal dialysis drug or biological product is paid for using the add-on payment adjustment described in paragraphs (c)(3) and (g) of this section, referred to as the post- transitional drug add-on payment adjustment (TDAPA) add-on payment adjustment.

(2) If the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is used to treat or manage a condition for which there is not an ESRD PPS functional category, the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is not considered included in the ESRD PPS bundled payment and the following steps occur:

(i) An existing ESRD PPS functional category is revised or a new ESRD PPS functional category is added for the condition that the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is used to treat or manage;

(ii) If the new renal dialysis drug or biological product meets the requirements in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is paid for using the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section; and

(iii) The new renal dialysis drug or biological product is added to the ESRD PPS bundled payment following payment of the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment.

(c) Transitional drug add-on payment adjustment. A new renal dialysis drug or biological product is paid for using a transitional drug add-on payment adjustment, which is based on 100 percent of average sales price (ASP), except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section. If ASP is not available then the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment is based on 100 percent of wholesale acquisition cost (WAC) and, when WAC is not available, the payment is based on the drug manufacturer's invoice. Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, if CMS does not receive a full calendar quarter of ASP data for a new renal dialysis drug or biological product within 30 days of the last day of the 3rd calendar quarter after we begin applying the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment for the product, CMS will no longer apply the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment for that product beginning no later than 2-calendar quarters after we determine a full calendar quarter of ASP data is not available. If CMS stops receiving the latest full calendar quarter of ASP data for a new renal dialysis drug or biological product during the applicable time period specified in paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section, CMS will no longer apply the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment for the product beginning no later than 2-calendar quarters after CMS determines that the latest full calendar quarter of ASP data is not available.

(1) A new renal dialysis drug or biological product that is considered included in the ESRD PPS base rate is paid the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment for 2 years.

(i) Following payment of the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment, the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is paid the post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment as set forth in paragraphs (c)(3) and (g) of this section.

(ii) Following payment of the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment the ESRD PPS base rate will not be modified.

(2) A new renal dialysis drug or biological product that is not considered included in the ESRD PPS base rate is paid the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment until sufficient claims data for rate setting analysis for the new renal dialysis drug or biological product is available, but not for less than 2 years.

(i) Following payment of the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment the ESRD PPS base rate will be modified, if appropriate, to account for the new renal dialysis drug or biological in the ESRD PPS bundled payment.

(ii) [Reserved]

(3) For any new renal dialysis drug or biological product that is eligible for payment using the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment described in paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and (c)(1) of this section, CMS applies a post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment to all ESRD PPS claims that is calculated using the methodology set forth in paragraph (g) of this section. CMS will apply the post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment beginning 8 calendar quarters after the first calendar quarter in which the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment is paid for the applicable product, and ending 12 calendar quarters after the end of the last calendar quarter in which the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment is paid for the applicable product. If CMS stops receiving the latest full calendar quarter of ASP data for the applicable renal dialysis drug or biological product during the applicable time period specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section or during the 3-year period following such applicable time period, CMS will not pay any post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment for such product in any future year.

(4) For calendar years 2025 and 2026, the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment amount for a phosphate binder is based on 100 percent of ASP plus an additional amount derived from 6 percent of per-patient phosphate binder spending based on utilization and cost data.

(5) CMS provides for a transitional drug add-on payment adjustment (as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section) to an ESRD facility for furnishing a new renal dialysis drug or biological product if the new drug or biological product meets the following requirements:

(i) Has a HCPCS application submitted in accordance with the official Level II HCPCS coding procedures; and

(ii) Has submitted a complete application for the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment to CMS prior to January 1, 2028, or within three years of FDA approval under section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or section 351 of the Public Health Service Act.

(d) Oral-only drug determination. An oral-only drug is no longer considered oral-only if an injectable or other form of administration of the oral-only drug is approved by the Food and Drug Administration.

(e) Exclusion criteria for the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment. A new renal dialysis drug used to treat or manage a condition for which there is an ESRD PPS functional category is not eligible for payment using the transitional drug add-on payment adjustment described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section if the drug is approved by FDA under section 505(j) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) or the new drug application (NDA) for the drug is classified by FDA as Type 3, 5, 7, or 8, Type 3 in combination with Type 2 or Type 4, or Type 5 in combination with Type 2, or Type 9 when the parent NDA is a Type 3, 5, 7 or 8 as described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (7) of this section, respectively:

(1) Type 3 NDA—New Dosage Form.

(i) A Type 3 NDA is for a new dosage form of an active ingredient that has been approved or marketed in the United States (U.S.) by the same or another applicant but in a different dosage form. The indication for the drug product does not need to be the same as that of the already marketed drug product. Once a new dosage form has been approved for an active ingredient, subsequent applications for the same dosage form and active ingredient should be classified as a Type 5 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

(ii) [Reserved]

(2) Type 5 NDA—New Formulation or Other Differences.

(i) A Type 5 NDA is for a product, other than a new dosage form, that differs from a product already approved or marketed in the U.S. because of one of the following:

(A) The product involves changes in inactive ingredients that require either bioequivalence studies or clinical studies for approval and is submitted as an original NDA rather than as a supplement by the applicant of the approved product;

(B) The product is a duplicate of a drug product by another applicant (same active ingredient, same dosage form, same or different indication, or same combination), and

(1) Requires bioequivalence testing (including bioequivalence studies with clinical endpoints), but is not eligible for submission as a section 505(j) of the FD&C Act application; or

(2) Requires safety or effectiveness testing because of novel inactive ingredients; or

(3) Requires full safety or effectiveness testing because it is:

(i) Subject to exclusivity held by another applicant, or

(ii) A product of biotechnology and its safety and/or effectiveness are not assessable through bioequivalence testing, or

(iii) A crude natural product, or

(iv) Ineligible for submission under section 505(j) of the FD&C Act because it differs in bioavailability (for example, products with different release patterns); or

(4) The applicant has a right of reference to the application.

(C) The product contains an active ingredient or active moiety that has been previously approved or marketed in the U.S. only as part of a combination. This applies to active ingredients previously approved or marketed as part of a physical or chemical combination, or as part of a mixture derived from recombinant deoxyribonucleic acid technology or natural sources.

(D) The product is a combination product that differs from a previously marketed combination by the removal of one or more active ingredients or by substitution of a new ester or salt or other noncovalent derivative of an active ingredient for one or more of the active ingredients. In the latter case, the NDA would be classified as a combination of a Type 2 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section, with a Type 5 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

(E) The product contains a different strength of one or more active ingredients in a previously approved or marketed combination. A Type 5 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, would generally be submitted by an applicant other than the holder of the approved application for the approved product. A similar change in an approved product by the applicant of the approved product would usually be submitted as a supplemental application.

(F) The product differs in bioavailability (for example, superbioavailable or different controlled-release pattern) and, therefore, is ineligible for submission as an abbreviated new drug application (ANDA) under section 505(j) of the FD&C Act.

(G) The product involves a new plastic container that requires safety studies beyond limited confirmatory testing (see 21 CFR 310.509, Parenteral drug products in plastic containers).

(ii) [Reserved]

(3) Type 7 NDA—Previously Marketed But Without an Approved NDA.

(i) A Type 7 NDA is for a drug product that contains an active moiety that has not been previously approved in an application, but has been marketed in the U.S. This classification applies only to the first NDA approved for a drug product containing this (these) active moiety(ies). Type 7 NDAs include, but are not limited to:

(A) The first post-1962 application for an active moiety marketed prior to 1938.

(B) The first application for an active moiety first marketed between 1938 and 1962 that is identical, related or similar (IRS) to a drug covered by a Drug Efficacy Study Implementation notice. Regulation at 21 CFR 310.6(b)(1) states that an identical, related, or similar drug includes other brands, potencies, dosage forms, salts, and esters of the same drug moiety as well as any of drug moiety related in chemical structure or known pharmacological properties.

(C) The first application for an IRS drug product first marketed after 1962.

(D) The first application for an active moiety that was first marketed without an NDA after 1962.

(ii) [Reserved]

(4) Type 8 NDA—Prescription to Over-the-Counter (OTC).

(i) A Type 8 NDA is for a drug product intended for OTC marketing that contains an active ingredient that has been approved previously or marketed in the U.S. only for dispensing by prescription (OTC switch). A Type 8 NDA may provide for a different dosing regimen, different strength, different dosage form, or different indication from the product approved previously for prescription sale.

(ii) If the proposed OTC switch will apply to all indications, uses, and strengths of an approved prescription dosage form (leaving no prescription-only products of that particular dosage form on the market), the application holder should submit the change as a supplement to the approved application. If the applicant intends to switch only some indications, uses, or strengths of the dosage form to OTC status (while continuing to market other indications, uses, or strengths of the dosage form for prescription-only sale), the applicant should submit a new NDA for the OTC products, which would be classified as a Type 8 NDA.

(5) Combination of Type 3 NDA. Type 3 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, in combination with a Type 2 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section, or in combination with a Type 4 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section;

(i) Type 2 NDA—New Active Ingredient.

(A) A Type 2 NDA is for a drug product that contains a new active ingredient, but not a new molecular entity (NME). A new active ingredient includes those products whose active moiety has been previously approved or marketed in the U.S., but whose particular ester, salt, or noncovalent derivative of the unmodified parent molecule has not been approved by FDA or marketed in the U.S., either alone, or as part of a combination product. Similarly, if any ester, salt, or noncovalent derivative has been marketed first, the unmodified parent molecule would also be considered a new active ingredient, but not an NME. The indication for the drug product does not need to be the same as that of the already marketed product containing the same active moiety.

(B) If the active ingredient is a single enantiomer and a racemic mixture containing that enantiomer has been previously approved by FDA or marketed in the U.S., or if the active ingredient is a racemic mixture containing an enantiomer that has been previously approved by FDA or marketed in the U.S., the NDA will be classified as a Type 2 NDA.

(ii) Type 4 NDA—New Combination.

(A) A Type 4 NDA is for a new drug-drug combination of two or more active ingredients. An application for a new drug-drug combination product may have more than one classification code if at least one component of the combination is an NME or a new active ingredient. The new product may be a physical or chemical (for example, covalent ester or noncovalent derivative) combination of two or more active moieties.

(B) A new physical combination may be two or more active ingredients combined into a single dosage form, or two or more drugs packaged together with combined labeling. When at least one of the active moieties is classified as an NME, the NDA is classified as a combination of a Type 1 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(ii)(B)(1) of this section, with a Type 4 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section. When none of the active moieties is an NME, but at least one is a new active ingredient, the NDA is classified as a combination of a Type 2 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section, with a Type 4 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section.

(1) Type 1 NDA—New Molecular Entity.

(i) A Type 1 NDA is for a drug product that contains an NME. An NME is an active ingredient that contains no active moiety that has been previously approved by FDA in an application submitted under section 505 of the FD&C Act or has been previously marketed as a drug in the U.S. A pure enantiomer or a racemic mixture is an NME only when neither has been previously approved or marketed.

(ii) An NDA for a drug product containing an active moiety that has been marketed as a drug in the U.S., but never approved in an application submitted under section 505 of the FD&C Act, would be considered a Type 7 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, not a Type 1 NDA.

(iii) An NDA for a drug-drug combination product containing an active moiety that is an NME in combination with another active moiety that had already been approved by FDA would be classified as a new combination containing an NME (that is, Type 1,4 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section). For example, a drug-drug combination can include a fixed-combination drug product or a co-packaged drug product with two or more active moieties.

(iv) An active moiety in a radiopharmaceutical (or radioactive drug product) which has not been approved by the FDA or marketed in the U.S. is classified as an NME.

(v) In addition, if a change in isotopic form results in an active moiety that has never been approved by the FDA or marketed in the U.S., the active ingredient is classified as an NME.

(C) An NDA for an active ingredient that is a chemical combination of two or more previously approved or marketed active moieties that are linked by an ester bond is classified as a combination of a Type 2 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section, with a Type 4 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section, if the active moieties have not been previously marketed or approved as a physical combination. If the physical combination has been previously marketed or approved, however, such a product would no longer be considered a new combination and the NDA would thus be classified as a Type 2 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section.

(6) Combination of Type 5 NDA. Type 5 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, in combination with a Type 2 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section.

(7) Type 9 NDA when the parent NDA is a Type 3, Type 5, Type 7, or a Type 8. A Type 9 NDA, as described in paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section when the parent NDA is a Type 3 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section or a Type 5 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section or Type 7 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section or a Type 8 NDA as described in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.

(i) Type 9 NDA—New Indication or Claim, Drug Not to be Marketed under Type 9 NDA after Approval.

(A) A Type 9 NDA is for a new indication or claim for a drug product that is currently being reviewed under a different NDA (the “parent NDA”), and the applicant does not intend to market this drug product under the Type 9 NDA after approval. Generally, a Type 9 NDA is submitted as a separate NDA so as to be in compliance with the guidance for industry on Submitting Separate Marketing Applications and Clinical Data for Purposes of Assessing User Fees.

(B) When the Type 9 NDA is submitted, it will be given the same NDA classification as the pending NDA. When one application is approved, the other will be reclassified as Type 9 regardless of whether it was the first or second NDA actually submitted. After the approval of a Type 9 NDA, FDA will “administratively close” the Type 9 NDA and thereafter only accept submissions to the “parent” NDA.

(ii) [Reserved]

(f) Methodology for modifying the ESRD PPS base rate to account for the costs of calcimimetics in the ESRD PPS bundled payment. Beginning January 1, 2021, payment for calcimimetics is included in the ESRD PPS base rate using the following data sources and methodology:

(1) The methodology specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section for determining the average per treatment payment amount for calcimimetics that is added to the ESRD PPS base rate uses the following data sources:

(i) Total units of oral and injectable calcimimetics and total number of paid hemodialysis-equivalent dialysis treatments furnished, as derived from Medicare ESRD facility claims, that is, the 837-institutional form with bill type 072X, for the third and fourth quarters of calendar year 2018 and for the full calendar year 2019.

(ii) The weighted average ASP based on the most recent determinations by CMS.

(2) CMS uses the following methodology to calculate the average per treatment payment amount for calcimimetics that is added to the ESRD PPS base rate:

(i) Determines utilization of oral and injectable calcimimetics by aggregating the total units of oral and injectable calcimimetics in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.

(ii) Determines a price for each form of the drug by calculating 100 percent of the values from the most recent calendar quarter ASP calculations available to the public for the oral and injectable calcimimetic.

(iii) Calculates the total calcimimetic expenditure amount by multiplying the utilization of the oral and injectable calcimimetics determined in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section by their respective prices determined in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section and adding the expenditure amount for both forms.

(iv) Calculates the average per treatment payment amount by dividing the total calcimimetic expenditure amount determined in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section by the total number of paid hemodialysis-equivalent dialysis treatments in the third and fourth quarter of calendar year 2018 and the full calendar year 2019.

(v) Calculates the amount added to the ESRD PPS base rate by reducing the average per treatment payment amount determined in paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section by 1 percent to account for the outlier policy under § 413.237.

(g) Post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment methodology. CMS uses the following methodology to calculate the post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section:

(1) CMS bases the calculation on the most recent 12-month period of utilization for the new renal dialysis drug or biological product and the most recent available full calendar quarter of ASP data. If the most recent full calendar quarter of ASP data reflects zero or negative sales, then the calculation is based on 100 percent of WAC and, when WAC is not available, the payment is based on the drug manufacturer's invoice.

(2) CMS calculates the post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment annually as the expenditure for the new renal dialysis drug or biological product divided by the total number of ESRD PPS treatments during the same period.

(3) CMS applies a reduction factor to the post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment for case mix standardization to reflect estimated increases resulting from the application of the patient-level adjustments as described in paragraph (g)(5) of this section. This reduction factor is calculated based on the patient-level adjustments (as described in § 413.235) applicable to the most recent 12-month period of utilization of ESRD PPS claims.

(4) The amount of the post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment is equal to 65 percent of the amount calculated in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, multiplied by the reduction factor specified in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, and multiplied by the latest available forecast of annual growth in the ESRD bundled market basket composite price proxy for pharmaceuticals.

(5) The post-TDAPA add-on payment adjustment that is applied to an ESRD PPS claim is adjusted by any applicable patient-level case-mix adjustments under § 413.235

[80 FR 69077, Nov. 6, 2015, as amended at 83 FR 57070, Nov. 14, 2018; 84 FR 60803, Nov. 8, 2019; 85 FR 71485, Nov. 9, 2020; 87 FR 67302, Nov. 7, 2022; 88 FR 76506, Nov. 6, 2023; 89 FR 89212, Nov. 12, 2024; 90 FR 53139, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 413.235 Patient-level adjustments.

Adjustments to the per-treatment base rate may be made to account for variation in case-mix. These adjustments reflect patient characteristics that result in higher costs for ESRD facilities.

(a) CMS adjusts the per treatment base rate for adults to account for patient age, body surface area, low body mass index, onset of dialysis (new patient), and co-morbidities, as specified by CMS.

(b) CMS adjusts the per treatment base rate for Pediatric ESRD Patients in accordance with section 1881(b)(14)(D)(iv)(I) of the Act as follows:

(1) To account for patient age and treatment modality; and

(2) Beginning January 1, 2024, to provide a per-treatment transitional add-on payment adjustment of 30 percent of the per treatment payment amount under § 413.230 for renal dialysis services furnished to Pediatric ESRD Patients during calendar years 2024, 2025, and 2026.

(c) CMS provides a wage-adjusted add-on per treatment adjustment for home and self-dialysis training.

[75 FR 49201, Aug. 12, 2010, as amended at 88 FR 76506, Nov. 6, 2023]

§ 413.236 Transitional add-on payment adjustment for new and innovative equipment and supplies.

(a) Basis and definitions. (1) Effective January 1, 2020, this section establishes an add-on payment adjustment to support ESRD facilities in the uptake of new and innovative renal dialysis equipment and supplies under the ESRD prospective payment system under the authority of section 1881(b)(14)(D)(iv) of the Social Security Act.

(2) For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:

Capital-related asset. Asset that an ESRD facility has an economic interest in through ownership (regardless of the manner in which it was acquired) and is subject to depreciation. Equipment obtained by the ESRD facility through operating leases are not considered capital-related assets.

Depreciation. The amount that represents a portion of the capital-related asset's cost and that is allocable to a period of operation.

Home dialysis machines. Hemodialysis machines and peritoneal dialysis cyclers in their entirety (meaning that one new part of a machine does not make the entire capital-related asset new) that receive FDA marketing authorization for home use and when used in the home for a single patient.

Particular calendar year. The year in which the payment adjustment specified in paragraph (d) of this section would take effect.

Straight-line depreciation method. A method in accounting in which the annual allowance is determined by dividing the cost of the capital-related asset by the years of useful life.

Useful life. The estimated useful life of a capital-related asset is its expected useful life to the ESRD facility, not necessarily the inherent useful or physical life.

(b) Eligibility criteria. CMS provides for a transitional add-on payment adjustment for new and innovative equipment and supplies (as specified in paragraph (d) of this section) to an ESRD facility for furnishing a covered equipment or supply only if the item:

(1) Has been designated by CMS as a renal dialysis service under § 413.171;

(2) Is new, meaning a complete application has been submitted to CMS under paragraph (c) of this section within 3 years of the date of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) marketing authorization;

(3) Is commercially available by January 1 of the particular calendar year, meaning the year in which the payment adjustment would take effect;

(4) Has a complete Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Level II code application submitted, in accordance with the HCPCS Level II coding procedures on the CMS website, by the HCPCS Level II code application deadline for biannual Coding Cycle 2 for non-drug and non-biological items, supplies, and services as specified in the HCPCS Level II coding guidance on the CMS website prior to the particular calendar year;

(5) Is innovative, meaning it meets the criteria specified in § 412.87(b)(1) of this chapter; and

(6) Is not a capital-related asset, except for capital-related assets that are home dialysis machines.

(c) Announcement of determinations and deadline for consideration of new renal dialysis equipment or supply applications. CMS will consider whether a new renal dialysis supply or equipment meets the eligibility criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this section and announce the results in the Federal Register as part of its annual updates and changes to the ESRD prospective payment system. CMS will only consider a complete application received by CMS by February 1 prior to the particular calendar year. FDA marketing authorization for the equipment or supply must occur by the HCPCS Level II code application deadline for biannual Coding Cycle 2 for non-drug and non-biological items, supplies, and services as specified in the HCPCS Level II coding guidance on the CMS website prior to the particular calendar year.

(d) Transitional add-on payment adjustment for new and innovative equipment and supplies. A new and innovative renal dialysis equipment or supply will be paid for using a transitional add-on payment adjustment for new and innovative equipment and supplies based on 65 percent of the MAC-determined price, as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. For capital-related assets that are home dialysis machines, payment is based on 65 percent of the pre-adjusted per treatment amount, as specified in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section.

(1) The transitional add-on payment adjustment for new and innovative equipment and supplies is paid for 2-calendar years.

(2) Following payment of the transitional add-on payment adjustment for new and innovative equipment and supplies, the ESRD PPS base rate will not be modified and the new and innovative renal dialysis equipment or supply will be an eligible outlier service as provided in § 413.237, except a capital-related asset that is a home dialysis machine will not be an eligible outlier service as provided in § 413.237.

(e) Pricing of new and innovative renal dialysis equipment and supplies. (1) The Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) on behalf of CMS will establish prices for new and innovative renal dialysis equipment and supplies that meet the eligibility criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this section using verifiable information from the following sources of information, if available:

(i) The invoice amount, facility charges for the item, discounts, allowances, and rebates;

(ii) The price established for the item by other MACs and the sources of information used to establish that price;

(iii) Payment amounts determined by other payers and the information used to establish those payment amounts; and

(iv) Charges and payment amounts required for other equipment and supplies that may be comparable or otherwise relevant.

(2) [Reserved]

(f) Pricing of new and innovative renal dialysis equipment and supplies that are capital-related assets that are home dialysis machines. (1) The MACs calculate a pre-adjusted per treatment amount, using the prices they establish under paragraph (e) of this section for a capital-related asset that is a home dialysis machine, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, as follows:

(i) Calculate an annual allowance to determine the amount that represents the portion of the cost allocable to 1 year, using the straight-line depreciation method, by dividing the MAC-determined price by its useful life of 5 years.

(ii) Calculate a per treatment amount for use in calculating the pre-adjusted per treatment amount by dividing the annual allowance, as determined in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, by the expected number of treatments.

(iii) Calculate a pre-adjusted per treatment amount to determine the amount that is adjusted by the 65 percent under paragraph (d) of this section, by subtracting the average per treatment offset amount (as determined using the data sources and methodology specified in paragraphs (f)(2) and (3) of this section, respectively, of this section) from the per treatment amount (as determined in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section) to account for the costs already paid through the ESRD PPS base rate for current home dialysis machines that ESRD facilities already own.

(2) The methodology specified in paragraph (f)(3) of this section for determining the average per treatment offset amount uses the following data sources:

(i) Dialysis machine and equipment cost, total cost across all dialysis modalities, the number of hemodialysis-equivalent home dialysis treatment counts, and the number of hemodialysis-equivalent total treatment counts are obtained from renal facility cost reports (CMS form 265-11) and hospital cost reports (CMS form 2552-10) using calendar years 2017-2019 cost reports.

(A) Dialysis machine and equipment costs are obtained by summing lines 8.01 through 17.02 from Worksheet B, Column 4 for renal facility cost reports, and by summing lines 2 through 11 from Worksheet I-2 for hospital cost reports.

(B) Total cost across all dialysis modalities are obtained by summing lines 8.01 through 17.02 from Worksheet C, Column 2 for renal facility cost reports, and by summing lines 1 through 10 from Worksheet I-4, Column 2 for the hospital cost reports.

(C) Hemodialysis-equivalent total treatment counts are obtained by summing lines 8.01 through 17.02 from Worksheet C, Column 1 for renal facility cost reports, and by summing lines 1 through 10 from Worksheet I-4, Column 1 for the hospital cost reports.

(D) Hemodialysis-equivalent home dialysis treatment counts are obtained by summing lines 14.01 through 17.02 from Worksheet C, Column 1 for renal facility cost reports, and by summing lines 7 through 10 from Worksheet I-4, Column 1 for the hospital cost reports. In both renal facility and hospital cost reports, home Continuous Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis and home Continuous Cyclic Peritoneal Dialysis are reported as patient weeks, so a conversion factor of 3 is applied to obtain hemodialysis-equivalent treatment counts.

(ii) [Reserved]

(3) CMS uses the following methodology to calculate the average per treatment offset amount for home dialysis machines that is subtracted from the per treatment amount as determined in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section to determine the pre-adjusted per treatment amount specified in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section:

(i) Calculates annualized values for calendar year 2018 at the ESRD facility level for the metrics specified in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section by dividing the numbers of days the cost report spanned to compute a per-day metric, then multiplying the resulting value by the number of days in 2018 the cost report covered to compute the metrics attributable to the period covered by the cost report in 2018. Next, for ESRD facilities with multiple cost reports covering 2018 the resulting metrics are aggregated. Finally, each ESRD facility's aggregated metrics are annualized to cover the full calendar year 2018. The annualization factor for an ESRD facility is the total number of days in 2018 divided by the total days in 2018 covered by the ESRD facility's cost report(s).

(ii) Calculates an estimated home dialysis machine and equipment cost for each ESRD facility by multiplying the annualized dialysis machine and equipment cost determined in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section by the ESRD facility's hemodialysis-equivalent home dialysis treatment percentage. The hemodialysis-equivalent home dialysis treatment percentage for each facility is calculated by dividing annualized hemodialysis-equivalent home treatment count determined in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section by annualized hemodialysis-equivalent treatment count across all modalities determined in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section.

(iii) Calculates an average home dialysis machine and equipment cost per home dialysis treatment for calendar year 2018 by dividing the sum of the estimated home dialysis machine and equipment cost in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section across all ESRD facilities by the sum of annualized hemodialysis-equivalent home treatment counts determined in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section across all facilities.

(iv) Calculates the amount subtracted from the pre-adjusted treatment amount determined in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section by inflating the average home dialysis machine and equipment cost per home dialysis treatment for calendar year 2018 determined in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) to calendar year 2021. The average home dialysis machine and equipment cost per home dialysis treatment for calendar year 2018 is inflated to calendar year 2021 by multiplying this value by the payment rate update factor required under section 1881(b)(14)(F)(i) of the Social Security Act for calendar years 2019, 2020, and 2021. This value is then divided by a scaling factor to be converted to the ESRD PPS payment scale. The scaling factor is calculated by dividing the calendar year 2018 total cost per treatment inflated to calendar year 2021 by the average ESRD PPS payment per treatment projected for calendar year 2021.

(v) Effective January 1, 2022, CMS annually updates the amount determined in paragraph (f)(3)(iv) of this section by the ESRD bundled market basket percentage increase factor minus the productivity adjustment factor.

[84 FR 60805, Nov. 8, 2019, as amended at 85 FR 71486, Nov. 9, 2020; 88 FR 76506, Nov. 6, 2023; 89 FR 89212, Nov. 12, 2024]

§ 413.237 Outliers.

(a) The following definitions apply to this section.

(1) ESRD outlier services are the following items and services that are included in the ESRD PPS bundle:

(i) Renal dialysis drugs and biological products that were or would have been, prior to January 1, 2011, separately billable under Medicare Part B.

(ii) Renal dialysis laboratory tests that were or would have been, prior to January 1, 2011, separately billable under Medicare Part B.

(iii) Renal dialysis medical/surgical supplies, including syringes, used to administer renal dialysis drugs and biological products that were or would have been, prior to January 1, 2011, separately billable under Medicare Part B.

(iv) Renal dialysis drugs and biological products that were or would have been, prior to January 1, 2011, covered under Medicare Part D, including renal dialysis oral-only drugs effective January 1, 2025.

(v) Renal dialysis equipment and supplies, except for capital-related assets that are home dialysis machines (as defined in § 413.236(a)(2)), that receive the transitional add-on payment adjustment as specified in § 413.236, after the payment period has ended.

(vi) As of January 1, 2012, the laboratory tests that comprise the Automated Multi-Channel Chemistry panel are excluded from the definition of outlier services.

(vii) Renal dialysis drugs and biological products that are Composite Rate Services as defined in § 413.171.

(2) Adult predicted ESRD outlier services Medicare allowable payment (MAP) amount means the predicted per-treatment case-mix adjusted amount for ESRD outlier services furnished to an adult beneficiary by an ESRD facility.

(3) Pediatric predicted ESRD outlier services Medicare allowable payment (MAP) amount means the predicted per-treatment case-mix adjusted amount for ESRD outlier services furnished to a pediatric beneficiary by an ESRD facility.

(4) Adult fixed dollar loss amount is the amount by which an ESRD facility's imputed per-treatment MAP amount for furnishing ESRD outlier services to an adult beneficiary must exceed the adult predicted ESRD outlier services MAP amount to be eligible for an outlier payment.

(5) Pediatric fixed dollar loss amount is the amount by which an ESRD facility's imputed per-treatment MAP amount for furnishing ESRD outlier services to a pediatric beneficiary must exceed the pediatric predicted ESRD outlier services MAP amount to be eligible for an outlier payment.

(6) Outlier Percentage: This term has the meaning set forth in § 413.220(b)(4).

(b) Eligibility for outlier payments—(1) Adult beneficiaries. An ESRD facility will receive an outlier payment for a treatment furnished to an adult beneficiary if the ESRD facility's per-treatment imputed MAP amount for ESRD outlier services exceeds the adult predicted ESRD outlier services MAP amount plus the adult fixed dollar loss amount. To calculate the ESRD facility's per-treatment imputed MAP amount for an adult beneficiary, CMS divides the ESRD facility's monthly imputed MAP amount of providing ESRD outlier services to the adult beneficiary by the number of dialysis treatments furnished to the adult beneficiary in the relevant month. A beneficiary is considered an adult beneficiary if the beneficiary is 18 years old or older.

(2) Pediatric beneficiaries. An ESRD facility will receive an outlier payment for a treatment furnished to a pediatric beneficiary if the ESRD facility's per-treatment imputed MAP amount for ESRD outlier services exceeds the pediatric predicted ESRD outlier services MAP amount plus the pediatric fixed dollar loss amount. To calculate the ESRD facility's per-treatment imputed MAP amount for a pediatric beneficiary, CMS divides the ESRD facility's monthly imputed MAP amount of providing ESRD outlier services to the pediatric beneficiary by the number of dialysis treatments furnished to the pediatric beneficiary in the relevant month. A beneficiary is considered a pediatric beneficiary if the beneficiary is under 18 years old.

(c) Outlier payment amount: CMS pays 80 percent of the difference between:

(1) The ESRD facility's per-treatment imputed MAP amount for the ESRD outlier services, and

(2) The adult or pediatric predicted ESRD outlier services MAP amount plus the adult or pediatric fixed dollar loss amount, as applicable.

[75 FR 49201, Aug. 12, 2010, as amended at 76 FR 70314, Nov. 10, 2011; 78 FR 72252, Dec. 2, 2013; 79 FR 66262, Nov. 6, 2014; 80 FR 69077, Nov. 6, 2015; 84 FR 60806, Nov. 8, 2019; 85 FR 71487, Nov. 9, 2020; 89 FR 89212, Nov. 12, 2024]

§ 413.239 Transition period.

(a) Duration of transition period and composition of the blended transition payment. ESRD facilities not electing under paragraph (b) of this section to be paid based on the payment amount determined under § 413.230 of this part, will be paid a per-treatment payment amount for renal dialysis services (as defined in § 413.171 of this part) and home dialysis, provided during the transition as follows—

(1) For services provided on and after January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011, a blended rate equal to the sum of:

(i) 75 percent of the payment amount determined under the ESRD payment methodology in effect prior to January 1, 2011 in accordance with section 1881(b)(12) of the Act and items and services separately paid under Part B; and

(ii) 25 percent of the payment amount determined in accordance with section 1881(b)(14) of the Act;

(2) For services provided on and after January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, a blended rate equal to the sum of:

(i) 50 percent of the payment amount determined under the ESRD payment methodology in effect prior to January 1, 2011 in accordance with section 1881(b)(12) of the Act and items and services separately paid under Part B; and

(ii) 50 percent of the payment rate determined in accordance with section 1881(b)(14) of the Act;

(3) For services provided on and after January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, a blended rate equal to the sum of:

(i) 25 percent of the payment amount determined under the ESRD payment methodology in effect prior to January 1, 2011 in accordance with section 1881(b) (12) of the Act and items and services separately paid under Part B; and

(ii) 75 percent of the payment amount determined in accordance with section 1881(b)(14) of the Act;

(4) For services provided on and after January 1, 2014, 100 percent of the payment amount determined in accordance with section 1881(b)(14) of the Act.

(b) One-time election. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, ESRD facilities may make a one-time election to be paid for renal dialysis services provided during the transition based on 100 percent of the payment amount determined under § 413.215 of this part, rather than based on the payment amount determined under paragraph (a) of this section.

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the election must be received by each ESRD facility's Medicare administrative contractor (MAC) by November 1, 2010. Requests received by the MAC after November 1, 2010, will not be accepted regardless of postmarks, or delivered dates. MACs will establish the manner in which an ESRD facility will indicate their intention to be excluded from the transition and paid entirely based on payment under the ESRD PPS. Once the election is made, it may not be rescinded.

(2) If the ESRD facility fails to submit an election, or the ESRD facility's election is not received by their MAC by November 1, 2010, payments to the ESRD facility for items and services provided during the transition will be based on the payment amounts determined under paragraph (a) of this section.

(3) ESRD facilities that become certified for Medicare participation and begin to provide renal dialysis services, as defined in § 413.171 of this part, between November 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010, must notify their designated MAC of their election choice at the time of enrollment.

(c) Treatment of new ESRD facilities. For renal dialysis services as defined in § 413.171, furnished during the transition period, new ESRD facilities as defined in § 413.171, are paid based on the per-treatment payment amount determined under § 413.215 of this part.

(d) Transition budget-neutrality adjustment. During the transition, CMS adjusts all payments, including payments under this section, under the ESRD prospective payment system so that the estimated total amount of payment equals the estimated total amount of payments that would otherwise occur without such a transition.

[75 FR 49201, Aug. 12, 2010]

§ 413.241 Pharmacy arrangements.

Effective January 1, 2011, an ESRD facility that enters into an arrangement with a pharmacy to furnish renal dialysis service drugs and biologicals must ensure that the pharmacy has the capability to provide all classes of renal dialysis service drugs and biologicals to patients in a timely manner.

[75 FR 49202, Aug. 12, 2010]

Subpart I Prospectively Determined Payment Rates for Low-Volume Skilled Nursing Facilities, for Cost Reporting Periods Beginning Prior to July 1, 1998

Source: 60 FR 37594, July 21, 1995, unless otherwise noted.

§ 413.300 Basis and scope.

(a) Basis. This subpart implements section 1888(d) of the Act, which provides for optional prospectively determined payment rates for qualified SNFs.

(b) Scope. This subpart sets forth the eligibility criteria an SNF must meet to qualify, the process governing election of prospectively determined payment rates, and the basis and methodology for determining prospectively determined payment rates.

§ 413.302 Definitions.

For purposes of this subpart—

Area wage level means the average wage per hour for all classifications of employees as reported by health care facilities within a specified area.

Census region means one of the 9 census divisions, comprising the 50 States and the District of Columbia, established by the Bureau of the Census for statistical and reporting purposes.

Routine capital-related costs means the capital-related costs, allowable for Medicare purposes (as described in subpart G of this part), that are allocated to the SNF participating inpatient routine service cost center as reported on the Medicare cost report.

Routine operating costs means the cost of regular room, dietary, and nursing services, and minor medical and surgical supplies for which a separate charge is not customarily made. It does not include the costs of ancillary services, capital-related costs, or, where appropriate, return on equity.

Rural area means any area outside an urban area in a census region.

Urban area means—

(1) Prior to October 1, 2004, a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA), or New England County Metropolitan Area (NECMA), as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, or a New England county deemed to be an urban area as listed in § 412.62(f)(1)(ii)(B) of this chapter.

(2) Effective October 1, 2004, a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA), as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, or a New England county deemed to be an urban area as specified under § 412.64.

[60 FR 37594, July 21, 1995, as amended at 69 FR 49265, Aug. 11, 2004]

§ 413.304 Eligibility for prospectively determined payment rates.

(a) General rule. An SNF is eligible to receive a prospectively determined payment rate for a cost reporting period if it had fewer than 1,500 Medicare covered inpatient days as reported on a Medicare cost report in its immediately preceding cost reporting period. This criterion applies even if the SNF received a prospectively determined payment rate during the preceding cost reporting period.

(b) Less than a full cost reporting period. If the cost reporting period that precedes an SNF's request for prospectively determined payment is not a full cost reporting period, the SNF is eligible to receive prospectively determined payment rates only if the average daily Medicare census for the period (Medicare inpatient days divided by the total number of days in the cost reporting period) is not greater than 4.1.

(c) Newly-participating SNFs. An SNF is eligible to receive prospectively determined payment rates for its first cost reporting period for which it is approved to participate in Medicare.

§ 413.308 Rules governing election of prospectively determined payment rates.

(a) Requirements. An SNF must notify its contractor at least 30 calendar days before the beginning of the cost reporting period for which it requests to receive such payment that it elects prospectively determined payment rates. A separate request must be made for each cost reporting period for which an SNF seeks prospectively determined payment. A newly participating SNF with no preceding cost reporting period must make its election within 30 days of its notification of approval to participate in Medicare.

(b) Contractor notice. After evaluating an SNF's request for prospectively determined payment rates, the contractor notifies the SNF in writing as to whether the SNF meets any of the eligibility criteria described in § 413.304 and the timely election requirements under § 413.308(a). The contractor must notify the SNF of its initial and final determinations within 10 working days after it receives all the data necessary to make each determination. The contractor's determination is limited to one cost reporting period.

(c) Prohibition against revocation. An SNF may not revoke its request after it has received the initial determination of eligibility from the contractor and the cost reporting period has begun.

(d) Revocation by contractor. If an SNF is given tentative approval to receive a prospectively determined payment rate, and, after the start of the applicable cost reporting period, the contractor determines that the SNF does not meet the eligibility criteria, the contractor must revoke the prospectively determined payment option.

§ 413.310 Basis of payment.

(a) Method of payment. Under the prospectively determined payment rate system, a qualified SNF receives a per diem payment of a predetermined rate for inpatient services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. Each SNF's routine per diem payment rate is determined according to the methodology described in § 413.312 and is based on various components of SNF costs.

(b) Payment in full. The payment rate represents payment in full for routine services as described in § 413.314 (subject to applicable coinsurance as described in subpart G of part 409 of this title), and for routine capital costs. Payment is made in lieu of payment on a reasonable cost basis for routine services and for routine capital costs.

§ 413.312 Methodology for calculating rates.

(a) Data used. (1) To calculate the prospectively determined payment rates, CMS uses:

(i) The SNF cost data that were used to develop the applicable routine service cost limits;

(ii) A wage index to adjust for area wage differences; and

(iii) The most recent projections of increases in the costs from the SNF market basket index.

(2) In the annual schedule of rates published in the Federal Register under the authority of § 413.320, CMS announces the wage index and the annual percentage increases in the market basket used in the calculation of the rates.

(b) Calculation of per diem rate—(1) Routine operating component of rate—(i) Adjusting cost report data. The SNF market basket index is used to adjust the routine operating cost from the SNF cost report to reflect cost increases occurring between cost reporting periods represented in the data collected and the midpoint of the initial cost reporting period to which the payment rates apply.

(ii) Calculating a per diem cost. For each SNF, an adjusted routine operating per diem cost is computed by dividing the adjusted routine operating cost (see paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section) by the SNF's total patient days.

(iii) Adjusting for wage levels. (A) The SNF's adjusted per diem routine operating cost calculated under paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section is then divided into labor-related and nonlabor-related portions.

(B) The labor-related portion is obtained by multiplying the SNF's adjusted per diem routine operating cost by a percentage that represents the labor-related portion of cost from the market basket. This percentage is published when the revised rates are published as described in § 413.320.

(C) The labor-related portion of each SNF's per diem cost is divided by the wage index applicable to the SNF's geographic location to arrive at the adjusted labor-related portion of routine cost.

(iv) Group means. SNFs are grouped by urban or rural location by census region. Separate means of adjusted labor-related and nonlabor routine operating costs for each SNF group are established in accordance with the SNF's region and urban or rural location. For each group, the mean labor-related and mean nonlabor-related per diem routine operating costs are multiplied by 105 percent.

(2) Computation of routine capital-related cost. (i) The SNF routine capital-related cost for both direct and indirect capital costs allocated to routine services, as reported on the Medicare cost report, is obtained for each SNF in the data base.

(ii) For each SNF, the per diem capital-related cost is calculated by dividing the SNF's routine capital costs by its inpatient days.

(iii) SNFs are grouped by urban and rural location by census region, and mean per diem routine capital-related cost is determined for each group.

(iv) Each group mean per diem capital-related cost is multiplied by 105 percent.

(3) Computation of return on owner's equity for services furnished before October 1, 1993. (i) Each proprietary SNF's Medicare return on equity is obtained from its cost report and the portion attributable to the routine service cost is determined as described in § 413.157.

(ii) For each proprietary SNF, per diem return on equity is calculated by dividing the routine cost related return on equity determined under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section by the SNF's total Medicare inpatient days.

(iii) Separate group means are computed for per diem return on equity of proprietary SNFs, based on regional and urban or rural classification.

(iv) Each group mean is multiplied by 105 percent.

§ 413.314 Determining payment amounts: Routine per diem rate.

(a) General rule. An SNF that elects to be paid under the prospectively determined payment rate system, and qualifies for such payment, is paid a per diem rate for inpatient routine services. This rate is adjusted to reflect area wage differences and the cost reporting period beginning date (if necessary) and is subject to the limitation specified in paragraph (d) of this section.

(b) Per diem rate. The prospectively determined payment rate for each urban and rural area in each census region is comprised of the following:

(1) A routine operating component, which is divided into:

(i) A labor-related portion adjusted by the appropriate wage index; and

(ii) A nonlabor-related portion.

(2) A routine capital-related cost portion.

(3) For proprietary SNFs only, a portion that is based on the return on owner's equity related to routine cost, applicable only for services furnished before October 1, 1993.

(c) Adjustment for cost reporting period. (1) If a facility has a cost reporting period beginning after the beginning of the Federal fiscal year, the contractor increases the labor-related and nonlabor-related portions of the prospective payment rate that would otherwise apply to the SNF by an adjustment factor. Each factor represents the projected increase in the market basket index for a specific 12-month period. The factors are used to account for inflation in costs for cost reporting periods beginning after October 1. Adjustment factors are published in the annual notice of prospectively determined payment rates described in § 413.320.

(2) If a facility uses a cost reporting period that is not 12 months in duration, the contractor must obtain a special adjustment factor from CMS for the specific period.

(d) Limitation of prospectively determined payment rate. The per diem prospectively determined payment rate for an SNF, excluding capital-related costs and excluding return on equity for services furnished prior to October 1, 1993, may not exceed the individual SNF's routine service cost limit. Under § 413.30, the routine service cost limit is the limit determined without regard to exemptions, exceptions, or retroactive adjustments, and is the actual limit in effect when the provider elects to be paid a prospectively determined payment rate.

§ 413.316 Determining payment amounts: Ancillary services.

Ancillary services are paid on the basis of reasonable cost in accordance with section 1861(v)(1) of the Act and § 413.53.

§ 413.320 Publication of prospectively determined payment rates or amounts.

At least 90 days before the beginning of a Federal fiscal year to which revised prospectively determined payment rates are to be applied, CMS publishes a notice in the Federal Register:

(a) Establishing the prospectively determined payment rates for routine services; and

(b) Explaining the basis on which the prospectively determined payment rates are calculated.

§ 413.321 Simplified cost report for SNFs.

SNFs electing to be paid under the prospectively determined payment rate system may file a simplified cost report. The cost report contains a simplified method of cost finding to be used in lieu of cost methods described in § 413.24(d). This method is specified in the instructions for Form CMS-2540S, contained in sections 3000-3027.3 of Part 2 of the Provider Reimbursement Manual. This form may not be used by hospital-based SNFs or SNFs that are part of a health care complex. Those SNFs must file a cost report that reflects the shared services and administrative costs of the hospital and any other related facilities in the health care complex.

Subpart J Prospective Payment for Skilled Nursing Facilities

Source: 63 FR 26309, May 12, 1998, unless otherwise noted.

§ 413.330 Basis and scope.

(a) Basis. This subpart implements section 1888(e) of the Act, which provides for the implementation of a prospective payment system for SNFs for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 1998.

(b) Scope. This subpart sets forth the framework for the prospective payment system for SNFs, including the methodology used for the development of payment rates and associated adjustments, the application of a transition phase, and related rules.

§ 413.333 Definitions.

As used in this subpart—

Case-mix index means a scale that measures the relative difference in resource intensity among different groups in the resident classification system.

Market basket index means an index that reflects changes over time in the prices of an appropriate mix of goods and services included in covered skilled nursing services.

Resident classification system means a system for classifying SNF residents into mutually exclusive groups based on clinical, functional, and resource-based criteria. For purposes of this subpart, this term refers to the current version of the resident classification system, as set forth in the annual publication of Federal prospective payment rates described in § 413.345.

Rural area means, for services provided on or after July 1, 1998, but before October 1, 2005, an area as defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(iii) of this chapter. For services provided on or after October 1, 2005, rural area means an area as defined in § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(C) of this chapter.

Urban area means, for services provided on or after July 1, 1998, but before October 1, 2005, an area as defined in § 412.62(f)(1)(ii) of this chapter. For services provided on or after October 1, 2005, urban area means an area as defined in §§ 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(A) and 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(B) of this chapter.

[63 FR 26309, May 12, 1998; 63 FR 53307, Oct. 5, 1998, as amended at 73 FR 46440, Aug. 8, 2008; 82 FR 36633, Aug. 4, 2017]

§ 413.335 Basis of payment.

(a) Method of payment. Under the prospective payment system, SNFs receive a per diem payment of a predetermined rate for inpatient services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. The per diem payments are made on the basis of the Federal payment rate described in § 413.337 and, during a transition period, on the basis of a blend of the Federal rate and the facility-specific rate described in § 413.340. These per diem payment rates are determined according to the methodology described in §§ 413.337 and 413.340.

(b) Payment in full. (1) The payment rates represent payment in full (subject to applicable coinsurance as described in subpart G of part 409 of this chapter) for all costs (routine, ancillary, and capital-related) associated with furnishing inpatient SNF services to Medicare beneficiaries other than costs associated with approved educational activities as described in § 413.85.

(2) In addition to the Federal per diem payment amounts, SNFs receive payment for bad debts of Medicare beneficiaries, as specified in § 413.89 of this part.

[63 FR 26309, May 12, 1998, as amended at 73 FR 46440, Aug. 8, 2008]

§ 413.337 Methodology for calculating the prospective payment rates.

(a) Data used. (1) To calculate the prospective payment rates, CMS uses—

(i) Medicare data on allowable costs from freestanding and hospital-based SNFs for cost reporting periods beginning in fiscal year 1995. SNFs that received “new provider” exemptions under § 413.30(e)(2) are excluded from the data base used to compute the Federal payment rates. In addition, allowable costs related to exceptions payments under § 413.30(f) are excluded from the data base used to compute the Federal payment rates;

(ii) An appropriate wage index to adjust for area wage differences;

(iii) The most recent projections of increases in the costs from the SNF market basket index;

(iv) Resident assessment and other data that account for the relative resource utilization of different resident types; and

(v) Medicare Part B SNF claims data reflecting amounts payable under Part B for covered SNF services (other than those services described in § 411.15(p)(2) of this chapter) furnished during SNF cost reporting periods beginning in fiscal year 1995 to individuals who were residents of SNFs and receiving Part A covered services.

(b) Methodology for calculating the per diem Federal payment rates—(1) Determining SNF costs. In calculating the initial unadjusted Federal rates applicable for services provided during the period beginning July 1, 1998 through September 30, 1999, CMS determines each SNF's costs by summing its allowable costs for the cost reporting period beginning in fiscal year 1995 and its estimate of Part B payments (described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(v) of this section).

(2) Use of market basket index. The SNF market basket index is used to adjust the SNF cost data to reflect cost increases occurring between cost reporting periods represented in the data and the initial period (beginning July 1, 1998 and ending September 30, 1999) to which the payment rates apply. For each year, the cost data are updated by a factor equivalent to the annual market basket index percentage minus 1 percentage point.

(3) Calculation of the per diem cost. For each SNF, the per diem cost is computed by dividing the cost data for each SNF by the corresponding number of Medicare days.

(4) Standardization of data for variation in area wage levels and case-mix. The cost data described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are standardized to remove the effects of geographic variation in wage levels and facility variation in case-mix.

(i) The cost data are standardized for geographic variation in wage levels using the wage index. The application of the wage index is made on the basis of the location of the facility in an urban or rural area as defined in § 413.333.

(ii) Starting on October 1, 2022, CMS applies a cap on decreases to the wage index such that the wage index applied to a SNF is not less than 95 percent of the wage index applied to that SNF in the prior FY.

(iii) The cost data are standardized for facility variation in case-mix using the case-mix indices and other data that indicate facility case-mix.

(5) Calculation of unadjusted Federal payment rates. CMS calculates the national per diem unadjusted payment rates by urban and rural classification in the following manner:

(i) By computing the average per diem standardized cost of freestanding SNFs weighted by Medicare days.

(ii) By computing the average per diem standardized cost of freestanding and hospital-based SNFs combined weighted by Medicare days.

(iii) By computing the average of the amounts determined under paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (b)(5)(ii) of this section.

(c) Calculation of adjusted Federal payment rates for case-mix and area wage levels. The Federal rate is adjusted to account for facility case-mix using a resident classification system and associated case-mix indices that account for the relative resource utilization of different patient types. This classification system utilizes the resident assessment instrument completed by SNFs as described at § 483.20 of this chapter, according to the assessment schedule described in § 413.343(b). The Federal rate is also adjusted to account for geographic differences in area wage levels using an appropriate wage index.

(d) Annual updates of Federal unadjusted payment rates. CMS updates the unadjusted Federal payment rates on a fiscal year basis.

(1) Update formula. The unadjusted Federal payment rate shall be updated as follows:

(i) For the initial period beginning on July 1, 1998, and ending on September 30, 1999, the unadjusted Federal payment rate is equal to the rate computed under paragraph (b)(5)(iii) of this section increased by a factor equal to the SNF market basket index percentage change for such period minus 1.0 percentage point.

(ii) For fiscal year 2000, the unadjusted Federal payment rate is equal to the rate computed for the initial period described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section increased by a factor equal to the SNF market basket index percentage change for that period minus 1.0 percentage point.

(iii) For fiscal year 2001, the unadjusted Federal payment rate is equal to the rate computed for the previous fiscal year increased by a factor equal to the SNF market basket index percentage change for the fiscal year.

(iv) For fiscal years 2002 and 2003, the unadjusted Federal payment rate is equal to the rate computed for the previous fiscal year increased by a factor equal to the SNF market basket index percentage change for the fiscal year involved minus 0.5 percentage points.

(v) For each subsequent fiscal year, the unadjusted Federal payment rate is equal to the rate computed for the previous fiscal year increased by a factor equal to the SNF market basket index percentage change for the fiscal year involved, except as provided in paragraphs (d)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section.

(vi) For fiscal year 2018, the unadjusted Federal payment rate is equal to the rate computed for the previous fiscal year increased by a SNF market basket index percentage change of 1 percent (after application of paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section).

(vii) For fiscal year 2019, the unadjusted Federal payment rate is equal to the rate computed for the previous fiscal year increased by a SNF market basket index percentage change of 2.4 percent (after application of paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section).

(2) Forecast error adjustment. Beginning with fiscal year 2004, an adjustment to the annual update of the previous fiscal year's rate will be computed to account for forecast error. The initial adjustment (in fiscal year 2004) to the update of the previous fiscal year's rate will take into account the cumulative forecast error between fiscal years 2000 and 2002. Subsequent adjustments in succeeding fiscal years will take into account the forecast error from the most recently available fiscal year for which there is final data. The forecast error adjustment applies whenever the difference between the forecasted and actual percentage change in the SNF market basket index exceeds the following threshold:

(i) 0.25 percentage points for fiscal years 2004 through 2007; and

(ii) 0.5 percentage points for fiscal year 2008 and subsequent fiscal years.

(3) Multifactor productivity (MFP) adjustment. For fiscal year 2012 and each subsequent fiscal year, the SNF market basket index percentage change for the fiscal year (as modified by any applicable forecast error adjustment under paragraph (d)(2) of this section) shall be reduced by the MFP adjustment described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act. The reduction of the market basket index percentage change by the MFP adjustment may result in the market basket index percentage change being less than zero for a fiscal year, and may result in the unadjusted Federal payment rates for a fiscal year being less than such payment rates for the preceding fiscal year.

(4) Penalty for failure to report quality data. For fiscal year 2018 and subsequent fiscal years—

(i) In the case of a SNF that does not meet the requirements in § 413.360, for a fiscal year, the SNF market basket index percentage change for the fiscal year (as specified in paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this section, as modified by any applicable forecast error adjustment under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, reduced by the MFP adjustment specified in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, and as specified for FY 2018 in section 1888(e)(5)(B)(iii) of the Act), is further reduced by 2.0 percentage points.

(ii) The application of the 2.0 percentage point reduction specified in paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section to the SNF market basket index percentage change may result in such percentage being less than zero for a fiscal year, and may result in payment rates for that fiscal year being less than such payment rates for the preceding fiscal year.

(iii) Any 2.0 percentage point reduction applied pursuant to paragraph (d)(4)(i) of this section will apply only to the fiscal year involved and will not be taken into account in computing the payment amount for a subsequent fiscal year.

(e) Pursuant to section 101 of the Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Balanced Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (BBRA) as revised by section 314 of the Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Benefits Improvement and Protection Act of 2000 (BIPA), using the best available data, the Secretary will issue a new regulation with a newly refined case-mix classification system to better account for medically complex patients. Upon issuance of the new regulation, the temporary increases in payment for certain high cost patients will no longer be applicable.

(f) Adjustments to payment rates under the SNF Value-Based Purchasing Program. Beginning with payment for services furnished on October 1, 2018, the adjusted Federal per diem rate (as defined in § 413.338(a)) otherwise applicable to a SNF for the fiscal year is reduced by the applicable percent (as defined in § 413.338(a)). The resulting amount is then adjusted by the value-based incentive payment amount (as defined in § 413.338(a)) based on the SNF performance score calculated for the SNF for that fiscal year under § 413.338.

[63 FR 26309, May 12, 1998, as amended at 66 FR 39600, July 31, 2001; 68 FR 46070, Aug. 4, 2003; 76 FR 48539, Aug. 8, 2011; 82 FR 36633, Aug. 4, 2017; 83 FR 39289, Aug. 8, 2018; 87 FR 47616, Aug. 3, 2022; 89 FR 64160, Aug. 6, 2024]

§ 413.338 Skilled nursing facility value-based purchasing program.

(a) Definitions. As used in this section:

Achievement threshold (or achievement performance standard) means the 25th percentile of SNF performance on a measure during the baseline period for a fiscal year.

Adjusted Federal per diem rate means the payment made to SNFs under the skilled nursing facility prospective payment system (as described under section 1888(e)(4)(G) of the Act).

Applicable percent means for FY 2019 and subsequent fiscal years, 2.0 percent.

Baseline period means the time period used to calculate the achievement threshold, benchmark, and improvement threshold that apply to a measure for a fiscal year.

Benchmark means, for a fiscal year, the arithmetic mean of the top decile of SNF performance on a measure during the baseline period for that fiscal year.

Eligible stay means, for purposes of the SNF readmission measure, an index SNF admission that would be included in the denominator of that measure.

Improvement threshold (or improvement performance standard) means an individual SNF's performance on a measure during the applicable baseline period for that fiscal year.

Logistic exchange function means the function used to translate a SNF's performance score into a value-based incentive payment percentage.

Low-volume SNF means a SNF with fewer than 25 eligible stays included in the SNF readmission measure denominator during the performance period for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2022.

Performance period means the time period during which SNF performance on a measure is calculated for a fiscal year.

Performance standards are the levels of performance that SNFs must meet or exceed to earn points on a measure under the SNF VBP Program for a fiscal year.

Ranking means the ordering of SNFs based on each SNF's performance score under the SNF VBP Program for a fiscal year.

SNF performance score means the numeric score ranging from 0 to 100 awarded to each SNF based on its performance under the SNF VBP Program for a fiscal year.

SNF readmission measure means, prior to October 1, 2027, the SNF 30-Day All-Cause Readmission Measure (SNFRM) specified under section 1888(g)(1) of the Social Security Act. Beginning October 1, 2027, the term SNF readmission measure means the SNF Within-Stay Potentially Preventable Readmission (SNF WS PPR) Measure specified under section 1888(g)(2) of the Social Security Act.

SNF Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program means the program required under section 1888(h) of the Act.

Value-based incentive payment adjustment factor is the number that will be multiplied by the adjusted Federal per diem rate for services furnished by a SNF during a fiscal year, based on its performance score for that fiscal year, and after such rate is reduced by the applicable percent.

Value-based incentive payment amount is the portion of a SNF's adjusted Federal per diem rate that is attributable to the SNF VBP Program.

(b) Applicability of the SNF VBP Program. The SNF VBP Program applies to SNFs, including facilities described in section 1888(e)(7)(B) of the Act. Beginning with fiscal year 2023, the SNF VBP Program does not include a SNF, with respect to a fiscal year, if:

(1) The SNF does not have the minimum number of cases that applies to each measure for the fiscal year, as specified by CMS; or

(2) The SNF does not have the minimum number of measures for the fiscal year, as specified by CMS.

(c) Process for reducing the adjusted Federal per diem rate and applying the value-based incentive payment adjustment factor under the SNF VBP Program—(1) General. CMS will make value-based incentive payments to each SNF based on its performance score for a fiscal year under the SNF VBP Program under the requirements and conditions specified in this paragraph.

(2) Value-based incentive payment amount—(i) Total amount available for a fiscal year. The total amount available for value-based incentive payments for a fiscal year is at least 60 percent of the total amount of the reduction to the adjusted SNF PPS payments for that fiscal year, as estimated by CMS, and will be increased as appropriate for each fiscal year to account for the assignment of a performance score to low-volume SNFs under paragraph (d)(3) of this section. Beginning with the FY 2023 SNF VBP, the total amount available for value-based incentive payments for a fiscal year is 60 percent of the total amount of the reduction to the adjusted SNF PPS payments for that fiscal year, as estimated by CMS.

(ii) Calculation of the value-based incentive payment amount. The value-based incentive payment amount is calculated by multiplying the adjusted Federal per diem rate by the value- based incentive payment adjustment factor, after the adjusted Federal per diem rate has been reduced by the applicable percent.

(iii) Calculation of the value-based incentive payment adjustment factor. The value-based incentive payment adjustment factor is calculated by estimating Medicare spending under the skilled nursing facility prospective payment system to estimate the total amount available for value-based incentive payments, ordering SNFs by their SNF performance scores, then assigning an adjustment factor value for each performance score subject to the limitations set by the exchange function.

(iv) Reporting of adjustment to SNF payments. CMS will inform each SNF of the value-based incentive payment adjustment factor that will be applied to its adjusted Federal per diem rate for services furnished during a fiscal year at least 60 days prior to the start of that fiscal year.

(d) Performance scoring under the SNF VBP Program (applicable, as described in this paragraph, to fiscal year 2019 through and including fiscal year 2025). (1) CMS will award points to SNFs based on their performance on the SNF readmission measure applicable to a fiscal year during the performance period applicable to that fiscal year as follows:

(i) CMS will award from 1 to 99 points for achievement to each SNF whose performance meets or exceeds the achievement threshold but is less than the benchmark.

(ii) CMS will award from 0 to 90 points for improvement to each SNF whose performance exceeds the improvement threshold but is less than the benchmark.

(iii) CMS will award 100 points to a SNF whose performance meets or exceeds the benchmark.

(iv) CMS will not award points for improvement to a SNF that has fewer than 25 eligible stays during the baseline period.

(2) The highest of the SNF's achievement, improvement and benchmark score will be the SNF's performance score for the fiscal year.

(3) If, with respect to a fiscal year beginning with fiscal year 2019 through and including fiscal year 2022, CMS determines that a SNF is a low-volume SNF, CMS will assign a performance score to the SNF for the fiscal year that, when used to calculate the value-based incentive payment amount (as defined in paragraph (a)(17) of this section), results in a value-based incentive payment amount that is equal to the adjusted Federal per diem rate (as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section) that would apply to the SNF for the fiscal year without application of § 413.337(f).

(e) Performance scoring under the SNF VBP Program beginning with fiscal year 2026—(1) Points awarded based on SNF performance. CMS will award points to SNFs based on their performance on each measure for which the SNF reports the applicable minimum number of cases during the performance period applicable to that fiscal year as follows:

(i) CMS will award from 1 to 9 points for achievement to each SNF whose performance on a measure during the applicable performance period meets or exceeds the achievement threshold for that measure but is less than the benchmark for that measure.

(ii) CMS will award 10 points for achievement to a SNF whose performance on a measure during the applicable performance period meets or exceeds the benchmark for that measure.

(iii) CMS will award from 0 to 9 points for improvement to each SNF whose performance on a measure during the applicable performance period exceeds the improvement threshold but is less than the benchmark for that measure.

(iv) CMS will not award points for improvement to a SNF that does not meet the case minimum for a measure for the applicable baseline period.

(v) The highest of the SNF's achievement and improvement score for a given measure will be the SNF's score on that measure for the applicable fiscal year.

(2) Calculation of the SNF performance score for fiscal year 2026. The SNF performance score for FY 2026 is calculated as follows:

(i) CMS will sum all points awarded to a SNF as described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section for each measure applicable to a fiscal year to calculate the SNF's point total.

(ii) CMS will normalize the point total such that the resulting SNF performance score is expressed as a number of points earned out of a total of 100.

(3) Calculation of the SNF performance score beginning with fiscal year 2027. The SNF performance score for a fiscal year is calculated as follows:

(i) CMS will sum all points awarded to a SNF as described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section for each measure applicable to a fiscal year.

(ii) CMS will normalize the SNF's point total such that the resulting point total is expressed as a number of points earned out of a total of 100.

(f) Confidential feedback reports and public reporting. (1) CMS will provide quarterly confidential feedback reports to SNFs on their performance on each measure specified for the fiscal year. Beginning with the baseline period and performance period quality measure quarterly reports issued on or after October 1, 2021, CMS calculates the measure rates included in those reports using data that are current as of a specified date as follows:

(i) For the SNFRM, the specified date is 3 months after the last index SNF admission in the applicable baseline period or performance period.

(ii) For the Skilled Nursing Facility Healthcare Associated Infections Requiring Hospitalization (“SNF HAI”), Discharge to Community—Post-Acute Care Measure for Skilled Nursing Facilities (“DTC PAC SNF”), and Skilled Nursing Facility Within-Stay Potentially Preventable Readmissions (“SNF WS PPR”) measure, the specified date is 3 months after the last SNF discharge in the applicable baseline period or performance period.

(iii) For the Number of Hospitalizations per 1,000 Long Stay Residents (“Long Stay Hospitalization”) measure, the specified date is 3 months after the last day of the final quarter of the applicable baseline period or performance period.

(iv) For the Total Nursing Hours per Resident Day Staffing (“Total Nurse Staffing”) measure and the Total Nursing Staff Turnover (“Nursing Staff Turnover”) measure, the specified date is 45 days after the last day of each quarter of the applicable baseline period or performance period.

(v) For the Discharge Function Score for SNFs (“DC Function measure”) and the Percent of Residents Experiencing One of More Falls with Major Injury (Long Stay) (“Falls with Major Injury (Long Stay)”) measure, beginning with data collected in FY 2023, and ending with data collected in FY 2026, the specified date is the February 15th that is approximately 4.5 months after the last day of the applicable baseline period or performance period. Beginning with data collected in FY 2027, the specified date is the 15th day of the second month after the last day of the applicable baseline period or performance period. If the 15th day of the second month after the last day of the applicable baseline period or performance period falls on a Friday, weekend, or Federal holiday, the date is delayed until 11:59 p.m. EST on the next business day.

(2) Beginning with the baseline period and performance period quality measure quarterly reports issued on or after October 1, 2021, which contain the baseline period and performance period measure rates, respectively, SNFs will have 30 days following the date CMS provides each of these reports to review and submit corrections to the measure rate calculations contained in that report. The underlying data used to calculate the measure rates are not subject to review and correction under this paragraph (f)(2). Any correction requests submitted under this paragraph (f)(2) must include all of the following and be submitted by email to the SNF VBP Program Help Desk:

(i) The SNF's CMS Certification Number (CCN);

(ii) The SNF's name;

(iii) The correction requested; and

(iv) The reason for requesting the correction, including any available evidence to support the request.

(3) Beginning not later than 60 days prior to each fiscal year, CMS will provide reports to SNFs on their performance under the SNF VBP Program for a fiscal year. SNFs will have the opportunity to review and submit corrections to their SNF performance scores and ranking contained in these reports for 30 days following the date that CMS provides the reports. Any correction requests submitted under this paragraph (f)(3) must include all of the following and be submitted by email to the SNF VBP Program Help Desk:

(i) The SNF's CMS Certification Number (CCN);

(ii) The SNF's name;

(iii) The correction requested; and

(iv) The reason for requesting the correction, including any available evidence to support the request.

(4) CMS will publicly report the information described in paragraphs (f)(2) and (3) of this section on the Nursing Home Compare website or a successor website. Beginning with information publicly reported on or after October 1, 2019, and ending with information publicly reported on September 30, 2022 the following exceptions apply:

(i) If CMS determines that a SNF has fewer than 25 eligible stays during the baseline period for a fiscal year but has 25 or more eligible stays during the performance period for that fiscal year, CMS will not publicly report the SNF's baseline period SNF readmission measure rate and improvement score for that fiscal year;

(ii) If CMS determines that a SNF is a low-volume SNF with respect to a fiscal year and assigns a performance score to the SNF under paragraph (d)(3) of this section, CMS will not publicly report the SNF's performance period SNF readmission measure rate, achievement score or improvement score for the fiscal year; and

(iii) If CMS determines that a SNF has zero eligible cases during the performance period with respect to a fiscal year, CMS will not publicly report any information for that SNF for that fiscal year.

(5) Beginning with the information publicly reported on or after October 1, 2022, the following exceptions apply:

(i) If a SNF does not have the minimum number of cases during the baseline period that applies to a measure for a fiscal year, CMS will not publicly report the SNF's baseline period measure rate for that particular measure, although CMS will publicly report the SNF's performance period measure rate and achievement score if the SNF had the minimum number of cases for the measure during the performance period of the same program year;

(ii) If a SNF does not have the minimum number of cases during the performance period that applies to a measure for a fiscal year, CMS will not publicly report any information with respect to the SNF's performance on that measure for the fiscal year;

(iii) If a SNF does not have the minimum number of measures during the performance period for a fiscal year, CMS will not publicly report any data for that SNF for the fiscal year.

(6) Beginning with quarterly confidential feedback reports issued on or after October 1, 2025, a SNF that is not satisfied with the decision by CMS on a review and correction request submitted under paragraph (f)(2) or (3) of this section may seek reconsideration of that decision by submitting a reconsideration request no later than 15 calendar days from the day after the date noted in the decision. SNFs must submit their reconsideration requests via email in the form and manner specified by CMS in the review and correction decision. The reconsideration request must contain all of the following:

(i) The SNF's CMS Certification Number (CCN);

(ii) The SNF's name;

(iii) The issue for which the SNF submitted a review and correction request, received a review and correction decision, and are requesting reconsideration; and

(iv) The reason why the SNF is requesting reconsideration, which can be supported by any applicable documentation or other evidence.

(g) Limitations on review. There is no administrative or judicial review of the following:

(1) The methodology used to determine the value-based incentive payment percentage and the amount of the value-based incentive payment under section 1888(h)(5) of the Act.

(2) The determination of the amount of funding available for value-based incentive payments under section 1888(h)(5)(C)(ii)(III) of the Act and the payment reduction under section 1888(h)(6) of the Act.

(3) The establishment of the performance standards under section 1888(h)(3) of the Act and the performance period.

(4) The methodology developed under section 1888(h)(4) of the Act that is used to calculate SNF performance scores and the calculation of such scores.

(5) The ranking determinations under section 1888(h)(4)(B) of the Act.

(h) Special rules for the FY 2022 SNF VBP Program. (1) CMS will calculate a SNF readmission measure rate for each SNF based on its performance on the SNF readmission measure during the performance period specified by CMS for fiscal year 2022, but CMS will not calculate a performance score for any SNF using the methodology described in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section. CMS will instead assign a performance score of zero to each SNF, with the exception of those SNFs qualifying for the low-volume scoring adjustment described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(2) CMS will calculate the value-based incentive payment adjustment factor for each SNF using a performance score of zero and will then calculate the value-based incentive payment amount for each SNF using the methodology described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. CMS will then apply low-volume scoring adjustment described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(3) CMS will provide confidential feedback reports to SNFs on their performance on the SNF readmission measure in accordance with paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section.

(4) CMS will publicly report SNF performance on the SNF readmission measure in accordance with paragraph (e)(3) of this section.

(i) Special rules for the FY 2023 SNF VBP Program. (1) CMS will calculate a SNF readmission measure rate for each SNF based on its performance on the SNF readmission measure during the performance period specified by CMS for fiscal year 2023, but CMS will not calculate a performance score for any SNF using the methodology described in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section. CMS will instead assign a performance score of zero to each SNF.

(2) CMS will calculate the value-based incentive payment adjustment factor for each SNF using a performance score of zero and will then calculate the value-based incentive payment amount for each SNF using the methodology described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.

(3) CMS will provide confidential feedback reports to SNFs on their performance on the SNF readmission measure in accordance with paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section.

(4) CMS will publicly report SNF performance on the SNF readmission measure in accordance with paragraph (f)(3) of this section.

(j) Validation. (1) Beginning with the FY 2023 program year, for the SNFRM measure, and beginning with the FY 2026 program year for all other claims-based measures, the information reported through claims are validated for accuracy by Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs).

(2) Beginning with the FY 2026 program year, for all measures that are calculated using Payroll-Based Journal System data, information reported through the Payroll-Based Journal system is validated for accuracy by CMS and its contractors through quarterly audits.

(3) Beginning October 1, 2026, for all measures that are calculated using Minimum Data Set (MDS) information, CMS will validate the accuracy of this information. CMS will request medical records as follows:

(i) On an annual basis, a CMS contractor will randomly select up to 1,500 SNFs for validation. A SNF is eligible for selection for a year if the SNF submitted at least one MDS record in the calendar year that is 3 years prior to the applicable fiscal year or was included in the SNF VBP Program in the year prior to the applicable fiscal year.

(ii) For each SNF selected under paragraph (j)(3)(i) of this section, the CMS contractor will request in writing up to 10 medical records.

(iii) A SNF that receives a request for medical records under paragraph (j)(3)(ii) of this section must submit a digital or paper copy of each of the requested medical records within 45 days of the date of the request as documented on the request.

(k) Measure selection, retention, and removal policy. (1) The SNF VBP measure set for each fiscal year includes the SNF readmission measure CMS has specified under section 1888(g) of the Social Security Act for application in the SNF VBP Program.

(2) Beginning with FY 2026, the SNF VBP measure set for each fiscal year may include up to nine additional measures specified by CMS. Each of these measures remains in the measure set unless CMS removes or replaces it based on one or more of the following factors:

(i) SNF performance on the measure is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions and improvements in performance can no longer be made.

(ii) Performance or improvement on a measure do not result in better resident outcomes.

(iii) A measure no longer aligns with current clinical guidelines or practices.

(iv) A more broadly applicable measure for the particular topic is available.

(v) A measure that is more proximal in time to the desired resident outcomes for the particular topic is available.

(vi) A measure that is more strongly associated with the desired resident outcomes for the particular topic is available.

(vii) The collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative unintended consequences other than resident harm.

(viii) The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the Program.

(3) Upon a determination by CMS that the continued requirement for SNFs to submit data on a measure specified under paragraph (k)(2) of this section raises specific resident safety concerns, CMS may elect to immediately remove the measure from the SNF VBP Program. Upon removal of the measure, CMS will provide notice to SNFs and the public, along with a statement of the specific patient safety concern that would be raised if SNFs continued to submit data on the measure. CMS will also provide notice of the removal in the Federal Register.

(4) CMS uses rulemaking to make substantive updates to the specifications of measures used in the SNF VBP Program. CMS makes technical measure specification updates in a sub-regulatory manner and informs SNFs of measure specification updates through postings on the CMS website, listservs, and other educational outreach efforts to SNFs.

(l) Extraordinary circumstances exception policy. (1) A SNF may request and CMS may grant exceptions to the SNF Value-Based Purchasing Program's requirements under this section for one or more calendar months when there are certain extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the SNF.

(2) A SNF may request an exception within 90 days of the date that the extraordinary circumstances occurred. Prior to FY 2025, the request must be submitted in the form and manner specified by CMS on the SNF VBP website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality/Nursing-Home-Improvement/Value-Based-Purchasing/Extraordinary-Circumstance-Exception and include a completed Extraordinary Circumstances Request form (available on https://qualitynet.cms.gov/) and any available evidence of the impact of the extraordinary circumstances on the care that the SNF furnished to patients including, but not limited to, photographs and media articles. Beginning with FY 2025, a SNF may request an extraordinary circumstances exception by sending an email with the subject line “SNF VBP Extraordinary Circumstances Exception Request” to the SNF VBP Program Help Desk with the following information:

(i) The SNF's CMS Certification Number (CCN);

(ii) The SNF's business name and business address;

(iii) Contact information for the SNF's chief executive officer (CEO) or CEO-designated personnel, including all applicable names, email addresses, telephone numbers, and the SNF's physical mailing address (which cannot be a P.O. Box);

(iv) A description of the event, including the dates and duration of the extraordinary circumstance;

(v) Available evidence of the impact of the extraordinary circumstance on the care the SNF provided to its residents or the SNF's ability to report SNF VBP data, including, but not limited to, photographs, media articles, and any other materials that would aid CMS in determining whether to grant the exception; and

(vi) A date proposed by the SNF for when it will again be able to fully comply with the SNF VBP Program's requirements and a justification for the proposed date.

(3) Except as provided in paragraph (l)(4) of this section, CMS will not consider an exception request unless the SNF requesting such exception has complied fully with the requirements in paragraph (l)(2) of this section.

(4) CMS may grant exceptions to SNFs without a request if it determines that an extraordinary circumstance affected an entire region or locale.

(5) CMS will calculate a SNF performance score for a fiscal year for a SNF for which it has granted an exception request that does not include its performance on a quality measure during the calendar months affected by the extraordinary circumstance.

(m) SNF VBP performance standards. (1) CMS announces the performance standards for each measure no later than 60 days prior to the start of the performance period that applies to the measure for the fiscal year.

(2) Beginning with FY 2021, if CMS discovers an error in the performance standard calculations subsequent to publishing their numerical values for a fiscal year, CMS will update the numerical values to correct the error. If CMS subsequently discovers one or more other errors with respect to the fiscal year, CMS will not further update the numerical values for that fiscal year.

(3) Beginning with FY 2025, CMS may update the numerical values of the performance standards for a measure if, between the time that CMS announced the performance standards for the measure for that fiscal year and the time that CMS calculates SNF performance on the measure at the conclusion of the performance period for that measure for that fiscal year, CMS has made technical updates to the specifications for the measure that affect the measure rate calculations.

[82 FR 36633, Aug. 4, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 39289, Aug. 8, 2018; 85 FR 47633, Aug. 5, 2020; 86 FR 42524, Aug. 4, 2021; 87 FR 47616, Aug. 3, 2022; 88 FR 53346, Aug. 7, 2023; 89 FR 64160, Aug. 6, 2024; 90 FR 37366, Aug. 4, 2025; 91 FR 48654, July 31, 2026]

§ 413.340 Transition period.

(a) Duration of transition period and proportions for the blended transition rate. Beginning with an SNF's first cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 1998, there is a transition period covering three cost reporting periods. During this transition phase, SNFs receive a payment rate comprising a blend of the adjusted Federal rate and a facility-specific rate. For the first cost reporting period beginning on or after July 1, 1998, payment is based on 75 percent of the facility-specific rate and 25 percent of the Federal rate. For the subsequent cost reporting period, the rate is comprised of 50 percent of the facility-specific rate and 50 percent of the Federal rate. In the final cost reporting period of the transition, the rate is comprised of 25 percent of the facility-specific rate and 75 percent of the Federal rate. For all subsequent cost reporting periods, payment is based entirely on the Federal rate.

(b) Calculation of facility-specific rate for the first cost reporting period. The facility-specific rate is computed based on the SNF's Medicare allowable costs from its fiscal year 1995 cost report plus an estimate of the amounts payable under Part B for covered SNF services (other than those services described in § 411.15(p)(2) of this chapter) furnished during fiscal year 1995 to individuals who were residents of SNFs and receiving Part A covered services. Allowable costs associated with exceptions, as described in § 413.30(f), are included in the calculation of the facility-specific rate. Allowable costs associated with exemptions, as described in § 413.30(e)(2), are included in the calculation of the facility-specific rate but only to the extent that they do not exceed 150 percent of the routine cost limit. Low Medicare volume SNFs that were paid a prospectively determined rate under § 413.300 for their cost reporting period beginning in fiscal year 1995 will utilize that rate as the basis for the allowable costs of routine (operating and capital-related) expenses in determining the facility-specific rate. Each SNF's allowable costs are updated to the first cost reporting period to which the payment rates apply using annual factors equal to the SNF market basket percentage minus 1 percentage point.

(c) SNFs participating in the Multistate Nursing Home Case-Mix and Quality Demonstration. SNFs that participated in the Multistate Nursing Home Case-Mix and Quality Demonstration in a cost reporting period that began in calendar year 1997 will utilize their allowable costs from that cost reporting period, including prospective payment amounts determined under the demonstration payment methodology.

(d) Update of facility-specific rates for subsequent cost reporting periods. The facility-specific rate for a cost reporting period that is subsequent to the first cost reporting period is equal to the facility-specific rate for the first cost reporting period (described in paragraph (a) of this section) updated by the market basket index.

(1) For a subsequent cost reporting period beginning in fiscal years 1998 and 1999, the facility-specific rate is equal to the facility-specific rate for the previous cost reporting period updated by the applicable market basket index percentage minus one percentage point.

(2) For a subsequent cost reporting period beginning in fiscal year 2000, the facility-specific rate is equal to the facility-specific rate for the previous cost reporting period updated by the applicable market basket index percentage.

(e) SNFs excluded from the transition period. SNFs that received their first payment from Medicare, under present or previous ownership, on or after October 1, 1995, are excluded from the transition period, and payment is made according to the Federal rates only.

§ 413.343 Resident assessment data.

(a) Submission of resident assessment data. SNFs are required to submit the resident assessment data described at § 483.20 of this chapter in the manner necessary to administer the payment rate methodology described in § 413.337. This provision includes the frequency, scope, and number of assessments required.

(b) Assessment schedule. In accordance with the methodology described in § 413.337(c) related to the adjustment of the Federal rates for case-mix, SNFs must submit assessments according to an assessment schedule. This schedule must include performance of an initial Medicare assessment with an assessment reference date that is set for no later than the 8th day of posthospital SNF care, and such other interim payment assessments as the SNF determines are necessary to account for changes in patient care needs.

(c) Noncompliance with assessment schedule. CMS pays a default rate for the Federal rate when a SNF fails to comply with the assessment schedule in paragraph (b) of this section. The default rate is paid for the days of a patient's care for which the SNF is not in compliance with the assessment schedule.

[63 FR 26309, May 12, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 41682, July 30, 1999; 84 FR 38832, Aug. 7, 2019]

§ 413.345 Publication of Federal prospective payment rates.

CMS publishes information pertaining to each update of the Federal payment rates in the Federal Register. This information includes the standardized Federal rates, the resident classification system that provides the basis for case-mix adjustment, and the factors to be applied in making the area wage adjustment. This information is published before May 1 for the fiscal year 1998 and before August 1 for the fiscal years 1999 and after.

[82 FR 36634, Aug. 4, 2017]

§ 413.348 Limitation on review.

Judicial or administrative review under sections 1869 or 1878 of the Act or otherwise is prohibited with regard to the establishment of the Federal rates. This prohibition includes the methodology used in the computation of the Federal standardized payment rates, the case-mix methodology, and the development and application of the wage index. This prohibition on judicial and administrative review also extends to the methodology used to establish the facility-specific rates but not to determinations related to reasonable cost in the fiscal year 1995 cost reporting period used as the basis for these rates.

§ 413.350 Periodic interim payments for skilled nursing facilities receiving payment under the skilled nursing facility prospective payment system for Part A services.

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, SNFs receiving payment under the PPS for Part A services do not receive interim payments during the cost reporting year, and receive payment only following submission of a bill. Paragraph (d) of this section provides for accelerated payments in certain circumstances.

(b) Periodic interim payments. (1) An SNF receiving payment under the prospective payment system may receive periodic interim payments (PIP) for Part A SNF services under the PIP method subject to the provisions of § 413.64(h). To be approved for PIP, the SNF must meet the qualifying requirements in § 413.64(h)(3). Moreover, as provided in § 413.64(h)(5), contractor approval is conditioned upon the contractor's best judgment as to whether payment can be made under the PIP method without undue risk of its resulting in an overpayment to the provider.

(2) Frequency of payment. The contractor estimates an SNF's prospective payments net of estimated beneficiary coinsurance and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount of payment for the year. If an SNF has payment experience under the prospective payment system, the contractor estimates PIP based on that payment experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service as described in § 413.64(h)(6). The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if an SNF receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final settlement.

(3) Termination of PIP—(i) Request by the SNF. An SNF receiving PIP may convert to receiving prospective payments on a non-PIP basis at any time.

(ii) Removal by the contractor. An contractor terminates PIP if the SNF no longer meets the requirements of § 413.64(h).

(c) Interim payments for Medicare bad debts and for Part A costs not paid under the prospective payment system. For Medicare bad debts and for costs of an approved education program and other costs paid outside the prospective payment system, the contractor determines the interim payments by estimating the reimbursable amount for the year based on the previous year's experience, adjusted for projected changes supported by substantiated information for the current year, and makes biweekly payments equal to 1/26 of the total estimated amount. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly period of service as described in § 413.64(h)(6). The interim payments are reviewed at least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary. Fewer reviews may be necessary if an SNF receives interim payments for less than a full reporting period. These payments are subject to final cost settlement.

(d) Accelerated payments—(1) General rule. Upon request, an accelerated payment may be made to an SNF that is receiving payment under the prospective payment system and is not receiving PIP under paragraph (b) of this section if the SNF is experiencing financial difficulties because of the following:

(i) There is a delay by the contractor in making payment to the SNF.

(ii) Due to an exceptional situation, there is a temporary delay in the SNF's preparation and submittal of bills to the contractor beyond its normal billing cycle.

(2) Approval of payment. An SNF's request for an accelerated payment must be approved by the contractor and CMS.

(3) Amount of payment. The amount of the accelerated payment is computed as a percentage of the net payment for unbilled or unpaid covered services.

(4) Recovery of payment. Recovery of the accelerated payment is made by recoupment as SNF bills are processed or by direct payment by the SNF.

[64 FR 41682, July 30, 1999]

§ 413.355 Additional payment: QIO reimbursement for cost of sending records electronically or by photocopy and mailing.

An additional payment is made to a skilled nursing facility in accordance with § 476.78 of this chapter for the costs of sending requested patient records to the QIO in electronic format, by facsimile, or by photocopying and mailing.

[85 FR 59025, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 413.360 Requirements under the Skilled Nursing Facility (SNF) Quality Reporting Program (QRP).

(a) Participation start date. Beginning with the FY 2018 program year, a SNF must begin reporting data in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section no later than the first day of the calendar quarter subsequent to 30 days after the date on its CMS Certification Number (CCN) notification letter, which designates the SNF as operating in the CMS designated data submission system. For purposes of this section, a program year is the fiscal year in which the market basket percentage described in § 413.337(d) is reduced by two percentage points if the SNF does not report data in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.

(b) Data submission requirement. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and for a program year, SNFs must submit to CMS data on measures specified under sections 1899B(c)(1) and 1899B(d)(1) of the Social Security Act and standardized resident assessment data in accordance with section 1899B(b)(1) of the Social Security Act, in the form and manner, and at a time, specified by CMS.

(2) CMS may remove a quality measure from the SNF QRP based on one or more of the following factors:

(i) Measure performance among SNFs is so high and unvarying that meaningful distinctions in improvements in performance can no longer be made.

(ii) Performance or improvement on a measure does not result in better resident outcomes.

(iii) A measure does not align with current clinical guidelines or practice.

(iv) The availability of a more broadly applicable (across settings, populations, or conditions) measure for the particular topic.

(v) The availability of a measure that is more proximal in time to desired resident outcomes for the particular topic.

(vi) The availability of a measure that is more strongly associated with desired resident outcomes for the particular topic.

(vii) Collection or public reporting of a measure leads to negative unintended consequences other than resident harm.

(viii) The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its continued use in the program.

(c) Exception and extension requests. (1) A SNF may request and CMS may grant exceptions or extensions to the reporting requirements under paragraph (b) of this section for one or more quarters, when there are certain extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the SNF.

(2) A SNF may request an exception or extension within 90 days of the date that the extraordinary circumstances occurred by sending an email to SNFQRPReconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov that contains all of the following information:

(i) SNF CMS Certification Number (CCN).

(ii) SNF Business Name.

(iii) SNF Business Address.

(iv) CEO or CEO-designated personnel contact information including name, telephone number, title, email address, and mailing address. (The address must be a physical address, not a post office box.)

(v) SNF's reason for requesting the exception or extension.

(vi) Evidence of the impact of extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, photographs, newspaper, and other media articles.

(vii) Date when the SNF believes it will be able to again submit SNF QRP data and a justification for the proposed date.

(3) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, CMS will not consider an exception or extension request unless the SNF requesting such exception or extension has complied fully with the requirements in this paragraph (c).

(4) CMS may grant exceptions or extensions to SNFs without a request if it determines that one or more of the following has occurred:

(i) An extraordinary circumstance affects an entire region or locale.

(ii) A systemic problem with one of CMS's data collection systems directly affected the ability of a SNF to submit data in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.

(d) Reconsideration. (1) SNFs that do not meet the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section for a program year will receive a notification of non-compliance sent through at least one of the following methods: The CMS designated data submission system, the United States Postal Service, or via an email from the Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC). A SNF may request reconsideration no later than 30 calendar days after the date identified on the letter of non-compliance.

(2) Reconsideration requests must be submitted to CMS by sending an email to SNFQRPReconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov containing all of the following information:

(i) SNF CCN.

(ii) SNF Business Name.

(iii) SNF Business Address.

(iv) CEO or CEO-designated personnel contact information including name, telephone number, title, email address, and mailing address. (The address must be a physical address, not a post office box.)

(v) CMS identified reason(s) for non-compliance stated in the non-compliance letter.

(vi) Reason(s) for requesting reconsideration, including all supporting documentation.

(3) CMS will not consider a reconsideration request unless the SNF has complied fully with the requirements in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(4) CMS will notify the SNF, in writing, of its final decision regarding any reconsideration request through at least one of the following methods: CMS designated data submission system, the United States Postal Service, or via email from the CMS Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC). CMS will grant a timely request for reconsideration, and reverse an initial finding of non-compliance, only if CMS determines that the SNF was in full compliance with the SNF QRP requirements for the applicable program year.

(5) A SNF may request, and CMS may grant, an extension to file a reconsideration request if, during the period to request a reconsideration as set forth in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the SNF was affected by an extraordinary circumstance beyond the control of the SNF (for example, a natural or man-made disaster). A SNF must submit its request for an extension to file a reconsideration request no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the written notification of noncompliance. The SNF must submit its request for an extension to CMS via email to SNFQRPReconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov, and must contain all of the following information:

(i) SNF CCN.

(ii) SNF Business Name.

(iii) SNF Business Address.

(iv) CEO or CEO-designated personnel contact information including name, telephone number, title, email address, and mailing address. (The address must be a physical address, not a post office box.)

(v) A statement of the reason for the request for the extension.

(vi) Evidence of the impact of the extraordinary circumstances, including, for example, photographs, newspaper articles, and other media.

(6) CMS will notify the SNF, in writing, of its final decision regarding its request for an extension to file a reconsideration of noncompliance request via an email from CMS.

(e) Appeals. A SNF that is dissatisfied with CMS' decision on a request for reconsideration may file an appeal with the Provider Reimbursement Review Board (PRRB) under 42 CFR part 405, subpart R.

(f) Data completion threshold.

(1) SNFs must meet or exceed the following data completeness thresholds with respect to a program year:

(i) The threshold set at 100 percent completion of measures data and standardized patient assessment data collected using the Minimum Data Set (MDS) on at least 80 percent of the assessments SNFs submit through the CMS designated data submission system for FY 2018 through FY 2025 program years.

(ii) The threshold set at 100 percent completion of measures data and standardized patient assessment data collected using the MDS on at least 90 percent of the assessments SNFs submit through the CMS designated data submission system for FY 2026 and for all subsequent payment updates.

(iii) The threshold set at 100 percent for measures data collected and submitted through the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) for FY 2023 and for all subsequent payment updates.

(iv) If selected for the data validation process under paragraph (g) of this section, the threshold set at 100 percent submission of medical charts.

(2) These thresholds apply to all measures and standardized patient assessment data requirements adopted into the SNF QRP.

(3) A SNF must meet or exceed each applicable threshold described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section to avoid receiving the applicable penalty for failure to report quality data set forth in § 413.337(d)(4).

(g) Data validation process. (1) Beginning with the FY 2027 payment year: for all measures that are calculated using Minimum Data Set (MDS) information, CMS will validate the accuracy of this information. The process by which CMS will request medical records and by which SNFs must submit the requested medical records is as follows:

(i) On an annual basis, a CMS contractor will select up to 1,500 SNFs for validation. A SNF is eligible for selection for a year if it submitted at least one MDS record to CMS in the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the applicable program year, and if the SNF has been randomly selected for a periodic audit for the same year under § 413.338.

(ii) For each SNF selected under this paragraph (g)(1), the CMS contractor will request up to 10 medical records. Each SNF selected will only be required to submit records once in a fiscal year, for a maximum of 10 records for each SNF selected. Each requested medical record must be the same medical record that has been requested for submission by the SNF for the same year under § 413.338. CMS will submit its request in writing to the selected SNF.

(iii) A SNF that receives a request for medical records under this paragraph (g)(1) must submit a digital or paper copy of each of the requested medical records within 45 days of the date of the request.

(2) Beginning with the FY 2027 payment year: the information reported through claims for all claims-based measures are validated for accuracy by Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs).

[82 FR 36634, Aug. 4, 2017, as amended at 83 FR 39290, Aug. 8, 2018; 84 FR 38832, Aug. 7, 2019; 87 FR 47618, Aug. 3, 2022; 88 FR 53346, Aug. 7, 2023; 89 FR 64162, Aug. 6, 2024; 90 FR 37366, Aug. 4, 2025]

Subpart K Payment for Acute Kidney Injury (AKI) Dialysis

Source: 81 FR 77965, Nov. 4, 2016, unless otherwise noted.

§ 413.370 Scope.

This subpart implements section 1834(r) of the Act by setting forth the principles and authorities under which CMS is authorized to establish a payment amount for renal dialysis services furnished to beneficiaries with an acute kidney injury in or under the supervision of an ESRD facility that meets the conditions of coverage in part 494 of this chapter and as defined in § 413.171.

§ 413.371 Definition.

For purposes of the subpart, the following definition applies:

Individual with acute kidney injury. The term individual with acute kidney injury means an individual who has acute loss of renal function and does not receive renal dialysis services for which payment is made under section 1881(b)(14) of the Act.

§ 413.372 AKI dialysis payment rate.

The amount of payment for AKI dialysis services shall be the base rate for renal dialysis services determined for such year under section 1881(b)(14), that is, the ESRD base rate as set forth in § 413.220, updated by the ESRD bundled market basket percentage increase factor minus a productivity adjustment as set forth in § 413.196(d)(1), adjusted for wages as set forth in § 413.231, and adjusted by any other amounts deemed appropriate by the Secretary under § 413.373.

§ 413.373 Other adjustments to the AKI dialysis payment rate.

(a) CMS applies the wage-adjusted add-on per treatment adjustment for home and self-dialysis training as set forth at § 413.235(c) to payments for AKI dialysis claims that include such training.

(b) The payment rate for AKI dialysis may be adjusted by the Secretary (on a budget neutral basis for payments under section 1834(r) of the Act) by any other adjustment factor under subparagraph (D) of section 1881(b)(14) of the Act.

[89 FR 89212, Nov. 12, 2024]

§ 413.374 Renal dialysis services included in the AKI dialysis payment rate.

(a) The AKI dialysis payment rate applies to renal dialysis services (as defined in subparagraph (B) of section 1881(b)(14) of the Act) furnished under Part B by a renal dialysis facility or provider of services paid under section 1881(b)(14) of the Act, including home services, supplies, and equipment, and self-dialysis.

(b) Other items and services furnished to beneficiaries with AKI that are not considered to be renal dialysis services as defined in § 413.171, but that are related to their dialysis treatment as a result of their AKI, would be separately payable, that is, drugs, biologicals, laboratory services, and supplies that ESRD facilities are certified to furnish and that would otherwise be furnished to a beneficiary with AKI in a hospital outpatient setting.

[81 FR 77965, Nov. 4, 2016, as amended at 89 FR 89212, Nov. 12, 2024]

§ 413.375 Notification of changes in rate-setting methodologies and payment rates.

(a) Changes to the methodology for payment for renal dialysis services furnished to beneficiaries with AKI as well as any adjustments to the AKI payment rate other than wage index will be adopted through notice and comment rulemaking.

(b) Annual updates in the AKI dialysis payment rate as described in § 413.372 that do not include those changes described in paragraph (a) of this section are announced by notice published in the Federal Register without opportunity for public comment.

(c) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017, on an annual basis CMS updates the AKI dialysis payment rate.

Subpart L Payment of Organ Acquisition Costs for Transplant Hospitals. Organ Procurement Organizations, and Histocompatibility Laboratories

Source: 86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, unless otherwise noted.

§ 413.400 Definitions.

As used in this subpart:

Histocompatibility laboratory means a laboratory meeting the requirements set forth in § 493.1227 of this chapter and providing the services for the acquisition of kidneys or other organs for transplantation.

Hospital-based organ procurement organization (HOPO) means an organ procurement organization that is considered a department of the TH and reports organ acquisition costs it incurs on the TH's Medicare cost report.

Independent organ procurement organization (IOPO) means an organ procurement organization that files a Medicare cost report separate from a hospital and meets all of the following:

(1) Is not subject to the control of a hospital with respect to the hiring, firing, training, and paying of employees.

(2) Is not considered as a department of a hospital for insurance purposes (including malpractice insurance, general liability insurance, worker's compensation insurance, and employee retirement insurance).

(3) Reports organ acquisition costs it incurs on the IOPO Medicare cost report.

Organ, for Medicare organ acquisition payment purposes, means:

(1) A human kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, or intestine (or multivisceral organs when transplanted at the same time as an intestine).

(2) Pancreata procured on or after October 1, 2004, for the purpose of acquiring pancreatic islet cells for transplantation into individuals who are participating in a National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial in accordance with section 733 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003.

Organ procurement organization (OPO) means an organization defined in § 486.302 of this chapter. OPOs can be independent or hospital based.

Standard acquisition charge (SAC) means a charge as defined in § 413.404 of this chapter.

Transplant hospital (TH) means a hospital that furnishes organ transplants and other medical and surgical specialty services required for the care of transplant patients.

Transplant hospital/HOPO (TH/HOPO) refers to a TH, or a TH that operates a HOPO (as previously defined in this section) and performs organ procurement activities as one entity reported on the TH's Medicare cost report.

Transplant program means an organ-specific transplant program within a TH (as defined in this section).

[86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 72287, Nov. 23, 2022]

§ 413.402 Organ acquisition costs.

(a) Costs related to organ acquisition. Costs recognized in paragraph (b) of this section are allowable costs incurred in the acquisition of organs intended for transplant, including those organs that are subsequently determined unsuitable for transplant and furnished for research from a living donor or a deceased donor by the hospital, or from a deceased donor by an OPO. Additionally, there are administrative and general costs that may be allowable and included on the cost report for an OPO or a TH. Costs incurred by OPOs for public education within its donation service area in accordance with § 413.5(c)(11) and professional education in accordance with § 413.5(c)(14)(iii) are allowable overhead costs and are included on the cost report for an OPO.

(b) Types of costs. Organ acquisition costs are as follows:

(1) Tissue typing, including tissue typing furnished by independent laboratories.

(2) Donor and beneficiary evaluation.

(3) Other costs associated with excising organs, such as general routine and special care services (for example, intensive care unit or critical care unit services), provided to the living or deceased donor.

(4) Operating room and other inpatient ancillary services applicable to the living or deceased donor.

(5) Organ preservation and perfusion costs.

(6) Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network registration fees, and the reasonable and necessary cost of other fees, such as the registration fees for a kidney paired exchange, to register candidates for organ transplants. These allowable registry fees must support or promote organ transplantation and must not be duplicative in nature.

(7) Surgeons' fees for excising deceased organs (currently limited to $1,250 for kidneys).

(8) Transportation of the:

(i) Excised organ to the TH; and

(ii) Deceased donor to procure organs when it is necessary to preserve clinical outcomes or to avoid loss of potentially transplantable organs.

(9) Costs of organs acquired from other hospitals or organ procurement organizations.

(10) Hospital costs normally classified as outpatient costs applicable to organ excisions (services include donor and recipient tissue typing, work-up, and related services furnished prior to inpatient admission).

(11) Costs of services applicable to organ excisions which are rendered by residents and interns not in approved teaching programs.

(12) All pre-admission services applicable to organ excisions, such as laboratory, electroencephalography, and the costs of physicians' services.

(c) Living donor complications. (1) Living kidney donor complications. Living kidney donor complications directly related to the kidney donation, which occur after the date of the donor's discharge, must not be reported as kidney acquisition costs on the Medicare cost report.

(A) Medicare covers reasonable costs incurred for living kidney donor complications only if they are directly related to a kidney donation for a covered transplant into a Medicare beneficiary.

(B) Living kidney donor complications are paid through the claims processing system under Medicare Part A or Part B, as applicable for the services provided, with no donor liability for deductibles or coinsurance. Living kidney donor complications are billed under the Medicare Beneficiary Identifier of the transplant recipient.

(2) Living non-renal donor complications. Hospital costs incurred for living non-renal donor complications directly related to the non-renal organ donation, which occur after the date of the donor's discharge are not paid through the claims processing system but are reported as organ acquisition costs on the hospital's Medicare cost report.

(A) Medicare covers reasonable hospital costs incurred for living non-renal organ donor complications only if they are directly related to a non-renal organ donation for a covered transplant into a Medicare beneficiary.

(B) Hospital costs incurred for living non-renal organ donor complications are reported as organ acquisition costs on the Medicare cost report, and paid through the cost report on a reasonable cost basis.

(d) Costs not related to organ acquisition. (1) Items or services that are not related or reasonable to acquire an organ for transplantation, non-allowable administrative and general costs, or costs that are not related to patient care, are not considered organ acquisition costs.

(2) Examples of items or services that are not organ acquisition costs include, but are not limited to the following:

(i) Donor burial and funeral expenses.

(ii) Transportation costs of the deceased donor after organ procurement for funeral services or for burial.

(iii) Transportation costs for a living donor.

(iv) Fees or in-center payments for donor referrals.

(v) Costs associated with and incurred for OPO-sponsored seminars where continuing education credits are given and where the attendee is not on the OPO's staff (as described at § 486.326(b)). Costs incurred by OPOs for public education within their donation service area in accordance with § 413.5(c)(11) and professional education in accordance with § 413.5(c)(14)(iii) are allowable overhead costs.

(vi) Unreasonable costs incurred for administrator's duties associated with professional organizations.

[86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 72288, Nov. 23, 2022; 91 FR 50344, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.404 Standard acquisition charge.

(a) General. (1) Procuring an organ is not a covered service when performed independent of a Medicare covered transplant, however, the reasonable costs to procure an organ are reimbursable when billed in connection with a Medicare covered transplant.

(2) The SAC represents the average of the total organ acquisition costs associated with procuring either deceased donor organs or living donor organs, by organ type.

(3) When a TH/HOPO or IOPO furnishes an organ to another TH/HOPO or IOPO, it bills its SAC to the TH/HOPO or IOPO receiving the organ.

(b) THs/HOPOs SACs. (1) A TH/HOPO must develop a SAC for each organ type (for example heart, liver, or lung).

(2) When a TH/HOPO furnishes an organ to another TH or IOPO, it must bill the receiving TH or IOPO its SAC by organ type, or the hospital's standard departmental charges that are reduced to cost.

(3) A TH must establish SACs for living donor organs. A TH/HOPO must establish SACs for deceased donor organs.

(i) Living donor SAC for THs-(A) Definition. The living donor SAC is an average organ acquisition cost that a TH incurs to procure an organ from a living donor.

(B) Establishment of living donor SAC. A TH must establish a living donor SAC before the TH bills its first living donor transplant to Medicare.

(C) Calculating the living donor SAC.—(1) Initial living donor SAC. A TH calculates its initial living donor SAC for each living donor organ type as follows:

(i) By estimating the reasonable and necessary organ acquisition costs it expects to incur for services furnished to living donors, and pre-admission services furnished to recipients of living donor organs during the hospital's cost reporting period.

(ii) By dividing the estimated amount described in paragraph (b)(3)(i)(C)(1)(i) of this section by the projected number of usable living donor organs to be procured by the TH during the TH's cost reporting period.

(2) Subsequent living donor SAC. A TH calculates its subsequent years' living donor SAC for each living donor organ type as follows:

(i) By using the TH's actual organ acquisition costs for the living donor organ type from the prior year's Medicare cost report, adjusted for any changes in the current year.

(ii) Dividing the costs in paragraph (b)(3)(i)(C)(2)(i) of this section by the actual number of usable living donor organs procured by the TH during that prior cost reporting period.

(D) Costs used to develop the living donor SAC. Costs that may be used to develop the living donor SAC include, but are not limited to the following:

(1) Costs of tissue typing services, including those furnished by independent laboratories.

(2) Costs of physician pre-admission transplant evaluation services.

(3) Registry fees as specified at § 413.402(b)(6) of this subpart.

(4) Costs for donor and recipient evaluations and workups furnished prior to admission for transplantation.

(5) Other costs associated with procurement, for example, general routine and special care services (for example, intensive care unit or critical care unit services), related to the donor.

(6) Costs of operating room and other inpatient ancillary services related to the donor.

(7) Organ preservation and perfusion costs.

(8) Transportation costs of the excised organ as specified in § 413.402(b)(8)(i) of this subpart.

(ii) Deceased donor SAC for TH/HOPOs—(A) Definition. The deceased donor SAC is an average organ acquisition cost that a TH/HOPO incurs to procure a deceased donor organ.

(B) Calculating the deceased donor SAC—(1)—Initial deceased donor SAC. A TH/HOPO calculates its initial deceased donor SAC for each deceased donor organ type as follows:

(i) By estimating the reasonable and necessary costs it expects to incur to procure deceased donor organs, combined with the expected costs of acquiring deceased donor organs from OPOs or other THs.

(ii) By dividing the estimated amount described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B)(1)(i) of this section by the projected number of usable deceased donor organs to be procured by the TH/HOPO within the TH's cost reporting period.

(2) Subsequent deceased donor SAC. A TH/HOPO calculates its subsequent years' deceased donor SAC for each deceased donor organ type as follows:

(i) By using the TH's actual organ acquisition costs for the deceased donor organ type from the prior year's Medicare cost report, adjusted for any changes in the current year.

(ii) By dividing the costs in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B)( 2)(i) of this section by the actual number of usable deceased donor organs procured by the TH/HOPO during that prior cost reporting period.

(C) Costs to develop the deceased donor SAC. Costs that may be used to develop the deceased donor SAC include, but are not limited to the following:

(1) Costs of organs acquired from other THs or OPOs.

(2) Costs of transportation as specified in § 413.402(b)(8).

(3) Surgeons' fees for excising deceased donor organs (currently limited to $1,250 for kidneys).

(4) Costs of tissue typing services, including those furnished by independent laboratories.

(5) Organ preservation and perfusion costs.

(6) General routine and special care service costs (for example, intensive care unit or critical care unit services related to the donor).

(7) Operating room and other inpatient ancillary service costs.

(8) Registry fees as specified in § 413.402(b)(6) of this subpart.

(c) Independent OPO SACs, for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2028—(1) Non-renal SAC. An IOPO establishes non-renal SACs based on its costs of procuring non-renal organs for each organ type, by—

(i) Estimating the reasonable and necessary costs it expects to incur for services furnished to procure deceased donor non-renal organs during the IOPO's cost reporting period; and

(ii) Dividing the amount estimated in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section by the projected number of deceased donor non-renal organs the IOPO expects to procure within its cost reporting period.

(iii) An IOPO may adjust its non-renal SACs during the year if necessary to account for cost changes.

(2) Kidney SAC. (i) General. An IOPO's contractor establishes the kidney SAC based on an estimate of, initial year projected or subsequent years' actual, reasonable and necessary costs the IOPO expects to incur to procure deceased donor kidneys during the IOPO's cost reporting period, divided by the, initial year projected or subsequent years' actual, number of usable deceased donor kidneys the IOPO expects to procure.

(ii) Initial year. The contractor develops the IOPO's initial kidney SAC based on the IOPO's budget information.

(iii) Subsequent years. The contractor computes the kidney SAC for subsequent years using the IOPO's costs related to kidney acquisition that were incurred in the prior cost reporting period and dividing those costs by the number of usable deceased donor kidneys procured during that cost reporting period. The kidney SAC amount is the interim payment made by the TH or other OPO to the IOPO, as set forth in § 413.420(d)(1).

(iv) SAC adjustments. The IOPO's contractor may adjust the kidney SAC during the year, if necessary, for cost changes.

(v) The IOPO cannot use or change its kidney SAC without the contractor's approval.

(3) Billing SACs for organs generally. When an IOPO obtains an organ from another IOPO, the receiving IOPO is responsible for paying the procuring IOPO's SAC. The receiving IOPO uses its SAC for each organ type and not the procuring IOPO's SAC when billing the TH receiving the organ.

(d) Independent OPO organ SACs, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2028—

(1) General. For each organ type, the contractor approves the organ-specific SAC based on submission from the IOPO of an estimate of initial cost reporting year projected costs, divided by the initial cost reporting year projected number of usable deceased donor organs that the IOPO expects to procure. For subsequent cost reporting years, the contractor approves the organ-specific SAC submission from the IOPO based on the prior year's actual, reasonable and necessary costs and the IOPO's reasonable estimate of the costs it expects to incur to procure deceased donor organs during the IOPO's cost reporting period, divided by the subsequent cost reporting year's projected number of usable deceased donor organs the IOPO expects to procure during that cost reporting period.

(i) Initial year. For each organ type, the contractor approves the IOPO's initial organ-specific SAC, based on the IOPO's budget information.

(ii) Subsequent years. For each organ type, the IOPO must provide the Medicare contractor with its reasonable estimated SAC based upon its prior cost reporting period's costs and organ procurement volumes, and its reasonable and documented estimate of its projected costs and organ procurement volumes for the subsequent cost reporting period, for contractor review to ensure reasonableness, and approval.

(iii) Relationship to interim payments. Each organ-specific SAC amount is the organ-specific interim payment the TH or other OPO pays to the IOPO, as set forth in § 413.420(d)(2)(i) and (ii).

(iv) Costs to develop the IOPO deceased donor SACs. Costs that may be used to develop the IOPO deceased donor SACs include, but are not limited to the following:

(A) Costs of organs acquired from other THs or OPOs.

(B) Costs of transportation as specified in § 413.402(b)(8).

(C) Surgeons' fees for excising deceased donor organs (limited to $1,250 for kidneys).

(D) Costs of tissue typing services, including those furnished by independent laboratories.

(E) Organ preservation and perfusion costs.

(F) General routine and special care service costs (for example, intensive care unit or critical care unit services related to the donor).

(G) Operating room and other inpatient ancillary service costs.

(v) SAC adjustments. Only the contractor may adjust the organ SACs. IOPOs may request that the contractor make an adjustment in accordance with § 413.64(e), or the contractor may initiate an adjustment, in accordance with § 413.64(d)(2) or § 413.64(e), as applicable, but no more than quarterly. The IOPO must provide the Medicare contractor with an estimated adjusted SAC based on its actual cost data and its reasonable and documented estimate of costs through the end of its accounting period, to enable the Medicare contractor to review to ensure reasonableness and approve the adjusted SAC.

(2) Billing SACs for organs generally. When an IOPO obtains an organ from another OPO, the receiving IOPO is responsible for paying the procuring OPO's SAC. The receiving IOPO uses its SAC for each organ type, and not the procuring OPO's SAC, when billing the TH receiving the organ.

[86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 72288, Nov. 23, 2022; 91 FR 50344, Aug. 4, 2026]

§ 413.406 Acquisition of pancreata for islet cell transplant.

(a) Medicare only covers and pays for reasonable costs of acquisition on or after October 1, 2004, of pancreata for islet cell transplants into Medicare beneficiaries participating in a National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial of islet cell transplantation in accordance with section 733 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003.

(b) Pancreata procured under paragraph (a), for covered islet cell transplants must be assigned a full standard acquisition charge and be treated as solid organs for procurement purposes.

§ 413.408 [Reserved]
§ 413.410 [Reserved]
§ 413.412 Intent to transplant, intent for research, counting en bloc, and unusable organs.

(a) Principles for organs intended for transplant for organ acquisition payment purposes. (1) An organ is intended for transplant when the OPO or TH designates it for transplant prior to the time the donor enters the hospital's operating room for surgical excision/recovery of the organ(s).

(2) OPOs and THs must identify the costs associated with the recovered and unrecovered organs and apportion those costs to the appropriate cost centers by organ type. These costs include the costs associated with an organ intended for transplant, but subsequently determined unsuitable for transplant and furnished for research.

(3) An organ intended for transplant but subsequently determined unsuitable for transplant and instead furnished for research is not counted as a Medicare usable organ or as a total usable organ in the ratio used to calculate Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs.

(4) Subject to paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section, OPOs and THs must reduce total organ acquisition costs, when the organ is intended for transplant but determined unsuitable for transplant and instead furnished for research, as follows:

(i) By deducting the costs to furnish organs for research from total organ acquisition costs; or

(ii) By offsetting the total organ acquisition costs by the revenue received for these organs.

(iii) In no event may the reduction in total organ acquisition costs as a result of application of paragraph (a)(4) of this section exceed the costs incurred to furnish organs for research.

(5) When the costs to furnish organs for research are not included in total organ acquisition costs but are included in a non-reimbursable cost center, no offset is necessary.

(b) Principles for organs intended for research for organ acquisition payment purposes. (1) An organ is intended for research when the OPO or TH designates it for research

prior to the time the donor enters the hospital's operating room for surgical removal of the organ.

(2) Medicare does not share in the acquisition costs of an organ intended for research and costs to procure these organs must not be included in organ acquisition costs (except pancreata for islet cell transplants as specified in § 413.406(a)).

(3) An organ intended for research is not counted as a Medicare usable organ or as a total usable organ in the ratio used to calculate Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs (except pancreata for islet cell transplants as specified in § 413.406(a)).

(c) Counting en bloc organs. En bloc organs can be en bloc lungs or en bloc kidneys. For Medicare cost allocation purposes, OPOs and THs count -

(1) En bloc lungs or en bloc kidneys procured and transplanted en bloc (two organs transplanted as one unit) as one total usable organ. En bloc organs transplanted into a Medicare beneficiary count as one Medicare usable organ or one Medicare usable kidney.

(2) En bloc lungs and en bloc kidneys procured en bloc but separated and transplanted into two different recipients as two total usable organs. For each organ transplanted into a Medicare beneficiary, count each as one Medicare usable organ or one Medicare usable kidney.

(d) Unusable organs. (1) An organ is not counted as a Medicare usable organ or a total usable organ in the ratio used to calculate Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs if a physician determines, upon initial inspection or after removal of the organ, that the organ is not viable and not medically suitable for transplant and is therefore unusable.

(2) OPOs and THs include the cost to procure unusable organs, as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, in total organ acquisition costs reported on their Medicare cost report.

[87 FR 72289, Nov. 23, 2022]

§ 413.414 Medicare secondary payer and organ acquisition costs.

(a) General principle. If a Medicare beneficiary has a primary health insurer other than Medicare and that primary health insurer has primary liability for the transplant and organ acquisition costs, the Medicare Program may share a liability for organ acquisition costs as a secondary payer to the TH that performs the transplant in certain instances. To determine whether Medicare has liability to the TH that performs the transplant as a secondary payer for organ acquisition costs, it is necessary for the TH that performs the transplant to review the TH's agreement with the primary insurer.

(b) Medicare has no secondary payer liability for organ acquisition costs. If the primary insurer's agreement requires the TH to accept the primary insurer's payment as payment in full for the transplant and the associated organ acquisition costs, Medicare has zero liability as a secondary payer with no payment obligation for the transplantation costs or the organ acquisition costs, and the organ at issue is not a Medicare usable organ.

(c) Medicare may have secondary payer liability for organ acquisition costs. When the primary insurer's agreement does not require the TH that performs the transplant to accept the payment from the primary insurer as payment in full, and the payment the TH receives from the primary insurer for the transplant and organ acquisition costs is insufficient to cover the entire cost, Medicare may have a secondary payer liability to the TH that performs the transplant for the organ acquisition costs.

(1) To determine whether Medicare has a secondary payer liability for the organ acquisition costs, it is necessary for the TH that performs the transplant to submit a bill to its contractor and to compare the total cost of the transplant, including the transplant DRG amount and the organ acquisition costs, to the payment received from the primary payer.

(2) If the payment from the primary payer is greater than the cost of the transplant DRG and the organ acquisition costs, there is no Medicare liability and the TH must not count the organ as a Medicare usable organ.

(3) If the payment from the primary payer is less than the transplant DRG and the organ acquisition costs, there is a Medicare secondary payer liability and all of the following must occur:

(i) The TH must pro-rate the payment from the primary payer between the transplant DRG payment and the organ acquisition payment.

(ii) Only the TH that performs the transplant counts the organ as a Medicare usable organ.

(iii) The portion of the payment applicable to organ acquisition is used on the cost report to reduce the Medicare organ acquisition costs.

[86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 72289, Nov. 23, 2022]

§ 413.416 Organ acquisition charges for kidney-paired exchanges.

(a) Initial living donor evaluations. When a recipient and donor elect to participate in a kidney paired exchange, the costs of the initial living donor evaluations are incurred by the originally intended recipient's TH, regardless of whether the living donor actually donates to their originally intended recipient, a kidney paired exchange recipient, or does not donate at all.

(b) Additional tests after a match. In a kidney paired exchange, regardless of whether an actual donation occurs, once the donor and recipient are matched, any additional tests requested by the recipient's TH and performed by the donor's TH, are billed to the recipient's TH as charges reduced to cost (using the donor's TH's cost to charge ratio) and included as acquisition costs on the recipient TH's Medicare cost report.

(c) Procurement and transport of a kidney. When a donor's TH procures and furnishes a kidney to a recipient's TH all of the following are applicable:

(1) All costs must be reasonable and necessary.

(2)(i) The donor's TH bills the recipient's TH.

(ii) The donor's TH bills its charges reduced to cost, or bills its applicable kidney SAC for the reasonable costs associated with procuring, packaging, and transporting the kidney.

(3) The donor's TH records the costs described in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section on its Medicare cost report as kidney acquisition costs and offsets any payments received from the recipient's TH against its kidney acquisition costs.

(4) The recipient's TH records as part of its kidney acquisition costs -

(i) The amounts billed by the donor's TH for the reasonable costs associated with procuring, packaging, and transporting the organ; and

(ii) Any additional testing performed and billed by the donor's TH.

(d) Donor's procurement occurs at recipient TH. In a kidney-paired exchange—

(1) When a donor's TH does not procure a kidney, but the donor travels to the recipient's TH for the organ procurement, the reasonable costs associated with the organ procurement are included on the Medicare cost report of the recipient's TH; and

(2) The travel expenses of the living donor are not allowable Medicare costs.

[86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 72290, Nov. 23, 2022]

§ 413.418 Amounts billed to organ procurement organizations for hospital services provided to deceased donors and included as organ acquisition costs.

(a) General. A donor community hospital (a Medicare-certified non-TH) and a TH incur costs for hospital services attributable to a deceased donor or a donor whose death is imminent. These services must not be part of medical treatment that primarily offers a medical benefit to the patient as determined by a healthcare team, must be authorized by the OPO, and are included as organ acquisition costs when:

(1) There is consent to donate; and

(2) Declaration of death has been made, or if a declaration of death has not been made, death is imminent and it is necessary that the services be provided prior to declaration of death in order to avoid compromising the viability of the organs for transplant.

(b) Amounts billed for organ acquisition costs. When a donor community hospital or TH incurs costs for services furnished to a deceased donor, or a donor whose death is imminent as described in paragraph (a) of this section, as authorized by the OPO, the donor community hospital or TH must bill the OPO the lesser of its customary charges that are reduced to cost by applying its most recently available hospital specific inpatient operating cost-to-charge ratio for the period in which the service was rendered, or a negotiated rate.

[87 FR 72290, Nov. 23, 2022]

§ 413.420 Payment to independent organ procurement organizations (IOPOs) and histocompatibility laboratories (HCLs) for organ acquisition costs.

(a)(1) Covered services furnished by IOPOs and HCLs in connection with organ acquisition and transplantation are reimbursed under the principles for determining reasonable cost contained in this part as follows:

(i) For kidney acquisition and transplantation services, IOPOs and HCLs are reimbursed under the principles for determining reasonable cost.

(ii) For non-renal organ acquisition and transplantation services furnished for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2028, IOPOs and HCLs are reimbursed under the principles for determining reasonable cost.

(2) Services furnished by IOPOs and HCLs, that have an agreement with the Secretary in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, are paid directly by the TH or OPO using a contractor-approved kidney standard acquisition charge (SAC) (for an IOPO) or contractor-approved kidney rates (for an HCL). Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2028, services furnished by IOPOs and HCLs, that have an agreement with the Secretary in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, are paid directly by the TH or OPO using a contractor-approved non-renal organ SAC (for an IOPO) or contractor-approved non-renal rates (for an HCL). (The reasonable costs of services furnished by IOPOs or HCLs are reimbursed in accordance with the principles contained in §§ 413.60 and 413.64.)

(b) Definitions. Definitions relevant to this section can be found in § 413.400.

(c) Agreements with IOPOs and HCLs. (1) Any IOPO or HCL that wishes to have the cost of its pre-transplant services reimbursed under the Medicare program must file an agreement with CMS under which the IOPO or HCL agrees to do all of the following:

(i) To file a cost report in accordance with § 413.24(f) within 5 months following the close of the period covered by the report.

(ii) To permit CMS to designate a contractor to approve the interim reimbursement rate, payable by the THs or OPOs for services provided by the IOPO or HCL, and to determine Medicare's reasonable cost based upon the cost report filed by the IOPO or HCL.

(iii) To provide such budget or cost projection information as may be required for the contractor to approve an initial interim rate.

(iv) To pay to CMS amounts that have been received or are receivable by IOPOs or HCLs from THs and OPOs, and that are determined to be in excess of the reasonable cost of the services provided by the IOPO or HCL.

(v) Not to charge any individual for items or services for which that individual is entitled to have payment made under section 1881 of the Act.

(2) The initial cost report due from an IOPO or HCL is for its first fiscal year during any portion of which it had an agreement with the Secretary under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section. The initial cost report covers only the period covered by the agreement.

(d)(1) THs with approved transplant programs and OPOs pay the IOPO or HCL for their pre-transplantation services on the basis of interim rates approved by the contractor for that IOPO or HCL, as follows:

(i) THs with approved kidney transplant programs and OPOs pay the IOPO or HCL for their kidney pre-transplantation services, based on interim rates approved by the contractor for that IOPO or HCL.

(ii) THs with approved non-renal transplant programs and OPOs pay the IOPO or HCL for their non-renal organ pre-transplantation services furnished for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2028, based on interim rates approved by the contractor for that IOPO or HCL.

(2) The interim rates are contractor approved rates, based on costs associated with procuring an organ for transplantation incurred by an IOPO or HCL, respectively, during its previous fiscal year, and on the IOPO's or HCL's reasonable and documented estimate of its projected costs in its subsequent fiscal year, as follows:

(i) The interim rates for kidneys are a contractor approved kidney SAC or contractor approved rates, based on costs associated with procuring kidneys for transplantation, incurred by an IOPO or HCL, respectively, during its previous fiscal year and on the IOPO's or HCL's reasonable and documented estimate of its projected costs in its subsequent fiscal year. If there is not adequate cost data to determine the initial interim rate, the contractor approves it according to the IOPO's or HCL's estimate of its projected costs for the fiscal year.

(ii) For services furnished for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2028, the interim rates for non-renal organs are contractor approved non-renal organ-specific SACs or contractor approved rates, based on costs associated with procuring each specific type of non-renal organ for transplantation incurred by an IOPO or HCL, respectively, during its previous fiscal year and on the IOPO's or HCL's reasonable and documented estimate of its projected costs in its subsequent fiscal year. If there is not adequate cost data to determine the initial interim rates, the contractor approves them according to the IOPO's or HCL's estimate of its projected costs for the fiscal year.

(3) Payments or amounts payable from THs and OPOs based on interim rates specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section are reconciled directly with the IOPO or HCL after the close of the IOPO's or HCL's fiscal year in accordance with § 413.420(e). For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2028, payments or amounts payable from THs and OPOs based on interim rates specified in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section are reconciled directly with the IOPO or HCL after the close of the IOPO's or HCL's fiscal year in accordance with § 413.420(e).

(4) When a contractor approves interim rates for IOPOs and HCLs, it must disseminate those interim rates to all THs, OPOs, and contractors.

(e) Retroactive adjustment—(1) Cost reports. Information provided in cost reports by IOPOs and HCLs must meet the requirements for cost data and cost finding specified in § 413.24. These cost reports must provide the following:

(i) A complete accounting of the cost incurred by the IOPOs and HCLs in providing covered services, the total number of Medicare beneficiaries who received those services.

(ii) Any other data necessary to enable the contractor to determine the reasonable cost of covered services provided to Medicare beneficiaries.

(2) Audit and adjustment for cost reporting periods beginning before October 1, 2028. A cost report submitted by an IOPO or histocompatibility laboratory is reviewed by the contractor and a new interim reimbursement rate for kidney acquisition costs for the subsequent fiscal year is approved based upon this review.

(i) Retroactive adjustment. A retroactive adjustment of the amounts received or receivable by the IOPO or HCL under the kidney interim rate is made in accordance with § 413.64(f).

(ii) Lump sum adjustment. If the determination of reasonable cost reveals an overpayment or underpayment resulting from the kidney interim reimbursement rate received or receivable by the IOPO or HCL from THs and OPOs, a lump sum adjustment is made directly between the contractor and the IOPO or HCL.

(3) Audit and adjustment for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2028. A cost report submitted by an IOPO or HCL is reviewed by the contractor and new interim reimbursement rates for organ acquisition costs for the subsequent fiscal year are approved by the contractor based upon this review and upon the IOPO's or HCL's reasonable estimate of its costs for organ procurement and testing, respectively, in the subsequent fiscal year.

(i) Retroactive adjustment. A retroactive adjustment of the amounts received or receivable by the IOPO or HCL under the organ-specific interim rates is made in accordance with § 413.64(f).

(ii) Lump sum adjustment. If the determination of reasonable cost reveals an overpayment or underpayment resulting from the organ-specific interim reimbursement rates received or receivable by the IOPO or HCL from THs and OPOs, an adjustment to the interim rate may be initiated by the contractor or requested by the IOPO or HCL, but no more than quarterly. If a rate adjustment is made, then an IOPO or HCL may request that a lump sum adjustment be made directly between the contractor and the IOPO or HCL.

(f) Payment requirements. For services furnished on or after April 1, 1988, no payment may be made for services furnished by an IOPO that does not meet the requirements of part 486, subpart G, of this chapter.

(g) Appeals. If the amount in controversy is $1,000 or more, any IOPO or HCL that disagrees with a contractor's cost determination under this section is entitled to a contractor hearing, review of the contractor hearing officer's decision by a CMS reviewing official, and Administrator Review of a CMS reviewing official's decision, in accordance with the procedures set forth in §§ 405.1801(b)(2) and 405.1811 through 405.1834 of this chapter.

[86 FR 73515, Dec. 27, 2021, as amended at 87 FR 72290, Nov. 23, 2022; 91 FR 50345, Aug. 4, 2026]